Skip to main content

Full text of "The Journal of the Linnean Society of London"

See other formats


1 i 
: 
, 
‘ 
4 aod . 
: y - . : 
: ' 
’ 
‘ 
7 . 
i 
F 
sa 
‘ 
1 oh a 
x ‘ 
é ; 2 
‘ 
. + ' 


+ 
‘ 
u 
‘ ¢* 7 ‘ 
. ‘ 
‘ 
+ ¢ . 2 
ral toe * 
‘ ‘ 
ae, or sr 
” ee J ’ . iw rater e, 
6y 
: be eis 
/ fetes alge 
/ r haes 
Pu tiashe 
| matreea sd hat al 
Oe, - 
he 
nm 
; Sete ae 
. eres ~ 
3 5 pan reiplalew so sf OP 
. . * re hie cme 
. oe a4 . eee my 
* wien Pry te ve bye cae eas ny 
BRM OP whee Se 
ie 
ve byte) et 


or t 
acely afew tage Flna 
yi the weak Bey Aagtia wr 
a “ ” 
Oe 42's As rie 
¥ tr “ee Sey ryy mye 
roe dyiyrey rims ve 
tee * 
’ 
' r ‘ 
P ‘ 
rhe 
. a re 
\ yi need sasen 
1, 4 Lees iC 
“4 
‘ 1) 
uf ‘ 
Se rrrgager see 
% "7 
an pitts five Whey ty 3h ve: 
ts 
‘ : — 5, A 
t « SiN bane 8 pp shee ty Sekai vpn 
* a) are : 
hire as hey ; 
é ; 
7 , 


Pree 
1 ye age 
RM Ae re ode Ot 
Ce irs paw em aoe 


#7 Sp lee ote 
pees eee Ae Pie ee 
nA beter pty es i sbgedee fi 

ST aay. alee fe tek ie 
re eH aA A Gat week 


: rhe i 4 
‘ yn 
Tee 


i 

DS Ale, 
a 
pra | 


Gy 


ae y ha 
bf ry, 
ap fey 4 


h 


JOURN AL 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 


ZOOLOGY. 


VOL. XXV. IS8bY/ 


LONDON: 


SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, 
PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY 
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., 
AND 
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 
1896. 


Dates of Publication of the several Numbers included in this Volume. 


Non 58iupp: 1-55, published October 31, 1894. 
,, 159-160, ,, 56-254, 5 December 29, 1894. 
a 161, ,, 255-316, es July 31, 1895. 
; 162, ,, 317-338, af February 28, 1896. 
Pr 168, ,, 839-404, . July 30, 1896. 
5 164, ,, 405-480, 5 November 5, 1896. 
Re 165, ,, 481-622, ee December 31, 1896. 


PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, 
RED LION COURT FLEET STREET. 


5b 


LIST OF PAPERS. 


Page 
ALtmaN, Prof. G. J., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. 


Note on the Formation of the Epiphragm of Helix aspersa. 
CONMEBOL CUE: i olele cio cece vs os rel eieyals eeevarcl aims sin ec uate OP 517 


ASHMEAD, W. H. 
Report upon the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of 
St. Vincent. (Communicated by David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S., 
OE Sree ae NII lor. aha AOS. ctaleiztelrd as ata diglstalenp sg iaals 56 


BERNARD, H. M., M.A. (Cantab.), F.L.S., F.Z.S, 
On the Spinning-glands in Phrynus; with an Account of the 
so-called “ Penis” and of the Morphology of the Operculum. 
T2ined WI00D) 0 Semaine peoonoombenoCoorone pHi OF ore 202 


Brena, Lt.-Col. C. T., F.Z.S., F.E.S. 
On some Exotic Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the 
British Museum, with Descriptions of New Species and of a 
New Genus of the Pompilide. (Communicated by W. F, 
PGi bys File) py (Ee late ON oe ia ors age «ging sce ee ney gs 429 


BrinGe, Prof. T. W., D.Sc. 
The Mesial Fins of Ganoids and Teleosts. (Communicated by 
Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plates XXI.-XXIII.). 530 


Burne, R. H., B.A. (Oxon.), Assistant in Museum, Royal College 
of Surgeons, London. 
On the Aortic-Arch System of Saccobranchus fossilis. (Com- 
municated by Prof. G. B. Howes, F.L.S.) (With 1 woodcut.) 48 


iv 


Page 
Butter, ARTHUR G., Ph.D., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoolo- 
gical Department, British Museum. 
An Account of the Butterflies of the Genus Charazes in the 
Collection of the British Museum ..........eee0008 vee. 348 
Capmany, F., A.L.S., F.R.M.S., and T. Rupert Jonss, F.R.S. 
On the Fistulose Polymorphine, and on the Genus Ramulina. 
ita haere babi) See SUED ihn Doc duA Od oC 496 
GaHaN, C. J., M.A., of the British Museum (Natural History). 
On the Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s Collector during 
Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut, South Arabia. 
(Communicated by W. Percy Sladen, Sec. Linn. Soc.) ...... 285 
Gitson, Gustave,. Professor of Zoology at the University of 
Louvain. 
On Segmentally-disposed Thoracic Glands in the Larve of the 
Trichoptera. (Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes, 
Sec, Lanny Soc.)! (With 2 woodcuts.) ......2. 20 tule sien 407 
Gitson, Gustave, Professor, and J. Saponss, Assistant, at the 
Zoological Institute of the University of Louvain. 
The Larval Gills of the Odonata. (Communicated by Prof. G. 
B. Howes, See. Linn. Soc.) (With 3 woodcuts.) .......... 413 
Howarp, L. O. 
Report upon the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of 
St. Vincent. (Communicated by David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S., 
A ANS 9) slevotsyeie sexe feaue a siene s hyonszelie hte legate nt aeiersleasielokesac- Veit ieee een 56 


Jennines, A. VaueHAn, F.L.S., F.G.S., Demonstrator of Botany 
and Geology in the Royal College of Science, Dublin. 
On the True Nature of “ Mébiusispongia parasitica,” Duncan .. 317 
On a New Genus of Foraminifera of the Family Astrorhizde. 


(Blate oXG) maiiierr ee Ra ces ae a A eerie ies aes tetegepene pee) %0) 
On the Structure of the Isopod Genus Ourozeuktes, Milne- - 
Edwards. (Plates XIII. & XIV.) ........., Peng Reais < 329 


Jonzs, T. Rupert, F.R.S., and F. Cuapman, A.L.S., F.R.MLS. 
On the Fistulose Polymorphine, and on the Genus Ramulina. 
(With 42 woodcuts.) 3.05 sls cteeim mies whee m cient le o's (o.sl6 ene 496 


: Page 
Krasy, W. F., F.L.S., F.ES. 

On the Insects other than Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s 
Collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut, 
SOULMAADLA!. «5 oc erie eiatte Mere ie have gels wierieieistareni el tala cfs 279 

Descriptions of New Species of Forficulide in the Collection of 
the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), 8. Kensington. (Plate XX.). 520 


Laurin, Matcor, B.Sc., F.L.S. 
On the Morphology of the Pedipalpi. (Plates III.-V., and 
GOOGCUES,)).. < s:5i ciaetebr adrenal er acsa caval sw apstd A GaP Madore) Mepehocte 20 


MrpDLEToN, Rosert Morrov, Jr., F.L.S., F.Z.S. 
On a remarkable use of Ants in Asia Minor ..........-e.002: 405 


Pocock, R. I., of the British Museum (Natural History). 
On the Arachnida and Myriopoda obtained by Dr. Anderson’s 
Collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut, 
South Arabia; with a Supplement upon some Scorpions 
obtained in Egypt and the Eastern Soudan. (Communicated 
by W. Percy Sladen, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plate IX. and a 


SCG OCLC LUGS) here che. az suena apayrsrakclieg on ayeh a9apo el eUshael a retiua chery sanalibie Sie eLaks 292 
List of the Scorpions obtained by Colonel Yerbury at Aden in 
Pepa Ol ISON Cs, delves ties cae a Sasi nw ne ae cane oeeeats 316 


Ritey, C. V., W. H. Asumeap, and L. O. Howarp. 
Report upon the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of 
St. Vincent. (Communicated by David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S., 
NLU: ii siisieldig)4) 9/002: 0) «a5 kaon, ol ehiier ea «ejay oye eer sian Sener eee 56 


Sapones, J., Assistant, and G. Ginson, Professor at the Zoolo- 
gical Institute of the University of Louvain. 
The Larval Gills of the Odonata. (Communicated by Prof. G. 
B. Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (With 3 woodcuts.) .......... 413 


ScourFie.p, D. J. 
Entomostraca and the Surface-film of Water. (Communicated 
by L. C. Miall, F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, York- 
shire College, Leeds.) (Plates I. & ID.) .........eceeeeeee 1 


SwinHoE, Colonel Coantes, F.LS., F.Z.S.. 
On Mimicry jn Butterflies of the Genus Hypolimnas. (Plates 
XV.-XVIL.), pPeseeeeereneeeveeeet tones eeeesess eevee ereosse eee 839 


vi 
Page. 
Tims, H. W. Maret, M.D., F.Z.S., Lecturer on Biology and 
Comparative Anatomy, Westminster Hospital Medical School. 

On the Tooth-genesis in the Canide. (From the Huxley 
Research Laboratory, Royal College of Science, London.) 
(Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn, Soe.) 
(Wath: woodcuts,)).:+ :m-. «ats4- seamen eee aaa 445 


Warr, Enear R., F.L.S., Zoologist, Australian Museum, Sydney, 
On the Egg-cases of some Port Jackson Sharks. (Plate XII.) 325 


Wattasce, AtFrep R., LL.D., F.RS., F.L.S. 
The Problem of Utility: Are Specific Characters always or 
generally Useflt).t0 at melanie oie + 6) (c/a) alieielne eisai 481 


Waters, ArTHuR Ws., F.L.S. 
On Mediterranean and New-Zealand Retepore and a Fenestrate 
Bryozaa... (Plates VIEGVE) siti. < ais. 2lbisialn nlp le eee . 256 


West, G. §., A.R.C.S., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge. 
(From the Biological Laboratory, Roy. Coll. Sci. London.) 
g On a New Species of Distomum. (Communicated by Prof. G. 
iB: Howes,.Sec, Linn: Secs) (relate Xl) 2a 322 
On two little-known Opisthoglyphous Snakes. (Communicated 
by Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plate XVIIL).... 419 


vii 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PLATE 
Illustrating Mr. D. J. Scourfield’s 


paper on Entomostraca and the 


I. { SCAPHOLEBERIS MUCRONATA. 
Surface-film of Water. 


II. | NoropRoMAS MONACHA. 


7 ae oF THE Prprpatri. Illustrating Mr. Malcolm 


ay Laurie’s paper 
v. ; 
VI. MEDITERRANEAN RETHPORA. Illustrating Mr. A. W. 
VII. | MEDITERRANBAN AND NEW Zasars | Waters’s paper. 
Rererorz. 
VIII. Spinnine-cuanps in Purynvs. Illustrating Mr. H. M. Bernard’s 
paper. 
IX. Scorpions or Haypr anp Arasia. Illustrating Mr. R. I. Pocock’s 
paper. 


X. Raapniwoscene conica on Botellina labyrinthica. Illustrating 
Mr. A. Vaughan Jennings’s paper on a new Genus of Foram- 
inifera of the Family Astrorhizide. 

XI. Anatomy of Distomum Philodryadum, nu. sp., G. S. West. Tllust- 

rating Mr. G. S. West’s paper on a new species of Distomum. 
XII. Eao-casus or Cestracton—C. Philippi, Schneider, C. galeatus, 
Giinther. Illustrating Mr. HE. R. Waite’s paper on the Ege- 

cases of Port Jackson Sharks. 

OvrozevxTEs Owent, Milne-Edwards. External Form of Adult 
XITl. and Larva, appendages, &. (Ilustrating Mr. A. Vaughan 
XIV. | Jennings’s paper on the Structure of the Isopod Genus Ouro- 


\ zeuktes. 
XV. : . , 
XVI Illustrating Colonel ©. Swinhoe’s paper on Mimicry 1n Burrer- 
XVIL FiiEs of the Genus Hypolimnas. 


XVIII. Eryrnroramprus Ascunariu. Illustrating Mr. G.S. West’s paper 
on Opisthoglyphous Snakes. 
XIX. Illustrating Lt.-Col. C. T. Bingham’s paper on Exotic Fossor1au 
HYMENOPTERA. 
XX. Illustrating Mr. W. F. Kirby’s paper on New and little-known 
ForrFicuLipz. 


XXI. 
XXII Illustrating Prof. T. W. Bridge’s paper on the Mzstat Fins or 
XXIIL. GanoiDs anp TELEOsTs. 


ERRATA. 


199, line 14 from top, 

200, line 3 from top, 

282, line 9, Dectisus vittatus, Klug, read Decticus vittatus, Klug. 

3438, line 22, Hypolimnas mina, read H. mima, Trimen. 

375, line 10, Charaxes pithodoris, Hewits., Ent. M. M. &c., read C. pytho- 
doris, Hewits., &c. 

375, line 11, Charaxes pithodoris, Hewits., substitute C. pithodoris, 
Hewits. Exot. Butt. v. Charazes, pl. iv. figs. 18, 19 (1874). 

375, line 12, read C. pythodorus, Kirby, &c., p. 748 (not p. 478). 

432, line 20, for Hemepepsis read Hemipepsis. 

477, line 3, for Micoconodon read Microconodon. 


C. fumipennis, Ashm. 


Eage 198, tine) irom bottom, Ceraphron fummipennis, Ashm., read 


THE JOURNAL 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 


Entomostraca and the Surface-film of Water. By D. J. 
ScourFientp. (Communicated by L. C. Mratn, F.RS., 
F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Yorkshire College, Leeds.) 


[Read ist March, 1894.] 


(Puatzs I. & IT.) 
ALTHoueH it has long been recognised that the curious physical 
properties possessed by the surface-film of water render it of 
considerable importance to many of the smaller aquatic animals, 
the question of the specific relation of these creatures to 
the surface-film seems to have been somewhat neglected by 
naturalists. Many observations have of course been recorded 
and some valuable suggestions made in this connection, notably 
those by Prof. L. C. Miall, F.R.S., in his Lectures on ‘“‘ Some 
Difficulties in the Life of Aquatic Insects” and on “The 
Surface-film of Water and its relation to the Life of Plants and 
Animals ”’*; but nothing that has yet been done can be consi- 
dered to have exhausted the subject. On the contrary, it is 
quite certain that a large amount of observational work is still 
required among all classes of aquatic Invertebrates; and it is 
mainly as asmall contribution towards this end that the following 
notes and deductions concerning the freshwater Entomostraca 
are now brought forward. Notwithstanding the necessary in- 


* Reported in ‘ Nature,’ vol. xliv. p. 457, and vol. xlvi. p. 7. 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. 1. 


2 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA 


clusion of special details and the tentative nature of some of the 
ideas advanced, it is hoped that the present paper will prove, on 
the whole, of some general interest. 

Neglecting the Phyllopods, which have not been specially 
studied, and the Copepods, which will be referred to later, the 
remaining Entomostraca—Cladocera and Ostracoda—present so 
much in common from the point of view of relation to the 
surface-film, that it will be convenient to consider them together. 
For instance, to a large number of animals belonging to both 
these Orders the surface-film is an ever-present source of danger. 
It must have been noticed by all collectors of pond-life that 
whenever a gathering is made containing an abundance of these 
forms, in a very short time a number of them will be found 
floating on their sides at the surface in a helpless condition, 
apparently quite incapable of getting back into the water by 
their own exertions. From observations made on isolated speci- 
mens it appears that the main chance such animals have of 
regaining their normal habitat lies in moulting. If this be 
possible to the animals shortly after their misadventure, they can 
slip back into the water, leaving their cast carapaces still floating 
at the surface. But if they are not nearly ready to moult, and 
are also unable to get back by other means, such as violent dis- 
turbance of the surface by the wind, for example, it need hardly 
be pointed out that such an unnatural position can only mean a 
more or less speedy death. The chief sufferers in this respect, 
so far as my observations go, seem to be species of the genera 
Daphnia, Ceriodaphnia, Simocephalus, Bosmina, Ewrycercus, and 
Acroperus among the Cladocera, and of Cypria, Cypris, and Her- 
petocypris among the Ostracoda, although others also may some- 
times be found in this unfortunate state. Judging from the 
usual paucity of these floating forms on the surface of open 
waters, it seems probable, however, that, under natural conditions, 
only a comparatively few lives are sacrificed in this way. But on 
this point more extended inquiry is necessary before a definite 
statement can be made. That an enormous number of Water- 
fleas may occasionally perish from this cause, is clearly shown by 
the following instance:—During the last summer Daphnia 
Scheffert, Baird, occurred in astonishing abundance in the 
London Docks, and when I visited the latter in July there was 
a dark red scum, composed entirely of these animals, forming a 
border from 1 to 2 feet in width along the quays, around the 


AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 3 


ships, &¢., and even forming patches of many square yards in the 
narrow channels connecting the “ basins.” 
Whatever its ultimate value may be found to be as an element 
in the life-histories of the various species, the means by which 
this helpless floating at the surface is brought about is well worth 
examination. That it cannot depend upon any single circumstance 
seems probable from the following considerations :—(1) The 
animals, although small, havea decidedly greater specific gravity 
than water, as can be seen by the way in which they sink upon the 
stopping of their swimming-organs when not in contact with the 
surface; (2) they are completely immersed before the floating 
takes place ; and (3) they possess considerable muscular energy, 
which, if it were not counteracted by other circumstances, would 
probably take them quickly below the surface. It will be found, 
I believe, that there are several factors contributing in varying 
degrees to the observed result. In the first place, the animals 
subject to this undesirable connection with the surface-film have 
highly-polished water-repellent shells. This can be directly seen 
by an examination of floating specimens, and can be further 
verified by experiment. For instance, if a fair-sized Daphnia or 
Hurycercus or Cypris, that has been floating, be placed upon a 
glass slip with a small drop of water, it will be found that a narrow 
pointed strip of blotting-paper may be applied to the upperside 
of the animal without getting wet. Under similar conditions, 
bodies noi possessing water-repellent surfaces would have a film 
of water passing completely over them, and the blotting-paper 
would therefore draw up a continuous stream. Secondly, it is a 
well-known fact that when a substance is partly immersed in a 
liquid which cannot wet it, the surface-film of the liquid is drawn 
downwards at the line of contact to form a descending capillary 
curve. The effect of this, as explained in most text-books of 
physics, is that the surface-film exerts an upward pull upon the 
‘body against which the descending capillary curve is formed. 
By putting these two points together, the first and most im- 
portant step in the explanation of the floating of these Ento- 
mostraca may be made. On the one hand, there are the animals 
with water-repeNent shells, and, on the other, the property of 
the surface-film to form a capillary depression when in contact 
with water-repellent substances. The process, therefore, must 
be as follows :—When an Entomostracan having one of these 
waterproof jackets happens to pierce the surface-film, a capillary 
1* 


4 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA 


depression is at once formed of such size that it is at least suf- 
ficient to sustain the difference in weight between the animal’s 
body and water. In the case of large specimens, the capillary 
depression can be readily seen with a pocket-lens. In the case 
of very small forms, e. g. Bosmina, it is proved to exist by the 
way in which they are repelled from a clean glass rod or tube; 
for it is a familiar fact that while similar capillary curves attract, 
dissimilar ones repel one another, and the capillary curve formed 
against glass is of course an ascending one. A very simple 
experiment may be made which illustrates the whole action on a 
scale large enough to be watched by ordinary vision. If a lenti- 
cular piece of some such water-repellent substance as parafiin- 
wax be taken, say, about 2 inches in diameter, and weighted until 
slightly heavier than water, it will be found that as soon as one 
of its convex faces is pressed from below against the surface-film, 
the latter rapidly retreats down the sloping sides, producing a: 
large capillary depression, and that the wax then remains sus- 
- pended from the surface. When it is remembered that, owing 
to the small size of the Water-fleas, their area, compared with 
that of the piece of wax, must be enormously greater in pro- 
portion to their bulk, it will be seen that the suspending power 
of the surface-film must also be comparatively greater in 
their case; for, other things being equal, the force exerted 
by the surface-film is proportional to the length of the line of 
contact. 

There are two other factors which, although they do not help. 
in the actual floating, are of considerable importance, because 
together they account very largely for the inability of the animals 
to get below the surface when once caught by the film. One of 
these is the tendency which they have, in common with all floating 
bodies of approximately lenticular shape, to take up a horizontal 
position, that being their only position of stable equilibrium ; and 
the other, the situation and range of movement of their swimming- 
organs. The tendency to turn upon their sides is obscured occa- 
sionally in consequence of a more or less considerable departure 
from the lenticular form, or by the possession of wide-spreading 
antenne ; but it remains true, nevertheless, that in the great 
majority of cases the animals are actually found floating in this 
position. It will readily be seen that, when thus floating on their 
sides, the Cladocera lose the use of one of their swimming- 
antenne altogether, it is out of the water, and that both Cladocera 


AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 5 


and Ostracoda are quite incapable of opposing the upward pull 
of the capillary depression. The utmost they can do is to move 
about horizontally at the surface. 

There are probably still further factors concerned in the 
floating, such as the amount of convexity of the shell and its 
degree of water-repulsion ; but these seem only of minor import- 
ance, and need not be dealt with here. 

Thus far only the danger to which many of the Cladocera and 
Ostracoda are exposed when accidentally coming into contact 
with the surface-film has been considered. Attention must now 
be directed, however, to some cases in which the peculiar pro- 
perties of the latter have been so utilised as to play quite a 
normal part in the economy of the animals concerned. It is 
impossible to say at present to what extent this utilisation 
prevails, as very few species have been properly examined from 
this stand-point. The only genuine cases known to me, where 
special modifications exist adapting the animals for a life in 
contact with the surface-film, are to be found in the genera Sca- 
pholeberis among the Cladocera, and Notodromas (including the 
Australian Wewnhamia, King) among the Ostracoda. I have, it 
is true, seen species belonging to other genera, e.g. Simocephalus 
vetulus, O. F. M., and Peracantha truncata, O. F. M., apparently 
suspended from the surface ; butit seems doubtful if these forms 
actually make use of the properties of the surface-film ; at any 
rate, they do not present any evident modifications for that 
purpose. In the British Isles there is but a single representative 
of each of the two genera mentioned, namely, Scapholeberis mu- 
cronata, O. F. M. (Daphnia mucronata, Baird), and Notodromas 
monacha, O. F. M. (Cypris monacha, Baird). These forms, not- 
withstanding their wide structural differences, have several points 
in common, correlated, no doubt, with a similar mode of life. 
But these resemblances will be best appreciated when each 
species is examined separately in some detail. 

Taking, first, Scapholeberis mucronata, including both the 
“ acute”’ and “ obtuse rostrata ’”’ varieties, it will be seen (PI. I. 
fios. 1 and 2) that the most conspicuous of its characteristics are 
the flattened and straight ventral margin, the two long posterior 
ventral shell-spines, the elevated position of the eye, the remark- 
able dark coloration of the shell, and the no less remarkable series 
of modified sete on the ventral portions of the valves. Each of 
these characteristics has doubtless some significance in connection 


6 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA 


with the subject in hand, but only the two last seem to demand 
special consideration. 

A cursory examination will show that the dark colour alluded 

to is not distributed uniformly over the whole body, but that 
it occurs in definite patches. Viewed from the side (Pl. I. 
fig. 1) there appears a small patch on the ventral face of the 
head between the eye and the rostrum, another patch covering 
the ventral third of the valves, which, although not quite reaching 
the posterior margin, extends into the shell-spines, and a fainter 
patch along the dorsal line of the body. The small antenne and 
the ventral surfaces of all the joints of the large antenne, together 
with the pre-anal portion of the post-abdomen, are also evidently 
darkened. The front or vental view (Pl. I. fig. 2) shows all 
the above mentioned areas, necessarily with the exception of the 
dorsal one; and besides revealing the fact that the labrum is 
also considerably blackened, it proves that the ventral patches 
of colour are even larger than appeared from the side. A curious 
little fact may be pointed out in passing, in relation to the patch 
on the head, namely, that the colour is absent just over the small 
eye-spot. This seems to show that the latter is really a func- 
tional visual organ. The colour in all cases is produced in part 
by a staining of the chitin, proved by the fact that the moulted 
shell and appendages retain the characteristic dark areas, and in 
part by a number of ovoid pigment granules contained in the 
cells immediately underlying the chitinous integument. These 
granules are distributed, it is true, all over the surface of the 
body, but only sparingly in the uncoloured portions, while 
under the darkened areas they are very abundant. Their colour 
is not quite black, but rather a dark brown; and this is also the 
case with the darkened portions of the carapace and appendages. 
The physiological cause of these peculiar colour-markings is, so 
far as | am aware, quite unknown. Their probable utility will 
be seen, however, when the habits of the animal are considered 
in a later part of this paper. 

Passing now to an examination of the sete fringing the ventral 
margins of the valves, it will be found that, when looked at from 
the side (Pl. I. fig. 3), the anterior and posterior members of 
the series are both longer and coarser than those in the middle. 
The anterior ones can algo be seen to havea small branch directed 
forward. But beyond this, and the fact that with dark-ground 
illamination there is an appearance which suggests that an 


e 
AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 7 


extremely delicate membrane or series of hyaline scales is sup- 
- ported by the setz, very little more can be made out by exami- 
nation in this position. To really learn anything of the structure 
and arrangement of the sete, they must be viewed from the 
front, and even then, owing to the thickness and dark colour of 
the animal, special care is needed to demonstrate the finer 
details. The setz arise from a definite flattened area running 
down the greater portion of the margin of each valve (PI. II. 
fig. 1). This area, which is bounded by the edge of the valve and 
a slight ridge almost parallel to it, represents, no doubt, an 
origina! line of hexagonal shell-markings similar to those covering 
the general surface of the valves. The sete, it will be noticed, 
are not alike allthe way down, but are divided into three distinct 
series. 

The anterior series (Pl. IT. fig. 2) usually comprises about 
twelve apparently tubular sete arranged ina single row. The 
line of their bases occupies a median position on the flattened 
area for the posterior half of its length; but anteriorly it curves 
towards the edge of the valve. The first few sete are directed 
forward, and at the same time are strongly curved inward; 
but as the series is followed backward the amount of this cur- 
vature decreases, and the general direction of the sete is also 
gradually changed, so that those of the posterior half of the 
series come to point outward. From the base of all except the 
first two or three sete, a branch is given off which turns in the 
opposite direction to that pursued by the main branch; and in . 
nearly all cases each of the branches further gives rise to a little 
subsidiary outgrowth directed forward. It sometimes happens 
that the inner branch is widely separated from the other at the 
base, and then the anterior series practically consists of a double 
row for a large portion of its length. The last seta is, however, 
always single, and possesses a short peduncle anterior to its 
bifurcation. Besides the coarser branching, each seta produces 
near its distal extremity, and the last also along its posterior 
margin, a number of exceedingly fine processes, which are usually 
grouped in bundles of three or four. They can be most easily 
observed on the last seta (Pl. I. fig. 4); and in this case also a 
slight break in the edge of the seta can occasionally be seen at 
their point of origin. From their excessive delicacy it is still 
uncertain whether these are simple hair-like outgrowths or only 
corrugations in a hyaline membrane supported by the sete. 


8 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA 


There is yet another point to be noticed in connection with this 
anterior series of sete. At some distance beyond the outer 
branches an excessively faint marking may be seen (see Pl. II. 
fig. 2) running parallel to a line joining their tips, and consisting 
of short closely-set lines. I believe this marking is really the 
outer edge or fringe, so to speak, of a number of imbricated 
hyaline scales supported by the sete. This is a point, however, 
that has not been clearly demonstrated ; and the supposition is 
based mainly upon comparison with the more evident scales found 
im connection with the middle series of sete. 

In the middle series there is always a distinctly double row of 
comparatively short and nearly straight sete, pointing approxi- 
mately backward, the sete of the inner line inclining somewhat 
inward, and those of the outer line outward. They are arranged 
in pairs, of which there are about twenty ; and the bases of the 
sete of each pair are joined by a faint ridge. Where the sete of 
the inner line project beyond the edge of the valve, they can be 
seen to support a series of very delicate slightly overlapping 
scales, the edges of which, under high magnification, have a similar 
appearance to that noticed just beyond the tips of the sete of 
the anterior series. A view of three of these scales is shown on 
P]. I. fig. 3. Analogy would lead one to suppose that similar 
scales would be found supported by the outer line of sete; and 
such is actually the case, but these cannot be so readily observed. 
Probably also the scales of each pair of sete join in the middle, 
although this has not hitherto been certainly proved. 

The posterior series usually comprises only two setz, pointing 
backward, of which the anterior one is bifurcated and the 
other simple. They are longer than those of the preceding 
series, but give rise apparently to hyaline scales of identical 
structure. 

Before leaving this subject of the modified ventral sete, it 
must be stated that in the male there is only a single row down 
the whole length of each valve. The sete are essentially the 
same in their coarser structure; but they seem to be simply 
plumose instead of giving rise to hyaline scales. This appear- 
ance may nevertheless be produced by a much greater fringing 
of the edges of the scales than is the case in the female. If not, 
these male sete evidently represent a stage in the evolution of 
the more complicated structures already described. 

From the foregoing description, especially of the sete fringing 


AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 9 


the ventral margin of each valve, it becomes clear that Scapho- 
leberis exhibits very considerable specialisation, and the question 
naturally arises as to the meaning of the latter. To answer 
this, attention must be turned to the living animals and their 
peculiar mode of existence in relation to the surface-film. By 
watching them in their native ponds, it may be seen, with a little 
patience, that they have the habit of disporting themselves quite 
close to the surface, especially in sunny weather; and this fact 
has been noticed and recorded by many observers. But some- 
thing more than this seems necessary to justify the elaborate 
modifications described ; and it is therefore particularly fortunate 
that by very simple means a most intimate connection with the 
surface-film can be demonstrated. If a single individual be 
isolated, say, in a watch-glass, and carefully observed, it will be 
found sooner or later to come up and apply its straight ventral 
margin close to the underside of the surface-film. In this position 
it will usually continue to move about more or less rapidly for 
considerable periods, very often, in fact, until purposely dis- 
turbed, when it will at once dive below the surface. Occasionally, 
when conditions are favourable, the animal may even be seen to 
remain motionless at the surface, with its swimming-antenne 
held rigidly almost at right angles to the body (PI. I. fig. 2). 
But what does this mean? Since the animal is heavier than 
water, it can only mean that the difference in weight between the 
animal’s body and water is borne by the surface-film, and this 
again further implies the existence of a capillary depression. 
Such depression can be actually seen if looked for in the following 
way :—Place the watch-glass containing the specimen in such a 
position that the light from a lamp or window falls upon the 
surface of the water at an angle anywhere between 20° and 30° 
with the horizontal. If the eye, aided by a lens or low power of 
the microscope, be now placed in the path of the reflected rays, 
the surface will appear like a sheet of polished silver, upon which 
the smallest speck of dust or break in continuity can be instantly 
detected. Now whenever the animal comes into contact with 
the surface-film, it will be found that there is a very evident 
break, or rather several breaks, produced in the continuity of 
the surface-film. Further, these breaks will be found to persist 
as long as the contact is maintained, no matter whether the 
animal be actively moving about/or stationary. It is not pre- 
tended that these minute irregularities in the surface-film can be 


10 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA 


readily made out to be capillary depressions. They must, how- 
ever, be either depressions or elevations ; and since it is impos- 
sible to imagine how the latter could sustain a weight, the 
conclusion is inevitable that the irregularities seen are actually 
depressions. But how can capillary depressions be formed by 
such a small body coming from beneath the surface? So far as 
I am aware, there is only one way in which a capillary depression 
can be formed under these conditions, and that is by the piercing 
of the surface-film by a more or less water-repellent substance. 
By making the assumptions, therefore, that the minute chitinous 
ventral setze and scales are water-repellent, and that they can be 
forced through the surface-film by the muscular power of the 
animal, neither of which can be considered a very large assumption, 
itis manifest that a tolerably clear general notion may be formed 
of the means by which Scapholeberis makes use of the surface-film. 
The water-repellent scales and sete, pushed through the film, 
give rise to a number of capillary depressions (apparently four, 
produced, I believe, by the anterior and posterior groups of 
ventral sete) which are large enough to support the animal, but 
not too large to prevent it from breaking contact with the sur- 
face and retreating below when required. While the principles 
involved are thus essentially the same as in the case of the 
helplessly floating forms already referred to, in this instance 
they are turued to good account by means of special organs of 
limited extent, the whole arrangement being under the control 
of the animal. 

Coming now to Notodromas monacha (PI. I. figs. 6 and 7) it 
will be noticed that, from the present point of view, its chief 
characteristics are the dark coloration of parts of the shell- 
valves, and their flattened ventral surfaces. These, it will be 
seen, are precisely analogous characters to those specially noted 
in Scapholeberis. 

The colour, although not so arranged as in the Cladoceran, is 
nevertheless distributed in patches in a very definite manner. 
On each valve there is a practically continuous band of varying 
intensity stretching diagonally from the upper part of the 
anterior margin to near the posterior end of the ventral margin, 
from whence it turns forward and forms a band along the greater 
part of the edge of the valve, covering very nearly the whole of 
the flattened area. Two little isolated patches of colour algo 
usually occur between the principal diagonal band and the pos- 


AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. ley 


terior margin, just below the median line. It is quite clear, from 
the arrangement described, that in spite of the approach of a 
part of the coloration to the dorsal surface anteriorly, the bulk 
of it is, as in Scapholeberis, markedly within the ventral halt of 
the shell. I have not noticed an actual staining of the chitin in 
this case, but the colour-patches are due to an enormous number 
of minute dark brown granules closely packed within the cells 
lying just under the shell, and the hexagonal shape of these cells 
accounts for the zigzag edge of the darkened areas. 

The second point to be detailed in relation to this animal, 
namely, the flattened ventral margin, is very peculiar and deserves 
careful attention. Examined from the side nothing can be seen 
but a perfectly straight edge giving rise to a few slender seta, 
but looked at from below it becomes evident at once that this 
ventral portion of the shell is very much specialised (Pl. II. fig. 4). 
The main features, as seen when the valves are closed, are thus 
well described by Prof. G. 8S. Brady, F.R.S., in his “‘ Mono- 
graph of the Recent British Ostracoda’’ * :—‘‘The ventral surface 
is bounded by two conspicuous elevated arcuate ridges, one on 
each valve, which together enclose a flattened lozenge-shaped 
area. Parallel to the contact-margin of each valve runs another 
straight but much less conspicuous ridge, which, towards the 
front, curves outward and joins the external ridge at an acute 
angle, the union of the two forming a slight elevation, from 
which a single ridge runs forward, gradually merging ia tue 
flattened encircling flange of the anterior border.” ‘This account 
is given in connection with the male, but the arrangement is the 
same in both sexes, the only difference being that the modified 
area is comparatively larger in the female than in the male. 
In addition to the two chitinous ridges, there are also, on the 
ventral portion of each valve, some lines of simple sete. By 
far the longest of these is the one running quite close to and 
parallel with the inner ridge on its outer side. ‘The others are 
found in the somewhat semicircular depression formed by the 
bending of the inner to join the outer ridge, which depression, 
by the way, is most strikingly similar, both in position and shape, 
to that found on the anterior part of the shell-valves of Scapho- 
leberis. 

The habits of Motodromas are almost identical with those of 


* Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. xxvi. 1868. 


12 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA 


Scapholeberis, at least in so far as they relate to the surface-film, 
and many authors have long since recorded that animals be- 
longing to this genus often swim about just under the surface. 
I have myself seen groups of WV. monacha, in a quiet stream, 
moving about close under the surface, much in the same way as 
groups of Whirligig-beetles move about on the surface, though 
more leisurely. But observations of this sort are not sufficient to 
reveal much about the exact relation of this species to the sur- 
face-film and the specific action of its modified ventral area with 
the curious ridges. For this purpose the same methods must be 
used as in the previous case. Close attention to the movements 
of an isolated specimen will show that although it swims nearly 
vertically, the moment it touches the surface it assumes a hori- 
zontal position, back downwards, thus bringing its straight 
ventral margin into close contact with the surface-film. This 
action is obviously precisely similar to that already noticed 
in Scapholeberis, In this position the animal may continue to 
move about for an indefinite period, usually rather briskly, but 
sometimes so leisurely that no doubt is left in the observer's 
mind that the weight of its body is actually supported by the 
surface-film. To make as sure as possible of this point, the 
surface can be examined with the reflected beam of light as 
already described, and then it will be found that little irregu- 
larities are formed whenever the animal comes to the surface, 
and that these last as long as contact is maintained. ‘There are 
usually three such to be seen—two lateral ones anteriorly, and a 
median one some distance farther back. Here, again, there can 
be no reasonable doubt that these little irregularities are really 
capillary depressions, and that they also must owe their origin 
to the piercing of the surface-film by the ventral ridges, or 
rather perhaps only the anterior parts of them, and by the 
extremities of a pair of feet or the caudal rami. The two assump- 
tions that these parts are water-repellent and that they can be 
pushed through the surface-film are as necessary here to complete 
the argument as in the case of Scapholeberis, although in regard 
to the first it may be noted that the general surface of the shell 
of Notodromas can be easily shown to be water-repellent, and 
this of course greatly increases the probability that the same is 
true of the ridges. 

It is not to be imagined that the explanation just given of the 
means by which the surface-film is utilised, clears up all the 


AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 13 


curious problems that suggest themselves in connection with the 
modifications of the two forms described. No certain answer 
can be given, for instance, as to the reason for the division of 
the ventral sete in Scapholeberis mucronata into three sections, 
or about the function of its shell-spines, although it is almost 
certain that they are both related in some way or another to the 
animal’s peculiar habits. Again, there is the strange rectangular 
plate projecting from the posterior end of the ventral margin of 
the left valve in Notodromas monacha; while it seems probable 
enough that this plate also is related to the use made by the 
animal of the surface-film, nothing is definitely known about 
it at present. 

Leaving these and similar queries, it will be useful to turn to 
a consideration of the benefits derived from a close connection 
with the surface. The most important of these are certainly the 
support afforded, the probable abundant food-material obtained, 
and the easiness of respiration. The first is very evident, for, 
owing to the greater specific gravity of these animals than water, 
a large amount of muscular effort is required to enable them to 
maintain themselves at any particular level, apart altogether 
from making onward or upward progress, and this will naturally 
be entirely saved by suspension from the surface. In regard to 
the food-supply, two questions arise which need answering before 
any special indebtedness of the animals to the surface-film on 
this account can be demonstrated:—(1) Can particles of food 
floating on the surface be appropriated ? and (2) What is the 
extent to which such particles occur in that position? The first 
question can be answered in the affirmative without hesitation. 
If a little finely-divided material, such as flour, be lightly dusted 
upon the water, it can be seen, if the animals are watched under 
the microscope when they come to the surface, that the floating 
eranules are taken between the shell-valves in a continuous 
stream owing to the current produced by the branchial append- 
ages ; and from this stream any particles suitable for food would 
evidently be picked out in the usual way. The second question 
is not quite so easily answered. Direct observation does indeed 
show that a number of small fragments of all descriptions can 
actually be seen upon the surface of all open waters, especially 
near their margins, but these would only be available for food to 
a very small extent by the animals under review, which no doubt 
depend much more largely upon particles so minute as to be 


14 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA 


practically invisible to the naked eye. That such minute par- 
ticles also occur upon the surface of ponds and ditches &e. is, 
however, rendered fairly certain by the fact that im all 
situations there is known to be a continuous rain of fine dust, 
a proportion of which is always organic in origin. There is 
another source of surface-food particles which must be men- 
tioned, although its value in this case is unknown. Some 
Bacteria in the zoogloea state often form extensive patches on 
still surfaces, and these frequently afford a sort of rendezvous 
for numerous small forms of life such as Rhizopods and Infu- 
soria. On the whole, it seems reasonable to suppose that the 
surface-film does supply these animals with abundant and varied 
food-material, for which, too (and this, after all, is the crucial 
point), there is, so far as is yet known, very little competition. 
It has occurred to me that this peculiar power of obtaining food 
from the surface may largely explain why these animals are 
never seen far from the shore. From their structure it might 
be supposed that they could live equally well at any part of the 
surface of a piece of water, no matter how large, and so probably 
they could if food were equally abundant in all parts. But, 
owing to the surface-drift produced by movements of the air, 
the middle portions of the area of even small ponds, if not too 
much sheltered, are always much cleaner than the marginal 
portions. The third advantage mentioned, namely the compara- 
tive easiness of respiration, following as it does directly from 
the perfect aeration of the surface-water, demands no special 
comment. 

As a contrast to the foregoing advantages, it should be re- 
marked that there seems to be one very probable disadvantage 
attaching to this mode of life. It can scarcely be doubted that 
the animals using the surface-film for the purpose of support 
are much exposed to the attacks of predaceous insects living 
upon the surface, such as the Whirligig-beetles (Gyrinus). Un- 
fortunately no positive proof of this has yet been obtained. Tf, 
however, this view is subsequently substantiated, as seems 
probable enough, the remarkable darkening of these creatures 
on and near the ventral surface could then be interpreted as an 
example of protective coloration, for it can be readily observed 
that their dark colour renders them very inconspicuous in their 
normal habitats, when seen from above. 


AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 15 


In addition to the several characters in common already given, 
there is one other which merits a passing notice, depending, as it 
probably does, largely upon the similar habits of the two species 
under consideration. It has been observed that in this country 
both are to be found only during the warmer half of the year *, 
This is not a very striking fact in the case of Scapholeberis, 
because such a limitation of the period of activity is the rule 
rather than otherwise among the Cladocera; but it is more 
noticeable with WNotodromas, as the Ostracoda do not furnish 
many other examples of periodicity, and even such occur appa- 
rently in the colder, rather than in the warmer, part of the year. 
It will readily be seen that the periodicity found to exist is very 
advantageous in both these particular cases, for the power the 
animals possess of attaching themselves to the surface-film would 
be nearly useless during most of the winter, owing either to the 
ice or to the comparatively disturbed state of the surface of the 
water when not frozen. 

The surface-utilising habit is so very peculiar and so strangely 
limited among the Cladocera and Ostracoda, that any evidence 
relative to its origin would possess more than ordinary interest. 
Possibly nothing definite will ever be known about the stages of 
its evolution, but certain suggestions may be made which seem 
to throw a little light upon the matter, or at any rate to con- 
siderably narrow the problem. In the first place, it appears 
almost certain that the habit did not arise under marine con- 
ditions, because a nearly smooth water-surface is an essential, 
even now, for its exhibition. Secondly, itis tolerably certain that 
of freshwater forms only those having approximately straight 
ventral margins could have been able, in the first instance, to 
use the surface-film to advantage. This, coupled with the fact 
that both Scapholeberis and Notodromas can attach themselves to 
the sides of a glass vessel with their ventral margins towards the 
glass, leads me to think that the forms from which the present 
species have been derived were in the habit of crawling over the 
surfaces of weeds, &c., much as Graptoleberis testudinaria, 
Fischer, does now, and had been modified in the same direction. 


* See Baird’s ‘Natural History of the British Entomostraca,’ pp. 100 and 
154. Also the author’s paper on “The Entomostraca of Wanstead Park,” in 
the Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Olub, ser. 2, vol. v. p. 165. 


16 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA 


This assumption is perhaps less necessary in the case of Woto- 
dromas because of the general prevalence of a nearly straight 
ventral margin among the Ostracoda, but it is essential for 
Scapholeberis. Thirdly, of freshwater forms having nearly 
straight ventral margins, only those Cladocera accustomed to 
swim in a somewhat reversed position, and those Ostracoda 
swimming in the same way, or at least vertically, could, it would 
~ seem, have taken advantage of the surface-film by means of their 
ventral shell-margins. 

There is only one other point that need be mentioned before 
leaving this part of the subject. It has been pointed out ina 
previous part of the paper that to many of the Cladocera the 
surface-film is a source of danger; yet to these very same forms 
there is one indirect way in which the surface-film is probably 
beneficial, not perhaps to individuals, but to the species. The 
envelopes of the ephippial or resting eggs of these creatures 
possess the same water-repellent power characteristic of the 
carapaces from which they are developed, and in virtue of this 
they are often found floating on the surface, although really of 
greater density than water. By this means their dispersal must 
be greatly facilitated, and their transmission from pond to pond 
rendered possible, even without the drying-up of the particular 
pieces of water in which they are produced. 

The relation of the Copepoda to the surface-film of water 
is all that now remains to be considered. The first fact that 
presents itself in this connection is that never by any chance can 
an animal belonging to the freshwater division of this order be 
found floating on the surface in the helpless condition common 
among the Cladocera and Ostracoda. This may seem puzzling 
at first, but the apparent explanation is that the coverings of 
these Copepods do not repel water. A similar experiment to 
that already mentioned, where a little strip of blotting-paper 
was applied to the body of an animal lying in a minute quantity 
of water on a glass-slip, will prove that the water extends ina 
film quite over the body of such a form as Cyclops or Diaptomus. 
Why it is that with presumably the same covering-material the 
bodies of some Entomostraca should thus exhibit no power of 
water-repulsion, while the bodies of others, as already shown, are 
highly water-repellent, remains quite unknown. 

In spite of the foregoing peculiarity of their coats, some 
Copepods are able to suspend themselves from the surface-flm. 


AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. EG 


I have observed several species of Cyclops do this, but there are 
only two in which the habit appears to be in any degree a 
constant one, namely C. ségnatus, Koch (not including C. tenui- 
cornis, Claus, although this form does sometimes suspend itself 
from the surface), and C. prasinus, Jurine (= C. magnoctavus, 
Cragin). When one of the former is closely watched, it will be 
seen that the animal suspends itself from the surface by means 
of the long sete on the second pair of antenne, exactly in the 
same way as it would do from a piece of weed. It should be 
especially noticed that the action is simply one of suspension, the 
animal always remaining quite motionless after taking up this 
position. Under the microscope there will be no difficulty in 
seeing that the two longest of the terminal sete of each of the 
second antennx have penetrated the surface-film, and are lying 
upon it for a small part of their length. If the reflected 
beam of light be used, as previously recommended, it will be 
found that four minute irregularities in the surface-film exist 
where the setz break through. 

Since animals of this type are denser than water, though but 
slightly, these irregularities must be capillary depressions. It 
follows, therefore, that in all probability the explanation of the 
surface-using power of these species of Cyclops is exactly the 
same in principle as in the previous cases, notwithstanding that 
it has not been proved directly that the antennal setz alluded 
to are water-repellent. One very curious point must not be 
omitted in regard to C. szgnatus and C. prasinus, as it is one 
which these forms have in common with Scapholeberis and Noto- 
dromas, but which at the same time distinguishes them from 
all other species of Cyclops known to me. It is that they are 
normally very dark-coloured, sometimes appearing almost black 
to the naked eye. The pigment producing this dark colour, 
while not by any means uniformly distributed over the bodies of 
these two species, is not so markedly ventral as is the case in 
either Scapholeberts or Notodromas. As, however, they do not 
bring any definite area of their bodies into contact with the 
surface-film, but simply hang from it obliquely, the view that 
here also the dark colour is protective may be provisionally 
accepted. Beyond the support afforded in water free from 
weeds, and the probable easiness of respiration, it is difficult to 
see what benefits these species of »Cyclops derive from their 
power of clinging to the surface-film. They may, of course, also 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY VOL. XXV. 2 


18 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA 


be able to secure additional morsels of food floating on the 
surface, but so far this has not been observed. 

There is yet another way in which the surface-film is utilised 
by some Copepods. In these instances the animals do not 
break the surface at all, but make use of the property which 
a small drop of water possesses of tenaciously adhering to 
even vertical and overhanging surfaces of solids, by reason of 
the tension of its enclosing surface-film. The process by which 
the animals referred to make use of this property is as follows :— 
When they attempt, as they often do, to force their way up the 
side, for instance, of a glass vessel, above the general level of the 
contained water, they become surrounded by a small quantity of 
water, which most persistently clings to them and to the glass, 
thereby binding them, so to speak, to the latter. By means of 
the support thus afforded, some Copepods can raise themselves 
up the sides of a glass vessel far above the water, and they 
no doubt raise themselves in a similar way up the exposed 
parts of the stems &c. of some water-plants. The forms that do 
this most constantly are certain species of Canthocamptus, e. g. 
C. minutus, O. F. M., and of Cyclops, e. g. C. affinis, G. O. Sars, 
and C. phaleratus, Koch. The last-named species affords perhaps 
the best example of all. I have repeatedly watched individuals 
wriggle their way up the sides of a bottle partly filled with 
water, until they have reached the underside of the cork, where 
they would stay for very long periods. It may be said quite 
confidently that, in captivity at least, this species spends more of 
its time above than below the water ; yet its powers of locomotion 
in this way are not unlimited, for it is practically unable to force 
itself over dry surfaces. As to the advantages, disadvantages, 
and other problems connected with such a semi-aquatic mode of 
existence, nothing definite is known, and so here for the present 
the subject must be left. 


Briefly summarised, the principal views advanced in this paper 
are as follows:—(1) To many Entomostraca the surface-film of 
water is a very dangerous element in their environment. To 
this category belong large numbers of the Cladocera and Ostra- 
coda. (2) To some others, on the other hand, the surface-film 
affords peculiar advantages. This class includes, so far as is yet 
known, only a few specially modified Cladocera and Ostracoda, 
and some Copepoda, which do not, however, present any apparent 


AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 19 


structural modifications. (8) In all cases (except where some 
Copepods possibly make use of the properties of the surface-film 
to attach themselves to aquatic plants above the general water- 
level) the relation to the surface-film, whether beneficial or 
the reverse, depends fundamentally upon the same physical 
principles, namely, the upward pull of the surface-film when 
forming a capillary depression, and the possession by the animals 
of water-repellent shells, ridges, scales, or sete, capable of pene- 
trating the surface-film and producing capillary depressions. 


In conclusion I wish to express my best thanks to Prof. L. C. 
Miall, F.R.S., for his kind sympathy shown during the progress 
of this inquiry, and for many helpful suggestions. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puate I, 


Fig. 1. Scapholeberis mucronata, 2. Side view. x 55. 

2. The same. Ventral view as seen when in contact with the surface-film. 
Xx 55. 

3. The same. Ventral margin. 110. 

4, The same. Last of the anterior series of ventral sete. x 1000. 

5. The same. Diagrammatic section across the flattened ventral margins of 
the valves, showing sete and hyaline scales. 

6. Notodromas monacha, 2. Side view. X35. 

7, The same. Ventral view as seen when in contact with the surface-film. 
x35. 

8. The same. Diagrammatic section across the flattened ventral margins 
of the valves showing ridges. 


Prats II, 
Fig. 1. Scapholeberis mucronata, 2. Front view of ventral margin. 200. 
2. The same. Anterior series of setze of ventral margin. 700. 
3. The same. Three setz# with hyaline scales from inner row of middle 
series. 700. 


4, Notodromas monacha, 9. View of ventral flattened area. X85. 


9* 


20 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


On the Morphology of the Pedipalpi. 
By Matcoum Lawris, B.Sc., F.L.S. 


{Read 1st February, 1894.] 
(Puatzs ITI.—V.) 


I. Anatomy oF Thelyphonus. 

THE internal anatomy of the Pedipalpi has, so far as my 
knowledge of the literature goes, never been described in any 
great detail *; and though the following notes do not pretend to 
touch on more than a few points, it seemed worth while to record 
them, if only by way of calling attention to the need for further 
investigation. That my material was limited in quantity and 
badly preserved, is the only excuse I can offer for the incom- 
pleteness of my observations, any attempts to trace the distri- 
bution of the nerves or the details of the reproductive system 
having been in vain. Sections through the whole animal were 
tried with some small specimens; but, apart from the difficulty 
of cutting an animal so abundantly provided with chitin, the 
inside was found to have lost all minute structure, and it was 
almost impossible to discriminate between the various organs. 

Before entering on the subject of this paper, I wish to make a 
protest against the indiscriminate way in which Arthropod 
appendages are named. To take an example: an appendage is 
spoken of as “ the third leg.” Now this may mean (1) the third 
appendage; (2) the third postoral limb, 7. e. appendage iv.; 
(3) the third walking-leg, which is in Scorpions appendage v.,. 
and in forms like Phrynus, in which appendage iii. is modified for 
tactile purposes, it may be either appendage v. or appendage vi. 
Tf one follows the same name through the Crustacea, the result is 
even more bewildering. The use also of terms such as antenne, 
mandibles, &c. is objectionable, as implying homologies with 
other groups which are by no means certain; and it would be a 
great gain if writers would simply talk of the appendages by their 
number. 7 

The hard parts of Thelyphonus are pretty well known, thanks 
to the works of systematic zoologists ; but it will perhaps not be 
out of place to give a brief description of the chief points, especially 
as there are one or two new details to be noted. The sclerites of 
the dorsal surface may be dismissed in a few words as consisting 

* The only figures with which I am acquainted are those of Blanchard in 
‘ L’Organisation du Regne animal.’ 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI, 21 


of the carapace, behind which come nine band-like sclerites, the 
body ending in the three narrow, cylindrical sclerites of the tail. 
The second to eighth sclerites show depressions which indicate 
the points of attachment of the dorso-ventral muscles. On the 
ventral surface the carapace is bent over in front for a short 
distance. This infolded part is marked by a strong median 
longitudinal ridge which helps to separate the bases of the 
chelicere. 

The chelicere (Pl. IV. fig. 18) are two-jointed, the distal joint 
being claw-shaped; it is strongly articulated to the first joint 
at the upper edge and folds down across its end, the point 
reaching to the lower edge. The proximal joint is roughly 
rectangular, as seen from the side, the length being about twice 
the breadth. In section the shape is an elongated oval, the 
long axis being dorso-ventral in direction. The surface of this 
joint is smooth except toward the distal end, where itis furnished, 
on the inner side, with a thick crop of hairs. The chelicere are 
not articulated to the rest of the skeleton, but attached by thin 
membrane to the thick membrane which forms the front of the 
cephalothorax in such a way as to be capable of being retracted 
for more than half their length (Pl. IIT. fig. 1). 

The second pair of appendages are very powerful, and consist 
of six joints. In the middle line the first joints are fused 
together for about two thirds of their length, thus completely 
shutting in the mouth behind. Being thus fused, the first joint 
can no longer function as a jaw, as it does in the Scorpions, 
and the biting-function is consequently taken on by the second 
joint. Anterior to the point where the fusion ceases, the inner 
‘surface of the first joint has an organ corresponding to what has 
been termed the pseudotrachea in Scorpions and Phalangide*, 
and which Gaubert+ has shown to existin Phrynus. This organ 
consists in Thelyphonus (PI. 1V. fig. 18, p.s.t.) of a trapezoidal area 
of thin skin closely covered with hairs. Except along the ventral 
margin the hairs are stout, with a well-marked central cavity, 
and. covered with minute secondary hairs which give them a 
feathery appearance. Along the ventral’ margin is a ridge 
bearing stronger hairs, which, however, have not the feathery 
structure. Atthe anterior end is a small chitinous plate covered 
with short spines and bearing one or two long bristles which are 


* Macleod, Bull. de l’Acad. Belg. vol. viii. 
t Gaubert, Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 7, vol. xiii. p. 140. 


22 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


attached in the middle of circular thin areas, while just in front 
of this plate is a large bunch of simple bristles. 

In the membranous area, bounded below and at the sides by 
the basal joints of the second pair of appendages, and at the 
top by the carapace, lies the opening of the mouth (fig. 18, m.). 
This is at the end of a short cylindrical tube, and is set round 
with hairs. The tube is strengthened below by a small chitinous 
plate with serrate anterior margin (fig. 13, m.t.s.), and above by 
the stronger and more important epistoma or camerostome. 
This epistome passes back through the membranous body-wall 
and projects into the interior of the thorax as three spines which 
reach as far back as the brain. These spines serve for the 
attachment of muscles connected with the stomodeum. 

The rest of the ventral surface of the thorax is covered by 
two sternal pieces and the basal joints of the three walking-legs, 
which are fused to the body. The third appendage, which is 
long and slender and tactile in function, is attached close under 
the carapace to a membranous area lying between the second 
and fourth appendages. The posterior sternal piece is a trun- 
cated triangle in form, the posterior margin being bent up dorsally. 
Just beyond the end of this bent-up portion is a separate trans- 
verse piece of chitin, to which the dorso-ventral muscle from the 
second dorsal sclerite is attached. 

The majority of the ventral abdominal sclerites want no special 
description, being almost precisely similar to the dorsal ones. 
This, however, is not the case with the first and second. The 
first sclerite, which we may term the genital plate, covers the 
ventral surface of the first two segments. The genital duct 
opens behind it, and under it at each side lies the first pair of 
lung-books. Round the posterior margin the chitin is bent in 
for a short distance in the middle line, but considerably more 
towards the sides. There are no dorso-ventral muscles inserted 
in this plate, those of the second tergite being, as mentioned 
above, inserted in front of it. 

The second ventral sclerite (Pl. IV. fi, g. 14) corresponds to the 
third tergite ; but owing to the great development of the genital 
plate it lies somewhat behind its proper position. The third 
ventral sclerite is narrower than the rest, for the same reason. 
The second sclerite resembles the first in covering a pair of lung- 
books which are situated at the sides, as well as in having the 
posterior margin bent in. This bent-in portion is very narrow 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 23 


except at two points, one on each side of the middle line, where it 
runs forward into triangular processes. To the middle of the 
front edge of this sclerite is attached a chitinous plate, which runs 
forward forming the dorsal wall of the genital vestibule. The 
dorso-ventral muscles from the third tergite are attached on each 
side of this process. 

There is little doubt that the genital plate corresponds to 
the genital plate of the Scorpion, and is an appendage; and I 
am inclined to consider the second sclerite as also an appendage. 
If, as I have tried to show in the Scorpion * and as Macleod + 
maintains in Spiders, the lung-books are derived from the ad- 
hesion of abdominal appendages to the ventral surface, there 
must have been an appendage here in the course of development, 
and at a comparatively late stage in the development of Phrynust 
this plate has quite a different appearance from the succeeding 
segments. The inturned posterior margin also and the absence 
ofa dorso-ventral muscle inserted in the plate itself are sugges- 
tive, though I would not attach too much weight to the muscle 
as the points of insertion of such structures readily change. If 
this plate is to be regarded as an appendage, the anterior chi- 
tinous process to which the dorso-ventral muscle is attached 
naturally suggests itself as the corresponding sternite. This 
point also I would not lay much stress on until the development 
of this region is better known. 


Internal Anatomy. 


The greater part of the cavity of the abdomen is occupied by 
the enormous digestive gland—the so-called liver—which forms 
a solid mass concealing at first sight everything except the heart 
and a few muscles. 

The heart (Pl. III. fig. 1) is about the same size from end to end 
of the abdomen, disappearing at the posterior end beneath a conical 
mass of muscle connected with the three caudal segments, and 
anteriorly passing into the thorax, about halfway up which it 
passes in among the folds of the stomach. Injection being im- 
possible, no attempt was made to trace the further course of 
either end of the heart. A meshwork of small vessels, consisting 
of a pair of longitudinal vessels at each side with a transverse 
vessel in each somite, lies on the surface of the digestive gland, 
and is probably part of the blood-system. 


* Zool. Anz. 1892. t Arch. Biol. vol.-v. t Vide infra, p. 34. 


QA - MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


‘Underneath the heart lies the gut, which merits a somewhat 
full description. It commences at the mouth with a long 
stomodeum, which is lined by a thin chitinous cuticle. The 
anterior part of this stomodzum has muscles passing dorsally 
and laterally from it to be attached to three chitinous processes, 
which run back from the epistoma (camerostome) nearly as far’ 
as the brain. There is no appearance of a dilatation into a 
sucking-stomach such as is found in the Scorpion. A transverse 
section of the stomodeum (PI. IIL. fig. 2 z) shows a folding-down of 
the dorsal side like the typhlosole of a worm. The sides of this 
down-folding are straight and covered with cuticle of the same 
thickness as that lining the walls of the stomodzum, while the free 
ventral edge of the fold is irregular in form and covered by much 
thinner cuticle. The only function I can suggest for this fold 
is that it acts in some way as a valve to assist in sucking. 

Just behind the brain the stomodzum opens into the mesenteron 
(figs. 1 and 2). The first (thoracic) portion of this is expanded 
into wide lateral diverticula, which extend over the brain in front. 
and the coxal gland at the sides. Hach diverticulum is divided 
into five lobes, the cavity of most of which seems to be a simple 
space. The front diverticulum, however, and perhaps portions 
of the others, is cut up by a meshwork of tissue (fig. 1 a), the 
object of which is, I imagine, to afford a greater surface. The 
histology of this region I have not been able to study in any 
great detail; but it is evident that the thoracic diverticula are 
very different in structure from the abdominal diverticula or 
“liver.” In addition to these lateral diverticula, there are two 
median ones from the ventral surface (fig. 2, m.d.g.). These 
pass through the entosternite, one going through the large oval 
anterior aperture in it and the other through the smaller posterior 
aperture (fig.4). Ventral to the entosternite, these diverticula run 
forwards between it and the thoracic ganglion as simple tubes. 

The middle portion of the mesenteron opens into the large 
diverticula of the digestive gland or “liver.” There appear to 
be four pairs of these diverticula, the last one being very much 
the largest and opening from the gut about the fourth free 
seoment. Behind the fourth segment the gut runs as a narrow 
tube as far as the seventh segment, and then expands into the’ 
large hourglass-shaped stercoral pocket (fig. 3). The peculiar 
shape of this stercoral pocket is due to its being compressed 
by the dorso-ventral muscles of the eighth free segment. The 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 25 


posterior part is a great deal larger than the anterior, and fills the 
greater part of the ninth free segment. The epithelium lining 
the stercoral pocket (P1.IV. fig. 15) consists of flat cells containing 
numerous granules, which stain darkly with hematoxylin along 
the outer edge. They are very similar to the cells lining the 
rest of the intestine. The Malpighian tubes arise near the pos- 
terior end of the stercoral pocket and run forward along the 
“sides of its ventral surface. They are somewhat coiled and 
closely attached to the pocket by connective tissue. In section’ 
they are found to possess an indistinct lumen surrounded by 
large cells with distinct oval granular nuclei. Occasionally 
darkly staining granules appear in the protoplasm, but for the 
most part it is apparently structureless (Pl. IV. fig. 16). The 
coils of the Malpighian tubes are surrounded and held together 
by fibrous-looking connective tissue. 

The proctodcum isa short straight tube running back through 
segments 10-12 to open below the telson. A slight thickening 
marks its junction with the mesenteron close behind the stercoral 
pocket. The epithelium lining it is thrown into folds, and con- 
sists of long cells with apparently a cuticle over their outer 
surface (PI. IV. fig.17). The distinction between these cells and 
those lining the stercoral pocket is quite evident, and the tran- 
sition from one form to the other somewhat abrupt. 

In describing the stercoral pocket as part of the mesenteron, I 
have been influenced by the character of the epithelium lining it 
and passing forward into the intestine without any break, while 
differing so markedly from that lining the proctodeum, and also 
by the point of origin of the Malpighian tubes. The condition 
of things in the embryos of Phrynus, which are described below, 
admits of little doubt as to the origin of the stercoral pocket 
from the mesenteron. 

The entosternite, which is so characteristic of Arachnids, de- 
serves a few words of description in this form (PI.III. fig.4). It lies 
between the gut and the thoracic ganglion, and is best described 
as an elongated plate drawn out into a number of processes. 
The front margin of it lies immediately behind the cerebral 
ganglion, and a pair of processes run forward one on each side. 
A large oval foramen perforates the plate near its front end, 
through which the anterior median diverticulum of the gut 
passes. Near the level of the posterior end of this foramen a 
second pair of processes passes onward and dorsalward. little 


26 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


behind the large oval foramen lies a small subcircular one, through 
which the posterior median diverticulum of the gut passes, and a 
third pair of processes is given off at about the level of the front 
of this circular foramen. Behind this second foramen the ento- 
sternite is a solid plate. At first it narrows somewhat, but soon 
expands again and runs out into the fourth and last pair of 
processes. This entosternite is more complicated than is usual 
in Arachnids, and this is probably to be correlated with the 
greater development of the thorax and its appendages. The 
processes into which it is drawn out serve for the attachment of 
muscles. The first pair of processes has muscles from it to the 
large second pair of appendages, while the other three serve for 
the muscles of the three walking-legs, the thin third pair of 
appendages being without any special process. 

The nervous system is almost entirely concentrated in the 
thorax. The cerebral ganglia are small oval structures placed 
far back in the thorax (PI. ITI. fig. 4) and giving rise to two pairs 
of optic nerves. The far back position of these structures is due 
to the large chelicere which, when drawn in, occupy almost the 
whole of the region in front of the brain. The three processes 
from the epistoma, of which mention has been made, also reach 
as far as the brain. The thoracic ganglion (fig. 5) is subtrian- 
gular in form, and gives rise to the nerves for the greater part of 
the body. ‘The origin of the nerves to the first two appendages 
could not be clearly made out, as the front part of the ganglion 
is somewhat entangled in chitinous processes which come in 
from the floor of the thorax. The nerves to appendages iil. to 
vi., however, are quite distinct, and the posterior end of the 
ganglion finally gives off a paired nerve-cord, alongside of which 
run a number of fine nerves, the course and distribution of 
which I failed to trace. The nerve-cord runs straight back with- 
out any ganglia till it reaches the ninth free segment, in which 
there is a small oval ganglion lying on the top of the right stink- 
sac (fig. 6). A nerve passes out laterally from each side of this 
ganglion, and a pair pass also posteriorly into the tail. 

The reproductive organs have been recently described *, but as 
the paper only gives two schematic figures it is not of much 
assistance in dissecting out these parts. Both the specimens 
which I dissected were males, and their reproductive organs 
were disposed as follows:—The testes are a pair of straight 


* Biol. Centralbl. ix. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPAULPI. 27 


tubes which lie side by side near the middle line, reaching as far 
back as the eighth free segment. In the third and fourth free 
segments they become narrowed into short vasa deferentia, 
which open into the enormous seminal vesicles situated one on 
each side of the first segment (fig. 8). These seminal vesicles 
open in the middle into what may be termed the genital vestibule, 
which runs straight back to open to the exterior at the posterior 
edge of the genital plate. The dorsal wall of the posterior part 
of this genital vestibule is formed by the median anterior process 
of the third segment. Hach of the seminal vesicles contains two 
hard brown structures in the form of curved grooved rods. One 
pair of these rods is united in a plate-like expansion in the 
middle line. The other pair seem to be independent of each 
other. No muscles could be found in connection with these 
structures, and their function—except in so far as they serve to 
keep the seminal vesicles dilated—is not evident. The walls of 
the genital vestibule are strengthened by two curved chitinous 
bars (fig. 8, cl), which seem independent of the genital plate, 
though coming into close contact with its inturned margin at 
their posterior ends. A small ring of chitin (Pl. III. fig. 8, c’) 
also lies in the dorsal wall of the vestibule in front of the median 
anterior process of the third segment. 

Underneath the testes, underneath even the nerve-cord, lies, 
in the middle line, the right sac of the stink-gland (fig. 6). It is 
in contact on the ventral side with the body-wall and reaches 
forward as far as the fourth segment, and the width is about 
half that of the space between the dorso-ventral muscles. Traced 
backwards, it narrows considerably in the tail-segments, and 
passing to the right of the rectum opens close to the middle line 
between the anus and the base of the telson. The walls of this 
sac are thin and translucent, and are thickened by a number of 
longitudinal white strands, which are due to the internal wall of 
the sac being folded into complex longitudinal ridges (fig. 6 a). 
These ridges suggest that the walls of the sac secrete the odorous 
fluid ; but the free surface is covered by a well-marked cuticle 
which is very impervious to staining fluids, and one would sup- 
pose equally so to secretions. The left sae of the stink-gland 
lies outside the left dorso-ventral muscles, and the narrow pos- 
terior end passes to the left of the rectum to open close to the 
aperture of the right one. It does not reach so far forward as 
the right one, but ends in the middle of the fifth segment. The 


28 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


structure and appearance are precisely similar to what has 
already been described. This asymmetrical arrangement of what 
one must regard as a morphologically symmetrical structure 
is interesting on account of its rarity. The Arthropoda are 
essentially bilaterally symmetrical animals, and yet here we have 
a bulky organ disposed in a completely unsymmetrical way, and 
that without appreciably affecting any of the other organs in the 
same region of the body. The extreme ventral position of these 
sacs is also worth noticing, as it is but seldom that any structure 
of importance comes to lie between the nerve-cord and ‘the 
ventral surface. 

Twisting about on both sides of the central or right stink-sac, 
but more especially on the right side, where there is more room, 
is a convoluted mass of fine tubules. The convolutions are so 
complicated and the tubules so fragile, that I have not been able 
to ascertain how many tubules are present or whether they 
branch or anastomose. This last is probably not the case, as I 
could scarcely have failed to get some trace of branching if it were 
present. I have traced two of these tubules apparently opening 
into the distal, 7.e. anterior, end of the left stink-sac, and have 
little doubt that others open similarly into the right one. I take 
these tubules to be the purely secretive part of the stink-gland, 
and imagine that they discharge their secretion into the sacs, 
from which it is ejected in considerable quantities when necessary. 

The coral gland (P1. III. figs. 2 and 4, cow.) lies in the thorax on 
either side of the entosternite, the processes of which pass dorsal 
to it. Itis an elongated body with a wavy outline, and the con- 
volutions of the tube of which it is composed may be seen on 
the surface. At the front end it gives off a duct which runs 
alongside the foremost process of the entosternite, and then 
curving outwards passes into the base of the third appendage. 
I have been quite unable to find any aperture on the external 
surface in this region, but there is a considerable membranous 
area in which such an aperture might easily be overlooked. At 
the same time it is quite possible that the duct may be closed in 
the adult, or only open at special seasons as in Mygale. 

The lung-books are situated, as has been already stated, towards 
the sides, beneath the first and second abdominal sclerites. The 
lamelle lie for the most part horizontally, though curving up a 
little towards the outside. Each lamella has a comparatively 
short posterior edge where it abuts on the air-space (fig. 8). 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 29 


The two sides run forward, diverging from each other, the outer 
side being the longer, and the anterior edge runs obliquely 
forward and outward. A thin chitinous cuticle covers both sides of 
each lamella, between the two layers of which is the blood-space. 
Occasional cellular columns pass across the blood-space from one 
cuticle to the other. The cuticle on the dorsal side of each 
lamella is covered towards the free margin (Pl. IV. fig. 9) by a 
number of vertical chitinous rods, the summits of which are united 
to form an arcade structure. Further away from the free margin 
these rods become smaller (fig. 10), and seem to be firmly 
attached to the ventral surface of the overlying lamella. Whether 
the ordinary small rods are actually continuous with the chitin 
of the overlying lamella, I cannot be sure, but certain thicker 
rods which occur here and there certainly are continuous. There 
is in this region no appearance of an arcade structure. The 
free edge of each lamella is enormously thickened (fig. 9), the 
thickened rim tending to run into sharp points on the dorsal 
surface and along the edge, while it is smoother and more solid 
on the ventral surface. The arcade structure gradually dies out 
towards the edge, though it persists for some distance along the 
thickened portion. 

The posterior side of the air-chamber is bounded by a mem- 
branous wall, which is strengthened by a network of curved 
chitinous bars (P1].IV.fig.11). These bars are every here and there 
drawn up into blunt processes, and small knobs of chitin make 
their appearance on the membrane within the meshes. At the 
sides of the air-chamber where the ends of the free edges of the 
lamellz are attached to it, the wall is enormously thickened 
(fig. 12) and drawn out into irregular conical processes. The 
surface of this part of the wali is further closely covered with 
stiff hairs. 

The structure of these lamelle differs from that described by 
Berteaux * for Spiders chiefly in the greatly thickened free 
margin. In other respects the similarity is very close. 

Caudal Organ.—On the dorsal surface of the last segment lies a 
pair of oval white spots, which have been called the apertures of 
the stink-glands (fig. 1, c.o.). Sections through this portion of the 
integument, however, show that there is no aperture at this point. 
The chitinous cuticle is much thinner than elsewhere (Pl. III. 
fig. 7), and the underlying layer of cells shows an entirely 


* La Cellule, vol. v. 


30 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


different form. Over the rest of the body the hypodermis con- 
sists of somewhat flattened cells with circular nuclei, but in the 
region of this caudal organ the cells are columnar with large 
oval nuclei. In one dissection I thought I could trace a nerve 
to these cells, but I could not be certain. The appearance of 
these columnar cells suggests a sense-organ rather than a gland, 
and indeed we have found the stink-gland to be an entirely 
different structure. What sense this organ serves is, however, 
not so clear. It is almost certainly not an organ of sight, as 
there is no pigment in or around the cells and the overlying 
cuticle shows no modification for any optical purpose. It is 
. probably then either auditory, olfactory, or for the sense of tem- 
perature, as are the lyriform organs of Spiders according to 
Gaubert *, but which must be left undecided until the minute 
structure can be investigated on properly preserved material and 
experiments made on the live animal. 


IJ. Som Empryos or Phrynus. 


While examining the Pedipalpi m the British Museum col- 
lection, Mr. Pocock directed my attention to a few specimens of 
Phrynus which had embryos attached to them. Inasmuch as 
practically nothing is known of the development of these forms f, 
it seemed well worth while to examine what embryos there were, 
though the number of specimens and state of preservation were 
evidently not such as to make anything approaching a satisfactory 
account possible. Through the kindness of Dr. Giinther I have 
been able to cut sections through four stages, and have made out 
a few points which are, I think, not devoid of interest. Unfor- 
tunately, two of the four stages were too badly preserved to show 
anything, so my results are based on two somewhat late stages. 

The development of Phrynus takes place, not, as usually stated, 
within the mother, but the embryos are carried in a sac formed 
of dark brown transparent gelatinous-looking material attached 
to the ventral surface of the mother (Pl. V. fig. 18). Theabdomen 
is concave on the ventral surface where this sac is present, and the 
dorso-ventral measurement is so much reduced that it seems a 
question how the organs necessary for existence can be contained 


* Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 7, vol. xiii. 
+ Bruce, Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. vi. 1886, describes only 
a few points, and that without figures. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 31 


in it. By what means the sac is formed and attached, I have 
not been able to find out. It coincides in shape with the 
abdomen, of which it covers all except the first two segments. 
The anterior part of it and the sides are thin, but the greater 
part of the ventral surface is covered by a roughly quadrilateral 
thicker portion, the margin of which is thicker than the rest. At 
the posterior end—at least in Phrynus reniformis, in a specimen 
of which the sac was best preserved—this thickened portion 
runs out into two short acute triangular processes. This method 
of carrying the young agrees with what is known of the habits of 
Thelyphonus. 

As mentioned above, the only embryos of which I have been 
able to cut sections are in a comparatively advanced stage of 
development. One specimen of Phrynus reniformis, however, in the 
British Museum was apparently at an early stage (PI. V. fig. 19). 
In surface view it consisted, as nearly as one could ascertain, of 
a large cephalic lobe followed by seven or more paired white 
blocks, extending round about half of the spherical egg. It was 
evident that only the thicker parts of the embryo were visible, 
and I take it that the paired blocks are the mesoblastic somites of 
the embryo, while the cephalic lobe is due to the thickening to 
form the brain. In the absence of sections, however, any attempt 
to determine these characters can scarcely be trustworthy. 

The older embryos have already the limbs well developed, and 
the body has undergone reversion similar to what occurs in Spiders 
(Pl. V. figs. 20 and 21). Just above and a little in front of the 
base of the fourth pair of limbs is seen a sac-like expansion, the 
surface of which, as also that of the body and legs in the imme- 
diate neighbourhood, is covered with a dark layer, apparently 
formed by the coagulation of some liquid excretion. In section 
the sac is seen to be hollow, but it was not possible to trace the 
cavity into connection with that of any other organ. The cuticle 
covering the sac is peculiar in that it is covered with blunt, 
conical, hollow processes which I believe are perforated. The 
cells forming the wall of the sac having drawn away from it 
owing to preservation, it was impossible to say whether processes 
from them extend into the cuticular processes or not, but I am 
inclined to think that such processes existed. 

The presence of this sac was noticed by Bruce *, and a similar 


* Bruce, A. J., “Observations on the Nervous System of Insects,” &c. 
Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. vi. 


382 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


organ has been described in Galeodes by Croneberg *. Bruce 
considers it to be asense-organ, while Croneberg compares it with 
the paired processes in Asellus, which probably represent the 
remains of the shell. 

Bruce has described a cellular amnion round his embryos. Of 
this I can find no distinct trace, but it may have atrophied at an 
earlier stage. 

The embryo appears, however, to cast off at least one cuticle 
in the course of development. This cuticle follows roughly the 
outlines of the body, and seems to be cast off during the later 
stages of the process of reversion, as there are cross partitions 
between the layer covering the cephalothorax and that over the 
abdomen. Between these two layers, and therefore outside this 
cuticle, there are traces in one of my embryos of a thin-walled sac 
with granular contents, but whether this is the remains of a still 
earlier cuticle or not I am unable to say. 


The Gut (Pl. V. fig. 21). 

The gut is composed, as usual, of three well-marked divisions— 
Stomodzum, Mesenteron, and Proctodeum. The stomodeum is 
a narrow tube extending from the mouth to a little behind the 
brain. In front of the brain there are attached to it powerful 
muscles running dorsally to be inserted in the carapace behind 
the median eyes. Lateral muscles are also present in this region, 
which no doubt has a suctorial function, though there is no sign 
of any dilatation to form a sucking stomach. Close behind the 
brain and just in front of the junction between the stomodeum 
and the mesenteron are inserted some more muscles which also 
pass dorsally to the carapace. 

The anterior part of the mesenteron—. e. the part lying in the 
cephalothorax—is dilated to form a sort of stomach as in Thely- 
phonus. The dilatation seems to take the form of a single pair 
of lateral outgrowths, very similar at this stage to the lobes of 
the “liver.” A small median ventral outgrowth is also present, 
and reminds one of the median processes in Thelyphonus. The 
middle part of the mesenteron is very short, only extending as 
far back as the fourth free segment. There are four pairs of 
diverticula forming the so-called liver, of which the first three 
divide almost immediately into a dorsal and ventral portion. 
The “liver” lobes of these three are small and well defined, the 

* Croneberg, Zool. Anz. 10 Jahrg. 1887. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 383 


ventral part of the first two being much smaller than the dorsal. 
They are placed in front of the first dorso-ventral muscle (7. e. the 
muscle of the second segment), and between the first and second, 
and the second and third dorso-ventral muscles respectively. The 
fourth diverticulum is very much larger than the others, and 
runs back along each side of the gut, somewhat dorsal to it. It 
opens into four secondary lobes on the ventral side, lying in the 
4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th segments respectively, and is continued, 
though much reduced in size, as far as the posterior end of the 
body. 

Behind this middle section of the mesenteron comes a con- 
siderable length of narrow intestine, which expands about the 
seventh segment into a great oval stercoral pocket which reaches 
to the posterior end of the body. This stercoral pouch is in 
absolute continuity with the rest of the gut, and is, I have no 
doubt, derived from the hypoblast. 

The proctodzum consists of a solid mass of cells, which comes 
into contact with the closed posterior end of the stercoral pocket. 
The cells are, however, quite different in appearance from those 
lining the stercoral pocket, and though in contact, the line of 
demarcation is perfectly distinct. 


The Nervous System. 


T have been able to make out but little as regards the develop- 
ment of the nervous system, as in my younger stage it is practically 
fully formed, though, as is usually the case with embryos, far 
larger in proportion than in the adult. The ganglion for the 
chelicerz is quite distinct from the brain in my embryos. Gan- 
glion, by the way, used in this sense has exactly the opposite 
meaning to that in Vertebrata. In the latterit means a collection 
of nerve-cells, while in the Arthropod cephalothoracie nervous 
svstem it means a mass of white substance among the nerve-cells. 
Behind the ganglion for the chelicere are five, somewhat larger 
similar ganglia appertaining to the five other appendages. Then 
come six very small separate masses of white substance, and 
finally a single elongated mass from which the nerve-cord runs 
out. I have not found in these stages any distinct division of 
the cerebral ganglion into three, such as has been described 
for Limulus * and Spiders. The distinction between the cells 
forming the dorsal mass of the cerebral ganglion and those lying 


* Patten, Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxv. 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 3 


By MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


on its sides is well marked here, as in Scorpions, the former 
being smaller and more closely packed. 

The central eyes are formed, as in Scorpions * and Spiders‘, 
by an in-pushing from in front of where the eye is about to be 
formed, the dorsal wall of which in-pushing forms the retinal cells, 
while the ventral wall forms a layer of flattened cells bounding 
the retina on its ventral side. The nervous system being already 
separated from the skin in my younger embryo, I cannot say 
whether or not part of the cerebral ganglion is formed from theoptic 
in-pushing as in Scorpions. Asin other Arachnids, the central 
eyes are diplostichous and the lateral eyes monostichous, the latter 
being formed by a modification of the hypodermis-cells in situ. 


Coxal Gland. 

The earlier stages of this structure are not represented in my 
specimens. In the younger it is already a considerably coiled 
tube. The tube is lined by cubical epithelium, the cells of which 
have round lightly-granular nuclei. Towards the front end a 
duct passes from the coiled tube and opens to the exterior on the 
posterior face of the basal joint of the third appendage (Pl. V. 
fig. 23). The epithelium lining the duct differs from that of the 
coiled tube, the nuclei being more closely packed, somewhat 
larger, oval, and more darkly staining. They resemble pretty 
closely the nuclei of the hypodermis, and as the duct has a thin 
cuticular lining, it probably represents the ectodermal part of the 
coxal gland. No trace of an enlarged terminal sac, such as that 
described by Faussek { in Phalangium, could be found, but it 
may be present in younger stages. 


The Respiratory Organs. 

The lung-books in the Pedipalpi are two in number, the first 
lying under the large genital plate, and the second under the next 
sclerite, which corresponds to the third free segment. An early 
stage of development is shown in PI. V. fig. 22, which is a longi- 
tudinal section to one side of the middle line. i. is the genital 
plate, and ii. the sclerite immediately behind it. The two 
resemble one another so closely that a description of one of them 
will serve for both. iui. then, consists of a distinct outgrowth 


* Laurie, Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxi., and Parker, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 
vol. xill. 
t Locy, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xii. 


{ Faussek, Travaux de la Soc. d. Nat. St. Pétersb, vol, xxii. (Russian) ; 
Abstract in Bicl. Centralbl. 1892. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 35 


from the body-wall, the cavity of which contains at this stage a 
certain number of mesoderm-cells. The hypodermis over the 
greater part of it is very much like that of the rest of the body. 
On the posterior surface, z.e. the surface next to the body-wall, 
however, the inner two-thirds is thickened, and the cells of the 
thickened portion are beginning to arrange themselves in rows 
more or less at right angles to the surface of the outgrowth. 
This is the beginning of the Jung-book. That this lung-book. 
belongs to the segment to which it is at this stage attached and 
not to the one behind it is, I think, fairly certain. With regard 
to the first lung-book, which appears to be attached to the 
posterior surface of the genital plate, it is not so evident to 
which segment it belongs. The genital plate covers the ventral 
surface of the first two segments, and the lung-book may either 
be attached to the genital plate, and therefore belong morpho- 
logically to the first segment, of which the genital plate is the 
appendage, or it may be the sole survival of the appendage of the 
second segment, which has otherwise entirely disappearad. This 
last I have suggested as being the case in the Eurypteride*; and 
1 believe it to be the correct explanation in these forms also, but 
only an examination of earlier stages can prove it. At all events, 
it is pretty certain that the first lung-book belongs to segments 
i. or il., and not to segment i. It is therefore not homologous 
with the first lung-book of the Scorpion, which does belong to 
seoment ii., but is either the homologue of the pectines of the 
Scorpion, z.e. appendage 11., or is a special structure, the appendage 
of segment ii. having entirely vanished. The former is evidently 
more probable a priori t. 


Of the development of the other organs I have not been able 
to make out anything of importance. The whole of this paper is, 
I feel, calculated rather to show what we may expect when the 
embryology of this group is properly worked out than to say 
what actually happens. Jf I have shown what important results 
a study of these forms will almost certainly give us, and how 
heavily handicapped any attempt to deal with the morphology of 
the Arachnida must be until such a study has been made, I 
have done all that I expected with the material at my disposal. 

* Trans. R. 8. Edinb. vol. xxxvii. 

t A paper on the “ Development of the Lungs in Spiders,” by O. L. Simmons 
in the Am. Journ. Sci. Nat. for August 1894, shows very similar structures, and 
the author’s conclusions agree for the most part with mine. 


3* 


36 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS. 
In the following pages I only propose to consider a few points | 
in Arachnid morphology on which it seems to me that my 
observations bave thrown some light. Many points—such as the 
existence of a number of pre-oral segments in the embryo—I 
have not dealt with, because it seems better to wait for further 
observations rather than to try and generalize on a manifestly 
insufficient basis. 


Post-oral Thoracic Appendages. 


Gaubert *, in his recent paper on the Arachnids, treats of the 
limbs of the terrestrial forms at some length, but his conclusions 
do not appear satisfactory to me. He considers the typical 
walking-leg of the Arachnids to consist of six segments, the 
articulations between which are capable of dorgso-ventral motion. 
Antero-posterior motion has been acquired in most forms, but 
always by the formation of a secondary joint, which has arisen in 
various parts of the leg in different forms. Thus, in Pedipalpi, 
Phalangide, and Spiders the fourth segment has been divided ; 
in Scorpions the fifth, and in Galeodes the third. That secondary 
jointing does take place in some forms is certain, but that all the 
articulations capable of antero-posterior motion are due to it I 
doubt. In the figure on p. 37 I have drawn a number of legs of 
different forms, a glance at which will make my views clearer than 
pages of description. The numbers above each figure are those of 
the segments of the limb as I interpret them, those in brackets 
below are according to Gaubert. The articulation capable of 
antero-posterior movement is marked with an asterisk. In a pri- 
mitive limb, then, for a type of which I will take that of one of 
the HEurypterids, we have seven segments, of which the first is 
modified for mastication, and the articulations of which are 
capable of movement in any direction. Appendage i1. seems, in 
contradistinetion to the rest, to have only six segments in all 
forms. The following are the chief modifications which have 
taken place in the various orders :— 

(a) Hurypterids— Appendage i. may have a tactile function, 
asin Slimonia. Appendage vi. is always larger than the rest and 
usually flattened to form the swimming-foot. In Stylomerus, v. 
and vi. are enormously elongated. An epicoxite is present in 
some of the limbs. 


* Ann, Sci. Nat. sér.'7, vol. xiii. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 317 


(b) Limulus.—The masticatory function is retained throughout. 
Appendage ii, has six segments and is chelate. Appendages 
iii.—vi. are always described as having six segments, but there 1s 
distinct evidence of a fusion of segments 4 and 5. Appendages 

lii—y. are chelate, while vi. bears a number of spines at the 
- articulation between 6 and 7, and also at the end of 7. There is, 


Fig. 1. Péerygotus. Fig.2. Limulus. Fig.3. Scorpion. Fig. 4. Thelyphonus. 
Fig. 5. Spider. Fig. 6. Galeodes. Fig. 7. Pseudoscorpion. 


further, a curious outgrowth from the external side of segment 
i., which seems to be of importance, as it is well developed at a 
comparatively early stage*, but the morphological significance 


* Kingsley, Journ. Morph. vii. 


388 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


of which is unknown. An epicoxite is present in appendages 
lil.—v. 

(c) Scorpions.—The masticatory function has been lost, except 
in appendage u., though the expanded first joint persists in 111. 
and iv., and serves to shut in the mouth behind. An epicoxite 
is present in i1.* The tbird segment has an ascending position, 
the fourth is almost horizontal. The articulation between 5 and 
6 is modified for antero-posterior motion. 

Pedipalpi.—The masticatory function is retainedin appendage 
il. in Phrynus, but not in Thelyphonus, in which the first joints 
of this limb are fused and perform the function of appendages ii. 
and iv. of the Scorpion. Appendage ii. is modified as a tactile 
organ, the last four joints in Phrynus and the last three in Thely- 
phonus being secondarily segmented. The first segment of 
appendages iv.—vi. 1s fused to the body—more completely in 
Thelyphonus than in Phrynus. Segment 3 is ascending in direc- 
tion in these limbs, and the rest descending. Articulation 4-5 
is modified for antero-posterior motion, and segment 7 forms a 
three-jointed tarsus. Appendage vi. in the Phrynide undergoes 
secondary segmentation of segment 5inmany forms. Phrynichus 
(ceylonicus) has the segment normal; Damon (medius) has it 
divided into two; Tarantula pumilis (C. L. Koch) has three 
segments in this region, and Phrynus Grayi (?) four f. 

Araneide.—These are similar in arrangement to the Pedipalpi, 
except that segment 7 is not divided up into atarsus. Appendage 
ii. is tactile, not prehensile, and undergoes curious modifications 
in the male. 

Phalangide.—The masticatory function is retained by append- 
ages il. and 111., while appendage iv. has still a process projecting 
towards the middle line. The rest of the limbs are similar to 
those of Spiders, except that segment 7 is divided into a many- 
jointed tarsus. 

Galeodes—The masticatory function is entirely lost. Ap- 
pendage ii. is slightly modified for tactile purposes, having 
practically lost the claw and apparently segment 7. This loss of 
a segment is curiously in contrast with the multiplication of 
segments in the corresponding limb of the Pedipalpi. In append- 
ages iii. and iv. an additional joint is intercalated between 
segments 2 and 3. This may be due to division of segment 2, 


* Lankester, Q. J. M. S. xxi. ; 
t Karsch, ‘Zur Kenntniss der Tarantuliden,” Arch, f. Naturg. vol. i. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 39 


but more likely, as Gaubert suggests, to division of segment 3. 
Antero-posterior motion takes place between this additional 
segment and 38. In appendages y. and vi. a second segment is 
intercalated in this region. Whether the intercalated segment 
is connected with a horseshoe-shaped strip of chitin which 
strengthens articulation 2-3 in the Pedipalpi or not, is an interest- 
ing point which must remain for the present unsolved. 

Pseudoscorpions.—In these minute forms the masticatory func- 
tion has been lost, except in appendage 11. In the other limbs 
segments 3 and 4 are fused together, their line of junction being 
* marked by a groove, while segment 7 is so reduced as to have 
been overlooked by everyone except Croneberg. The limbs are 
exceptional in that the division between the ascending and 
descending portions of the limb occurs at articulation 4-5 instead 
of articulation 3-4. 

Acarina.—The limbs here seem to have only six segments, but 
my researches have not led me to any conclusion as to which 
segment is lost. Appendages i. and 1. are variously modified in 
connection with the modes of life of the different forms. As 
being a degenerate group derived probably from the neighbour- 
hood of the Phalangide (Bernard says from the Araneidz) they 
need not detain us here. 

To summarize the results obtained from the above brief 
account of the appendages, the terrestrial forms seem to differ 
from the aquatic ones (Limulus and Eurypteride) m that the 
majority of the appendages have lost their masticatory function. 
This confinement of mastication to a smaller area seems to me a 
natural result of terrestrial life in such forms as these, which 
suck in their food in a liquid form, since a contingency to 
be by all means avoided is evidently that the juices on which 
they subsist should dry up. Beyond this the modifications cf 
the appendages would seem to unite the Pedipalpi, Phalangide, 
and Araneide together as a natural group. The Scorpions differ 
from them on one side, and Galeodes, as usual, stands alone on 
the other, though apparently showing affinities to the Pedipalpi. 
The condition of things in the Pseudoscorpions points either to 
their type of limb being independently derived from a compara- 
tively primitive form, or to their having passed through a much 
simplified stage, like the Acarma, I think the latter more pro- 
bable, though I wish it to be distinctly understood that I do not 
propose to derive the Pseudoscorpions from the Acarina. 


40 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


Abdominal Appendages and Respiratory Organs. 


The full number of abdominal appendages (six) only persist as 
such in Lemulus. In this form they are somewhat modified, the 
plates of each pair being connected in the middle line. That this 
connection is secondary is evident from Kingsley’s * figures, which 
show the abdominal appendages quite distinct from each other in 
early stages. The other aquatic forms, the Eurypterids, differ from 
Limulus in the segmentation of the abdomen. The firstappendage 
is fused in the middle, and bears a well-developed median lobe, 
which probably has some function in connection with repro- 
duction, and is in some forms at any rate capable of partial 
invagination. The second abdominal segment is covered by this 
genital operculum and has no plate-like appendage, though it 
bears a number of branchial lamelle. The third to sixth seg- 
ments bear paired plates with branchial lamellz on their posterior 
surfaces. The sternites persist in these segments; at all events in 
Slimonia—and this, one would expect, as a segmented abdomen 
demands greater strength than one in which the segments are 
fused together as they are in Limulus. 

T have stated elsewhere t what I believe to be the case as 
regards the morphology of the anterior abdominal segments 
in Scorpio and the Pedipalpi. To recapitulate briefly, the 
Scorpions have all the segments well-developed, the second seg- 
ment bearing the pectines, and the third to sixth having lung- 
books. The genital plate is small and does not overlap the 
second segment. In the Pedipalpi the genital plate covers two 
segments as in Hurypterids, the second of which bears the first 
pair of lung-books, which consequently lie under the genital 
plate. The third segment is also covered by an appendage under 
which lie the second pair of lung-books. I think the anatomy 
and still more the development, as described above, fully bear 
out this view. There can be no doubt that the first pair of lung- 
books in the embryo Phrynus belong to the region covered by 
the genital plate and not to the third segment. The first pair of 
luvg-books in the Pedipalpi thus correspond to the pectines of 
Scorpions. Another difference between the lung-books of these 
forms seems to be that in Scorpio they are formed, as I have 
elsewhere maintained ¢, from paired appendages not united in 

* Journ. Morph. vii. 
+ Trans. R. 8. Edinb. vol. xxxvii. 
{ Zool. Anz. 1892, no. 386. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. AL 


the middle line, but in the Pedipalpi the appendages stretch 
right across, as Macleod * suggested tor spiders. 

This view differs from that which has recently been set forth 
by Pocock +, who regards all the sclerites as sternites, and 
considers that the ventral side of the second abdominal segment 
has been crushed out by the great development of the first, which 
extends so far back as to cover part of the third segment, 
including the first pair of lung-books. The second sternite, that 
of the third segment, has, according to him, been pushed back 
by the same growth so as to cover the second pair of lung-books, 
which belong to the fourth segment. 

Schizonotus, which I have unfortunately not had an oppor- 
tunity of studying, is thus described by Pocock :—‘‘ There appears 
usually to be a single pair of respiratory stigmata situated 
behind the first sternite, as in Thelyphonus. The posterior pair 
that are developed in Thelyphonus appear to be functionless, but 
upon the third, fourth, and fifth sterna (morphologically the 
fourth, fifth, and sixth), close to the posterior margin and behind 
the muscular impressions, a pair of dusky patches are visible. 
These appear to be some internal organs seen through the semi- 
transparent cuticle, and I believe they are the homologues of the 
three posterior pairs of lung-sacs of the Scorpion”. If this 
interpretation of these structures be correct, we have here traces 
of the posterior abdominal appendages which have entirely dis- 
appeared in Thelyphonus and Phrynus. 

In Spiders the same arrangement is found as in the Pedipalpi. 
This is particularly clear in that curiously primitive form Liphis- 
tiws, which has been recently described by Pocock §. In this 
form the segmentation of the abdomen is marked on the dorsal 
side by nine (Schiddte) chitinous tergites. On the ventral side 
there are two large chitinous plates, the anterior of which covers 
the genital aperture and the first pair of lung-books, while the 
posterior covers the second pair of lung-books. These two 
chitinous plates I would regard as the two appendages which are 
found in the Pedipalpi. A further argument in favour of my 
view is that the lung-books have been described as developing in 
connection with the appendages of the second abdominal segment. 


* Arch. de Biol. vol. v. 

t+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xi. 1893. 
t Tom. cit. p. 4. 

§ Op. cit. vol. x. 1892. 


42 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


In the Dipneumones the posterior pair of lung-books are replaced 
by tracheze which, according to this view, have developed by 
an extension of the air-chamber of the lung-sae, as has been 
suggested by Macleod *. 

Two pairs of abdominal appendages seem to be converted into 
Spinning mammille in the Araneina. In Liphistius they occupy 
a normal position on the ventral surface of the abdomen, but in 
the higher forms, in which the segmentation of the abdomen has 
been entirely lost, they are shifted to a posterior position. This 
accounts for five appendages of the abdomen, which ig all that 
seem to appear in the embryo. It may be advanced as an argu- 
ment against my view, that if we consider the second lung-book 
as belonging to the fourth abdominal segment instead of the 
third, then we have, with the spinning mammille, all six abdo- 
minal appendages accounted for; but it seems to me more likely, 
without considering other reasons, that the sixth appendage has 
vanished than that the second has disappeared without leaving 
any trace. 

In the other Arachnids the lung-books are replaced by 
tracheee. Of Galeodes, the pons asinorum of all who have tried 
to deal with Arachnid morphology, I do not intend to speak here. 
The presence of stigmata leading into trachee between the 
fourth and fifth thoracic appendages is perplexing, not to say 
bewildering. I fully agree with Bernard in considering this 
form of great importance, though I do not feel convinced of its 
being primitive in most respects. We must wait, however, till we 
have a more careful and detailed account of its anatomy than has 
yet been published before we can speculate as to its morphology 
with any hope of success. 

It has often been maintained that the lung-books of Arachnida 
are derived from trachez and not from branchie ; but this view 
cannot, I think, be accepted. The fact that lung-books are cha- 
racteristic of the two most primitive orders—the Scorpions and 
the Pedipalpi—while in the Spiders, in which both are present, it 
is the higher forms—the Dipneumones—which have trachee, 
‘affords a strong argument against it. It is said that the inde- 
pendent development of trachez so closely resembling each other 
in the Insects and Arachnids cannot be thought of as possible; but 


* Arch. de Biol. vol. v. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 43 


if we attempt to begin from trachez we find that lung-books, more 
closely resembling each other, have to be independently developed 
twice, or more probably three times, so we are not much advanced. 
Further, the similarity between the trachee of Arachnids and 
Insects has been much overrated. It seems to depend mostly on 
the spiral thickening, which is present in both cases: but a 
thickening of some sort is evidently a mechanical necessity in 
these structures, and also the “ spiral’ is very poorly developed 
in many Arachnids. The difference of position, too, must have 
some morphological significance,—the trachee of Insects &c. 
arising outside the attachment of the appendages, while those 
of Arachnids are inside. Bernard * would derive the trachex of 
both forms from setiparous sacs, and makes a great point of the 
thoracic stigmata of Galeodes. Galeodes is a difficult problem, 
whichever view we take, but far too little is known of its anatomy 
(and still less of its development) to make it a safe basis for 
generalizing from. It is to be hoped that Dr. Bernard’s forth- 
coming paper on this form will give us some surer ground on 
which to base our speculations. He talks of the “ fascinating but 
seductive” hypothesis that the lung-books are derived from 
branchiz ; but it seems to me that a plentiful supply of seti- ~ 
parous sacs, capable of developing at will into lung-books, 
trachee, or coxal glands, affords a still more “ fascinating” 
hypothesis, and is, I am afraid, equally seductive. I do not 
think that, in face of the development of the lung-books in 
Phrynus, where they evidently arise as foldings of the posterior 
wall of an appendage, it is possible to entertain the idea that they 
are derived trom setiparous sacs, aud they do not seem to give 
much indication of being derived from trachee. Itis unfortunate 
that the development of the trachez in Arachnids has never been 
fully described, for I cannot but think that it would give some 
indication as to whether they are primitive or derived from lung- 
books 7. 
The Coxal Gland. 

There can be little doubt now but that this structure is 
morphologically a nephridium. It has been shown to develop in 
part from the mesoderm, and in the earlier stages to open into 


* Zool. Jahrb. vol. v., and Ann. & Mag. N. H. vol. xi. 1893. 
t Vide Simmons, Am. J. Sci. Nat., Aug. 1894, and Ann. & Mag. N. H., Sept. 1894. 


4A. MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


the ccelomic cavity in Limulus, Scorpio, Phalangium, and Spiders, 
and the structure in the adults is much the same in all these forms. 
Bernard * again suggests setiparous sacs as the origin of the coxal 
glands, but I do not think he can have understood the significance 
of what has been described in their development. Setiparous sacs, 
partly developed from the mesoderm and opening freely into the 
ccelom, do not commend themselves to one as morphological pro- 
babilities. The differences in the various forms have been so fully 
treated of by Sturany f that it seems unnecessary to recapitulate 
the details here. The one point on which I wish to lay some 
stress is the difference which exists as to the segment to which 
the coxal gland belongs. In the Scorpion and Limulus it opens 
at the base of the fifth pair of appendages. Kowalevsky and 
Schulgin ¢ describe it as belonging to the third in Androctonus 
ornatus; but my sections of Huscorpius italicus and Centrurus 
leave no possibility of doubt that in these forms it is the fifth, and 
as they themselves seem not very certain, I think it probable that 
they were mistaken. In Phalangiwm, Phrynus (supra), and 
Spiders this organ opens at the base of the third pair of append- 
ages. Bertkau$ says he has seen ducts to the fifth pair of 
appendages in Atypus, and Sturany says also that the gland opens 
on the fifth in the Tetrapneumones. In Pseudoscorpions it 
opens on the “ third leg ”—which, I presume, means the fifth 
pair of appendages—according to Bernard. 

It seems, then, that while the coxal glands are serially homo- 
logous in different forms, they belong to different segments, and 
by this character alone the Arachnida would be divided into two 
sections—one containing the Scorpions and Limulus, in which the 
gland opens on the fifth appendages, and the other the rest of the 
group, in which there is a gland in the third segment, with the 
possible exception of some Spiders and Pseudoscorpions. A 
gland may also be present in the fifth segment in these forms. The 
antennary and shell-glands of Crustacea are no doubt structures of 
the same kind but belonging to different segments, 7. e. either the 
second and fifth or first and fourth, according as one does or does 
not count the first antennx as somatic appendages. Consequently, 


* Ann, & Mag. vol. xii. 1893. 

+ Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, vol. ix. 

t Biol. Centralbl. vi. 

§ Arch, mikr. Anat. vol. xxiv., and Zool. Anz. xcii. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 45 


we must regard both the Crustacea and the two sections of 
Arachnida as having for their common ancestor a form with 
nephridia in each segment. 


The Gut. 


The only point on which I wish to make a few remarks in this 
connection is the origin of the stercoral pocket as I have described 
it above. There is no doubt in my mind that in Phrynus it is 
formed from the mesenteron. The position of the Malpighian 
tubes, which I discovered after I had completed the section 
dealing with Phrynus, as running in close contact with the wall 
of the stercoral pocket, to open into it at its posterior end, 
is absolutely conclusive, though the evidence from histological 
structure and anatomical relations in Phrynus and Thelyphonus 
was pretty strong already. In Spiders, however, it is always 
described as being formed from the proctodzum ; and the question 
arises whether the stercoral pocket in Spiders is not analogous 
with that of Pedipalpi, or whether the development has not been 
properly described. I incline to the latter view. That the deve- 
lopment of this part of the gut is not quite straightforward is, I 
think, evident from the fact that Kishinouye%, in his elaborate 
paper on the development of Araneina, describes it as formed from 
the unpaired caudal ceelom. Such a startling suggestion as this 
certainly requires independent confirmation, and I think that 
possibly Kishinouye has mistaken the early formed posterior part 
of the gut for celom. However this may be, Kishinouye’s figures 
seem to make it pretty clear that the stercoral pocket has no 
connection with the proctodeum, which at this stage is represented 
by a solid plug of cells, just as it is in Phrynus. The formation 
of the Malpighian tubes in the Spider hag also never been quite 
satisfactorily described, and if they run in close contact with the 
stercoral pocket, as they do in Phrynus, they might easily be 
mistaken as opening into the anterior end of the pocket. Kishi- 
nouye admits that he is not satisfied with his observations on the 
origin of these structures, and the description by other observers 
is hardly more satisfactory than his. Locy’s description tT is brief, 
and his figures are capable of a different interpretation to that 
which he gives them: fig. 57, in particular, séems rather in favour 


* Journ. Coll. Sci. Jap." 
t Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, xii. 


46 ; MR. M. LAURIE ON THE 


of my view. Balfour* gives a very short account of this region, 
and dces not say whether the stercoral pocket is formed from 
the proctodeum or not; and Morin gives no figures, and his 
account is brief and inconclusive. The point at all events will 
bear re-investigation. 


ConcLusion. 

The ultimate summing-up of all morphological work is its 
embodiment in a classification which shail express the true 
relations of forms to each other. This I do not feel prepared to 
do as regards the Arachnids; but a few points may be touched 
upon. I have elsewhere t given some reasons for dividing the 
terrestrial forms into two subclasses similar to those suggested 
by Pocock ¢, and for considering the Scorpions as more nearly 
related to Limulus, and the rest of the Arachnids to the Hury- 
pterids. A further argument may be found in the apparently 
invariable presence of a coxal gland on the third appendage in 
the latter section. The development of lung-books from branchiz 
twice over would seem the chief difficulty in this view; but if, as 
I have tried to show, the first lung-books of Pedipalpi are egui- 
valent to the pectines of Scorpions, the same difficulty faces us if 
we try the old hypothesis. 

The mutual relations of the forms constituting the second 
subclass (termed by Pocock “Lipoctena”’) is not quite clear. That 
the Arachnids and Pedipalpi are closely related is evidenced by 
their possession of two pairs of respiratory organs, a stercoral 
pocket, similar chelicerx, legs segmented in the same way, and a 
not very different disposition of the eyes. Beyond these two the 
different orders do not seem to show any very special relations to ~ 
each other, and one is met at the outset by the difficulty con- 
cerning trachee. These are the common possession of the 
Phalangide, Spiders, Pseudoscorpions, and Galeodes That the 
trachee of Spiders have developed within the limits of that order 
is, 1 think, indisputable, as the Tetrapneumones, or at all events 
Liphistius, must be admitted as being the lower forms. But no 
possible arrangement enables one to derive the Phalangide, 
Pseudoscorpions, and Gialeodes from the Dipneumones without 
violating every rule of morphological probability. It must be 


= @). dio ING [Sb Se 
+ Trans. R. 8. Edinb. vol. xxxvii. 
¢ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, vol. xi. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPT. 47 


admitted that trachee have been formed from lune-books twice 
at least within the limits of the Arachnida. As I have already 
pointed out, any attempt to derive lung-books from trachew lands 
one in an equally awkward position. The three remaining 
orders—Phalangids, Pseudoscorpions, and Solifugee—are unfor- 
tunately the three about whose morphology we know least. They 
seem absolutely marked off from each other—the Phalangide by 
their extraordinary reproductive apparatus ; the Solifugee by the 
segmentation of the carapace and the presence of thoracic stig- 
mata; and the Pseudoscorpions by the absence of both of these 
sets. For these reasons I have refrained from attempting to 
construct a phylogenetic tree in this place, as it seems useless 
to try any arrangement of the Lipoctena (Pocock) until more is 
known both of their structure and development. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Puate IIT. 


Fig. 1. Thelyphonus, opened from the dorsal surface. The superficial muscles 
of the thorax have been removed. i.—vi., appendages; ¢.0., caudal 
organ ; d.c.m., dorsal tail-muscle; d.v.m.s., dorso-ventral muscle of 
eighth free segment; g, thoracic expansion of gut; Az., heart; 
0.¢c., central eyes. 

la. Portion of trabecular tissue from anterior lobe of gut. 

2. Transverse section of thorax of small Thelyphonus. cox., coxal gland ; 
ent., entostermite; g and g’, diverticula of gut; m.d.g., anterior 
median diverticulum of gut; 7.g., thoracic nerve-ganglion ; s¢., sto- 
modzum. 

2a. Transverse section through stomodzum in front of fig. 2 

3. Stercoral pocket and proctodeum. 

4, Thorax after removal of the gut. c.e., cerebral ganglia; cor., coxal 
gland ; coz.d., duct of coxal gland ; ent., entosternite. 

5. Cerebral and thoracic ganglia. iii—vi., nerves to appendages; 
optic nerves ; o¢s., cesophagus. 

6. Posterior portion of abdomen after removal of gut and digestive 
gland. 2.g., nerve-ganglion; 7., rectum; /.s.s. and 7.s.s., left and 
right sacs of stink-gland ; s.g., coiled tubes of stink-gland. 

6a. Section through part of wall of stink-sac. 

7. Section through caudal organ. 
sense-cells. 

8. Anterior segments of abdomen. The anterior process of the second 
sclerite has been removed so as to open the genital vestibule. cl and 
c°, chitinous ur ports of the genital vestibule ; ge.v., genital ect 
Ib. 1 and (0.2, first and second ievinectualeS sé.v., dilatation of yag 
deferens ; x, hard structure in s¢.v. 


0C., 


cu., cuticle; hy., hypodermis; s.c., 


48 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE AORTIC-ARCH 


Prats LV. 


Fig. 9. Section of the free edges of two lamelle of the lung-book. , 

10. Section through lamellz of lung-book near their base. 

11. Part of the wall of the air-space towards the centre. 

12. Section of wall of air-space towards the side. 

13. Side view of mouth and surrounding parts. The left first and second 
appendages have been removed and the thorax Jaid open. i. and ii., 
right first and second appendages; car., carapace ; eps., epistome; 
m., mouth ; p.s.¢., sense-organ on base of appendage ii. 

14. Ventral sclerites of second and third free segments, viewed from 
inside. 

15. Section of wall of stercoral pocket. 

16. Section of one of the Malpighian tubes. 

17. Section of epithelium of proctodzum. 


Puate V. 


Fig. 18. Ventral surface of abdomen of Phrynus reniformis, with egg-sac. 
19. Young embryo of Phrynus reniformis: surface view. 
20. Side view of embryo of Phrynus annulatipes, x9. 1.0., lateral organ. 
21. Schematic longitudinal vertical section of Phrynus annulatipes, x. 48 
0.c., median eye; gen.a., genital aperture; Stc., stercoral pocket ; 
Pr., proctodzum. 


22. Longitudinal section of first four abdominal segments. x 4/4. 
23. Longitudinal section through front part of coxal gland and duct. 


On the Aortic-Arch System of Saccobranchus fossilis. By R. H. 
Burne, B.A. Oxon., Assistant in Museum, Royal College of 
Surgeons, London. (Communicated by Prof. G. B. Hows, 
F.LS.) 


[Read 5th April, 1894.] 


In tropical countries, but more especially in India, where the 
streams and tanks are liable to become dry in the hot season, a 
number of the freshwater fishes have acquired the power of 
living for a longer or shorter time out of water, and are thus 
enabled either to migrate to places where water is more abundant, 
or to bury themselves deep down in the mud to await the re- 
vivifying rains. Many years ago * reports that fish were often 
dug up in spots that had been dry for months, or were found 


* For the early literature of this subject see Boake, Journ. Ceylon Branch 
Asiat. Soc. 1865, and Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 274. 


SYSTEM OF SACCOBRANCHUS FOSSILIS. 49 


wandering far from any water, stirred the curiosity of naturalists, 
and finally led to the recognition, as accessory respiratory organs, 
of certain structural modifications occurring in these fishes. 

For some time the exact method by which this respiration was 
effected remained doubtful. However, during the last twenty-five 
or thirty years numerous interesting experiments have been per- 
formed by Day and others * upon most of these Indian freshwater 
fishes, which tend to prove that the modifications in the pha- 
ryngeal region of these creatures (epibranchial and other organs) 
do not contain water for moistening the gills as was originally 
supposed, but air for purposes of direct aerial respiration Tt. In 
certain other air-breathing fishes, 7. e. the bony Ganoids and the 
Dipnoi, the same end is attained by a modification of the swim- 
bladder. 

Further details upon this subject are unnecessary, as my 
object is merely to draw attention to the fact that among fishes 
bearing no close relationship to each other there are to be found 
specialized organs differing in ther morphological characters, 
but which are all, physiologically speaking, lungs. 

In the East-Indian rivers there is to be found a curious air- 
breathing Siluroid, by name Saccobranchus, in which the accessory 
respiratory organ takes the form of a pair of long narrow air- 
pouches, which lie along the back on either side of the vertebral 
column above the transverse processes, and extend for three 
parts the length of the fish, from the branchial chamber to within 
four inches of the tail. Venous blood is conveyed directly from 
the heart to the air-sacs by branches of a pair of the afferent 
branchial arteries, and returned, after oxygenation, into the 
aorta. 

Hyrtl£, who has worked out the anatomy of this fish, describes 
the arrangement of the branchial arteries with reference to the 
air-sacs as follows :— The fourth left branchial artery surpasses 


* Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 274, and Journ. Linn. Soe. (Zool.) vol. xiii. 
p- 198; Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 312. 

t From his researches on the blood-supply to the supra- hemnehial chamber 
in the Ophiocephalidx, Hyrtl considers that this organ is not for breathing 
air, but is probably a water-reservoir for moistening the gills. (Hyrtl, ‘ Ueber 
das Labyrinth und die Aortenbogen der Gattung Ophiocephalus,” Sitz. Akad. 
Wiss. Bd. x. 1853, p. 148.) 

+ Hyrtl, “ Zur Anatomie von Saccobranchus singio,” Sitz. Akad. Wiss. 1853, 
Bd. xi. Heft 1, p. 502. 

LINN. JOURN —ZOOLOGY, VOI). XXV. 4 


50 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE AORTIC-ARCH 


all the others on the same side in magnitude. The right, on the 
contrary, is smaller than all preceding it on its side. The left 
fourth branchial artery leaves the fourth gill-arch to pass to the 
ventral wall of the dorsal respiratory sac, on which it passes to the 
hinder end of the sac, giving off alternating side-twigs. On the 
right, the artery passing to the respiratory sac is not a pro- 
longation of the fourth, but of the first branchial artery, and 
runs not on the ventral, but on the dorsal wali of the sac.” 
This statement of Hyrtl’s is endorsed by Hubrecht*, who dis- 
sected one of these fishes at the request of Day when the latter 
was working at the physiology of this apparatus. 


u 


Hii 


Day 


sll 


Branchial region (nat. size) of Saccobranchus fossilis, showing the arrangement, 
of the branchial arteries, seen from the ventral aspect.—1, 11, 111, 1v, branchial 
arteries ; 7.s., respiratory sacs. 


In a specimen of Saccobranchus fossilis in the Museum of the 
Royal College of Surgeons (No. 1061 G), which I dissected last 
year, the branchial arteries do not answer to this description, 
for here the arteries are quite symmetrical on either side. The 


* Day, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) vol. xiii. p, 198. 


SYSTEM OF SACCOBRANCHUS FOSSILIS. 51 


fourth on both sides is considerably larger than the others, and, 
after coursing along the fourth gill-arch, is continued upon the 
ventral wall of its respective air-sac. The first, second, and third 
go to their several gills in the ordinary way. The first on the 
right does not differ in size from its companion on the left, and 
rapidly diminishes in calibre in its course along the gill, so that 
I was unable to trace it more than half an inch or so. 

Unfortunately it was not possible to inject this fish; but the 
vessels were sufficiently conspicuous to leave no doubt in my 
mind as to the accuracy of this observation. 

It is to be observed that Hyrtl made his observations upon 
Saccobranchus singio, so that it is possible that this distribution 
of the branchial vessels may have a specific significance, and not 
be merely a case of individual variation. 

With reference to this arrangement of the aortic arches in 
Saccobranchus, it is interesting to briefly review the work that 
has already been done in connection with the blood-supply to 
organs of aerial respiration in fishes and the higher Vertebrata. 

Beginning at the top of the scale and working downwards, we 
find that a general law has been laid down by Boas* to the effect 
that in the Amphibia and all higher Vertebrata the pulmonary 
artery is always derived from the fourth branchial aortie arch f. 

This generalization is considerably strengthened by van Bem- 
meln’s { discovery in embryonic Reptilia and Aves of two gill- 
clefts and an aortic arch lying between the systemic and pulmonary 
arteries ; and still further by Zimmermann’s § demonstration of 
an aortic arch in the same position in embryos of the rabbit 
and Man. 

Coming now to the Dipnoi, amphibious fishes whose swim- 
bladder has been modified for purposes of aerial respiration, 
matters become complicated by the reduction and compression of 
the branchial apparatus. It is possible, however, in Ceratodus, 


* Boas, Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vii. 1882, p. 488, ‘‘ Ueber den Conus Arteriosus 
und die Arterienbogen der Amphibien ;” and Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xiii. 1887-88, 
p. 115, ‘‘ Ueber die Arterienbogen der Wirbelthiere.” 

t That is, the 6th visceral aortic arch. For simplicity’s sake I count from 
the 1st branchial aortic arch. 

{ Van Bemmeln, “ Die Visceraltaschen und Aortenbogen bei Reptilien und 
Vogeln,” Zool. Anzeig. 1886, pp. 528 & 543. 

§ Zimmermann, “‘ Ueber einen zwischen Aorten- und Pulmonatbogen gele- 
genen Kiemenarterienbogen beim Kaninchen,” Anatomisch. Anzeig. 1889, 
p. 720. 


52 Mh. R. H. BURNE ON THE AORTIC-ARCH 


the member of the family least modified in this respect, to make 
out that the swim-bladder is supplied from the fourth aortic 
arch*. In Protopterus + this is no longer possible, as the efferent 
branchial vessels have become fused on either side into a common 
trunk, from the posterior face of which the puimonary artery 
arises. The branchial compression is still more advanced in 
Lepidosiren t, the remaining member of the family; so much so 
indeed, that the pulmonary artery apparently takes its origin 
from the third aortic arch. Whether this is really the case 1 
must leave an open question, although the great resemblance 
between the aortic arches in this fish and in some of the lower 
Amphibia § would incline one to think not. 

In the two Ganoids Polypterus and Amia|| the pulmonary 
artery takes its origin, according to Boas 4], as a large branch of 
the fourth efferent branchial vessel. The main trunk of this 
vessel, after giving off the pulmonary artery, passes on in a 
reduced condition, and joins the third efferent branchial vessel. 
Thus Boas regards the pulmonary artery of these fish as a deri- 
vative of the fourth branchial aortic arch alone. 

In contradiction to this, it appears, from the figure of the 
aortic arches of Amia given by Ramsay Wright, that the third 
aortic arch is also involved in the formation of the pulmonary 
artery. This effect is produced by the connection between the 
third and fourth efferent branchial vessels being represented 
as a branch of the third, and not a continuation of the fourth 
efferent branchial vessel. A very slight alteration in the drawing 
is enough to accomplish this ; for if the connection in question 
is drawn sloping from the third branchial vessel towards the 
middle line, it appears to be part of the third arch; if away 
from the middle line ever so slightly, it would be called a conti- 
nuation of the fourth arch. 

* Boas, Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vi. 1880, p. 321, “ Ueber Herz und Arterien- 
bogen bei Ceratodus und Protopterus.” 

+ Parker (W. N.), ““On the Anatomy and Physiology of Protopterus annec- 
tens,’ Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. yol. xxx., in which paper other references will 
also be found. 

t Hyrtl, Lepidosiren paradoxa, and Bischoff, “‘ Sur le Lepidosiren paradoxa,” 
Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.) vol. xiv. 1840, p. 116. 

§ Bischoff, 7. ¢. 

|| Johannes Miller, “ Beitrage zu Bau und Grenzen der Ganoiden,” Abhandl. 


Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1844, p. 117; Boas, Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vi. p. 321. 
«| Boas, Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vi. pp. 542 & 3d. 


SYSTEM OF SACCOBRANCHUS FOSSILIS. 53 


Having regard to the fact that Ramsay Wright’s figure is a 
diagram in the Introduction to a General Natural History of 
Fishes’ *, but that Boas, on the other hand, was working specially 
upon the aortic arches of these Ganoids, it seems to me that we 
are justified in electing to follow Boas in this matter, and, with 
him, to look upon the pulmonary artery of Polypterus and Amia 
as a derivative of the fourth aortic arch alone f. 

Finally, we come to the mixed group of tropical freshwater fishes 
in which a modification of the pharyngeal region does duty as a 
lung. The anatomy of the epibranchial organ of the Labyrinthici 
has been worked out by Zografft; and as regards the blood- 
supply to that structure, he succeeded, after several disappoint- 
ments, in proving that the blood is brought to the epibranchial 
organ by the fourth aortic arch. 

The suprabranchial chamber of the Ophiocephalide, which so 
much resembles that of the Labyrinthici, according to Hyrtl 
does not receive its blood from the heart, although the fourth 
branchial artery passes through it. From the subsequent experi- 
ments that have been performed on these fishes, it is very 
probable that Hyrtl was mistaken, and that these chambers are 
organs for the respiration of air. In this connection it is 
well to remember that Zogratf found great difficulty in injecting 
the blood-vessels to the epibranchial organ in the Labyrinthici. 

Now, as ‘to Saccobranchus, we have seen that Hyrtl and 
Hubrecht found that the blood was carried to the respiratory 
sacs by the first aortic arch on one side, and the fourth on the 
other. In my specimen, on the contrary, it was supplied by the 
fourth on both sides. 

The peculiar spirally-coiled epibranchial organ of Heterotis 
Ehrenbergii, one of the Osteoglosside §, receives its blood from 
the fourth aortic arch, as also does that of Chanos salmoneus 
(Lutodeira chanos ot Hyrtl)||. In the Cuchia eel, Amphipnous 


* Ramsay Wright, ‘Standard Natural History,’ vol. iii. p. 48. 

+ Boas, Morph. Jabrb, Bd. vi. pp. 342 & 381. 

+ Zograff, Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. vol. xxviii. 1888, p. 501, “‘On the Con- 
struction and Purpose of the so-called Labyrinthine Apparatus of the Laby- 
yinthic Fishes.” 

§ Hyrtl, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Bd. viii. 1854, p. 73, “ Beitrag zur Anatomie 
yon Heterotis Ehrenbergii.” 

|| Hyrtl, “Ueber das Epigonale Iiemenorgan von Lutodeira chanos,” 
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Bd. xxi. 1863, p. 1. 


54 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE AORTIC-ARCH 


cuchia*, the two respiratory bladders on either side of the neck 
obtain their blood-supply from the first pair of branchial aortic 
arches. 

In looking through the above list, one is at once struck by the 
frequency with which the pulmonary artery is derived from 
the fourth aortic arch ; and this not only when the lungs are in 
all probability homologous structures, but in creatures having 
different kinds of air-breathing organs, some of which can bear 
no morphological relationship to each other. 

There certainly are exceptions, but they are comparatively 
very few; in fact, even including Lepidosiren, which, from the 
compressed condition of its branchial apparatus, ought scarcely to 
be used as an argument either way, they only amount to three ; 
and even of these three we have seen that one, 1. e. Saccobranchus, 
is sometimes found in what may be called the normal condition. 

The general tendency appears to be that any organs modified to 
act as lungs, no matter what may be their morphological cha- 
racters, are supplied with blood by the fourth branchial aortic 
arch. In the higher Vertebrata this is the case without exception ; 
and even among fishes, where presumably the organ specialized 
for breathing air is not so firmly established, this is still the 
case, although liable to variation. 

Saccobranchus and Amphipnous agree in respect to the origin 
of their afferent pulmonary vessel from the afferent branchial 
system; and therefore it is specially interesting to note that 
S. singio is abnormal in the partial realization of that character 
(origin of pulmonary artery from the first branchial arch) which 
is diagnostic of Amphipnous. 

It has been suggested to me by my friend and late teacher 
Prof. Howes, that the variations occurring in the pulmonary 
artery of these fishes may find a parallel in the variability which 
he observed in the first appearances of the epiglottis in the 
Amphibia *. So far as I am aware, this may very well be the 
case, since there appears to be considerable liability to variation 
in organs that are in the initial stages of their development, and, 
so to speak, still on their trial. 


* Hyrtl, “ Ueber den Amphibienkreislauf von Amphipnous und Monopterus,” 
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Bd. xiv. 1857, p. 39. 

+ G. B. Howes, “ On a hitherto unrecognized Feature in the Larynx of the 
Anurous Amphibia,” P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 491. 


SYSTEM OF SACCOBRANCHUS FOSSILIS. 55 


I cannot conclude without tendering my warmest thanks to 
Prof. Howes for the trouble he has taken in helping me with this 
paper, and for many kindly suggestions and corrections. 


Nore (25 Sept., 1894:).—Since writing the above, my attention 
has been called to two short papers by Jobert on the aerial 
respiration of certain fishes of the Amazon (Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 6, 
vol. v. art. 8, & vol. vii. art. 5). In three instances (Callichthys, 
Hypostomos, and Doras) aerial respiration is effected by means of 
a peculiarly modified portion of the intestine which receives its 
blood-supply from the aorta; the blood, however, is partly venous, 
as the afferent and efferent branchial vessels are continuous and 
allow the blood to pass directly from one to the other. In the 
ease of two other fishes (Hrythrinus and Sudis) the swim-bladder 
functions as a lung, receiving venous blood from the mesenteric 
veins, and also arterial blood from the aorta. It will be noticed 
that all these fishes, as regards their pulmonary blood-supply, 
are exceptions to the general tendency indicated above: that this 
should be so, especially in the case of the intestinal breathers, is 
not a matter for surprise; here, if anywhere, one would expect 
to find variation, for the distance of the modified organ from the 
pharynx suggests the probability that the blood-supply to the 
newly acquired lung might be procured from some already exist- 
ing neighbouring vessel, rather than directly from the distant 
aortic arch.— A. H. B. 


LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XxV 5 


56 MR. C. V. RILEY ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Report upon the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of 
St. Vincent. By C. V. Rinny, W. H. Asumeap, and L. O. 
Howarp. (Communicated by D. Snare, F.L.S., on behalf 
of the Committee for Investigating the Flora and Fauna of 
the West-Indian Islands.) 


[Read 29th June, 1893.] 


Inrropuction. By C. V. Riney. 


Ween the parasitic Hymenoptera and Rhynchota collected by 
Mr. Herbert H. Smith in the island of St. Vincent were sent to 
me some time ago by the West India Committee for study, I 
hoped to find time to work upon the collection myself, parti- 
cularly in certain groups in which I have leng taken an especial 
interest. This hope has proved vain, owing to the pressure of 
more urgent duties. While, however, I have been able to do but 
comparatively little work myself, I take pleasure in transmitting 
herewith a Report on the parasitic Hymenoptera by two of my 
assistants, Messrs. W. H. Ashmead and L. O. Howard, both 
of whom are well-known workers in this group of insects. 
Mr. Ashmead has studied the Braconide, Ichneumonidex, Proc- 
totrypide, and part of the Chalcidide, the latter family 
possessing the largest number of forms. Mr. Howard has taken 
up the remainder of the Chalcidide, comprising the subfamilies 
Chalcidine, Eucharine, Perilampine, Encyrtine, Elasmine, 
Aphelinine, Pirenine, and Elachisting. Six new genera and 
299 new species are characterized. I have myself studied but 
have not yet completed the work on the Microgasterine in the 
Braconide, and the Hupelmine in the Chalcidide ; and hope to 
send before long a supplementary Report on these subfamilies. 
The material collected by Mr. Smith has proved to be of very 
considerable interest. The groups containing the smaller Hy- 
menoptera have been so little collected, especially in the western 
hemisphere, that generalizations bearing upon the geographical 
range of species can hardly be attempted as yet, and such gene- 
ralizations as may be made will have little value. It is inter- 
esting to note, however, that although the very large majority of 
the forms are new to science, a number of the old species 
collected in this island by the Rev. Lansdown Guilding during 
his residence there, and subsequently described by Francis 


OF THE ISLAND OF §8T. VINCENT. 57 


Walker, have been refound. A few of the old Fabrician species 
have also been recognized, while a number of forms common 
within the limits of the United States are also contained in the 
collection. These last are evidently species of wide distribution, 
since the characteristic fauna of St. Vincent must much more 
nearly resemble that of northern South America than of North 
America, or even of the subtropical portion of the Floridian 
peninsula. 

It will appear from the portion of the Report contributed by 
Mr. Ashmead that nine of the species are common to St. Vincent 
and the United States, six occurring in the State of Florida, while 
the other three have a more northern range. In the Chalcidids 
studied by Mr. Howard nearly three fourths are new, although 
not necessarily of subtropical limits. Nine of the previously de- 
scribed forms are characteristically tropical or subtropical ; one, 
curiously enough, has never before been found except in North 
Europe, and must evidently be considered an introduced species 
in St. Vincent; while fourare North American, two being found 
commonly throughout the United States, one only in the district 
of Columbia, and one in Florida. The following list is, I believe, 
a fairly complete one of the previously described parasitic 
Hymenoptera found on the island of St. Vincent, those marked 
with a * having been previously reported, while those without 
the * are now recorded for the first time from the collection on 
which Messrs. Ashmead and Howard have reported ; so that with 
the descriptive papers the list will comprehend all the parasitic 
Hymenoptera so far known from the island. 


List of previously described Parasitic Hymenoptera found in 
St. Vincent. 


Family CYNIPIDA. 


Subfamily EvucorLin&. 
Evucoiua, Westwood. 
E. basalis, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil. iv. p. 5. 


Evcoi.ipgEa, Ashmead. 
E. canadensis, Ashm. Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. xiv. p. 154. 


LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xxv. 6 


58 MR. C. V. RILEY ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Subfamily FicitTinz. 
SoLEenaspis, Ashmead. 


S. bifoveolata, Cr. (Aspicera), Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 7. : 


Family BRACONID. 


Subfamily SpaTHINA. 


STENOPHASMUS, Smith. 
(2) S. pusillus, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 85. 


Subfamily HecaABoLinz. 


Herterospitus, Haliday. 
*H, questor, Hal. 


Subfamily AGATHIDINA. 


Micropus, Nees. 
M. varipes, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 65. 


M. stigmaterus, Cr. 1. c. p. 65. 
Subfamily ALysiinz. 


AuystA, Latr. 
A. analis, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil. iv. p. 88. 


Family ICHNEUMONID. 
Subfamily OPHIONINA. 


Opuion, Fabdr. 
O. flavum, Fab. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 179. 
O. concolor, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 56. 
O. cubensis, Nort. 1. c. p. 56. 
ErpHosoma, Cresson. 


E. annulator, Cy. l. ¢. p. 54. 


Family EVANIIDA. 


GASTERUPTION, Lair. 


*G, Guildingii, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1851, p. 219. 
*G. rufipectus, Westw. 1. c. p. 219. 


Evania, Fadr. 


EE. appendigaster, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 943. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 59 


Family CHALCIDIDZ. 
Subfamily EucHarinz. 
Kapaa, Cameron. 
K. furcata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 158. 
OrasEmMa, Cameron. 


O. stramineipes, Cam. Biol. Cent.-Am., Hymen. i. p. 105. 


Subfamily EuRYTOMINZ. 
Decatoma, Spinola. 
*D. oretila, Walk. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 46. 


IsosoMoDEs, Ashmead. 
I. gigantea, Ashm. Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. Phil. xiii. p. 127. 


Subfamily CHaLciDINZz. 


SPILOCHALCIS, Thomson. 
S. femoratus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 375, no. 10 (1775). 
*S. fulvescens, Walk. Ent. Mag. i. p. 25. 
Cuatctis, Fadr. 
C. annulatus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 167. 


Noraspis, Walk. 
*N. formiciformis, Walk. Ent. Mag. ii. p. 37. 
ANTROCEPHALUS, Kirby. 
A. punctigerus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 167. 


Subfamily BLAsTOPHAGINA. 
Iparnes, Walk. 
*I. carme, Walk. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 47. 


PapHacus, Walk. 
*P. sidero, Walk. 1. c. p. 48. 


Subfamily SpPALANGIINA. 
SPALANGIA, Lair. 
S. nigra, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 29. 
S. drosophile, Ashm. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. Phil. xiv. 1887, p. 199. 
Isocratus, Forster. 


I. vulgaris, Walk. Ent. Mag. x. p. 114. 
6* 


60 MR. C. V. RILEY ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Subfamily PrEROMALINA. 
CyrToGastTER, Walk, 
C. vulgaris, Walk. Ent. Mag. 1. p. 382. 
Leaps, Haliday. 
*T,. pulchricornis, Hal. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 47. 


STENOMALUS, Thomson. 
S. muscarum, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 42. 


CatToLaccus, Thomson. 
*C. helice, Walk. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xu. p. 46. 


Subfamily ENcyRTINz. 


Ainastius, Walk. 
* 7A. hyettus, Walk. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvii. 1846, p. 181. 


Comys, Forster. 
C. bicolor, How. U.S. Agric. Rep. 1880, p. 362, pl. 23. fig. 3. 


LEPTOMASTIX, Forster. 
L. dactylopui, How. Bull. V., Ent. Bur. U.S. Dept. Agric. p. 23- 


Encyrtus, Dalman. 
E. tiliaris, Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1820, p. 171. 


Subfamily APHELININ A. 


CoccopHacus, Westwood. 
C. Lecanii, Fitch, How. U. 8S. Agric. Rep. 1880, p. 360. 


Subfamily ELAcHISsTIN a. 


Evupiectrus, Westwood. 
*E. furnius, Walk. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xu. p. 48. 


STENOMESIUS, Westwood. 
S. platynote, Howard in Hubbard’s ‘ Orange Insects,’ 1885, p. 217. 


Subfamily EULopHINz. | 


Hopiocrepts, Ashmead. 
H. albiclavus, Ashm. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. i. p. 235. 


re a 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 61 


It may be well to call particular attention to the use of the 
generic name Ashmeadia by Mr. Ashmead in the opening portion 
of his section on the Hurytomine. In the ‘ Canadian Entomo- 
logist ’ during the closing months of 1889 Messrs. Ashmead and 
Howard discussed the priority of the use of the generic name 
Rileya, Mr. Howard having proposed it for a peculiar Encyrtine 
genus from California almost simultaneously with Mr. Ashmead’s 
use of the same name for a Eurytomine genus from Florida. 
Mr. Howard, considering Fleya, Ashmead, to be a synonym of 
his own genus of the same name, proposed for the former the 
name Ashmeadia. With a view of ending a useless controversy, 
Mr. Ashmead, upon an expression of my own view, has consented 
to recognize Ashmeadia for the Hurytomine genus, leaving 
Mr. Howard’s Encyrtine genus in possession of the name 
Rileya. In dedicating genera to individuals yet living, authors 
might avoid such possible conflict did they but first obtain the 
sanction of the person whom they intend to honour. 

I cannot close these few notes of introduction without expressing 
my own sense of the obligation under which entomologists gene- 
rally must rest to the West India Committee for carrying on 
this series of investigations ; and as the insect fauna of island 
atter island is studied, the value of the results will proportionately 
increase. 


Report on the Parasitic Cynipide, part of the Braconidae, the 
Ichneumonide, the Proctotrypidex, and part of the Chalci- 
dide.— Part I.* By Witt1am H. Asumeap. 


Family CYNIPIDA. 
Subfamily Evcortin a. 
DieiypHosEeMa, Forster. 

DIGLYPHOSEMA FLAVIPES, sp. 0. 

Q. Length 12 to 2 millim. Polished black; mandibles and 
palpi yellow ; antenne black or dark brown, the first joint yellow ; 
legs, including coxe, yellow. Head transverse, including the 
eyes a little wider than the thorax across from tegule to tegule, 

* For Part IT. see p. 108.; 


62 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


which is the widest part. Eyes large, oval, convex. Cheeks 
distinctly margined, the lower portion finely, closely punctate. 
Face smooth, with two impressed lines that start between the 
base of the antenne and the eye and extend into the lateral 
sutures of the clypeus ; there is also a grooved line separating the ~ 
cheeks from the face. Antenne 18-joited, submoniliform, as 
long as the body, the joints decreasing in length toward the 
tips. Thorax with two furrows that start from the anterior 
angles of the mesonotum and converge and extend back to the 
base of the scutellum, forming a long wedge-shaped carina; these 
lines are not deeply impressed and are quite different from those 
in my genus Hucoilidea. Collar visible above as a sharp carina. 
Pronotum slightly impressed and finely aciculated or striated at 
sides. Mesopleura smooth, highly polished, except a depression 
and some striz just beneath the tegule ; it is separated from the 
mesopectus by a straight line, and again divided at its basal one- 
third by an impressed line running parallel with the mesopectal 
suture. Metapleura scratched. Scutellum deeply foveated at 
base; its cup large, elliptical, with an elliptical central depres- 
sion, surrounded by a submarginal punctate line; the sides of 
the cup finely, closely punctate. Metathorax short, depressed 
at the middle, with a central keel and rather prominent posterior 
lateral angles. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation yel- 
lowish; the marginal cell is large and open along the margin, 
the second abscissa of radius slightly curved and double the 
length of the first. Abdomen polished black, slightly piceous 
along the venter, slightly compressed, its tip abruptly truncate, 
the tip of the hypopygium visible. 
Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from three female specimens. 


EvucornipEa, Ashm. 


EUCOILIDEA CANADENSIS, Ashm. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. vol. xiv. 
p. 154 (1887). 

Hab. Canada; St. Vincent. 

Four specimens are in the collection that cannot be distin- 
guished from the type originally described from Canada. Three 
other specimens differ in having the legs entirely reddish yellow; 
while the four specimens have the coxe and base of femora 
black. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 63: 


Agtaotoma, Forster. 


Four species that evidently belong to this genus may be 
recognized as follows :— 


Females. 


Species black, except sometimes the metathorax and 
abdomen! Dasalliyin. secs sat eles devoe cote: Savere 2. 
Species more or less pale rufous or brown. 
Pale rufous, the occiput dusky. 
Antenne longer than the body, the eight terminal 
jomts very slightly thicker than the preceding, the 
last joint one half longer than the penultimate ; 
cup of scutellum very small, narrowed into a carina 
anteriorly, its disk wholly foveated ............ A. pallida. 
Head black, thorax dark brown, abdomen, legs, and 
first four flagellar jomts pale rufous. 
Antenne not longer than the body, the seven 
terminal joints slightly thicker than the preceding, 
the last joint one third longer than the penultimate ; 
cup of scutellum elliptic, not narrowed into a carina 
anteriorly, its disk foveated, but divided into two 
parts by a transverse carina, the anterior part the 
EDR Reig Boe SOC Cn On Tac heat Mee eOn Eeatinee A. variabilis. 
2. Wholly black; legs and six basal joints of antennze 
yellowish. 
Antennz much longer than the body, the seven 
terminal joints thicker than the preceding, the last 
joint a little shorter than the penultimate ; cup of 
scutelium elliptic, uot narrowed into a carina 
anteriorly, its disk areolated ..........0s8e0 .. A. longicornis. 
Metathorax, abdomen basally, and legs pale rufous or 
brownish yellow. 
Antenne scarcely longer than the body, the seven 
terminal joints thicker than the preceding, the last 
joint not longer than the penultimate; the cup of 
scutellum small, elliptic, not narrowed into a carina 
anteriorly, its disk smooth, polished, with a small 
HOVER POSLELION VY arerteremer arteries eilete alcrelele as esis ais A. basalis. 


Species black ....... 6G noroGid cup ano Hoe syonrsvehs) ever eler ees 2. 
Species pale rufous. 
Third antennal joint slightly longer than the fourth, 
the joints beyond about four times as long as thick ; 


64 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


cup of scutellum elliptic, its disk smooth, with a 
small fovea posteriorly and about six submarginal 
punctures anteriorly .....:......----sseeeneeee A. pallida. 
Head and abdomen black, the thorax piceous. 
Third antennal jomt not longer than the fourth, the 
joints beyond the fourth very slightly longer and 
thicker, about thrice as long as thick; cup of 
Sonia linren a3 WN DACA” boon o0G00008acaK00b0G A. variabilis. 
2 Metathorax and legs yellowish. 
Third antennal jomt much longer than the fourth, 
thickened and curved, the joints beyond the fourth 
more than thrice as long as thick; cup of scutellum 
Wony Gmail o soo cud sag ooa bods qvod aseacKnsa00% A. basalis. 


AGLAOTOMA PALLIDA, sp. Nn. 

6 @. Length 12 millim. Pale brown, polished, the occiput, 
in the female, black. Face with some fine longitudinal lines along 
the orbits. Antenne in female 13-jointed, as long as the body, 
very slightly and gradually thickened toward tips, the joints 
long, cylindric ; the first joint of funicle is scarcely longer than the 
second: in male longer than the body, filiform, the joimts all 
long, cylindric; the first joint of funicle is slightly longer than the 
second and slightly bent, the following are a little contracted at 
base and apex and all finely fluted. Thorax smooth, without 
furrows, the prothorax visible above as a sharp, transverse 
carina. Cup of scutellum in male elliptical, its dorsum with a 
submarginal row of punctures and a fovea behind; laterally it is 
closely punctulate : in the female the cup is very small, narrowed, 
and extends into a carina anteriorly. Mesopleura polished, the 
epimera separated, in the male smooth, in the female finely, 
longitudinally aciculated. Metapleura smooth, bounded by a 
carina posteriorly. Metathorax short, with lateral carine and 
slightly pubescent. Wings hyaline, fringed, the venation brown, 
the marginal cell closed; the second abscissa of the radius is 
only about one fifth the length of the first. Abdomen highly 
polished, in male dark brown above, pale along the venter, with a 
slight hairy girdle at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and one female specimen. 

The female of this species agrees exactly with Forster’s defini- 
tion of the genus, but the male disagrees in not having the first 
joint of funicle “ bermdassig verlangert.” 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 65 


AGLAOTOMA VARIABILIS, Sp. 0. 

3 9. Length 13 to 14 millim. Polished, the head black, 
thorax brown; mandibles, four basal joints of flagellum, legs, and 
abdomen rufous, the latter blackish above; in the male the 
thorax is paler, the antenne, except the three terminal joints, 
entirely black, the legs more yellowish. Antenne in female 
13-jointed, as long as the body, subclavate, all the joints long, 
cylindric, the seven terminal joints thicker than the preceding, 
black, but scarcely forming a distinct club; in the male 15- 
jointed, filiform, nearly twice as long as the body, all the flagellar 
joints about equal in length, those in the middle being slightly 
dilated. Scutellum profoundly foveated at base, with deep 
channels around the cup, the latter with a pale margin and 
impressed at base and apex; in the male the cup is slightly 
larger, its dorsum smoother, foveated posteriorly and with six 
submarginal punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, fringed, the 
venation brown; the marginal cell is about two and a half times 
as long as wide, closed, the second abscissa of radius about one 
half longer than the first, both slightly curved. Abdomen highly 
polished, scarcely longer than the thorax, with a woolly girdle at 
base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female specimen. 


AGLAOTOMA LONGICORNIS, sp. U. 

@. Length 2 millim. Polished black; six basal joints of 
antennz, mandibles, and iegs reddish yellow. Antenne 13- 
jointed, longer than the body, the flagellar joints all cylindric, 
but the seven apical joints thicker than the basal joints, black, 
fluted, and pubescent, a little more than thrice as long as thick; 
the four basal joints are very slender, the first slightly the 
shortest. Cup of scutellum elliptic, its dorsum areolated by 
irregular raised lines. Wings hyaline, fringed, the venation 
yellow ; the marginal cell is very little more than twice as long 
as wide ; the second abscissa of radius is about one third longer 
than the second, both slightly curved. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


AGLAOTOMA BASALIS, sp. n. 
32. Length 1 millim. Polished black; five basal antennal 


66 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


joints and legs yellow; mandibles, metathorax, and base of abdo- 
men rufous. Sometimes the whole abdomen is black. Antenne, 
in female, scarcely longer than the body, 13-jointed, cylindric, the 
seven apical joints slightly thickened, fuscous: in male 15-jointed, 
twice as long as the body, fuscous, the joints all fluted ; the first 
flagellar joint is one third longer than the second, curved, clavate. 
The cup of the scutellum in the male is very small, narrowed ; in 
the female larger, elliptic, its dorsum smooth, with a fovea 
posteriorly and some punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, 
fringed, the venation pale brown; the marginal cell is closed, 
about twice as long as wide, the abscissas of radius about equal 
~ in length, the first being slightly curved. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and three female specimens. 


GanasPis, Forster. 


This genus, as recognized here, comes close to Aglaotoma; but 
the antenne in the female are shorter, clavate, the six or seven 
terminal joints enlarged, submoniliform, much as in Hewacola, 
from which it differs, however, in having a closed radial cell. 
In the male the first flagellar joint is scarcely longer than the 
second, not or only slightly curved. 

The two species may be tabulated as follows :— 


Entirely pale ferruginous or honey-yellow ............ oe 
Pale ferruginous or honey-yellow, with the head black or 
fuscous. 
Six terminal jomts moniliform, black, and, except the 
last, scarcely longer than thick. 

First funicle-joit twice as long as the second, the 
second and third equal, longer than thick, the 
fourth and fifth small, moniliform. 9 ........ G. atriceps. 

Three or four terminal joints black, and fully twice as 
long as thick. 

First funicle-joint very little longer than the second, 
the following all ae: cylindric, thrice as long as 


GNC) DS Sense cae vere We ofa ate InEUe eb ote s Mivia'e tate G. apicalis. 
2. Antenne 15-jointed, filiform, the three apical joints 
TID GC) saangacoobabaduo y rom otnd qos eb ang ub G. apicalis. 


Antenne 13-jointed, the three apical joints fuscous. 2 
wriateiny (Z)) so90Gn 680000 Baiada ner et aeey ctoreroxe -... G. apicalis. 


OF THE ISLAND OF §8T. VINCENT. 67 


GANASPIS ATRICEPS, sp. 0. 

2. Length 12 millim. Pale ferruginous, polished, the head 
and six terminal antennal joints black; mandibles and palpi 
pale. Antenne 13-jointed, not longer than the thorax, the club 
6-jointed, the joints, except the last, scarcely longer than thick, 
black, delicately fluted ; the first joint of funicle is twice the length 
of the second, the second and third equal, longer than thick, the 
fourth and fifth moniliform, not longer than thick. The 
scutellum at sides is finely rugose, its cup small, elliptic, with a 
small fovea posteriorly. Metathorax short, finely rugose, with a 
medial carina. Wings hyaline, fringed, the venation pale brown; 
the marginal cell is closed, a little more than twice as long as 
wide, the second abscissa of the radius being one third longer 
than the first, both slightly curved; cubitus visible. Abdomen 
not longer than the thorax, with the usual girdle at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single female specimen. 


GANASPIS APICALIS, Sp. 1. 

3 @. Length 2 to 1 millim. Pale ferruginous or honey- 
yellow ; the head in the female most frequently black or fuscous, 
rarely entirely pale as in the male. Antenne in female 13- 
jointed, about as long as the body, the six terminal joints 
enlarged, at least twice as long as thick, fluted, the three or 
four apical joints always black or fuscous; the first joint of 
funicle is cylindrical, a little longer than the second, the joints 
beyond, to the club, at least thrice as long as thick. In the male 
the antenne are pale brown or slightly fuscous, 15-jointed, 
nearly twice the length of the body, with the three terminal 
joints always white. Scutellum at sides finely rugose; the cup 
in the male is small, arched, its dorsum smooth and polished, with 
only a small fovea posteriorly ; in the female sometimes with 
two foveze and sometimes with a fovea posteriorly and punctures 
anteriorly. Abdomen a little longer than the thorax, with a 
woolly girdle at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from several specimens. 

From the difference observed above in the scutellar characters, 
IT suspect this species may really represent two distinct species ; 
but, as the specimens are hardly sufficient for me to determine 


68 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


with certainty, I prefer for the present to let them remain 
together. 


CurestoseMa, Forster. 


CHRESTOSEMA ROBUSTA, Sp. 0. 

3 Q.- Length 14 to 14 millim. A small, robust, polished 
black species. The head is transverse quadrate; the clypeus 
small, convex; mandibles and trochanters, tips of femora, tibie, 
and tarsi reddish yellow, the rest of the legs black. Antenne 
in female filiform, submoniliform, shorter than the body, piceous, 
13-jomted, the joints oblong-moniliform; the first funicle-joint 
is narrowed and slightly shorter than the second, the following 
joints are about the same thickness, but the five terminal joints are 
shorter than the five preceding: in the male Jonger than the 
body, filiform, the first funicle-joint is a little longer than the 
second, the following oblong-moniliform, about three times as 
long as thick. Thorax with two abbreviated, nearly parallel 
furrows anteriorly, that do not extend posteriorly quite to the 
middle of the mesonotum. The scutellum is separated from the 
mesonotum by deep fovee ; its cup is high, large, and almost 
round and centrally foveated, its sides vertically striated. Meso- 
pleura smooth, with a small furrow below the tegule, the epimera 
separated, polished. Metapleura, except a small rugose space just 
above the coxe, smooth, polished, the posterior margin carinated 
and pubescent, while on the disk isa faint impressed line. Meta- 
thorax very short, vertical, and closely punctate, with a delicate 
medial carina. Wings hyaline, the venation yellowish; the 
marginal cell is closed, short, not longer than wide, the second 
abscissa of the radius being scarcely longer than the first and 
slightly curved outwardly. Abdomen not longer than the thorax, 
polished black, a slight pubescent girdle at base and with its tip 
vertically truncate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male aud one female specimen. 


CHRESTOSEMA PALLIDIPES, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 11 millim. Differs from the above in having the 
antenne and legs, including the coxe, entirely honey-yellow, 
aithough the tips of the antenne are sometimes dusky; face 
with two grooved lines, each line extending from the base of the 
antenne to the base of the eye; while the cup of the scutellum 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 69 


has only a small fovea posteriorly, with a submarginal row of 
punctures, its sides being rugose, not vertically striated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two female specimens. 


Kaermotoma, Westwood. 


KLEIDOTOMA INSULARIS, sp. 0. 

2. Length 1 millim. Polished black; legs rufous, the middle 
and posterior cox black, all the femora more or less dusky. 
Antenne 13-jointed, black, the three terminal joints much 
enlarged, fluted, the last the longest; the basal joint is a little 
longer than the last, curved clavate, the second joint or the 
pedicel is oval; the following joints to the club are very slender ; 
the third or the first joint of funicle is twice as long as the second, 
the joints following are rounded or moniliform and slightly 
increase in size. Wings hyaline, not emarginate at apex, the 
venation pale; the tip of the submarginal vein terminates in a 
quadrate stigma, the marginal cell is open along the outer edge 
and is nearly twice as long as wide, the first abscissa of radius 
very oblique, a little longer than the second. Abdomen as long 
as the thorax, polished, compressed, without a pubescent girdle 
at base and with a very finely aciculated spot at base above. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female specimen. 


TETRARHAPTA, Forster. 


TETRARHAPTA RUFIPES, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1 millim. Polished black; antenne and legs 
reddish yellow, the four terminal joints of antenne enlarged, 
fluted, and fuscous. Antenne 13-jointed, the first joint scarcely 
longer than the oval second ; the funicle-joints are slender, cylin- 
drical, the first joint one third longer than the second, the joints 
beyond becoming gradualy subequal; club 4-jointed, the joints 
two and a half times as long as thick. The cup of the scutellum 
is small, high, and narrowed, with a central fovea, the sides 
closely punctate. Wings hyaline, pubescent, with long marginal 
ciliz, the venation brown; the marginal cell is closed, triangular, 
slightly longer than wide, the first and second abscissas of the 
radius straight and about of an equal length. Abdomen very 


70 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


slightly longer than the thorax, polished, with a pubescent girdle 
at the base. 
Hab. St. Vincent. 
- Described from a single specimen. 


Prentracrita, Forster. 


PENTACRITA OBSCURIPES, Sp. 0. . 

9. Length 1 millim. Polished black; antennze brown; legs 
reddish yellow, the middle and posterior cox black, their femora 
more or less dusky or black. Antenne 18-jointed, the five 
terminal joints enlarged, moniliform, the last jomt a little the 
longest ; basal joint twice as long as the pedicel, which is rounded ; 
the funicle-joints are more slender, submoniliform, the first about 
twice the length of the second, the joints beyond very gradually 
increasing in length and width to the club. ‘The cup of the 
scutellum is very small, with a slight fovea posteriorly ; anteriorly 
it is smooth, the sides rugose. Metathorax pubescent. Wings 
hyaline, fringed, the venation yellow; the marginal cell is about one 
half longer than its width, closed, the first abscissa straight and 
slightly shorter than second, which is slightly curved outwardly. 
Abdomen polished black, as long as the head and thorax together 
and with a pubescent girdle at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Leproprriina, Forster. 


LEPTOPILINA MINUTA, Sp. N. 

2. Length 4 millim. Polished black; antenne brown; legs 
flavo-testaceous, the posterior femora brownish. Antenne 13- 
jointed, about as long as the body, the seven terminal joints 
cylindrical, about thrice as long as thick, and thicker than the 
basal funicle-joints, which are slender; the first funicle-jomt 
is about one third longer than the second; scape and pedicel 
swollen, the latter globose. Scutellum rather high, slightly pro- 
jecting over the metathorax, which is short, and abruptly declining 
posteriorly ; the cup is small, elliptic, its dorsum smooth, with a 
few round punctures. Metathorax short, with two delicate 
medial carine. Wings hyaline, strongly fringed, the apex with 
a slight sinus, the venation pale brownish yellow ; the marginal 
cell is closed, about twice as long as wide, the second abscissa of 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. Th 


radius very slightly longer than the first. Abdomen not longer 
than the thorax, polished, with a very slight pubescent girdle at 
base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Heprameris, Forster. 

HEPTAMERIS RUFIPES, sp. 0. 

9g. Length13 millim. Polished black ; antennz brownish, the 
two basal joints black; legs reddish yellow. Antenne 13-jointed, 
subclavate, the seven terminal joints thicker than the preceding, 
not fluted, the last joint the longest, one half longer than the pre- 
ceding ; the first funicle-joint is one half longer than the second, 
the second and third equal, the fourth as long as the first. Scu- 
tellum at sides finely rugose, its cup elliptic, and connected with 
the mesonotum by a delicate carina, its dorsum with a small fovea 
posteriorly and with some punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, 
sparsely pubescent, and with short cilizw, the venation yellowish ; 
the marginal cell is open along the outer margin, a little more 
than one and a half times as long as wide, the second abscissa of 
radius about one third longer than the first, both straight. Abdo- 
men as long as the head and thorax together, black, polished, 
piceous beneath towards the base, and with a distinct woolly girdle. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one specimen. 


HEPTAMERIS FLAVIPES, sp. n. 

¢. Length 12 millim. Differs from Z. rufipes in having 
black antennz, except the three or four basal funicle joints, which 
are piceous, the 7 apical joints fluted; the first funicle-joint is 
only slightly longer than the second, the three following about 
equal; the cup of scutellum is small, elliptic, its dorsum smooth, 
not foveated: while the second abscissa of the radius is one and 


a half times as long as the second; the metapleura pubescent. 
Hab. St. Vincent. 


Described from two specimens. 


Hyporeraria, Forster. 


HYPOLETHRIA LONGICORNIS, sp. n. 
@. Length 14 millim. Polished black; the five baysal joints 


72. MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA . 


of the antenne and the legs honey-yellow. Antenne 13- 
jointed, longer than the body, all the flagellar joints long, 
cylindric, the 7 or 8 terminal joints slightly thickened and 
delicately fluted, averaging about thrice as long as thick; the 
first funicle-joint is about as long as, or very slightly shorter 
than, the second. Cup of scutellum large, broadly oval, 
nearly round, its dorsum excavated and with some punctures, 
the outer margin piceous. Abdomen as long as the thorax, 
polished black, with a woolly girdle at base; the hypopygium 
prominent, acute, ploughshare-shaped, piceous. Wings hyaline, 
pubescent, the marginal cell closed, about two and a half times 
as long as wide, the cubitus more or less distinct; the second 
abscissa of the radius is about one and a half times as long as 
the first, very slightly bent. One specimen has the apex of the 
wings slightly emarginate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from three specimens. 


Hexacona, Forster. 


This genus is represented by three closely allied species, which 
may be separated as follows :— 


Females. 
Dorsum of cup smooth, polished, with a small fovea 
posteriorly and two punctures anteriorly; an- 
tenne black. 
Posterior coxee black, all femora dusky ........ H. solitaria. 
Dorsum of cup smooth, polished, with a small fovea 
posteriorly, and four punctures anteriorly; an- 
tennz brown or fuscous. 
All coxze and legs yellow or reddish yellow. 
The five funicle-joimts together not longer than 
the three basal joints of club, the four apical 
joints of the funicle not longer than wide.... H. modesta. 
The five funicle-joints together much longer than 
the three basal joints of club, the four apical 
joimts of funicle longer than wide........ H. Sancti- Vincenti. 


Males. 


First flagellar joint much longer than the second, 
clavate, slightly curved. 
Flagellar joints after the first thrice as long as 
thick; the dorsum of cup with two punctures. H. solitaria. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 73 


Flagellar joimts after the first less than thrice as 


long as thick; the dorsum of cup with four 
OLGAINGS -O Udore noone: oc eer cbc ec ocone H. Sancti- Vincent. 


First flagellar jomt not longer than the second. 
Flagellar jomts about twice as long as thick; the 
dorsum of cup with four punctures ........ H. modesta. 


HEXACOLA SOLITARIA, Sp. 0. 

3 @. Length 1 millim. Polished black; mandibles rufous; 
antennz black, the funicle-joints piceous; legs reddish yellow, 
the posterior coxe and ail femora moré or less black or 
dusky. Face with deep lateral clypeal sutures. Antenne 
13-jointed, not reaching to the middle of the abdomen, the six 
terminal joints enlarged; the five funicle-joints together are 
scarcely longer than the three basal joints of club, the first joint 
is almost twice as long as the second, the-second and the fol- 
lowing moniliform ; the joints of the club, except the last, are 
scarcely longer than thick, delicately fluted and pubescent. Cup 
of scutellum small, elliptic, its dorsum smooth, polished, with a 
small fovea posteriorly and two punctures, its sides being finely 
longitudinally striated. Tegule black. Wings hyaline, strongly 
fringed, the venation yellowish; the marginal cell is about once 
and a half as long as wide, the outer margin open toward 
the apex, the second abscissa of radius very slightly longer than 
the first, straight, the second very slightly arched inwardly. 
Abdomen as long as the thorax, polished, with a distinct woolly 
girdle at base. 

The antennez in the male are 15-jointed, brown-black, the third 
joint being clavate, a little curved, and one third longer than the 
fourth, the jomts beyond being about thrice as long as wide and 
all fluted; legs reddish yellow; tegule piceous. Otherwise in 
the scutellum, venation, &c. it is identical with the female. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens, a male and female. 


HEXACOLA MODESTA, Sp. D. 

3 2. Length #to1millim. Polished black; mandibles yel 
lowish; antennz brown or piceous ; legs honey-yellow or reddis: 
yellow, the femora rarely infuscated. Antenne 13-jointed, ex: 
tending scarcely beyond the base of the abdomen, the six ter 
minal joints enlarged, moniliform; the five funicle-joints together 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 7 


74 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


are not longer than the three basal joints of the club, the first 
joint the longest, the four following small, moniliform, not 
longer than wide. Cup of scutellum small, elliptic, its dorsum 
polished, with a small fovea posteriorly and four punctures 
anteriorly, the sides aciculated. Tegule rufo-piceous. Wings 
hyaline, strongly fringed, the venation pale brownish ; the mar- 
ginal cell is about once and a half as long as wide, open along 
the outer margin, the second abscissa of the radius about one 
fourth longer than the first, both being straight. Abdomen as 
in previous species, a little piceous beneath. 

In the male the antenne are very long, brown or black, the 
third joint not longer than the fourth, the joints beyond about 
twice as long as thick, while the first abscissa of the radius is 
very slightly bent. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 


Described from two male and seven female specimens. 


Hexacora Sancori-VINCENTI, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1 to 14 millim. Polished black; mandibles 
and palpi pale rufous; antenne brown, more or less dusky 
toward the tips; legs yellow or reddish yellow. The antenne 
are 13-jointed, extending fully to the middle of the abdomen, 
the six terminal joints moniliform, longer than thick; the five 
funicle-joints together are always much longer than the three basal 
_ joints of the club, the joints longer than wide, the first one being 
about twice as long as the second. Scutellum as in A. modesta. 
Tegule piceous. Wings hyaline, strongly ciliated, the venation 
yellowish; the marginal cell is less than twice as long as wide, 
open along the margin, the first and second branches of the 
radius about equal, slightly curved. Abdomen as in previous 
species. 

In the male.the antenne are much longer than the body, 
brown, the third joint much longer than the fourth, slightly 
curved, clavate, the following joints about twice as long as thick ; 
the legs yellow. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from many specimens. 


RaHorPrRoMERts, Forster. 


RHOPTROMERIS INSULARIS, sp. 0. 
@. Length 12 millim. Polished black ; mandibles and palpi 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 75 


yellowish; six basal joints of antenne pale brown, the seven 
terminal joints black; legs yellow. Antenne 13-jointed, the 
seven terminal joints enlarged, about one fourth longer than thick, 
fluted ; the four funicle-joints are slender, the first the longest, 
the following subequal, longer than thick. Scutellum rugose at 
sides, the cup not large, elliptic, narrowed a little at base, the 
outer margin yellow, the disk excavated. Wings hyaline, ciliated, 
the venation pale; the marginal cell is less than once and a half 
as long as wide, open along the outer margin, the second abscissa 
of radius being but slightly longer than the first. Abdomen 
scarcely longer than the thorax, polished, with a woolly girdle at 
base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Evcora, Westw. 


Several distinct species in this genus are in the collection, and 
may be separated as follows :— 


BWleMerAte=SIZEW SPECIES 666i 6< cya eens noes e+ see sate eae Ds 
Large species. 
Abdomen and legs rufous. 
Dorsum of cup divided into two nearly equal parts by 
a transverse carina. 
Collar with a tuft of yellow hairs on each side, its 
projecting ridge deeply emarginated at the 
Te GIOy ese Apoacs St COG UCD Mesa COL DEG Oo gS E. basalis, Cr. 
2. Legs, including coxee, yellowish or rufous. 
Sides of scutellum areolated, its cup small, much elevated 
posteriorly, and produced into a long carina ante- 
riorly ; metathorax more or less rufous, pubescent, 
SEEK HIGORS q coblpo bbe abe Coo ounce otigGin socks E. claripennis. 
Sides of scutellum finely rugose, its cup rather large, 
broadly oval, without a carina anteriorly, its dorsum 
smooth, with a transverse fovea behind, and about 
six punctures surrounding the margin anteriorly; 
metathorax black, almost bare, its neck striated .. EH. ovalis. 


Evcorna Basauis, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 5. 
Hab. Cuba and St. Vincent. 


A large series of this species was taken by Mr. Smith. 
7% 


76 ME. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


EUCOILA CLARIPENNIS, Sp. n. 

Q. Length 23 millim. Polished black ; metathorax dull rufous ; 
mandibles, antennz, except toward tips, and the legs rufous. 
Antennz 18-jointed, gradually incrassated toward tips, sub- 
moniliform, the four terminal joints black, the first flagellar 
toint a little longer than the second. Collar with a tuft of 
yellowish hairs at sides, the transverse ridge only slightly emar- 
ginated. Scutellum piceous, areolated at the sides, the cup very 
small, elevated posteriorly, and extending anteriorly into a carina.. 
Meiathorax carinated, pubescent. Wings hyaline, subpubescent, 
but with a short marginal fringe; the marginal cell is a little less. 
than twice as long as wide, the second abscissa of the radius: 
being once and a half as long as the first, the latter slightly 
curved. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax together, 
polished black, with a distinct woolly girdle at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from three specimens. 


EUcoILA OVALIS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 2 millim. Polished black; mandibles and legs: 
reddish yellow; antennz yellowish, the six apical joints fuscous.. 
Antenne 18-jointed, gradually incrassated toward tips, sub- 
moniliform ; the first joint of funicle one third longer than the 
second, cylindric, the four following subequal, the six terminal 
joints fluted, about once and a half as long as thick, the last 
the largest. Collar with a few pale glittering hairs at the sides, 
the transverse ridge scarcely emarginated at the middle. Scu- 
tellum finely rugose at the sides, the cup rather large, broadly 
oval, with a pale rim, the dorsum smooth, with a small fovea 
posteriorly and about six submarginal punctures anteriorly. 
Metathorax short, nearly bare, carinated. Wings hyalipe, pu- 
bescent, the venation yellow; the marginal cell is about once and 
a half as long as wide, the second abscissa being about one 
fourth longer than the first, straight; the first is very slightly 
curved. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax together,. 
polished black, piceous along the venter, with a distinct woolly 
girdle at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens. . 


lod 
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 77 


(?) Evcorza cartnata, Cr. 1. c. p. 6. 
Hab. Cuba. 


ANECTOCLIS, Forster. 
ANECTOCLIS sp. 


@. Length 21 millim. Polished black; mandibles black; 
antenne piceous; legs reddish yellow. Antenne 13-jointed, 
submoniliform, gradually incrassated toward tips, the first fla- 
gellar joint scarcely longer than the second. Transverse ridge 
of collar deeply emarginated at the middle. Scutellum rugose 
at sides, the cup elliptic, its margins pale, the dorsum with a 
fovea posteriorly and several punctures anteriorly. Metathorax 
short, pubescent, the metapleura with a pubescent ridge pos- 
teriorly. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation yellow; the 
marginal cell is about twice as long as wide, entirely open along 
its outer margin, the second abscissa of radius very slightly 
curved and almost twice as long as the first, which is straight. 
Abdomen as long as the head and thorax together, polished 
black, piceous beneath toward base, and with a woolly girdle 
at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


HEexaprastra, Horster. 


The genera Hexacola and Hexaplasta, Forster, are very similar, 
and are separated upon very slight characters; it is often a matter 
of guesswork to place the species, the slight difference in the cup 
of the scutellum, used by Forster, being probably not sufficient 
to separate them. Of the former he says :—‘Schildchen an der 
Spitze zugerundet, scharf gestreift, der Napf nicht gross, elliptisch, 
mit einem Griibchen am Hinterrande ;” of the latter :—‘“Schild- 
chen kaum gestreift, Napf gross, flach, glatt und glanzend, 
hinter mit einem runden Griibchen;” so that virtually the only 
difference is in the size of the cup. 

The following species, in having the cup large, agrees with 
this definition, and is described under this genus. 


HEXAPLASTA INCERTA, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 11 to 14 millim. Polished black; mandibles 
and legs reddish yellow; antenne variable from piceous to 
yellow, the terminal joints usually dusky or black. Antenne 


78 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


13-jointed, the six terminal joints enlarged; the first joint of 
funicle is a little longer than the second, the following all longer 
than thick. Transverse ridge of the collar truncate, scarcely 
emarginate at the middle. Scutellum rugose at the sides, the 
cup large, broadly oval, the rim pale, the dorsum smooth, 
polished, with a small fovea posteriorly and about six sub- 
marginal punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, fringed, the vena- 
tion yellow ; the marginal cell is usually closed, rarely slightly 
open along the margin towards the apex, and less than twice as 
long as wide; the first abscissa of the radius is a little shorter 
than the second and slightly arched. Abdomen as long as the 
head and thorax together, black, polished, with a hairy girdle 
at base. 

The male has long, brown-black, 15-jomted antenne, the 
three basal joints paler ; the first flagellar joint is not longer than 
the second, the following about equal, thrice as long as thick, 
fluted, hairy. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and twenty female specimens. 


Subfamily Fieri”. 


SOLENASPIS, Ashmead. 
SOLENASPIS BIFOVEOLATA, Or. 
Aspicera bifoveolata, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. Davie 
Hab. Cuba, St. Vincent. 
Sixteen specimens of what is undoubtedly this species are in 
the collection. 


SOLENASPIS RUFIPES, Cr. 
aspicera rufipes, Cr. 1. c. p. 7. 
Hab. Cuba. 


~ 


Subfamily Cyyreina. 
Crnips, Linn. 


Cynips(?) armatus, Or. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 4. 

Hab. Cuba. 

Without doubt this species will prove to be one of the 
Figitids. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 79 


Report on the Chalcidide of the Subfamilies Chalcidine, Eu- 
charine, Perilampine, Encyrtine, Aphelinine, Pirenine, 
Elasmine, and Elachistine. By L. O. Howarp. 


Subfamily CHaLcrpiInz. 
SprnocHacis, Thomson. 


SPILOCHALCIS FEMORATUS. 

Crabro femoratus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 375, no. 10 (1775). 

Sphex punctata, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. p. 446 (1781). 

? Chalcis fasciata, Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. p. 439, no. 9 (1790). 

Smicra subpunctata, Walk. Ent. Mag. ii. p. 25 (1834). 

Smicra nigropicta, Cress. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 55 (1865). 

Smicra dorsivittata, Cameron, Biol. Cent.-Am., Hym.i. p. 90, pl. v. fig. 2. 

Smicra femorata (Fabr.), Kirby, Linn. Journ., Zool. xvii. p. 66. 

This handsome species is represented in a series of 29 male 
and female specimens which show surprisingly little variation. 
I have seen a single specimen from Jamaica. 


SPILOCHALCIS FULVESCENS. 

Smicra fulvescens, Walker, Ent. Mag. ii. p. 25. 

Smicra fulvescens, Walker, Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. iv. p. 56. 

The 109 male and female specimens which the St. Vincent 
collection contains show an extraordinary variation in size, from 
4 millim. to 12 millim. in length, but are otherwise constant. 


SPILOCHALCIS NIGRITUS, sp. n. 

Average length 3°3 millim.; expanse 5°6 milliim. Hind femora 
with 17 teeth beneath; petiole of abdomen about one half the 
length of the hind coxa. General colour black, with rather close, 
short, whitish pubescence; mandibles yellow; a yellow spot at 
insertion of antenne ; margin of eyes behind narrowly yellow, 
and a short spot in middle of front eye-margin; two small con- 
tiguous yellow spots in middle of hind margin of pronotum and 
two still smaller on either side, one on hind margin and one 
a little before and mesiad of this; a small yellow spot a little 
before middle of each parapsidal furrow of mesoscutum; a larger 
roundish yellow spot on each side of mesoscutellum ; an irregular 
transversely oval light lemon-yellow spot each side of dorsum of 
third abdominal segment (counting petiole as first); trochanters 
faintly yellowish at tips; all femoro-tibial knees yellow; all 
tibize yellow, with a black band in centre; all tarsi light yellow; 


80 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


hind femora with a single small yellow spot above, and a larger 
one just at knee. Wings hyaline, veins dark brown, the white 
interruption at juncture of submarginal with marginal very 
distinct. 

Described from twenty male and female specimens from 
St. Vincent. Comes nearest to S. forvina (Cresson). 


SPILOCHALCIS MISTURATUS, Sp. 0. 

Length 2°5 millim.; expanse 3:7 millim. Hind femora with 
12 teeth below; petiole of abdomen one half as long as hind 
coxa, spur at base below long and slender; terebra exserted, one 
third as long as abdomen. Antenne yellow, brownish at tip; 
head yellow, occiput dark brown, face with two faint brownish 
longitudinal stripes, wider above than below; prothorax entirely 
yellow ; megoscutum brown, rather bronzy, with two broad 
yellow stripes down the mesial margin of the parapsidal sutures ; 
mesoscutellum yellow, with a large central brown spot, scapule 
brown; metanotum and petiole yellow; meso- and metapleura 
and mesosternum dark brown, nearly black ; abdomen light brown, 
darker at sutures, with a complete yeilow band on anterior border 
of third segment; pygidium black at tip; all legs light yellow, 
hind cox with a black spot above at base, and hind femora with 
a brownish shade on outer basal half and another at curve of 
tip ; teeth of hind femora black. Wings hyaline, veins dark 
brown. 

Described from three female specimens. St. Vincent. 


Cuatcts, Habricius. 
\ 


CHALCIS ANNULATUS. 

Chalcis annulatus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. pp. 197-9 ; Systema Pieza- 
torum, p. 167. 

Length variable, the largest specimens measuring 6 millim., 
and the smallest 3 millim.; expanse of largest specimens from 9 
to 10 millim. Cheeks very delicately punctured; genal sulcus 
sharp and deep; clypeus with a few sparse round punctures, 
and with a double impressed line just below its juncture with the 
epicranium,; above this line is a single transverse row of round 
punctures; vertex and dorsum of thorax closely and rather 
coarsely punctate, the punctation of metanotum being almost 
reticulate from its coarseness; abdomen smooth ; all body except 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 81 


first abdominal segment with short yellowish pile, which is very 
abundant at tip of mesoscutellum; on second abdominal segment 
this pile is present only in two dorso-lateral patches, but in 
following segments there is a deep fringe from the border of 
each ; hind femora with 11 teeth below, first and eleventh 
largest, the others well separated, except 8, 9, and 10, which are 
shorter and close together. Colour black; tegule, with the ex- 
ception of three minute black spots, bright yellow ; apical third 
of front and middle femora bright yellow, the line of juncture 
between the biack and the yellow on the outer surface oblique: 
front and middle tibiw yellow except a black patch on the outer 
middle ; all tarsi yellow; hind femora with a single rather large 
yellow patch at upper tip extending into the black of the outer 
surface for a little over one fourth the length of the femur ; hind 
tibie black at base and with a sharp black band a little beyond 
middle, being thus divided approximately into alternate black 
and yellow fourths; wings hyaline, veins dark brown except 
basal half of submarginal vein of hind wings, which is bright 
yellow. 

Eighteen male and female specimens from different parts of 
the island of St. Vincent. 


ANTROCEPHALUS, Kirby. 


ANTROCEPHALUS PUNCTIGERUS. 

Chalcis punctigera, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 167, no. 31. South America. 

There is some doubt both as to the generic and specific placing 
of this form, which is represented in the St. Vincent collection 
by 29 males and 35 females. It corresponds closely with the very 
brief diagnosis of the genus given by Kirby (Linn. Soe. Journ., 
Zool. xvii. p. 63), but this description is incomplete, and the types, 
Halticella fascicornis, Walk., and H. diversicornis, Walk., be- 
long to the South Asiatic fauna. It is plainly distinct, however, 
from any other Chalcidine genus, as defined by Kirby. It is 
the female antenna which is figured and described by Kirby. 
That of the male differs considerably. It is apparently only 11- 
jointed, since but one dividing suture in the club can be seen. 
The scape is much shorter, being less than one fifth the length 
of flagellum, and reaches only to middle of eyes. The pedicel is 
very short, about as broad as neck of scape, and about as long as 
broad. Joint 1 of funicle is suddenly broader, nearly twice as 


82 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


broad as pedicel and twice as long as broad. The other funicle- 
joints are stout, cylindrical, and all of the same diameter; joint 1 
is longest, and the rest diminish gradually in length to 7. The 
club is rounded at tip, and is slightly longer than joint 7 of 
funicle. The generic description states that the hind femora are 
unarmed, but the figure (pl. iv. fig. 25) shows a series of short, 
close, and extremely minute teeth or bristles, 20 in number, on 
the outer half of the lower border. This is substantially the 
case with the St. Vincent specimens. The projections are ex- 
ceedingly minute teeth about 35 in number. 

Fabricius’s Chalcis punctigera has not, I believe, been re- 
described ; hence we may sately apply the name to this form, since 
the few words of description fit sufficiently well. 

2. Length 3:3 millim.; expanse 5'8 millim. Head and 
thorax with rather close, large, roundish punctures, and with 
sparse light yellow pile; segments 3, 4, 5, and 6, and pygidium 
of abdomen with close white pile ; pygidium with a slight central 
longitudinal dorsal carina ; metascutellum with two median lon- 
gitudinal parallel carinz ; attached to each of these at top and 
bottom is an outwardly curved bow-shaped carina; rest of meta- 
notum reticulate ; fimbria sparse, silvery white ; basal constricted 
half of first abdominal segment longitudinally striate, with a 
more marked central longitudinal carina. Colour black; pedicel 
and funicle-joints 1-4 of antenna dark honey-yellow; tegule 
brown ; all trochanters and tarsi honey-yellow; base and tip of 
fore tibiz, all of middle femora and tibie, except median dark 
band on each and extreme tips of hind tibiew, honey-yellow. 
Wing-veins dark brown, nearly black; fore wings with two 
irregular transverse fuscous patches, the proximal one much 
darker and arising from the costal border coincident with 
the marginal vein, broadening slightly and becoming lighter 
towards anal margin and interrupted below middle by a hyaline 
streak (the spurious cubital nervure); the distal one arises 
from costal margin halfway between stigma and apex, gradually 
widens, and merges proximally with proximal band costad of 
the cubital hyaline streak which forms the anal limit of this 
outer band. 

3. Length and expanse slightly less on the average. Stri- 
ation of base of abdomen more pronounced, forming five well- 
marked longitudinal carine united at anterior ends; antenne 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 83 


entirely black; middle femora and tibie honey-yellow only at 
tips ; infuscation of wing lighter. 


Notaspis, Walker. 


NorasPISs FORMICIFORMIS. 

Notaspis formiciformis, Walker, Ent. Mag. ii. p. 37. St. Vincent. 

One of the most peculiar Chalcidids known. Represented by 
18 specimens, one of which is labelled: “ Open swampy land near 
sea, south end of Island: beaten from bushes, Sept. 27.” 


Popaerion, Spinola. 


PODAGRION BRASILIENSIS, sp. 0. 

2. Length of body 2 millim.; ovipositor 1°6 millim.; expanse 
3°7 millim.; greatest width of fore wing 0°58 millim. Head and 
face regularly and not coarsely shagreened ; pro- and mesonotum 
finely and closely punctate, and furnished with a few short, sparse, 
white, scale-like hairs; metanotum not carinate, finely and closely 
granulate ; abdomen smooth, shining, with a few similar white 
hairs, which are also present on head, pleura, and coxe; ovi- 
positor about as long as entire body; antenne regularly clavate, 
funicle-joint 1 shorter than pedicel, 2-7 gradually increasing in 
width ; club regularly ovate when seen from side, rather acute at 
tip, as long as preceding five funicle-joints together ; (in one speci- 
men the club is indented exteriorly from drying). General colour 
greenish black, slightly metallic; antennal scape, pedicel, and 
funicle-joints 3, 4, 5,6, and base of 7 bright honey-yellow ; funicle- 
joints 1 and 2, apical two-thirds of 7, and all of club black or 
dark brown; mandibles dark brown; distal one-third of fore 
coxe, all of middle coxe, tip of hind coxe, all of fore and middle 
femora, tibiz and tarsi, base and extreme tip of hind femora, tip 
of hind tibiz, and all of hind tarsi honey-yellow, the colour quite 
uniform, the fore femora alone somewhat darker. 

Described from two female specimens from St. Vincent. The 
specific name is derived from the fact that Mr. H. H. Smith has 
also collected the form in Brazil, several specimens occurring in 
a collection now in the hands of Mr. Ashmead. 


84 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Subfamily Hucwarinam. 


Kapata, Cameron. 


KAPALA FURCATA. 

Eucharis fureata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 158. 

Eucharis flabellata, Fabr. 1. c.; Walker, Entomologist, i. pl. P. fig. 2. 

Chirocerus fureatus, Brullé, Nat. Hist. des Ins., Hym. iv. p. 571, t. 38. 
fig. 5. 

Thoracantha furcata, Hal. Entomologist, 1. pl. P. fig. 2. 

Kapala fureata, Cameron, Biol. Centr.-Am., Hym. i. pl. v. fig. 17. 
Costa Rica, Guatemala, Panama, South America. 

One male and three females of this species were taken by 
Mr. Smith. One of the females has an ant clasped in her jaws. 
This is, perhaps, significant in view of the supposed parasitism 
upon ants of members of this group. 


OrasEeMa, Cameron. 


ORASEMA STRAMINEIPES. 

Orasema stramineipes, Cameron, Biol. Centr.-Am., Hym.i. p. 105, pl. v. 
fig. 20. 

Three specimens, 1 male and 2 female, from St. Vincent. 


' ORASEMA MINUTISSIMA, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1:1 millim.; expanse 2°8 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°46 milliim. Front and vertex delicately rugulose } 
face finely shagreened, with a curved suture each side of facial 
impression ; mesonotum rather strongly but finely granulate ; 
metanotum smooth, with a median longitudinal carina and a 
lateral somewhat oblique suture. General colour dark metallic 
greenish blue; scape of antenne light straw-yellow, flagellum 
dusky ; middle coxe metallic, fore and hind coxe fuscous; fore 
femora light brown, middle and hind femora and all tibie and 
tarsi light straw-yellow ; wing-veins very light, tegule yellowish. 

3. Dimensions about the same, the long petiole compensating 
for the shorter abdomen. Face more closely shagreened, curved 
sutures nearly obsolete; mesonotum more strongly granulate ; 
metanotum delicately shagreened, central carina very faint. 
Flagellum of antenna darker than in female; all legs stramineous 
except cox, which are metallic at base and yellowish at tip. 

Described from 17 females, 5 males. St. Vincent. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 85 


Cuatcura, Kirby. 


CHALCURA AMERICANA, Sp. Nn. 

@. Length 2°4 millim.; expanse 5°2 millim. Face nearly 
smooth below and at margins of eyes, with very faint interrupted 
strie and very sparse punctures ; several rather strong longitu- 
dinal grooves begin at insertion of antenne and extend parallel 
with antennal groove nearly to occipital margin; disk of meso- 
scutum coarsely reticulate, the cells irregularly pentagonal or 
hexagonal, lengthening out obliquely on the parapsidal sutures, 
and becoming longitudinally greatly lengthened on the meso- 
scutellum, axille, pleura, and metanotum; petiole finely longi- 
tudinally aciculate ; abdomen smooth, shining. General colour 
shining black; all legs except coxe nearly white, faintly yellowish, 
almost translucent ; coxe brown; antennal scape, pedicel, and 
the plainly 3-jointed club bright honey-yellow; the six funicle- 
joints brown, joints 5 and 6 somewhat lighter than the first four. 
Wings hyaline ; fore wings absolutely devoid of marginal cilia; 
wing-veins faintly coloured except stigma, which is brown; fore 
wing below stigma with a faint, irregularly rounded, infuscated 
patch. 

Described from one female specimen. St. Vincent. 


Subfamily PerinaMpPIna”. 
Prritameus, Lar. 


PERILAMPUS POLITIFRONS, sp. n. 

6. Length 1-7 millim.; expanse 8 millim. Face smooth, 
shining ; margin of antennal groove rounded, no carina; facial 
grooves below insertion of antenne well marked; transverse 
furrow between the facial grooves also pronounced; vertex 
slightly and sparsely punctate; occiput very plainly transversely 
striate, the striations parallel with the curve of the occipital 
margin; antennz short, clavate, slightly hairy ; dorsum of thorax 
‘coarsely, thickly, but shallowly punctate, but one row of these 
punctures showing in middle of pronotum, each depression with 
a slight central elevation, from which arises a short white hair: 
axille delicately longitudinally striate ; outer border of parapsidal 
suture smooth ; tip of mesoscutum not indented ; metascutellum 
with a well-marked median longitudinal carina; nucha plainly 
transversely striate; all pleura smooth; head and thorax with 


86 MR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


sparse, short, white pubescence ; all femora and tibize somewhat 
pubescent ; abdomen smooth, shining. General colour black ; 
antennal flagellum light brown ; trochantero-femoral and femoro- 
tibial articulations honey-yellow ; front and middle tibiz honey- 
yellow at either extremity; hind femora entirely honey-yellow ; 
all tarsi whitish; submarginal vein pale to the point where 
upward bend begins, thence brown; other veins of fore wing 
brown ; wing-membrane perfectly hyaline. 

Described from two male specimens, St. Vincent. Differs from 
other described species principally in the caputal characters. 


Subfamily Encyrrin a. 


Crrcuysius, Westw. 


Syn. Aseirba, Cameron. 

This genus, erected by Westwood in 1832 (‘ London and Edin- 
burgh Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, vol. i. 
July-December, 1832, p. 127) with very brief characters, for 
Encyrtus urocerus, Dalm., is rejected by Mayr, who retains 
urocerus in the genus Encyrtus. Thomson retains Cerchysius 
with a somewhat indefinite diagnosis ; and as two species are 
found in the St. Vincent material which possess in part the 
characters of C. wrocerus, it is deemed best to use the generic 
name Cerchysius, especially as the terebral characters alone 
separate the forms from all other members of the true genus 
Encyrtus. The characters which may be regarded as of generic 
value and in which the following species agree are as follows :— 

©. Head subsemiglobose; eyes widely separated; ocelli 
forming a right-angled triangle ; antenne inserted below middle 
of face, scape somewhat widened below and reaching to vertex ; 
flagellum long, slender, and cylindrical, club very slightly en- 
larged. Mesoscutum and scutellum somewhat flattened, together 
somewhat tectiform, the scuto-scutellar furrow forming the 
ridge; scapule meeting at apex. Abdomen triangular; terebra 
exserted for at least half the length of abdomen proper. Legs 
rather longer than normal, resembling in this respect those of 
Leptomastix ; middle tibial spur not quite so long as first tarsal 
joint. Wings with short marginal, postmarginal, and stigmal 
veins, the latter subequal in length ; a narrow, oblique, hairless 
streak extending from costal margin at stigmal vein to near 
base of wing on anal margin. © 

3. Differs from female mainly in the funicle-joints of the 


OF THE ISLAND OF 8T. VINCENT. 87 


antenne, which are plano-convex dorsally and slightly concave 
ventrally, subequal in length, each about three times as long as 
broad, and each furnished with two whorls of long hair. The 
spur of middle tibia rather longer than the corresponding first 
tarsal joint. 

Cameron’s genus Aseirba, placed by this author in the Eupel- 
mine (Biol. Centrali-Americana, Hymenopt., i. p. 127, pl. vi. 
fi. 13), seems, both from description and figure, to be asynonym 
of Cerchysius. 


CERCHYSIUS TEREBRATUS, Sp. 0. 


@. Length (to tip of terebra) 2 millim.; expanse 2°7 millim. 
Antennal scape nearly cylindrical, only very slightly widened 
below. Head and mesoscutum glistening, very finely shagreened, 
with sparse larger punctures and short sparse pubescence; meso- 
scutellum deeply and closely, though finely shagreened, opaque ; 
pleura and abdomen smooth, glistening ; terebra a little over half 
the length of the abdomen, pubescent, especially toward tip. 
General colour honey-yellow, legs somewhat lighter than body ; 
mandibles brown; antennal scape black at base and with a dark 
longitudinal dorsal streak; pedicel dark at base and with apical 
half light honey-yellow; all funicle-joints dark brown, except 
joint 2, which is light honey-yellow, with the exception of a 
_ brownish apex, club light honey-yellow ; head sometimes slightly 
infuscated ; sides of metascutellum and base of abdomen fuscous; 
terebral sheaths black except at base; pygidium dusky at tip; 
wing-veins dark. 

3S. Length 1:1 millim. ; expanse 2°7 millim. Antennal scape 
entirely black ; mesoscutellum with a central dusky patch ; meta- 
scutum dusky ; metascutellum honey-yellow; dorsal surface of 
abdomen infuscated. Otherwise agrees with female. 

Described from two females and one male. 


CERCHYSIUS PULCHRICORNIS, sp. n. 


@. Length (to tip of terebra) 2 millim.; expanse 3°3 millim. 
Scape considerably widened. Head and megonotum opaque, 
densely and finely punctate, and clothed (particularly meso- 
scutum) with rather close appressed pubescence. General colour 
rather bright honey-yellow; antenne black, variegated with 
silvery white as follows: a narrow band near base of scape, a 
broader band at tip, apical half of pedicel, all of funicle-joints 2 


88 MR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


and 6 and the club; terebral sheaths and tip of pygidium below 
black, as in C. terebratus. 
Described from one female specimen. 


Ainastus, Walker. 


This genus, proposed by Walker in 1846 for his Encyrtus 
hyettus, has never been sufficiently described, and is not 
recorded in any of the nomenclators. I have little or no doubt, 
however, of the identity of a peculiar form contained in the 
collection with H. hyettws, and have therefore drawn up the 
following full generic description :— 

@. Resembles in general appearance the female of Bothrio- — 
thorax. Antenne strongly clavate ; scape rather short, reaching 
only to middle of eye, with a very broad, leaf-like, inferior ex- 
pansion; pedicel, funicle, and club together forming a regular 
ovate, clavate mass, slightly flattened towards tip and rapidly 
widening from the very narrow base of the pedicel to the articu- 
lation of the first and second joints of the club, thence gradually 
rounding off; each of the six funicle-joints much wider than long : 
club nearly as long as entire funicle. Antennal grooves deep, 
converging ; eyes very large, hairy, mainly lateral; genal sulcus 
distinct, complete; front rather narrow above, widening rapidly 
below ; ocelli forming a nearly equilateral triangle, lateral ocelli 
touching border of eyes; entire head except occiput and facial 
depression covered closely with large thimble-like depressions, 
each with a very minute central piliferous tubercle; occipital 
ridge very acute. Pronotum not visible in the specimen at hand; 
mesoscutum short; mesoscutellum large, long, acutely margined, 
rounded posteriorly, having a fine, sharp, longitudinal groove for 
about one fifth its length at base; scapular sutures absent, 
represented only by very faint depressed lines, visible only in a 
strong light, but which can then be traced with difficulty and 
indicate that the scapule are well separated at tips. Abdomen 
short, triangular; terebra not extruded. Submarginal vein of 
fore wings short; marginal very short, almost wanting ; stigmal 
rather long, slender, very slightly curved, extending down at an 
angle of about 40 degrees with the postmarginal, club very small ; 
postmarginal somewhat longer than stigmal. Legs of the normal 
Encyrtine type, rather short ; front tarsi especially short. 

g. Differs from female in following particulars :—Antenne 
more hairy and not so strongly clavate; pedicel plainly distinct 


OF THE ISLAND OF 8ST. VINCENT. 89 


from funicle, and joints of funicle are well separated, giving a 
serrate appearance to the margin ; first funicle-joint very narrow ; 
joint 2 suddenly wider; widest point of flagellum at about 
joint 5 of funicle ; club short, not longer than the three preceding 
funicle-joints together, obliquely truncate at tip, appearing acute 
from side and rounded from above. Vertex broader than in 
female. Pronotum narrow, entire. (This is probably also the 
case with the female, in which it cannot be seen.) Abdomen 
very short, not longer than mesoscutellum in specimens at 
hand, in which, however, it is doubtless abnormally short through 
drying. 


ZENASIUS HYETTUS. 

Encyrtus hyettus, Walker, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xvii. (1846) p. 181. 
St. Vincent. 

@. Length 1°6 millim.; expanse 3°9 millim.; width of body 
at tegule ‘07 milliim. Antennal scape closely pubescent above, 
but not on leaf-like expansion; front also pubescent. Head 
with large thimble-like punctures; mesonotum very faintly 
shagreened, nearly smooth; abdomen smooth, shining; colour 
uniform black, with bluish metallic reflections on dorsum of thorax; 
all tarsi honey-yellow, final joint black ; middle tibial spur dark 
brown, nearly black; fore wings dark fuscous, veins nearly black ; 
hind margin also black; hind wings hyaline, veins dark brown. 

3. Length varying from 0°88 millim. to 1:26 millim. ; expanse 
varying from 2 millim. to 2°9 millim. Closely resembles the 
female except in the distinctions pointed out in generic diagnosis, 
but the metallic reflections are not so strong, and the fore wings 
are only faintly suffused with fuscous, while the veins are 
brown. 

Redescribed from one female and four male specimens; one 
labelled “‘ May,” another “South end,” and the rest with the 
customary label. 


HABROLEPOIDEA, gen. nov. 

Q. Antenne 11-jointed; scape moderately long, with a slight 
leaf-like expansion below; pedicel stout, nearly as broad as 
long; the 6-jointed funicle short, compressed, all joints broader 
than long, increasing slightly in width from 1 to 6, and also 
slightly in length, joint 6 being longest; club flattened, oval, 
widest at tip of first joint, considerably wider than sixth funicle- 
joint and as long as entire funicle. Head flattened above, long 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 


‘90 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


between the sharp occipital ridge and the rounded frontal ridge, 
appearing triangular from side, the frontal ridge forming the 
vertex of an obtuse-angled triangle, of which the facial side is a 
trifle longer than the vertical, while the occipital side is much 
the longest and is slightly convex ; eyes large and almost entirely 
lateral, the ocellar space broad, and the ocelli at the angle of a 
slightly obtuse-angled triangle; genal sulcus distinct but not 
complete, reaching neither border of eye nor border of mouth. 
Pronotum very short, completely hidden by occipital margin of 
head in the only specimen at hand. Scapule just meeting at tip ; 
mesoscutellum triangular, acute at tip, with two depressions 
each side near tip, which may possibly be the result of shrivelling. 
Abdomen subtriangular, flattened, terebra just visible. Marginal 
vein of fore wings present, but shorter than stigmal; postmar- 
ginal present, nearly as long as stigmal; stigmal rather long, 
straight, slightly curved at tip, and forming a very acute angle 
with the postmarginal. 


HABROLEPOIDEA GLAUCA, Sp. N. 

©. Length 0°93 millim.; expanse 2:2 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°35 millim. Head smooth, shining, with a very 
faint striation and a few faint and very sparse fine punctures, a 
row of small punctures at border of eyes. Mesonotum lustrous, 
very faintly and finely reticulate. General colour dark brown, 
black, or metallic ; head with steel-blue reflections, mesonotum 
with golden-egreen reflections ; abdomen black ; antennz honey- 
yellow, darker at articulations; all legs honey-yellow, coxz 
black. Wings hyaline. 

Described from one female specimen. 


HoMALOPODA, gen. nov. 

@. Antenne 9-jointed; scape reaching to vertex, cylin- 
drical, slender ; pedicel slender, subcylindrical, nearly twice as 
long as broad; the funicle-joints slender, cylindrical, subequal 
in length, each longer than pedicel; club as long as the three 
preceding funicle-joints together, very elongate-ovate, slightly 
wider than funicle or somewhat flattened, in which case it is 
considerably wider. Head with long flattened face and deep 
antennal grooves converging towards vertex; genal sulcus dis- 
tinct, from eye to mouth; vertex and dorsal surface of eyes flat, 
making the head appear triangular from the side; eyes rather 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 91 


close, not large and mainly dorsal, ocelli forming an acute-angled 
triangle; occipital ridge rounded. Pronotum sharply incised in 
middle; scapule narrow towards tips, barely meeting ; meso- 
scutellum declivous, subtriangular, rather rounded at tip, and 
having a sparse tuft of bristles ; metascutum very short. Fore 
and middle legs normal, rather short; hind femora somewhat 
enlarged, convex on the outer surface, plane on the inner ; hind 
tibie flattened laterally. Wings fuscous, with oblique hairless 
line below stigma and with several hyaline spots; submarginal 
vein short, reaching margin before one half the wing-length ; 
marginal short, obscured by brown bristles, but longer than the 
short stigmal, which obliques into the wing-surface at an acute 
angle with the post-costa; postmarginal wanting. Abdomen as 
long as thorax, concave above, subtriangular, although somewhat 
rounded towards apex; terebra exserted to about one sixth the 
length of the abdomen. 

This genus is one of the intermediate forms between the Hncyr- 
tine and the Eupelmine, and presents in fact quite as many 
Hupelmine as Encyrtine characters. 


HoMALOPODA CRISTATA, Sp. 0. 

@. Length varying from 1°11 millim. to1‘86 millim. ; expanse 
varying from 2°26 millim. to 2°79 millim. Face lustrous, very 
faintly shagreened ; vertex deeply, closely, and finely shagreened 5 
mesoscutum as with face ; mesoscutellum as with vertex ; abdomen 
smooth, shining. From the occipital ridge near the eyes arise 
two slender blunt modified hairs or scales, plainly flattened 
antero-posteriorly, and which may resemble the “schmale.... 
abgerundete Lamellen,” which occupy a similar position in the 
European Habrolepis Dalmanni, Westw. Mesoscutellum with a 
sparse tuft of bristles near tip. Wings fuscous, hyaline at base 
and with six hyaline spots, three on either border of the wing, 
and all touching wing-border except the proximal caudal one, 
which is separated from border by a continuation of the fuscous ; 
the two distal ones crescent-shaped and the others roundish, the 
proximal one on the costal margin considerably smaller than 
the others and situated halfway between beginning of fuscous 
shading and stigmal vein ; middle costal hyaline spot beginning 
just at stigmal vein, the middle caudal spot being just opposite 
on caudal wing-border ; marginal vein with many dark bristles, 
making a distinct brown patch at that point. General colour 

gk 


92 MR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


metallic greenish blue ; dorsal surface of head golden-green ; 
mesoscutellum copper-coloured ; antennz very dark brown, 
scape slightly metallic ; all legs black or slightly metallic, middle 
and hind tarsi dirty white with terminal joint brown, fore tarsi 
light brown. 

Described from four female specimens, two labelled ‘“‘ Leeward 
side.” One of these specimens lacks the apical pair of hyaline 
spots on the wing, but should not be separated. 


Comys, Forster. 
CoMYS BICOLOR. 
Comys bicolor, Howard, Report of the Entomologist, Annual Report 
Department of Agriculture, 1880, p. 362. 
Parasitic on the cosmopolitan Lecaniwm hesperidum and other 
congeneric species in the United States. 
Two female specimens, St. Vincent. 


Lepromastix, Forster. 


LEPTOMASTIX DACTYLOPII. 

Leptomastix dactylopii, Howard, Bulletin 5, Division of Entomology, 
U.S. Department of Agriculture (Washington, 1885), pp. 23, 24. 

District of Columbia. One male, St. Vincent. 


Coriposoma, Ratzeburg. 


CopIDOSOMA DIVERSICORNIS, sp. n. 

@. Length 1:4 millim.; expanse 2°6. millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°37 millim. Antennal club flattened dorso-ventrally, 
rather longer than funicle-joints 5 and 6 together, and but slightly 
wider than joint 6, slightly rounded at apex ; first funicle-joint 
nearly twice as long as pedicel ; joint 2 of funicle slightly longer 
than pedicel; joints 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 subequal in length and 
width. Punctation of head and thorax as usual. Marginal vein 
of fore wings as long as stigmal. Ovipositor not extruded. 
Colour black, without metallic reflections ; antennal scape brown, 
with a whitish band at tip; pedicel, joints 1, 3, 4, 5, and 6 of 
funicle, and base of club black; joint 2 of funicle and rest of 
club silvery-white; tegule honey-yellow at tips, otherwise black ; 
all cox black; fore and middle femora black at base, honey- 
_ yellow beyond; hind femora black nearly to the honey-yellow tip ; 
all tibiee and tarsi very light honey-yellow, the underside of the 
middle tarsi appearing brownish from the numerous brown spines. 

Described from two male specimens (216 and 207). 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 93 


Encyrtvus, Dalm. 
Table of Species. 


All funicle-jomts of antennz wider than long.... . crassus, sp. nu. 
All funicle-jomts not wider than long. 
Club very broad, at least three times as wide as 
precedinettunicle-jomt! waeasce: eects E. argentipes, sp. n. 
Club not especially broad, but slightly broader 
than preceding funicle-joint. 
Head and mesoscutum very hairy..........- E. hirtus, sp. n. 
Not especially hairy. 
Antenne uniformly honey-yellow. 


Wings partly infuscated.............. E. nitidus, sp. n. 

\WWiES HVE ee Sdoboo cade moesddbene E. quadricolor, sp. n. 
Antenne black, yellow at tip .......... E. flaviclavus, sp. n. 
Amtenmnies LO Wie,.rarererne crete rel sielccevcrsy ere ore LE. tiliaris, Dalm. 


ENCYRTUS CRASSUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1°37 millim.; expanse 2°8 millim. Belongs to 
the same group as ZH. inquisitor, How. (Ann. Rept. Dept. Agr. 
1880, p. 67, pl. xxiv. fig. 1), and the European #. clavellatus, 
Dalm. Body short and stout. Antenne with the scape slightly 
widened beneath ; joints 1-6 of the funicle gradually increasing 
in width, all wider than long; pedicel 23 times longer than first 
funicle-joint and somewhat wider; club broad, flattened, sub- 
circular, as lone as three preceding funicle-joints together. 
Front wide, ocelli forming an obtuse-angled triangle. Head and 
mesonotum delicately shagreened. Marginal vein of fore wings 
absent. General colour black, moderately lustrous, without 
metallic reflections; antennal club with whitish pile at tip; 
front and hind tarsi brown; middle tarsi and middle tibial spur 
light honey-yellow, with claws only dark. Wings hyaline, veins 
brown; a trace of a radial vein extends from tip of stigmal club 
in a curved direction, reaching costal margin at a point nearly 
halfway from stigmal club to tip of wing. 

Described from one female specimen. 


ENCYRTUS QUADRICOLOR, sp. 0. 

3. Length 1:16 millim.; expanse 2°67 millim. Antenne in- 
serted halfway between middle of face and mouth; scape sub- 
cylindrical, not broadened, not long; pedicel twice as long as 
broad ; all six funicle-joints of equal length with pedicel, but 
increasing slightly in width from I to 6; club a little longer than 
the two preceding funicle-joints together, oval, slightly flattened, 


94 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


broader than joint 6; flagellum with very short pubescence. 
Front very convex, almost angulate in middle; facial depression 
very marked; genal sulcus complete, but very indistinct; eyes 
sparsely hairy; vertex not narrow, ocelli forming a slightly 
obtuse-angled triangle ; head with a very fine reticulated sculpture 
and with a.gingle row of fine punctures around the margin of the 
eyes; occipital ridge extremely sharp. Mesoscutum very finely 
but closely and deeply shagreened and furnished with fine sparse 
pubescence, opaque; mesoscutellum highly lustrous, nearly 
smooth, slightly shagreened near base. Marginal, postmarginal, 
and stigmal veins of the fore wings all nearly equal in length. 
General colour bright honey-yellow; antennz brown, darkest on 
upper surface of scape, pedicel, and club; head and pronotum 
uniform black, with greenish-metallic lustre ; mesoscutum, except 
lateral margins, a brilliant peacock-blue ; mesoscutellum golden- 
green; abdomen dark, with a golden-green lustre; hind tarsi 
dusky, nearly black. 
Described from one male specimen. 


ENCYRTIUS NITIDUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1:4 millim.; expanse 2°6 millim. Resembles Z. 
fuscipennis, Dalm., perhaps more closely than any other species. 
Scape arising halfway between bend of face and mouth, sub- 
cylindrical, not broadened, very short, only five times as long as 
thick ; pedicel three times as long as thick and twice as long as 
the somewhat narrower first funicle-joint; funicle-joints increas- 
ing very slightly in length and more in width from I to 6; club 
flattened, oval, as long as the two preceding funicle-joints together. 
Front narrow between the eyes; ocelli forming an acute-angled 
triangle; front and vertex very finely shagreened, with four rows 
of punctures ; cheeks smooth ; genal sulcus absent. Mesoscutum 
lustrous, very faintly shagreened, with sparse, short, whitish 
pubescence; mesoscutellum densely punctulate at base, then 
closely striate to tip, which is smooth and shining. Abdomen 
flattened dorso-ventrally, acuminate, as long as head and thorax 
together; ovipositor slightly extruded. Stigmal vein given 
off at juncture of submarginal and costa, short, postmarginal 
of equal length; a broad, oblique, hairless line below stigma, 
across which passes obliquely towards costa a single row of 
minute hairs. General colour black, with metallic-greenish or 
bluish reflections; antenne honey-yellow, flagellum a little darker 
than scape; front legs, including coxe, light honey-yellow ; 


OF THE [SLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 95 


middle cox metallic, yellowish at tip ; femora, tibie, tibial spur, 
and tarsi honey-yellow, femora brownish at middle; hind coxe 
honey-yellow, slightly darker at base, tibiz and tarsi honey-yellow, 
femora dark except at tips. Wings hyaline; fore wings with a 
dusky patch of an irregular trapezoidal form, beginning in the 
middle opposite stigma and extending to tip, gradually widening, 
occupying at widest portion of the wing about one-third of the 
wing-width. 
Described from five female specimens. 


ENCYRTUS ARGENTIPES, Sp. n. 

@. Length 0°7 millim.; expanse 16 millim. Agrees in some 
structural details with H. brevicornis, Dalm., but differs in having 
the antennal scape but slightly broadened, in the shape of the 
head, and in coloration. The sole specimen is badly mounted and 
this description is necessarily incomplete. Antenne inserted 
a little below middle of face; scape short, very slightly widened 
below in middle, pedicel very short; funicle conical, short, not 
longer than club, the joints widening rapidly; club as long as 
funicle, obliquely flattened, nearly circular. Facial impression 
horseshoe-shaped, the central ridge rounded but pronounced ; 
vertex flattened, narrow, the ocelli forming an acute-angled 
triangle, the head appearing rather triangular from side, some- 
what as in Habrolepis. Marginal vein of fore wings short, post- 
marginal present, as long as stigmal, the latter forming a narrow 
angle with the postmarginal. Head faintly shagreened; meso- 
notum appearing smooth and glistening (the sculpturing, if any, 
obscured by mounting medium). Colour shining black; antennal 
scape silvery-white at tip, funicle silvery-white, with dense short 
white pubescence, club black; all coxe black; all femora, tibiz, 
and tarsi silvery-white, the femora with a black band at middle 
and the tibie with a black band between middle and proximal 
end. Wings hyaline. 

Described from one female specimen. This species probably 
belongs to a new genus; but, without specimens from which all 
the characters can be studied, it seems inadvisable to establish one. 


ENCYRTUS HIRTUS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 0-9 millim.; expanse 2 millim.; greatest width of 
fore wing 0°36 millim. Forms a new type in the genus, and will 
doubtless eventually be separated generically. Antennal scape 
short, stout, not widened below ; pedicel very narrow at proximal 
end, two and one half times longer than its width at distal end ; 


96 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


first funicle-joint one half as long as pedicel and nearly as 
broad as long; joints 2 to 6 subequal in length, but increasing 
somewhat in width, joint 6 being once and half broader than 
long; club as long as three preceding funicle-joints together, 
oval, its sutures distinct and its first joint slightly broader than 
joint 6 of funicle, making the whole flagellum slightly clavate. 
Head somewhat triangular when seen from side, the facial angle 
below the middle; face and vertex hairy, delicately shagreened, 
with a few sparse larger punctures; eyes hairy. Mesoscutum 
finely granulate, well covered with short black hairs; meso- 
scutellum smooth, shining, almost hairless; abdomen short, 
smooth, circular in outline; legs short and stout; marginal, 
stigmal, and postmarginal veins of fore wings subequal in length. 
Colour: head and thorax to scuto-scutellar furrow of mesonotum 
dull dark metallic green ; mesoscutellum and abdomen bright 
metallic green, with golden reflections; all legs and antenne 
honey-yellow. 

3. Rather smaller than female, with which it almost exactly 
agrees. Antenne with funicle-joints subequal in length, well 
separated, and each with a double whorl of long hairs. Abdomen 
subtriangular. 

Described from two females and one male. 


ENCYRTUS FLAVICLAYVTS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 1:1 millim.; expanse 2°7 millim. Antennal scape 
moderately long, slender, not widened ; pedicel short, its breadth 
at tip equalling its length; funicle and club somewhat flattened 
laterally ; joints 1, 2,3, 4, and 5 of funicle subequal in length 
and width, each longer than broad and a little longer than pedicel; 
joint 6 shorter; club oval, as long as funicle-joints 5 and 6 
together ; face and vertex smooth, with a few sparse punctures ; 
mesoscutum delicately transversely shagreened; mesoscutellum 
with aciculate longitudinal punctation ; abdomen cordate, shorter 
than thorax ; marginal and postmarginal veins of fore wing each 
slightly longer than stigmal, the latter forming a very slight 
angle with postmarginal. Colour: head and pleura metallic 
purple; rest of body metallic green, mesoscutellum with a coppery 
lustre; antennal scape honey-yellow; funicle and base of club 
very dark brown; rest of club bright orange-yellow ; all legs 
honey-yellow. 

Described from one female specimen. St. Vincent. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 97 


ENCYRTUS TILIARIS. 

Encyrtus tiliaris, Dalm. Vet. Ac. H. 1820, p. 174 (47); Nees, Hym. 
Ichn. aff. Monogr. 1834, p. 235; Mayr, Die Eur. Encyrtiden, Verh. d. 
z0ol.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1875, p. 722. 

_Encyrtus conifer, Walk. Ent. Mag. iv. 1837, p. 461. 

Encyrtus cupratus, Forst; ? Mayr, loc. cit. 

Two females and one male of what seems to be this European 
species. St. Vincent. 


Subfamily APHELININA. 
CoccopHaaus, Westwood. 


CoccopHagus LeEcanit. 
Platygaster Lecanii, Fitch, Fifth Report on the Insects of New York, 


p. 25. 
Coccophagus Lecanii, EZ. A. Smith, ‘American Naturalist,’ 1878, p. 661 ; 


Seventh Report, State Entomologist of Illinois (1878), p. 130. 

Coccophagus Lecanii (Fitch), Howard, Report of Entomologist, Annual 
Report U.S. Department Agriculture, 1880, pp. 357, 358. 

Two female specimens. St. Vincent. 

In the United States this insect is parasitic upon Lecanium 
quereitronis, Fitch (N. Y.), Pulvinaria innumerabilis, Rathvon 
(Ils. and D.C.), and Lecanium hesperidum, Linn. (D.C. and 
Cal.). The last-named is a cosmopolitan species and undoubtedly 
occurs on the island of St. Vincent, since it has been found 
on Jamaica and Montserrat. 


Encarsta, Forster. 


ENCARSIA FLAVICLAVA, Sp. 0. 

2. Length 1 millim.; expanse1‘Smillim. Antennal flagellum 
slightly clavate when seen from side; funicle-joints subequal in 
length and increasing slightly in breadth from 1 to 4, joint 4 
nearly as-broad as long; club oval; seen from above, the funicle 
is parallel-sided and the club is much narrower through lateral 
flattening ; terebra exserted for one-third length of abdomen; 
abdomen with parallel sides to an abruptly conical tip. General 
colour honey-yellow ; scape of antenne darker, pedicel and 
funicle black, club light yellow; lateral borders of abdomen 
brown ; a dark brown, nearly black, patch at lateral anal angles 
of abdomen; venter of abdomen with brownish shades; wings 
hyaline, veins light. 

Described from one female specimen. St. Vincent. 


98 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Subfamily Prreninz. 
HERBERTIA*, gen. nov. 


@. Antenne 10-jointed, inserted just above clypeus, short, 
clavate ; scape short, slender, not reaching to middle of face; 
fanicle-joints subequal in length, but increasing rapidly in width 
from 1 to 5; club short, compact, acute at tip, flattened from 
side; face below eyes short, gene straight; facial depression 
deep and broad, occupying more than half the width of face 
between eyes, its margin rounded; eyes hairy; ocelli large, 
placed at the angles of a right-angled triangle ; occipital margin 
rounded. Parapsidal furrows of mesoscutum sharp and com- 
plete, continuous with axillar furrows ; axille widely separated ; 
mesoscutum and scutellum rather flat, im the same longitudinal 
plane, scutellum at tip and metanotum abruptly declivous; sub- 
marginal vein of fore wing reaching costa at about one third the 
wing-length, marginal a little longer than submarginal ; post- 
marginal long, shading off almost imperceptibly, apparently 
somewhat more than one third the length of marginal; stigmal 
short, very oblique, about one third the length of postmarginal, 
club not pronounced, uncus rather long, forming a little more 
than a right angle with a shaft of stigmal; metanotum nearly 
rectangular, a little narrower behind, the hinder angles sharp and a 
little extended ; hind coxa with a pronounced dorsal tooth above 
near tip as in some Chalcidine. Abdomen ovate, thick dorso- 
ventrally ; second tergite occupying about half of the dorsum of 
abdomen; pygidium rather large, projecting well beyond the 
terminal ventral segments (urites) ; ovipositor generally extruded. 

3. Very similar to female. Antennal flagellum shorter than 
in female, club equally flattened, but broader and rounded at tip; 
coxal projection less pronounced; metanotum more contracted 
behind. Abdomen ovate, slightly truncate at tip, not flattened, 
second tergite occupying less than half the dorsum. 

Of the described Pirenine genera, this resembles most closely 
Henicetrus, Thomson, which I know, however, from the very brief 
description in ‘ Skandinaviens Hymenoptera,’ iv. p. 190. 


HERBERTIA LUCENS, sp. 0. 
@. Length 1°5 millim.; expanse 2°5 millim. Antennal scape 
straight, slender, cylindrical ; pedicel twice as long as first funicle- 


* From Herbert, the first name of Mr. H. H. Smith. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 99 


joint, but slenderer; entire head, pro- and mesonotum closely 
shagreened; metanotum smooth, central carina well marked, 
ale marked by evident carine ; second tergite of abdomen per- 
fectly smooth, glistening, other tergites dull, very faintly trans- 
versely striate. General colour metallic green, with bright 
golden reflections where punctation is lacking, as on mesopleura 
and second tergite ; scape and pedicel of antenne metallic, funicle 
and club dull brown with very short close pubescence; tegule 
dark brown; all cox and femora metallic; all tibie and tarsi 
yellowish white ; abdomen beyond second segment dull purplish 
black, ovipositor light brown; wings hyaline, vems brown. 
Head, pronotum, mesonotum, and abdomen beyond second seg- 
ment with short whitish pubescence. 

3. Resembles female, except that flagellum and club of antenne 
are nearly black and the veins of fore wing are dark brown. 

Described from nine female and five male specimens. St. 
Vincent. 

HROTOLEPSIA, gen. nov. 

@. Antenne 11-jointed (club 3, funicle 6, pedicel and scape), 
inserted at clypeal margin ; scape long, slender, reaching nearly 
to anterior ocellus ; flagellum somewhat longer than scape, sub-_ 
clavate ; pedicel long, obconical, straight, as long as first three 
funicle-joints ; first funicle-joint as broad as long, others subequal 
in length and increasing very gradually in width; club bluntly 
pointed; facial depression deep, its border sharp and slightly 
elevated ; eyes naked; ocelli of moderate size, at angles of an 
obtuse-angled triangle, the lateral ones tangent to the occipital 
margin, which is slightly rounded. Parapsidal sutures indicated 
only at anterior margin of mesoscutum; mesoscutum rather flat ; 
mesoscutellum slightly elevated, not abruptly declivous; sub- 
marginal vein of fore wing reaching costa at nearly one half the 
wing-length, marginal two-thirds as long as submarginal; post- 
marginal and stigmal subequal in length, the latter a trifle the 
longer, about one fourth as long as marginal; stigmal curved, 
club very slight, uncus very short; metanotum rounded, not 
carinate, but bears at the middle of its anterior border a stout, 
sharp, spine-like process, alee separated by delicate sutures ; hind 
coxe not toothed. Abdomen ovate, very acute at tip, flattened 
above, well rounded beneath ; second tergite excavated anteriorly 
and occupying nearly the whole dorsum of abdomen; pygidium 
as in Herbertia; ovipositor not exserted. 


100 MR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


3. Greatly resembles female; pedicel of antenne not quite 
so long in proportion to the funicle-joints which follow; spine- 
like process of metanotum represented by a slight elevation only ; 
club of stigmal vein of fore wings more pronounced than in 
female ; abdomen bluntly rounded at tip; genital organs, when 
exserted, fully two thirds the length of abdomen. 

The habitus of this genus is much like that of the preceding, 
in spite of the marked differences in structural detail. The head 
in all of the 18 specimens of both genera is thrown forward, the 
labium brought close to the fore cox, the occiput entirely ex- 
posed, and the rather prominent and well-rounded pronotum 
brought strongly into view. 


HROTOLEPSIA COMPACTA, Sp. 0. 

©. Length 1°8 millim.; expanse 3 millim. Head, pronotum, 
and mesonotum finely shagreened, mesonotum with a few sparse 
round punctures, slightly glistening ; pleura smooth, except 
mesepimeron and propleuron, which are faintly granulate ; meta- 
scutellum very finely granulate ; abdomen nearly smooth, shining ; 
the long second abdominal tergite with two subparallel latero- 
dorsal furrows extending from the cephalic nearly to the caudal 
end of the segment ; between these furrows the cephalic end of 
the tergite is delicately longitudinally striate, the striations arising 
from the upturned cephalic border and fading away gradually 
about the middle of the segment, the lateral ones being a little 
longer than the central ones; ventral surface of abdomen 
delicately longitudinally striate, except at lateral border; head, 
mesonotum, and tip of abdomen with sparse whitish pubescence, 
of which there is also quite a pronounced fringe on outer border 
of hind coxee; metanotal fimbria well marked. General colour 
dull black ; antennal scape and pedicel honey-yellow, the pedicel 
shaded with brown above at base; all legs, except cox, uniform 
honey-yellow, tip of hind femora a little darker; fore wings 
slightly infuscated, the infuscation deeper in middle, veins dark 
brown. 

g. Somewhat smaller than female, which it resembles, how- 
ever, in all other respects except usual sexual differences and 
those pointed out in generic diagnosis. 

Described from two female and two male specimens. St. 
Vincent. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 101 


Subfamily Erasminz. 
Erasmus, Westw. 
Table of Species. 


Head smooth, with very small sparse punctures.. EE. levifrons, sp. n. 
Head with irregular depressions .......... ..+. EH. rugosus, sp. n. 
Head with sparse large punctures.............. E. punctatulus, sp. nu. 
Head with close large thimble-like punctures, 

Head yellow, with round metallic frontal spot 


centred by anterior ocellus ............ E. maculatus, sp. nu. 
EMule yellow eeraci vale scle s aislsc'e ata slare eae he E. flavus, sp. n. 
Head metallic. 
Body nearly all yellow ...... a apetar dierstarere ters E. helvus, sp. nu. 
Abdomen only yellow.................... EH. flaviventris, sp. n. 
Body metallic. 
Hind coxe with apical half yellow ...... E. Smithii, sp. n. 
Elimdieoxceyallimetallie™ yo 2. crn anes ae E. punctatus, sp. n. 


ELASMUS LEVIFRONS, sp. 0. 

©. Length 2°2 millim.; expanse 3°4 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°39 millim. Face and vertex smooth, well rounded, 
with small sparse round punctures; pronotum and mesoscutum 
regularly scaly with appressed hairs ; mesoscutellum very finely 
granulate, but shining; abdomen very faintly transversely striate, 
longer than head and thorax together ; all pleura and hind coxe 
hairless, shining, irregularly shagreened, the coxz more coarsely 
than the pleura; middle and hind femora somewhat obliquely 
longitudinally shagreened, middle femora with sparse appressed 
hairs. Funicle-joints 1, 2, 3 of the antenne subequal in length 
and width, all wider and longer than pedicel, but somewhat 
shorter than club, which is slightly flattened and acuminate ; 
first tarsal joint of fore legs about half as long as tibia; corre- 
sponding joint of middle and hind legs as long as tibia. Two 
dark brown subparallel longitudinal raised lines on dorsum of 
fore and middle tibiz ; a series of five or six irregular longitudinal 
closed cells formed by similar dark brown lines on hind tibie*; 
middle tibial spur about 7 as long as first tarsal joint. General 
colour dark metallic greenish-blue; antenne dark brown, scape 
yellowish beneath; minute tip of scutellum yellowish white ; 


* These dark brown or black raised lines, the peculiar arrangement of which 
on the hind tibie affords such a good character in this genus, are, when examined 
under a high power, seen to be rows of acute appressed spines situated so closely 
together that their bases touch. 


102 wR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


tegule yellowish white; distal half of fore coxe and tip of middie 
coxee, all trochanters, all of fore femora, except brown shade on 
proximal dorsal half, tips of middle and hind femora, all tibiz and 
tarsi dirty white or yellowish white ; bristles of all tibiz and tarsi 
dark brown. Wings hyaline; veins light brown, faint; cilia of 
disk of wing very delicate; stigmal represented by a mere point. 

6. Length 1:2 millim.; expanse 2°6 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°35 millim. Differs only in the ordinary sexual 
differences of the genus; antennal branches subequal in length 
and reaching to middle of antennal club; the long hairs on 
branches dirty white. 

Described from twelve female and eight male specimens. 


ELASMUS RUGOSUS, sp. 0. 

@. The single specimen of this species in the collection lacks 
antenns and abdomen, but seems from general appearance to be 
a female. Its length can only be surmised, but the insect is 
apparently similar to the preceding in size. Hxpanse 2°6 millim.; 
ereatest width of fore wing 0:34 millim. Differs from H. levifrons 
as follows :—Face and vertex closely covered with large irregular 
punctures; mesoscutellum smooth. No scutellar spot; the 
raised dark brown lines on dorsum of hind tibie forming much 
longer closed cells than in H. levifrons, the two largest occupying 
almost its entire length, the proximal of the two being consider- 
ably longer than the distal one ; fore legs entirely dirty yellowish 
white; middle femora brown, whitish at tips; basal half of hind 
femora whitish, apical half brown; distal tip of hind coxe 
whitish; wing-veins dark brown, stigmal not distinct, discal 
cilia closer and larger; disk slightly infuscated. 

Described from one female (?) specimen. 


ELASMUS PUNCTATULUS, Sp. 0. 

6. Length 1:2 millim.; expanse 3:1 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°39 millim. Differs from #. levifrons as follows :— 
Face and vertex with rather sparse round punctures, twice as large 
as in H. levifrons, and yet each with a definite smooth expanse 
about it. Scutellar spot orange-yellow, thin, crescent-shaped, 
with a plain triangular membranous transparent appendix or 
postscutellum ; the raised dark brown lines on dorsum of hind 
tibie forming two subequal cells in the middle with a half cell 
at either end. Antennal scape entirely dirty white; clypeal 
margin of face yellowish; all fore legs, except base of cox, 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 103 


yellowish white ; middle and hind femora with merely a median 
band of slightly metallic dark brown. 
Described from one male specimen. 


ELASMUS MACULATUS, sp. 0. 

©. Length 2°2 millim.; expanse 3°7 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°44 millim. Face and head with close, deep, rather 
large round punctures, almost thimble-like ; first tarsal joint of 
fore legs one third as long as tibia; middle tibial spur half as long 
as first tarsal joint; dark brown lines on dorsum of hind tibie 
forming no closed cells, but a continuous series of loops resem- 
bling three antique figures 5 superimposed. General colour dark 
metallic greenish-blue ; antenne light brown, scape entirely 
yellow; head and face yellow, except a large round spot of which 
the anterior ocellus is practically the centre and which reaches 
over the vertex and nearly to the eyes on either side; yellow 
scutellar spot large, together with the postscutellum nearly 
equalling the dark portion of the scutellum in length; tegule 
light brown ; sides and venter of abdomen reddish yellow, except 
at base and tip; all legs, including front and middle coxe, 
yellowish white with a translucent effect; lower half of hind 
coxe concolorous with femora, upper half metallic; wing-veins 
dark brown. In other respects resembles LZ. levifrons. 

Described from seven female specimens. 


ELASMUS HELVUS, sp. n. 

@. Length 1°6 millim.; expanse 3°4 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°39 millim. Face and vertex punctured as in 
E. maculatus ; first tarsal joint one fourth as long as tibia; dark 
brown lines on hind tibiz as in H. rugosus; middle tibial spur 
about one third as long as first tarsal jomt. General colour 
honey-yellow; all of head, pronotum, lateral angles of meso- 
scutum, scuto-scutellar furrow of mesonotum, upper half of hind 
cox, and last two joints of abdomen metallic blue-green; middle 
and hind femora edged above by a narrow black line; antenne 
brownish above, yellow below. Wing-veins dark brown, disk of 
fore wings slightly infuscated ; stigmal vein very plain, straight, 
and not knobbed, running obliquely into the disk for a distance 
equal to about one sixth the width of the wing at that point; 
a delicate circular fuscous patch just below stigma. In other 
respects resembles H. levifrons. 

Described from one female specimen. 


104 MR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA, 


ELASMUS FLAVUS, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 1:5 millim.; expanse 2°7 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°34 millim, Resembles L. helvus, except in the fol- 
lowing respects :—middle tibia one third longer than first tarsal 
joint, its spur one half as long as first tarsal joint; hind tibize 
one third longer than first tarsal joint, the dark lines on dorsal 
surface forming two very narrow apposite closed longitudinal 
cells, each extending the entire length of the tibia. Head yellow, 
mesoscutellum (except bright yellow apex) metallic; metanotum 
and irregular patches on sides of third and fourth abdominal 
joints also metallic; hind cox with a narrow rim only of the 
metallic colour. Wing-veins plain, stigmal normal. 

Described from one male. 


ELASMUS FLAVIVENTRIS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1:95 millim.; expanse 3°6 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°44 millim. Most resembles #. rugosus, from which 
it differs as follows :—Face and vertex punctured as in L. macu- 
latus ; scutellar spot very small; first tarsal joint of middle and 
hind legs shorter than tibia; middle tibial spur rather more than 
one third as long as corresponding first tarsal joint; hind coxe 
whitish, except just at base; tip of hind femora whitish; distal 
half of hind coxe whitish ; abdomen reddish yellow, except the 
two metallic apical joints and a small brown spot each side on 
the plane dorsum of segments 3 and 4. Stigmal vein of fore 
wings plain, slightly longer than usual and slightly curved 
towards apex of wing. 

3. Length 1:5 millim.; expanse 3°6 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 044 millim. Antenna proper exceptionally 
slender; scutellar spot absent, postscutellum alone showing a 
slight yellow spot; middle femora metallic only on upper and 
lower edge, disk yellowish. 

Described from four females and one male. 


Enasmus SMITHI, sp. n. 

2. Length 1°8 millim.; expanse 3:4 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°39 millim. Differs from #. levifrons as follows :— 
Face and vertex punctured as in H. maculatus ; abdomen shorter 
than head and thorax together ; first tarsal jomt of middle and 
hind legs slightly shorter than its tibia; middle tibial spur about 
one third as long as first tarsal joint; dark lines of hind tibia 
forming four closed cells, one long and one short covering the 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 105 


length of the sclerite, and two short ones to the outside; post- 
scutellum only yellow ; tegulz metallic at base ; all legs yellowish, 
except metallic base of hind coxe; first and last two joints of 
abdomen metallic, the others reddish yellow; wing-veins dark, 
stigmal very distinct. 

6. Length 1:5 millim.; expanse 3°1 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 0°37 millim. Differs from female, beyond the ordinary 
sexual characters, only in having second joint of abdomen reddish 
yellow, and all cox and femora metallic, except at tips. 

_ Described from two females and three males. The males may 
not belong to this species, and indeed in some respects resemble 
more the following species—#. punctatus—than the females with 
which I have associated them. ‘The balance of characters, how- 
ever, places them here rather than with any of the other species 
in the St. Vincent collection. 


ELASMUS PUNCTATUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 2:2 millim.; expanse 3°4 millim.; greatest width 
of fore wing 49 millim. Differs from Z. levifrons as follows :— 
Head and face punctured as in #. maculatus ; middle tibial spur 
more than one third as long as first tarsal joint; dark lines on 
hind tibia forming two narrow, wavy, longitudinal cells, side by 
side, and each extending the whole length of the sclerite, just as 
in #. flavus. Head, entire trunk, and all cox and femora uniform 
dark metallic greenish-blue. Wing-veins dark, disk very slightly 
infuscated. In two of the five specimens the front femora are 
reddish at apical third, and the abdomen is reddish brown ventrally 
at base. 

Described from five females. 


Subfamily EnacHistrn 2. 
Evpiectrus, Westwood. 


EUPLECTRUS FURNIUS. 

Euplectrus furnius, Walker, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 48 ( =bicolor,. 
Swed.). St. Vincent. 

Represented by three males and one female. 

Walker suspected the identity of this species with EZ. bicolor 
(Swederus) = Elachistus albiventris, Spinola,= Euplectrus maculi- 
ventris, Westwood; but a careful comparison of Thomson’s 
description of H. bicolor with Walker’s of E. furnius indicates. 
that they differ in mesonotal characters. 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. Q 


106 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Miorroris, Thomson. 


MIorRroPis NIGRICANS, sp. n. 

@. Length 1°5 millim.; expanse 2:4 millim. .Head closely 
shagreened ; eyes hairy; pronotum and mesonotum closely and 
finely punctate ; the mesopostscutellum very finely rugose ; meta- 
notum smooth, its central longitudinal carina dividing anteriorly 
as well as posteriorly, the triangle formed by the anterior division 
wider than the nucha enclosed by posterior division, and with a 
slight spine-lke elevation of the carina at point of division; hind 
coxe faintly striate; petiole rugose; first abdominal tergite 
smooth, glistening ; other tergites very faintly reticulate. Colour 
black; faint bluish reflections on head, pro- and mesonotum ; 
antenne and legs fuscous, tibie becoming ferruginous; all cox 
black ; wings hyaline, veins brown. 

3. A single male, possibly of this species, but which is in such 
condition as to preclude careful study, seems to differ only in 
having the base of the abdomen yellowish above and below, fore 
and hind femora black except at distal end, and all tibie and 
middle femora very light yellowish white. - 

Described from two females and one male (?). St. Vincent. 


MI0TROPIS VERSICOLOR, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 1-4 millim.; expanse 2-4 millim. Smooth, shining; 
mesoscutum very faintly aciculate; eyes faintly hairy ; median 
longitudinal carina faint, not dividing or projecting anteriorly, 
nucha broader than in MW. nigricans. General colour bright 
honey-yellow, head lighter than thorax, approaching lemon-yeilow; 
antenne fuscous, with rather long lighter-coloured hairs; man- 
dibles brown; occiput black; pronotum, except posterior lateral 
angles, black; mesoscutum, except parapsides, black; meta- 
seutellum with a broad, somewhat crescent-shaped black band, 
following its anterior margin ; abdomen black, except at base and 
tip, the black portion above including a large oval yellowish spot; 
all tarsi fuscous ; wings hyaline, veins fuscous. 

Described from one male. St. Vincent. 


StenoMEsiIus, Westwood. 


STENOMESIUS PLATYNOTA. 

Miotropis platynote, Howard, Report on Insects affecting the Orange, 
by H. G. Hubbard, Washington, Dept. Agriculture, 1885, p.217. Florida. 

One male and one female in the St. Vincent collection are 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 107 


referable to this species with some slight doubt, since faulty 
mounting obscures some of the characters. The types were 
reared in Florida from the larve of Platynota rostrana, Walker. 


Exacuistus, Spinola. 

ELACHISTUS CAUDATUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1 millim.; expanse 2 millim. Front very deeply 
impressed ; eyes naked; mesoscutum very deeply and coarsely 
pitted; mesoscutellum smooth; metanotum with undivided median 
longitudinal carina, which is not specially elevated in front; 
lower border of front and hind femora with a fringe of rather - 
long delicate hairs; ovipositor extruded to a distance which is 
nearly asx long as entire abdomen; abdomen flattened, oval, 
rather strongly incised behind, flattened above. Colour black, 
shining; face honey-yellow, occiput with black centre and yel- 
lowish border to eyes; all coxe honey-yellow; other joints of 
legs light yellow-brown. Abdomen piceous; wings hyaline, 
veins translucent, colourless. 

Described from one female specimen. St. Vincent. 

This will evidently form a new genus. I know of no other 
species in the subfamily Elachistine which has a similar ovipositor, 
and there are probably other distinguishing characters. The 
single specimen at hand, however, lacks antenne, and is other- 
Wise in poor condition for generic description. 


ELACHISTUS SCUTELLATUS, Sp. n. 

@. Length 1:5 millim.; expanse 3 millim. Facial depression 
broad, reaching nearly to margin of eyes, sharply defined just 
below insertion of antenne by an acute transverse ridge; eyes 
hairy ; ocelli forming slightly curved line ; head and face slightly 
rugose ; head with sparse long hairs; pronotum and meso- 
scutum slightly shagreened, with sparse large punctures ; meso- 
scutellum with no indication of a median furrow, faintly longi- 
tudinally and quite regularly striate ; median longitudinal carina 
of the metanotum broad, not high, not acute, divided into the 
two elements of the anterior transverse ridge ; nucha narrow. 
surrounded by an elevated margin continuous with the median 
longitudinal carina ; metanotal ale separated by slight but dis- 
tinct oblique furrows converging posteriorly ; abdomen flattened, 
oval, not incised; mesonotal bristles long. Colour black, sub- 
opaque ; abdomen with a basal honey-yellow spot above and 
below ; antennal scape and pedicel and all legs, except hind coxx 

gx 


108 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


~honey-yellow ; wings hyaline ; veins light brown, the stigmal club 
rather darker and bearing a pronounced uncus. 
Described from two female specimens. St. Vincent. 


ELACHISTUS AUREUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1:8 millim.; expanse 3°4 millim. Facial depression 
similar to that of Z. scutellatus, except that the transverse ridge 
below antennal insertion is lacking; sides of the depression 
smooth and shining; front and vertex faintly shagreened and 
with sparse round punctures; eyes sparsely hairy; mesoscutum 
rather coarsely granulate; mesoscutellum nearly smooth, very 
faintly reticulate; a shallow median longitudinal suture arises 
from the anterior border of this sclerite and ends beyond its: 
middle; metanotum irregularly, coarsely, and deeply reticulate in 
centre; longitudinal carina faint; ale smooth; nucha broader 
than in ZH. scutellatus ; abdomen long, ovate, flat. Colour bright 
metallic green, with golden reflections ; antennal scape and all 
legs yellowish white, somewhat translucent; hind coxe darker 
near base; flagellum of antenne brownish; base of abdomen 
metallic, segments 3 to 5 brownish ; wings hyaline, veins nearly 
white; stigmal club not darker. ) 

6. The central brown patch of abdomen is narrower, and the 
middle and hind coxe are metallic. The antenne become darker 
toward tip, club beimg nearly black. Otherwise agrees with 
female. 

Described from one male and two females. St. Vincent. 


Report on the Parasitic Cynipide, part of the Braconidx, the 
Ichneumonide, the Proctotrypidx, and part of the Chalci- 
dide.—Part II. By Witii1am H. Asuurap. 


Family BRACONIDA. 
Subfamily Braconina. 


Bracon, abr. 
Table of Species. 
Wholly rufous or honey-yellow, except sometimes 


Phe dea pen cant chk waneapsdere aie veteran ma. 3. 
Notientanelysolaclipag picts s sipites dois rynke raaionnre aes 2 
Entirely black. 


Plate of second abdominal segment not entirely 
separated from the surrounding surface. 
(eneth’ 25 millin.). Gone elie. ons B. niger. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 109 


2. Head, thorax, and legs black. 
Abdomen rufous, the sutures deeply incised; 


wings black, the stigma yellow. GQ .... B. xanthospilus. 
Abdomen piceous, the sutures not deeply incised; 
wings dusky, the stigma brown. Q....... B. niger. 


Abdomen yellow, the sutures not deeply incised ; 
wings fuliginous, the stigma brown-black ; 
TAGS URPICCOUS SG Mev ayer aysie vyeterel skeeetel lorek ater B. seminiger. 
Head, pronotum, pectus, and legs black. 
Abdomen rufous; the sutures deeply incised; 
wings smoky, the stigma yellow. ¢2.... JB. flavomaculatus. 
3, Head above black or piceous. 
Thorax, anterior and middle coxz and trochanters, 
the second joint of the posterior trochanters, 
posterior knees, and abdomen rufous. 2 .. J. maculiceps. 
Head not black. 
Rufous; wings black, with a streak im the first 
submarginal cell and a spot behind the re- 
current nervure white. Legs black, all coxz, 
middle femora beneath and the posterior 
ierniona Tone, Ch 2) beorcenoaenscool as B. femoratus. 
Honey-yellow or pale ferruginous. 
Wings subhyaline, iridescent; legs entirely 
pale; no plate or foveole on the second 
abdomimal segment. GQ .......2..5. B. Sancti- Vincenti. 
Wings smoky or blackish; tips of posterior 
tibiz and tarsi black or fuscous; a plate and 
foveolz on second abdominal segment.¢ Q B. vulgaris. 


BRACON NIGER, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 24 millim. to 3 millim; ovipositor longer than 
the abdomen. Black, shining, impunctured; the female ab- 
domen piceous. Palpi yellow. Antenne in female 33-jointed, 
in male 29-jointed. Thorax with a middle lobe prominently 
convex anteriorly, but without distinct furrows. Pleura and 
metathorax smooth, polished, the metapleura with a spiracular 
furrow. Wings dusky hyaline or blackish, the venation brown ; 
the second abscissa of the radius is about two and a half times 
as long as the first; the second submarginal cell therefore very 
long, or as long as the third along its upper margin and a little 
longer along its lower margin ; the recurrent nervure not inter- 
stitial, rejected, joining an angle in the first submarginal cell. 
Abdomen smooth, shining; the first segment is a little longer 
than the second, with side furrows that converge at base and 


110 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


form a wedge-shaped shield; the second segment has two 
irregular grooved lines on each side of the middle that extend 
posteriorly about two-thirds the length of the segment; the 
suture between the second and third segments crenate; fourth 
segment with a transverse grooved line near the base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female specimen. 


BRACON XANTHOSPILUS, sp. n. 

$9. Length 7 to 8 millim.; ovipositor not quite half the 
length of the abdomen. Black, polished, covered with a sparse 
white pubescence ; abdomen dark rufous, the two terminal seg- 
ments black. Head subquadrate, narrowed behind the eyes. 
Palpi piceous. Antenne longer than the body, black, multi- 
articulate, the joints after the third, to near the tips, not longer 
than wide. Thorax wholly smooth, shining, the metapleura 
separated from the dorsum of metathorax by a broad, smooth 
furrow, the spiracles round, situated just above the furrow at 
about its middle. Wings black, the stigma yellow; in the male 
the two basal cells are nearly hyaline, and nearly the whole of 
the first submarginal cell and a spot behind the recurrent ner- 
vure are white; the female also has a streak across the first sub- 
marginal cell and behind the recurrent nervure white, but not 
so large or distinct as in the male, while the basal cells are not 
hyaline. Abdomen ovate, the sutures deeply incised; the first 
segment has broad, crenate, lateral furrows with a subcordate 
shield; the second segment has a triangular shield at its basal 
middle, with broad oblique fovex toward the sides; all the seg- 
ments are smooth, shining, and impunctured. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and two female specimens. 


BRACON SEMINIGER, Sp. 0. 


6. Length 3 millim. Smooth, shining; head, thorax, and 
legs black; abdomen yellow. Head quadrate, not narrowed be- 
hind the eyes. Antenne black, not quite as long as the body, 
all the joints being longer than wide. Wings fuliginous; the 
second abscissa of the radius is a little more than thrice as long 
as the first, the second submarginal cell therefore very long ; 
the recurrent nervure is interstitial with the first transverse 
cubital nervure. Abdomen smooth, impuuctured, linear, much 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. ade 


longer than the head and thorax together, the first segment the 
longest, with a triangular raised shield posteriorly, the second 
and following smooth, without shield ; the sutures are not deeply 
incised. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen, in poor condition. 


BRACON FLAVOMACULATUS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length variable, from 33 millim. to 6 millim.; ovipo- 
sitor about one third the length of abdomen. Rufous; head, 
antenn, pronotum, pectus, and legs black; in the male the 
mesopleura are also black. The face, cheeks, pectus, and cox 
are covered with a whitish pubescence. Head subquadrate, 
narrowed behind the eyes. Metapleura separated from the 
dorsum of the metathorax by a furrow; the spiracles very 
minute, round, situated at about the middle of the suture. 
Abdomen ovate, the sutures deeply incised, the first segment 
longer than the second, with crenate furrows laterally forming a 
wedge-shaped shield; the second segment with a triangular- 
shaped shield at its basal middle, not entirely separated at its 
apex from the surrounding surface; on each side of this shield 
are deep oblique fovee; the third segment has oblique grooved 
lines at its basal angles; the fourth segment with a transverse 
crenate furrow across the basal one-third. Wings black, the 
stigma yellow ; the recurrent nervure is interstitial with the first 
transverse cubital nervure; the second abscissa of the radius is 
about four times the length of the first, the second submarginal 
cell therefore very long; the third submarginal cell is only a 
little longer than the second. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and 17 male specimens. 


BRACON MACULICEPS, sp. 0. 


Q. Length 3 millim.; ovipositor half the length of the abdo- 
men. Rufous; head above, antenne, wings, ovipositor, and legs 
(except anterior pair, middle coxe, trochanters, tarsi, and second 
joint of posterior trochanters and posterior knees) black. Abdo- 
men ovate, the sutures not deeply incised; the first segment 
with a wedge-shaped shield, the second with a triangular raised 
piece at the basal middle with a depression on each side of the 
piece. Wings dusky or black; the second abscissa of radius is 


112 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


about two and’a half times as long as the first, the recurrent 
_nervure rejected. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


BRACON FEMORATUS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 2}t08 millim.; ovipositor about half the length 
of abdomen. Rufous; antenne, wings, and legs, with the ex- 
ceptions herein afterwards mentioned, black ; all cox, middle 
femora beneath, and the posterior femora rufous ; in the male the 
anterior tarsi are pale. The whole surface, except the face, 
which is shagreened, is smooth and shining. Head transverse. 
Palpi in the female black, in the male white. Antenne shorter 
than the body, the joints after the third transverse. Metapleura 
separated from the dorsum of metathorax by a furrow; the spi- 
racles small, rounded. Abdomen ovate, the sutures not deeply 
incised; the shield of the first segment wedge-shaped, the 
second segment smooth, without a shield, and with but faint 
traces of the oblique furrows at the sides. The second abscissa 
of the radius is about four times as long as the first, the recur- 
rent nervure rejected, while there is a white streak across the first 
submarginal cell and a white spot behind the recurrent nervure. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Deseribed from 4 female and 12 male specimens. 


Bracon Sancti- VINCENTI, sp. n. 

3 @. Length 12 to 2 millim.; ovipositor short. Entirely 
honey-yellow or pale ferruginous; antenne and eyes black or 
brown-black; wings greyish hyaline, iridescent, the nervures 
brown; the second abscissa of the radius is about two and a half 
times as long as the first, the recurrent nervure rejected. The 
whole surface is smooth, shining, impunctured. Abdomen ovate, 
the sutures not deeply incised; the first segment with a wedge- 
shaped shield, the following smooth. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 24: individuals. 


BRACON VULGARIS, sp. n. 

$ 2. Length 23 to 4 millim.; ovipositor not quite as long as 
the abdomen. MHoney-yellow or pale ferruginous ; the antenne 
black; wings fuliginous; tips of the posterior tibie and their 
tarsi fuscous or black. Asin B. Sancti-Vincenti, its whole surface 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 113 


is smooth, shining, impunctured, and the venation of the wings 
is identical. The second abdominal segment, however, has a 
subtriangular shield at its basal middle, which is not entirely 
separated at apex from the surrounding surface; there are also 
two shallow oblique lines on each side of the shield. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from many individuals of both sexes. 

This species varies greatly in size, in the colour of the body, 
from a honey-yellow to pale rufous, and in the density of the 
colour of the wings. 


Myosoma, Brulié. 

MYosoMa PILOSIPES, sp. 0. 

3. Length 3 millim. Head above, antenne, streak on pro- 
notum, wings, tip of abdomen, and legs black; face, thorax, 
coxe, and trochanters and abdomen rufous; the base of anterior 
tibia and tarsi and the base of middle tibie pale. The whole 
surface is smooth, shining, impunctured, sparsely hairy ; the legs 
rather densely pilose. Antenne about 36-jointed. Wings 
black; the second abscissa of the radius is about two and a half 
times as long as the first, or a little longer than the third; the 
second submarginal cell therefore long, as wide at apex as at 
base; the first transverse cubital nervure oblique, not interstitial 
with the recurrent nervure; the second transverse cubital ner- 
vure straight; the median and submedian cells are of an equal 
length ; there is a hyaline or whitish streak across the base of 
the first submarginal cell that is extended into the third discoidal 
cell behind the recurrent nervure, while there is also a whitish 
streak in the second discoidal cell near the discoidal nervure. 
Abdomen ovate, the first segment the longest, with lateral fur- 
rows ; the shield wedge-shaped, convex, smooth; second segment 
transverse, slightly longer than the third, with a fovea on each 
side of the basal middle, forming a small triangular shield that is 
not entirely separated behind, and on each side of these fovee is 
another oblong foveola; the third segment has a curved im- 
pressed line at its basal middle that forms a small lunate or 
semicircular shield, and laterally with oblique grooved lines that 
extend into lateral foveole ; while the fourth segment has two 
transverse impressed lines. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens. No species in this genus has 
yet been described from the North-American fauna, and the 


114 wR. Ww. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


present species is quite different from the three or four species 
known from South America. 


Micropracon, Ashmead. 
(Bull. no. 1, Col. Biol. Assoc. 1890, p. 15.) » 

MicroBRAcoN PILOSITHORAX, sp. n. 

3. Length 2 millim. Black, finely punctulate, but shining, 
and covered with sparse, glistening, white hairs; orbits, face, 
mandibles, palpi, legs, and most of the abdomen yellow; the 
shield of first and the dorsum of third and fourth abdominal 
segments brown. Antenne 30-jointed, black. Mesopleure with 
a small fovea at the middle of its posterior margin. Metathorax 
finely shagreened, the metapleura bounded above by a delicate 
carina; the spiracles small, inconspicuous. Wings subhyaline, 
the first abscissa of the radius only a little shorter than the 
second, the third abscissa about twice the length of the second ; 
the second transverse cubital nervure is short, the second sub- 
marginal cell, therefore, narrower at apex than at base, while the 
recurrent nervure is not longer than the second branch of the 
cubitus: in the hind wings the radial and cubital nervures are 
abbreviated and do not extend to the apical margin. Abdomen 
oval, shagreened, the second segment as long as the first, without 
shield, furrow, or foveola, the following segments subequal. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Subfamily SpaTHiinz. 
STENOPHASMUS, Smith. 


STENOPHASMUS TERMINALIS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 3 to 6 millim.; ovipositor longer than the body. 
Ferruginous, the abdominal segments usually more or less banded 
- with dusky, especially toward apex, rarely entirely fuscous ; 
sometimes the thorax more or less fuscous ; the posterior legs 
usually with brownish or fuscous markings.. Wings subfuscous, 
the venation brown. .Head quadrate, smooth, except some trans- 
verse aciculations.on the vertex. Ocelli contiguous, in a triangle. 
Antennz longer than the body; in the female the four or five 
apical joints white; in male dusky or fuscous, the tips never 
white. Thorax trilobed, more or less transversely rugose ; scu- 
tellum smooth on the disk; mesopleura with some longitudinal 
strie superiorly ; sternum sometimes black or fuscous, smooth ; 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 115 


metathorax rather long, with delicate lateral keels, and more or 
less lineately rugose. Abdomen longer than the head and 
thorax together ; the petiole very long, as long as the posterior 
femora and trochanters together; the petiole, second segment, 
basal half of third, and the fourth segment opaquely shagreened ; 
rest of the abdomen smooth, shining. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 23 specimens. The species is exceedingly 
variable in size and somewhat in colour, but is readily distin- 
guished from the other described species by the white tips of the 
female antenne. 


Subfamily HecaBorina. 


Hererospinus, Haliday. 
Table of Species. 
Females. 


Second abdominal segment with one or more trans- 
verse impressed lines or sutures..........66.. 2. 
Second abdominal segment without a transverse im- 
pressed line or suture. 
Dark ferruginous ; antennz fuscous, the two basal 
joints and the sutures of all the joints, and the 
_ legs white or pale luteous, the legs with some 
brown markings; first and second abdominal 
segments and the basal half of the thirdstriated. H. ferruginus. 
Black, opaque, minutely rugose; antennz pale 
brown, yellowish basally ; legs black; knees, 
tips of tibiz, and tarsi honey-yellow; first 
abdominal segment and the basal half of the 
second opaquely sculptured .............. H. carbonarius. 
2. Second abdominal segment with one transverse 
SUE cen ooboaboton paonooe COMO RnIOS monos 3. 
Second abdominal segment with three transverse 
sutures longer than the first. 
Thorax and abdomen black or fuscous; head, 
collar, legs, band at base of second abdomi- 
nal segment, and the apex of abdomen 
luteous or white; first abdominal segment 
and the second to the third transverse su- 
ture, and the basal portion of the third, 
striated or aciculated; the apex of the 
second segment and the rest of the abdo- 
MEN SMOGEH. Polishedy a. fas\neaese sas «vc H. fasciatus. 


116 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Second abdominal segment with two transverse 
sutures. 
Pale ferruginous with fuscous markings ; legs pale 
luteous. 

First transverse suture of the second segment 
at the middle, the second at the apical one- 
third of the upper half; first segment and 
basal half of the second, and the bottom of 
the second suture striated or aciculated ; 
the rest of the abdomen, except some faint 
aciculations at the bottom of a transverse 
suture on the third segment, smooth, 
polished; ovipositor as long as the ab- 
doment eee Behari all. Bie iter ...... H. pallidipes. 

First transverse suture of the second segment 
curving inwardly at sides; the second su- 
ture straight, close to the apex of the 
segment ; the third, fourth, and fifth seg- 
ments with dark transverse bands ; ovipo- 
sitor much longer than the abdomen; first 
segment and the second, except the apex, 
SURIALE Camryn an ee renin cot Iau, ce aang H. longicaudus. 

3. Second abdominal segment shorter than the first, 
OL EQUA ii ccs eee pica chs ORI LYSE ee niea ns 4, 
Second abdominal segment longer than the first. 

Suture of second segment at about one-half the 

length of the segment, not arcuated. 

Black, the head reddish, legs and two basal 
joints of antennz white; third abdominal 
segment with a broad transverse suture 
before the middle, the basal portion very 
faintly and the broad suture distinctly 
aciculated, the apical portion and the fol- 
lowing segments smooth, polished; ovi- 
positor half the length of the abdomen.... H. nigrescens. 

4. Suture of the second segment at about one-third 
the length of the segment, arcuated, in middle 
nearly obsolete. 

Pale ferruginous, head, legs, and apex of abdo- 
men luteous or white; first abdominal 
segment and the basal two-thirds of the 
second striated, the third showing some 
faint aciculations at base; the following 
segments rarely slightly punctate basally, 
usually smoother ceva saree en omeenO ek H. questor, Hal. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. U7 


Variable, from ferruginous to luteous. 
Mesopleura, sutures of thorax and metathorax 
above, and basal four abdominal segments 
dark fuscous or black ; suture of second seg- 
ment at about the middle, bending inwardly 
toward the sides; first segment and basal 
two-thirds of the second striated; the 
following two or three segments finely punc- 
tate at base, rest of the abdomen smooth .. HH. variegatus. 
Mesopleura, humeri, and base of metathorax 
more or less fuscous, rest of the insect, ex- 
cept legs, pale ferruginous; suture of 
second segment near the middle, subobso- 
lete ; first segment, basal two-thirds of 
second, and at the bottom of a depression 
near the base of third, striated or aciculated, 
rest of the abdomen smooth ............ HH. humeralis. 


HETEROSPILUS FERRUGINUS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 43 millim.; ovipositor 3 millim. Reddish brown, 
the thorax beneath and at sides blackish; antenne brown, the 
incisions of joints whitish; legs whitish, all femora with a sub- 
apical reddish annulus, base and tips of tibie with reddish 
markings. Head quadrate, rugose, the vertex transversely 
aciculated. Antenne 24-jointed, a little shorter than the body, 
the two basal joints white. Thorax rugose, the middle lobe of 
mesonotum prominent, reaching only to half the length of the 
mesonotum ; disk of mesopleura smooth, polished; metathorax 
rugose, not areolated, and with only an abbreviated central keel 
at base. Wings fusco-hyaline, mottled toward tips with whitish 
spots or streaks. Abdomen much longer than the head and thorax 
together, the two basal segments and the basal half of the third 
opaque, finely striated ; rest of the abdomen smooth, polished. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen, taken in a forest at Morne 
4 Garon, at an altitude of 1500 feet, under the bark of a stump, 


October 31. 


HETEROSPILUS CARBONARIUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 2 millim.; ovipositor half the length of body. 
Black, opaque, finely, closely, confluently punctate, covered with 
a sparse white pubescence. Legs black or brown-black; the 
tibize at base, tips, and the tarsi honey-yellow. Head quadrate ; 


118 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


eyes large, subrotund, black. Antenne 22-jointed, fuscous, the 
flagellum a little yellowish toward base. Thorax with the middle 
lobe prominent, rounded before, reaching only to half the length 
of the mesonotum; pleura closely punctate; metathorax not 
areolated, closely punctate, rugose toward tip. Wings hyaline, 
with a slight dusky streak in the region of the basal vein and 
below the stigma. Abdomen sessile, longer than the head and 
thorax together; the first and second segments about equal, 
quadrate, the first wholly and the basal half of the second 
lineately rugose ; rest of the abdomen smooth, polished. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


HETEROSPILUS FASCIATUS, Sp. 0. 

3 @. Length 2 to 5 millim.; ovipositor 4 millim. Head, 
collar, legs, broad band on second abdominal segment, and the 
apex of abdomen honey-yellow or luteous; rest of the insect, 
except the antenne which are fuscous, black. Sometimes the 
anterior portion of the mesonotum and the pleura are pale, 
rarely with most of the thorax pale. Head quadrate, smooth ; 
eyes large, rounded, very slightly sinuated within opposite the 
antenne. Antenne long, setaceous, from 30- to 34-jointed, the 
four or five basal joints pale. Thorax polished, with-a few sparse 
hairs, the furrows large, distinct, converging and meeting at base 
of scutellum, the sides of the grooves margined within ; collar 
distinct, narrowed before, rugose above; scutellum with two 
large fovee at base, separated by a slight carina; mesopleura 
smooth, with an oblique fovea at the middle; metathorax rugose, 
areolated, the two long areas at base nearly smooth, a diamond- 
shaped area at the middle extending to the apex and connected 
with the base by a central carina, the surface of the area being 
rugose ; metapleurarugose. Wings subhyaline, the stigma large, 
black or brown; the venation brown, the transverse vein between 
the first and second submarginal cells subobsolete or entirely 
wanting. Abdomen sessile, longer than the head and thorax 
together ; the first segment longer than the second, narrowed 
toward base; the second segment quadrate, with three cross- 
lines or sutures, the first a little before the middle, the second at 
about one-third the length of the remaining portion, the third 
visible only at the sides and curving to the posterior angles of 
the segment; the third segment also has a cross-line or suture ; 


= 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 119 


the first segment, basal two-thirds or more of the second, basal 
half of the third, and the fourth slightly at base longitudinally 
striated or aciculated ; rest of the abdomen smooth, polished. 

The male, which is very variable in size and colour, is usually 
pale or ferruginous, although sometimes presenting an exact 
colour-pattern of the female. Sometimes it is wholly pale, with 
only the metathorax, first abdominal segment, and two or three 
of the following segments dusky ; the basal portion of the second 
segment, however, is always more or iess distinctly yellow, and 
the sculpture is identical, or nearly so, in both sexes. The 
antenne vary from 22- to 29-jointed. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from many specimens of both sexes. 


HETEROSPILUS PALLIDIPES, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 13 to 3 millim.; ovipositor a little longer than 
the abdomen. Pale ferruginous; orbits, lower part of head, 
streak on collar, and legs white or luteous. Collar, humeri, meso- 
pleura, and metathorax more or less fuscous. Head quadrate, 
smooth, except the vertex, which is transversely aciculated. 
Eyes very large, rounded, slightly sinuated within. Thorax 
finely shagreened, the furrows distinct, the middle lobe pos- 
teriorly in front of the scutellum with three or four raised lines; 
scutellum smooth, polished; metathorax areolated, rugose, the 
surface of the two large basal areas finely, closely punctate, the 
diamond-shaped area nearly obliterated by the rugosity of its 
surface. Wings subhyaline, the venation brown, the first and 
second transverse nervures subobsolete. Abdomen not longer 
than the head and thorax together; the second segment longer 
than the first, with two transverse impressed lines, the first at 
about half its length, the second at about one-third the length of 
the remaining half; the third segment also with a transverse, im- 
pressed line ; the first segment and the basal half of the second 
longitudinally striated, the transverse impressed line on third 
aciculated at bottom; rest of the abdomen smooth, polished. 

The male is uniformly pale ferruginous, and in sculpture agrees 
with the female. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and two female specimens. 


HETEROSPILUS LONGICAUDUS, Sp. 0. 
2. Length 4 millim.; ovipositor 3 millim. Pale ferruginous, 


120 MR. Ww. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


with fuscous tingeings in the sutures; antenne dusky toward 
tips; legs honey-yellow. Head quadrate, smooth, the vertex 
transversely aciculated. Thorax shagreened, narrowed in front; 
the collar produced, striated at sides ; parapsidal furrows distinct, 
the middle lobe rugose posteriorly ; scutellum smooth, with a 
crenulated furrow across the base ; pieura and metathorax rugose, 
the latter not areolated. Wings greyish-hyaline, strongly iri- 
descent, the venation brown, the costa basally yellow, the trans- 
verse nervures of the second and third submarginal cells sub- 
obsolete. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax together, 
the base of third and fourth segments and the apex of the fifth 
and sixth embrowned; the second segment is longer than the 
first, with a transverse impressed line at about its middle that 
curves basally at the sides, and another straight subapical trans- 
verse line ; first segment and the second, except near the apex, 
striated, the following segments, except the last two, microsco- 
pically punctate. 

Hab. St. Vincent, leeward side. 

Described from a single specimen. 


HETEROSPILUS NIGRESCENS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 24 millim.; ovipositor shorter than the abdomen. 
Black; the head reddish brown, with transverse aciculations on 
the vertex; antenne 24-jointed, brown, the two basal joints 
white. Thorax shagreened, opaque; scutellum smooth, shining, 
with a transverse crenulated furrow at base ; pleura shagreened ; 
metathorax rugose, areolated.. Wings subfuscous. Abdomen 
as long as the head and thorax together, the second segment 
shorter than the first, with a depression at the middle; first 
segment and the second, except the apical one-third, striated, 
the following segments smooth, polished, the third with a trans- 
verse suture, the bottom of which is faintly aciculated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen, taken at 1500 feet altitude. 


HETEROSPILUS VARIEGATUS, sp. 0. 

3 @. Length 2 to 33 millim.; ovipositor about as long as the 
abdomen. Pale ferruginous to luteous, sutures of thorax, meta- 
thorax, and upper portion of four or five basal abdominal 
segments black; antenne pale brown ; legs white. Head with 
faint transverse aciculations on the vertex. Thorax very faintly 
shagreened, the parapsidal furrows distinct, the middle lobe 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 121 


rugose posteriorly ; metapleura with a crenulate furrow across 
the disk; metapleura areolated, the central diamond-shaped area 
rugose, the two large basal areas shagreened. Wings subhyaline, 
the transverse nervures between the second and third submar- 
ginal cells subobsolete. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax 
together, the first segment and the basal two-thirds of the second 
striated, the three following segments finely punctate along the 
base ; the second segment is longer than the first in the male, 
shorter in the female. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and two female specimens. 


HETEROSPILUS HUMERALIS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 2 to 23 millim.; ovipositor shorter than the 
abdomen. Pale ferruginous, the mesopleura, humeri, and base 
of metathorax more or less fuscous or dusky; legs white or 
luteous. Head smooth, transversely aciculated on vertex.. 
Thorax faintly shagreened, the parapsides distinct, the middle 
lobe roughened posteriorly ; metathorax rugose, areolated. Wings. 
subfuscous ; the stigma large, brown; the venation pale. Abdo- 
men not longer than the head and thorax together, the first and 
second segments about equal, longitudinally striated, except the 
apex of the second, which is smooth and polished, the third 
segment aciculated at base, rest of the abdomen smooth, shining. 

The male in structure and colour closely resembles the female, 
except the apex of the abdomen is slightly embrowned and the 
mesopleura are smoother and more shining. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 1 male, 7 female specimens. 


Lysitermus, Forster. 


Table of Species. 
Pale ferruginous; wings hyaline; the last antennal joint 
NOt) WIILES wate cra Sarnteraiaren siete ertvehaydiae san sarees L. terminalis. 
Dark brown ; wings with a transverse band ; the last an- 
tenmalijoitiby WHILE Mere ateratel ol ersis shel ive) vais’ ete che’ elotaters L. fascipennis.. 


LYSITERMUS TERMINALIS, Sp. 0. 

2. Length 13 millim.; ovipositor half the length of the 
abdomen. Pale ferruginous, smooth, polished; mesopleura, 
apical half of abdomen, and ovipositor black ; legs pale yellow. 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXyv. 10 


122 wR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


_ Head subglobose, the eyes brown. Antenne 17-jointed, longer 
than the body. Mesonotum with two punctate furrows that 
converge and meet before the scutellum, the middle lobe finely, 
sparsely punctate, truncate anteriorly with acute angles. Meso- 
pleura with a crenulate fovea near the middle. Metathorax 
finely rugose, with a delicate central longitudinal keel and lateral 
keels. Wings hyaline, the margins with short cilia, the venation 
brown, and with only two submarginal cells; stigma distinct, 
the first branch of radius long, the second branch extending to 
the apical margin, the marginal cell therefore large. Abdomen 
oblong-oval, depressed, polished, blackish towards apex, and com- 
posed of only three visible segments. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


LysITERMUS FASCIPENNIS, Sp. 0. 

2. Length 14 millim.; ovipositor two thirds the length of the 
abdomen. Dark reddish brown, polished, impunctate ; meso- 
and metapleura and apical half of the abdomen black; legs 
honey-yellow, the apical half of the posterior femora embrowned. 
Head subglobose, the eyes oval, brown. Antenne 14-jointed, 
fuscous, the four basal joints yellowish, the apical joint white. 
Mesonotum without furrows, smooth, polished, the anterior angles 
acute. Metathorax finely rugose, with a central longitudinal keel 
and lateral keels. Wings hyaline, with a transverse brown band 
below the stigma, and of the same width. Abdomen oblong-oval, 
polished, of three segments, the first finely aciculated or striated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Subfamily PamBoninz. 
Pamsotus, Haliday. 


PAMBOLUS ANNULICORNIS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 24 millim.; ovipositor about half the length of 
the abdomen. Black, polished; head transverse, the face below 
the antenne finely punctate. Antenne dark brown, the two 
basal joints and a broad band beyond the middle honey-yellow. 
Thorax smooth, impunctate, the parapsidal furrows distinct, 
converging posteriorly, the middle lobe wita two short carine 
posteriorly ; scutellum polished, with five fovex at base; meso- 
pleura, finely punctulate, with an oblique, crenulate furrow 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 123 


anteriorly ; metathorax rugose, with two areas at base. Wings 
hyaline, the second and third submarginal cells confluent. Legs, 
including coxe, honey-yellow. Abdomen sessile, oblong-oval, 
the second segment longer than the first, with a cross-furrow at 
aboutits middle ; the first segment, basal two-thirds of the second, 
and the third at base longitudinally striated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Dimeris, Ruthe. 


DIMERIS MACULIPENNIS, Sp. 0. 

$. Length 1 millim. Brown, the head blackish on the vertex. 
Antenne 16-jointed, pale. Thorax smooth, narrowed in front, 
with two delicate furrows that converge and meet before attain- 
ing the base of the scutellum. Scutellum with a large fovea 
across the base. Metathorax finely rugose, areolated. Wings 
subfuscous, with spots at base, across the middle, and in the 
radial cell white. Abdomen finely punctate, composed of three 
segments, the first the longest, the third the shortest. Legs 
honey-yellow, tips of posterior femora and tibiz brown. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Subfamily Raocapina. 
Ruoagas, Vees. 


RHOGAS PECTORALIS, Sp. n. 

3 2. Length 4 to 5millim. Black, opaque, closely, finely 
punctulate; the mouth-parts, legs, and thorax beneath honey- 
yellow. Wings fuliginous, the first branch of radius as long as 
the second. Metathorax, the first, second, and basal half of the 
third abdominal segment with a delicate central keel ; the fourth 
and following segments slightly shining. Ovipositor in female 
very slightly exserted. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and four males, taken at an altitude 
of 1500 feet. 


CiinocentRvs, Haliday. 


CLINOCENTRUS FLAVIVENTRIS, Sp. 0. 
3. Length 33 to 44 millim. Entirely black, shining, pube- 
scent; the apex of abdomen, along the sides, and the venter alone, 
10* 


124 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


yellow. Head transverse, smooth above; orbits and face, below 
antenne, punctate. Palpi fuscous. Antenne 36-jointed, longer 
than the body. Thorax trilobed, the middle lobe posteriorly 
rugose, the mesopleura with a smooth space on the disk. Scu- 
tellum smooth, with two large, confluent fovee at base. Meta- 
thorax coarsely rugose. Wings fuliginous. Abdomen compressed 
along the venter and slightly at tip, the first and second segments 
above black, striated, the following segments smooth, the third 
with a black spot at base and showing some faint transverse 
aciculations. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from five specimens, taken at an altitude of 500 feet. 


Subfamily CurLonin a7. 
PuHanotoma, Wesmael. 
Table of Species. 
Pale ferruginous or honey-yellow, varied more or less 
with fuscous. 
Moraxctril oledlyece yortaiaisraa cies eyetebs «ce eiaie a, oct io ayekebavotexe De 
Thorax not trilobed. 
Occiput deeply emarginated; first branch of radius 


distinctly longer than the second ............ P. insularis. 
Occiput not deeply emarginated; first branch of 
radius half the length of the second .......... P. humeralis. 


2. First branch of radius as long as or longer than the 
second. First transverse cubital nervure not inter- 
stitial with the recurrent nervure, but joined to 
HHS GHlotmMlinganne eqocnadooasoodeqboocdoacec P. meridionalis. 
First transverse cubital nervure interstitial ........ P. fuscovaria. 


PHENOTOMA INSULARIS, Sp. 0. 

6. Length 4millim. Pale ferruginous, closely, finely punctu- 
late ; a spot back of eyes and ocelli, the humeri, a spot on middle 
of thorax, collar beneath, the bottom of the impression at sides, 
the sternum, spot beneath tegule, and metathorax and the 
abdomen above except an oblong discal spot, a spot on middle 
and posterior femora beneath near the apex, and the posterior 
tibie, except just at base, fuscous. Antenne 23-jointed, taper- 
ing at tips. Head broader than the thorax, deeply excavated 
posteriorly. Thorax without furrows; scutellum triangular ; 
metathorax short, finely rugose, with a slight keel on the superior 
edge of the posterior face connected with delicate lateral keels, 
the disk without keels. Wings subhyaline, mottled with whitish 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 125 


spots, the venation brown, the stigma with a large yellowish 
streak ; the first branch of the radius longer than the second, the 
first transverse cubital nervure interstitial with the recurrent 
nervure. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen, taken at an altitude of 
2000 teet. The species approaches closest to P. tibialis, Hal., 
but is decidedly different in the venation. , 


PHENOTOMA HUMERALIS, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 4 millim. Pale ferruginous, closely, finely punc- 
tulate ; shoulders, the depressions at sides of scutellum, and apex 
of metathorax fuscous. Head transverse, the occiput scarcely 
emarginated. Antenne 24-jointed, acuminated at tips, pale 
ferruginous, the four or five small apical joints black. Thorax 
without furrows, the disk flattened. Metathorax with a slight 
carina on the superior edge of the posterior face, the face itself 
rugose. Wings hyaline, the venation pale, the costal edge and 
stigma darker, the latter with a pale streak in the middle ; first 
branch of radius only half the length of the second, the first 
transverse cubital nervure interstitial with the recurrent nervure 
and at the junction very pale. Legs pale. Abdomen of three 
segments, the last segment the longest. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. The pale colour, shape of 
the head, and the shortness of the first branch of the radius 
readily distinguish the species. 


PHHNOTOMA MERIDIONALIS, Sp. 0. 

3S. Length 3 to 4 millim. Pale ferruginous or honey-yellow, 
finely, closely punctulate, with fuscous or black markings on 
thorax ; the metathorax and upper surface of the abdomen black 
or fuscous; sometimes the latter has a rounded yellow discal 
spot, sometimes it is pale with an irregular, central stripe; the 
metathorax usually has two pale spots at base. Head large, 
transverse, excavated posteriorly, with the stemmaticum black. 
Antenne’ pale, multiarticulate. Thorax with the parapsidal 
furrows obsolete posteriorly before reaching the base of the 
scutellum. Avxille meeting as a slender line before the base of 
the scutellum. Metathorax rugose, with an irregular carina on 
-the superior edge of the posterior face. Legs pale. Wings 
subbyaline, the venation pale brownish, some of the nervures 


126 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


more or less tinged with yellow; the first branch of the radius 
equal to the second, or very slightly longer ; the first transverse 
cubital nervure is not interstitial with the recurrent nervure, but 
joins the cubital nervure. Abdomen of three segments, the first 
and last about equal, the second the shortest, all striate-rugose. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from five specimens, taken at an altitude of 500 feet. 
The species is near P. humeralis; but the distinct parapsidal 
furrows, the length of the first branch of the radius, and in that 
the first transverse cubital nervure joins the cubital nervure, 
separate it at once from the foregoing and the following species. 


PH#ENOTOMA FUSCOVARIA, Sp. 0. 

$ @. Length 24 to 4 millim. Pale ferruginous or honey- 
yellow, finely rugose-punctate, with variable fuscous markings ; 
sometimes it is wholly pale, with only the apex of the antenne 
and the abdomen fuscous ; sometimes there is a central fuscous 
stripe on the mesonotum, metathorax, and abdomen, the scu- 
tellum being wholly fuscous; sometimes the mesopleura, meta- 
thorax, tip of abdomen, apex of posterior tibiw and their tarsi 
are dusky or fuscous, although usually the legs are of a uniform 
pale colour. Wings greyish-hyaline, the venation brown; the 
first and second branches of the radius about equal in length, 
while the first cubital nervure is always interstitial with the 
recurrent nervure. Abdomen of three segments, the first and 
third segments about equa!, the second a little shorter, all striate- 
rugose, the first with two distinct keels above. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 31 specimens. 


CHELONUS, Jurine. 


CHELONUS MERIDIONALIS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 23 to3 millim. Black, rugose, garened| with a 
sparse, sericeous pubescence. Antenne 16-jointed, the two basal 
joints yellowish, or at least beneath. Thorax, in the middle pos- 
teriorly, coarsely rugose. Scutellum smooth, polished, with a 
row of coarse punctures across the base. Metathorax with two 
median keels connected. with a keel on the superior edge of the 
posterior face, the angles slightly prominent. Legs honey-yellow, 
all coxe, middle and posterior femora, the apical half of their 
tibie, and four apical joints of their tarsi black or fuscous. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. e277, 


Wings hyaline, the apical half faintly dusky ; the venation, except 
the costa and median veins which are yellow, brown; the first 
branch of the radius is shorter than the second, the first trans- 
verse cubital nervure a little longer than the recurrent nervure. 
Abdomen one solid carapace, rugose, with two short keels at 
base ; ovipositor slightly exserted. In the male the antenne are 
20-jointed, all the femora black, while the abdomen has a slight 
transverse slit at apex. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 10 specimens. 


Subfamily RuyssaLinz. 
Rayssatus, Haliday. 


RHYSSALUS CHNOPHANOIDES, sp. 0. 

¢. Length 23 millim. Pale ferruginous, smooth, shining; 
tip of abdomen piceous. Antenne black, the two basal joints 
pale. Thorax trilobed, the middle lobe with a grooved line 
posteriorly. Scutellum with a crenate furrow across the base. 
Metathorax finely rugose, areolated. Legs honey-yellow. Wings 
greyish-hyaline, the venation brown, the second submarginal cell 
quadrate ; the first branch of the radius about one half the length 
of the second, the recurrent nervure not interstitial with the first 
transverse cubital nervure. Abdomen as long as the head and 
thorax together, oblong-oval, the first and second segments 
striated, the followig smooth, polished, the third with a trans- 
verse crenate furrow. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen, taken at 500 feet altitude. 


RHYSSALUS MELLEUS, Sp. n. 

$ Q. Length 13 to 2 millim. ; ovipositor one third the length 
of the abdomen. Honey-yellow, the apical half of the abdomen 
brownish, Antenne 15-jointed. Thorax with two distinct fur- 
rows, the scutellum crenate at base, the metathorax areolated. 
Wings hyaline, the venation pale brown, a yellowish spot at base 
of stigma; the first branch of the radius is a little shorter than 
the second, the recurrent nervure interstitial with the first 
transverse cubital nervure. Abdomen subpetiolate, smooth and 
polished, the first segment with lateral carine and slightly 
roughened. 


128 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


The male, or what is taken to be the male of this species, has 
17-jointed antennex, white legs, while the mesopleura, scutellum, 
metathorax, and base and apex of the abdomen are black or 
fuscous; the middle thoracic lobe has a central impressed line; 
while the wings are subhyaline with a yellowish spot across the 
base of the stigma and the first submarginal cell. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 1 female, 4 male specimens. 


RHYSSALUS BRUNNEIVENTRIS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 3 millim. ; ovipositor longer than half the length 
of the abdomen. Pale ferruginous; a blotch beneath anterior 
wings, and the abdomen reddish brown. Antenne multi-articu- 
late, pale brown. Thorax faintly shagreened, indistinctly tri- 
lobed, pubescent ; the scutellum with two fovex at base, separated 
by a raised line. Metathorax finely shagreened, not areolated. 
‘Wings subhyaline, the venation pale brownish; the first branch 
of radius not half the length of the second, the recurrent nervure 
not interstitial with the transverse cubital nervure but joins the 
cubitus some distance from its apex. Abdomen ovate, the length 
of the thorax, smooth and shining, the first segment finely 
sculptured. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. On account of the non- 
areolated metathorax this species does not agree with all the 
generic characters laid down for Rhyssalus, agreeing in this 
respect with the genus Colastes, Haliday ; but as all of the other 
characters agree with Rhyssalus and not with Colastes, I have 
placed it in the former genus. 


Subfamily AcaTHIDINaE. 
Agarutis, Latreille. 


AGATHIS RUBRICINCTUS, sp. N. 

3 2. Length 33 to 5 millim. ; ovipositor longer than the body. 
Black, shining, punctate, covered with a cinereous pubescence, 
especially on the face, side of thorax, and the coxe; the second 
abdominal segment with a broad reddish-yellow band. Head 
transverse rostriform, the vertex with a grooved line from the 
lateral ocellus to the margin of the eye; ocellired. Antenne 
black, involuted at tips. Thorax trilobed, punctate ; scutellum 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 129 


with a crenate furrow at base; metathorax rugose, with a central 
carina. Legs black, the anterior pair (except coxe, trochanters, 
and two apical joints of tarsi) rufous; apical half of middle 
femora and base of their tibie rufous; a spot at base of posterior 
tibie, and all tibial spurs rufous. Wings hyaline, the venation 
brown-black. Abdomen black, polished, except the two basal 
segments which are finely shagreened, and the basal two-thirds 
of the second segment which is reddish yellow. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 1 male, 14 female specimens. 


AGATHIS PECTORALIS, Sp. 0. 

6 2. Length 5 millim.; ovipositor half the length of body. 
Rufous; head, collar beneath, mesosternum, and legs black, the 
tips of anterior femora and their tarsi and the middle tarsi rufous- 
Thorax trilobed, inpunctured ; the scutellum with a deep depres- 
gion across the base, separated into two parts by a raised line at 
the middle; metathorax rugose, with some delicate longitudinal 
keels. Wings fuliginous, with two or three white spots below 
the base of the stigma; areolet subquacrate. Abdomen elongate, 
smooth, polished, impunctured. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 2 female, 12 male specimens. 


Micronvs, Nees. 


Micropvs SMITHII, sp. n. 

3 2. Length 2 to 21 millim.; ovipositor a little longer than 
abdomen. Black, polished; legs yellow; abdomen black, in 
male with a bread yellow band at the middle, in the female with 
a broad band before the middle and the apex yellow. Thorax 
trilobed, smooth, shining, pubescent; metathorax rugose, with 
uwo close central parallel keels on the disk. Wings hyaline, the 
venation brown. Abdomen, except the first segment, which is 
finely sculptured and grooved along the sides, smooth and 
polished. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one Selly 


MicRoDUS UNICINCTUS, sp. 0. 
@. Length 3 millim. ; ovipositor as long as the body. Black, 
polished, the face piceous, the second abdominal segment yellow ; 


130 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


four anterior legs honey-yellow ; the posterior legs black, their 
tibie with a broad white band at the middle; all tibial spurs 
white. Thorax trilobed, furrows deep; scutellum with a deep 
impressed line across the base; metathorax very finely shagreened, 
without carine. Wings hyaline, the venation brown, the areolet 
triangular. Abdomen about as long as the head and thorax 
together; except the first segment, which is finely shagreened, 
and the second, which is yellow, black, smooth and shining. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


MicrovUs INSULARIS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 3 to 4 millim.; ovipositor two thirds the length 
of body. Pale ferruginous; stemmaticum extending posteriorly 
on the occiput; longitudinal bands on lateral lobes of thorax, 
metathorax above, base and apex of abdomen, ovipositor, antenn:e, 
and posterior tibie and tarsi, except a pale streak on tibize above 
and an annulus at base, black. The furrows of thorax are crenate ; 
the metathorax coarsely rugose, with a central furrow; the first 
abdominal segment keeled laterally and finely longitudinally 
striated basally two thirds of its length, while the posterior tibie 
are contracted at base. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the venation 
dark brown, the areolet triangular, open behind. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and two female specimens. 


Ores, Haliday. 


ORGILUS PALLIDUS, sp. n. 

9. Length 43 millim.; ovipositor about as long as the 
abdomen. Honey-yellow; the antenne above, middle tarsi, the 
second joint of posterior trochanters, spot at apex of femora, 
their tibiz above and tarsi, fuscous or black. Thorax trilobed, 
the furrows crenate; the metathorax smooth, without carine. 
Wings greyish-hyaline, the venation brown; the marginal cell 
closed, extending nearly to the apex of the wing; the first cubital 
and first submarginal cells distinct, not confluent; the areolet 
triangular, the outer nervure pale. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCEN'L. Lei 


Subfamily Catyprina. 
Catyprus, Haliday. 

CaLYPTUS THORACICUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 5 millim.; ovipositor longer than the body. Black, 
shining; thorax, excepting metathorax, and anterior cox and 
trochanters orange-red. Face with pale pubescence. Man- 
dibles pale. Antenne about 35-jointed, attenuated and involuted 
at tips. Thorax with the parapsidal furrows broad and deep 
posteriorly ; the scutellum convex, with two large fovez at base, 
separated only by a carina. Metathorax rugose, coarsely areo- 
lated. Legs black, pubescent. Wings hyaline, the venation 
black. Abdomen with four segments, shining, the first and 
second striated ; the first with two carine, the third and fourth 
smooth, polished. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen, taken in August at an 
altitude of 500 feet. A most beautiful and easily recognized 
species, distinguished at once by its orange-red thorax. 


Subfamily Bractya. 


Buacus, Nees. 

BLACUS RUBRICEPS, sp. n. 

S$. Length 24 millim. Black, polished ; head red, ocelli black. 
Antenne 26-jointed, black, the two basal joints pale. Thorax 
smooth, with two delicate furrows that converge and meet a little 
beyond the middle of the mesonotum ; the mesonctum is flattened 
posteriorly in front of the scutellum. Scutellum convex, with an 
impressed cross line at base. Mesopleura smooth, polished. 
Metathorax smooth, impunctured, with a central carina. Legs 
rufous. Wings hyaline, the venation brown-black ; the recurrent 
nervure not interstitial with the transverse cubital nervure. 
Abdomen black, smooth, and polished. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen taken in May. 


Ganycuorus, Haliday. 

GANYCHORUS COLLARIS, sp. 0. 

. Length 2 millim. Black, polished, the antenne, collar, and 
legs reddish yellow, the posterior femora dusky toward tips. 
Antenne 20-jointed, the last joint large, fusiform. Thorax 
smooth, with two distinct furrows; collar, sternum, and meta- 


182 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


thorax rugose, the latter with two large areas on disk, the surface 
of which is smooth. Wings greyish-hyaline, the venation pale 
brown; the recurrent nervure almost interstitial with the first 
transverse cubital nervure, the cubitus extending to the apical 
margin of the wing, the marginal cell therefore very large. 
Abdomen smooth, the first segment with lateral grooves, the 
second segment piceous ; ovipositor about half the length of the 
abdomen. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single species. 


Subfamily LioPHRoNINz. 
LiorHron, ees. 

LIOPHRON MINUTUS, sp. 0. 

3 @. Length 11to13 millim. Black, highly polished; antennz 
and legs in male yellowish ; apical half of abdomen and antennz 
in female piceous. Head transverse, the face with short, sparse, 
white hairs. Antenne in female 20-jointed, in male 15-jointed. 
Thorax with the parapsides distinct, the scutellum foveated at 
base. Metathorax smooth, delicately areolated. Wings hyaline, 
the venation pale yellowish, the costa and stigma brown, the 
marginal cell about as long as the stigma; the first branch of the 
radius very short, the recurrent nervure joining the first sub- 
marginal cell. Abdomen in female smooth, the first segment 
with lateral grooved lines, the ovipositor very short; in male the 
first segment and the basal half of the second aciculated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and two female specimens. 


Subfamily ToxonrvRiIns. 
ToxoneurA, Say. 

TOXONEURA ATRICORNIS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 33 to5 millim. Sanguineous to reddish yellow; 
the vertex of head and tip of abdomen dusky or black; antenne, 
sheaths of ovipositor, tips of middle tibie, and posterior knees, 
tips of their tibie, and tarsi black or fuscous, the basal tarsal 
joint usually pale at base. Wings fuliginous. Sometimes the 
whole upper surface of the abdomen is dusky or brown, and 
occasionally it is entirely pale, concolorous with the thorax. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 51 specimens. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 133 


Subfamily Oprrvz. 


Gyampropon, Haliday. 

GNAMPTODON? ATRICAUDUS, sp. n. 

@. Length 13 millim.; ovipositor as long as the abdomen. 
Pale ferruginous, finely shagreened. Head transverse, the occi- 
put margined. Antenne slightly dusky towards tips. Thorax 
with two deep furrows, with sparse white hairs along the margins. 
Scutellum with a crenate furrow at base. Mesopleura with an 
oblique furrow below the middle. Metathorax finely rugose, 
indistinctly areolated. Wings hyaline, the venation pale; the 
first branch of radius very little shorter than the second, the 
recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital 
nervure, the submedian cell slightly longer than the median. 
Abdomen elongate-oval, the first segment and basal two-thirds of 
the second finely rugose and striated, the second with a trans- 
verse furrow, the apex and the following segments smooth. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens. 

This species does not agree exactly with the definition for the 
genus Gnamptodon, having the occiput margined and only one 
transverse suture on the second abdominal segment. In having 
the occiput margined it agrees with Ademon, Hal., but in all 
other characters it does not agree, and in my perplexity I have 
placed it doubtfully in Gnamptodon. 


Optus, Wesmael. 
Table of Species. 


Mesonotum with furrows, or at least trilobed ...... 3. 
Mesonotum without furrows, not trilobed. 
Recurrent nervure interstitial with the first trans- 
verse cubital nervure, or joining the first sub- 
perrirel Bil soko orsoecoe odce Gone doce bade 2. 
Recurrent nervure not interstitial, or joining an 
angle in the second submarginal cell. 
Black, legs pale; the third abdominal segment 
lon Gers hanes hts Gm cr (crercis icra ooler a niote O. Salvini. 
Honey-yellow, the head black ; second and third 
abdominal segments equal, shorter than the 
FILS Eeetartcttateteverci ters rai chel’ekveheles arene <lcbeuevatla/are O. melanocephalus. 
Entirely honey-yellow ; second abdominal seg- 
ment short, with oblique fovez at base .... O. insularis. 


1384 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


2. Black; second abdominal segment with a yellow 
band sloncerstian theinstaeie ie lctnron iinet: O. unifasciatus. 
Honey-yellow or pale ferruginous, the tip of the 
abdomen sometimes very dusky. 
Second abdominal segment not longer than the 


first ; the recurrent nervure interstitial .... O. interstitials. 
Second abdominal segment shorter than the first ; 
the recurrent nervure rejected .........-.. O. rejectus. 


3. Pale ferruginous or honey-yellow, head and apex of 
abdomen black or brown. 
Antenne not ringed with white; recurrent nervure 


HOT UMCERSELLIAL: meray fo civ) eres sich BA At O. atriceps. 
Antenne ringed with white; recurrent nervure 
aMberstitialllld, wets, .ccler. eiae ei. elelebel erate Ee = O. annulicornis. 


Opius SALVINI, sp. n. 

3 @. Length 14 to 2 millim.; ovipositor much longer than 
the abdomen. Black, shining, impunctured, rarely with the 
disk of thorax, metathorax, and a spot on second abdominal seg- 
ment brown; legs and two basal joints of antenne honey-yellow 
or reddish yellow, the rest of the antenne varies from brown to 
black. In the female the antenne are 23-jointed, in the male 
21- to 26-jointed. Thorax smooth, without furrows. Scutellum 
foveated at base. Mesopleura with a crenate furrow. Meta- 
thorax rugose. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the venation dark 
brown; the first branch of the radius very short, the recurrent 
nervure not interstitial, joiming an angle in the second submar- 
ginal cell. Abdomen oval, in the female the first and second 
segments about equal, the third the largest; in the male the 
second segment is the longest; the third segment is roughened, 
the following smooth, polished. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 30 specimens. 


OPIUS MELANOCEPHALUS, sp. D. 

$ 2. Length 1 to 2 millim. ; ovipositor less than one third the 
length of the abdomen. Honey-yellow, smooth, impunctured ; 
the head always black with the face sometimes pale, and some- 
times in the male the abdomen, except the base, is sometimes 
brown or black. Antenne in female 24-jointed, in male 22- or 
27-jointed, variable from a honey-yellow to brown. Thorax 
smooth, without furrows; the scutellum foveated at base; the 
mesopleura with a crenate furrow, the metathorax areolated or 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 135 


rugose. Wings greyish-hyaline, the venation brown; the first 
branch of the radius very short, the recurrent nervure not inter- 
stitial, joing an angle in the second submarginal cell. Abdomen 
oval, the second and third segments equal, shorter than the 
first, the first carinated and with a groove at the sides; rest of 
the abdomen smooth, polished. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 20 specimens. 


OPIUS INSULARIS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1 to2 millim.; ovipositor short. Entirely honey- 
yellow, smooth and polished; the male abdomen black toward 
apex. Antenne in female 19- to 26-jointed, black, the two basal 
joints pale ; in male 24- to 27-jointed. Thorax smooth, without 
furrows, the scutellum foveated at base, the mesopleura with a 
crenate furrow, metathorax rugose or areolated. Wings hyaline, 
the venation pale brown; the first branch of radius very short, 
the recurrent nervure joining an angle in the second submarginal 
cell. Abdomen oval, the first segment roughened, with grooved 
lines at sides, the following segments smooth, polished, the 
second segment shorter than the first, with two oblique fovex at 
base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 11 specimens. 


OPIUS UNIFASCIATUS, Sp. n. 

3S. Length 23 millim. Black, polished ; the basal two-thirds 
of second abdominal segment, two basal joints of antenne, and 
legs yellow. Antenne 29-jointed. Thorax smooth, polished, 
without furrows, the scutellum with a crenate furrow along the 
base, a crenate furrow on the mesopleura, and the metathorax 
coarsely rugose. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the venation brown ; 
the first branch of the radius short, the recurrent nervure inter- 
stitial with the first transverse cubital nervure. Abdomen oval, 
smooth, polished, the second segment longer than the first, 
striated, furrowed at sides. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


OPIUS INTERSTITIALIS, sp. 0. 
$ 2. Length 1 to 2 millim.; ovipositor very short, scarcely 
exserted. Entirely honey-yellow, seldom with the tip of the 


186 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


abdomen dusky. Antenne, except the two basal joints, fuscous 
or black. Thorax polished, without furrows, the scutellum with 
a crenate furrow at base, mesopleura with a crenate furrow, and 
the metathorax finely rugose and areolated. Wings hyaline, the 
venation fuscous or brown; the recurrent nervure insterstitial 
with the first transverse cubital nervure, the submedian cell 
slightly longer than the median. Abdomen oval, polished, the 
first segment longer than the second, sculptured with furrows 
along the sides, the second with two oblique fovee at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 51 specimens. 


OPIUS REJECTUS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 14 to 2 millim.; ovipositor about one third the 
length of the abdomen. Entirely honey-yellow, the antennz 
alone black. Antenne in female 27-jointed, in male 21-jointed. 
Thorax smooth, polished, without furrows, the mesopleura with- 
out a furrow, and the metathorax smooth, not areolated. Wings 
greyish-hyaline, the venation brown; the first branch of the 
radius longer than in the foregoing species, while the recurrent 
nervure joins the first submarginal cell. Abdomen smooth, 
polished, the first segment longer than the second, with furrows 
along the sides, but the disk smooth. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens, a male and a female. 


OP(US ATRICELS, Sp. n. 

3. Length 14 to 14 millim. Honey-yellow ; head and apical 
half of abdomen, or at least the tip, black or brown, variable, the 
face usually pale. Antenne fuscous, pale toward base. Thorax 
smooth, with distinct parapsidal furrows ; the scutellum foveated 
at base, or areolated. Legs yellowish white. Wings subhyaline, 
the venation dark brown; the recurrent nervure not interstitial, 
joining the first submarginal cell. Abdomen ovate, smooth, the 
first segment the longest, striated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from three specimens. 


OPIUS ANNULICORNIS, sp. 0. 

$2. Length 2 millim.; ovipositor short. Honey-yellow; 
the head and apex of abdomen brownish or black. Antenne 
black, yellow toward base, with a white annulus beyond the 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 137 


middle. Thorax smooth, with distinct parapsidal furrows, the 
scutellum with a crenate furrow across the base, a crenate furrow 
on the mesopleura, and the metathorax rugose or areolated. 
Legs yellowish white. Wings hyaline, the venation brown, the 
recurrent nervure interstitial. Abdomen oblong-ovate, smooth, 
shining, the first segment the longest, striated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from three specimens. 


DracwasmMa, Forster. 


DIACHASMA PILOSIPES, sp. n. 

3 2. Length 2 millim. Pale honey-yellow; the eyes large, 
round, brown. Legs whitish, pilose. Thorax microscopically 
shagreened, without furrows, the disk somewhat flat. Scutellum 
with a fovea at base, the bottom with a central raised line. 
Mesgopleura smooth, without a furrow. Metathorax smooth, with 
a central carina. Abdomen linear, smooth, the first segment the 
longest. Wings hyaline, the venation pale or yellowish, the 
recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital 
nervure. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from three specimens. 


Subfamily Anysinz. 


PH#NOCARPA, Forster. 

PHHNOCARPA PLEURALIS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 14 millim. Head, mesopleura, and disk of abdomen 
black ; thorax and abdomen, with the exceptions noted, honey- 
yellow; legs white. Wings hyaline, the venation pale brown. 
Metathorax areolated. First abdominal segment a little wider 
than long, with two delicate carine on disk; rest of the abdomen 
smooth, polished; the ovipositor very short, scarcely projecting. 


Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from a single specimen, having the antennz broken. 


Subfamily APHIDIIN”. 


LysIPHLEBus, Forster. 
LysIPHLEBUS MERIDIONALIS, sp. 0. 
@. Length 13 millim. Black, polished; legs, mandibles, and 
petiole of abdomen pale brown. Antenne 138-jointed, black, the 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXY- 11 


138 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


two basal joints pale beneath, the second with a pale ring at. 
apex ; funicle-joints about two and a half times as long as thick, 
the last a little longer than the first. Wings hyaline, the vena- 
tion pale brown, the second branch of the stigmal vein longer 
than the transverse cubitus. 

Hab. St. Vincent. . 

Described from a single specimen taken at 1500 feet altitude. 


Family ICHNEUMONID. 
Subfamily CRYPriInz. 


MeEsostEntvs, Grav. 
MESOSTENUS INSULARIS, Sp. 0. 

6 @. Length 5 to 10 millim.; ovipositor 3 to 33 millim. 
Head, antennz, thorax, and ovipositor black ; the orbits broadly, 
cheeks, face below antenne, clypeus, labrum, spot at base of 
mandibles, palpi, a broad annulus on antenne, upper margin of 
collar, spot before front coxw, anterior and middle coxe and 
trochanters, spot on posterior coxe behind at base, tegule, spot: 
below, second joint of posterior tarsi, and scutellum white. Legs. 
and abdomen rufous, the tarsi black or fuscous. Head smooth,. 
impunetured, with a central carina from front ocellus. Thorax 
shining, sparsely punctate, the parapsidal furrows distinct, 
crenulated, the middle lobe with longitudinal striz posteriorly ; 
metathorax with two transverse keels, the posterior angles 
slightly compressedly toothed, the enclosed space at base smooth, 
the space between the first and second transverse keels coarsely 
longitudinally striated, the posterior face very coarsely rugose,. 
metapleura with coarse transverse strie. The mesopleura below 
and the metathorax more or less densely covered with a glitter-- 
ing white, appressed pubescence. Wings hyaline, the venation 
piceous, the areolet quadrate. Abdomen with three basal seg- 
ments, finely microscopically punctulate. In the male the 
annulus on the antenne is narrower, the white spot at base of 
posterior coxe wanting ; the second, third, and fourth joints of 
posterior tibie are usually white, although sometimes only the 
second joint is white or the first partially white, and in a single: 
case the tarsi are wholly dusky. The metathorax is more rounded 
behind than in the female, the lateral angles not at all toothed, 
while the abdomen is smooth, impunctured. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 139: 


Described from a large series, 21 specimens, taken from 500 
to 1500 feet altitude. It is very variable in size, in the width 
of the annulus on antenne, and in the white on the posterior 


tarsi. 
Subfamily OPpHIoNINA. 


Norotrracuys, Marshall. 


NororracHYS NIGER, sp. n. 
3 9. Length 83 to9 millim. Entirely black, except a lateral 


spot on the fourth abdominal segment, and the second, third, 
and fourth ventral segments, anterior legs (except coxe and 
trochanters), and tibial spurs, which are rufous; the female 
antenne are annulated with white. Head, before, rugose, with 
a central carina extending from the front ocellus ; mesonotum 
with shallow, crenulated furrows, the middle lobe rugose ; meta- 
thorax reticulately rugose, with two semicircular areas at base. 
Wings hyaline, the tips slightly smoky, the venation brown- 
black. 


Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from one male and one female. The male was taken 


in a dry scrubby forest near Cumberland, seaward, Sept. 30th, 
at an altitude of 500 feet; the female at 2000 feet altitude. 


NororRacHYS MINIMUS, Sp. 0. 

6 2. Length 44 to 5 millim. Differs from WV. niger in its 
smaller size, the frons with a white orbital spot, in both sexes 
opposite the antenne ; the anterior and middle legs, including 
coxe, and the whole side of the fourth abdominal segment 
rufous; the mesonotum punctate; the metathorax with two 
transverse carine; otherwise in the white annulus on the 
antenne and in its wing-characters it agrees with NV. niger. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and two male specimens. The white 
orbital spot and the rufous anterior and raiddle legs readily 


distinguish the species. 
CAMPOPLEX, Grav. 
CAMPOPLEX MERIDIONALIS, sp. 0. 
3 @. Length 63 to 73 millim. Black, covered with a fine, 
gericeous pubescence ; mandibles, palpi, scape beneath, and ante- 


rior and middle coxe and trochanters yellowish white, the cox 
igh. 


140 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


with a spot before ; legs rufous, the middle tarsi fuscous, posterior 
legs, including coxe, black ; claws pectinated. Antenne nearly 
as long as the body, black. Thorax closely punctulate ; meta- 
thorax areolated rugose, the middle area with transverse raised 
lines. Abdomen one and a half times as long as the head and 
thorax together, compressed, black, the sides of segments 4, 5, 
and 6 and the venter rufous; the petiole longer than the second 
segment, swollen at tip, smooth, shining, and impunctured, the 
following segments closely, finely, microscopically punctate. 
Wings subhyaline, the venation black, the areolet small, petiolate. 

The female differs from the male only in having an ovipositor 
8 millim. long, and in that the apical half of the abdomen, be- 
ginning from the middle of the third segment, is entirely rufous. 
The wing-areolet is also more distinct. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 2 female, 6 male specimens, taken on west 
slope, Gonfriére, Sept. 23, in a forest at an altitude of 1800 feet. 


CREMASTUS, Grav. 


CREMASTUS (?) INSULARIS, Sp. n. 

@. Length 5 millim.; ovipositor 2 millim. MHoney-yellow; 
antenne except scape, spot at base of metathorax, base and tip 
of posterior tibie, apex of abdomen, first, second, and base of 
third abdominal segments black ; the sutures of the first, second, 
third, and fourth antennal joints pale. yes very large, oval, 
occupying the whole side of the head, and extending to base of 
mandibles. Thorax trilobed, middle lobe prominent. Meta- 
thorax sloping posteriorly, areolated. Wings hyaline, iridescent, 
the venation dark brown, areolet oblique, petiolated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen, taken in a damp forest in 
Petite Bordelle Valley, Oct. 23. This is not a true Cremastus. 


MesocHorvs, Grav. 


MESocHORUS ANNUMITARSIS, Sp. 0. 

$. Length 24 millim. Yellowish white ; lateral lobes of meso- 
thorax, metathorax, annulus at base and apex of posterior femora, 
and the apex of the first, second, third, and fourth joints of their 
tarsi, and the last tarsal joint black. Abdomen above (except 
the apical two-thirds of the second and the basal half of third 
segment, which are luteous), black, the apex paler; middle lobe 


OF THE ISLAND OF S81. VINCENT. : 141 


of the thorax fuscous. Antenne 24-jointed, pale, toward the 
apex fuscous. Wings hyaline, the venation pale, the cubital 
vein extending from the areolet to the apical margin of wing 
entirely wanting. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen taken at “ sea-level.’’ The 
Species comes nearest to IZ. americanus, Cr., than to any other 
of the North-American species; but can be distinguished from 
it and other closely allied forms by the annulations on the 
posterior tarsal joints and the absence of the cubital vein. 


Subfamily TrypHonin az. 
Exocuus, Grav. 


EXoOcHUS TEGULARIS, Sp. 0. 

3s. Length 5 millim. MHoney-yellow, antennz, a spot on 
occiput extending forwards and enclosing ocelli, tegule, broad 
band on middle thoracic lobe, spot cn the lateral lobes, meta- 
thorax above, spot on posterior coxe beneath, extreme base of 
posterior tibie, and the abdomen above black ; venter and sides 
of second, third and fourth, fifth and sixth abdominal segments 
honey-yellow, those on the fourth and fifth meeting above and 
forming a band. Antennw 30-jointed, straight. Metathorax 
distinctly areolated. Wings hyaline, the areolet entirely wanting. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen, and seems to come nearest 
to the Cuban #. validus, Cr. 


OrrHOCENTRUS, Grav. 
* Areolet wanting. 


ORTHOCENTRUS VARIABILIS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 2 to 33 millim. Black, polished, the tace pale, 
rarely in male entirely black; mandibles, palpi, and legs yellow- 
ish white or honey-yellow; in one specimen only the posterior 
coxe are black, the femora brown, in another the posterior 
femora and cox are brown; sometimes the posterior femora 
and the tips of the tibie are brown. Usually the thorax and 
abdomen are entirely black, but two or three specimens have 
the mesonotum pale, and sometimes a pale streak across the 
second abdominal segment. The antenne are usually 26-jointed 
in the male, 22- or 24-jointed in the female, black or dusky, 


142 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


always pale toward base. The metathorax is smooth, polished, 
impunctured, not areolated, but with delicate side-keels. Abdo- 
men polished, the venter always pale, the first segment with a 
depression towards the tip and with some slight raised lines. 
Wings hyaline, the venation brown, the stigma large, triangular ; 
the areolet entirely absent. 


Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from 10 specimens, taken at an altitude of from 500 


+o 1000 feet. There may be more than one species; but as the 
specimens at hand are so few and badly mounted, I must leave 
the question to be settled by future investigators. 


** Areolet present, pentagonal. 


ORTHOCENTRUS INSULARIS, Sp. 0. 

6. Length 3to4 millim. MHoney-yellow or luteous; stem- 
maticum, dot behind cheeks, sides of mesonotum, metathorax and 
abdomen (except apical half of the second, the whole of third, 
the base of the fourth and the apical segments) black. The 
posterior knees, tip of tibie, and the extreme tip of the tarsal 
joints fuscous; rest of the legs white. Antenne 41-jointed, 
pale, longer than the body, curled and fuscous at tips. Meta- 
thorax rather long, the disk smooth, with two close, central, sub- 
parallel, longitudinal carine extending from base to apex; the 
metapleura are bounded by a keel, and the space behind the spi- 
racles is a little roughened and almost enclosed by a carina 
between the central longitudinal keel and the metapleural keel. 
Wings hyaline, the venation pale brown, the stigma triangular ; 
the areolet rather large, pentagonal. The two basal abdominal 
segments are rough, the first with two longitudinal carine above, 
the second segment depressed at the middle, the following all 
smooth, but more or less punctate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 7 specimens, taken at an altitude of from 1000 
to 1500 feet. 

Subfamily Prmprinz. 
Lampronota, Curtis. 
LAMPRONOTA ALBOMACULATA, sp. 0. 
9. Length 74 millim. ; ovipositor 8 millim. Black; abdomen 


and legs, with the exceptions mentioned below, rufous; face, 
orbits, cheeks, clypeus, mandibles, palpi, two stripes on meso- 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 143 


notum, scutellum, postscutellum, spot below tegule, posterior 
tegule, two large spots beneath, a longitudinal band on meso- 
pleura, prosternum and collar, anterior coxe, two spots on 
mesosternum before the middle cox, middle coxe except a 
black spot behind, posterior cox except a large spot before 
and behind, and the metapleura, all white. Head transverse, 
impunctured, shining ; ocelli large, red; eyes large, oval, dark 
brown. Thorax without furrows, smooth, shining, with some 
sparse punctures on the disk and on the scutellum; metathorax 
sloping off gradually posteriorly, transversely rugulose, without 
earine. Legs rufous, cox white, the middle pair with a black 
spot before and behind, the first joint of middle and posterior 
trochanters black, anterior and middle tarsi dark fuscous, 
approaching black, the middle tibiz more or less fuscous, extreme 
tip of posterior femora and their tibie and tarsi wholly black, 
tibial spurs white. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the venation 
piceous black. Abdomen with the basal and second segments 
black or dusky at base and apex, with a dusky blotch on the side 
of the third segment. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen, taken at an altitude of 
2500 feet. 


Family CHALCIDID A. 
Subfamily EvryTomin 2. 
AsHMEADIA, Howard. 
(Rileya, Ashmead.) 
Table of Species. 


Pale or brownish-yellow species ..........++ 
Black species. 
All coxee black. 
Femora toward base brown, rest of legs and 
the antennal scape brownish yellow. 
Antennz in both sexes subcluvate, the 
funicle-joints transverse .......... A. insularis, sp. 0. 
Legs, except articulations and the tarsi, 
wholly black. 
Antennz in male with the funicle-joints 
strongly pedicellate-moniliform, with 
sparse whorls of long hairs ; female 
DHLGOW LobacBpeooe geo Sob o emt A. abnormicornis, sy. n. 


bo 


144 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


All coxz pale. 
Legs wholly brownish yellow; antennz in 
male subclavate, the joints transverse ; 
female unknown ............+.-..: A. pallidipes, sp. n. 
2. Wholly brownish yellow. 
Club of stigmal vein very large, circular ; 
dorsum of metanotum black; antennz 
in female subclavate, brown; male un- 
Lea Yo ht) cca bed mG AU.0 Sci. OLA Ue uci A. megastigma, sp. Nn. 
Yellowish white, with brownish and black 
markings; the club of the stigmal vein 
normal. 
Middle lobe of mesonotum, the scutellum 
and axille, except margins, and the 
metanotum black ; occiput and vertex, 
except orbits and a streak before and 
behind the ocelli, pronotum anteriorly 
and three or four fasciz above, disks of 
abdominal segments, and venter brown; 
the 3rd abdominal segment with a 
whitish fascia along the sides curving 
upwards and extending along the apical 
MONE 6 596 aa0enngncconuDcouonGGS A. pulchra, sp. 0. 


ASHMEADIA INSULARIS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 3 millim. Robust, black, shagreened; scape and 
legs, except coxe and the femora at base, brownish yellow; 
flagellum subclavate, brown-black, the joints transverse ; suture 
and margins between abdominal segments 5 and 6 piceous; 
scutellum with some shallow umbilicate punctures ; metathorax 
rugose. Wings hyaline, the venation yellowish, the marginal 
vein very long, about two thirds the length of the submarginal, 
or three or more times longer than the stigmal. Abdomen sub- 
petiolate, conic-ovate, a little longer than the head and thorax 
united, shagreened. 

The male is only 2 millim. long and, except in its smaller size, 
a more flattened, petiolate abdomen (the petiole short and stout), 
and pale brown antenne, it agrees in all respects with the 
female. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. 


ASHMEADIA PALLIDIPES, sp. 0. 
6. Length 1:8 millim. Agrees well with the male of A. insu- 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 145 


laris, except the legs, including all coxe, are uniformly brownish 
yellow, the scutellum exhibits no umbilicate punctures, the petiole 
of abdomen is more slender and longer, being about 25 times as 
long as thick, while the venter is piceous. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male specimen. 


ASHMEADTA ABNORMICORNIS, Sp. 0. 

¢. Length 1:5 millim. Wholly black, except the articulations 
of legs and the tarsi, which are honey-yellow. Antenne with 
the funicle-joints round and strongly pedicellated at apex, with 
whorls of whitish hairs, the club being 3-jointed. Wings clear 
hyaline, the marginal vein long and slender, more than three 
times the length of the stigmal vein. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 

The peculiarity of the antenne renders the species easy of 
recognition, and will probably warrant, when the female is 
discovered, the creation of a new genus for its reception. 


ASHMEADIA MEGASTIGMA, sp. 0. 

@. Length 2 millim. Wholly brownish yellow, the meta- 
notum and sheaths of ovipositor black; flagellum pale brownish, 
the joints transverse, pubescent ; wings hyaline, the stigmal vein 
terminating in a large circular stigma, the marginal vein less 
than three times the length of the stigmal. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one specimen. 

The large, circular stigma, as in the Torymid genus Mega- 
stigma, at once distinguishes the species. 


ASHMEADIA PULCHRA, Sp. 0. 

3 @. Length 15. to 2 millim. Yellowish white; vertex of 
head and the occiput, except a spot before and behind ocelli 
and the orbits, the pronotum anteriorly and three or four fascize 
on its disk, abdominal segments above, and the venter brownish ; 
middle lobe of mesonotum, scutellum and axille, except margins, 
and the metanotum black; the third abdominal segment has a 
long white fascia at sides that curves upwards and extends along 
the apical margin of the segment; scape of antenne white; 
flagellum subclavate, brown, the joints transverse. Wings 


146 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


hyaline, the venation pale, the marginal vein three times as long 
as the stigmal. 

The male is the smaller, and differs only in having the abdo- 
men less pointed, and with the sides, apex, and the venter 
wholly white. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 15 female and 4 male specimens. 

This is the prettiest species yet discovered in the genus, and 
resembles somewhat a pale species, undescribed, known to me 
from South Florida. 


Systoue, Walker. 


(?) SYSTOLE ABNORMIS, sp. n. 

@. Length 1°6 millim. Black, smooth, impunctate, sparsely 
covered with whitish pubescence, or the head and thorax at the 
most feebly shagreened. Abdomen conic-ovate, highly polished, 
the fifth segment very long. Antenne subclavate, sparsely 
pubescent, the pedicel much larger than the first funicle-joint, 
the funicle-joints a little longer than wide. Wings hyaline, the 
venation pale yellowish, the marginal vein very long, three times 
as long as the stigmal. Antenne and legs, including coxe, pale 
yellowish, pubescent. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from three female specimens. The venation and the 
relative length of the abdominal segments will exclude this species 
from Systole, although otherwise, in sculpture and in antennal 
characters, it agrees with the definition of the genus. It agrees 
in venation with Ashmeadia, but otherwise its habitus is wholly 
different. 


BEPHRATA, Cameron. 


BEPHRATA CULTRIFORMIS, Sp. n. 

2. Length 5 millim. Brownish yellow or yellowish, except 
as follows :—flagellum, stemmaticum, median stripe on pronotum, 
middle lobe of mesonotum, and rest of thorax, except axille and 
parapsides, black; hind tibie, large spots on the dorsum of abdo- 
minal segments extending into a triangular shape at the sides, 
and the terminal segment black. The antenne are filiform, the 
joints elongate, cylindrical, the first funicle-joint as long as the 
scape. The head is much broader than the thorax. Wings 
greyish hyaline, the venation brown-black; the marginal vein is 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 147 


nearly twice as long as the stigmal; while the abdomen is 
strongly compressed, knife-shaped, as in the Cynipid genus Jbalia, 
and almost two and a half times as long as the head and thorax 
combined. 

Hab. St. Vincent. . 

Described from a single specimen. The species is remarkable 
for the cultriform abdomen. 


DrcatomipEA, Ashmead. 


DECATOMIDEA PALLIDICORNIS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 2:1 millim. Black, strongly confluently punctate, 
with a whitish pubescence; antenne, tegule, and legs, except 
cox, pale brownish yellow; the coxe black, scaly punctate, 
pubescent; posterior tibize with stiff bristles behind; funicle- 
joints a little longer than wide, the first the longest joint ; pedicel 
brownish above, parapsidal furrows indicated only anteriorly, 
obliterated posteriorly ; pleura striate. Wings clear hyaline, the 
venation pallid or whitish, the marginal vein about one and a half 
times as long as the stigmal, while the postmarginal is only a 
little longer than the stigmal. Abdomen subglobose, with a 
reticulate or scaly punctuation at sides and beneath, almost 
smooth along the dorsum, the petiole very short; the 4th segment 
the longest, three times as long as the 3rd segment above. 

The male agrees with the female except in having the flagellum 
black, the joints being bearded with long hairs, the first funicle- 
jomt longer than half the length of the scape and stouter than 
any of the following, the funicle-joints 2, 3, and 4 being con- 
tracted at tips. Mandibles and palpi pale, the outer margin of 
mandibles being brown. 

Hab, St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. 


Evrytoma, Jiliger. 
Table of Species. 


Species more or less brownish yellow ........ 2. 
Species black. 
Coxee pale. 
Scape and legs pale brownish yellow; venter 
PICEOUS) COO) Ereeiatay sie eoceictdvt aie che aaithe. E. insularis, sp. n. 
Coxe black. ; 
Scape and legs pale brownish yellow. 
Funicle-joints 1 to 5 long and strongly 


148 wR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


pedicellate at apex, each joint bearing 
two whorls of whitish hairs ; no pale 
spot on pronotum; tegule pale; 
petiole one half longer than hind 
coxee, closely punctate. (d)...... E. insularis, sp. n. 
Hind femora, except at tips, black. 
Funicle-joints ] to 5 pedicellate, with two 
whorls of long hairs; a yellow spot 
at the anterior angle of pronotum ; 
tegule black; petiole longer than 
hind cox, smooth towards apex and 
along the sides. (G) ......005- E. peraffinis, sp. n- 
2. Brownish yellow. 
Median stripe on pronotum, middle lobe of 
mesonotum and metanotum, except the 
angles, dusky or black. 
Petiole in both sexes long, slender, black ; 
body of abdomen above with black 
markings; 3rd ventral segment with 
a black spot. 
©. Flagellum black, the joints twice 
BS) OES TOES 565 ccd occ ocd E. maculiventris, sp. n. 
¢. Antenne wholly black, except some- 
times the scape at base or beneath ; 
funicle-joints much elongated, pedi- 
cellate at apex, with two distinct 
widely separated whorls of long 
hairs, the first joimt being nearly as 
IONE OS THIS MEV on cdorseseaceses E. maculwventris. 


EURYTOMA INSULARIS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length from 2 to3millim. Black, umbilicate-punctate, 
with a sparse glittering white pubescence. In the female the 
scape, tegule, and legs, including coxe, are wholly pale brownish 
yellow; venter piceous or rufous; the pedicel and flagellum 
brown-black ; first funicle-joint one half longer than the second, 
the joints beyond gradually subequal, the last being not, or 
scarcely, longer than wide; club 3-jointed. Wings hyaline, the 
venation pallid yellow, the marginal vein being about one and a 
half times as long as the stigmal, the postmarginal scarcely 
longer than the stigmal.- Abdomen conic-ovate, not quite as 
long as the thorax, with a very short rugose petiole, the rest of 
abdomen being smooth and highly polished, the 5th segment 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 149 


three times as long as the 4th, the following with sparse white 
hairs. 

The male agrees with the female, except in having the coxe 
black; flagellum very long, black, the funicle-jomts 1 to 5 
strongly pedicellate at apex, with two whorls of long white hairs, 
the first joint being the longest, fully two thirds the length of 
the scape; joints 8 and 9 separated by a constriction ; petiole 
long, one half longer than the hind coxe, uniformly and con- 
fluently punctate; body of abdomen smooth, polished, the third 
segment (excluding the petiole) the longest, fully twice as long 
as the second, the first longer than the second, with a large fovea 
at base above. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 1 female and 8 male specimens. 


EURYTOMA PERAFFINIS, Sp. 0. 
$. Length 2°5 millim. Closely allied to #. insularis, but 

differs as follows :—The scape is pale only at base beneath; the 
pronotum has a yellow spot at the angles anteriorly, and easily 
overlooked if the head is thrown back on the collar; hind femora, 
except at tips, black; petiole much longer than the hind coxa, 
smooth towards apex and along the sides, finely punctate towards 
base ; while the third body-segment of the abdomen is more than 
twice as long as the second. 

A female specimen of what is undoubtedly the opposite sex of 
this species, without a head, agrees in all essential characters with 
the male, except that all the femora toward base are more or less 
dusky or black ; as in the male, it shows.a pale spot on the angles 
of the pronotum anteriorly ; the abdomen is shaped much as in 
the female znsularis, only it is black, except just at base beneath, 
and shows a very delicate wavy lined sculpture along the sides 
under a strong lens. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. 

Distinguished by the pronotal spot, more frequently met with 
in the genus Lsosoma. 


EURYTOMA MACULIVENTRIS, sp. 0. 

36 2. Length 2:5 to 3 millim. Brownish yellow ; teeth of 
mandibles 4-dentate; flagellum, stemmaticum (especially in the 
male), median stripe on collar, middle lobe of mesonotum, meta- 


150 MR. WwW. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


notum (except a large spot at posterior angles and the pleura), the 
petiole, markings on disks of abdominal segments 2, 3, 4, and 5, 
and the base of ventral segment 2, black or dusky. Wings hya- 
line, the venation pallid, the marginal vein about twice as long 
as the stigmal. Antenne in female filiform, the funicle-joints 
about twice as long as thick, the first the longest; hind tibie 
with stiff bristles bebind. Abdomen conic-ovate, compressed, 
pointed at apex, the petiole as long as the hind coxe, the fourth 
body-segment two and a half times as long as the third. 

In the male the antenne are wholly black, except the scape at 
base or beneath, the funicle-joints all elongated, pedicellate at 
apex, with two whorls of widely separated long hairs, the first 
joint being as long as the scape; abdomen ovate, compressed, the 
petiole long, slender, the third and fourth bedy-segments nearly 
of an equal length; spiracles of the sixth segment surrounded by 
black. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 4 female and 3 male specimens. 


CurysipEa, Spinola. 

This genus seems to differ from Hurytoma only in its strongly 
metallic colour, and unless structural characters are discovered 
to separate the two, it cannot be accepted as a valid genus. 

The genus seems peculiar to the South-American fauna, but 
a single male specimen being in the collection from St. Vincent. 
The genus is placed in the family Perilampide by Westwood 
and Spinola. 


CHRYSIDEA AURATA, Sp. 0. 

6. Length 2 millim. Head, thorax, and coxe golden green, 
strongly coarsely confluently punctate; scape at base and legs, 
except the coxe and hind femora, brownish yellow; rest of 
antenne, hind femora, except tips, and the abdomen black, the 
latter with an eneous tinge at the sides of the 4th segment. 
Antenne very long, the funicle-joints all lengthened, pedicellate at 
apex, and with 2 whorls of long white hairs, each joint being also 
slightly constricted at the middle between the whorled hairs, the 
first joint being almost as long as the scape. Wings hyaline, the 
yenation pale brownish yellow, the marginal vein about twice the 
length of the stigmal. Abdomen with a long petiole, which is 
thicker at base than at apex ; body of abdomen pear-shaped, the 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 151 


first segment more than twice the lencth of the second, the third 
fully four times as long as the second, while the following are 
very short, slightly withdrawn within the third. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single male specimen. 


EURYTOMOCHARIS, Ashmead. 


EURYTOMOCHARIS MINIMA, sp. 0. 

3 Q. Length 1°6 millim. Black, umbilicate-punctate, with a 
sparse whitish pubescence; antenne and legs, except coxe, 
reddish yellow, the hind tibiz behind with several long bristle- 
like spines. Eyes large, almost circular. Pedicel stouter and 
longer than the first funicle-joint, the scape being as long as the 
pedicel and first two funicle-joints combined; flagellum sub- 
clavate, the funicle-joints oblong-oval, the club fusiform, 3-jointed, 
much stouter than the funicle. Wings hyaline, the venation 
pale yellowish, the marginal vein nearly twice the length of the 
stigmal, the latter curving upwards, the postmarginal very little 
longer than the stigmal. Abdomen conic-ovate, produced into a 
conic point at apex, nearly sessile, with an alutaceous punctua- 
tion at the sides, the 2nd segment (1st body-segment) being a 
little longer than either the 3rd or 4th, which are about equal, 
the 5th longer than all the preceding united. 

The male differs from the female only in its antennal and 
abdominal characters :—The antenne (excluding ring-joints) are 
8-jointed, the four funicle-joints nearly of an equal length, strongly 
pedicellate at apex, with long bristly hairs, the scape being no 
longer than the pedicel and first funicle-joint united; the body 
of abdomen is globose, with the 38rd segment the longest, it being 
as long as the Ist and 2nd united, and encloses the following ; 
while the petiole is almost as long as the body of the abdomen, 
shining, and almost smooth. In this sex the hind femora have 
a dusky or black cloud toward the apex. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two female and two male specimens. 


Isosoma, Walker. 


IsosOMA HETEROMERA, sp. 0. 

3 Q. Length 3 to 4 millim. Black, the head and thorax 
umbilicate-punctate, with a sparse white pubescence ; scape and 
legs, except hind cox, reddish yellow; flagellum brownish, 


152 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 


pubescent; the first funicle-joint is the longest, the following 
joints being gradually subequal, the last scarcely longer than wide, 
while all are rounded at base and apex; club 3-jointed. Wings 
hyaline, the tegule small, yellowish, the venation pailid, the 
marginal vein about one and a half times as long as the stigmal. 
Abdomen elongate conic, highly polished, pubescent at apex, as 
long as the head and thorax combined ; the segments unequal in 
length, the 1st and 3rd body-segments almost equal, the 2nd 
slightly shorter, the 4th as long as all the preceding united, 
the 5th a little shorter than the 3rd, the 6th one half longer 
than the 5th. 

The male differs from the female as follows:—The funicle- 
joints are strongly pedicellate at apex, verticilately pilose, the 
scape being scarcely as long as the small pedicel and first funicle- 
joint united; body of abdomen ovate, subcompressed, the 3rd 
segment being a little longer than 1 and 2 united, 4 and 5 sub- 
equal, the 5th the longer. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two females and one male. 


Subfamily TorymMinz. 
Caxtyosticuus, Mayr. 


CALYOSTICHUS AURATUS, Sp. 0. 

$. Length 1'8 millim. Golden-green, shagreened, and with 
a few scattered punctures over the surface, sparsely pubescent ; 
antenne and legs pale brownish yellow. Abdomen broadly oval, 
much depressed or very flat, pale yellowish, except a dusky spot 
at base and apex, the segments nearly of an equal length, the 
first segment foveated at base by the short thick petiole. An- 
tenn inserted a little below the middle of the face, the scape 
rather short, not reaching to the ocelli, the pedicel large, stout ; 
funicle-joints increasing in width toward the club, the joints 
transverse. Thorax rather long; the pronotum large, tra- 
pezoidal, longer than the mesonotum; mesonotum with two 
distinct furrows; scutellum longer than wide, convex behind; 
axille separated, convex ; metathorax subquadrate, with a median 
carina, the metapleura prominent, convex. Wings hyaline, 
pubescent, the tegul and venation pale, the marginal vein a little 
more than twice the length of the stigmal, the latter clavate, 
oblique, about two thirds the length of the postmarginal. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 153 


Anterior and posterior legs longer and stouter than the middle 
legs, their femora a little dilated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


LocuitEs, Forster. 


LocHITES AURICEPS, sp. 0. 

2. Length 1°8 to 2 millim.; ovipositor as long as the body. 
Brownish yellow; the head wholly golden green; metanotum 
and a spot at base of middle coxse eneous ; abdomen with two or 
three brownish bands, usually interrupted; ovipositor black; 
flagellum brown-black, with two ring-joints, the funicle-joints a 
little wider than long. Head sparsely punctate; the thorax 
feebly punctate, with distinct parapsidal furrows. Wings hya- 
line, tegule pale; venation brownish, the stigmal vein short, 
curved at tip. 

3. Length 1°5 millim. Golden green; scape, prothorax be- 
neath, legs, including coxe, and abdomen, except a large spot on 
dorsum towards apex, yellowish white. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 12 specimens. 


Torymus, Dalman. 


TORYMUS RUGOSIPUNCTATUS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1to2millim. Subrobust; gold-green to bronze- 
green, more rarely blue-green, with coarse umbilicate punctures : 
antenne dark brown, the scape paler beneath; legs with tro- 
chanters, tips of femora, the tibiz, and tarsi brownish yellow, the 
hind tibiz usually dusky at the middle; coxe and femora, except 
tips, bronzed or metallic. Mesonotum not longer than wide, the 
furrows distinct; collar short. Wings hyaline, the tegule and 
venation pallid or whitish, the marginal vein as long as the sub- 
marginal, the stigmal very minute, sessile, scarcely half the length 
of the postmarginal. Flagellum subclavate, the joints transverse. 
Ovipositor a little longer than the body, black, with a yellow tip. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 8 male and 12 female specimens. 


TORYMUS PALLIDIPES, sp. 0. 

@. Length 2 millim. Slender; head and thorax metallic 
green, shagreened ; abdomen blue-green, smooth; scape and 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 12 


154 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


legs, except hind cox, pale yellowish; flagellum dark brown, 
the first joint the longest, the following a iittle longer than 
thick. Collar triangular; mesonotum longer than wide, with 
_ distinct furrows; scutellum about twice as long as wide, the 
axille large, projecting slightly forward into the parapsidal field ; 
metathorax smooth, the spiracles rather large, oval. Wings 
hyaline, the tegule and venation yellowish, the marginal vein 
nearly as long as the submarginal, the stigmal vein very minute. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens. 


Syntomaspis, Forster. 


SYNTOMASPIS PUNCTIFRONS, sp. n. 

3. Length 2 millim. Bronze-green, shagreened, and sparsely 
covered with a whitish pile; face with rather coarse punctures - 
and a median carina below the insertion of antenne; scape, 
knees, tibie, and tarsi reddish yellow; flagellum brown-black, 
the joints about one and a half times as long as thick. Collar 
triangular ; mesonotum a little longer than wide, with distinct 
furrows ; scutellum with a cross furrow at two-thirds its length. 
‘Wings hyaline, the venation whitish, the marginal vein almost 
as long as the submarginal, stigmal very minute. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male specimen. 


Subfamily TrrpyMinz. 


Tripymus, Ratzeburg. 

TRIDYMUS SOLITARIUS, Sp. 0. 

6. Length 1:4 millim. Bronze-green, feebly minutely punc- 
tate or almost smooth; face bluish; cheeks beneath the eye 
metallic green; abdomen towards apex blue-black; basally 
yellow, the yellow beneath more apparent and occupying half 
the length of the venter; antenne and legs honey-yellow, the 
former obfuscated towards tips; coxe greenish or bluish green 
basally ; flagellum moniliform, pilose, the joints a little trans- 
verse. Mesothorax trilobed, the lobes convex, the lateral much 
shorter than the middle lobe; collar distinct, triangular ; axille 
bluish ; scutellum bronze-green, strongly contrasting with the 
colour of the axille, and with a transverse line before its apex. 
‘Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation brown, the marginal 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 155 


vein once and a half as long as the stigmal, the latter ending ina 
rather large circular stigma. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Subfamily Prrromatinz. 
Tribe CHIROPACHIDES. 


Acrocormvs, Forster. 

ACROCORMUS MEGASTIGMUS, sp. 0. 

3. Length 2°1 millim. Dull metallic green, confluently punc- 
tate; pleura, hind femora, and abdomen neous black, smooth, 
shining ; scape and legs, except coxe, brownish yellow, anterior 
and middle femora and posterior tibie dusky. Flagellum cylin- 
drical, pilose ; the first funicle-joint the longest, almost as long as 
the scape, the following joints gradually subequal. Pronotum 
longer than its width at base, narrowed into a neck anteriorly. 
Mesonotal furrows delicate but complete, the lateral lobes short, 
the middle lobe twice as long as wide. The axille extend forward 
into the field of the parapsides to a line with the tegule. Scu- 
tellum with a straight impressed line at the sides. Metathorax 
with a median carina. Wings hyaline, ciliate, with a dusky 
substigmal band, extending to the middle of the wing, and a 
small dusky spot at the middle below the base of the marginal 
vein ; marginal vein slender and long, about as long as the sub- 
marginal vein; stigmal vein short and terminating in a large 
oblong stigma that runs parallel with the postmarginal. Anterior 
femora not thicker than the hind femora; posterior tibie with 
two apical spurs. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one specimen. The large stigma, resembling 
that found in the genus Dinotus, at once distinguishes the species. 


Tribe SPHEGIGASTRIDES. 
Crrtogaster, Walker. 


CYRTOGASTER VULGARIS, Walk. Ent. Mag. i. p. 382. 

Hab. St. Vincent, Europe, United States. 

Four specimens of what is evidently this European species are 
in the collection. It is very variable in colour, from neous 
black to metallic bronze and green, the legs from orange-yellow 
to fuscous and black, the female always having the paler-coloured 

12* 


“hy 


156 MR. Ww. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


legs. The habits of the genus in Europe seem not to be known, 
in Florida I have reared a species from an Aphis, and its habits 
are therefore identical with Pachyneuron. 


Tribe DIPARIDES. 


Leaps, Haliday. 
Of this interesting genus two distinct species occur in St. 
Vincent, distinguished as follows :— 


Greenish seneous or eneous black; pleura, meta- 
thorax, and abdomen black. 

©. Pedicel, middle of funicle, club, and legs 
luteous; wings with a longitudinal fuscous 
band extending to the stigmal vein, and be- 
tween this and the apex of the wing is a 
large fuscous spot. 

¢. Flagellum long, black, pilose; wings wholly 
lAVANTINDs 96.06 8000000 Coo agdDOMOORDODOO DOS L. pulchricornis, Hal. 

Brownish yellow. 

9. Antenne, except 2 to 4 apical joints of 
funicle and the basal jomt of club which are 
black, honey-yellow ; wings yellowish hyaline, 
with a spot beneath the base of marginal 
vein, another smaller spot enclosing the 
stigmal vein, and the apex of wing fuscous ; 
between the stigmal vein and the apical 
fuscous part are two large oblique whitish 
spots that meet and form a band. 

6. Flagellum and abdomen black, the former 
pilose ; wings clear hyaline .............- L. flavescens, sp. n. 


Levars puncHricornis, Hal. Ann. 5 Mag. N. H. xii. p. 47,2 . 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Of this species there are sixteen male and eleven female speci- 
mens in the collection. The male was unknown to Haliday and 
Walker, and agrees with the female, except as follows :—The 
antenne are long, filiform, the flagellum being wholly black, the 
joints all long, cylindrical, pilose; wings clear hyaline ; while 
the abdomen is iongly petiolated, the body pear-shaped. 


LELAPS FLAVESCENS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 2 to 2°2 millim. Brownish yellow or yellow, with 
coarse sparse black bristly hairs; antenne, except the three or 
four apical joints of funicle and the basal joint of club which are 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 157 


black, and the legs pale yellowish or luteous, the coxa, tibia, 
and tarsi usually white. Wings yellowish hyaline, with a spot 
beneath the origin of marginal vein, another smaller spot enclos- 
ing the stigmal vein, and the apex of wing dusky or black; 
between the stigmal vein and the smoky apical portion are two 
large oblong oblique whitish spots that meet and form a trans- 
verse band. Abdomen subpetiolate, conic-ovate, produced into a 
stylus at apex. 

The male is only 1°5 millim. long, witha black pilose flagellum, 
the jomts of which are long and cylindrical; abdomen pear- 
shaped, black, with a long slender petiole; while the wings are 
clear hyaline. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and three female specimens. 


Tribe PreROMALIDES. 


Hemitricuus, Thomson. 

H4EMITRICHUS VARIPES, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 1:1 millim. Black to blue-black, rarely with an 
seneous tinge, the face below antenne most frequently metallic 
green, the surface smooth, impunctured. Scutellum nearly 
twice as long as wide, convex, with an impressed cross-line just 
before its apex. Head transverse, wider than the thorax, the 
vertex broad with the ocelli subtriangularly arranged, the frons 
with an antennal impression. Antenne inserted just above the 
mouth, the joints oblong-oval, constricted at apices, with sparse 
whorls of long hairs. Thorax short, the pronotum not visible 
from above, the parapsidal furrows distinct anteriorly, subobsolete 
posteriorly ; axille small, convex ; metathorax very short, smooth, 
usually with a brassy tinge. Wings hyaline, the tegule black, 
the venation brown, the marginal vein long, nearly as long as the 
submarginal, or three times as long as the stigmal, the latter 
ending in an oblong stigma with a small uncus, the postmarginal 
a little longer than the stigmal. Legs brownish or honey- 
yellow, the coxe always black, the femora variable, rarely entirely 
pale, more frequently dusky or black, the hind tibie sometimes 
dusky at the middle. Abdomen oval or oblong, black, rarely with 
an eeneous tinge at base ; the second segment the longest, foveated 
at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from six male specimens. 


158 wr. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Prcroscyrus, Thomson. 

PICROSCYTUS NIGROCYANEUS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 1:1 millim. Blue-black, shagreened ; scape pale ; 
flagellum clavate, brown-black, pubescent; trochanters, knees, 
tips of tibie and tarsi yellowish white. Head transverse, the 
occiput concave, the vertex rather sharp with the frons impressed. 
Antenne inserted just above the clypeus; the flagellum filiform, 
with the joints a little longer than thick, the first shorter than 
the second; club 8-jointed, fusiform, much stouter than the 
funicle. Thorax subovoid, the collar distinct but short, trans- 
verse, the parapsidal furrows indicated only anteriorly; the 
scutellum longer than wide, with a straight impressed line at the 
sides ; metathorax very short. Wings and venation hyaline, or 
the latter pallid yellowish; tegule yellow; the marginal vein 
long, only a little shorter than the submarginal, the postmarginal 
no longer than the stigmal. Abdomen acute-ovate, produced 
into a point at apex, the venter carinate or boat-shaped. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Roprrocerts, Ratzeburg. 

RoOprROCERUS AURATUS, sp. 0D. 

@. Length 2 milim. Golden green, confluently punctate, 
the pleura blue-green; scape, pedicel and legs, including coxe, 
orange-yellow. Head transverse, a little wider than the thorax, 
the vertex convex, the face with a slight antennal furrow. An- 
tennz inserted on the middle of the face, the scape cylindrical, 
extending to the ocelli; flagellum broken off at the pedicel. 
Pronotum distinct from above, a little dilated at the angles; 
parapsidal furrows entire, strongly converging toward the scu- 
tellum, the middle lobe anteriorly fully as wide as long, posteriorly 
scarcely one third as wide as anteriorly; axille distinctly sepa- 
rated, triangular, separated from the parapsides by a transverse 
grooved line on a line with the groove at base of scutellum, there- 
fore not produced into the field of the parapsides; sides of 
scutellum oblique. Wings hyaline; the tegule and venation 
yellow, the marginal vein scarcely longer than the stigmal, the 
latter long, oblique, ending ina small stigma, the postmarginal 
vein slender, but as long as the marginal. Abdomen subsessile, 
conic-ovate, one Aegel longer than head and thorax united, 
metallic green, with prominent black ovipositor; segments 2, 4, 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 159 


and 5 about equal, segment 3 the longest. Hind coxe long, 
conical. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


SPINTHERUS, Thomson. 


(?) SPINTHERUS DUBIUS, Sp. n. 

©. Length 2°6 millim. Blue-green, confluently punctate, the 
metanotum metallic green; scape and legs pale yellowish; cox 
blue-black, the femora toward base with a bluish or dusky 
blotch. Flagellum subfiliform ; the funicle-joints, except the last, 
about twice as long as thick, the first longer than the pedicel, 
the last quadrate ; club 3-joimted. Head transverse, the cheeks 
convex. Thorax three times as long as wide, the collar distinct, 
narrowed anteriorly, the axille conjoined to the parapsides; 
scutellum not longer than wide, convex posteriorly ; metathorax 
with delicate median and lateral keels or folds, the spiracles close 
to the metathoracic band, oval. Wings hyaline, the tegule and 
venation pale yellowish, the marginal vein long, two thirds the 
length of the submarginal, the stigmal vein oblique and less than 
half the length of the marginal, with a small stigma, the post- 
marginal vein nearly twice as long as the stigmal. Abdomen 
conic-ovate, a little longer than the head and thorax combined ; 
the segments, except the first body-segment, about of an equal 
length. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from three female specimens. 

This species is doubtfully placed in the genus Spntherus, as 
the teeth of the mandibles could not be counted, the mandibles 
being closed and partly hidden by the clypeus. 


Meraprorus, Walker. 

MERAPORUS NIGROCYANEDS, Sp. 0. 

3S. Length 1:1 millim. Blue-black, shagreened, the meso- 
notum with a slight eneous tinge; scape, trochanters, tibie 
except a cloud at the middle, and tarsi yellowish white ; flagellum 
brown-black, subclavate, pilose, the pedicel one third longer than 
the first funicle-joint and stouter; funicle-joints after the first a 
little longer than thick, very gradually widened towards club ; 
club stouter, 3-jointed. Head. transverse, wider than thorax, 
the face with a slight antennal impression. Thorax twice as long 


160 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


as wide, the collar very short, the parapsidal furrows indicated 
anteriorly, convergent; axille small, indistinctly separated from 
the parapsides. Wings hyaline, tegule and venation pale 
brownish, the marginal vein one and a half times as long as the 
stigmal. Abdomen ovate, depressed, with a large whitish blotch 
at basal half. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


CHRYSOGLYPHE, gen. nov. 


Allied to Glyphe, Walker, but with the following differences :— 
Head very wide, with the eyes nearly twice as wide as the 
thorax, the vertex very broad, the ocelli subtriangularly arranged 
and rather close together, the laterals being only one and a half 
times their diameter from the front ocellus, but full three or four 
times their diameter from the border of the eye. yes very large, 
occupying nearly the whole side of the head, and leaving only a 
short space between them and the mandibles. Both mandibles 
4-dentate. Antenne 13-jointed, filiform, pilose, the pedicel a 
little shorter than the first funicle-joint ; ring-joints 2, minute ; 
funicle 6-jointed, the joints a little less than twice as long as 
thick ; club 3-jointed. Thorax ovate; pronotum visible from 
above only as a slight transverse line, but in reality it is trian- 
gular, the triangular portion being usually hidden in the occiput 
of the large broad head ; mesonotum about twice as wide as long, 
with only slight indications of parapsidal furrows anteriorly ; 
axille large and projecting obliquely forward into the field of 
the parapsides a little beyond the base of scutellum; meta- 
thorax short, but with a prominent punctate neck, as in Ptero- 
malus, to which the abdomen is attached, the petiole being 
exceedingly short ; spiracles oval, close to the metathoracic band, 
and with a sulcus. Wings pubescent, the marginal vein long, 
fully two thirds as long as the submarginal, or twice or more than 
twice as long as the stigmal, the latter clavate, very slightly curved; 
postmarginal almost twice as long as the stigmal. Abdomen 
conic-ovate, the venter towards base usually acutely triangularly 
carinated, the first body-segment the longest, as long as 2, 3, 
and 4 combined, these about equal, 5th a little longer than 4th, 
6th almost as long as the basal segment, 7th conic, a little 
shorter than the 6th ; sheaths of ovipositor slightly prominent. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 161 


The male has the antenne subclavate, pilose, the first funicle- 
joint being only half as long as the second; or it is long, filiform, 
with all the funicle-joints long, cylindrical, and pilose; the mar- 
ginal and postmarginal veins are slightly shorter than in the 
female, while the abdomen is clavate, with a pale spot towards the 
base. 

Two species in this genus can be tabulated as follows :— 


Females. 


Golden green, scaly-punctate; legs white or pale 
yellowish. 
Club of antennz yellowish white ; abdomen acutely 
produced at apex, the basal one-third whitish. C. apicalis, sp. n. 
Club of antenne not yellowish white; abdomen 
cupreous, with no white spot at base ........ C. albipes, sp. n. 


Males. 

Flagellum black, long, filiform, pilose, the funicle- 

joints from three to four times as long as thick; 

abdomen with a pale spot at base........-... C. apicalis. 
Flagellum brown-black, shorter, subclavate, pilose, 

the funicle-joints only once and a half as 

long as thick ; abdomen cupreous at base, rarely 

Wat hia mMMU te! pAle|SPOb e\slel leis sales ela leictaielol C. albipes. 


CHRYSOGLYPHE APICALIS, sp. n. 

2. Length 2 to 2:2 millim. Golden green, scaly-punctate ; 
scape, pedicel, and club of antenne and legs yellowish white; 
funicle brown-black ; venter and basal one-third of abdomen white 
or pale yellowish; mandibles brownish yellow, 4-dentate. Head 
very broad, nearly twice the width of thorax, the occiput concave, 
the frons with a slight antennal furrow. Antenne 13-jointed, 
the funicle-joints subequal, the first the longest, one third longer 
than the pedicel, the last scarcely longer than wide. Wings 
hyaline, pubescent, tegule yellowish, venation pale; the marginal 
vein long, almost as long as the submarginal, the postmarginal 
a little shorter, the stigmal oblique, half the length of the post- 
marginal. Legs white, the posterior coxe sometimes with a dark 
spot at base outwardly. Abdomen conic-ovate, produced into 
a point at apex, the ovipositor-sheaths slightly projecting ; venter 
at middle triangularly produced ; venter and basal one-third of 
dorsum pale or yellowish, rest of abdomen metallic brown or 
greenish. 


162 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


3. Length 1°1 millim. Head purplish ; thorax metallic gold- 
green; scape, pedicel, legs, and base of abdomen pale yellowish 
or white; flagellum very long, filiform, pilose, black; the funicle- 
joints all long, from three to four times as long as thick ; abdomen 
clavate, otherwise as in the female. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and two female specimens. 


CHRYSOGLYPHE ALBIPES, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1'8 millim. Golden green, scaly-punctate; scape, 
pedicel, tegule, and legs white, the cox with a greenish spot at 
base; flagellum brown, pubescent, the funicle-joints a little 
longer than thick; abdomen conic-ovate, metallic or cupreous, 
except along the venter, the latter triangularly carinated at the 
middle, white. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale; the 
marginal vein two thirds the length of the submarginal, the 
stigmal a little longer than half the length of the postmarginal. 

6. Length 1:1 millim. Differs from the female only as 
follows :—Flagellum subclavate, pilose, the pedicel larger than 
the first funicle-joint, the latter smaller than the following joints ; 
legs white, with the hind coxe metallic and the anterior and 
middle cox with a spot at base; while the abdomen is clavate, 
metallic, rarely showing a slight pale spot at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and two male specimens. 


GLYPHE, Walker. 

GLYPHE PUNCTATA, Sp. 0. 

2. Length 2 millim. Blue-black, moderately confluently 
punctate, the head and disk of thorax with a faint neous or 
metallic tinge ; scape, trochanters, tips of femora, and the tibiz 
and the tarsi honey or brownish yellow; flagellum brown, sub- 
clavate, the funicle-jomts longer than thick, club a little thicker 
than the funicle, 3-jointed. Head very little wider than the 
thorax. Left mandible 4-dentate. Thorax subovoid, the collar 
exceedingly short, visible from above as a transverse line; meso- 
notum wider than long, with the parapsidal furrows indicated 
only anteriorly ; metathorax very short. Wings hyaline, the 
tegule and venation pale brownish, the marginal vein long, 
nearly as long as the submarginal, postmarginal less than half 
the length of marginal, or one half longer than the stigmal, the 
latter clavate. Abdomen elongate, compressed, longer than the 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. | 163 


head and thorax together, the base beneath produced forward 
into a compressed triangular process that extends to the middle 
cox ; hypopygial valves prominent, ploughshare-shaped. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two female specimens. — 


Catoxaccus, Thomson. 


‘Table of Species. 


Bright golden green, without scattered white hairs. 
Legs orange-yellow to yellowish white, the femora 
with a small dusky cloud toward base ; abdomen 
pointed ovate, longer than head and thorax 
combined, metallic green. 9. 
¢ with the venter and a spot on dorsum near the 
[TARE VHT Hore an ooo de Deo ono bro eC C. pallipes, sp. n. 
Bronze-green to eneous black or bluish green, 
rarely bright green. 
Species with scattered white hairs. 
Legs honey-yellow or pallid; the coxe and 
femora, except tips, metallic. 
© abdomen pointed ovate, much longer than 
the head and thorax together. 
G abdomen ovate, not longer than the 
thorax, with a large white spot at base. C. vulgaris, sp. n. 
Species bare, without the scattered white hairs. 
Legs, except cox, pallid or whitish; abdo- 
men pointed ovate, longer than head and 
(HOC bs WO PA Be eR ioe Gdtlae (2) C. helice, Walk. 


CATOLACCUS PALLIPES, sp. 0. 

2. Length 2°5 millim. Bright golden green, confluently 
punctate, without the scattered white hairs; scape and legs 
orange-yellow or yellowish white, the cox, except at tips, 
usually metallic, the femora dusky toward base ; flagellum brown. 
Funicle 6-jomted, the first joint twice as long as thick, the 
following very gradually subequal and slightly widened, the last 
being a little wider than long; club fusiform, 3-jointed, a little 
wider than the last funicle-joint. Collar short, transverse, as 
wide as the mesonotum. Mesonotum wider than long, with the 
parapsidal furrows distinct anteriorly for two thirds its length, 
converging behind. Scutellum transversely divided by an im- 
pressed line before its tip. Wings hyaline, the tegule and 
venation pallid or yellowish ; marginal vein about half the length 


164: MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


of the submarginal, or less than twice the length of the stigmal, 
the latter clavate; postmarginal very slightly shorter than the 
marginal. Abdomen pointed ovate, longer than the head and 
thorax combined, subsessile, metallic green; the first body-segment 
the longest, as long as segments 2,3, and 4 combined, with a 
large fovea at base surrounding the very short petiole; segments 
5 and 6 subequal, longer than the 4th. 

3. Length 2 millim. Differs from female only in its ovate 
abdomen, with the venter and spot on dorsum white. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. 


CaTOLACCUS VULGARIS, Sp. 1. 

3 9. Length 1 to 3:1 millim. In colour variable from a 
bronze-green to blue-green or eneous; head and thorax con- 
fluently punctate, with short, sparse, white hairs; scape and 
legs honey-yellow or brownish yellow, often whitish, but with 
the cox and femora, except at tips, always metallic, bronze, or 
eneous. Funicle 6-jointed, filiform, the first joint a little the 
longest, the last longer than wide; club slightly stouter, 3- 
jointed. Thorax as in the preceding species, only the parapsidal 
furrows are only distinct for half the length of the- mesonotum 
anteriorly, and the scutellum is without the transverse impressed 
line before its apex. Wings hyaline, the tegule and venation 
yellowish ; marginal vein two thirds the length of the submar- 
ginal, or about two and a half times as long as the stigmal, the 
postmarginal about two thirds the length of the marginal. 
Abdomen pointed, ovate, subsessile, from one third to one half 
the length of the head and thorax united. 

The male differs from the female decidedly in its antennal and 
abdominal characters. The antenne are subfiliform, pubescent, 
the flagellum much stouter than the scape and pedicel, the funicle- 
joints very gradually subequal, almost twice as long as thick, the 
first joint being twice as long as the pedicel; abdomen ovate, not 
quite as long as the thorax, the basal half, except at junction 
with the metathorax, white, or at least with a large white blotch 
both above and beneath, the segments being about equal in 
length. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

A common species variable in colour and size ; described from 
many specimens. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 165 


Preromatus, Swed. 


PTEROMALUS RUGOSOPUNCTATUS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1:5 to 2°5 millim. Black or blue-black, the disk 
of mesonotum sometimes with an eneous tinge, and sometimes 
sparsely pubescent; head and thorax somewhat coarsely con- 
fluently punctate; face with strie towards the mouth; scape 
and sometimes the pedicel and legs, except coxz, pale yellowish ; 
sometimes all the femora, except tips, black, more rarely with 
only a brownish blotch; flagellum brown, the first joint the 
longest, or twice as long as thick, the following to club subequal, 
not quite twice as long as thick. Thorax as in Catolaccus 
pallipes, except the mesonotum has the quadrilateral areas, the 
neck large and strongly punctate, the scutellum with a cross- 
furrow before the tip. Wings hyaline, the tegule and venation 
pale, the marginal vein two and a half times as long as the 
stigmal. Abdomen conic-ovate, much longer than the head and 
thorax united, metallic or bluish, the segments as in C. vulgaris. 

The male has the same coarse punctuation and agrees in colora- 
tional detail with the female, but with the following structural 
differences:—The first and second funicle-joints are equal, a 
little shorter than the others ; the abdomen is ovate, shorter than 
the thorax, briefly petiolated, with the dorsum at base usually 
cupreous, while the legs, as in the female, are variable. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from many specimens of both sexes. 


Subfamily EuLOPHINZ#. 
Horrocreris, Ashm. 


HopLocgEPis ALBICLAVUS, Ashm. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. vol. i. 
p. 235. 

Hab. Florida and St. Vincent. 

Of this curious genus, described by the writer from a single 
female specimen collected in Florida, are two female and five male 
specimens that cannot be separated specifically from the Floridian 
specimen. The male, which was unknown to me when I erected 
the genus, differs from the female in, having the funicle-joints of 
antenne round, strongly pedicellated, and with whorls of very 
long hairs, while the front wings lack the conical tufts of bristles 
at the origin of the marginal vein. The antenne in the male 
recall those in the Entedonid genus Lopkocomus, Haliday. 


166 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


PARAOLINX, gen. nov. 


Allied to Olinz, Forster, but differs as follows :—The antenne 
are flattened in both sexes, the funicle being 4-jointed; in the 
male the joints are strongly excised and pedicellate, in the female 
transverse. Pronotum short, transverse; mesonotum a little 
wider than long, with distinct parapsidal furrows; metanotum 
short. Tibial spurs 1, 1,2, the middle spurs long, the hind spurs 
short, weak. Abdomen ovate, with a short petiole. Venation 
similar to Sympiesis, Forster, the marginal vein long, about as 
long as the submarginal, or only three times as long as the 
stigmal. 

The flattened antenne and the strongly excised pedicellate 
funicle-jomts of the male separate the genus at once from all 
other described genera in the tetramerous Chalcidide. 


PARAOLINX LINEATIFRONS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1to13 millim. Brown-black, confluently punc- 
tate ; frons and face in the female and the whole headin the male, 
except the occiput, a transverse band on collar, and a line on the 
middle lobe of mesonotum parallel with the furrows yellow ; 
frons and face impressed with transverse black Imes; scape and 
legs pallid or whitish. Wings hyaline, with the apical margins 
ciliate. Abdomen eneous or submetallic, the male with a large 
white blotch at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and four female specimens, only a 
single specimen of each sex being perfect, the others having lost 
their antenne, or are otherwise imperfect. 


EvLopnus, Geoffroy. 


EULOPHUS AURIPUNCTATODS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 2 millim. Pale honey-yellow ; mesonotum, except 
laterally and its margin before the scutellum, golden green and 
strongly punctate ; basal segment of abdomen cupreous, the fol- 
lowing segments yellowish, with a black band at apex ; flagellum 
black, pubescent, the last three funicle-joints fully twice as long 
as thick, the first much shorter. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 167 


Diatyruus, Thomson. 


DIGLYPHUS? ALBIPES, sp. n. 

2. Length 3:1 millim. Black, with an eneous tinge; the 
collar, postscutellum, and abdomen, except tip, ferruginous ; an- 
tenn, except toward tips, and legs white; mesonotum and meta- 
notum rugose ; rest of the surface smooth. The antenne extend 
to the metathorax, and are similar to those in Sympiesis; the 
funicle 4-jointed, the first jomt long, about two thirds the length 
of the scape, following joints about equal or two thirds the length 
of the first. Thorax with several long black bristles, the collar 
triangular, the mesonotum with distinct but delicate parapsidal 
furrows, scutellum with two furrows. Wings hyaline, the mar- 
ginal vein very long, longer than the submarginal, or about five 
times as long as the stigmal. Abdomen conic-ovate, a little 
longer than the head and thorax united, subpetiolated, with the 
first.segment the longest. 

3. Length 2:2 millim. Agrees well with the female, except 
that the head, thorax, and basal abdominal segment are metallic 
green or cupreous ; axille and scutellum smooth, the latter some- 
times with a longitudinal furrow asin Holcopelte ; while the first 
funicle-joint is only a little longer than the second. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from one female and two male specimens. 


DiIgLYPHUS P MACULIPENNIS, Sp. n. 

3 2. Length 1:5 to 2°3 millim. neous or bronzed, sha- 
greened; scape, pedicel, and legs honey-yellow or white; fla- 
gellum brown-black ; scutellum smooth, with a grooved line at 
the sides and another at the middle; flagellum filiform, the 
funicle 4-joited, the joimts elongate, subequal in length ; abdo- 
men sessile, conic-ovate, about as long as the head and thorax 
united, the basal segment the longest, occupying a little less than 
half the length of the abdomen, and foveated at the base by the 
produced neck of the metathorax. Wings hyaline, pilose, with a 
large fuscous discoidal blotch, the marginal vein fully as long as 
the submarginal; the stigmal vein long, subclavate, and very 
oblique, about two thirds the length of the post-marginal. 

The male differs in‘having all the coxe metallic and the abdomen 
short ovate, only about half the length of the thorax. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Both the above species are doubtfully referred to Thomson’s 


168 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


genus Diglyphus, in which they differ in having a 4-jointed funicle 
and distinct parapsidal furrows. The posterior tibie in both 
species are two-spurred. 


Subfamily ENTEDONINZ. 
OmpHaLe, Haliday. 


OMPHALE VARICOLOR, sp. 0. 

6 2. Length 1:4 to 2:8 millim. Variable in colour from a 
dark blue to metallic green, or bronzed, and rather coarsely scaly- 
punctate. The female is most frequently metallic green, with 
the coxe and femora metallic, the rest of the legs and the scape 
yellowish; flagellum dark brown, pubescent, sometimes wholly 
steel-blue or dark blue, with the upper surface of thorax bronzed 
or metallic green, the coxee and femora blue, and more rarely 
with the tibie brown or blue. The blue specimens usually have 
only the tarsi white. ‘Antenne 9-jointed, the club 3-jointed, the 
funicle 4-jointed ; the pedicelis smooth, obconic; the first funicle- 
joint is the longest, nearly three times as long as thick, the fol- 
lowing joints subequal, the fourth being only a little longer than 
thick. Wings hyaline, very finely pubescent, the pubescence 
arranged in faint lines; the venation yellowish, the submarginal 
vein about two thirds the length of the marginal, the stigmal very 
minute, ending in a small round stigma, the postmarginal vein 
short, but still longer than the stigmal. Metathorax very short, 
nearly in a vertical line with the tip of the scutellum ; the spiracles 
large, oval; the metapleura divided by a grooved line that extends 
to the base of the hind coxe. Abdomen sessile, acutely pro- 
duced at tip, and longer than the head and thorax united; the 
sheaths of ovipositor prominent. 

The male is smaller and very variable in size and colour, although 
most frequently blue or bluish green with white tarsi, more rarely 
metallic green. The antennz are 9-jointed, the club 2-jointed, 
the funicle 5-jointed, the joints of the latter being pedicellated 
and furnished with whorls of long white hairs; the marginal 
yein is not longer than the submarginal, and the postmarginal is 
sometimes wanting; while the abdomen is ovate, shorter than 
the thorax. 

Hab, St. Vincent. 

Described from 8 male and 27 female specimens. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT.  . 169: 


Hotcoprtts, Forster. 


This genus is well represented in St. Vincent, and the several 
species recognized may be separated. by the aid of the following 
table. 


Table of Species. 


Neck of metathorax not especially produced ; 
petiole not especially long, usually short... . 2. 
Neck of metathorax strongly produced ; the petiole 
very long. 
Colour variable, from cupreous to blue ; scape 
and legs, including coxe, white; funicle 
in both sexes 4-jointed, the joints in the 
male pedicellate, with long hairs ..... ... H. petiolatus, sp. n- 
2) Coxe white S252... Bocato gn lc sees aKe 4. 
Coxe metallic or blue ; funicle in female 3-jointed, 
in male 4-jointed. 
SEAMEN WIIGC fag aise e aelal'aie eine 6 ais lszavaicesis ost: 3. 
Scape metallic or dark. 
Trochanters, except sometimes the anterior 
pair, tips of femora, and the tibie and 
_ tarsi yellowish or white. 
Cupreous or metallic; face and frons 
coarsely punctate; second abdominal 
segment not longer than the following 
segments united, the petiole a little 
longer than wide, punctate. 
Female with the funicle-joints oblong ; 
male with the joints oblong-monili- 
form, pubescent ...... coseeeseee H. metallicus, sp. n- 
Blue-black ; face and frons faintly scali ; 
<eeoua abdominal segment longer than 
the following segments united, the 
petiole not longer than wide. 
Female with the funicle-joints 2 and 3 
transverse-moniliform; male with 
the flagellum filiform-moniliform .. H. nigrocyaneus, sp. nu. 
3. Legs, except coxe, white. 
Cupreous ; second abdominal segment shorter 
than the followimg segments united. 
Female with funicle-joints longer than wide; 
male with the funicle-joints longer than 
wide, subpedunculated, and furnished 
with long white hairs :.ae........:.3. H. cupreus, sp. n. 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 13 


170 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


neous black ; second abdominal segment much 
longer than the following segments united. 
Female with the funicle-joints 2 and 3 mo- 
MUVLTLOT IN 3 hw: og a iatvveres waves waa erae ieee erode oie H. nigroeneus, sp. n. 
4. Metallic, bronze or subcupreous. 
Legs and scape white; flagellum in female 
pale brown or yellowish, in male brown- 
black. 
Abdomen conically produced, longer than the 
head and thorax united, the second seg- 
ment the longest, but its length only 
about one third as long as the following 
segments united. 
Female with the funicle-joits long; male 
with the funicle-joints longer than . 
Wide; HAW, eee ace cee cvinee aviwls H. productus, sp. n. 


HoLcoPELtEe PETIOLATUS, sp. n. 

3 2. Length 15 to 2 millim. Blue-black to cupreous, rarely 
without a metallic tinge on head and thorax above, the thorax 
scaly-punctate ; in female the scape and legs, including coxe, 
white; in male the coxe usually black: flagellum black. Head 
wider than the thorax; eyes large, hairy; funicle 4-jointed 
in both sexes, in the female the joints are long, subpedunculate, 
hairy, in male distinctly pedunculate, with longer hairs. Pro- 
notum conical, much narrower than the mesonotum ; scutellum 
with a median groove ; metathorax produced into a neck at apex. 
‘Wines hyaline, fringed, the marginal vein very long, more than 
twice the length of the submarginal, postmarginal scarcely deve- 
loped, stigmal very short. Abdomen with a long petiole; in the 
female with the body produced at tip as in the Pteromalid genus 
Isocratus, in male truncate at apex. In both sexes the first 
body-segment is very long and foveated at base above for the 
reception of the long petiole. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from seven male and four female specimens. 

* In the shape of the abdomen with its long petiole, the strongly 
produced neck of the metathorax, and in both sexes having four 
joints to the funicle, this species is quite distinct from those that 
follow. In fact, I think these characters entitle it to subgeneric 
rank. 


HoLcoPpELTE METALLICUS, sp. 0. 
3 2. Length 1°5 to 2 millim. «Metallic greenish; antenne, 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 171 


eoxee, and femora, except tips, metallic, the rest of the legs honey- 
yellow or whitish ; anterior legs in male usually wholly honey- 
yellow. Frons and face strongly punctate; thorax scaly. 

In the female the flagellum is subclavate, with a 3-jointed 
funicle, the first joint the longest, the following subequal, all 
oblong ; abdomen pointed ovate, as long as, or a little longer than, 
the thorax, the second segment the longest, about as long as the 
following segments united; segments 7 and 8 are a little longer 
than any of the others except the second; the petiole is only a 
little longer than wide. 

In the male the flagellum is filiform-moniliform, the joints sub- 
pedicellate, very little longer than thick; abdomen oval, scarcely 
half the length of the thorax, the apex usually truncate, from 
the apical segments being retracted within the large second seg- 
ment; the petiole is longer than in the female. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 6 male and 14 female specimens. 


HOLCOPELTE NIGROCYANEUS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1 to 2 millim. Blue-black, rarely with a slight 
geneous tinge, scaly-punctate; trochanters, tips of femora or 
knees, and the tibie and tarsi pale yellowish or white ; sometimes 
in the female the anterior legs, except coxe, are white, while in 
the male all the legs, except the coxe and the posterior femora, 
are white, although sometimes in this sex the tibiz are dusky. 

In the female the flagellum is clavate or subclavate, with 
the 2nd and 8rd funicle-joints transverse-moniliform; abdomen 
ovate, not quite as long as the thorax, the petiole not or scarcely 
longer than wide, the second segment usually as long as, or a little 
longer than, the following segments united. 

In the male the flagellum is filiform, hairy, the funicle-joints 
oblong-moniliform, subpedicellate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from many specimens. 


HOLCOPELTE CUPREUS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1°5 to 2 millim. Cupreous; scape and legs, 
except coxe, white; flagellum black ; punctation scaly. 

In the female the flagellum is filiform, pilose, the funicle- 
joints long, subpedicellate ; abdomen ovate, pointed at apex, the 
petiole short, the second segment the longest but shorter than 
the following segments united. 

13* 


172 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


In the male the flagellum is metallic, covered with long fine 
hairs, the funicle 4-jointed, the joints pedicellate; abdomen 
rounded, briefly petiolated, the petiole beg punctate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. | 

Described from two male and nine female specimens. 

Comes nearest to H. metallicus, but readily distinguished by 
the colour of the antenne and legs and the shape of the funicle- 
joints. 


HoLcoPpELTE NIGROZNEUS, sp. 0. 

3 @. Length 1 to 2 millim. neous black, scaly-punctate ;. 
scape and legs, except coxze, white ; flagellum dark brown. 

In the female the flagellum is filiform, the funicle 3-jointed, 
the joints subpedicellate, the 2nd and 38rd, round-moniliform ; 
abdomen ovate, the petiole a little longer than thick, shagreened,. 
the second segment much longer than all the following segments 
united. 

The male is blue-black, with a cupreous tinge above; the 
flagellum pilose, the joints oblong-moniliform, subpedicellate ;: 
abdomen small, truncate at apex, with a rather long petiole. 

Hab. St. Vineent. 

Described fromone male and nine female specimens. 


HoLcoPELTE PRODUCTOS, sp. n. 

3 2. Length 1 to 1°5 millim. Metallic, bronze or sub- 
cupreous, faintly and feebly shagreened; the scape and legs, 
including the coxe, white; flagellum yellowish. Abdomen coni- 
cally produced, longer than the head and thorax united, the 
petiole wider than long, the second segment the longest but 
only about one third as long as the following segments united ; 
flagellum filiform, the joints long. Wings hyaline, the marginal 
vein very long, three times as long as the submarginal; stigmal 
vein clavate, the postmarginal a little longer than the stigmal. 

In the male the abdomen is oval, subsessile, pointed at apex ;. 
flagellum black-pilose ; while in this sex the anterior coxe are 
dark. . 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and three female specimens. 

The conically produced abdomen of the female and the venation: 
readily separate this species from those previously described. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 3 173 


Drrostenvus, Westwood. 


Table of Species. 


Females. . 
PAD OMEeN AliMmOst ROW core-1.tohasices ede 2. 
Abdomen conically produced or conic-ovate. 
Bronze-green ; legs pale yellowish. 
Front wings with 4 brown spots...... D. quadrimaculatus, sp. n. 
Thorax gold-green, scaly-punctate, rarely 
bronzed ; head, thorax, and abdomen 
beneath blue-black, the abdomen 
above more or less metallic: legs, 
except anterior coxee, and scape white. 
Front wings hyaline ......... Bechet D. acutus, sp. un. 
2. Aneous ; scape and legs white ........ D. rotundus, sp. n. 


Males. 


Abdomen ovate ; head and abdomen purplish, 

the thorax greenish eneous; scape and 

legs, except anterior coxe, white...... D. acutus, sp. n. 
Abdomen round; bluish or purplish, the 

therax with an zneous tinge above; 

abdomen with a transverse white spot at 

base; scape and legs, except coxee and a 

dusky streak on femora, white ........ D.rotundus, sp. n. 


DEROSTENUS QUADRIMACULATUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1:1 millim. Bronze-green, the thorax feebly sha- 
ereened; antenne except club, and legs except coxe pale 
brownish yellow; club brown-black; hind coxe blue. The 
antenne are 9-jointed; the first funicle-joint is smaller than 
the 2nd and 8rd, which are about equal; the 4th is quadrate, 
larger and thicker than the preceding and distinctly separated 
from the club and the 38rd funicle-joint; the club is 3-jointed, 
conic-ovate, and nearly three times as long as the last funicle- 
joint. Wings hyaline, with four brown macule: one at the 
middle of the marginal vein, another enclosing the stigmal vein ; 
while the other two-are:on the hind margin, each being directly 
opposite those first mentioned. Abdomen conic-ovate, longer 
than the head and thorax united, and produced into a prominent 
though short oviduct at the tip. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


174 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPT ERA 


The spotted anterior wings and the shape of the abdomen 
readily distinguish the species. 

DEROSTENUS ACUTUS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1 millim. Thorax gold-green, scaly-punctate ; 
head wider than thorax, smooth, blue-black or purplish with an 
eneous tinge; flagellum dark brown, covered with a whitish 
pubescence; scape and legs white ; thorax and abdomen beneath 
purplish or bluish, the latter above with an eneoustinge. Wings 
hyaline. The abdomen is acutely produced, briefly petiolated, 
and as long as the head and thorax united. 

The male agrees well with the typical female except in the 
antenne, shape of abdomen, and the colour of the anterior coxe ; 
the flagellar joints are slightly longer, with long hairs, the an- 
terior coxe bluish or metallic, the middle and posterior cox 
usually dusky at base, while the abdomen is subovate or 
spatulate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and twelve female specimens. 


DEROSTENUS ROTUNDUS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 0°65 to 0°8 millim. Blue-black or purplish, im- 
punctate, the upper part of thorax and abdomen neous; fla- 
gellum brown-black; scape and legs white; wings hyaline; 
abdomen rounded, briefly petiolated, not longer than the thorax, 
usually shorter: flagellar joints in female about twice as long as 
thick, pubescent; in male shorter, with longer hairs. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from six male and four female specimens. 

The rounded abdomen distinguishes this species from all others 
in the genus. 


CHRYSOCHARIS, Forster. 
Table of Species. 


Females. 


Thorax brownish yellow, with a violaceous tinge 

AMNION 5 o's 45559599999010995905999900055 2 
Thorax always metallic or blue-black. 

Abdomen conic-ovate. 
Blue-black. 
Thorax and abdomen metallic green, the former 
scaly-punctate ; legs entirely white. 
Anterior wings with a substigmal blotch .. C. stigmatus, sp. n- 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 175 


Thorax above sometimes metallic, smooth ; legs 
bluish, tarsi alone white. 
Anterior wings hyaline ....... sictatetetane eferdia C. lividus, sp. 0. 
Abdomen rounded. | 
Thorax and abdomen metallic green, the former 
scaly-punctate; scape and legs white ......C. lividiceps, sp. n. 
2. Abdomen econic-ovate; head black, abdomen 
brownish black. 
Legs honey-yellow ........... alt coreuaheus votes C. thoracicus, sp. n- 


Blue-black. 

Head posteriorly metallic ; legs blue, with the tarsi 

alone white; wings hyaline .............. C. lividus. 
Occiput and thorax above metallic or bronze- 

green ; legs white; wings with a substigmal 

INGIGD ccoddcodctcocepecoencectccengs . C. stigmatus. 
Head much wider than thorax, blue ; thorax above 

golden green, scaly-punctate; legs, except 

Gots Hapl Ser) Ues WINS coon Coote poe boroedl C. liwidiceps. 


CHRYSOCHARIS STIGMATUS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1:1 to 1:2 millim. Blue-black; in female with 
the upper part of thorax metallic green; in male with only the 
scutellum and metathorax tinged with eneous, smooth. Scape 
and legs, except coxe in the male, whitish or honey-yellow. 
Head rather large, the frons impressed, the vertex acute. Pro- 
thorax distinct, narrowed anteriorly. Wivgs hyaline, ciliated, 
with a brownish blotch beneath the stigmal vein. Abdomen in 
female ovate, in male oblong, the short ‘petiole in the latter 
brown. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female specimen. 

The shape of the head and the collar strikingly resemble those 
in the genus Derostenus ; but the number of joints in the antenne 
being one less, cause me to place this species in Chrysocharis. 
It is readily distinguished by the substigmal blotch in the anterior 
wing. 

CHRYSOCHARIS LIVIDUS, sp. n. 

3S Q. Length 0°85 to 1 millim. Blue-black, impunctured, the 
tarsi and tibial spurs alone white. Wings hyaline. Abdomen 
in female subsessile, ovate, about as long as the thorax; in 


176 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


male oblong, with a whitish spot at base; the antenne with 
whitish hairs, the first eae ti the longest. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one fonale specimen. 


CHRYSOCHARIS LIVIDICEPS, Sp. 0. 

S$ 2. Length 1:2 millim. Thorax and abdomen metallic or 
gold-green, the former scaly-punctate ; head and thorax, at sides 
‘and beneath, blue-black; the small side-piece at base of hind 
wings violaceous; scape and legs white; flagellum brown, pubes- 
cent. Wings hyaline, pubescent. Abdomen rounded, only two 
thirds the length of the thorax. 

The male is slightly smaller, measuring but 1 millim in length, 
and with the head larger, the flagellum longer, with longer black 
hairs, the flagellar joints somewhat contracted at tips, while the 
coxe are eneous; otherwise it resembles the female. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from three males and one female. 


CHRYSOCHARIS THORACICUS, sp. 2. 

Q. Length 1:5 millim. Head black; thorax and legs pale 
brownish yellow, the former with a distinct violaceous tinge 
anteriorly ; antenn pale brown, hairy, the funicle-joints elongate. 
Wings large, hyaline and ciliate. Abdomen conic-ovate, as long 
as the head and thorax together, brown-black, the very short 
petiole yellow. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single female. 


CrostERocerus, Westwood. 
Table of Species. 


Females. 


‘Blue-black ; tarsi white..... 0 2... e see eee eet e eens C. leucopus, sp. n. 


Blue-black ; tarsi white......... seeeee eee eee ee C. leucopus. 
Blue-black ; head above metallic green; legs white, 
the femora and tibize dusky at the middle. 
Abdomen without a pale spot at base ........-... C. auriceps, sp. n. 
neous vlack, metathorax and abdomen bluish, the 
latter with a white spot at base; legs white...... C. albipes, sp. n. 


ee 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 177 


CLOSTEROCERUS LEUCOPUS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 0°8 to0°9 millim. Blue-black, impunctured, the 
scutellum and base of abdomen more distinctly blue; sometimes 
‘with an eneous tinge; tarsi white. Wings hyaline, ciliated. 
Abdomen in female pointed ovate, as long as the head and thorax 
united ; in male oblong, narrowed. towards base, and not longer 
than the thorax. Antenne short, fusiform, pilose. 

Hab. St. Vincent. : 

Described from one female and four male specimens. 


CLOSTEROCERUS AURICEPS, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 08 millim. Blue-black, the scutellum eneous, the 
head above metallic green or gold-green; legs pale or white, the 
coxee eneous, the femora and tibie dusky at the middle. Wings 


-clear hyaline, fringed. Abdomen oval, shorter than the thorax, 


with no pale spot at base. 
Described from a single male specimen. 


CLOSTEROCERUS ALBIPES, sp. 0. 

3. Length 0°8 millim. neous black, the metathorax and 
abdomen bluish, the latter with a large white spot at base; collar 
anteriorly with a violet tinge; legs white, with only the coxe 
dusky basally. Wings hyaline, pubescent. Antenne 8-jointed, 
flattened, brown, pubescent, the third funicle-joint the longest. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male specimens. 


CHRYSOCHARODES, gen. nov. 


Allied to Chrysocharis, Forster, and Derostenus, Westwood, 
but separate at once from both by its antennal characters. In 
both sexes the antenne are 7-jointed, not 8- or 9-jointed; in the 
female they are subclavate, pubescent, with a 2-jointed funicle 
and a3-jointed club ; in the male the funicle is 3-jointed, each joint 
contracted at apex into a pedicel, while the base or thickened part 
is furnished with a whorl of long hairs; club only 2-jointed. 
The head is rather large, transverse, with a frontal impression 
pronotum conical; metathorax somewhat lengthened; the abdo- 
men is oval, much shorter than the thorax, distinctiy petiolated, 
and with the second segment the longest, twice as long as the 
third. 


178 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


CHRYSOCHARODES PETIOLATA, Sp. 0. 

$ 2. Length 1:1 millim. Blue-black, upper part of thorax 
and base of abdomen with a metallic tinge ; disk of thorax scaly- 
punctate; metapleura and coxe bluish; legs brownish yellow; 
antenne, including scape, black or dark brown ; flagellum once 
and a half as long as the scape, pubescent, the second funicle-joint 
a little longer than the first; club 3-jointed, fusiform, distinctly 
separated from the funicle. Wings hyaline, ciliated, the short 
stigmal vein ending in a small round stigma with an uncus. 
Abdomen oval, two thirds the length of the thorax, the petiole 
once and a half as long as wide, shagreened. 

The male is at once distinguished from the female by the 
antenne, the funicle being 8-jointed, the joints pedicellate at 
tips and with whorled hairs ; club 2-jointed ; thorax above golden 
green, scaly ; while the abdomen is oblong, with the petiole fully 
twice as long as wide. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female specimen. 


Subfamily TerrasTicHIn #. 


CERATONEURA, gen. noy. 


Antenne 10-jointed; in female subclavate, with two ring-joints 
and a 8-jointed club, covered with a fine pubescence: in male 
filiform, with one ring-joint and a 4-jointed funicle, the funicle- 
joints contracted toward apex and with long hairs. Head trans- 
verse; the ocelli subtriangularly arranged, the laterals being 
much closer to the front ocellus than to the margin of the eye: 
eyes broadly oval; frons with two grooves for the scapes of the 
antenne. Thorax subovoid, the pronotum short, the mesonotum 
without a median furrow; the scutellum convex, without the 
grooved lines on disk; the metathorax very short, smooth, 
rounded behind, with a delicate median carina. Wings, except 
the posterior pair, as in Tetrastichus ; hind wings with a long 
clavate marginal vein. Abdomen briefly but distinctly petiolated, 
in female ovate, pointed at tip, in male oval. 

In the distinct petiole, and in other characters pointed out, 
this genus is quite distinct from all others placed in this group. 
The female antenne agree with Tetrastichus, Hal.; but the male 
antenne are different, and the wholly different mesonotum and 
scutellum readily separate it. The other genera having no 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 179 


furrows on mesonotum and scutellum are Anozus, Forster, 
Gyrolasia, Forster, and Syntomosphyrum, Forster; but the ab- 
sence of a stigmal vein and difference in antenne distinguish 
Anozus, the sessile abdomen, strongly fringed wings, and 8-jointed 
antenne distinguish Gyrolasia, while Syntomosphyrum is sepa- 
rated by the sessile abdomen, 8-joimted antenne with no ring- 
joints, and the venation of hind wings. 


CERATONEURA PETIOLATA, Sp. 0. 

3 @. Length 1°5 to 19 millim. Black, smooth, impunctured ; 
face with striz converging towards mouth; petiole of abdomen 
yellow ; scape, trochanters, tips of femora, tibie, and tarsi honey- 
yellow ; rest of legs black; flagellum brown. 

In the female the flagellum is subclavate, the funicle-joints 
about twice as long as wide, the club thicker, fusiform; in male 
filiform, much longer, pilose, the funicle-joints three or more 
times longer than wide. Wings hyaline, with a short fringe at 
the margins. Abdomen in female ovate, about as long as the 
thorax. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from twelve female specimens. 


CERATONEURA PALLIDA, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 2 millim. Pale brownish yellow, smooth; face 
with strie converging toward mouth ; eyesand abdomen laterally 
and at apex brown; scape, pedicel, and legs whitish. Wings 
hyaline. Abdomen oval, a little shorter than the thorax, the 
segments very nearly equalin length. The scape beneath towards 
apex is slightly dilated, while the funicle-joints are more than 
three times as long as wide. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single male specimen. 


GyrrouastA, Forster. 
Table of Species. 


Females. 


Body entirely black or metallic .............. 2 
Head and thorax black, smooth, shining ; abdomen 
conic, brown. 
Legs honey-yellow, the coxze and femora black 
(OVO ORME Se SOLOS COTO Cr OIE CRO Caen G. bicolor, sp. n. - 


180 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


2. Black, the thorax above zeneous or black. 
Abdomen conic-ovate ; legs pale or yellowish, the 
hind coxe and femora alone dusky ........ G. ciliata, sp. n. 
Abdomen conically produced, longer than the 
head and thorax united; all coxz dusky or 
black ; anterior and middle femora dusky at 
middle; hind femora slightly swoilen, dark 
brown Or lolack sete cei emincr ale tanerarereerieae G. femorata, sp. u. 
Metallic or bronze-green. 
Abdomen oval, a little longer than the thorax ; : 
legs pale or honey-yellow...........+++0. G. metallica, sp. n. 


GYROLASIA BICOLOR, Sp. D. 

2. Length 0°85 millim. Head and thorax black, shining, 
impunctured ; abdomen conic-ovate, a little longer than the head 
and thorax together, brown; flagellum and legs (except tro- 
chanters, tibiz, and tarsi, which are honey-yellow) brown-black. 
Wings hyaline, strongly fringed. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female specimen. 


GYROLASIA CILIATA, Sp. 1. 

9. Length 0°8 millim. Head and thorax, except above, and 
the abdomen black; thorax above sneous black; antenne 
brown ; the flagellum rather long, filiform, with long hairs ; legs, 
except a dusky shade at base of hind coxe and their femora, pale 
or yellowish white. The whole surface is smooth, shining; the 
wings hyaline, with a very long fringe; while the abdomen is 
conic-ovate, very little longer than the head and thorax united. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two female specimens. 


GYROLASIA FEMORATA, Sp. 0. 

2. Length 0-8 to 1 millim. Black, smooth, impunctured ; 
flagellum subclavate, brown, pubescent; legs, except coxe and 
femora, whitish or pale honey-yellow, the coxe brown or black, 
the anterior and middle femora usually dusky or brown-black. 
Wings hyaline, strongly fringed. Abdomen conically produced, 
about one third longer than the head and thorax united. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from eight female specimens, 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 181 


GYROLASIA METALLICA, sp. 0. 

@. Length 0:85 millim. Metallic or bronze-green, impunctate, 
the under surface of thorax and abdomen blue-black ; flagellum 
brown, pubescent; legs pale or honey-yellow, the coxe alone 
showing a dusky spot at base. Wings hyaline, strongly fringed. 
Abdomen oval, a little longer than the thorax. 

Hab. St Vincent. 

Described from one female specimen. 

In the metallic colour, more compact form, the collar not 
being narrowed before, and in the shape of the abdomen this 
species is widely separated from all the others. 


SYNTOMOSPHYRUM, Forster. 


SYNTOMOSPHYRUM INSULARIS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 09 millim. Black, smooth, shining; the tro- 
chanters, knees, tips of tibiz, and tarsi honey-yellow ; scape pale 
brown; flagellum brown-black, pubescent, scarcely as long as the 
head, the joints short, submoniliform. The -head is transverse, 
excavated, or concave behind, the occipital margin being sharp ; 
frons deeply impressed, the anterior ocellus being in the furrow, 
while the lateral ocelli are nearer to the front ocellus than to the 
margin of the eye. | Thorax short, ovoid, the collar transverse, 
visible from above as a curved line; mesonotum a little wider 
than long, with deeply defined parapsides, the middle lobe being 
scarcely longer along the sides than the width anteriorly ; 
seutellum smooth, without distinct grooved lines, rarely slightly 
indicated at extreme base. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the 
nervures pale brownish, margins fringed with short cilia. 
Abdomen oval, not quite as long as the thorax. 

d. Length 1 millim. Differs from the female in having 
much longer filiform antenne, the jomts of the flagellum much 
longer than thick, pubescent, the anterior and middle legs 
brownish yellow, while the abdomen is oblong, much narrower 
than the thorax, and as long as the head and thorax united. 

Hab. St. Vincent. ; 

Described from one male and one female specimen. 


TETRASTICHODES. Ashmead. 


This name was proposed, some years ago, for a Tetrastichid 
found in Florida. It differs from Teétrastichus, Haliday, in 


182 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


having no median furrow on the mesoscutum, a character peculiar 
to the genera Ceranisus, Walk., Baryscapus, Forst., Melittobia, 
Westw., and Cirrospilus, Westw.; but Ceranisus and Bary- 
scapus have the scape greatly thickened or dilated, in Melit- 
tobia the female has a conieally produced collar and eight-jointed 
antenne, the male being subapterous with dilated and twisted 
antenne and subobsolete eyes, while Cirrospilus has but seven- 
jointed antenne. 


The two species placed here, from St. Vincent, may be thus 
distinguished :-— 
Smooth, impunctate, metallic green or cupreous ; 
abdomen conically produced. 
Legs, except hind coxee, white ................ T. cupreus, ‘sp. n. 
Scaly-punctate, dull bronzy-brown or bronze-green ; 
abdomen cylindrical, conically pointed. 
Coxz and hind femora black, the anterior and 
middle femora, except tips, dark brown, rest of 
legs yellow .....-.0--seeeeee esse ee eeees T. femoratus, sp. 1. 


TETRASTICHODES CUPREUS, Sp. Nn. 

3 9. Length variable, from 0°9 to 2 millim. Metallic green 
or cupreous, smooth, impunctate ; scape and legs yellowish or pale 
brownish-yellow; bind coxe metallic green; flagellum brown. 
Abdomen in male ovate or conic-ovate, not or very slightly longer 
than the thorax, with a yellow blotch at base; in female conically 
produced, a little longer than the head and thorax united, and 
without the yellow blotch at base. 

Head transverse, with a deep frontal impression; mandibles 
piceous or ferruginous; the anterior ocellus is situated in the 
frontal impression, the lateral ocelli being as near to the margin 
of the eye as to the frontal ocellus. Thorax ovate, the collar 
rounded anteriorly, the mesonotum slightly longer than wide, the 
middle lobe being longer than wide along the anterior margin ; 
scutellum convex, with two furrows ; metathorax smooth. Wings 
hyaline, pubescent, the cilia short, the venation pallid. Antenne 
in female subclavate, pubescent, the funicle-joints being not 
more than twice as long as wide; club a little stouter, 3-jointed : 
in male filiform, pilose, the funicle-joints at least three times (or 
slightly more) as long as wide. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 10 male and 24 female specimens. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 183 


TETRASTICHODES FEMORATUS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1°5 to 2 millim. Scaly-punctate, bronzy-brown 
or metallic green, the head somewhat purplish ; scape, pedicel, and 
legs honey-yellow ; middle and anterior femora towards base and 
the terminal tarsal joint brownish; all coxe and hind femora, 
except tips, black; flagellum brown. The flagellum in female 
clavate, the first funicle-joint longer than wide, the second and 
third quadrate; club fusiform, 3-jointed. Abdomen in female 
conic-ovate, cylindric, very slightly longer than the head and 
thorax united, scaly-punctate, the segments 1, 2, and 3 long, 
about equal, occupying most of the surface: in male oblong-oval, 
not longer than the thorax. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female specimen. 


Terrasticuus, Haliday. 


This genus is numerously represented in all parts of the world 
and the species are exceedingly difficult to separate. Mr. F. 
Walker, in his ‘ Monographia Chalcididum,’ under the genus 
Cirrospilus has described numerous species from England and 
elsewhere ; but as he gave no tables of his species, and, moreover, 
seems to have confused several genera under this genus, I have 
been unable to follow him, and the species described by me may 
or may not be identical with some of his species. 

The six species in the St. Vincent collection may be dis- 
tinguished by the following table :— 


NICHES Idler cities cheat cele stereo) cicetetere rigniolser 3. 
Species black or blue-black, smooth or but feebly 
SOLUTES | ie Gag nn SiO OReMOR DRAG hc ben 2. 


Bright metallic green to blue-green, rather 
strongly punctate. 
Legs, except coxe, brownish yellow or reddish 
WGN 08 S40Sc bo Sec sho se55bos05 .... T. cupreus, sp. n. 
2. Blue-black, subopaque, or black, shining. 
No pale spot at base of abdomen. 
Abdomen in female conic-ovate. 
a. Subopaque. 
Scape and legs, except cox and femora, 
brownish yellow ; antennz not especi- 
ally long; mesoscutum with a row of 
punctures at the lateral margins .... 7. vulgaris, sp. n. 


184 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


b. Shining, black. 
Seape, pedicel, and legs honey-yellow or 
pale brownish yellow; hind femora 
sometimes more or less dusky ; antenne 
long ; mesoscutum without a row of 
punctures at the lateral margins...... T. longicornis, sp. n. 
Antenne short; legs, except coxe and 
femora, pale brownish or honey-yellow ; 
hind wingsiacute at, tips see aee- ore. T. acutipennis,sp.n. 
A pale spot at base of abdomen. 
Black with a faint zeneous tinge. 
Scape, legs, and basal abdominal segment 
honey-yellow, the femora dusky towards 
basi meee creas coe n keke ote eens T. basilaris, sp. n. 
3. Brown or brownish yellow. 
Frons not closely punctured with thimble-like 
punctures, at the most with only a row of 
punctures. 
Apex of antennze, head and thorax above, 
and the apex of the abdominal segments 


CiSlay Or |DROWING solo aos sony Seeoooes o T. fasciatus, sp. n. 
Frons closely punctured with thimble-like 
UGGS yoo odd coc balmnhelacoa ns doo T. punctifrons, sp. n. | 


THTRASTICHUS CUPREUS, Sp. n. 

6 @. Length 1°55 to 2 milim. Bright metallic green or 
cupreous, more rarely bluish green, punctate ; scape, pedicel, and | 
legs, except coxe, yellow; coxe metallic; flagellum brown, 
pubescent. Head transverse, a little wider than the thorax, . 
punctate, the vertex rounded; ocelli red, connected by grooved 
lines; frons witha V-shaped sutonmala impression. Flagellum in 
female brown, pubescent, with two, ring-joints, the funicle-joints 
oblong; club stout, fusiform, 3-jointed: in male filiform, pilose, 
the first funicle-joint scarcely longer than thick, the following 
joints almost equal, oblong, from 13 to 2 times as long as thick. 
Thorax subovoid, with the collar’ distinct, transverse, rounded 
anteriorly ; mesonotum not quite as long as wide, with distinct 
parapsidal furrows, the middle lobe with a median grooved Ine, 
usually subobsolete anteriorly, and with two punctate lines along 
the lateral margins; scutellum convex, with two lines on disk 
and a short median line at base; metathorax short, areolated ; 
pleura and coxe strongly punctate. Wings hyaline, pubescent, 
the venation yellowish. Abdomen sessile, ovate, cylindric, 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 185 


punctate; in female rarely longer than the thorax, in male 
shorter, the first segment the longest, the following segments: 
short, nearly equal. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 145 specimens. 


TETRASTICHUS VULGARIS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 1°5 to 2 millim. Blue-black at sides and beneath ; 
the dorsum black, subopaque, feebly shagreened ; abdomen conic- 
ovate, zneous black; scape, pedicel, trochanters, knees, tibie, 
and tarsi honey-yellow; flagellum brown. Head transverse, 
antero-posteriorly very thin, the vertex therefore very sharp ; 
frons deeply impressed, punctate; trophi ferruginous. Antenne 
shorter than the thorax, the pedicel 4 the length of the scape; 
the flagellum subclavate, very slightly more than twice the length 
of the scape, brown, pubescent, the three funicle-joints a little 
longer than thick, the third the widest; club stouter, 3-jointed. 
Thorax short, ovoid, feebly shagreened, subopaque; pronotum 
short, visible from above as an arcuate ridge; mesonotum wider 
than long, the middle lobe with a median grooved line and a row 
of punctures along the parapsidal furrows; parapsides with an 
oblique line just above the tegule ; scutellum convex, with two 
median grooved lines; metathorax very short, abrupt. Wings 
hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale yellowish. Abdomen conic- 
ovate, a little longer than the head and thorax united, depressed 
or flat above, boat-shaped beneath. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 58 female specimens. 


TETRASTICHUS LONGICORNIS, sp. n. 

@. Length 15 to 1°8 millim. Black, shining, much slenderer 
than 7. vulgaris; the antenne very long, extending to base of 
abdomen or beyond, the flagellum being filiform and nearly five 
times as long as the scape, the joints elongate, about three and a 
half times as long as thick. Thorax smooth, the collar conical, 
the mesoscutum without a row of punctures along the parapsidal 
furrows. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale brownish 
yellow. Legs pale yellowish, the femora more or less dusky 
medially, the anterior pair sometimes entirely pale. Abdomen 
as in Z. vulgaris, but piceous along the venter. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from nine female specimens. 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 14 


186 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


The long antenne, closely resembling those of a male, the 
conical pronotum and its smooth surface, readily distinguish the 
species. 


TETRASTICHUS ACUTIPENNIS, Sp. 0. 

2. Length 0°9 millim. Black, shining, impunctate; antenne 
and legs, except the cox and the femora at the middle, honey- 
yellow or pale brownish yellow; mouth-parts yellowish. Head 
transverse, deeply impressed anteriorly on the frons, the vertex 
therefore thin antero-posteriorly. Thorax short, oval, the collar 
very short, scarcely visible from above; the mesonotum smooth, 
broader than long, with the parapsidal furrows distinct, the 
median grooved line very faint; the scutellum convex, with two 
grooved lines; the metathorax very short, smooth. Wings 
hyaline, fringed; the hind wings lanceolate, acutely pointed at 
tips. Abdomen conic-ovate, pointed at tip, depressed above, 
convex beneath, and seneous black. 

Flagellum clavate, pubescent, about twice as long as the scape ; 
the funicle-joints submoniliform ; the club stout, fusiform. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two female specimens. The species is dis- 
tinguished from the others by its smaller size, colour of antenne, 
and the pointed hind wings. 


TETRASTICHUS BASILARIS, Sp. De 

2. Length 1°5 to 2 millim. Black, shining, with a slight 
geneous tinge; head below the antenne and the eyes piceous or 
pale ferruginous ; scape, pedicel, a spot at base of abdomen, and 
the legs yellowish or whitish, the coxe black, the femora some- 
times dusky toward base. The face has two rows of punctures 
between the facial impression and the eyes; the thorax is faintly 
alutaceous ; the collar distinct, rounded before and with a row of 
punctures along the posterior margin ; mesoscutum with a single 
row of punctures along the parapsidal furrows. Wings hyaline, 
pubescent, the venation pallid or pale brownish yellow. Abdomen 
conic-ovate or conically produced, longer than the head and 
thorax together. 

Flagellum clavate, two and a half times as long as the scape; 
the funicle-joints nearly twice as long as thick, the club stouter, 
three-jointed. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 50 female specimens. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 187 


TETRASTICHUS FASCIATUS, Sp. n. 

3 @. Length 15 to 2 millim. Brownish yellow, smooth, 
impunctured; stemmaticum, flagellum, excluding the pedicel, 
eyes, grooved lines on thorax, sometimes the sides of metathorax, 
and the apical margins of the abdominal segments dark brown ; 
the middle of abdomen sometimes wholly brown; scape, pedicel, 
and legs pale yellowish. The space between the eye and 
the facial impression smooth, or at the most with only a few 
punctures ; pronotum short, rounded before; mesoscutum longer 
than wide, with some punctures along the parapsidal furrows; 
metathorax very short, abrupt, with a delicate median carina. 
Wings hyaline, pubescent. Abdomen conically produced, a 
little longer than the head and thorax united, with a style-like 
tip, the ovipositor being slightly exserted. 

The female flagellum is clavate; the funicle-joints 1 and 
2 nearly twice as long as thick, the third slightly shorter and 
stouter ; while the club is ovate, 3-jointed, and stouter than the 
last funicle-joint. Inthe male the stemmaticum, occiput, a broad 
median band on thorax, metathorax, and abdomen are brownish 
black ; the flagellum is long, filiform, pilose, with the funicle- 
joints, after the first, about three‘times as long as thick, the first 
joint being moniliform; while the abdomen is oblong-ovai, not 
quite as long as the thorax. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and 14 female specimens. 


TETRASTICHUS PUNCTIFRONS, sp. 0. 

2. Length 2:2 millim. Very close to TZ. fasciatus, but the 
head, except the face below the antennz and the eyes, is distinctly 
metallic or zneous, the frons being closely punctate with thimble- 
like punctures; the occiput and thorax faintly shagreened; the 
median furrow of the mesoscutum distinct, but not so deeply and 
sharply defined, the punctures along the lateral margins large 
and distinct; while the antennz, except the club, are pale 
brownish yellow. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two female specimens. 


PENTASTICHUS, gen. nov. 


Similar to Tetrastichus, Haliday, and differing only in antennal 


characters as follows :— 
14* 


188 mR. Ww. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


In both sexes the antenne are short, clavate, 8-jointed 
(without a ring-joint), pubescent, the joints moniliform, the 
pedicel being as long as the first two funicle-joints united ; 
club stout, fusiform ; scape slender, subclavate, inserted below the 
middle of the face, a little below an imaginary line drawn from 
the base of each eye. Frons deeply impressed; the anterior 
ocellus situated in the furrow, the lateral ocelli closer to the front 
ocellus than to the eye-margin. Thorax short, oval or almost 
round; the mesonotum about twice as wide as long, with three 
grooved lines; the scutellum semicircular, convex, with two 
grooved lines; metathorax very short, rounded. Wings broad, 
weil fringed, with the venation as in Zetrastichus. Abdomen ovate, 
sessile or subsessile; the first and second body-segments the 
longest, about equal, the, following shorter. 


PENTASTICHUS XANTHOPUS, Sp. n. 

3 @. Length 0°8 to1 millim. neous black, smooth, im- 
punctured; antenne and legs lemon-yellow; wings hyaline, 
ciliated ; abdomen ovate in female, pointed at apex, and as long 
as the head and thorax united ; in male rounded at apex, scarcely 
as long as the thorax. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and four female specimens. 


Report on the Parasitic Cynipide, part of the Braconidex, the 
Ichneumonids, the Proctotrypide, and part of the Chalci- 
dide.—Part III. By Witiiam H. Asumeap. 


Family PROCTOTRY PID. 
Subfamily Bernyxina. 


Epyris, Westwood. 
Two species, both males, may be distinguished as follows :— 


Mesonotal furrows distinct. 
Anterior coxee and hind cox and femora black or 
piceous, rest of the legs brownish yellow ; scape 
and pedicel yellow, the pedicel small, rounded ; 
flagellum brown, the joints at least twice as long 
ARNO Wolssoboshaddsasoonsccksaocqoscne E. insularis, sp. 1. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 189 | 


Mesonotal furrows almost obliterated, with only slight 
traces anteriorly. 
Legs, including coxe, rufous, the tarsi paler; an- 
tennze brown, fuscous or black toward tips; 
pedicel more than twice as long as thick, the 
joints of the flagellum fully thrice as long asthick. E. incertus, sp. n. 


EPYRIS INSULARIS, sp. 1. 

6. Length 24 millim. - Black, shining, densely and very finely 
punctulate, covered with a sparse pubescence ; mandibles, scape 
and pedicel, tegule and legs, except anterior coxe and the hind 
coxe, and sometimes the posterior femora, which are black or 
fuscous, brownish yellow. Hyes hairy. The mandibles are 
curved and rather slender, not broadened at tips, the tips trun- 
cate and with five minute teeth. Antenne 13-jointed, filiform, 
acuminate towards tips, extending to the middle of the abdomen ; 
flagellum fuscous, the pedicel very small, rounded, the first 
flagellar joint a little longer than the second, thrice as long as 
thick, the following twice as long as thick. The dorsum of the 
pronotum is trapezoidal, anteriorly and along the sides distinctly 
margined; mesonotum longer than the dorsum of the pronotum, 
with two distinct furrows and a grooved line on the scapule; 
scutellum with a furrow across the base; metathorax quadrate, 
the apex abruptly truncate, the sides and the truncature finely 
striated; the dorsum is margined along the sides and at apex, 
with a medial carina extending on to the truncature, its surface 
very finely transversely striated. Wings subhyaline, pubescent, 
the nerves brown; the transverse medial nervure is curved out- 
wardly. Abdomen scarcely as long as the thorax, black, polished, 
sparsely pubescent, especially towards the tip; the third segment 
is twice as long as the fourth. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from four specimens. 


EPYRIS INCERTUS, sp. n. 

d. Length 23 millim. Black, shining, very finely microsco- 
pically punctate, the surface appearing almost smooth, sparsely 
pubescent; mandibles, scape and base of flagellum, and legs, 
including all coxx, brownish yellow. Eyes faintly pubescent or 
almost bare. The mandibles are closely folded under the over- 
lapping labrum, and the number of teeth cannot be made out, 
but the outer tooth is long and acute. Antenne 13-jointed, 
nearly as long as the body, cylindrical, pubescent, the flagellum 
being fuscous or black towards the tip ; the pedicel is fully twice 


190 wR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


as long as thick; first flagellar joint a little longer than the 
pedicel and slightly stouter than the second or the third; the 
joints beyond are all longer than the first and a little more than 
thrice as long as thick. The dorsum of the pronotum is a little 
longer than the mesonotum, margined anteriorly only, the sides: 
rounded; mesonotum with slight traces of the parapsidal furrows 
anteriorly ; scutellum with a transverse furrow at base; meta- 
thorax quadrate ; the truncature and sides striate; the dorsum 
has a medial carina that extends only to the upper edge of the 
truncature, and with a short carina on each side at base, its. 
surface being finely transversely striate. Wings hyaline or sub- 
hyaline, pubescent, the venation brown; the transverse medial 
nervure is oblique, curved outwardly. Abdomen polished black, 
the third segment the longest, not more than; one third longer 
than the fourth. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from five specimens. The absence of distinct meso- 
notal furrows causes doubt in my mind as to its being a genuine 
Epyris. 

Isopracuium, Forster. 

The two species recognized in this genus may be thus dis- 

tinguished :— 
Mesonotal furrows indicated only anteriorly ........ 2. 
Mesonotal furrows complete. 
Metathorax finely rugulose; legs yellowish white ; 
flagellum fuscous or brown ; first flagellar joint 
four times as long as the pedicel and/ja little 
longer than the second, the joints beyond thrice 
Ch) JMS JONES 5 cooodancooFodHOdodO DCO RSS I. collinum, sp. n- 
2. Metathorax finely sculptured, the sides almost 
smooth. 
Legs yellowish white; flagellum fuscous; pedicel 
rounded, not half the length of the first flagellar 
joint, the joints beyond the second two and a 
half times'as long asithiek ). 2. -5.....0.+.% I. albipes, sp. n. 

IsOBRACHIUM COLLINUM, sp. 0. 

3. Length 2 to 33 millim. Black,shining, with sparse, dis- 
tinct punctures; mandibles and antenne pale ferruginous, the 
latter fuscous towards the apex ; the depression above on collar 
usually pale or yellowish; legs, including coxe, yellowish white 
or pale honey-yellow. Head across the eyes fully as wide as long ; 
the eyes prominent, faintly pubescent. Mandibles broadened. 
at tips, 5-dentate, the outer tooth long, acute, the second a little: 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 191 


shorter, the three following very small, about equal. Antenne 
13-jointed, filiform, tapering toward tips, extending to the base 
of the metathorax ; scape curved, clavate, the length of the eye; 
pedicel small, rounded; first flagellar joint longer than the 
second, three and a half times as long as thick, the following 
joints thrice as long as thick. Pronotum finely transversely 
striated or closely minutely punctulate, the depression in collar 
above usually yellowish, rarely entirely black, the posterior margin 
tinged with piceous. “Mesonotum with two distinct furrows. 
Scutellum with a profound fovea at base. Metathorax twice as 
long as wide, roundedly truncate posteriorly, dorsally rugulose, 
with an indistinct median carina and carinated along the superior 
edges of the sides. Tegule white or yellowish. Wings sub- 
fuscous, pubescent, the venation brown; the transverse medial 
nervure is oblique, and there is a more or less distinct, rhom- 
boidal discoidal cell; the radial vein is very long. Abdomen 
oblong-oval, depressed, subpetiolated, black or dark piceous, 
banded or tinged with rufous. 
Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from three specimens. 


IsoOBRACHIUM ALBIPES, Sp. n. 

3S. Length 2} millim. Black, shining, at the most very faintly 
microscopically punctulate; mandibles and antenne brown, the 
latter fuscous toward the tips; legs pale, whitish yellow or 
honey-yellow. The mandibles are broadened and truncate at 
apex, the two outer teeth acute, followed by three or four minute, 
blunt denticulations. Antenne 13-jointed, extending to base of 
abdomen; pedicel very small, rounded, less than half the length 
of the first flagellar joint; the first flagellar joint about thrice as 
long as thick, the following two and a half times as long as thick. 
Thorax elongate, the prothorax triangular, a little longer than 
the mesonotum, the latter with traces of the furrows only an- 
teriorly. Scutellum with a transverse fovea at base. Meta- 
thorax twice as long as wide, finely, faintly, transversely rugu- 
lose, the truncature rounded off, not margined above. Wings 
subhyaline, the venation brown; the transverse medial nervure 
is oblique, and the discoidal cell is only partially defined. Ab- 
domen oblong-oval, depressed, more or less tinged with piceous. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 


Described from four specimens, captured at from 1000 to 2000 
feet altitude. 


192 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


DissomPHaLus, Ashmead, 

This genus is allied to Zsobrachium, Forster, and is described 
in my ‘ Monograph of the North-American Proctotrypide.’ As 
the work has not yet appeared, I give here the essential characters 
for the recognition of the genus :— ; 

Maxillary palpi 4-jointed ; labial palpi 3-jointed. Mandibles 
3-dentate. Antenne 13-jointed, filiform, submoniliform, the first 
flagellar joint always smaller than the second, the joints beyond 
submoniliform. Mesonotum with or without furrows. Wings | 
with two basal cells of an equal length; the transverse medial 
nervure straight ; parastigma not developed ; the stigma oblong- 
quadrate, the radial vein very long. Legs slender, the femora 
not much swollen. Abdomen oblong-oval or oval, depressed, 
subpetiolate; the second segment is always much longer than 
the third, and bears two warty-like tubercles or nipples, which 
are variously situated, often placed in a fovea or surrounded by 
a grooved line. 

The two warty-like tubercles or nipples, on the second abdo- 
minal segment, are a unique character, and with the other 
characters mentioned will readily distinguish it from all other 
genera in the Bethyline. 

The four species from St. Vincent may be thus tabulated :— 


Mesonotal furrows wanting or with only traces 
PvAMOhY “SEcagddsscoooocun bo oaSdan ode 2. 
Mesonotal furrows complete, distinct. 
Metathorax rugose, with a medial carina. 
Transverse medial nervure straight. 
Legs reddish yellow. 
Second abdominal segment with two 
hairy tubercles in foveze towards the 
base, widely separated; flagellum 
fuscous towards the tip, the pedicel 
oval, larger than the first flagellar 
joint, the second and the joints 
beyond longer than the first, about 
one and a half times aslongasthick. D. tuberculatus, sp. 
Metathorax almost smooth above, the sides 
and face of the truncature finely sculptured. 
Legs honey-yellow. 
Second abdominal segment with two 
tubercles close together; flagellum 
fuscous, the pedicel larger than the 


OF THE ISLAND OF 81. VINCENT. 193 


first flagellar joint, the joints beyond 
quadrate, a little longer towards the 
UW) CeoonesnoGocongcGuecroaodaod D. bisulcus, sp. n. 
2. Polished, impunctured ; legs, scape, and pedi- 
cel honey-yellow ; the second abdominal seg- 
ment with the tubercles widely separated, 
placed near the lateral margin. 
Flagellum filiform, submoniliform, the first 
flagellar joint very small. 
Transverse medial nervure nearly straight, 
slightly curved at tip. 
Flagellar joints after the first scarcely 
longer thamsthiek: ajc «» siete «le ote D. confusus, sp. n. 
Transverse medial nervure straight. 
Flagellar joints after the first twice as long 
AS ACC Ke a miter Meret shaven sts wicher scr etine tate D. politus, sp. n. 


DissoMPHALUS TUBERCULATUS, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 23 millim. Polished black, shining, very faintly 
microscopically punctulate, the head with some larger scattered 
punctures. Mandibles and antenne pale ferruginous, the latter 
fuscous towards tips. Legs reddish yellow. Head as broad as 
long; the eyes prominent, oblong oval, bare. Antenne 13- 
jointed, filiform, extending to the base of the metathorax, covered 
with a short pubescence; scape slightly curved, two thirds the 
length of the eye; pedicel oval, a little longer than the first 
flagellar joint; the second flagellar joint and the joints beyond 
longer than the first, about one and a half times as long as thick. 
Pronotum contracted anteriorly into a rounded neck, the con- 
tracted portion finely transversely striated, the posterior portion 
very short, about one third the length of the mesonotum; meso- 
notum with two distinct parapsidal furrows and a grooved line 
on the scapule. Scutellum with a long transverse furrow at 
base. Metathorax scarcely longer than wide, roundedly trun- 
cate posteriorly, coarsely rugose, with a medial carina. Tegule 
yellowish. Wings subhyaline, pubescent, the venation brown ; 
the transverse medial nervure is straight, and there are indica- 
tions of a discoidal cell. Abdomen oval, depressed, subpetiolate, 
polished black; the suture between the first and second segments 
is very strongly arcuate ; the second segment is fully twice as 
long as the third and bears two, widely separated, rounded, hairy 
nipples or tubercles, in fover below its middle; the third and 
following segments about of an equal length. 


194 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from six specimens. 


DisSOMPHALUS BISULCUS, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 2 millim. Black, shining; prothorax very faintly 
and finely punctulate; metathorax very finely sculptured, the 
apex of the dorsum nearly smooth, its base with traces of two or 
three caring; sides and truncature bounded by a carina. Meso- 
notum with two distinct furrows. Scutellum with a transverse 
impressed line at base. Mesopleura with a crenate furrow 
across the middle. Antenne 13-jointed, fuscous, yellowish at 
base, the pedicel longer than the first flagellar joint, the joints 
beyond quadrate, a little longer towards the tip of the flagellum. 
Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation brown; the transverse 
medial nervure is straight, the discoidal cell indistinct and in- 
complete. Legs honey-yellow. Abdomen oblong-oval, smooth, 
shining ; the two nipples on the second segment placed a little 
below the middle and close together, almost touching each other. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from three specimens. 


DiIssOMPHALUS CONFUSUS, Sp. n. 

$. Length 14 millim. Polished black, impunctured; the 
metathorax very faintly punctulate, with a delicate medial carina 
towards base. Scape, pedicel, and legs honey-yellow or pale 
brownish yellow, the flagellum fuscous. Antenne 13-jointed, 
filiform, submoniliform, extending slightly behind the tegule; 
the scape is more than four times as long as the pedicel, curved, 
and a little incrassated towards the tip; pedicel twice as long 
as the first funicle-joint; the first funicle-joint is the smallest, 
the following submoniliform, scarcely longer than thick. Pro- 
thorax triangular, about as long as the mesonotum, the latter 
with only slight traces of the parapsidal furrows anteriorly. 
Scutellum with a transverse furrow at base. Mesopleura with 
a curved furrow across the middle. Wings hyaline, the venation 
brown, the transverse medial nervure nearly straight, being very 
slightly curved inwardly at the apex or hind angle of the basal 
cell. Abdomen oblong-oval, depressed, black, shining, subpetio- 
late, the second segment not much longer than the third, with 
the two nipples placed wide apart towards the lateral margins. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 195 


Described from a single specimen taken at an altitude of 
1500 feet. 


DissoMPHALUS POLITUS, sp. n. 

3. Length 14 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; meta- 
thorax roundedly truncate behind, polished, with a dorsal medial 
carina and very faintly sculptured at base. Scape, pedicel, and 
legs honey-yellow, the flagellum brown or fuscous. Antenne 
13-jointed, filiform, extending to the base of the metathorax ; 
scape more than four times as long as the pedicel; the pedicel 
oval, a little longer than the first funicle-joint; the first funicle- 
joint the shortest, the joints beyond the second about twice as 
long as thick, the last thrice as long. Mesonotum without a 
trace of a furrow, or so faint as to be discernible only in a 
certain light. Wings hyaline, very slightly tinged, the venation 
brown ; the transverse medial nervure is straight, the discoidal 
cell indistinctly defined. Abdomen oblong-oval, depressed, black 
or with a piceous tinge, the second segment longer than the third, 
with two minute nipples, widely separated, and placed near the 
lateral basal angles. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens captured at 1500 feet altitude. 


Goniozus, Forster. 
Three distinct species in this genus are in the collection and 
may be thus tabulated :— 


The backward-directed branch of the basal 
nervure prolonged, joining the apex of the 
transverse medial nervure, and forming a 
small, closed, subtriangular discoidal cell. 
Coxze and femora black; tibize and tarsi 
MONEY VellO Webs ackepuhy a sashes cdeeehs G. nigrifemur, sp. n. 
Coxz and legs entirely honey-yellow ...... G. Sancti- Vincenti, sp.n. 
The backward-directed branch of the basal 
nervure ending abruptly, and not forming 
a small discoidal cell. 
Coxe and femora black; trochanters, tibiz, 
and tarsi honey-yellow .............. G. incompletus, sp. nu. 


GONIOZUS NIGRIFEMUR, sp. n. 
@. Length 2 to 23 millim. Polished black, at most faintly 
indistinctly punctate, except the head, which exhibits a few 


196 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


scattered punctures, and the sides and truncature of the meta- 
thorax, which are finely minutely sculptured. Antenne 13- 
jointed, brownish yellow, hardly longer than the oblong head, 
moniliform, tapering at tips, the flagellar joints a little longer 
than wide, the first joint the smallest. Scutellum without a 
transverse furrow or fovea at base, separated from the mesonotum 
only by a delicate straight impressed line. Mesopleura with a 
round fovea at the middle. Dorsum of metathorax polished, 
without carine. Wings hyaline, the costa, parastigma, and 
stigma piceous, the nervures pale; the branch of the basal 
nervure curved backwards and joining the transverse medial 
nervure near its apex, forming a small subtriangular discoidal 
cellule. Legs black, the tibie and tarsi honey-yellow. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from twa specimens. 


Gontozus Sancri-VINCENTI, sp. n. 

@. Length 14 to 14 millim. Polished black; the head and 
prothorax very finely, faintly, closely punctulate; antenne and 
legs, including cox, wholly honey-yellow. The joints of the 
flagellum, after the first, are moniliform, fully as long as wide; 
otherwise, except in the colour of the legs, it agrees with 
G. nigrifemur. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from six specimens. 


GonrozUs INCOMPLETUS, sp. D. 

Q. Length 21 millim. Polished black; the head and thorax 
very finely, faintly punctulate; mandibles, antenne, except tips, 
trochanters, tibiz, and tarsi honey-yellow ; rest of the legs black. 
The antenne are a little less than twice as long as the head, the 
flagellar joints, after the first, distinctly longer than wide. Wings 
hyaline ; costa, parastigma, and stigma dark brown, the veins 
hyaline ; the branch of the basal nervure ending abruptly, not 
curving backwards and forming no discoidal cell; otherwise it 
resembles G. nigrifemur. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 197 


Subfamily Dryrina. 
Lazeo, Haliday. 


The collection represents two distinct species in this genus, 
although they are closely related and difficult to separate. 

The following characters may, however, be used to separate 
them :— 


Black, shining; all coxz black, the anterior 
femora, more or less, middle femora and pos- 
terior femora and tibie brown or fuscous, 
trochanters, knees, and tarsi pale or whitish. 
Antenne not extending beyond the meta- 
» thorax; the scape and pedicel nearly of an 
equal length; the first flagellar joint twice 
as long as the pedicel, the following joints 
very slightly shorter, thrice as long as thick; [sp.n. 
Vertexstimely punctilatert-1.s tess idee « LL. Sancti-Vincentt, 
Black, shining; coxe and legs pale, the middle 
and posterior cox dusky basally, their 
femora towards base fuscous. 
Antenne extending to the middle of abdo- 
men; the scape distinctly longer than the 
pedicel; the first flagellar joint nearly thrice 
as long as the pedicel, the second and 
third joints fully as long as the first, the 
following four times as long as thick; ver- 
tex smooth, not finely punctulate........ L. simulans, sp. n. 


Laseo Sancri-VINCENTI, sp. n. 

3. Length 12 millim. Black, shining, sparsely covered with 
a short, whitish pubescence. Head shining, but finely, minutely 
punctulate. Ocelli red. Hyes hairy. Mandibles and palpi 
white. Antenne 10-jointed, fuscous, not extending beyond the 
tip of metathorax ; scape and pedicel oval, about equal; first 
flagellar joint twice as long as the pedicel, the following very 
slightly shorter, thrice as longas thick. Thorax with two furrows 
converging posteriorly. Mesopleura with a transverse furrow 
across the disk. Metathorax rounded off posteriorly, finely 
sculptured, opaque. Coxz black or piceous; legs brown, all 
trochanters, tips of anterior femora and their tibie, middle of 
posterior knees, and all tarsi pale or whitish. Tegule yellowish 
white. Wings hyaline, the stigma brown, the veins hyaline. 


198 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Abdomen as long as the thorax, black, more or less tinged with 
piceous. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from three specimens. 


LABEO SIMULANS, Sp. 0. 

$. Length 14 millim. Black, shining, sparsely pubescent. 
Head impunctured, shining, or at the most with a few scattered 
punctures. Ocelli pale. Mandibles and palpi white. Antenne 
10-jointed, fuscous, extending to the middle of the abdomen; 
scape longer than the pedicel; first flagellar joint more than 
twice as long as the pedicel, the second and third joints as long 
as the first, the following slightly shorter, but fully four times as 
long as thick. Thorax smooth, shining, with two furrows con- 
verging and almost meeting at the base of the scutellum. Meso- 
pleura faintly, sparsely punctate, with a grooved line across the 
middle. Metathorax shining, finely, closely punctured or sculp- 
tured. Legs pale; middle and posterior coxe basally and their 
femora slightly dusky. Wings hyaline, including the stigma 
and venation. Abdomen black, piceous towards the base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens. 


Subfamily CERAPHRONINA. 
CERAPHRON, Jurine. 


This group is poorly represented in the collection, but six 
specimens in all having been taken. All belong to the genus 
Ceraphron, and represent four distinct species, which may be 
separated as follows :— . 


Mesonotum with a distinct medial grooved 


Mesonotum not grooved, or with only a trace 
of the groove anteriorly or posteriorly. 
Wings fuliginous or subfuscous; scape, 
pedicel, first flagellar joint, and the legs 
brownish yellow; rest of the flagellum 
black or fuscous. 
Female with the third and fourth fla- 


gellar jomts longer than wide...... C. fummipennis, sp. n. 
Female with the third and fourth fla- 
gellar joints wide: than long ...... C. Sancti- Vincenti, sp. n. 


e 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 199 


2. Wings fuscous. 
Female: scape and pedicel brown, the 
flagellum black ; legs reddish yellow. 
First flagellar joint not longer than the 
pedicel, the second joint half the 
length of the first, the third and 
TOUTE Mg UAdT ALE Werle a erste ae C. solitarius, sp. n. 
Wings hyaline, scarcely tinged. 
Female: scape, pedicel, and legs honey- 
yellow or pale brownish yellow. 
First flagellar joint shorter than the 
pedicel, the second, third, and fourth 
joints transverse, quadrate ........ C. meridionalis, sp. nu. 


CERAPHRON FUMMIPENNIS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 2 millim. Polished black, impunctured, at the 
most with afew minute scattered punctures. Antenne 10-jointed, 
gradually incrassated toward tips, the scape, pedicel, and first 
flagellar joint brownish yellow, rest of the flagellum black or 
fuscous ; the flagellum is two and a half times as long as the scape ; 
the pedicel and first flagellar joint are elongate, the pedicel slightly 
the shorter; the flagellum from the second joint is gradually 
incrassated, the second, third, and fourth joints longer than 
thick ; the terminal joint fusiform and the longest joint. Thorax 
smooth, shining, the mesonotum with only a faint trace of the 
furrow posteriorly. Metathorax exceedingly short, with a blunt 
tooth at base just behind the scutellum, and toothed posterior- 
lateral angles. Wings fuliginous, the venation dark brown; the 
radial vein long, curved, about thrice as long as the linear mar- 
ginal vein. Abdomen one half longer than the head and thorax 
together, pointed at apex, highly polished, and with strie at 
base. 

The male, or what is supposed to be the male, is 13 millim. 
long, and differs from the female only in the antenne; these are 
longer than the body, filiform, the flagellum black, the first and 
last joint slightly longer than the others, the intermediate joints 
being about thrice as long as thick. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a male and a female specimen. 


CERAPHRON Sancri-VINCENTI, sp. n. 
2. Length 12 millim. Differs from the above in having paler 
subfuscous wings, the flagellum being only twice as long as the 


200 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


scape, the four terminal joints only distinctly black; the second 
flagellar joint is distinctly larger than the pedicel, and neither of 
these joints are so long asin C. fummipennis ; the third and fourth 
joints are wider than long; while the mesonotal groove, although 
delicate, is distinct for half the length of the mesonotum 
posteriorly. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


CERAPHRON SOLITARIUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 23 millim. Resembles closely C. fummipennis in 
stature, colour of the wings, and sculpture; but the mesonotal 
furrow is distinct; there is a large V-shaped fovea on the meso- 
pleurz, not present in that species or the others; the legs are 
reddish yellow, pilose ; the first flagellar joint is not longer than 
the pedicel, and both are relatively shorter than in fwmmipennis. 
These differences are sufficient to distinguish the species. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


CERAPHRON MERIDIONALIS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1} millim. Polished black, impunctured ; scape, 
pedicel, and legs honey-yellow or pale brownish yellow; flagellum 
fuscous, brownish towards the base. Antenne 10-jointed, rather 
slender, subclavate ; scape less than half the length of the fla- 
gellum, not extending to the ocelli, slender, cylindrical ; pedicel 
distinctly longer and stouter than the first flagellar joint; the 
second, third, and fourth flagellar joints transverse quadrate. 
Thorax highly polished,-with a distinct medial impressed line. 
Mesopleura smooth, shining, with a few faint strie posteriorly. 
Wings hyaline, the radial vein long, strongly curved. Abdomen 
longer than the head and thorax together, the tip pointed, curving 
upwards. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Subfamily ScELIONINA. 


Tribe i. TELENOMINI. 


Puanvrus, Thomson. 
PHANURUS AFFINIS, sp. 0. 
?. Length £millim. Black, shining, but very feebly minutely 
punctate; trochanters, knees, and tarsi white. Head quadrate, 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 201 


the frons convex, smooth. Palpi pale. Antenne 11-jointed; 
scape about one third the length of the flagellum ; flagellum sub- 
clavate, gradually incrassated towards tip; pedicel longer and 
stouter than the first flagellar joint, its apical margin white; 
first flagellar joint a little longer than thick, the following sub- 
moniliform, the three or four preceding the ultimate transverse, 
the last ovate. Thorax oblong-oval, feebly punctate, very finely 
sericeous. Mesopleure with a smooth femoral furrow. Wings 
hyaline, pubescent, with rather long cilia at margins; venation 
pale brown, the marginal vein about half the length of the 
stigmal. Abdomen subfusiform, pointed, polished black, a little 
longer than the head and thorax together, the basal segment 
small, transverse, smooth, without strie, the second very long, 
the following very short. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two female specimens. 

Comes nearest to P. ovivorus, Ashm., but that species is highly 
polished, impunctured, with more slender antenne. 


TELENoMUS, Haliday. 


This genus, comprising the smallest species, and probably 
furnishing the greatest number of species in any one genus in 
the Scelionine, is well represented in the collection. 

The following table will materially aid in determining the 
species :— 


Table of Species. 
Females. 


Pedicel not longer than the first funicle-joint . 3. 
Pedicel longer than the first funicle-joint. 
Head broadly transverse, much wider than 
HR OTAKE | PSerapatar clone clearer care veer a a 2. 
Head quadrate, not or scarcely wider than 
thorax. 
Black. 
Coxe pale or yellow. 
Legs pale yellow. 
Thorax microscopically punctate ; 
scape fuscous; second abdominal 
segment twice as long as wide . T. confusus, sp. n. 
Legs brownish yellow; second abdo- 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXY. 15 


202 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


minal segment not twice as long 
as wide. 
Thorax slightly impressed on disk .. T. zmpressus, sp. n. 
Thorax not impressed, convex. 
Thorax minutely wrinkled..... ... TT. difformis, sp. n. 
Thorax microscopically punctate. | 
Club stout, much shorter than scape T. magniclavus, sp. u. 
Club slender, as long as the scape. T. cubiceps, sp. n. 
Not entirely black (see male). 
2arAllWeoxce) palevorsyellowariienisiera/elrienter: 3. 
All coxe black. 
Head nearly three times as wide as thick 
antero-posteriorly. 
Antenne brown, the scape pale basally ; 
thorax sericeous; legs yellow, fe- 
ONE |NOWH ~— s s00oa500500050000 T. medius, sp. n. 
3. Petiole yellow. 
Head three and a half times as wide as 
thick antero-posteriorly. 


Legs yellow ........ Goad dee pbob 6 6.0.0 T. flavopetiolatus, sp. ne 
Petiole black. 
\WRIEE TOSEOUS “ooacconcsooguduaaen054 4. 


Wings hyaline, rarely faintly tinged. 
Head two and a half times as wide as 


long. 
Legs and antenne, except club, 
WOlOn? Bao sa50 doobaddsoodcs T. meridionalis, sp. n. 


Head three times as wide as long. 
Antenne brown-black, the scape pale 
lSASMIN SGodogdsoudpausooguss T. pygmaeus, sp. 0. 
Head three and a half times as wide as 
long. 
Thorax strigoso-scabrous, sericeous ; 
legs pale honey-yellow ...... T. scaber, sp. n. 
Thorax minutely punctate, sericeous ; 
legs brownish yellow ........ T. Smithit, sp. n. 
Thorax polished, impunctured; legs 
palenvelloyaeerrcmeenr crn TT. T. flavicornis, sp. n. 
4, Head two and a half times as wide as long 
(see male). 
5. Coxze and legs yellow; wings hyaline. 
Head three and a half times as wide as long; 
thorax minutely punctate.......... T.Sancti- Vincentt, sp. n- 
Coxe black. 
Head two and a half times as wide as long; 
thorax finely punctate ............ T. nigrocoralis, sp. n. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINOEN1. 203 


Head four times as wide as long; head and 
thorax opaque, minutely closely punctulate. 


Males. 


Head transverse, mucn ».der than the thorax. . 
Head quadrate or subquadrate, not or scarcely 
wider than thorax. 
Thorax impressed .......... Ware ate etek 
Thorax not impressed, convex. 
Woncenpale man ned oec aslo diene enemas 
Coxe black. 
Femora and tibie piceous ............ 
2. Pedicel always shorter than the first flagellar 
joint. 
Black; abdomen entirely black. 
Legs pale yellow. 
Head and thorax polished, impunctured. 
Flagellar joints oval-moniliform 
Head smooth, the thorax microscopi- 
cally punctate. 
Flagellum shorter than the body .... 
Flagellum longer than the body .... 
Sternum, metathorax, and petiole yellow. 
SMEG LeRVe LOW she cio. 0 diate etole slioe whee d.eveve's oh 
Petiole black. 
Wings fuscous ; head two and a half times 
as wide as long. 
Flagellar joints not very long.......... 
Wings subhyaline; head twice as wide as 
long. 
Blacellarjomts long 25s a el. cain eee sien: 
Wings hyaline; head three and a half 
times as wide as long. 
Axutenne yellow, flagellar joints monili- 
HOMMMECBE Abe On ApH UObOOm Oo oDodE 
Antenne, except toward base, brown, 
the basal flagellar joints elongate. . 


TELENOMUS MONILICORNIS, sp. n. 


T. megacephalus. 


T. impressus. 
2: 


T. monilicornis. 


T. difformis. 


T. magniclavus. 
T. cubiceps. 

T. pectoralis. 

T. flavopetiolatus. 


T. fuscipennis. 


T. Sancti- Vincenti. 


T. flavicornis. 


T. Smithii. 


3. Length + millim. Black, shining; thorax with some faint 
microscopic punctures ; head transverse quadrate, twice as wide 
as thick antero-posteriorly, smooth and shining ; eyes pubescent ; 
mandibles piceous. The antenne are 12-jointed, filiform-monili- 
form, the scape one third the length of the flagellum, the second 
and third joints equal, a little longer than thick, the following 


15* 


204 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


moniliform. Thorax oval, scarcely longer than wide, convex, 
with a microscopic pubescence. Legs black or piceous, the 
trochanters, base, and apex of the femora and tibie and the tarsi 
pale or yellowish. Wings hyaline, pubescent, with short cilia ; 
the venation pale yellowish; the marginal vein about two thirds 
the length of the long oblique stigmal vein. Abdomen polished 
black, rot longer than the thorax, depressed, subtruncate at 
apex. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


TELENOMUS CONFUSUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 4 millim. Black, shining ; thorax feebly micro- 
scopically punctulate. Head transverse quadrate, highly polished. 
Eyes covered with a fine white pubescence. Mandibles pale. 
Antenne 11-jointed, clavate; scape less than half the length of 
the flagellum, fuscous, yellow at base ; flagellum black, the pedicel 
longer than the first funicle-joint, its apical margin yellowish ; 
second funicle-joint slightly shorter than the first; the third 
and fourth very small; club stout, fusiform. Wings hyaline, 
ciliated, the venation pale brown, the stigmal vein very oblique, 
terminating in a small knob. Legs brownish yellow. Abdomen as 
long as the thorax, subtruncate at apex, black, shining, the petiole 
transverse, striated, the second segment about twice as long as 
wide at apex. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


TELENOMUS IMPRESSUS, SP. 0. 

3 @. Length 2 millim. Black, shining; head quadrate, 
scarcely wider than the thorax, highly polished; thorax oval, 
always impressed dorsally; legs and antenne, except the club 
which is brown, yellow. Antenne 11-jointed; scape a little 
longer than half the length of the flagellum; pedicel twice as 
large as the first funicle-joint, the funicle-joints all very small ; 
club 5-jointed, fusiform, the four basal joints transverse. Wings 
subhyaline, pubescent, ciliated. Abdomen oblong, as long as the 
thorax, polished black, the first segment finely striated, some- 
times piceous, the second one and a half times as long as wide. 

The male differs only in the antenne; these are 12-jointed, 
filiform-moniliform, not quite as long as the body; the pedicel 
much longer than the first flagellar joint ; the second and third 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 205 


flagellar joints minute, the following to the last loosely articu- 
lated, transverse moniliform, the last twice as long as the penul- 
timate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and six female specimens. 


TELENOMUS DIFFORMIS, sp. 0. 

3 Q. Length # millim. Polished black; head subquadrate, 
not more than twice as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ; thorax 
ovoid, its dorsum alutaceous; legs honey-yellow. Antenne 11- 
jointed, as long as the body, the scape and pedicel brownish 
yellow, the flagellum brown-black ; pedicel longer than the first 
funicle-joint ; the second and third funicle-joints shorter than 
the first; club 5-jointed, slender, the basal joint transverse, the 
second, third, and fourth a little longer than wide, the last ovate. 
Wings hyaline, ciliated, the venation brown, the marginal vein 
very short. Abdomen as long as the thorax, the second segment 
longer than wide at apex. 

The male differs only in the antenne, which are 12-jointed, 
filiform, submoniliform, longer than the body, the scape yellow, 
the flagellum fuscous ; the first flagellar joint is longer than the 
pedicel; the second, third, and fourth shorter, more slender, and 
about of an equal length; remaining joints, except the last, oval- 
moniliform, covered with short white hairs. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female specimen. 

The left eye in the female is covered at base by the surface of 
the cheek, making it slightly smaller than the right. 


TELENOMUS MAGNICLAVUS, Sp. 0. 

36 @. Length # millim. Polished black; head quadrate, 
scarcely wider than the thorax ; mandibles and palpi pale ;. legs 
pale brownish yellow. Antenne 11-jointed, short, the flagellum 
only about one and a half times as long as the scape; the club 
very stout, much shorter than the scape, black; rest of the 
antenne brownish yellow; the pedicel is a little longer than the 
first funicle-jomt, the remaining joints about equal, moniliform ; 
the first joint of the club is much narrower than the second, the 
third fully twice as wide as long, the last ovate. Wings hyaline, 
the venation pale brown, the marginal vein short. Abdomen a 
little longer than the thorax, narrowed at base. 


206 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


The antennz in the male are 12-jointed, filiform, hairy, a little 
longer than the body, pale brownish, the scape and pedicel 
yellow; the pedicel is a little shorter than the first flagellar 
joint ; the first and second flagellar joints about equal, two and 
a half times as long as thick; the third very little shorter, the 
following oval-moniliform, the two preceding the last round, the 
last conic. The head is quadrate, the eyes very large, occupying 
the whole side of the head. Otherwise it agrees with the female. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and one male specimen. 


TELENOMUS CUBICEPS, sp. 0. 

2. Length 2 millim. Black; head quadrate, highly polished, 
impunctured; thorax closely microscopically punctate, subopaque, 
with a dull sericeous pubescence ; legs brownish yellow ; antenne 
brown-black, the scape yellow. Antenne 11-jointed, the scape 
less than half the length of the flagellum; the pedicel not or 
scarcely longer than the first funicle-joint; the first and second 
funicle-joints about equal, longer than thick, and a little shorter 
than the first; fourth jot small, rounded; the club is slender, 
fusiform, 5-jointed, the three middle joints quadrate, the last 
hardly longer than the penultimate. Wings hyaline, ciliated, 
the venation brown, the marginal vein punctiform. Abdomen 
as long as the thorax, the second segment about twice as long 
as wide at apex. 

The antenne in the male are longer than the body, 12- 
jointed, black, hairy; the first flagellar joint about twice as 
long ag the pedicel, the remaining joints, except the last, oval, 
about twice as long as thick, the last fusiform, nearly twice as 
long as the penultimate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female specimen. 


TELENOMUS PECTORALIS, sp. 0. 

3$. Length 33 millim. Head and abdomen black, polished ; 
thorax brownish piceous ; metathorax, sternum, petiole, and legs 
yellow. The antenne are 12-jointed, filiform-moniliform, the 
scape yellow, the flagellum brown; the first and second flagellar 
jomts are about equal, longer than the pedicel; the joints after 
the third loosely articulated, round. Wings hyaline, the vena- 
tion yellow, the marginal vein one third the length of the stigmal. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. - 207 


Abdomen, except the petiole, polished black, shorter than the 
thorax, the petiole yellow, striated, the second segment a little 
longer than wide at apex. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


TELENOMUS MEDIUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 4 millim. Black, shining; thorax sericeous; 
legs honey-yellow, the femora brownish, all coxe black. The 
head is about thrice as wide as thick antero-posteriorly, the eyes 
with a white pubescence. Antenne 11-jointed, brown, the scape 
yellowish towards the base, half the length of the flagellum ; 
pedicel about twice as long as the first funicle-joint; second 
funicle-joint scarcely shorter than the first, both, however, a 
little longer than thick; third and fourth moniliform; club 
5-jointed, the three middle joints transverse, about equal, the 
last conic. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation brown, the 
marginal vein half the length of the stigmal. Abdomen very 
little longer than the thorax, polished black, the first segment 
striate, the second scarcely longer. than wide at apex. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


| TELENOMUS FLAVOPETIOLATUS, sp. 1. 

3 Q. Length #millim. Polished black, impunctured ; head 
three and a half times as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ; scape, 
mandibles, and legs pale yellow; flagellum brown-black. An- 
tenne 11-jointed, the scape longer than half the length of the 
flagellum; pedicel stouter and longer than the first funicle- 
joint, yellowish at tip; first funicle-joint a little longer than 
thick; the three following not longer than thick, the last two 
transverse, small; club 5-jointed, slender, the first joint scarcely 
longer than the last joint of the funicle, the second larger, the 
third and fourth equal, quadrate, the last conic. Wings hyaline, 
ciliate, the venation brown, the marginal vein only one third the 
length of the stigmal. Abdomen very short, broadly oval, two 
thirds the length of the thorax, black, the petiole yellow, the 
third segment shorter than its width at apex. 

The antenne in the male are 12-jointed, filiform, pubescent, 
the pedicel small, rounded; the first flagellar jomt stouter than 
the following and much larger than the pedicel; it as well as the 
following jomt are longer than thick, those beyond the third 


908 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


moniliform, loosely articulated, the last conic, a little longer than 
the penultimate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from five female and seven male specimens. 


TELENOMUS MERIDIONALIS, Sp. 0. 

9. Length # millim. ‘Polished black, the thorax sericeous. 
Head about two and a half times as long as thick antero-poste- 
riorly. Antenne 11-jointed, yellow, the 5-jointed club black; 
pedicel longer than the first funicle-joint, the latter longer than 
thick ; second funicle-joint a little transverse, shorter than the 
first ; third and fourth minute, rounded ; club-joints, except the 
last, subquadrate, the last ovate. Wings hyaline, the venation 
yellow, the marginal vein about one third the length of the 
stigmal. Legs pale yellow. Abdomen not longer than the 
thorax, polished black, the first segment striate, the second longer 
than wide at apex. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


TELENOMUS PYGMZEUS, sp. 1. 

3 2. Length } millim. Polished black, impunctured ; head 
thrice as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ; eyes covered with a 
white pubescence; antenne and legs brown, the tarsi white. 
Antenne 11-jointed ; pedicel longer and stouter than the first 
funicle-joint, its apical margin yellow; second and third funicle- 
joimts small, the fourth and fifth very minute, transverse; club 
fusiform, the joints, except the last, transverse quadrate. Wings 
hyaline, ciliated, the venation pale brown, the marginal vein 
about two thirds the length of the stigmal. Legs brown, the 
trochanters and tarsi white. Abdomen very little shorter than 
the thorax, black, polished, the second segment a little shorter 
than its width at apex. 

The male antennz are 12-jointed, brown, pubescent, the pedicel 
very slightly longer than the first flagellar jomt, the second 
smaller than the first, the following to the last loosely joined, 
transverse moniliform, the last ovate, a little longer than the 
penultimate. Legs whitish yellow. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen in both sexes. 


TELENOMUS SCABER, Sp. 0. 
9. Length 1i millim. Head, scutellum, and abdomen polished 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 209 


black, impunctured ; thorax strigoso-scabrous, sericeous ; meta- 
thorax rugoso-punctate. Head three anda half times as wide 
as thick antero-posteriorly. Mandibles yellow. Antenne 11- 
jointed, the scape and funicle yellow, the club black ; the scape 
is half as long as the flagellum; pedicel one third longer than 
the first funicle-joint; the second funicle-joint shorter than 
the first, third and fourth transverse, the fourth the wider; club 
5-jointed, fusiform, the basal joint as wide as the second, the 
following two subequal in width, nearly twice as wide as long, 
the last conic. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale 
yellow, the marginal vein less than half the length of the stigmal. 
Legs, including coxz, pale honey-yellow. Abdomen oval, as long 
as the thorax, the first segment striated, the second hardly longer 
than wide at apex. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. The sculpture of the 
thorax is quite distinct from all the other species, and will alone 


distinguish it. 


TELENOMUS SMITHII, sp. n. 

¢ 2. Length 4 millim. Polished black, the thorax minutely 
punctate, sericeous. Head about three and a half times as wide 
as long. Mandibles pale. Antenne 11-jointed, the scape longer 
than half the length of the flagellum, brown, the club black ; 
pedicel one third longer than the first funicle-joint, yellow at tip ; 
second funicle-joint shorter than the first, third and fourth very 
small, rounded, the fourth the smaller ; club 5-jointed, the first 
joint narrower and shorter than the second, the second, third, 
and fourth quadrate, the second slightly the widest, the last conic. 
Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale brown, the marginal 
vein punctiform. Legs, including coxe, yellow or brownish yellow. 
Abdomen as long as the thorax, polished black, the first segment 
striate, the second a little longer than its width at the apex. 

The male antenne are 12-jointed, filiform, hairy, as long as 
the body ; the scape, pedicel, and three basal joints of flagellum 
yellow, the remaining fuscous or dark brown; the scape is only 
about one fourth the length of the flagellum; pedicel small, 
rounded ; the three basal joints of flagellum elongate, the first 
about twice as long as thick, the others longer, the third narrowed 
basally and a little curved ; remaining joints to the last monili- 
form, subpedicellate, the last conic. 


210 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from one male and six female specimens. 


TELENOMUS FLAVICORNIS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length’80 millim. Polished black, impunctured. Head 
three and a half times as long as thick antero-posteriorly. An- 
tennz 11-jointed, brown, the scape beneath yellow ; the flagellum 
is twice as long as the scape; pedicel a little longer than the 
first funicle-joint; the second a little longer than the first; 
third and fourth transverse moniliform, a little wider than the 
preceding joints; club fusiform, the first joint the shortest and 
narrowest, the second the longest and widest, quadrate, the third 
and fourth subequal, quadrate, the last conic. Wings hyaline, 
pubescent, the venation pale, the marginal vein punctiform. 
Legs pale yellow. Abdomen not longer than the thorax, polished 
black, the second segment scarcely longer than its width at apex. 

The antenne in the male are 12-jointed, yellow, very slightly 
dusky at tips, filiform-moniliform, a little longer than the body; 
the pedicel is shorter and not quite as thick as the first flagellar 
joint ; the first and third flagellar joints about equal; the second 
a little longer ; all the joints loosely articulated, hairy ; the last 
conic, twice as long as the penultimate, the three or four preceding 
joints round. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female specimen. 


TELENOMUS FUSCIPENNIS, sp. 0. 

3. Length 4 millim. Polished black, impunctured. Head 
about two and a half times as wide as thick antero-posteriorly. 
Mandibles piceous. Antenne 12-jointed, filiform, pubescent, a 
little longer than the body, black ; the scape brownish yellow ; 
the pedicel is shorter than the first flagellar joint, the latter the 
stoutest joint of all, twice as long as thick; the second the 
longest, fully thrice as long as thick; the two following subequal, 
shorter than the third; remaining joints, except the last, long 
oval, twice as long as thick; the last long, fusiform, about two 
and a half times as long as the penultimate. Wings fuscous, 
the venation brown, the marginal vein half as long as the stigmal. 
Legs brownish yellow. Abdomen polished black; the first 
segment striate, the second scarcely longer than Its width at apex. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. In the fuscous-coloured 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 211 


wings and the relative length of the antennal joints this species 
is quite distinct from all the others. 


TELENOMUS SANCTI-VINCENTI, sp. 0. 

$2. Length 1 millim. Black, shining, the head and abdo- 
men polished; the thorax minutely but distinctly punctate, 
sericeous. Head three and a half times as wide as thick antero- 
posteriorly. Mandibles pale rufous. Antenne yellowish, the 
six terminal joints fuscous or black ; the scape is longer than half 
the length of the flagellum ; pedicel as long as the first funicle- 
joint but not so thick; second and third funicle-joints subequal, 
shorter than the first; fourth small, round, about half the length 
of the third, but narrower; club 5-jointed, rather slender, the 
last joint conic, the preceding joints very little wider than long. 
Wings hyaline, the venation pale, the marginal vein about two 
thirds the length of the stigmal. Legs brownish yellow. Abdo- 
men not longer than the thorax, the second segment not or 
scarcely longer than wide at apex. 

The head in what is taken to be the male of this species is only 
twice as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ; the antenne 12-jointed, 
filiform, pilose, much longer than the body, black, with the scape 
yellow ; the pedicel is small, not quite half the length of the first 
flagellar joint; the flagellar joints are all long, cylindrical, the 
second being the longest joint, about four times as long as thick, 
the last fusiform; wings subfuscous. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and one male specimen. 


TELENOMUS NIGROCOXALIS, sp. n. 

@. Length about 4 millim. Polished black, the thorax 
minutely punctate, sericeous. Head two and a half times as wide 
as long antero-posteriorly. Mandibles pale brown. Antenne 
11-jointed, brown, becoming black toward apex, the scape 
yellowish; the scape is longer than half the length of the flagel- 
lum ; pedicel longer and thicker at the tip than the first fun'cle- 
joint, the following joints to the club subequal, the last rounded ; 
club 5-jointed, rather slender, the first joint longer than wide, 
the three following quadrate, the last conic. Wings hyaline, 
pubescent, the venation pale brown, the marginal vein scarcely 
half the length of the stigmal. Legs brownish yellow, with all 
the coxe black. Abdomen as long as the thorax, the first seg- 
ment striated, the second a little longer than wide. 


212 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from a single specimen. 


TELENOMUS MEGACEPHALUS, sp. 0. 

9. Length1imillim. Black, subopaque, the head and thorax 
closely minutely punctulate; abdomen highly polished. The 
head is unusually wide, fully four times as wide as thick antero- 
posteriorly. Antenne 11-jointed, brownish yellow, the club 
black; the pedicel is longer than the first funicle-joint ; second 
funicle-joint shorter than the first; third and fourth transverse, 
subquadrate, the fourth the wider; the first four joints of the 
club are quadrate, the last conic. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the 
venation pale brown, the marginal vein punctiform. Legs. 
brownish yellow, the cox black. Abdomen broadly oval, not 
longer than the thorax, the first segment short, very wide, striated, 
the second segment wider than long. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 

The species is remarkable for the very broad head, in this 
respect approaching more closely to those species which are now 
included in my genus Zvrissolcus. 


TRissoLcus, Ashmead. 


TRISSOLCUS LATICEPS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 1 millim. Black, subopaque, minutely closely 
punctulate; scape of antenne and legs, except coxew and the 
basal two-thirds of the femora which are black, reddish yellow ;. 
tarsi yellowish. Head very broad, about four times as wide as 
thick antero-posteriorly ; the lateral ocelli a little away from the 
margin of the eye and connected with it by an oblique grooved 
line. Thorax with three abbreviated grooved lines posteriorly ; 
the scutellum polished. Antenne 11-jointed, the pedicel longer 
than the first flagellar joint, the last two funicle-joints small, 
rounded; club 5-jointed, the last jomt conic, the other joints 
transverse quadrate, about twice as wide as long. Abdomen 
broadly oval, polished black, not longer than the thorax; the first 
segment striate, the second much wider than long. Wings sub- 
fuscous, the marginal vein short. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from four specimens. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 213 


Tribe ii. TELEASINI. 


ProsacantHa, Nees. 


Of this extensive genus but three species, in the male sex, 
are represented in the collection, which may be separated as 
follows :— 


Black, shining. 
Thorax with indications of furrows posteriorly. . . 
Thorax entirely without furrows; legs brownish 
yellow ; postscutellar spine very short. 
Antenne only a little longer than the body, 
the flagellar joints from the fourth longer 
than the first, the first four times as long 
as thick. 
Abdominal segments | and 2 and base of 3 
SURIAG CC teres rere eren ch cients ceralaniatrs) cece: P. brevispina, sp. n. 
2, Legs brownish yellow. 
Middle tarsi and two-thirds of posterior tibiz 
and their tarsi fuscous; antenne nearly 
twice as long as the body, the flagellar 
joints all long, 7 or 8 times longer than 
thick; wings subfuscous...............- P. tibialis, sp. n. 
Legs reddish yellow. 
Antenne much longer than the body, the fla- 
gellar joints about 5 times as long as thick ; 
WHEDES TMNGONS Cocke ancoceanoconecascon P. sublineata, sp. n. 


PROSACANTHA BREVISPINA, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 13 millim. Black, shining, the vertex and thorax 
faintly, sparsely punctulate ; face highly polished, with strie along 
the orbits. Antenne 12-jointed, a little longer than the body, 
brown-black, the basal half of scape yellowish ; the first flagellar 
joint is very slightly longer than the second, about four times as 
long as thick, the second and third subequal, the fourth as long 
as the first, all the following longer than the first. Scutellum 
polished. Postscutellum punctate, its spine very short, not 
longer than broad at base. Legs brownish yellow. Wings 
hyaline. Abdomen polished, the first and second segments and 
the third at base striated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male specimens. 


214 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


PROSACANTHA TIBIALIS, Sp. 0. 

6. Length 13 millim. Black, shining, the vertex and the 
thorax sparsely punctate, the face striate. Mandibles large, 
rufous. Antenne 12-jointed, nearly twice as long as the body, 
black, the scape pale at base; the first flagellar joint is about 
seven times as long as thick, the third angulated, the following 
a little longer. Thorax with the parapsidal furrows slightly 
indicated posteriorly. Scutellum polished, punctate at base. 
Postscutellar spine long, acute, two and a half times as long as 
thick at base. Legs brownish yellow, the middle tarsi and two- 
thirds of posterior tibiz and their tarsi fuscous ; tarsi very long 
and slender, much longer than their tibie. Wings subfuscous. 
Abdomen polished, the first and second segments and most of 
the third longitudinally striated. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from six male specimens. 


PROSACANTHA SUBLINEATA, Sp. 0. 

$. Length 1°6 millim. Black, shining; in sculpture and 
colour, except the legs are wholly reddish yellow, it agrees with 
P. tibialis; but the antenne are shorter and stouter, the first 
flagellar joint being only five times as long as thick and a little 
shorter than the second; the postscutellar spine is a little longer, 
acute ; while the striz on the first and second abdominal segments 
are very coarse, the third exhibiting some faint strie only at 
base. ; 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Acouo1pEs, Howard. 


‘This genus is parasitic on spiders’ eggs. The three species 
recognized in the collection may be tabulated as follows :— 


Not entirely yellow .......-..- sees cess eeeee 2: 
Entirely yellow; eyes, ocelli, and antennal club 
brown-black ; head very broad. @ ...... A. ochraceus, sp. n. 


9, Head and thorax black. 
Abdomen, scape, and legs yellow, the femora 
dusky above; wings hyaline, with a 
fuscous streak beneath the tip of the 
stigmal vein. Q ....-eeseeeeereneees A. fascipennis, sp. n. 
Subfuscous; the base of abdomen, scape, and 
legs yellow ; antennz moniliform. g .... A.subfuscus, sp. n. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 215 


ACOLOIDES OCHRACEUS, sp. n. 

@. Length 1:5 millim. MHoney-yellow or brownish yellow, 
feebly punctulate, the abdomen finely, longitudinally striate. 
Head large, very broad; the eyes purplish brown, bare ; ocelli 
black. Antenne with the flagellum fuscous; the club large, un- 
jointed ; the pedicel obconic, nearly as long as the first three 
funicle-joints united ; the first funicle-joint very little longer than 
thick, the three following equal, transverse ; club very large, fusi- 
form, as long as the pedicel and funicle. Wings subhyaline, the 
nervures fuscous ; the marginal vein punctiform, the stigmal long, 
thickened at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


ACOLOIDES FASCIPENNIS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 0°6 millim. Head and thorax black, subopaque, 
closely microscopically punctate; antenne pale brown, tinged 
with fuscous; legs and abdomen brownish yellow. Wings 
hyaline, with a slight fuscous blotch beneath the tip of the 
stigmal vein, the nervures pale yellowish; the marginal vein 
punctiform, the stigmal long, ending in a little knob. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


ACOLOIDES SUBFUSCUS, sp. n. 

3. Length 0°6 millim. Brownish, shining, faintly microscopi- 
cally punctate, with a fine sericeous down; the scutellum and 
abdomen towards apex fuscous, the scutellum more distinctly 
punctate than the thorax; abdomen at base, scape, and legs 
brownish yellow ; flagellum brown, filiform, submoniliform, the 
last joint ovate. Wings subfuscous, pubescent, with long cilia, 
and with a slight blotch beneath the stigmal vein. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 

Possibly this may prove to be the male of A. fascipennis. 


216 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Tribe i111. SCELIONINI. 


As there are several species described in new genera, indicated 
in my ‘Monograph of North-American Proctotrypide,’ I give 
here a copy of the tables for their recognition. 


Table of Genera. 


Postmarginal vein wanting or never greatly deve- 
loped, always shorter than the stigmal vein, 
the submarginal vein often never reaching the 
costa and terminating in a large stigma; the 
abdomen long, fusiform...... sdoacoGaKcs 4, 
Postmarginal vein always greatly lengthened, the 
submarginal never terminating in a stigma. 
Basal vein wanting ........... aneeiniciorneriere 3. 
Basal vein present. 
First abdominal segment without a horn at 
ERED od coca ngdn.o686 steWeteickoiers 50000400 2. 
First abdominal segment with a horn at ese? 
Marginal vein short ; abdomen long, pointed 
fusiform, the first segment narrow, 
petioliform, the second and third nearly 
Gninllk bee cowed ae ted dou meised Opn atte Caloteleia, Westw. 
Marginal vein long; abdomen long, linear 
or subfusiform, the first segment quad- 
rate or subquadrate ...... BSttentare 35 Baryconus, Forster. 
2. Abdomen long, pointed fusiform or linear, seg- 
ments 2, 3, and 4 nearly equal. 
Mesonotum with two furrows. 
Metascutellum without a spine. 
Metanotum with no enclosed space at base. 
Marginal vein about. twice the length of 
the stigmal. 
Mandibles 3-dentate ...... niet haeiee Macroteleia, Westw. 
Mandibles 2-dentate .............. Calliscelio, Ashm. 
Metanotum with a large, semicircular en- 
closed space at base. 
Marginal vein punctiform ............ Chromoteleca, Ashm. 
Abdomen oblong-oval or fusiform, but not espe- 
cially lengthened. 
Metascutellum spined. 
Mesonotum with two furrows. 
Mandibles 2-dentate ; abdominal segments 
1 and 2 equal in length, the third 
Lon Serena yt eri 38 0.010.0.04.00.000 . Opisthacantha, Ashm. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 217 


Mesonotum without furrows. 

Mandibles 2-dentate ; segments 1 and 2 
equal in length, the 3rd longer (Opis- 
thacantha). 

Mandibles 3-dentate; segments 2 and 3 
equal in length, the Ist shorter ...... Lapitha, Ashm. 

Metascutellum not spined, simple. 

Marginal vein short, or not more than 
half the length of the stigmal, most 
frequently punctiform. 

Mesonotum without furrows. 


iEleadiquadrate. a. scenes. « hogwonooc's Cacus, Riley. 
Mesonotum with two furrows. 
Antenne with a 6-joimted club.......... Anteris, Forster. 
Antenne filiform, without a club ........ Apegus, Forster. 
3. Mesonotum with three distinct furrows. 
Metascutellum with two erect teeth..... ... Hoploteleia, Ashm. 


Mesonotum with two furrows. 
Abdomen very long, fusiform or linear. 
Metathorax unarmed ; mandibles 3-den- 
Gatemehacenetia. 6 aes BTN SR es Macroteleia, Westw. 
Abdomen not very long, ovate or oblong- 
oval. 
Metathorax unarmed; mandibles 2-den- 
LTS PR cRe ceuig Renee Sin MRE ee Anteris, Forster. 
Mesonotum without furrows. 
Metascutellum spined (Opisthacantha). 
Metascutellum simple. 
Abdomen fusiform. 
Abdominal segments strongly constricted; 
antennal club oval, 5-jointed ...... Cremastobeus, Ashw. 
Abdomen broadly oval, sessile, the second 
segment usually a little the largest.... Hadronotus, Forster. 
4. Submarginal vein not reaching the costa, 
kno BGG” x. cc, creeper rater ive ocean ... Baoneura, Forster 
{ Submarginal vein reaching the costa often by a 
thickened stigma. 
Marginal vein very short, the postmarginal 
scarcely developed, or shorter than the 


stigmal. 
Mesonotum with two furrows............ Idris Forster. 
Submarginal vein terminating in a thickened 
stigma. 
Head without a frontal lama or ledge ; post- 
marginal vein never developed ....,... 5. 


LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VO. XXV. 16 


218 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Head with a frontal lamina or ledge. 
Scutellum quadrate, the posterior angles 
acute ; postscutellum with a large erect 


SPINE epic cake eine renter Acanthoscelio, Ashm. 
Scutellum and postscutellum simple, not 
OUCGL Sopooauo bcos deb bo e00sOgKbE Sparasion, Jurine. 
5. Mesonotum with or without furrows. 
Maxillary palpi short, 3-jomted............ Scelio, Latr. 
Mesonotum with two distinct furrows. 
- Maxillary palpi long, 5-jomted............ Sceliomorpha, Ashm. 


CALOTELEIA, Westwood. 


This genus seems to be well represented in the West Indies 
and South America, and the several species recognized may be 
thus tabulated :— 


Species pale................ p000000600000000 2. 
Species black or zeneous. 
Mesonotal furrows present. 

Head microscopically punctate; thorax 
smooth, impunctured; base of first ab- 
dominal segment, legs, and antenne, 
except club, yellow ; vertex narrow. 2. C. puncticeps, sp. u- 

Head and thorax, except centrally, coarsely 
punctate, eneous; legs and scape [pale 
brown; vertex broad. GQ .......... C. @nea, sp. n. 

Mesonotal furrows wanting. 

Abdomen very long and pointed, in female 
with the lateral margins more or less 
yellow; legs pale yellowish; antennz 
brown, the scape yellow. GQ ........ C. elongata, sp. n. 

2. Mesonotal furrows wanting. 
A basal nervure. 
Honey-yellow, impunctured; abdominal seg- 
ments 2, 3, and 4 banded with black at 
apex; eyes blue. GQ .......- 50500000 C. ocularis, sp,{n. 
Brownish yellow, punctate; apex of abdo- 
men, the 3rd segment and base of 4th, and 
the apex of horn black; the male with the 
base of the 2nd segment black .......... C. maculipennis, sp. n. 
No basal nervure. 
Brownish yellow, coarsely punctate ; apex of 
abdomen dusky; eyes and antennal club 
brown-black. GQ .ssssocesecscesseees C. punctata, sp. n. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST, VINCENT. 219 


CALOTELEIA PUNCTICEPS, sp. n. 

@. Length 1:2 millim. Polished black, the head on vertex 
and the abdomen finely punctate ; antenne, except the club, 
legs, and apical half of the petiole honey-yellow. Antennz 12- 
jointed ; the pedicel is longer than the first funicle-joint, the first 
and second funicle-joints subequal, the third smaller, the fourth 
very minute. Thorax polished, impunctured, with two furrows. 
Wings hyaline, the venation yellowish, the marginal vein puncti- 
form, the stigmal very short. Abdomen fusiform, twice the 
length of the thorax, the first segment striate, the horn at apex 
polished black; the second and third segments nearly equal in 
length, their extreme apical edges smooth, polished. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 

CALOTELEIA ENEA, Sp. 0. 

3 Q. Length 2-1 to 2°3 millim. Alneous black ; head in female 
closely punctate, the cheeks alone smooth ; thorax punctate, with 
two furrows, more closely punctured toward the sides, the meso- 
notum and scutellum having a smooth impunctured space down 
the centre; metathorax deeply emarginate behind; scape and 
legs pale brownish; first funicle-joint longer than the pedicel ; 
second shorter; third and fourth small, transverse. Wings 
fuscous or subfuscous, hyaline at base; the marginal vein is 
about half the length of the stigmal. 

In the male the head and thorax are smooth, impunctured ; 
the petiole long, fluted; the second abdominal segment and the 
third and following, at the sides, longitudinally striate; the 
metathorax is finely rugose and armed with two erect spines ; 
antennee long, filiform, the joints loosely joined ; the flagellum is 
black, the first joint the longest, much longer than the pedicel, 
more than four times as long as thick, the following joints, to the 
last, subequal, the third excised at base. 


Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from one female and three male specimens. 


CALOTELEIA ELONGATA, Sp. . 
@. Length 4 millim. Black, punctate; the abdomen along 
the sides yellow; legs pale, whitish yellow; antenne, except 
club, brownish yellow. Mesonotum without furrows. Antenne 
12-jointed, the pedicel and first two funicle-joints elongated, 
the first one third longer than the second; third funicle-joint 
half the length of the second; fourth about half the length of the 
16* 


220 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


third but shorter. Wings subfuscous, the venation brown-black ; 
basal nervure distinct, originating from a fuscous cloud; mar- 
ginal vein two thirds the length of the stigmal; stigmal vein 
slightly curved, terminating in a rounded stigma. Abdomen very 
long, pointed, about four times as long as the thorax, punctate, the 
first and second segments the longest, the first being slightly the 
longer, striate; horn not extending above the apex of scutellum. 

3. Length 3 to3'2 millim. Differs from female in having the 
abdomen entirely black, without a basal horn, the first segment 
being shorter than the second and but slightly longer than the 
third, striate; the following segments punctate and lineated 
except toward the sides, the second with a central carina; the 
antenne are very long, filiform, brown-black, with a reddish- 
yellow scape ; the flagellar joints are all about of an equal length, 
ylindrical, about five times as long as thick. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two female and eight male specimens. 


CALOTELEIA OCULARIS, sp. n. 

3 2. Length 1:1 to 1:5 millim. Honey-yellow, polished, im- 
punctured ; inthe female the club of antennz, the second abdominal 
segment, and the apical half of the third and fourth segments are 
black ; in the male the flagellum, apical half of the first, second, 
and third abdominal segments black. Eyes large, distinctly pale 
blue in both sexes. Wings subfuscous, with a fuscous cloud 
enclosing the basal nervure. Abdomen in female pointed, fusi- 
form, about twice the length of the head and thorax together ; 
the second segment two thirds the length of the third; the first seg- 
ment striate, furnished with a horn at base that extends forwards 
before the apex of the scutellum, the horn being smooth and 
black at apex; the following segments are faintly aciculated, the 
second minutely granulated at the middle. Pedicel and second 
funicle-joint are about equal, very little longer than thick; the 
first funicle-joint is a little longer, about twice as long as thick , 
the third and fourth minute, transverse. 

In the male the abdomen is but slightly longer than the head 
and thorax ; antenne filiform, dusky toward tips; the scape and 
pedicel yellow, the latter scarcely half the length of the first 
flagellar joint; first and second flagellar joints about equal, shorter 
than the following. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from four female and two male specimens 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 221 


CALOTELEIA MACULIPENNIS, sp. n. 

3 2. Length 25 to 3 millim. Brownish yellow, moderately 
coarsely punctate; head transverse; thorax without furrows. 
The eyes, club of antennez, metapleura, apex of horn, third 
abdominal segment, the fourth at base, and the conical last seg- 
ment black. In the male the flagellum is usually fuscous, and 
the base of the second abdominal segment is also black, other- 
wise it is coloured as in the female. Wings subhyaline, with a 
large smoky cloud across the disk of the wing beyond the stigmal 
vein; basal nervure present ; marginal vein about three times as 
long as thick; stigmal slightly curved, ending ina knob. The 
antenne in the female have the pedicel longer than the second 
funicle-joint, the first being longer than the pedicel, third very 
little longer than thick, fourth quadrate. In the male the 
antenne are filiform, the joints about equal, the first, flagellar 
joint being slightly the longest. Abdomen smooth, the first and 
second segments striate ; the first and third segments are about 
equal, the second longer. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and three male specimens. 


CALOTELEIA PUNCTATA, sp. n. 

3 2. Length 2:1 to 2:5 millim. SBrownish yellow, closely 
rather coarsely punctate; apex of abdomen fuscous; antennal 
club in female black. Postscutellum in both sexes armed with 
two erect teeth or tubercles. In the female the pedicel and the 
first funicle-joint are elongate, about equal in length, the second 
funicle-joint only slightly longer than thick, third and fourth 
moniliform ; in the male the pedicel is less than half the length 
of the first flagellar joint, the second one third shorter than the 
first, the third and following joints a little longer than the second. 
Wings subfuscous; the marginal vein is about half the length of 
the shaft of the stigmal, the latter being knobbed ; basal nervure 
wanting. Abdomen, except the first and second segments, 
polished, impunctured, the first and second striate, the second 
more finely striate than the first, and the longest segment, the 
first, a little shorter than the third. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from six male and nine female specimens. 


222 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Macroteieia, Westwood. 


From rearings of a species in America we now know that this 
genus is parasitic on the eggs of the orthopterous genus Orchi- 
limum, although it may also prove to infest the eggs of other 


Locustide. 
The species from St. Vincent may be thus tabulated :— 


Mesonotal furrows complete. 
Species not entirely black ............000 Pec 
Species entirely black, punctate. 
Abdomen very long, 33 times as long as the 
head and thorax united; middle lobe of 
mesonotum with a median carina; legs 
and aritenne, except the club, brownish 
syellan7 @r walle 2 36 ososa0s00000 M. carinata, sp. u. 
Abdomen only about 23 times as long as 
the head and thorax united; middle 
lobe of mesonotum not carinate; legs 
and antenne, except club, brownish 
yellow or honey-yellow ..........+. M. Sancti-Vincenti,sp. n. 
2. Abdomen, except sometimes the tip, rufous ; 
scape and legs brownish yellow; scutellum 
with a delicate median carina............ M. erythrogaster, sp. n. 


MAcROTELEIA CARINATA, Sp. D. 

9. Length 51 millim. Black, punctate; head quadrate ; 
antenne brownish yellow or pale rufous, the club black. Pedicel 
and first funicle-joint lengthened, the latter the longer; second 
funicle-joint scarcely half the length of the first; third very 
slightly shorter; fourth transverse-quadrate. Thorax with two 
furrows, the middle lobe with a central carina. Legs, including 
cox, pale rufous or brownish yellow. Wings subfuscous, the 
marginal vein once and a half as long as the stigmal, the latter 
oblique, knobbed; basal nervure wanting. Abdomen very long and 
pointed, 33 times as long as the head and thorax together, punc- 
tate and faintly aciculated, the first and second segments striate ; 
segments 1, 2, and 3 with dorsal longitudinal carine towards the 
sides; the first segment is about half the length of the second, 
the following being about equal in length. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. The carine on the middle 
mesonotal lobe and the basal abdominal segments are unique in 
the genus, and readily distinguish the species. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 223 


Macrorereta Sancti-VINcENT!, sp. n. 

@. Length3to31millim. Black, punctate; antennex, except 
the club (rarely the funicle), and legs brownish yellow or pale 
rufous. Thorax with two furrows; no carina on the middle lobe. 
Wings hyaline, the venation pale brown, the marginal not quite 
twice as long as the stigmal, the basal nervure wanting; tegule 
blackish. Abdomen fusiform, 23 times as long as the head and 
thorax together, closely punctate ; the second and third segments 
are about equal, not quite twice as long as the first ; fourth a little 
shorter; fifth shorter than the fourth; sixth subcompressed, 
longer than the fourth. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from five specimens. 


MAcROTELEIA ERYTHROGASTER, Sp. 0. 

2. Length 3 to 3:2 millim. Agrees closely, structurally, with 
M. Sancti-Vincenti, except that the abdomen, with the exception 
of the compressed conical last segment which is black, is wholly 
rufous, the wings with a fuscous tinge, the marginal vein being 
only once and a half as long as the stigmal, while the scutellum 
has a slight median carina. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from eight specimens. Distinguished at once by 

the colour of the abdomen and by the keeled scutellum. 


CaALLISCELIO, Ashmead. 


CALLISCELIO LATICINCTUS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 2°5 millim. Head black ; face, clypeus, mandibles, 
and palpi pale; thorax rufous or brown, the metathorax black ; 
legs yellowish, the posterior coxe and femora obfuscated above. 
Abdomen fusiform, much longer than the head and thorax together, 
piceous brown, the basal one-third of the second segment and 
basal half of third yellow; petiole, apical two-thirds of second 
segment, and the last three segments black ; the petiole is nearly 
three times as long as thick, of a uniform width throughout, and 
longitudinally striate ; the second segment is the longest, one half 
longer than the first, broadened at apex to three times its width 
at base, its basal half longitudinally aciculated; the third two 
thirds the length of the second, the fourth two thirds the length 
of the third ; fifth a little more than half the length of the fourth; 
sixth conical, about as long as the third. Head transverse, finely 


224 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


punctate. Antenne 12-jointed, brownish yellow, the club black ; 
the first and second funicle-joints are long, cylindrical, subequal ; 
the third two thirds the length of the second, stouter; the fourth 
about one half the length of third and thicker. Thorax with small 
sparse punctures. Wings fuscous, with the basal half and the 
apex hyaline; basal nervure distinct, the marginal three times as 
long as the oblique stigmal, the latter ending in a little knob; the 
postmarginal longer than the marginal. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from six specimens. 


CHROMOTELEIA, Ashmead. 


CHROMOTELEIA SEMICYANEA, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 4°5 to 5 millim. Head and thorax cyaneous 
punctate. Abdomen sessile, very long, pointed fusiform, ochra- 
ceous, punctate, the first and second segments striate; first 
segment a little more than half the length of the second; second 
and third long, equal ; the following segments shorter, subequal, 
the last two very minute. Legs yellow. Antenne black, the 
scape yellow: in the female ending in a 6-jointed club; the 
- first funicle-joint the longest, one half longer than the second and 
not quite twice the length of the pedicel, the third funicle-joint 
subequal with the second, the fourth a little longer than thick and 
stouter than the third: in the male subfiliform, the first flagellar 
joint twice the length of the pedicel, after the third the joints, 
except the last, about equal, less than twice as long as thick, the 
last long, ovate. Wings fuscous, the marginal vein punctiform, 
the basal nervure distinct ; the stigmal slightly curved, ending in 
a small knob, with a slight trace of a radius. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female, taken at an altitude 
of 2000 feet. 


OPIsTHACANTHA, Ashmead. 


Two species of this rare genus may be thus separated :— 


Mesonotum without furrows. 
Polished black, impunctured, the petiole yellow; it, 
as weil as the second abdominal segment, striate ; 
postscutellar spine very minute. 
Legs and scape honey-yellow. Q ..........e0-- O. polita, sp. n. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 225 


Mesonotum with two delicate furrows. 
Brownish yellow, impunctured; metathorax and tip 
of abdomen obfuscated; petiole striate; the 
second abdominal segment smooth ; Poe 


spine distinct. 
Legs, scape, and pedicel yellow. ¢ 9 ahevatauaene ners O. pallida, sp. n. 


OPISTHACANTHA POLITA, Sp. Hi. 

@. Length 1 millim. Polished black; first and second abdo- 
minal segments striate; thorax without furrows; postscutellar 
spine minute ; antenne short, black, the scape and pedicel brown ; 
first funicle-joint small, very little longer than thick, thinner than, 
and scarcely half the length of, the pedicel, the three following 
joints small, transverse ; club large, stout. Wings subhyaline, 
the nervures brown; marginal vein somewhat thick, not quite as 
long as the slender stigmal vein; basal nervure subobsolete. 
Legs, including coxe, brownish or honey-yellow. Abdomen oval, 
polished, the first and second segments striate, the third segment 
the largest, fully twice as long as the second, the first not longer 
than thick, shorter than the second. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens. 


OPISTHACANTHA PALLIDA, Sp. 0. 

6. Length 1:2 millim. Pale brown; flagellum and meta- 
thorax fuscous; legs pale yellow. Head transverse, the lateral 
ocelli only their width from the margin of the eye; antenne 
long, filiform; flagellar joints 1 and 2 scarcely twice as long as 
thick, the following joints to the last a little longer, the last joint 
one half longer than the penultimate. Thorax with two delicate 
but complete furrows. Postscutellar spur distinct, triangular. 
Wings fuscous, the basal nervure distinct, the marginal two thirds 
the length of the stigmal. Abdomen oblong-oval, depressed, the 
first three segments faintly aciculated, the first very little shorter 
than the second, more than twice as long as thick, the second and 
third about equal in length. 

@. Length 1:3 millim. The antenne terminate in a large, 
dusky, 6-jointed club ; the pedicel is longer than the first funicle- 
joint, the first and second funicle-joints subequal, scarcely longer 
than thick, the third quadrate, the fourth minute, transverse ; 


226 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


while the abdomen is longer and more pointed than in the 
male. 
Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from one male and one female. 


Lapitaa, Ashmead. 


LaPITHA SPINOSA, sp. 0. 

6. Length 3°5 millim. Head and thorax brownish yellow, 
finely and closely punctate ; metathorax with oblique carine 
meeting at the base of the postscutellum ; postseutellum pro- 
duced into an acute spine. Legs yellow. Abdomen fusiform, 
extending slightly beyond the tip of the wings when folded, black, 
shining, closely punctate; sometimes the basal half of the third 
segment is yellow; first and second segments striate; the first 
segment is a little longer than wide, very slightly wider at apex 
than at base; the second and third are the longest segments, 
about equal in length ; the fourth the length of the first; the 
fifth two thirds the length of the fourth; the sixth one half 
the length of fifth ; the seventh very small, basally smooth; the 
eighth subtriangular, margined. Antenne filiform, dark brown, 
the scape and pedicel yellow; second, third, and last joint of 
flagellum about equal in length; first and fourth joints about 
equal, shorter than the second; the joints beyond the third very 
slightly shorter. Wings hyaline, with a large discoidal blotch 
below the postmarginal vein; nervures fuscous; basal nervure 
distinct ; marginal nervure as long as the shaft of the stigmal, the 
latter oblique, knobbed at the tip. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from four specimens taken at 1500 feet altitude. 


Cacus, Raley. 
Two species in the collection are distinguished as follows :— 


Black, punctate; the apical half of abdomen in 
female rufous or piceous ; petiole long, striate. 
Wings hyaline; scape and legs honey-yellow. 
(SRS HO 6 Oty Ok CRRA ECTS OT es SS ORME EMEC! C. insularis, sp. 0. 
Brownish yellow or honey-yellow, the large 3rd 
abdominal segment black. 
Wings hyaline, with a large smoky transverse dis- 
coidal blotch beyond the stigmal vein. g .. C. laticinctus, sp. u. 


OF THE ISLAND OF 81. VINCENT. 227 


CacUSs INSULARIS, sp. 0. 

3 9. Length 1:8 to 2°2 millim. Black, shining, sparsely 
punctate; head quadrate, the frons impressed ; thorax without 
furrows, the metathorax with two teeth at base; legs, including 
coxe, honey-yellow. Abdomen in female longer than the head 
and thorax together, depressed, rufous, the first two segments 
black, the first coarsely striate, the second finely aciculate, smooth 
at the sides, the following segments polished, impunctate ; the 
second and third segments are about equal in length, the first 
slightly shorter, the fourth less than half the length of the third, 
the fifth shorter than the fourth, the sixth triangular, not longer 
than the fifth. In the male the abdomen is entirely black, with 
the second segment the longest, the petiole a little longer than 
the third. Antenne in male filiform, reaching to the middle of 
the abdomen, in colour varying from pale brown to black, the 
scape always yellowish ; the pedicel is very small; the first four 
flagellar joints are about equal, about 32 times as long as thick, 
the following very slightly shorter. In the female the pedicel and 
first funicle-joints are lengthened, the latter one third longer than 
the former, the second funicle-joint half as long as the first, the 
third searcely longer than thick, the fourth wider than long and 
thicker than the third. Wings hyaline, the marginal vein less 
than one half the length of the stigmal; no basal nervure. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 12 male and 7 female specimens. 


CACUS LATICINCTUS, Sp. 1. 

g. Length 1:8 to 2 millim. Honey-yellow, sparsely punctured ; 
head quadrate ; thorax without furrows, the metathorax with two 
erect teeth at base; hind coxe, or at least basally, and the third 
abdominal segment black; eyes and ocelli brown-black; flagellum 
brown; legs yellowish white. Wings hyaline, with a large 
fuscous blotch across the apical disk beyond the stigmal vein ; 
basal nervure distinct ; marginal nervure scarcely half the length 
of the stigmal. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 23 male specimens. 


AnreEris, Forster. 
ANTERIS RUFIPES, Sp. 0. 
6 2. Length 1:8 millim. Black, closely, microscopically 
punctate ; mandibles and legs rufous ; head transverse. Antennw® 


998 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


12-jointed ; in female ending in a 6-jointed club, first funicle-joint 
about as large as the pedicel, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th joints monili- 
form, the 4th the smallest, transverse: in male filiform monili- 
form, the second flagellar joint and the pedicel about equal, the 
first flagellar joint twice as long as the pedicel, the fourth 
dilated, the followmg moniliform, loosely joined, becoming very 
slightly smaller toward apex, the last cone-shaped. Thorax with 
two delicate furrows, less distinct anteriorly in the female. 
Wings hyaline, the nervures dark brown, the basal nervure 
wanting or subobsolete; marginal nervure a little shorter than 
the shaft of the stigmal. Abdomen long ovate or subfusiform, 
a little longer than the head and thorax together, finely punctate, 
the first and second segments striate; the third segment is the 
longest; the first segment, in the female, has a triangular 
prominence or ridge at its base. Anterior tibie very short, 
swollen. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and two female specimens. 


CREMASTOBA&US, Ashmead. 
The two species may be thus distinguished :— 


Wholly lolack ste Lessiyelloww/s verre cle ave lsiays 1-1 slelos ol C. niger, sp. n. 
Head and thorax black; abdomen rufous .......... C. bicolor, sp.n- 


CREMASTOBAUS NIGER, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Lengtb1millim. Black, subopaque, minutely punctate, 
pubescent, the thorax more lustrous than the head; antenne 
brownish yellow, paler at base ; legs yellow. Head subquadrate, 
rounded anteriorly, the lateral ocelli touching the border of the 
eye; the eyes pubescent. Thorax with two delicate furrows. 
Wings hyaline, the stigmal vein oblique, slightly shorter than 
the marginal vein. Abdomen long ovate, in female longer tham 
the head and thorax together, in male slightly shorter, less 
pointed behind, the sutures between the segments deeply 
impressed, crenate or striate at bottom, the first segment 
longitudinally striate. The antenne in the male are subfiliform 
moniliform, very slightly thickened toward tips, rust-brown; in 
female paler and ending in a 5-jointed club. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and two male specimens. 


CREMASTOBZUS BICOLOR, sp. 0. 
9. Length 1:1 milim. Head and thorax black, faintly 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 229 


microscopically punctate scarcely sufficient to destroy the 
lustre of the surface; eyes oval, pubescent; abdomen rufous, 
subfusiform, longer than the head and thorax together, the 
segments strongly constricted at the sutures, the sutures crenate ; 
legs yellowish. Antenne 12-jointed, brownish yellow, the 
club oval-rotund, 5-jointed, black ; the first funicle-joint is the 
thickest and largest joint, the following, to the club, gradually 
subequal, the last two rounded, a little transverse. Wings 
hyaline, the marginal vein a little longer than the stigmal, the 
latter oblique, ending in a little knob; no basal nervure. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female specimen. 


Hapronotvs, Forster. 


So far as we know this genus is parasitic only on Hemipterous 
eggs. Several species are in the collection, and may be recog- 
nized by the aid of the following table :— 


Species either smooth, or minutely or micro- 
SEOPICAL yA UTCHALOME ape fret cectaleliele cal aie ate nye 2. 
Species coarsely rugoso-punctate. 
Head with two facets on vertex, behind the 
front ocellus; frons separated from the 
face by a transverse carina, the face trans- 
versely striate; thorax with irregular 
longitudinal carine. 
Scape and legs honey-yellow ............ H. carinatifrons, sp. n. 
Head evenly rugoso-punctate, the fans not 
separated from the face by a carina; no 
facets on vertex. 
Antenne and legs black; second joint of 
trochanters, extreme tips of femora, and 


tibie and tarsi honey-yellow ..... .. H. insularis, sp. n. 
2. Black, polished, but with a microscopic 
punctation. 


Scape and mandibles brownish yellow ; legs 
reddish or honey-yellow ; first and second 
abdominal segments faintly longitudinally 
aeiculated! yauetsraeige sack oe sy oh< eee « HH, politus, sp. n. 
Black, minutely closely punctulate, opaque. 
Head scarcely twice as wide as thick antero- 
posteriorly, the face above the antenne 
deeply impressed. 
Abdomen palerufous ; legs and scape yellow. H. bicolor, sp. n. 


230 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


HADRONOTUS CARINATIFRONS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1:5 millim. Robust, black, shining, very coarsely 
rugose; scape and legs honey-yellow. Head very large and 
broad, coarsely rugose, with two facets on vertex between the 
ocelli; face transversely striate, separated from the frons by a 
transverse carina. Funicle-joint 1 and the pedicel long, about 
equal in length; joint 2 shorter, 3 and 4 wider than long. 
Thorax with irregular longitudinal raised lines posteriorly. 
Wings hyaline, the venation pale yellowish, the marginal vein 
almost as long as the stigmal. Abdomen broadly oval, sessile, 
evenly rugoso-punctate, the first segment and the second at base 
striate, the second fully twice as long as the first. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


HADRONOTUS INSULARIS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1°8 to 2 millim. Robust, subopaque, coarsely 
but evenly rugose; eyes pubescent; second joint of trochanters, 
apex of femora, the tibie and tarsi, honey-yellow. Abdomen 
rugose, the first and second segments with the rugosities longitu- 
dinally directed; the extreme apices of the segments smooth, 
polished ; second segment not twice as long as the first. Wings 
subhyaline, the marginal vein punctiform. 

In the female the first funicle-jomt is hardly as long as the 
pedicel, the second, third, and fourth joints transverse: in themale 
the antenne are filiform, tapering towards apex, the first flagellar 
joint much longer than the pedicel, the second much shorter, 
the third slightly dilated and laterally, at base, excised, the 
following joints quadrate, loosely joined, the penultimate a little 
longer than wide, the last still longer, conical. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from three male and three female specimens. 


HaADRONOTUS POLITUS, Sp. n. 

¢@. Length 0°8 millim. Black, polished, but still faintly 
microscopically punctate ; scape, mandibles, and legs reddish or 
honey-yellow. Head transverse, the eyes bare. First funicle- 
joint very little longer than thick, much smaller than the pedicel, 
the three following subequal, moniliform. Thorax rounded, the 
mesonotum twice as wide as long, rounded anteriorly. Wings 
hyaline, the venation pale yellow, the marginal vein short. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 231 


Abdomen broadly oval, the first and second segments equal, 
faintly aciculated. 
Hab. St. Vincent. 


HADRONOTUS BICOLOR, sp. nu. 

@. Length 06 millim. Brown-black, minutely, closely 
punctate; face deeply emarginated for the antenne; scape, 
mandibles, legs, and abdomen rufous; pedicel two thirds the 
length of the funicle; first funicle-joint not longer than thick, 
the second, third, and fourth minute, transverse. Wings hyaline, 
the marginal vein very short, about twice as long as thick. 
Abdomen oval, punctate, the first and third segments about 
equal, shorter than the second, the first striate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens. 


Ipris, Forster. 


IDRIS ZNEA, sp. n. 

3 2. Length 2 to 2:1 millim. Black, the head and thorax 
with a decided zneous tinge ; head sparsely punctate and striate, 
a smooth impunctured space above the antenne; eyes hairy. 
Antenne brown, the scape long, reddish yellow; first funicle- 
joint very little shorter than the pedicel; second two thirds the 
leneth of the first; third and fourth minute. Thorax ovate, 
subdepressed, punctate, with a smooth, impunctate space at the 
middle; the mesonotum a little wider than long, arcuate anteriorly, 
with two distinct furrows. Wings fuscous, the venation brown- 
black, the marginal vein punctiform, the postmarginal but slightly 
developed, shorter than the stigmal, the latter short, oblique, 
ending in a rounded knob. legs honey-yellow. Abdomen 
oblong oval or ovate, very little longer than the head and thorax 
together, striate, the fourth and following segments punctate ; 
the first segment is scarcely as long as the second and has a 
prominence or carina at base, its tip ending in a small thorn or 
spur; the third segment is the longest, about one half longer 
than the second. 

The male differs from the female in the filiform, browr-black 
antenne, the scape being yellow; the first funicle-joint is the 
longest, much longer than the pedicel, about twice as long as 
thick, the following joints except the last_about equal, very 
little longer than thick. 


932 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Hab. St. Vincent. 
Described from two females and one male. 


Subfamily PLaTyGasTERINA. 


Inostemma, Haliday. 

Two species of this genus have been recognized, distinguished 
follows :— 
Orbits produced into a spine-hke tubercle above 

HiT) CyOemene Seis Oa On oo adalo Aas adiso so I. bicornutus, sp. n. 
Orbits normal. 

Legs and antennz black ; trochanters, base of j 
tibize and tarsi yellowish ............-. I. simillimus, sp. n. 


INOSTEMMA BICORNUTUS, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 1 millim. Black, shining; the head and thorax 
microscopically punctate, the orbits produced into an acute 
tubercle above the eye; tibie piceous; tarsi and apex of pedicel 
yellowish. Antenne 10-jointed, the pedicel longer than the 
first. funicle-joint; funicle-jomts 1 and 2 about equal, a little 
longer than thick; 3 and 4 minute, narrowed; club 4-jointed, 
the first three joints broader than long, the first the narrowest 
the third the broadest, last joint conical. Wings hyaline. 
Abdomen pointed, longer than the head and thorax together, 
the horn at base extending forward over the thorax to the vertex 
of head, the first segment and the second at base faintly striate. 

- Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two female specimens. The acute tubercles 

above the eyes readily distinguish the species. 


INOSTEMMA SIMILLIMUS, Sp. N. 

3 2. Length 08 millim. Black, shining; the head and 
thorax microscopically punctate; no tubercles over the eye; 
trochanters and tibie pale brown or yellowish, base of tibie 
and tarsi yellowish. Antenne 10-jointed ; funicle-joints 1 and 
2 slightly subequal, shorter than the pedicel; 3 and 4 small, 
the 8rd not wider than long, the 4th twice as wide as long. 
Wings subhyaline, hyaline at base. Abdomen not longer than 
the head and thorax together, the horn extending to the base of 
the head. 

In the male the thorax above is polished, mmpunctured with 
delicate but complete parapsidal furrows scape beneath, 


OF THE ISLAND OF 81. VINCENT. 233 


trochanters, the tibiz, except at tips, and the tarsi honey-yellow ; 
the flagellum is covered with a whitish pile; the first and second 
joints are twice as long as thick, about equal, a little longer than 
the pedicel; third joint short, triangular; club 5-jointed, the 
joints oval, the last conical, longer than the penultimate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and onefemale. This species comes 
quite close to I. Lintnerzz, Ashm., described from the District of 
Columbia. 


Acrrota, Forster. 


ACEROTA CONFUSA, Sp. 0. 

6 2. Length 1to 1:1 millim. Subrobust, polished black ; 
the head closely, microscopically punctate; antenne and legs — 
yellowish ; scape at the middle, club, and the swollen part of 
the tibize fuscous or brown, the coxe black; the pedicel is 
longer than the first funicle-joint; the second funicle-joint 
slightly longer than half the length of the first; the third and 
fourth transverse; club joints subquadrate. The thorax is 
polished, but faintly punctate and with two distinct furrows. 
Scutellum convex, finely punctate, and bounded by a carina 
behind. Metapleura subsericeous. Wings hyaline. Abdomen 
oblong-oval; in female subacute at tip, polished, with the first 
segment striate. 

The antenne in the male are wholly black, covered with a 
short white pile; the second funicle-joint is subequal with the 
first, the third very small; the club 5-jointed, the joints, except the 
long conical last joint, not longer than wide, slightly pedicellated; 
while the abdomen is bluntly rounded at tip. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. The male of this 
species could easily be mistaken for a male Inostemma. 


AMBLYASPIS, Forster. 


The species I take to belong to this genus may be tabulated 
as follows :— 
Scutellum triangular, pubescent .............. A. triangularis, sp. n. 
Scutellum produced into a long spine that projects 
high over the metathorax. 
(CORT THIOe Reet pe cotin os HDPEIDEIOs CD Oene 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. iyi 


to 


234 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Coxe black. 
Legs and antenne black; trochanters and 
tarsi brownishiyellow. teehee: A, nigricornis, sp. D« 
2. Legs and antennz, except the club, brownish 
yellow or honey-yellow. 
6 with the elaval joints several times longer 
than thick, clavate, with whorls of very long 
white hairs. 
© with claval joints a little less than twice as 
long as thick. (Species large.).......... A. verticillatus, sp. n- 
6 with claval joimts not more than thrice as long 
as thick, cylindrical, pilose. 
© with claval joints not or scarcely longer than 
THe, | ((Syxoressmealll)) Sesoccncoononsos A. xanthopus, sp. n. 

AMBLYASPIS TRIANGULARIS, Sp. 0. 

6 2. Length 0°65 to 0°85 millim. Polished black, impunc- 
tured ; head transverse, the vertex subacute, the lateral ocelli as 
near to the middle ocellus as to the margin of the eye. Antenne 
in female brown-black, the scape at base and beneath paler; 
pedicel much longer than the first funicle-joint ; second funicle- 
joint very slightly shorter than first, only a little longer than 
thick ; third smaller; fourth wider than long; club 4-jointed, 
the joints, except the last, wider than long, the third the widest. 
Thorax convex, without a trace of the furrows; the scutellum 
triangular, subconvex, covered with a rather dense fuscous 
pubescence. Wings hyaline. Legs reddish yellow or brownish 
yellow, the swollen parts of the posterior femora and tibie 
brownish or obfuscated. Abdomen (OVER | the petiole rugose, 
with a greyish pubescence. 

In the male the scape and pedicel are yellow, the flagellum 
brown ; the pedicel is as long as the first and second funicle- 
joints together ; first funicle-joit shorter and slenderer than 
the second ; third equal, or very slightly longer than the first; 
club 5-jointed, the joints loosely joined, the first moniliform, the 
three following elliptic-oval; legs, including the coxe, reddish 
yellow or honey-yellow; the tarsi longer than their tibie ; the 
hind tibial spurs distinct; abdomen oblong-oval, pubescent at 
base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and ten male specimens. 


AMBLYASPIS NIGRICORNIS, Sp. 0. 
@. Length 2 millim. Polished black, impunctured; head 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 235 


transverse, the vertex with a delicate transverse carina behind 
the ocelli; the lateral ocelli not more than. twice their 
width from the margin of the eye. Antenne black; the funicle 
slender, the first joint longer than the pedicel; club slender, 
the joints all longer than thick. Thorax convex, without furrows. 
Scutellum depressed at base, and produced into a long acute 
yellow spine. Mesopleura, except just beneath the tegule, 
which is striate, smooth, shining. Metapleura bare and 
smooth, bounded by a carina above; the lower half of the carina 
with a fringe of pale pubescence. Metathorax with a prominent 
yellow median carina. Wings hyaline. Legs black; the tro- 
chanters and base of tibie pale brown; tarsi yellowish. Body 
of abdomen oval, smooth, impunctured, with a tuft of pubescence 
at base beneath; petiole longer than thick, impressed at the 
middle, fluted, subpubescent at apex and beneath. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


AMBLYASPIS VERTICILLATUS, sp. 0. 

6 @. Length 1°5 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; the 
mesopleura with no strie beneath the tegule; scutellum pro- 
duced into a long, acute, yellow spine. Antenne and legs 
honey-yellow ; club piceous, the joints very long, subclavate, as 
long as the basal joint of tarsi, and with whorls of long hairs ; 
funicle long, slender, cylindrical, the second joint more than 
twice as long as the pedicel, the first joint short. Wings 
hyaline. Body of abdomen oval; the petiole about twice as long. 
as thick, depressed at the middle, fluted, subpubescent. 

The female agrees well with the male, except that the antennz 
end .in a 4-jointed black club, the joints of which are only 
slightly longer than thick; the funicle is long, slender, and 
cylindrical, the first and second joints being about equal and as 
long as the pedicel; the extreme apex of posterior femora and 
tibiz obfuscated or brown; while the lateral ocelli are only their 
width from the margin of the eye. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. 

No male is described in this genus with similar antenne, and 
no difficulty will attend its recognition. It is doubtful whether 
the female correlated here is the opposite sex of this species. 


Nes 


236 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


AMBLYASPIS XANTHOPUS, Sp. 0. 

2. Length 0°8 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; petiole 
more or less yellowish. Lateral ocelli close to the margin of 
the eye. Thorax convex; the parapsidal furrows very slightly 
indicated posteriorly; scutellum produced into a long, acute, 
yellow spine. Antenne and legs bright yellow; the club brown 
or black; the joints, except the last, less than twice as long as 
thick, slightly pedicellate, with long hairs; funicle slender, the 
first and second joints about equal in length, shorter than the 
pedicel. Wings hyaline, with long cilia. Body of abdomen 
rotund ; the petiole longer than thick, pubescent. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from four specimens. Comes nearest to A. minutus, 
Ashm., described from the United States. 


Lerpracts, Forster. 
(? Ceratacis, Thoms.) 


The two species recognized in this genus may be separated 
as follows :— 


Mesonotal furrows delicate but complete. 
Legs rufo-piceous ; trochanters, base of tibie (the 


anterior pair entirely), and tarsi yellowish .... L. obscurtpes, sp. n. 
Mesonotal furrows entirely wanting. 
Legs entirely reddish yellow ................. L. erythropus, sp. n. 


LEPTACIS OBSCURIPES, Sp. 0. 

6. Length 0°6 millim. Black, shining; the head transverse, 
microscopically punctate, subopaque, the lateral ocelli being 
close to the border of the eye. Antenne brownish yellow ; the 
club brown-black, the joints oval; pedicel long and slender, 
nearly as long as the first and second funicle-joints united ; the 
first funicle-joint small but longer than thick, the second thicker 
and about twice as long, the third small. Thorax with two distinct 
furrows ; scutellum subconvex, foveated at base, and ending in a 
long awl-shaped spine; metapleura wrinkled, subpubescent,: 
bounded by a keel above. Legs rufo-piceous; the trochanters, 
base of tibia, except the anterior pair which are entirely yellow, 
and the tarsi yellowish. Wings hyaline, the margins not fringed. 
Abdomen oval; the petiole wider than long, subpubescent. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 237 


LEPTACIS ERYTHROPUS, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 0°8 millim. Black, shining; the head transverse, 
subopaque ; the lateral ocelli close to the eye. Antenne reddish or 
brownish yellow ; the club brown-black, 5-jointed, pubescent, the 
joints longer than thick ; pedicel longer than the second funicle- 
joint ; first funicle-joint short, smaller than the third. Thorax 
convex, without furrows. Scutellum subconvex, bifoveated at 
base, and terminating in a long awl-shaped spine; a deep groove 
between the tegule and the mesonotum; metapleura covered 
with a silvery pubescence. Wings hyaline, fringed. Legs reddish 
yellow or rufous. Abdomen ovate, pubescent at base; the first: 
segment much wider than long. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two specimens. 


Potymecus, Forster. 
Only one species of this common genus is in the collection, 
which may be described as 


PoLYMECUS INSULARIS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 1:4 millim. Polished black; the frons and face 
finely opaquely punctate; antenne and legs brownish yellow; 
the club 4-jointed, black. Mesothorax twice as long as wide, 
with two furrows; scutellum ending in an awl-shaped spine, 
pubescent at sides and foveate at base; metapleura woolly. 
Wings hyaline. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax 
together, narrowly contracted from the apex of the second seg- 
ment, smooth, shining; the first segment densely woolly; the 
penultimate segment longer than either the antepenultimate 
or the ultimate; last three segments beneath finely opaquely 
punctate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


SacToGasTER, Lorster. 


Six species of this. genus are recorded from Hurope and two 
from the United States. The two species described below 
are apparently quite distinct, although one is closely allied to a 
species from North America. The colour of the legs will aid m 
identification, as follows :— 


338 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Legs black or piceous, the trochanters, base of tibiz, 
and tarsi honey-yellow or brownish yellow 


- Antennze black or brown-black ...............06+ S. affinis, sp. n. 
Legs reddish yellow. 
Antenne, except the club, brownish yellow ........ S. rufipes, sp. 0. 


SACTOGASTER AFFINIS, sp. 0. 

©. Length 0°8 millim. Polished black; frons and face micro- 
scopically punctate, the vertex and occiput smooth, impunctured ; 
the lateral ocelli their width from the margin oftheeye. Antenne 
black or brown-black; the extreme base of the scape pale or 
yellowish; first and second funicle-joints subequal, the last 
rounded ; club 4-jointed, the basal three joints wider than long. 
Scutellum at sides subpubescent, at tip ending in an awl-shaped 
spine. Metathorax and base of scutellum with a silvery-white 
pubescence. Wings hyaline. Legs black or piceous; the tro- 
chanters, base of tibie, and the tarsi honey-yellow. Abdomen 
polished ; the tail not longer than the inflated second ventral 
segment; the last segment pointed, about one half longer than 
the penultimate segment. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from five specimens. Closely allied to S. anomali- 
ventris, Ashm., but slightly smaller, with the vertex, occiput, and 
mesonotum smoother, more shining, while the space between the 
eyes is a little narrower. 


SACTOGASTER RUFIPES, Sp. N. 

@. Length 0°8 millim. Differs from 8. afinis in having the 
scape and legs rufous or reddish yellow; the coxe rufo-piceous, 
not entirely black; the occiput subopaque; the scutellum more 
densely covered with a silvery pile. In the male the head is 
narrower, the lateral ocelli touching the border of the eye, the 
scutellum and metapleura bare, legs more yellowish, while the 
club-joints are loosely joined, twice as long as thick. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and two female specimens. 


Ca@LopEeLta, Ashmead. 


Antenne in male 9-jointed, ending in a 4-jointed club ; lateral 
ocelli as near to the front ocellus as to the margin of the eye. 
Scutellum cupuliform, similar to the Cynipid genus Zucoila. 
Female unknown. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 239 


These simple characters readily distinguish this genus from 
all other genera in the group; and the genus affords another 
proof of the close affinities between the Proctotrypide and the 
Cynipide. 


C@LOPELTA MIRABILIS, sp. Nn. 

6. Length0°8 millim. Polished black; antennz brown, the 
scape yellow; legs reddish yellow, the coxe black; metathorax 
with a silvery pubescence. Wings hyaline, iridescent; the hind 
wings rounded at apex, with long cilia; abdomen ovate, polished ; 
the petiole subopaque, striate, and bare. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Synopeas, Forster. 


A single male specimen, doubtfully referred to this genus, may 
be called 


SYNOPEAS DUBIUS, sp. 0. 

3. Length 1 millim. Polished black, impunctured; head 
transverse, wider than the thorax ; the occiput faintly transversely 
aciculated ; the frons and face highly polished ; lateral ocelli about 
their width from the margin of the eye. Antenne brown-black ; 
the scape and pedicel brownish yellow ; first funicle-joint rounded, 
the second a little stouter and nearly twice as long as thick ; 
club 6-jointed, the joints loosely joined, elliptic-oval, the last fusi- 
form, nearly twice as long as the preceding. ‘Thorax convex, with 
faint traces of the parapsidal furrows in front of the scutellum, 
the base of the middle iobe thus formed projecting slightly upon 
the scutellum ; scutellum convex, with oblique fovee on either 
side at base, the small tubercle at its tip very pubescent; meta- 
thorax subpubescent. Legs honey-yellow, the posterior tibize 
slightly dusky. Abdomen ovate, longer than the thorax; the 
petiole longer than thick, striate, subpubescent ; rest of the abdo- 
men smooth, shining; the second segment with two sulci at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


ANOPEDIAS, FUrster. 


ANOPEDIAS CONICA, sp. 0. 
6 2. Length 0:7 to0'8 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; 
lateral ocelli about twice their width from the margin of the eye, 


240 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


a little closer in the male; mesonotum with two delicate but dis- 
tinct furrows ; metapleura bare or subpubescent; first and second 
funicle-joints about equal, a little longer than thick, shorter 
than the pedicel, the third elongate, the fourth short; club 
eylindrical, the joimts about twice as long as thick, or very little 
longer. Wings hyaline, fringed. Legs black; trochanters, base 
of tibiz, and the tarsi variable from a piceous to yellow. Abdomen 
conic-ovate, longer than the head and thorax together, petiolate ; 
the petiole striate; rest of the abdomen smooth, polished; the 
second segment with two long sulci at base, one on each side. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and ten female specimens. Comes 
very close to A. error, Fitch, but is smaller, with the joints 
of the antenne relatively different. 


Tricwacis, Horster. 


TRICHACIS RUBICOLA, Ashm., Monog. N. A. Proctotrypida, p. 296. 

Of this species there are two specimens agreeing in every 
particular with the types in the U.S. National Museum. It was 
reared from a Cecidomyid gall on Blackberry. 


Potyanotus, Lorster. 


Of this genus, as now limited, five species have been recognized, 
which may be distinguished by the following table :— 


AMET ESI ee eh Nce: katate aR Aicte rarer! che eet alelt oe 2. 
Females. 
Mesonotal furrows distinct posteriorly for half 
the length of the mesonotum. 
Head much wider than thorax, the lateral 
ocelli twice their width from the eye- 
margin. 
Legs black or piceous black, the trochanters, 
base of tibiz, and tarsi pale brown; 
antenne brown-black, the scape pale at 
extreme base...... .seccccevccevecs P. meridionalis, sp. u. 
Mesonotal furrows wanting or but slightly indi- 
cated posteriorly. 
Head not so wide, the lateral ocelli not much 
more than their width from the eye-margin. 
Legs brownish yellow, the coxz black, the 
femora more or less piceous; antennz 
brown, the scape brownish yellow.... P. énsularis, sp. nu. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 241 


2. Mesonotal furrows indicated posteriorly. 
Head wider than the thorax, the lateral 
ocelli twice their width from the eye- 
margin. 
Legs piceous; the trochanters, base of tibiz, 
and) tarsipyellowish) 4/4). 4 «)-\s1) -telele speie P. meridionalis, sp. n. 
Lateral ocelli not twice their width from the 
eye-border. 
Coxe black. 
Legs black; trochanters, base of tibie, 
and tarsi piceous or brown. 
Antenne black, the club-joints 13 
times as long as thick .......... P. gracilicornis, sp. n. 
Legs honey-yellow. 
Antenne brown-black, the scape yel- 
lowish, the club-jomts twice as 
1OWE BS WWE pocaboeccsnocone P. insularts, sp. n. 
Legs piceous; trochanters, base and tip 
of tibize, and the tarsi yellowish. 
Antenne brown-black, short, the club- 
‘ joints wider than long.......... P. laticlavus, sp. n. 
Coxe pale. 
Scape and legs reddish- or honey-yellow ; 
club 6-jointed, the joints, except the 


last; moniliform! 25302. 2 jees wee P. pallidicoxalis, sp. n. 


POLYGNOTUS MERIDIONALIS, Sp. n. 

3 2. Length 09 tol millim. Polished black, impunctured ; 
lateral ocelli twice their width from the eye-border; antenne 
brown-black, the scape at extreme base and the minute first funicle- 
joint yellowish; the flagellum with sparse white hairs; second 
funicle-joint as large as the pedicel, a little swollen, third 
small; club 5-jointed, the joints loosely joined, very little longer 
than wide. Thorax with two delicate furrows on the posterior 
half of the mesonotum; scutellum highly convex, subpubescent ; 
metathorax pubescent. Wings hyaline, with a short fringe at 
apex. Legs black or piceous; the trochanters, base of tibiz, and 
the tarsi pale brown or yellowish. Abdomen oblong-oval, the 
petiole striate, pubescent beneath. 

The female is the larger, more robust form, with the head much © 
broader than in the male, the club-joints scarcely longer than wide, 
the scutellum higher, the abdomen ovate, while the legs are blacker. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. 


242 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


POLYGNOTUS INSULARIS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1 to11 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; 
lateral ocelli not twice their width from the eye-border ; antennz 
dark brown, the scape brownish yellow, the club-joints a little 
wider than long. Thorax without furrows or but slightly indi- 
cated posteriorly, with two opaque pubescent spots just in front 
of the scutellum. Scutellum high, convex, polished. Metapleura 
finely striate, subpubescent. Wings hyaline, with a short fringe. 
Legs brownish yellow or yellowish, the coxe black, the femorain 
female a little piceous. Abdomen oblong-oval, about as long as 
the head and thorax together, with the first segment striate. 

The male is the smaller, and differs in having all the legs honey- 
yellow, with the antennal club 5-jointed, the joints nearly or 
quite twice as long as thick, the last conical, three times as long 
as thick. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. 


POLYGNOTUS GRACILICORNIS, sp. 0. 

d+ Length 1 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; lateral 
ocelli only about their width from the eye-border; antenne black ; 
the first funicle-joint very small and slender, but still longer than 
thick ; the second somewhat swollen and twisted, about twice as 
long as thick, the third smaller ; club slender, the joints, except the 
last, once and a half as long as wide, the last conical, twice as long as 
the penultimate. Thorax with delicate furrows posteriorly. Scu- 
tellum convex, polished, faintly pubescent. Legs black, anterior 
tibie and all tarsi yellowish, trochanters and base of middle and 
posterior tibize piceous or yellowish. Abdomen oblong, as long 
as the thorax, polished, with the first segment striate, the second 
at base with two striate foveole. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


PoLYGNOTUS LATICLAVUS, Sp. 0. 

3. Length 0°65 millim. Differs principally in the joints of the 
antenne: the first and second funicle-jomts are closely united, 
the second being much the larger; the first club-joint is oval, the 
three following broadly transverse, the last oblong; the legs are 
piceous, the trochanters, tips of anterior tibiz, the base of middle 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 243 


and hind tibie, and all tarsi yellow; while the abdomen is oval, 
shorter than the thorax. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


PoLYGNOTUS PALLIDICOXALIS, sp. n. 

$. Length 0:9 millim. In this species the legs are pale 
brownish or honey-yellow, the hind coxe alone at base being 
slightly dusky; antenne brown, the scape yellow; the first 
funicle-jomt is minute, transverse, the second as large as the 
pedicel, the third a little smaller; the club-joints, except the 
last, moniliform, very little, if any, longer than thick; the last 
conic ovate, about twice as long as the preceding joint ; all the 
club-joints are briefly pedicellate and covered with sparse white 
hairs. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Subfamily Draprim a. 
Tribe i. SPILOMICRINI. 
Iptotypa, Forster. 


IpIoTYPA PALLIDA, Sp. 0. 

6 Q. Length 1°8 to 2 millim. Reddish-testaceous, smooth, 
shining; eyes and antennal club black or brown-black; legs 
yellow-testaceous. Antenne in female 12-jointed, the club 
robust, 4-jointed, black ; funicle-joits gradually widened toward 
the club, the first joint a little longer and thinner than the 
pedicel ; club-joints large except the last, transverse-moniliform, 
the last large, conic: in male 13-jomted, long, filiform, the 
pedicel rounded, the flagellar joints about thrice as long as thick, 
loosely joined, the first and last a little longer than the others. 
Thorax with two furrows; scutellum trifoveated at base, the 
lateral foveee being towards one side of the apex of the middle 
fovea; metathorax rugose, pubescent, the posterior angles sub- 
acute, the central carina produced into a blunt spine. Wings 
hyaline, pubescent, ciliated, the marginal and basal veins distinct, 
the marginal thrice as long as thick ; the stigmal vein short, with 
a backward directed branch from its tip. Abdomen oval, the 
petiole in the male about twice as long as thick, a little shorter 


244. MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


and stouter in the female, striate; rest of abdomen smooth, 
polished, the second segment at base sulcate, with some striz at 
extreme base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. ; 

Described from one male and two female specimens. 


Heminexts, Forster. 


HEMILEXIS LATIPENNIS, sp. 0. 
6. Length 1 millim. Brownish, smooth, impunctured, the 
_metathorax and legs yellowish; head black above. Antennz 
13-jointed, pale brownish, the scape yellowish; first and second 
flagellar joints elongate, the second two thirds the length of the 
first ; joints beyond to the last elliptic-oval, slightly pedicellate, 
pubescent, the last conic. Thorax with two delicate furrows ; 
scutellum with a single large fovea at base ; metathorax punctate, 
with a median carina, and with the posterior angles produced 
into small acute teeth. Wings very broad, hyaline, pubescent, 
with long cilia, the apical margin very slightly emarginate or 
sinuate, the marginal vein punctiform, the stigmal vein a little 
more than thrice as long as thick. Abdomen oval, petiolated, 
the petiole about thrice as long as thick, faintly striate; body 
smooth, polished, the second segment witha small median sulcus. 
at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described trom a single specimen. 


HeEmILExopes, Ashmead. 


HEMILEXODES FILIFORMIS, Sp. 0. 

3S. Length 09 millim. Polished black; scape, metathorax, 
petiole, and legs honey-yellow. Thorax without furrows; scu- 
tellum with a fovea at base; metathorax rugoso-punctate, the 
posterior angles acute. Antenne 13-jointed, long, filiform, 
pilose; the joints of the flagellum all long, cylindrical, the second 
a little shorter than the first, very slightly dilated towards tip. 
Wings hyaline, with long cilia, the apical margin very slightly 
sinuate; the venation as in Hemileais, the marginal vein being 
punctiform and the stigmal about four times as long as thick. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single male specimen. 


OF EHE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 945 


TROPIDOPSIS, Ashmead. 


TROPIDOPSIS CLAVATA, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1:3 to1'5 millim. Brownish red or ferruginous, 
smooth, polished, impunctured ; antennz, except the club, and 
legs paler, more yellowish. Antenne in female 12-jointed, 
ending in an abrupt 3-jomted black club, the first two joints of 
which are quadrate, the last oblong; funicle 7-jointed, slender, 
the first jomt about twice as long as the second, the following 
joints not longer than thick, the last two or three slightly trans- 
verse; pedicel obconic, much longer and stouter than the first 
funicle-joint. Head globose, the face flat, with a very delicate 
carina at the sides; eyes large, rounded. Scutellum with a 
single fovea at base. Metathorax with a central carina, emar- 
ginate behind, the angles a little prominent. Abdomen oblong- 
oval, the petiole a little longer than thick, pubescent. Wings 
hyaline, fringed, the submarginal vein reaching the costa at about 
the middle of the wing and ending in a subtriangular marginal 
vein; basal nervure present, straight. 

The male is slightly smaller, the head more transverse, without 
the delicate carine at the sides of the face; the antenne longer 
than the body, 14-jointed, filiform; the flagellar joints, except the 
last, elliptic-oval, pubescent, the first three joints being a little 
more slender than the following; metathorax emarginate behind, 
pubescent, with a prominent central carina; while the abdominal 
petiole is almost twice as long as thick, cylindrical, striate, and 
pubescent. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. 


Paramesius, Westwood. 


PARAMESIUS THORACICUS, sp. n. 

$ 9. Length 15 to 1°8 millim. Head and body of abdomen 
polished black; thorax variable, from a dark honey-yellow to 
brown or piceous; the male the paler, the female the darker, with 
the pleura and metathorax sometimes black ; scape, petiole, and 
legs reddish yellow or honey-yellow. Antenne in female 13- 
jointed, clavate, the scape very long; the flagellum gradually 
becomes brown-black at tip, the joints gradually increasing in 
size after the sixth, submoniliform, the last large, conic, nearly 
thrice as long as the penultimate; im the male filiform, 13- 


246 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


jointed ; the flagellar joints, after the first, all elongate, cylindrical, 
the first very small, smaller than the pedicel, the second thrice as 
long as the pedicel, excised at base. Thorax smooth, shining, 
with two furrows; scutellum with a large fovea at base; meta- 
thorax rugose, with a sharp median carina. Wings hyaline, 
pubescent, ciliate ; the venation brown, the marginal vein thrice 
as long as thick, a little narrower at base than at tip; stigmal 
vein scarcely developed, not longer than thick; basal vein sub- 
obsolete or entirely absent. Abdomen in female conic-ovate, the 
petiole about twice as long as thick, striate ; in male pear-shaped, 
the petiole about four times as long as thick; body of abdomen 
in both sexes highly polished. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from four male and four female specimens. 


SpPrintomicrus, Westwood, 


The following table will assist in recognizing the species in this 
genus. 


Wings subfuscous, the basal vein absent. 
Legs dark rufous, the coxz black or piceous. 
Antenne brown-black, the second flagellar joint 
shorter than the first, excised at base ...... S. aneurus, sp. n. 
Wings hyaline, the basal vein present. 
Legs, including cox, reddish yellow. 
Antenne pale brown, the scape and pedicel yel- 
lowish, second flagellar joimt not excised at 
DASE ene, aichordie caus aceon rege uae etee casters Sietnne acer S. vulgaris, sp. n. 


SPILOMICRUS ANEURUS, Sp. n. 

@. Length 3°2 millim. Polished black, impunctured; head 
globose, the cheeks woolly behind ; frontal prominence large, the 
face with a ,-shaped sulcus; mandibles black or piceous. 
Antenne 13-jointed, black, much thickened towards tips ; scape 
about as long as the first four funicle-jomts combined, curved ; 
first funicle-joint longer than the pedicel, the latter equal with 
the second funicle-joint ; jomts from the fifth to the penultimate 
quadrate moniliform, the last conic, not longer than, and scarcely 
as wide as, the penultimate. Thorax with two furrows; the pro- 
notum woolly at sides, and produced anteriorly above into a short 
neck ; scutellum with a subapical transverse furrow, sulcate at 
sides, and; with two large fovez at base; postscutellum closely 
punctate, tricarmate; metathorax rugose, pubescent, with an 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 24.7 


acute median carina, rather prominent angles posteriorly, and 
with lateral carine. Legs dark rufous, pubescent, the coxe 
piceous or black. Wings subfuscous, pubescent, the submarginal 
vein reaching the costa at half the length of the wing, the mar- 
vinal vein about three times as long as thick, the stigmal vein very 
short, not longer than thick. Abdomen oblong-oval, polished, 
pilose at apex; the petiole long, three times as long as thick, 
fluted, woolly beneath. 

3. Length 3°5 to 4 millim. Agrees well with the female 
except that the scutellum has a transverse row of coarse punctures 
at the apex, the last ventral segment is bifoveate, with a central 
carina, while the antenne are long, filiform; the scape is finely 
striated beneath, and about as long as the pedicel and first fla- 
gellar joint united, second funicle-jomt about two thirds the 
length of the first, excised at base; the joints beyond the last 
very nearly equal in length. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and five male specimens. 


SPILOMICRUS VULGARIS, sp. 0. 

@. Length 1°5 to 2°5 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; 
head globose, sparsely pilose, the cheeks with a tuft of wool 
behind; face smooth, not sulcate; mandibles yellowish. An- 
tenn 13-jointed, brownish yellow, with only three or four terminal 
joints dusky or black; scape about as long as the first five funicle- 
joints united ; first funicle-joint not or very little longer than the 
pedicel, the latter much the stouter; funicle-joints 2 to 4 sub- 
equal, shorter than the first; jomts 5 and 6 moniliform; club 
5-jointed, the jomts transverse or subquadrate moniliform, the first 
pale, the last three or four black. Thorax with two furrows, the 
pronotum woolly at sides anteriorly; scutellum with two large 
fover at base, a sulcus at the sides, and a transverse punctate 
line at apex; metathorax rugose, pubescent, with an acute ridge 
at the middle and carine laterally. Legs entirely reddish or 
brownish yellow. Wings hyaline, the basal nervure distinct, 
rarely subobsolete. Abdomen oblong-oval, polished, pilose at 
tip, the last ventral segment minutely punctate ; petiole long, 
coarsely fluted, pubescent above and beneath. 

6. Length 2 to 2°5 millim. Differs principally in the filiform 
brown antenne, the scape and pedicel alone being yellow; the 
scape is as long as the first and second funicle-joints united ; 


248 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


the latter are about equal in length, the second not excised 
at base, the joints beyond to the last being very slightly and 
gradually subequal; last ventral segment piceous, but with two 
small punctures at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from 22 male and 14 female specimens. 


Tribe 11. DIaPRIINtI. 
GatxEsus, Curtis. 


GALESUS BIPUNCTATUS, sp. n. 

@. Length 2:2 to 2°4 millim. Polished black, impunctured, 
with sparse white hairs ; head oblong, with a margined angulation 
in front of each eye, the space between it and the eye with a row 
of punctures; between these angulations there is another mar- 
gined space enclosing the ocelli; vertex with six small punctures ; 
face prolonged, with deep broad sulci beneath the eyes ; frontal 
prominence with a median sulcus. Antenne black, 12-jointed, 
the scape angulately dilated a little beyond the middle; flagellar 
joints, after the fourth, transverse-moniliform, loosely jomed and 
gradually widened towards tip of flagellum, the last jomt ovate, 
twice as long as the penultimate. Thorax with two furrows, the 
middle lobe with two small punctures at base and two at the 
middle; scutellum truncate and with two punctures at tip, a 
broad sulcus at sides and two large fovez at base; metathorax 
grooved, pubescent. Wings folded, deeply emarginate at apex. 
Legs rufous or reddish yellow, the coxe black. Abdomen oblong- 
oval, polished black; the petiole about twice as long as thick, 
fluted and pubescent. 

3. Length 2°5 millim. In this sex the head is shorter, only a 
little longer than wide, with the ridges and punctation as in 
the female. The antenne are 14-jointed, filiform, as long as the 
body, the pedicel and first funicle-joint beg brownish yellow or 
brown, the rest of the antenne black; the second funicle-joint 
is a little thicker and shorter than the first, excised at base; 
the joints beyond a little longer, very little more than thrice as 
long as thick, the last jot being much longer than any of the 
others. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and two female specimens. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 249 


Loxotropa, Forster. 


LoxoTRoPa COLUMBIANA, Ashm. 
A single specimen of this species, from St. Vincent, cannot 
be separated from the type collected in the District of Columbia. 


LoxoTROPaA THORACICA, Sp. 0. 

@. Length 0°8 millim. Head and abdomen polished black ; 
thorax brownish piceous ; antenne, except the abrupt 3-jointed 
club which is black, and legs yellow. The head is a little longer 
than wide, with- angulated ridges before the eyes. The first 
funicle-joint twice as long as the second, the following joints not 
longer than thick; two basal joints of club quadrate, the last 
oblong. Wings hyaline, pubescent. Abdomen oblong-oval, the 
petiole pubescent. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from a single specimen. 


Troprpopria, Ashmead. 


The species belonging to this genus may be separated by the 
aid of the following table :— 


Females. 


Head and abdomen black, the thorax reddish. 
Antenne with an abrupt 3-jointed club, the last 
Eworjoumts beime black =. .... wascdsmen- T. nigriceps, sp. n. 
Wholly reddish or dark honey-yellow. 
Antenne with the club 5-jointed, gradually 
formed. 
Two last club-joints black ................ T. pallida, sp. un. 


Males. 


Head and abdomen black, the thorax piceous, the 
petiole short, finely striate. 
Scutellum acutely triangular ..............+- T. triangularis, sp. 0. 
Head and abdomen black, thorax reddish, the 
petiole long, coarsely fluted. 
Scutellum not acutely triangular ............ T. nigriceps, sp. un. 
Wholly reddish or dark honey-yellow .......... T. pallidaysp. n. 


TROPIDOPRIA TRIANGULARIS, Sp. 0. 

¢. Length 1:2 millim. Head and abdomen black, polished ; 
thorax piceous, more or less blackish above. Antenne 14-jointed, 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 18 


950 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


pedicellate-nodose, verticillate, bright yellow, the nodes piceous. 
Scutellum acutely triangular, carinated, with a profound fovea 
at base. Metathorax rugose, carinate, subpubescent. Wings 
hyaline, strongly fringed. Legs, including cox, honey-yellow. 
Body of abdomen oval, black, shining; the petiole short, hardly 
twice as long as thick, yellowish, finely striate. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male specimens. 


TROPIDOPRIA NIGRICEPS, sp. 0. 

6 2. Length 2 to 2°5 millim. Head and thorax black, 
polished, impunctured ; thorax reddish; the scutellum in female 
subobsoletely carinate, with a small fovea at base, in male with a 
large fovea at base and distinctly carinate ; metathorax rugoso- 
punctate, subpubescent, the middle carina produced into a short 
acute spine. In the female the antenne, except the last two 
joints which are black, the legs, petiole, and tip of abdomen 
are honey-yellow; the club is abrupt, 3-joimted; the funicle 
slender ; the petiole about 23 times as long as thick, cylindrical, 
faintly striate ; body of abdomen conic ovate. In the male the 
scape, pedicel, and legs are honey-yellow or reddish yellow ; the 
flagellum piceous black, nodose-pedicellate, with whorls of long 
hairs; petiole coarsely fluted, fully four times as long as thick ; 
body of abdomen oblong-oval, polished black. Wings in both 
sexes hyaline, strongly fringed. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one female and four male specimens. 


TROPIDOPRIA PALLIDA, Sp. 0. 

3 @. Length 1:8 to 2:1 millim. Uniformly light brownish 
red, polished ; scutellum foveate at base, faintly carinate at tip ; 
metathorax finely rugose, pubescent, with a prominent median 
carina. Iu the male the scape, pedicel, and legs are yellowish ; 
flagellum darker, nodose-pedicellate, with whorls of long hairs; 
petiole 23 times as long as thick, finely rugose, pubescent. In 
the female only the last two antennal joints are black, the club 
being gradually formed, 5-jointed ; petiole scarcely twice as long 
as thick, pubescent; body of abdomen pointed at tip. Wings in 
both sexes hyaline, strongly fringed. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from six male and twelve female specimens, 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 251 


Drapria, Latreille. 


T)IAPRIA MELLEA, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1 to 1:1 millim. Dark honey-yellow or light 
brownish red, polished, impunctured; antenne and legs honey- 
yellow. Club of antenne in female 4-jointed, gradually formed, 
the last joint large, conic or oblong, black, closely joined to the 
penultimate, the other two joints loosely joined. Abdomen ovate, 
the petiole scarcely once and a half as long as thick, pubescent. 

In the male the flagellum is long, cylindrical, with whorls of 
long hairs ; the joints, except the first, all long, cylindrical, as long 
as the scape, the first jomt only two thirds the length of the 
scape. Abdomen oval, the petiole a little more than twice as 
thick. Wings hyaline, strongly fringed in both sexes. Scutellum 
with a rounded fovea at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and three female specimens. 


TRICHOPRIA, Ashmead. 


The following table will aid in separating the three species in 
this genus. 


Females. 


Species pale, or with thorax pale ................. 2s 
Species black, the pleura alone sometimes piceous. 
Pleura black; antenne black; the club 4-jointed, 
loosely joimed, the joints increasing in size ; 
thickened parts of the legs piceous ........ T. insularis, sp. n. 
Pleura piceous ; antennz, except the last three 
joints of club, and legs honey-yellow........ T. pleuralis, sp. n. 
2. Thorax pale brownish piceous; head and abdomen 
black. 
Scutellum with two minute subobsolete foveze at 
base; antennz, except the last two joints, 
and legs brownish yellow .............. T. atriceps, sp. n. 


Males. 


Species witht the thorax palers acess os «4 saies.«« 2. 
Species black, the pleura alone sometimes piceous. 
Pleura black ; scape, pedicel, and legs reddish 
yellow; second flagellar joint longer than the 
first, curved and angulate toward one side, the 
jomts beyond rounded-moniliform, shorter 
than the first, with whorls of bristly hairs .. T. insularis, sp. n, 


252 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 


Pleura piceous; scape, pedicel, and legs honey- 
yellow; second flagellar joint very slightly 
excised at base, but not angulate, the joints 
beyond oval-moniliform, longer than the first, 
PUBESCENT). ccctae cette erate cee ee een ee T. pleuralis, sp. n. 
2. Thorax reddish, head and abdomen black. 
Scutellum with a large fovea at base; flagellar 
joints after the second rounded-moniliform, 
with whorls of bristles, first joint longer 
than) the-second’) 2a... --c<15 2 site| --n le CCCs aspen 


TRICHOPRIA INSULARIS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1:-2to 13 millim. Polished black ; legs piceous, 
the trochanters, base of tibie, and the tarsi yellowish. Head 
globose, as wide as the thorax. Antenne 12-jointed, piceous 
black ; scape as long as the pedicel and first two funicle-joints 
united; funicle 6-jointed, the joints slender, the last twoa little 
thicker than the preceding; club 4-jointed, the joints increasing 
in size, the last oblong. Mesonotum not longer than wide; scu- 
tellum with a large fovea at base connected with a delicate grooved 
line at sides; metathorax short, finely rugose, with a median 
carina, and subpubescent. Wings hyaline, strongly fringed. 
Abdomen ovate, pointed at tip, polished black, the tip piceous, 
with sparse long hairs; petiole cylindric, twice as long as thick. 

In the male the antenne are 14-jointed, filiform-moniliform, 
pale brownish, the scape and pedicel yellow; second flagellar 
joint a little longer and stouter than the first, curved and angulate 
towards one side ; the joints beyond to last rounded-moniliform, 
shorter than the first, all with whorls of stiff bristles; legs, in- 
cluding coxe, reddish yellow; petiole not longer than thick, 
pubescent ; body of abdomen oval. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. 


TRICHOPRIA PLEURALIS, sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1 to 1:2 millim. Closely resembles 7. insularis ; 
but in the female the antenne, except the 4-jointed club, the legs, 
and the abdominal petiole are yellow; the mesothoracic pleura 
piceous; the petiole is not longer than thick and pubescent ; 
while the male differs in having the flagellum brown, the joints 
after the second oval-moniliform, longer than the first, with a 
short pubescence, the second joint being only slightly excised at 
base, and not angulate. 


OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 253 


Hab. St- Vincent. 
Described from one male and one female. 


TRICHOPRIA ATRICEPS, Sp. 0. 

3 2. Length 1:3 to 1°5 millim. Head and abdomen polished 
black; thorax pale brownish piceous or reddish; antenne in 
female (except the last two joints of the club) and the legs yellow 
or pale brownish yellow. Head a little longer than wide, sub- 
globose. The antenne end in a 3-jointed club, the joints in- 
creasing in size, the last jot oblong ; funicle slender, 7-jointed, 
the joints scarcely longer than thick. Collar, metathorax, and 
the short petiole woolly. Scutellum smooth, with two minute 
subobsolete fovee at base. Body of abdomen conic ovate. 

The male (or what is taken to be the opposite sex) is larger, 
and agrees in colorational detail with the female; but the an- 
tenne are 14-jointed, filiform-moniliform, the first flagellar jomt 
being a little longer than the second, the second slightly swollen, 
the joints beyond rounded-moniliform, with whorls of long 
bristles, while the scutellum has a large, smooth, shallow fovea 
at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 


Described from one male and two female specimens. 


PHamNopPRIA, Ashmead. 
Two species in this genus have been recognized as follows :— 


Females. 
Dorsal abdominal segment 5 much longer than 3 and 
4 united. 
Antennz black ; swollen parts of legs piceous.... P. subclavata, sp. n. 
Dorsal abdominal segment 5 not longer than 3 and 4 
united. 
Antennz, except the scape and club, honey-yellow ; 
legs bright yellow, tips of femora and tibiz 
DOW agunoood ne geathshecosyatoopsede- P. simillima, sp. nu. 


Males. 
Basal 3 joints of antennz yellow, the flagellar joints 
after the second rounded-moniliform. 
Pershoney-yellowrre...1 severe. hori, sche e P. subclavata, sp. n. 
Basal joint of antennz yellow, the flagellum brown- 
black, the joints after the second oyal. 
Legs and petiole yellow, tips of femora and tibiz 


PICCOUS) carpss-harararalaclve seal kale anaes) are oe ies! P. simillima, sp. nu. 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 19 


254: THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA OF ST. VINCENT. 


PHENOPRIA SUBCLAVATA, Sp. 0. 

6 2. Length 1 to 1:2 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; 
antenne in female 12-jointed, black, enlarged towards tip, the 
funicle-joints after the second a little transverse, very gradually 
increasing in width to club; club 3-jomted, the first two joints 
nearly equal, transverse, the last oblong, as long as the two pre- 
ceding together, and stouter ; legs piceous, the trochanters, base 
of tibie, and tarsi yellow. Scutellum longer than wide at base, 
convex, without a fovea at base. Metathorax and petiole pubes- 
cent, the latter short. Abdomen conic-ovate, as long as or a little 
longer than the thorax, the last segment conical, 5th segment much 
longer than the 3rd and 4th united. Wings hyaline, strongly 
fringed. 

In the male the first three or four basal joints of antenne and 
the legs are yellow; rest of the antenne pale brownish, the fla- 
gellar jomts after the second rounded-moniliform, with bristly 
hairs; the second joint is-a little longer than the first, very 
slightly bent; body of abdomen oblong-oval, truncate at tip. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from two male and two female specimens. 


PHZENOPRIA SIMILLIMA, Sp. 0. 

3d Q. Length 0°65 to 0°90 millim. Differs from P. subclavata 
in its smaller size and colour of antennez and legs; the antenne in 
the female, except the scape and the club, are pale yellow; the 
swollen parts of the legs are piceous; while the 5th abdominal 
segment is not longer than the 3rd and 4th united. 

The male differs in having the scape alone yellow, the flagellum 
being black, with the joints after the second elliptic-oval, not 
rounded ; the second joint is a little thicker than the first and 
very slightly excised at base. 

Hab. St. Vincent. 

Described from one male and one female. 


AppEnNpuM.—On p. 77, for Anectoclis sp. read Anectoclis 
rufipes, Howard. 


ON MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORZ. 255 


On Mediterranean and New-Zealand Retepore and a Fenestrate 
Bryozoa. By ArntHur Wu. Waters, F.L.S. 


[Read 1st November, 1894.] 
(Puates VI. & VIL.) 


Our knowledge of the Mediterranean Retepore is most unsatis- 
factory, as so many specific names have been given on account of 
slight differences in the nature of the reticulation; and when 
preparing a detailed list of Bryozoa found near Rapallo*, the 
specimens examined in several cases did not correspond with 
published descriptions, so that an entire re-examination of Medi- 
terranean Retepore seemed desirable. The reason for a more 
careful examination of the value of various points was increased 
upon receiving from Professor Parona, of Genoa, a most 
interesting fenestrate Bryozoa, which, at the first glance, seemed 
to belong to Hetepora, whereas, upon consideration of the 
characters of the Retepore, it is not placed with them but 
described as Palmicellaria parallelata, though with much doubt 
as to whether it should not be made the type of a new genus. 

The genus Retepora was first established on account of the 
anastomosing reticulate zoarial growth; but it has become quite 
clear that this is not a satisfactory character, since species have 
been found which are simply foliaceous with the zoccial features 
of Retepora. Although our ideas of the importance of reticulation 
have quite changed, I maintain that we have here a natural group 
based upon zoccial characters, though unaware of any one 
character which is absolutely constant. 

The branches usually anastomose, the non-zocecial face of the 
zoarium is usually relatively thick, with lacune in the shell- 
structure, and this dorsal surface is separated into areas by 
vibices ; but these areas, as a rule, in no way correspond with the 
zocecial divisions, whereas in Petralia and in what I now call 
Palmicellaria parallelata the divisions on the dorsal surface 
simply mark off the boundaries of the zowcia fT. 

There is usually a labial fissure or pore, and this I should 


* T hope that the results of some work done in Rapallo, near Genoa, will 
shortly be published, but an irritation of the eyes has caused delay. 

t In the fossil Retepora elegans, Reuss, from the Bartonian of Italy, the 
zocecial divisions are also shown on the dorsal surface. 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXY. 20 


256 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON 


consider one of the most important features of the genus. This 
pore is frequently the opening of a long tube which runs down 
the peristome close to the opercular opening. At one time I 
thought that it sometimes opened on the zocecial side of the 
operculum, but I have not been able to satisfy myself that 
this is the case. The tube of this sublabial pore can be most 
distinctly seen in Retepora jissa (Pl. VII. figs. 21 and 22). In 
Retepora Imperati, Busk, from Porto Praya, I am unable to 
find it in calcined specimens in my possession; whereas in 
R. Solanderia, which is so closely related as to leave it doubtful 
whether it might not be placed as a variety, the pore is distinetly 
visible. In a specimen of R. cellulosa from the North Cape there 
are very frequently (Pl. VI. fig. 17) two such pores, one on each 
side. 

The ovicells are usually raised and nearly always have a more 
or less fissured opening. ‘There is the plain narrow fissure of the 
R. cellulosa-fissa group; the wide fissure of the F.-Imperati 
group; and the irregular denticulate fissure of the R.-monilifera 
group (see pl. iii. fig. 11 of my ‘Challenger’ Supplementary 
Report). In spite of considerable difference in the appearance 
of the ovicells inthe three groups they are seen to pass through 
various gradations, showing in reality similarity of structure. 
The FR. elongata, Smitt, however, has an entire ovicell, which 
when mature is either straight below or has a slight peak, as in 
fic. 9, while in the younger ovicells the opening is thrown much 
further back. The ovicells of R. tessellata, var. cespitosa, Busk 
(Pl. VI. figs. 7, 8), show a similar difference in young and mature 
ovicells. 

The suboral glands*, to which I have called attention, seem 
to be well developed throughout the genus. Preparations made 
where there was suitable material show them in all cases; and I 
have now seen them in R. avicularis, R. cellulosa, R. columnifera, 
R. contortuplicata, R. Couchii, R. denticulata, R. elongata, Rh. 
gigantea, R. jacksoniensis, k. mediterranea, R. tubulata, &e. 

Tt would seem that these glands occur quite generally through 
the Schizothyriata of Gregory and possibly may give us assistance 
in classification. I hope shortly to publish further observations 
on these organs, which we may have to compare with the excretory 
organs described by Cori in the Phylactolemata. A form described 


* « Challenger’ Supp. Rep. vol. xxxi. p.27; and ‘Observations on the Gland- 
like Bodies in the Bryozoa,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiv. p. 272. 


MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORS. 257 


by Mr. Kirkpatrick as R. sinwosa * differs in several respects from 
other Retepore. The aperture and ovicell resemble those of 
Lepralia, while there are semicircular avicularia somewhat like 
those found in R. granulata, R. producta, &c. ; the dorsal surface 
is vibicated, and the markings on the solid dorsal structure are 
independent of the zoccia. Although we may feel uncertain as 
to its ultimate destination, there does not seem sufficient reason 
at present for removing it from Retepora. 

Another very curious form is mentioned by Mr. Busk + as 
existing in the Oxford Museum, differing from all known Retepore 
in being bilaminate. The opercula and mandibles are said to be 
exactly the same as those of Retepora tessellata. Without further 
examination it would be impossible to say where it should be 
placed. Mr. Busk proposed for it the name &. escharoides. 

Dr. J. W. Gregory has proposed a new genus, Schizoretepora, 
for those species which have asinust, 2. tessellata being mentioned 
as the type, and these in his classification are not only placed in 
a different family to Metepora but even in another suborder. 
Careful suggestions regarding classification, like those of Dr. 
Gregory, are useful as showing the direction in which attempts 
should be made, and our knowledge of the Bryozoa is yet so 
imperfect that we need not be surprised when weak points are 
discovered. If forms showing similarity in so many important 
zocecial and zoarial characters should have to be placed in two 
distinct suborders, there would be reason for despairing of ever 
obtaining a satisfactory classification, and therefore the group 
called Schizoretepora should receive our careful consideration. 

This group, of which Z. tessellata is taken as the type, includes 
R. Imperati, Busk, R. elongata, Smitt, R. Solanderia, Risso ; and 
in all these there is apparently a small sinus, but the opercula of 
none have any projection on the lower border to fit into a sinus, 
whereas in Schizoporella the opercula and aperture correspond. 
Further examination shows that there are two teeth in the 
aperture of this group of Fe¢epora, giving the illusive appearance 
of asinus. The opercula should, however, whenever it is possible, 
be examined, as the shape of the aperture may in some cases be 
misleading, and on this account there is a certain element of 
uncertainty in the study of fossils. The shape of the opercula, 


* Allied to R. plana, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ii. p- 269. 

+ ‘Challenger’ Report, vol. xxx. p. 114. 

t “On the British Paleogene Bryozoa,” Trans, Zool. Soe. vol. xiii. p. 224. 
20* 


258 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON 


as figured by Busk for ¢essellata vars. and by me for what I 
consider a variety of P. Imperati, shows that there has not been 
a true sinus. 

There is, however, another Retepora, the R. formosa, with a 
sinus into which the operculum fits. This belongs to the &.-mo- 
nilifera group, and besides having the monilifera-form of the 
ovicell, has so many other minute characters of Retepora that it 
would require a good deal of courage to remove this into another 
genus, to say nothing of another suborder. 

To return to the R.-tessellata group, the only member in which 
the sublabial pore is known is R. Solanderia, and here it is very 
distinct ; while in R. Imperati, which so closely resembles it in 
most particulars, none is found. It should, however, be repeated 
that the existence of this pore characteristic of most Retepore in 
one member of the group may be taken as showing the close 
relationship to the others. 

We next come to the consideration of the genus Reteporella, 
Busk, of which two species were described in the ‘ Challenger’ 
Report, three by Ortmann * ; then there is &. Worsleyi, MacG. f ; 
and if we recognized the genus, &. Solanderia would be placed 
there also. The sole reason given for separation is that these 
are non-reticulate ; but the three species of Ortmann approach so 
nearly to known Retepore in shape of aperture, ovicell, and other 
characters, that we are in doubt as to whether they should even 
be separated specifically. In Retepora Solanderia the aperture, 
ovicell, avicularia, &c. are truly Reteporidan, showing a very 
close resemblance to R. Imperati in nearly all particulars ; and I 
maintain that if we placed these two in different genera on account 
of the one being reticulate and the other not, we should be going 
back to the time when almost all genera were based upon zoarial 
characters, and R. Solanderia, even if considered alone, would 
give sufficient reason for dropping the genus Reteporella. 

We have seen that this species would by Busk be placed in 
Reteporella, whereas Gregory would place it and the allied but 
reticulated species under Schizoretepora. As before said, I have 
not seen sufficient reason to remove it from Hetepora; and 
certainly, if it was found advisable to make a new genus for the 


* “Japanische Bryozoenfauna,” Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, vol. i. 1890, 


p. 36. 
+ “Descriptions of New or Little known Polyzoa,” Trans. Roy. Soe. Vict. 


vol. xxili. p. 1809. 


MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORA. 259 


f.-tessellata group, they would have to remain in the same family 
as Retepora. 

The genus Retepora is found fossil throughout the Tertiaries, 
but does not seem to occur in the Cretaceous period. 


ReErEePorRa cELLULosSA, L. (Pl. VI. figs. 17 & 20; Pl. VIL. 
fig. 12.) 

Retepora cellulosa, Smitt, Krit. Fort. of. Skand. Hafs-Bryozoer, iv. 
1867, pp. 35 and 203, pl. xxviii. figs. 222-225. 

Although so many authors have mentioned R. cellulosa, there 
does not seem to be any satisfactory description, most having 
apparently had two or three forms before them; and out of the 
very long list of synonyms usually quoted, I cannot find more 
than the single one above given which can be relied upon. Such 
figures as those of Ellis, Lamouroux, and Blainville will do equally 
well for two or three species ; and no doubt Busk, in his ‘ Cata- 
logue of the Marine Polyzoa,’ figured more than one. Quotations 
from such works as Lamarck’s ‘ Animaux sans Vertébres,’ where 
for R. reticulata and the other species no single zocecial character 
is mentioned, only waste time by causing useless references ; and 
in this special case, though no doubt the figure quoted by Lamarck 
is that of Hrondipora verrucosa, it has been considered as a synonym 
of R. cellulosa. Risso describes it as “‘ presywe membraneux.” 

Out of the Mediterranean species there is one which we must 
now consider as the type, without being at all sure that this is 
the one which was in the hands of those who first gave the name. 
It is not a stout species, and I have not often seen it grow to any 
considerable size, but usually the colony is cup-shaped. The 
peristome is but little raised, with a spine at each corner; it has 
a distinct sublabial pore, which, however, seems to have been 
mistaken for an avicularium by some authorities, including 
apparently Busk in his ‘ Crag Polyzoa.’ The operculum becomes 
much wider at the proximal border. 

There is no avicularium within the peristome, and in this respect 
it differs from R. atlantica, Busk, and R. mediterranea, Smitt ; 
but there are numerous small avicularia scattered over both the 
front and dorsal surface; a few large erect avicularia occur with 
the opening directed to the distal end of the zoccium. 

The ovicell bas a fissure in the calcareous wall, which of course is 
covered by an integument, and isidentical in structure with those 
of &. Beaniana, KR. atlantica, R. mediterranea, R. fissa. The front 


260 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON 


wall of the ovicell is prolonged below into a kind of lamina, 
subtruncate at its lower extremity, which extends some way into 
the aperture. This is a character which Hincks mentioned when 
describing his R. pretenuis (= R. marsupiata, Sm.), and is found 
in this group in R. cellulosa, R. atlantica, R. complanata, and to 
a certain extent in Rk. Beaniana, but not in R. mediterranea, 
R. aporosa, and R. fissa, in which last the front wall ends higher 
up and is straight. In R. monilifera, var. munita and umbonata, the 
front wall is prolonged in the same way, but has a cleft or sinus 
at the end of the lamina (see Pl. VII. fig. 20) forming a squarer 
opening. 

The fenestral avicularium is found at the angle of most fenestra, 
but not of all; similar fenestral avicularia occur in a large number 
of species of Retepora and are also found in Petralia. As a rule 
in Retepora they occur on the dorsal surface at the angle of the 
fenestre, but they are sometimes on the front, asin H. monilifera, 
var. munita. 

The dorsal surface has the vibices more or less longitudinal 
and more numerous than in #. mediterranea. 

In a specimen from the North Cape the large erect avicularium 
has a distinct beak, and at the sides there are two projecting 
wings (Pl. VI. fig. 17). The mandible has a larg lucida, which 
Mr. Busk described as a foramina; but as it is caused. by the chitin 
being here thinner, I have elsewhere proposed the name lucida *. 
This Jucida is figured by Busk surrounded by a second oval, as if 
there were a thick band; but this structure I have not found in 
the mandible of any, and have added a figure from a specimen 
sent to me from the North Cape, the mandibles of which are 
similar to those from Naples, Rapallo, and Capri. 

Smitt placed R&. Beaniana as “forma” of FH. cellulosa, and 
certainly it is very difficult to separate the group. The oral 
avicularium may be at the end of a long rostrum, as in typical 
R. Couchit; it may be shorter, as in &. Beaniana, or within the 
oral aperture, as in . mediterranea, or absent, as in FR. cellulosa. 
Intermediate stages are found ina series of specimens, and very 
slight changes would evolve the one from the other. Busk 
speaks of a prominent rostrum having a minute avicularium on 
one side at the base, but this I have not seen. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. p. 84. 


MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORS. 261 


Rereprora Coucui, Hincks. 

From Rapallo there are specimens with large fenestre, as in 
Naples specimens, and there are others with very small meshes ; 
and, in fact, this species shows us very clearly that too much 
importance must not be attached to size and shape of the meshes. 
Usually the fenestre are about 2 mm. long, 0°8—1 mm. wide, and 
the branches are 0-4 mm. wide; whereas the smaller form from 
Rapallo has the meshes 0°$ mm. long, 0'4—0°6 mm. wide, and one 
from Roscoff, sent by Joliet as “cellulosa,” has the meshes only 
06 mm. long and 0:2 mm. wide, with the branches 0:4 mm. wide. 

Although there may be a considerable range in the size of the 
fenestre, yet there is in most a typical form which should be 
described, and therefore the following table, prepared from 
specimens in my collection, may be useful for comparison :— 


Fenestre. Branches. 
Pro- 
portion. 
Long. Wide. Wide. 
RETEPORA-CELLULOSA GROUP. malay Shen Aileen 
R. cellulosa, Z.; Naples...... 10 0-6 1-06 06 
do. Zoagli ... 0-9 0-4 1-0-4 05 
do. N. Cape... 1:2 0-4 1-0°3 06 
complanata, Waters ...... 20 0-8 1-0-4 0-6 
mediterranea, Smitt ...... 16 0:8 1-0°5 08 
aporosa, Waters ......... 18 0:8 1-0-4 05 
Couchii, H. ; typical 2:0 0:8 1-0-4 0-4 
do. Roscoff...... O'6 0-2 1-3 0:4 
do. Rapallo ... 0:8 04-06 |1-0:-4t00°5 06 
do. var. biavicu- 
lata, W. 2:0 0:8 1-0-4 0-4 
do. do. 1:2 0-4 1-0:°3 06 
Beaniana, King ............ 10 0-6 1-0°6 06 
Products, Ba. :..5ccsedese0: 3°6 06 1-017 | 12-14 
digsameVMacG.. 32. .c.ctesscess 12 0:3 1-0:25 06 
atlantica, B.; Chall....... 1-4 06 1-0°4 0:5 
jacksoniensis, B............. 14 06 1-0-4 0°6 
porcellana, MacG.......... 18 0°6 1-03 1-2 

RuETEPORA-MONILIFERA GROUP. 

R. umbonata, MacG. ......... 1:0 06 1-0°6 1G, 
ravrnti, WHA cecstenccmoe 1:0 0:-4-0°6 | 1-0:4t00°6 0:8 
columnifera, B. ............ 0-8 0-7 1-0°9 0:5 
victoriensis, B. ............ 06 0-4 1-06 0-8 
contortuplicata, B.......... 10 06 1-06 0-6 
columnitera, B. ............ 0-8 0-7 1-0°9 0-5 
DubulatanvBe geeceee-sesecee 06 0:4 1-0°6 04-06 
formosa, MacG. ............ 0:8 0-4 1-0°5 0-6 


262 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON 


TABLE (continued). 


Fenestre. Branches. 
Pro- 
portion. 
Long. Wide. Wide. 

RETEPORA-TESSELLATA GROUP. “ait Ren maaline anal 

R. Imperati, B.; Chall. ... 2°4 1:0 1-0-4 06 
elongata, Sam. ............00 4:0 10 1-0:25 1:0 
Solanderia, Misso ......... alse nae as 0:8-1-2 

RETEPORA WITH LEPRALIOD 

OvERCcULUM. 

R. sinuosa, Kirkp. ............ 1:0 0-7 1-0-7 15 

nove zelandix, Waters .. 0s 0-4 1-05 0:8 
UNCERTAIN POSITION. 

Tite (ea IKED 859, nea snneeRdoaenee 4-0 2:0 1-0 1-0 
magellensis, B. ...........- 2:2 10 1-0-45 10 
lGNish, fate Soaeennouadeedecccetcs 0-7 0:4 1-0°57 0:9 
avicularis, MacG. ......... 18 0:5 1-0°3 0-4 


Retepora CovucHil, var. BIAVICULATA, var. nov. (Pl. VI. 
fig. 18.) ! 

In a Retepora from Naples sent to me named R. reticulata, 
Lamk.*, the two prongs of the peristome each carry a small round 
avicularium at the end, whereas in normal #. Couchii the “ wine- 
like processes” of Hincks do not bear an avicularium; on the 
other hand, the labial and ocecial fissures and other characters 
correspond with those of &. Couchiz. 

This variety I have since found in the material I collected from 
Naples and also from Capri, and further fossil from the Upper 
Tertiaries of Testa del Prado, near Reggio, Calabria, but in this 
case with the meshes about half the size of the living specimens, 


Rererora Covucutt, H., var. aporosa, nov. (PI. VI. fig. 22.) 
Specimens from Rapallo have a rostrum which sometimes 
carries an avicularium, but more often it is merely a barren 
process. There is no labial fissure or pore, nor is the peristome 
as much developed as is usually the case in R. Cowchii; on both 
the anterior and dorsal surfaces there are small oval avicularia; 


* The description of RP. reticulata given by Lamarck was quite insufficient, 
while the figure to which he referred represents Frondipora verrucosa. 


MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORA. 263 


the fenestre are moderately uniform and about the size of typical 
R. Couchii; the ovicells are turned inwards at the lower border, 
which is nearly straight and does not form a “lamina”; there 
are no oral spines ; in the oral aperture there is a small denticle 
at each side. The operculum is very thin, and does not widen 
out at the proximal edge in the same way as the Mediterranean 
R. cellulosa. There are no fenestral avicularia, and the vibices 
are more or less parallel. 

In my Supplementary ‘ Challenger’ Report I referred to the 
dorsal calcareous processes of Retepora growing over the chitinous 
tubes of Caberia, and in the present species there are similar 
rooting-processes growing over fibres of seaweed, also a few such 
processes are thrown out from the front surface. 


RETEPORA COMPLANATA, sp. nov. (Pl. VI. fig. 21; Pl. VII. 
figs. 14-18.) 

This in most respects resembles #. cellulosa, but the dorsal 
surface is much flatter and usually has the vibices more or less 
parallel to the long axis of the fenestre ; and from the Naples 
and Capri specimens in my possession the zoarium seems to have 
been but little convoluted. On the dorsal surface there is a 
fenestral avicularium. 

One piece (Pl. VII. fig. 14) has an ovicell to each zoarium, 
while another (fig. 18) has none, giving a remarkably different 
appearance to the colonies. The sublabial pore is well developed, 
and there is a spine at each side of the oral aperture. There is 
no avicularium on the Jower lip, but numerous small avicularia, 
both oval and triangular, are scattered over the zoaria, also there 
are a few large raised avicularia with narrow triangular openings. 

The opercula and mandibles are similar to those of &. cellulosa, 
and perhaps this should only be considered a variety. 

Hab. Naples, 80 fath. ; Capri. 


RETEPORA MEDITERRANEA, Smit¢. (Pl. VI. figs. 14, 15, 16.) 
Retepora cellulosa, forma Beaniana, var. mediterranea, Smitt, Krit. Fort. 
ofver. Skand. Hafs-Bryozoer, Vetensk. Ak. Férhand. 1867, pp- 35, 202 note; 
M.-Edwards in Cuvier, Reg. An., Zooph. pl. \xxxvii. fig. 1 a-e (fide Smitt). 
Retepora cellulosa, Waters, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii. 
p- 199, pl. xv. figs. 1, 2; td. Trans. Manchester Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 479. 
The zoarium is large, probably in most cases cup-shaped, chalky 
white ; reticulations moderately regular ; branches round ; meshes 
about 1°6 mm. long, 0°8 mm. wide ; branches about 0'8 mm. wide. 


264 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON 


Zocecia only slightly raised, smooth, without any large avicularia, 
but with a small one (with a semicircular mandible) in the aper- 
ture, and small round ones over the surface. The oral aperture 
is straight on the proximal end and becomes much wider towards 
this edge. There is a denticle on each lateral wall of the oral 
aperture. The dorsal surface is slightly granular and has few 
vibices, and these usually cross the branch near the end of the 
fenestre. The ovicells as a rule are not much raised, in fact are 
often only recognized by the cleft. 

This seems to be common near Naples and Capri, and I have it 
fossil from the Pliocene of Bruccoli (Sicily) and Testa del Prado 
(Calabria). In the shape of the operculum, in having an avicu- 
larium within the aperture, and in structure of the dorsal surface 
it approaches closely to R. Beaniana, though even in these cha- 
racters there is a slight difference between the two. Further the 
zoarium is much stouter than in the northern Beaniana, and the 
avicularium is placed diagonally within the aperture, nor is there 
any rostrum or avicularium, and of course the denticles projecting 
from the rostrum or avicularium of &. Beantana are wanting. 

In R. atlantica, B., from station 75 of the ‘ Challenger,’ some 
zocecia have a small round avicularium on the lip of the aperture, 
while others have a rather large triangular one, showing that too 
much importance must not be attached to the shape of the avicu- 
larium. I do not think this is the &. cellulosa of Van Beneden, 
which has a large erect avicularium. 


RETEPORA SOLANDERIA, Risso. (Pl. VI. figs. 1-4.) 

Retepora Solanderia, Risso, Hist. Nat. de ? Europe Mérid. vol. v. p. 344. 

Retepora arborea, Julien (non Risso), Bryozoaires Dragages du Travail- 
leur, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. vii. p. 21, pl. xvi. figs. 49, 50. 

Zoarium branched in one plane, not usually reticulated, branches 
thick. The zoccia on each side of the median line have a large 
avicularium on a raised rounded avicularian chamber, with the 
mandibles directed inwards. The outer zocecia have no avicu- 
laria, the terminal zoccia have spines. Labial pore distinct, 
with a slight fissure. Ovicells cucullate, with a wide opening. 
The dorsal surface has regular vibices, and in each area there is 
a large raised avicularium somewhat similar to those upon the 
front, usually directed outwards, but also occurring in various 
positions. On the dorsal surface there is frequently at the 
junction of two branches a large avicularium with triangular 
mandibles. This is the equivalent of the fenestral avicularia 


MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORS. 265 
which are common in the Retepore. All my specimens were 
dead, and no chitinous appendages were found. 

This Retepora is common in the material brought up from 
about 225 fathoms by the coral-fishers near Capri, but I have not 
seen it from Naples or Rapallo. It does not show any reticula- 
tion, so that if Busk’s genus Reteporella were recognized it would 
have to be placed in it; but the advisability of dropping the genus 
Reteporella is clearly indicated by this species, and is quite borne 
out by the three species so classed by Ortmann *, as in zocecial 
characters they very closely resemble known species. 

Probably this is the species which Risso described with 
“ rameaux cylindriques nullement entrelacés,” and named Retepora 
Solanderia ; but as the characters to which we should now give 
most attention are omitted, this is not clear. 

Retepora arborea, Jullien, is described as finely reticulated on 
both the anterior and dorsal surface, but in all other respects the 
‘ Travailleur’ and Mediterranean specimens agree. The name 
arborea was previously employed by Risso, and therefore cannot 
now be used, although we cannot be sure what Risso had before 
him; perhaps it was Reticulipora dorsalis, Waters. 

The zoccial characters are in many respects the same as those 
of R. Imperati, Busk; but, as mentioned in my Supplementary 
‘ Challenger’ Report, I have not seen any reticulating R. Imperati 
from the Mediterranean, but perhaps in some cases there may 
be foliaceous or reticulate growth according to the conditions 
of the locality. The &. Imperati, Busk, of the ‘ Challenger ’ from 
Porto Praya, usually has the avicularia to the central zoccia, 
and has large avicularia on the dorsal surface. 

A group may be made round fessellata including R. elongata 
(= f&. tenella, Ortmann), &. Imperati, Busk (= R. tumescens, 
Ortmann), R. Solanderia, Risso, which, so far as known, have a 
very characteristic operculum +. In this group the ovicell is 
widely open, more or less cucullate, and a considerable distance 
from the opercular aperture; in R. ¢essellata (Pl. VI. fig. 6), R. 
Imperati (Pl. VI. fig. 5), and &. Solanderia the opening extends 
far up with parallel sides, so that it has somewhat the form of 
a wide fissure, and we may see how from this, or vice versd, the 


* Ortmann, A., “ Die Japanische Bryozoenfauna,” Arch. fiir Naturgesch. 
vol. i. 1890, p. 36. 

t The operculum of R. tessellata, var. cespitosa, Busk, is drawn reversed in 
three cases in the ‘ Challenger’ Report. 


266 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON 


narrow fissure of R. cellulosa might be developed. In R. elongata 
(fig. 9) the lower edge is straighter, with a central tooth, but in 
the younger zocecia (fig. 10) the ovicell has at first a wide circular 
opening; nor is this age difference peculiar to this species, for in 
many cases the opening in the ovicell is larger in the young than in 
the older ovicells. There are in all very large triangular avicularia 
on the anterior surface of the zoarium, usually directed alternately. 
Only in &. Solanderia is there a sublabial pore, very distinct ; 
while in &. Imperati, which so closely resembles it in most parti- 
culars, none can be found: thus an important feature of the other 
groups of Refepora is found in one member of the present group. 

The mandibles in this group are, so far as I am acquainted 
with them, all of the same type. They all have a round or oval 
part much thinner than the rest, which I have called a lucida, 
and this varies in size and position according to the species. 


PALMICELLARTA PARALLELATA, sp.nov. (PI. VI. figs. 11-13, 19.) 

Zoarium in one plane, fenestrate, with cylindrical biserial 
branches, parallel to one another, and jomed at more or less 
regular intervals by barren tubular trabecule starting from near 
the distal end of the zoccium. YZocecia cylindrical, distinct ; 
surface smooth, transparent, vitreous, distal end but slightly 
raised; opercular aperture orbicular, operculum thin membranous, 
no labial pore or fissure ; immediately below the aperture a long 
rostrum nearly the length of a zocecium with an avicularium near 
the base directed outwards; mandible semicircular. Ovicell 
globose, prominent, slightly elongate and somewhat flattened in 
front, very finely pitted, with a perforation in the centre of each 
pit. Dorsal wall similar to the anterior, thin, transparent, smooth, 
showing the zoccial walls distinctly. The zocecia are placed 
alternately, and on the dorsal surface at the distal end there is 
a round raised disk with a round opening in the centre. 

At the side of the branch where the distal and proximal zocecia 
join there is a round area (Pl. VI. fig. 18, a), with walls sloping to 
the junction of the two zocecia, and each of these walls carries a 
rosette plate. The trabecule start from such an area, so that we 
may say in each zocecium there is the preparation for a trabeculum, 
though one is only developed to every two or three zoccia. The 
external lateral wall of the zocecium has a row of small pores. 

The specimen kindly given to me by Professor Parona of Genoa 
was obtained in Naples, and at first sight was placed with Rete- 
pora and named &. parallelata. 


MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORA. 267 


Although Busk has described three species of Retepora which 
sometimes have barren trabecule *, they cannot be compared 
‘with the present form, and the thin shell-structure and the 
absence of any labial pore or fissure soon showed that it should 
not be placed with Retepora. The structure of the zoccium 
being so similar to that of Palmicellaria, it has been a question 
whether to call it Palmicellaria parallelata or to create a new 
genus and name it Parallelata vitrea; but under either name it 
can be easily recognized again, and its position determined when 
more material has been compared. The form of the ovicell is 
different to any that I am acquainted with in Retepora. 

The disks on the dorsal surface (Pl. VI. fig. 11) resemble those 
on Scrupocellaria, and suggest that rooting processes may be 
thrown out trom these disks, though I find no trace of this in 
my specimen +, which, though preserved in spirit, had evidently 
been dead some time, and there were no polypides. 

Living reticulated forms are known in several genera, as 
Petralia (undata), Flustra (cribriformis), Retehornera, several 
Idmonee, as I. Milneana, I. interjuncta, I. flabellata, Kirchen- 
pauer, the last three being joined by barren tubes, while Bugulaz 
reticulata throws out connecting tubes. In the Chalk there are 
several others ; and when more importance was attached to Zoarial 
characters, the Fenestellide were classed with Retepora, though 
they have now long been separated. 

The zoarial resemblance of the species now under consideration 
to Fenestella will naturally strike any one. The tamily Fenestel- 


* ‘Challenger’ Report on the Polyzoa, pt. xxx. p. 108. 

+ Many instances are known where these disks, or, as we may call them, 
radicle chambers, are found in some zoecia without any chitinous tube growing 
from them. In the Cellulariidz various examples might be cited, and Alysidium 
Lafontii is a most interesting one, for these radicular disks on the dorsal surface 
near the distal end have been correctly figured by Savigny, Busk, and others; but 
no reference has been made to them, nor does the structure seem to have been 
understood. These disks are always present; but, after the examination of a great 
many specimens, I have only found the rooting-processes growing from one small 
specimen from Trieste and a small one from the Gulf of Taranto. Dr. A. 
Neviani, in the ‘ Rivista Italiani di Paleontologia’ (April 1895), has published 
descriptions of two fossils from the Pliocene or post-Pliocene of the Farnesina, 
which he calls Vibraculina; and V. Conti, Neviani, is apparently identical with 
the Naples form, although in the fossil it has not been possible to make out all 
the structure, and the name Vzbraculina would not be suitable, as we now see 
that there are no vibracula. 


268 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON 


lide, according to some, only includes forms which have two 
zocecia in a row, the branches being united by barren dissepiments ; 
others would also place in the family those which have several rows 
of zocecia. At any rate, our Naples specimen in these respects 
resembles typical Fenestella, but when other characters are 
examined we see that the striking resemblance is merely zoarial. 
The dissepimeuts are tubular, which, so far as I can make out 
from published figures and from specimens in my collcction, is 
never the case in Fenestella; as to the value of this point we are 
scarcely in a position to form an opinion, whereas the differences 
in the shape of the zocecium are of more importance. 

In 1878 I pointed out that in one species of Fenestella there 
are two denticles in each cell *, and Ulrich, in his‘ Paleontology 
of Illinois,’ has shown that these denticles are largely found in 
the Cryptostomata, a suborder proposed by Vine; and to repeat 
what I have elsewhere said +, these denticles are usually at the 
base of what Vine { and Ulrich § call a “vestibule,”—that is to 
say, there is within the shell a tubular shaft up to the external 
opening, so that it is at right angles to the “ primary chamber,” 
which might be called the zocecial chamber. 

There are several recent Chilostomata which have zocecia the 
shape described as occurring in Paleozoic Cryptostomata, among 
others Childonia Cordiertti may be mentioned, and there are 
some which have a hemisepta at the point of attachment of the 
operculum ; so that there seems very strong reason for following 
Ulrich in considering that the Cryptostomata, including Fenestella, 
show closer relationship to living Chilostomata than to Cyclo- 
stomata. Now when we compare the shape of the zowcia of 
P. parallelata, we find none of the characters of Cryptostomata 
and there are no hemisepta. 

There is no affinity between Retepora and Fenestella, although 
with regard to zoarial characters both may be fenestrate with 
dissepiments, or reticulate through the branches anastomosing, 
while a few are simply branched. 

The Retepora deserta, Waters, which I described || fossil from 
Bairnsdale, has somewhat the same structure as Palmicellaria 
parallelata. 


* «Remarks on some Fenestellidx,” Manchester Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. 1878. 
t+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. viii. p. 50. 

t Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xl. p. 332. 

§ ‘‘ Paleozoic Bryozoa,” Palzontology of Illinois, vol. viii. 1890. 

|| Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxvill. p. 511. 


MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORE. 269 


New ZEALAND. 


The only reference, so far as I am aware, to New-Zealand 
Retepore is in Hutton’s ‘ Catalogue of Marine and Land Shells,’ 
&e. p. 195, where R&. cellulosa is said to have been found off 
Chatham Island, New Zealand; but seeing bow unsatisfactory 
the descriptions of #. cellulosa are, it may be doubted whether 
it has been found in the southern hemisphere. 

Miss Jelly has lent me specimens of R. fissa, which occurs in 
Victoria, N.S. W., and Tasmania. Of two species of Retepora 
in my collection, both of which were given to me by Miss Jelly, 
one is new and the other appears to be a form of R. monilifera. 


RETEPORA MONILIFERA, forma muNiIvTA, Aincks. (Pl. VII. 
figs. 7-11.) 

A colony of much convoluted Retepora belongs to the group 
of R. monilifera, though the absence of ovicells leaves the deter- 
mination somewhat unsatisfactory. The peristome is very slightly 
raised, there is a suboral pore, anda small triangular avicularium 
on the peristome by the side of the pore; besides this there are 
three kinds of avicularia scattered abundantly over the anterior 
surface—(1) a long triangular one, usually without a bar, (2) a 
small semicircular one, (8) a small oval one; and there is also a 
large semicircular avicularium near the angle of a fenestra on 
the anterior surface. On the dorsal surface there are small oval 
avicularia, and these are especially numerous within the fenestre. 
The opercula are very thin, which is not the case with my Aus- 
tralian specimens of munita. 

The vibices are few, meeting in the middle or crossing over the 
branch, and there are no dorsal fenestral avicularia. 

The small avicularium on the peristome resembles those on 
R. porcellana, R. monilifera, Rh. aurantiaca, R. granulata. 

Hab. Victoria; South Australia; New Zealand; and var. 
japonica, B., from Japan. 


Rerepora Fissa, MacG. (Pl. VII. figs. 21, 22.) 
Retepora fissa, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. ix. p. 140, and vol. xix. 


p- 291, fig.8; Zool. Vict. dec. x. p. 17, pl. xev. figs. 12-16 ; Waters, Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 18. 


Miss Jelly has kindly lent me specimens from New Zealand 
which Mr. Busk had named &. maorica, MSS., and another which 


270 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON 


had come into her possession marked &. Colensoi, Busk, MSS. 
Both these entirely correspond with the Australian A. fissa, now — 
known from Victoria, New South Wales, Tasmania, and New 
Zealand. 

Figure 21 represents a calcined specimen from Tasmania, 
showing the way in which the groove of the sublabial pore forms 
two projections in the aperture. This can be seen in all the 
specimens which have come under my notice, though not in every 
zocecium. The square opening in the lower part of the ovicell 
is also shown. The avicularium is sometimes erect like that of 
R. cellulosa, and there is a triangular fenestral avicularium. 


RETEPORA NOVE ZELANDI®, sp.nov. (Pl. VI. figs. 1-6 & 19.) 

The zoarium is convoluted and of a pink shade, but the colour 
has probably faded. 

The zocecia are distinctly separated, with the line of separation 
ending near the oral spines; surface minutely granular ; no peri- 
stome; aperture in mature zoccia sunk. Oral aperture very 
long, crenulated ; sides nearly parallel, with a very large tooth on 
each side, giving the appearance of a sinus. The operculum 
becomes gradually narrower at the proximal edge and has the 
muscular dots very distinct, with a thickened band below each. 
At the side of the aperture, about halfway up, a spine articulated 
at the base; on the surface numerous pores as well as a few large 
scarcely raised triangular avicularia. The dorsal surface has 
fairly numerous vibices, usually meeting between the fenestre, 
and in the area of some there is a triangular avicularium, but 
this is exceptional, whereas within the fenestre, or on the side 
of the fenestre, there are numerous triangular avicularia. 

The specimens in my own collection which I first described are 
without ovicells, but Miss Jelly has very kindly lent me two 
slides from Wanganui (New Zealand) with ovicells which are 
widely open, somewhat like those of R. Imperati, and the terminal 
zocecia have four to six spinous processes. One specimen has the 
triangular avicularium immediately below the aperture to almost 
every zocevium. Although the operculum is Lepralioid the ovicell 
is Reteporidan, and besides there are the vibices and dorsal 
avicularia of this genus. 


MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORZ. 
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Prats VI, 


Fig. 1. Retepora Solanderia, Risso. x 25. 
2. Do.; dorsal surface. x 25. 
3,4. Do. Natural size. 


Fig. 


CS O -1 S ox 


ee 
oor oor Wh oO 


ete 
BES 


> HO ID on HR GD bo ES 


. Retepora Imperati, Busk; ovicell. Porto Praya. x 25. 

. Retepora tessellata, Hincks; ovicell. x 25. 

. Retepora tessellata, var. cespitosa, B.; young ovicell. x 25. 
. Do., do.; older ovicell from the same colony. X 25. 

. Retepora elongata, Smitt; ovicell. x 25. 

. Do.; younger ovicell from the same colony.  X 25. 

. Palmicellaria parallelata, sp. n.; dorsal surface. x 12. 

. Do.; anterior surface. 12. (a) mandible. 

. Do. ; turned somewhat sideways to show the suboral rostrum. 
. Retepora mediterranea, Sm.; operculum. xX 85. 

. Do.; dorsal surface. x 3. 

. Do.; oral aperture, showing small avicularium. x 85. 
. Retepora cellulosa, L. North Cape. xX 25. (a) avicularium. 
. Retepora Couchii, var. biaviculata, var. nov. Rapallo. x 25. 


. Palmicellaria parallelata, sp.nov. xX 23. 


. Retepora cellulosa, u.; North Cape; mandible. x 85. 


. Retepora complanata, sp. nov.; dorsal surface. x 5. 
. Retepora Couchit, var. aporosa, var. nov. X 2d. 


i) 


Puats VII. 


. Retepora nove zelandie, sp. nov.; without ovicells. x 85. 


Do. ; aperture after the operculum has been removed. 
Do.; with ovicells. x 85. 

Do.; operculum. X 250. 

Do.; mandible. x 250. 

Do.; young zoecium., xX 85. 


. Retepora monilifera, var. munita, MacG. x 2. 


Do., do. x 85. 


. Do.,do.; operculum, xX 85. 


11. Do.,do.; mandibles. x 250. 


. Retepora cellulosa, L. ; avicularium. 


. Retepora Beaniana, King ; avicularium. 


. Retepora complanata, sp. noy.; with ovicells. x 25. 
. Do.; operculum. x 86. 
. Do.; ovicell. x 85. 


. Do.; mandible. x 250. 


. Do.; without ovicells. x 25. 

. Retepora nove zelandie, sp. nov.; dorsal surface. x 5. 

. Retepora monilifera, var. munita, MacG.; Victoria; ovicell. 
. Retepora fissa, MacG.; Tasmania. x 25. 

. Do.; ovicell. x 85, 


LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 21 


271 


Xx 85. 


272) MR. H. M. BERNARD ON THE 


On the Spinning-Glands in Phrynus; with an Account of the 
so-called “ Penis”? and of the Morphology of the Operculum. 
By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab., F.L.S., F.Z.8. 


[Read 20th December, 1894.] 
(Puate VIII.) 


A Few months back my friend Mr. R. I. Pocock, of the British 
Museum, called my attention to the fact that, in tearing the 
cocoon of Phrynus, short threads were drawn out, which seemed 
to indicate the presence of spinning-glands; and he suggested 
that I should investigate the point. On clearing and mounting, 
the cocoon appeared to be a tough yellowish transparent mem- 
brane strengthened by threads which wound about it without 
any regularity, but which evidently formed the attachment of the 
cocoon to the under surface of the operculum. These threads 
varied greatly in thickness, being here uniformly thick, there 
uniformly thin, again elsewhere changing gradually from thick 
to thin. ; 

Two young specimens at my disposal (unfortunately not 
well preserved) were cut into serial sections without, however, 
revealing any traces of spinning-glands. It seemed, therefore, 
highly probable that (as in the Chernetide) the spimning-glands 
in Phrynus are subject to periodic variations, 7. e. develop only 
when required for the formation of the cocoon. 

Light has, however, recently fallen upon the subject from 
an unexpected source. My attention was called (again by 
Mr. Pocock) to the so-called “penis” of Phrynus, which occurs 
presumably in the males. I had never seen this structure although 
Thad examined a good many specimens of Phrynus. I had found 
it figured by Blanchard, who also calls it a penis. In order to 
facilitate the investigation, Mr. Pocock kindly allowed me to 
examine a specimen of Tarantula tessellata, Poc.*, belonging to 
the Natural History Museum, and also an excised “ penis” 
which he had in his possession. As I was unable to dissect or 
section the specimens, the description can only be complete 
as far as 1t goes. 


* Described and figured in “Arthropod Fauna of the West Indies,” Journ. 
Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiv. p. 531. 


SPINNING-GLANDS IN PHRYNUS. PATE: 


The “penis” is a paired structure, the tips of its two limbs 
project backwards from beneath the genital operculum. The 
general character of these limbs can be gathered from the figures. 
They distinctly belong to the genital operculum, being out- 
growths from its posterior wall, as shown in the diagrammatic 
longitudinal section (Pl. VIII. fig. 6). Anteriorly (or ventrally) 
they are attached almost immediately to the fold of the oper- 
culum, which has itself a distinct median suture. Posteriorly 
(or dorsally) the “penis” is attached far up to the opercular 
fold. 

The genital aperture, opening on the posterior face of the 
operculum, is found in the channel formed by these limbs, so 
that the genital products can be conducted backwards to between 
the tips of the limbs, which tips are soft-skinned, somewhat 
spoon-like processes covered with fine hairs. The floor of the 
channel is continued to the posterior end of the limbs by a 
membrane joining the two longitudinally (ef figs. 2-5). The 
structure so far seems to be an instrument for placing the genital . 
products, z. e. either a penis for the placing of the spermato- 
phores, or an ovipositor. 

The study of these specimens further showed that this so- 
called “penis”’ functions not only as a genital organ, but also 
as a pair of spinning-mamille for the formation of the cocoon. _ 

The secretion for the formation of the cocoons appears to 
exude on the anterior (ventral) side of the horizontal uniting 
membrane, from somewhere in the inner angles at the bases of 
the soft tips of the limbs. I was unable to find the exact 
apertures, but conclude that the secretion does exude from this 
spot from the fact that in the specimen examined a fragment of 
a membranous network made of clear, hard, thick irregular 
threads, with apparently open meshes, still remains tightly 
clutched by the “penis” (as shown in fig. 1). And further, 
among the torn and disorganized muscles of the excised “ penis,” 
a gelatinous mass, evidently one of the glands, persisted in situ, 
somewhat as shown in fig. 2. The gland belonging to the right 
side had been torn away in the process of excision. 

The delicate tips of the organ, when not in use, are protected 
under the anterior edge of the sternite of the third abdominal 
segment (fig. 6). This figure [since confirmed by new sections | 
also illustrates the position of the spinning-cland. 

21* 


276 MR. H. M. BERNARD ON THE 


mentary appendages of the second segment. It seemed very 
improbable that the rudimentary appendages of the first segment 
had fused longitudinally with those of the second segment. 

The actual method of fusing, it seems to me, is made quite 
clear by the specimen of Zurantula, the operculum of which is 
here drawn (Pl. VIII. fig. 1). The conditions there seen may 
be explained by assuming that the limbs of the first abdominal 
segment folded together backwards in the median line, as ‘shown 
in the diagram (fig. 7); they thus passed between the rudimentary 
limbs of the second segment. The large plate of the present 
genital operculum is thus a composite structure. The anterior 
and median posterior portions belong to the appendages of the 
first segment; the lateral portions are the remains of the limbs 
of the second segment which have been folded back over the 
stigmatic apertures *. 

The amount of fusion between the two pairs of rudimentary 
appendages composing the genital operculum is therefore not 
great. We only require the fold growing backwards from the 
(? first joints of the) first pair of limbs to fuse on each side of 
the median line with the inner edges of the limb-buds or pro- 
minences of the second pair. Anteriorly and laterally, both the 
rudiments were confluent with the abdominal surface. 

In this way the difficult morphological problem presented by 
the genital operculum of the Pedipalpi is not hard to solve. It 
is clearly an acquirement within the Arachnidan phylum, and 
not, as Laurie claims, a primitive feature inherited from Eury- 
pterine ancestors. In the first place, the evidence which LaurieT 
adduces in favour of the existence of a large operculum covering 
two segments in Slimonia is far from conclusive; and, in the 
second place, if it were, it would not necessarily bring the Eury- 
pterids any nearer to the Arachnids. As Laurie appears to 
recognize, if such a genital operculum were a primitive feature 
of the Pedipalpi inherited from Eurypterine ancestors, it would 
imply that the Arachnids are not a natural group, inasmuch as 
the genital operculum in all the other important Arachnids is 
more primitive than it is in the Pedipalpi. Fortunately there 


* T have briefly discussed this method of folding down in “ Vestigial Stigmata 
in the Arachnida,” Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. xiv. 1894, p. 149. 

+ “The Anatomy and Relations of the Eurypteride,” Trans. Roy. Soc. 
Edinb. xxxvii. (2) 1893. 


SPINNING-GLANDS IN PHRYNUS. 277 


is no necessity to alter the classification in the way Laurie 
proposes. 

The second point of interest with regard to this pair of appen- 
dages on the first abdominal segment lies in the evidence they 
yield us as to the original character of these limbs, which are 
now, as a rule, throughout Arachnids reduced to mere scale-like 
opercula, either fused in the middle line (Chernetide) or free 
(Scorpio and Gialeodes). We have here certain witness that these 
limbs were once cylindrical appendages. The same conclusion 
can also be arrived at for Thelyphonus, the genital operculum of 
which is constructed on the same plan as that of Phrynus. In 
addition to these facts, we have the filamentous genital organs cf 
the Phalangide very probably also to be deduced from limbs. 
When, further, on the second abdominal segment we have the 
(? three-jointed) pectines of Scorpio, and, still further, on the 
fourth and fifth segments the four-jointed mamille of certain 
Aviculariide, we have, it seems to me, fairly conclusive evidence 
that the abdominal appendages of the Arachnida, which have 
now so generally vanished, were jointed limbs like those of the 
thorax. 

Whenever, therefore, among the vestiges of limbs on the 
abdomen we get anything more than a flat scale-like structure, 
it is not a leaf-like limb at all, but a typical filamentous and 
sometimes jointed appendage. We conclude, therefore, that the 
scale-like opercula (genital or stigmatic) of the Arachnida have 
no connection whatever with the leaf-like limbs of Limulus. The 
latter are most probably, it appears, persistent phyllopodan 
limbs*, while the former are the vanishing remains of jointed 
filamentous limbs. 

Apart from all theories as to the origin of the Arachnida, the 
evidence to hand tends to show that the primitive form possessed 
a pair of jointed limbs with a pair of stigmata on every 
segment, thoracic and abdominal ; and that, as above stated, there 
was very little differentiation among the segments. The speciali- 
zation of the first six segments with their appendages for pre- 
hension and locomotion, and of all or of some of the remaining 
segments as a highly distensible vegetative sac, constricted off by 


* Cf. Beecher, ‘‘ Appendages of the Pygidium of Triarthrus,” Amer. Journ. 
Sci. ser. 3, vol. xlvii. p. 298 (1894); and ‘‘ The Systematic Position of the Tri- 
lobites,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Aug. 1894. 


278 ON THE SPINNING-GLANDS IN PHRYNUS. 


a waist or diaphragm, accounts for the secondary degeneration of 
the limbs in this latter region. 


From the operculum of Thelyphonus both the projecting limbs 
have now disappeared, as is also the case in many Phrynide. 
Their disappearance is, however, marked in the latter by the pair 
of rounded membranous eminences bearing the claw-like rods 
described and figured by Pocock, and perhaps also in the former 
by certain chitinous ridges visible on raising the operculum. 

The fact that the “penis” is clutching what looks like the 
remains of a cocoon (fig. 1), and, from what we have seen, might 
quite as well be an ovipositor as a penis, inclines me to think 
that the occasional presence of these limbs may be reversionary, 
and not in any way indicative of sex. Itis possible that we have 
here a case of dimorphism. Whereas a majority of the Phrynide, 
and, indeed, of Arachnida, have lost the distal portion of the 
genital limbs, they may occasionally reappear in the Phrynide, 
in which group perhaps, to judge from the character of the 
operculum, they persisted longer than in those Arachnids in 
which the opercula are now reduced to mere scales. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. 


Fig. 1. Three anterior abdominal segments of Tarantula tessellata, Poc., ventral 
surface, showing the so-called “penis” tightly clutching a small 
fragment of a cocoon. 

2. The ventral (morphologically anterior) view of the “ penis,” after 
removing the opercular fold, showing the mass of the (left) gland 
which secretes the material for the cocoon. 

3. One tip of the same more highly magnified, showing the delicate tips of 
the organ. The gland opens somewhere among the folds at the inner 
base of these delicate tips. 

4. Dorsal (morphologically posterior) view of the limbs forming the 
“penis ;” deep down in the channel between them anteriorly is the 
genital aperture. 

5. One tip of the same, more magnified. 

6. Diagrammatic longitudinal section to illustrate the position of the 
~*penis” when not used, and of the secreting-gland. 

7. Diagram to show the relation of the limbs of the genital segment to 
those of the next following segments, to illustrate the probable origin 
of the large genital operculum of the Pedipalpi (¢f. fig. 1). 


ON THE INSECTS OF THE HADRAMAUT. 279 


On the Insects other than Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s 
Collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut, 
South Arabia. By W. F. Krrey, F.LS., FES. 


[Read 7th March, 1895.] 


THE insects to which the present paper relates, as well as the 
Coleoptera, Arachnida, and Myriopoda noticed in the succeeding 
papers, were presented to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) by 
Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., on condition that, after being worked 
out, a set of the duplicates should be forwarded to the Museum at 
Cairo. The Coleoptera have been dealt with by Mr. C. J. Gahan, 
and the remaining insects by myself. There were no Lepidoptera 
in the collection, and the Neuroptera and Diptera were re- 
presented only by a single species each. The Arachnida and 
Myriopoda have been worked out by Mr. R..I. Pocock. 

A considerable number of specimens were obtained, but most of 
them belonged to three or four species only, and the total number 
of species in the collection (many of which were represented by 
a single specimen only) was very small. Many of the speci- 
mens, too, were bleached by spirit, which ought never to be used 
for collecting any insects except hard-shelled and smooth Coleo- 
ptera, Hemiptera, &c., which are not liable to be discoloured by 
it, and have no hair to be matted or delicate exposed wings to 
be torn. 

Nevertheless, though most of the species were common and 
wide-ranging insects, there were a few interesting forms among 
them which were either new to, or badly represented in, the 
Museum Collection. One species I have ventured to describe as 
new to science; and two or three I am at present unable to 
determine with certainty, from want of sufficient material. 

I will first give a complete list of the species in the Collection 
(amounting to about 20 in all) and will then discuss them in 
detail. 

I skould, perhaps, mention that, as usual in drawing up such 
small lists as the present, I use the names of the families only in 
the broadest sense. 


ORTHOPTERA. 
BLaTTID2z. 
Polyphaga syriaca, Sauss. 


PHASMID. 
Phasma egyptiacum, Gray (2). 


280 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON THE INSECTS 


LocustTID&. 
Sphingonotus nebulosus, Fisch. 
Schistocerca egyptia, Linn. 
S. peregrina, Oliv. 
Euprepocnemis littoralis, Ramb. 
Pecilocera vittata, Klug. 
Anepisceptus horridus, Burm. 


(2 species of Locustide undetermined.) 


NEUROPTERA. 


TERMITID. 
1 nymph, undetermined. 


HYMENOPTERA. 
CHRYSIDIDA. 


Stilbum cyanurum, Forst. 
Var. amethystmum, Fabr. 


ForRMICID&. 
Aphenogaster barbara, Linn. 


ScoLliDaz. 
Compsomeris vestita, Klug. 


LEPIDOPTERA (unrepresented). 


HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA. 
PENTATOMIDA. 


Aspongopus viduatus, Fabr. 


LYGHIDA. 
Lygeus militaris, Fabr. 


REDUVIIDZ. 
Ectrichodia Andersoni, sp. n. See p. 284. 
(3 undetermined species.) 

NEPID&. 
Laccotrephes ruber, Linn. 


DIPTERA. 


(EsTRIDz. 
Cephalomyta maculata, Wiedem. (larva). 


COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 281 


Order ORTHOPTERA. 


BLATTIDz. 

POLYPHAGA SYRIACA, Sauss. 

Polyphaga syriaca, Saussure, Revue et Mag. de Zoologie, (2) xvi. p. 346 
(1864). 

Heterogamia conspersa, Brunner de Wattenwyl, Nouv. Syst. des Blat- 
taires, p. 358 (1865). 

A single female specimen. 

This species is recorded from Egypt and Syria. 


PHASMIDA. 
PHASMA HGYPTIACUM, Gray (?). 
Bacteria egyptiaca, Gray, Syn. Phasm. p. 18 (1835). 
Bacillus egyptiacus, Westw. Cat. Phasm. p. 4 (1859). 
A single damaged specimen, possibly belonging to this species. 
I have shown (Proc. R. Dublin Soe. (2) vi. p. 569) that the 
true type of Phasma, Oliv., is P. rossia, Fabr. 


Locustipz. 
SPHINGONOTUS NEBULOSUS, Fisch. 
CEdipoda nebulosa, Fisch. de Waldh. Ent. Ross. iv. p. 290, pl. 27. fig. 1 
(1846). 
A single bleached specimen. 
A species widely distributed in Central and Western Asia, 
extending from “ Zungaria ” to Asia Minor. 


ScHIsTOCERCA mGyPTIA, Linn. 

Gryllus Locusta egyptius, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 138 (1764). 

A single specimen only. 

A common species throughout the Mediterranean district, but 
not extending much farther. 

Many authors call this species Acrydiwm tataricum; but it 
appears not to be the species thus named by Linné; while if it 
is generically-distinct from Schistocerca, a new name will be 
required for the genus, for I have shown (Proc. R. Dublin Soe. 
vi. p. 592) that Gryllus bipunctatus and subulatus, L., are the 
true types of Acrydium, Geoffr. 


ScHISTOCERCA PEREGRINA, Oliv. 

Acrydium peregrinum, Oliv. Voy. Empire Ottoman, ii. p. 424 (1807). 

A single specimen only. 

Common in North Africa, Syria, and occasionally in the ex- 
treme south of Europe. 


282 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON THE NEUROPTERA 


EUPREPOCNEMIS LITTORALIS, Ramb. 

Gryllus littoralis, Ramb. Faune de ?Andalusie, p. 78, pl. vii. figs. 1, 2 
(1838). 

Three specimens of this species, which is recorded by Brunner 
yon Wattenwyl from Spain, Rhodes, Beyrout, Cairo, and Kor- 
dofan. There is a large specimen in the British Mnseum from 
Quetta. 


Pacrtocera vittata, Klug (?). 

Dectisus vittatus, Klug, Symbole Physice, iii. pl. 25. figs. 6, 7 (1832). 

A great number of specimens of the genus Pwezlocera, but all 
go much bleached or altered by spirit as to be almost unrecog- 
nizable. Several of the specimens, however, appear to belong to 
P. vittata, which Klug described from Dongola, and specimens of 
which are in the British Museum from Aden. 


ANEPISCEPTUS HORRIDUS, Burm. 

Hetrodes horridus, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 679, n. 2 (1839). 

A gmall and rather pale-coloured male specimen, probably 
belonging to this species, which has a wide range in Syria, 
Arabia, and Heypt, but which was not previously represented in 
the Museum Collection. 


Two more species of Locustide (one immature) which I am 
unable at present to determine. ‘ 


NEUROPTERA. 


TERMITID &. 


A single nymph belonging to this family. 


HYMENOPTERA. 


CHRYSIDIDA. 


STILBUM CYANURUM, Forst. 

Chrysis cyanura, Forst. Nov. Spec. Ins. p. 89 (1771). 

A very common and somewhat variable species, occurring in 
all the warmer parts of the Old World and in North America. 


A single specimen was obtained of the following form :— 
Chrysis amethystina, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 359, n. 12 (1775). 


COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 283 


ForMICID#. 
MyrMIciInz. 


APHENOGASTER BARBARA, Linn. 

Formica barbara, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) i. pt. 2, p. 962, n. 2 (1767). 

A large number of winged specimens, among which were two 
males only, the rest being all females. 

A common species in South Europe and North Africa. 


Scoxnimpz. 


CoMPSOMERIS VESTITA, A lug. 

Scolia vestita, Klug, Symbole Physice, iii. pl. 27. fig. 6 (1832). 

Tiphia collaris, Coqueb. (an Fabr. ?) Illustr. Ins. ii. p. 54, pl. 13, fig. 3 
(1801). 

This is a common species in Spain, Northern Africa, and 
Arabia, and generally goes by the name of collaris, Fabr.; but 
as I doubt whether Coquebert has correctly identified the 
Fabrician species, I prefer to use a name about which there is 
no ambiguity. 


Order HEMIPTERA. 
Suborder HETEROPTERA. 


PENTATOMIDE. 


ASPONGOPUS VIDUATUS. 

Cimex viduatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 117, n. 145 (1794). 

A common and variable Mediterranean, West Asiatic, and 
African species. 

Four specimens were obtained, of which two belong to the 
following form :— 

Pentatoma nigroviolacea, Beauv. Ins. Afr. Amér. p. 83, Hém. 
pl. 7. fig. 4 (1805). 

The other two specimens have the hind border of the scutellum, 
the lateral borders of the scutellum, except the hinder lobe, the 
base of the tegmina and of the abdomen, and more or less of 
the principal nervures of the wings reddish. In one of these 
the tegmina and wings are mostly black; in the other the teg- 
mina are slightly tinged with reddish towards the base, and the 
wings are yellowish hyaline with brown tips. 


284 ON THE HEMIPTERA OF THE HADBAMAUT. 


LYG#IDz. 


Lyeaus mitirartis, Fabr. 

Cimex militaris, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 717, n. 103 (1775). 

Four specimens, one immature. 

A widely distributed species throughout the Mediterranean 
districts and the warmer parts of the Old World. 


REDUVIIDE. 


Ectrichopia ANDERSONI, sp. n. 

Long. corp. 30 millim. 

Female. Black, the upper surface of the thorax, the front 
angles and two spines on the scutellum, the base of the tegmina, 
and the inside of the front tibiz rufo-testaceous. Thorax above 
divided into four lobes by a deep cross filled up with black, but 
the longitudinal groove not reaching to the extremity. Femora 
with two small teeth beneath, one on each side, before the ex- 
tremity, preceded by one or two smaller ones on the medial line, 
smallest on the hind femora. 

A single specimen, which has lost its tarsi and most of its 
antenne. It is allied to HL. gigas, Herr.-Schaff., from Africa, but 
the head and abdomen are entirely black, both above and below, 
and the legs almost so; and the thorax is much less coarsely 
punctured than in LH. gigas. 

I have named this new species after Dr. Anderson, to whom 
we are indebted for its discovery. 


A single immature specimen of a black species apparently allied 
to Pirates, Burm., but with the tarsi only 2-jointed. 

There are also one or two broken and immature specimens of 
Reduviide, not at present determinable, but apparently allied to 
Conorhinus, Lap. 


NEPID&. 


LACCOTREPHES RUBER. 

Nepa rubra, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed.x.) 1. p. 440, n. 2 (1758); Mus. Ulr. . 
p- 185 (1764). 

Nepa rubra, part., Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 277, n. 6 (1787) ; Ent. Syst. iv. 
p- 62, n. 6 (1794); Syst. Rhyng. p. 107, n. 6 (1803). 

Nepa grossa, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 107, n. 5 nec Mant. Ins. ii. p. 277, 
n. 5; nec Lnt. Syst. iv. p. 62, n. 5). 

A long series of this species, which is common all over Africa. 


ON THE COLEOPTERA OF THE HADRAMAUT. 285 


The Linnean description applies better to this than to the 
allied Asiatic species; and Fabricius correctly separated the 
latter (from China) in his ‘ Mantissa’ and ‘ Ent. Syst.’ by the 
shorter setz, though he gives Tranquebar as the locality of 
NV. rubra, and quotes a figure of Stoll’s representing the Asiatic 
species. But in his ‘Syst. Rhyng.’ he gives WV. grossa as an 
African species, and alters the descriptions of both grossa and 
rubra to correspond, thus reversing the names, in which Stal and 
other recent authors have carelessly followed him. 


DIPTERA. 


ChisTRipz. 


CEPHALOMYIA MACULATA, Wiedem. 

Cistrus maculatus, Weedem. Aussereur. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 256, n. 2 (1830). 
A single larva of this species, which infests the camel. 

Mr. E. Austen has kindly given me the name of the insect. 


On the Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s Collector during 
Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut, South Arabia. 
By C. J. Ganan, M.A., of the British Museum (Natural 
History). (Communicated by W. Percy Stapen, Sec. 
Linn. Soc.) 


[Read 7th March, 1895.] 


Tuts small collection of Coleoptera includes little more than 
fifty species, and must represent but a very small proportion of 
the whole Coleopterous fauna of South Arabia. Of the species 
from the Hadramaut enumerated in the following list, some have 
already been recorded from the district of Yemen and other parts 
of Arabia; most of the remaining species are identical with, or 
closely allied to, forms occurring in Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia. 
A few have hitherto been known only from Persia and North- 
West India; while a few more have a range extending from 
Arabia to Senegal in West Africa. So far as the evidence, as a 
whole, of such a small collection can be of value, it seems to 
point to South Arabia as forming part of the Mediterranean 


subregion, with a slight admixture in its fauna of the Ethiopian 
element. 


286 MR. C. J. GAHAN ON THE COLEOPTERA 


CARABID&. 


1. PHEROPSOPHUS AFRICANUS, Dej., var. 

In the four examples of this species which were taken in the 
Hadramaut the anterior border of the pronotum is black or 
dark brown in colour, and the basal margin is also more or less 
black; but beyond this slight difference in coloration I can find 
no characters by which to distinguish these examples from others 
from Barbary, Tunis, and Abyssinia with which I have compared 
them. 


2. ANTHIA DUODECIMGUTTATA, Bon. 


3. CHLENIUS SEMINITIDUS, Chaud. 

This species occurs also in Egypt and Abyssinia. It differs so 
little from O. canariensis, Dej., that I think these two should be 
regarded as varieties of the same species. 


4. CRASODACTYLUS PUNCTATUS, Guér. 
DytTIscipz. 

5. CYBISTER TRIPUNCTATUS, Oliv. 

6. CYBISTER VULNERATUS, Klug. 

7. Propaticus prorus, Sharp. 


This species has been founded on specimens from Persia and 
North India. 


8. Hypaticus pEcorus, Klug. 


9. Hyparicus HISTRIO, Clark. 

Five or six examples taken in the Hadramaut appear to be 
referable to this species, which its author described from North 
Indian specimens. Hydaticus rectangulus, Sharp, which is 
recorded from Persia and North India, is probably the same 
species. The Arabian examples show variations from forms in 
which the inner testaceous band of each elytron is reduced to a 
transverse patch at the base, to others in which it is a complete, 
though rather narrow, band closely accompanying the inner row 
of punctures. 

10. ERETEs HELVOLUS, Klug. 

11. Ereres succrnotus, Klug. 

The preceding two forms are considered by Dr. Sharp to be 
merely colour varieties of the very widely distributed Hretes 
sticticus, Linn. 


COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 287 


GYRINIDE. 
12. DrnevtTes HREvS, Klug? 
Four examples taken in the Hadramaut exhibit a slight 
difference in the form of the elytra from Egyptian and other 
African specimens with which they have been compared. 


HYDROPHILIDS. 
13. Hyprovus sENEGALENSIS, Perch. 
14. TEMNOPTERUS SPINIPENNIS, Gory. 


15. STERNOLOPHUS SOLIERI, Casteln. 


SCARAB ZIDA. 
16. Scarapmus IstpIs, Casteln. 
17. Hexiocopris eteas, Linn. 
18. CaTHARSIUS INERMIS, Casteln. 
19. CHEIRONITIS ORSIDIS, Reiche. 
20. ONITIS ALEXIS, Klug. 
21. Oryctes Boas, Fab. 
22. ORYCTES RHINOCEROS, Linn. 


23. Crronta (Pacunopa) uistRio, Fab. 


BUPRESTIDZ. 

24. PsILOPTERA ARABICA, sp. 0. 

Oblongo-ovata, cuprascens ; capite irregulariter fortiterque et 
subrugoso punctato; prothorace a medio antice sat distincte 
angustato, supra medio fortiter sat dense punctato, versus latera 
densius subrugosoque punctato, margine basali utrinque sinuata ; 
elytris punctato-striatis, intervallis paullo elevatis, subcostatis, 
costis sparse punctatis ; apicibus oblique truncatis, angulo suturali 
acuto, angulo exteriore denticulato ; processu prosterni bisulcato, 
sulcis minute setigeroso-punctatis, intervallo medio et lateribus 
costiformis, impunctatis ; pectore pedibusque fortiter sat dense 
punctatis ; abdomine foveolatim punctato, segmento primo medio 
sulcato, punctis foveolisque setigeris; vitta abdominis utrinque 
violacea, griseo-pubescente. Long. 15-16 mm. 

This species somewhat resembles 8. rugosa, Beauv., of which 
it has nearly the same shape, the elytra being, however, more 
obliquely truncate at the apex. The sculpturing of the head, 
thorax, and underside is very similar in the two species, but that 
of the elytra differs pretty considerably. In the present species 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV- 22 


288 MR. C. J. GAHAN ON THE COLEOPTERA 


the strie of the elytra are deeper, with the intervals raised, 
convex, and somewhat costate in appearance; the outermost 
costa, which begins only after about the anterior fourth, is from 
this point distinct up to the apex; two or three of the coste 
nearer the suture are also tolerably distinct throughout the 
greater part of their course, being interrupted by punctures only 
at remote intervals; the intermediate coste are more frequently 
interrupted by punctures, especially near the base, where the 
elytra present a somewhat irregularly rugose appearance. 


TENEBRIONIDS. 

25. ZOPHOSIS, sp. 

HistrRomimus, gen. nov. (Hroditdarum). 

Mentum transversum, antice trunecatum. Mandibule pro- 
minentes, intus ad marginem inferiorem bidentate, supra ante 
medium oblique leviterque carinate. Labrum fere occultum, 
apice pilosum. Clypeus medio paullo productus, et antice tri- 
dentatus. Oculi sat parvi, laterales, occulti. Prosternum medio 
elevatum, et antice paullo productum. 

This genus is allied to, and rather closely resembles, Histero- 
morphus, Kraatz; but the prothorax is much more strorely 
convex above; the clypeus is less produced in front, and is tri- 
dentate at the anterior margin; the prosternum is somewhat 
raised along the middle, and is slightly produced in front, so 
that the anterior margin of the prosternum is bisinuate, instead 
of being simply arcuate; the eyes are less elongated than those 
of Histeromorphus, and resemble those of Spyrathus. 


26. HisTEROMIMUS ARABICUS, sp. 0. 

Niger, nitidus; capite antice densius fortiusque punctulato, 
supra minus dense minutiusque punctulato; prothorace amplo, 
dorso valde convexo, sparse minutissime punctulato, lateribus a 
basi ad medium paullo divergentibus, deinde rotundato-conver- 
gentibus, angulis antero-lateralibus subobtusis; elytris sub- 
nitidis, haud punctatis, vage undulatim rugosulis; prosterno 
rugoso-punctato ; meso- metasternoque et abdominis processu 
intercoxali subrugosis; abdomine nitido, sparse punctato, 
Long. 9, lat. 6 mm. 

This species much resembles Histeromorphus plicatus, Kraatz, 
of which it has nearly the same outline, but may be easily 
distinguished by the more convex pronotum, the tridentate 
anterior clypeal margin, and other characters mentioned in the 
generic diagnosis. 


COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 289 


27. TENTYRIA ORBICULATA, Fab., var. GLABRA, Sol. ? 

Under this name Baudi (Deutsche ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 276) has 
referred to some Arabian examples and has pointed out how they 
differ from Egyptian specimens. The examples collected in the 
Hadramaut appear to be identical with the forms noted by Baudi. 


28. TENTYRIA sp. 

29. MEsostENA PUNCTICOLLIS, Sol. 
30. OXxYCARA sp. 

31. OxycaRA sp. 

32. ADESMIA LAcUNOSA, Klug. 


33. ADESMIA CANCELLATA, Klug, var. 

This variety is distinguished by having the prothorax very 
finely and very sparsely punctured, nitid, and impressed along 
the middie, from the base to near the apex, by a rather fine 
groove. In the form and sculpture of the elytra the variety 
completely agrees with the ordinary form. 


34, ADESMIA INTERRUPTA, Klug. 


35. ADESMIA TUBERCULIFERA, Sp. 0. 

Oblongo-ovata, nigra, nitida; pronoto medio sparse minuteque 
punctato, versus latera densius fortiusque punctato ; elytris fere 
totis crebre fortiterque tuberculatis, tuberculis suboblongis, 
fere regulariter dispositis, tuberculis per angulum inter dorsum 
subplanatum et latus deflexum paullo angustioribus, coste 
simulantibus, latere deflexo ipso paullo convexo, sine costa. 
Long. 16-20 mm. 

To this species I refer a number of examples which are 
characterized by having the elytra densely studded with rather 
large and somewhat oblong tubercles; the disk of the elytra 
flattened or slightly convex; the deflexed sides also slightly 
convex, devoid of a costa, and, throughout the greater part of 
their extent, almost as thickly and strongly tubercled as the 
disk. Along the angle formed by the deflexed side with the 
disk the tubercles are somewhat narrower and give rise to the 
appearance of a costa. The pronotum is without a median 
impression, is very finely and sparsely punctured in the middle, 
more thickly and strongly towards each side, where it is marked 
off from the flank of the prothorax by a very fine but distinct 
carina. The male is narrower than the female, its elytra are 
scarcely dilated towards the middle, and the angle formed by each 
of the deflexed sides with the disk is sharper and more distinct. 

22* 


290 MR. C. J. GAHAN ON THE COLEOPTERA 


The species, which is nearly allied to A. acervata, Klug, may 
be distinguished from it by the larger size and the thicker and 
more equal distribution of the tubercles on the elytra. A.austera, 
Baudi, with the type of which Dr. Gestro has very kindly compared. 
examples, is also a closely allied species, but has smaller and less 
thickly placed tubercles on the elytra, and the angle between the 
disk and deflexed side of each elytron is less pronounced. 


36. ADESMIA ASSIMILIS, sp. 0. 

Oblongo-ovata; prothorace transverso, sparsim sat minute 
punctato, nitido, dorso medio lineato-sulcato; elytris usque ad 
medium paullo ampliatis (2) vel vix ampliatis (¢), dorso sat 
dense tuberculato, a latere deflexo costa crenulata separato ; 
lateribus utrisque in dimidio postico costa crenulata instructis. 
Long. 17-24 mm. 

This species has much resemblance to the preceding one, but 
the tubercles of the elytra are not so thickly nor so regularly 
placed, and are rather smaller in size; the disk of the elytra is 
limited on each side by a crenulate costa, nearly parallel to 
which, on the posterior half or two-thirds of the deflexed side, is 
a somewhat feebler crenulate costa. The slightly concave area 
on each side between these two coste is tubercled less strongly 
- than the disk, the area below it is feebly rugose and vaguely 
punctured. The pronotum is sparsely and minutely punctured, 
and is impressed along the middle by a rather faint groove which 
does not reach quite to the anterior margin. 


37. HIMATISMUS VILLOSUS, Haag. 
38. PRIoNOTHECA CoRONATA, Oliv. 
39. OcNERA PERSEA, Baud. 
40. OcNERA HISPIDA, Forsk. 
41. THRIprera cRINITA, Klug. 
42. Prwetia aRaBica, Klug. 
43. PIMELIA sp. 
44, VIETA sp. 

CURCULIONIDS. 
45. BRACHYCERUS sp. 
46. CLEONUS HIEROGLYPHICUS, Oliv. 
47, CLEONUS DEALBATUS, Germ. 


COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 291 


CERAMBYCID&. 

48. PLOCHDERUS MELANCHOLICUS, Gahan, var. 

This variety occurs also in Somali-land. It differs from the 
typical West-African form in the darker coloration of the elytra, 
which are almost black, and in having the third joint of the 
antenne armed with a short spine or tooth at theinner distalangle. 
The variety very much resembles P. denticornis, Fab.; but in 
the latter the third antennal joint has a rather long, sharp, and 
very distinct spine at the inner distal angle, and the succeeding 
joints of the antenne are also much more distinctly spined than 
in the present variety. 


49, Coprors Fusca, Oliv. 


HaLricipa. 

50. Ponyciapa BENTTI, sp. n. 

Capite testaceo; antennis pectinatis, nigris, articulo primo 
testaceo ; prothorace flavo-testaceo, supra maculis sex nigris— 
duabus antice, quatuor in serie arcuata ad basin; elytris dense 
punctatis, nigris, utrisqne maculis septem flavo-testaceis ; corpore 
subtus testaceo, metapleuris, femorum apicibus, tibiis tarsisque 
nigris. Long. 11 mm. 

Head almost entirely reddish testaceous in colour; somewhat 
finely and closely aciculate-punctate above. Prothorax pale 
testaceous, marked above with six black spots, of which two are 
close to the anterior margin, while the remaining four are 
arranged in an arcuately transverse series close alongside the 
basal margin. HElytra black, thickly punctured ; each with seven 
pale yellowish testaceous spots, one at the base close to the 
scutellum, one below and behind the shoulder, two placed trans- 
versely at the middle, two between the middle and apex, also 
placed transversely and united by a narrow tract; the seventh, 
somewhat more rounded, placed close up to the apex, from 
which it is separated only by a very narrow black border ; epi- 
pleure of each elytron pale testaceous except along the apical 
margin. Body underneath testaceous, with the sides of the 
breast blackish; tibie, tarsi, and the apices of the femora also 
black. Antenne of the male almost as strongly pectinated as in 
P. pectinicornis, Oliv., black, with the first joint testaceous. 


292 MR. RB. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDA AND MYRIOPODA 


On the Arachnida and Myriopoda obtained by Dr. Anderson’s 
collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadra- 
maut, South Arabia; with a Supplement upon the Scorpions 
obtained by Dr. Anderson in Egypt and the Eastern Soudan. 
By R. 1. Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History). 
(Communicated by W. Percy Suapen, Sec. Linn. Soc.) 


[Read 7th March, 1895. ] 
(Piatt IX.) 


ARACHNIDA. 


ScORPIONES. 


PRIONURUS CRASSICAUDA, Oliv. 

Loc. Hadramaut Valley. Three specimens. 

Specimens agreeing with the typical form, but eertainly paler 
in colour, the trunk approaching ferruginous, and contrasting 
rather strongly with the pale yellow of the legs and chele. 
Specimens sent by Dr. Jayakar from Muscat are much darker 
brown, the same tint prevailing upon the legs and chele (cf infra, 
p- 307). 


BUTHUS QUINQUESTRIATUS, Hempr. § Hhrenb. 
Loc. Hadramaut. Collected by the way. 


BuTHUS ACUTE-CARINATUS, Simon. 

Buthus acute-carinatus, Simon, Ann. Mus. Genova, xvii. p. 245, pl. viii. 
fig. 18 (1883). 

Loc. Hadramaut Valley. One young specimen. 

Recorded originally from Tes (Taez) in Arabia. The British 
Museum has recently received a large number of examples from 
Aden, a few from Perim Island, and a few more from Zaila in 
Somali-land near the Red Sea coast. The largest examples mea- 
sure about 45 mm. in length. It appears to be a well-marked 
little species, as Simon’s figure and description abundantly 
prove; yet Prof. Kraepelin regarded it as synonymous with 
B. dimidiatus. But this opinion is absolutely untenable, seeing 
that the two forms exist side by side in the same place without 
in any sense blending. In addition to the distinctive characters 
touching granulation, development of keels, proximity of eyes, 
colour, &c., which M. Simon pointed out, it may be added that 
in B. acute-carinatus there are only twelve rows of teeth along 
the movable digit of the chele, and that the isolated teeth of the 


COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 293 


inner row are situated much further forwards than in B. di- 
midiatus. (Compare also Thorell, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxv. p. 364, 
1894.) 


Buruus DIMIDIATUS, Simon. 

Buthus dimidiatus, Simon, Ann. Mus. Genova, xviii. p. 244, pl. viii. fig. 17 
(1883). 

Loc. Hadramaut. 

This species was originally recorded from Tes (Taez) in Arabia. 
The British Museum also has examples from Perim Island (J. J. 
Walker and B. W. Oates). The examples from this island which 
were obtained by Mr. Walker were formerly identified by me 
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) viii. p. 241) as B. scaber (Hempr. & 
Ehrenb.); and I am still of opinion that the reference may in the 
eud prove to be correct. But since the figure of Ehrenberg’s 
type specimen does not quite suit the Perim examples, inasmuch 
as the trunk is represented as pale and not olivaceous, I consider 
it advisable, until genuine specimens of B. scaber from Arkiko come 
to hand, to look upon the latter provisionally as a distinct species. 

The name dimidiatus which I formerly doubtfully applied to the 
Perim specimens I now think is unquestionably the right title 
for them; for the characters in which dimidiatus appeared to 
differ from the Perim examples—namely, in the granulation of 
the vesicle and the parallelism of the sides of the tail—I now 
discover are characteristic of half-grown specimens, but are 
more or less obliterated in the adult. Full-grown specimens of 
this species attain a length of about 75 mm.; they then present 
the colouring described by Simon for his examples, and have the 
anterior segments of the tail very wide, much wider than the 
posterior, with strongly convex sides, the width of the first bemg 
about equal to the length of the third and much greater than its 
own length. But in two young examples from the Hadramaut 
Valley measuring about 35-38 mm., the tail is much more parallel- 
sided, the anterior segment is not noticeably convex at the sides 
and is only as wide as long, and the granulation of the lower 
surface of the vesicle is much coarser than in the adult. They 
thus closely agree with Simon’s example, which measured 49 mm. 
But they present the further interesting difference in having the 
whole of the trunk pale, except the anterior part of the carapace, 
which is blackish green; and the hands and digits, instead of 
being pale, are also blackish green. 


294 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDA AND MYRIOPODA 


The two adult examples from Hadramaut agree in colouring 
exactly with Simon’s dimidiatus; but the three examples from 
Perim that I have seen differ in having the crests on the legs and 
palpi, and also the hands im part, blackish. 


BuTuHUS ANTHRACINUS, sp. n. (PI. IX. figs. 1, 1 a.) 

Colour of the upper side of the trunk and of the entire tail 
blackish green, like that of Orthochirus melanurus and Prionurus 
bicolor; legs of the 1st pair yellow, the remaining pairs with 
the three distal segments yellow, the rest strongly or only slightly 
infuscate ; mandibles infuscate distally ; chele mostly pale yellow, 
but slightly infuscate at the junction of the hand and digits, the 
crests also on the humerus and brachium sometimes rather 
strongly infuseate; lower surface of cephalothorax and abdomen 
pale or ferruginous. 

Trunk rather coarsely granular above ; the keels on the carapace 
not strongly defined, the anterior ones breaking up into granules 
long before reaching the front border ; the ocular tubercle smooth ; 
the eyes rather widely separated ; the intermediate and posterior 
median keels forming an irregular granular crest; carapace a 
little longer than the 1st caudal segment, + half the 2nd. 

Terga coarsely granular in the posterior half, nearly smooth 
between the keels ; the three keels distinct, but short; the lateral 
ones not apparent upon the Ist and 2nd terga; the crests on the 
7th well developed, forming almost a complete loop. 

Sterna smooth, with finely denticulate posterior border; the 
last with four smooth conspicuous keels. 

Toil about five times as long as the carapace, robust, but with 
the 1st segment wider than the 5th; all the normal keels well 
developed and finely granular, the inferior ones, however, on the 
1st nearly smooth ; the median lateral well developed on the 2nd 
and 8rd segments, and visible on the 4th, the intercarial spaces 
eranular ; upper surface of tail smooth, rather strongly excavated, 
upper angles of 5th not sharp; veszcle large, globular, angled 
beneath the aculeus, coarsely punctured. 

Chele smooth; crests on humerus granular, on brachium 
smooth, but well developed; none on manus, which is a little 
wider than the brachium ; hand-back nearly two-thirds the length 
of the movable digit, which is furnished with about 9 median 
rows of teeth, the large teeth of the internal series nearly opposite 
the middle of the space that separates those of the external series. 


COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 295 


Legs with granular crests on the femora, smooth on the 
patelle ; the posterior two feet on each side clothed below with 
two rows of sete, the anterior of these rows atrophied on the 
anterior feet; coxe of the legs granular, especially on the edges. 

Pectines furnished with from 17-22 teeth. 

Measurements in mm. of type.—Total length 36:5, of carapace 
4-4, of tail 22°5; width of 1st segment 3°3, of 5th 2°9. 

Loc. Hadramaut. 5 specimens collected “ by the way.” 

This species seems to be rather variable in its characters. 
Those respecting colour have been already mentioned; but in 
addition the smallest example obtained has the interocular area 
of the carapace smooth, and the coxe also almost smooth. The 
sculpturing of the posterior segments of the tail appears in some 
cases to be describable as wrinkled. 

There is no doubt that this species approaches the genus 
Butheolus; and of the forms ascribed to tiis genus, it is to the 
type thalassinus, Sim. (Ann. Mus. Genov. xviii. p. 248), described 
from Aden, that the resemblance is greatest. Butheolus thalas- 
sinus is unknown to me; but, judging from Simon’s description, it 
may be distinguished from Buthus anthracinus by having the ante- 
rior region of the carapace sloped, the ocular tubercle granular, 
the 5th abdominal sternum coarsely granular, the tail posteriorly 
dilated (compare, however, the figure, which represents the tail as 
posteriorly narrowed), and the vesicle small and narrow. In all 
these characters thalassinus approaches the best known form of all, 
theallied Orthochirus melanurus( Kessler) = Schneideri(L. Koch)*. 


PaRABUTHUS LIosoMA (Hempr. & Ehrenb.). 
Loe. Shehu, and by the way. 


NEBO FLAVIPES, Simon. 

Nebo flavipes, Simon, Ann. Mus. Genova, xviii. p. 249 (1883). 

Loc. Hadramaut. Four specimens, collected by the way. 

The largest of these Scorpions is a male measuring 123 mm.; 
this size is chiefly owing to the great length of the tail, which is 
almost six times as long as the carapace. The British Museum, 
however, has an example still larger than this one, namely, a 


* Tt will probably be found that more than one species has been included under 
this name; but more material must be obtained before their limits can be accu- 
rately determined. Prof. Kraepelin’s figure of the dentition of the chela on pl. ii. 
fig. 21 of his paper is quite unlike the arrangement in some of the specimens 
that I have examined. 


296 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDA AND MYRIOPODA 


specimen from the Isthmus, Aden, obtained by Mr. E. W. Oates, 
which measures 144 mm. in length. The specimens described 
by Simon from Aden were females. Dr. Jayakar has also sent 
us the species from Muscat. 


PEDIPALPI. 


PuRYNicHUS JAYAKARI, Poc. 

Phrynichus jayakari, Poc. Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 294, 
pl. viii. fig. 3 (1894). 

Loc. Hadramaut. 

This species was described from two examples sent to the 
British Museum from Muscat by Dr. A. G. Jayakar. The spe- 
cimen from the Hadramaut merely differs from the types in 
being a little paler-coloured, the cephalic area being blotched 
with ferruginous patches instead of being ferruginous all over. 

Prof. Kraepelin (Abh. nat. Ver. Hamburg, xiii. 1895) has 
recently, in his characteristically sweeping manner, disposed of all 
the difficulties which beset the determination of the nearly allied 
species of this genus, by setting them all down as synonyms of 
each other. I would, however, warn those who work at this 
group, that I am not acquainted with a particle of evidence that 
the species named Jayakari, Phipsoni, and pusillus are the same. 
They are, on the contrary, perfectly distinct. I think, however, 
that it is highly possible that Jayakari will prove to be the same 
as Deflersi of Simon, described from Obock. 


A RANE & (Spiders). 
Only five species of this order were obtained :— 


Finistata TESTACEA, Latr. 
Loc. Hadramaut. 


PEUCETIA ARABICA, Simon. 
Loe. Hadramaut. 


SPARASSUS WALCKENAERII, Sav. 
Loc. Hadramaut. 


SELENOPS ZGYPTIACUS, Sav. 
Loe. Hadramaut. 


Lavrurovectvus 13-aurtatus, Ross?. 
Loc. Hadramaut. 


COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 297 


MYRIOPODA. 
CHILOPODA. 
Family ScOLOPENDRIDZ. 


ScOLOPENDRA TRUNCATICEPS, Poc. 


Scolopendra truncaticeps, Poc. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. v. pt. 3, 
p- 119. 
- Loc. Shehu. 


ScoLOPENDRA VALIDA, Luc. 

Scolopendra valida, Lucas in Webb § Berthelot’s Hist. nat. des Iles 
Canaries, ii. Entomol. p. 49, pl. vii. fig. 15 (1836-44); Newport, Tr. 
Linn. Soc. xix. p. 402 (1845). 

In Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. May 1888, pp. 835-338, I pointed 
out the occurrence of Scolopendra valida, a Canary Island species, 
in Socotra and Bushire. The British Museum has subsequently 
received examples from S. Arabia, and I think the following 
subspecies may be recognized. 


Subspecies DESERTICOLA, nov. 

Head, antenne, first tergite, and maxillipedes deep green ; 
trunk olivaceo-castaneous, with the posterior border of the terga 
banded with green. Legs entirely flavous. 

Loc. Shehu. A single specimen, measuring 125 mm. in length. 

The Museum has received specimens of the same subspecies 
from Aden (S. &. Shopland) and Muscat (A. G. Jayakar). It 
seems to extend, therefore, over the whole of S. Arabia. 

On the other side of the Persian Gulf, z. e. at Bushire and 
Jask, there appears to be another type of this Centipede, which 
may be called Scolopendra valida subspecies persica, nov., and be 
diagnosed as follows :—Head and antennex deep green; distal ends 
of the anal legs also deep green; terga flavous (Bushire ; 
3 examples, 113 mm.). Two examples from Jask, 118 mm. in 
length, resemble those from Bushire, but four others have the 
anal legs quite green and some of the anterior terga bordered 
with green. Specimens of this subspecies from Jask have been 
received from Mr. B. T. Ffinch and Mr. Butcher. 

A third subspecies may be recognized as S. valida subsp. 
Balfouri, nov. The young are entirely pale, but in adult speci- 
mens, which may reach a length of 190 mm., the head, antenna, 
and all the legs are green, or even black, and although the 
posterior half of the trunk is paler, the anterior half is distinctly 
olivaceous or olivaceo-castaneous. 


298 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDA AND MYRIOPODA 


The typical form from the Canary Islands appears to be of a 
uniform olivaceous colouring, and to offers none of the strongly 
contrasting patterns characteristic of the subspecies inhabiting 
Persia, Arabia, and Socotra. Examples of the subspecies Bal- 
fouri were evidently referred to by Karsch as Collaria morsitans 
(Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, ix. p. 67, 1884). 


DIPLOPODA. 


SPIROSTREPTUS ARABS, Sp. 0. 

2. Colour. Legs and antenne clear reddish yellow; head 
infuscate above, fading off into ferruginous below; segments 
deep black; the lateral portions of the 1st tergite obscurely 
ferruginous; the anterior half of the segments ferruginous or 
ochraceous. 

Head. Frontal region slightly sculptured, without a definite 
striate ridge beneath the edge of the lst tergite; frontal sulcus 
deep; faint trace of a stria between the inner angles of the 
eyes; a small pit-like depression on the inner side of antennal 
socket ; lower half of head strongly wrinkled, sculptured with 
anastomosing striae and sulci; labral border with a deep, uni- 
dentate, angular excision. Distance between eyes about equal 
to their long diameter; eyes composed of about 7 transverse 
rows of ocelli. Antenne extending laterally to the end of the 
8rd segment; segments 2-6 gradually decreasing in length. 

1st tergite minutely punctulate above, its lateral portion ex- 
tending below the lower border of the 2nd; its posterior border 
emarginate above the posterior angle, which is rounded; the 
anterior border much more deeply and widely emarginate above 
the angle, which is convexly rounded ; the lower portion of the 
segment covered with cristules as shown in the figure (p. 299). The 
rest of the terga minutely punctulate ; the transverse sulcus com- 
plete on all from the 2nd backwards, lying ina shallow depression ; 
the area in front of it closely covered with transverse cristules 
which behind become stronger and more widely separated from 
each other; the area behind the sulcus longitudinally striate up 
to the pore. Pores minute, beginning on the 6th segment some 
distance behind the sulcus, which is lightly sinuate opposite tothem. 

Sterna quite smooth; grooves short. Anal tergite with a very 
short triangular process in the middle of its hinder border, a 
shallow transverse depression in front of it. Valves with strongly 


COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 299 


compressed margins, their apex not covered by the caudal 
process ; sternum triangular. 

Legs with a double row of sete on the lower surface of the 
patella, tibia, and tarsus, these spiniform on the tarsus, a single 
row of sete on the other segments; coxa and trochanter hairy 
above at the distal end; the upper side of these two segiuents 
distinctly carinate. 


Spirostreptus arabs. 
A. Head of . B. Head of 2. ©. Tailof J. D. Anterior aspect of 
copulatory apparatus. 


Number of segments, 66. Length about 140 mm. 

6. Thinnerthan 9; the lower half of the head smoother; lateral 
portion of the lst tergite more strongly produced, cf. fig. In 
the anterior half of the body the patelle and tibiew of the legs 
distinctly padded distally, the pads becoming less and less distinct 
towards the anal end of the body. Copulatory foot as in figure. 

Loc. Hadramaut. A large number of specimens. 


Supplementary Note upon the Scorpions obtained in Egypt 
and the Soudan by Dr. Jonn AnpErson, F.R.S. 


Bouruvs EvRoPazvS (Linn.). 
Loc. Mersa Matroo, Ramleh, Duroor. 


BUTHUS QUINQUESTRIATUS (Hempr. & Ehrenb.). 

Androctonus (Leiurus) quinquestriatus (Hempr. §& Ehrenb.), Verh. nat. 
Fr. Berlin, i. p. 353 (1829) ; wd. Symb. Phys., Scorp. pl. i. fig. 5; and of 
all authors. 

A large number of examples from the following localities :— 
Suez, Ras Gharib, Amarna, Fayum, Abbasiyeh, and Assonan. 


Buruvus LEPTOCHELYS (Hempr. § Ehrenb.). 
Androctonus (Leiurus) leptochelys, Hempr. § Ehrenb., Verh. nat. 
Freunde Berlin, i. p. 355 (1829) ; Symb. Phys., Scorpiones, no. 3. 


300 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS 


Androctonus macrocentrus, id. op. cit. p. 355; Symb. Phys., Scorp. 
pl. i. fig. 6. ; 

Androctonus thebanus, 7d. op. cit. p. 358; Symb. Phys., Scorp. pl. 1. fig. 4. 

Buthus arenicola, Simon, Expl. Sci. de la Tunisie, Arachnides, p. 51 
(1885). 

Loc. Duroor, 60 miles north of Suakin; S.W. Bank of 
Suez Canal (4 specimens). 

I have compared examples of B. arenicola from Biskra with 
the Egyptian forms of B. leptochelys, and I feel sure that the 
two are identical. 


BuUTHUS ACUTE-CARINATUS, Simon. 

Buthus acute-carinatus, Simon, Ann. Mus. Genova, xviii. p. 245, pl. vii. 
fig. 18 (1883); also Thorell, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxv. pt. 4, p. 360 (1894). 

Loe. Duroor, 60 miles north of Suakin. 

From this locality four 9 specimens were obtained, the length 
of the largest being about 36 mm. In these the anterior edge 
of the carapace and the keels on the carapace and terga are 
infuseate, as well as the anterior two-thirds of the 5th caudal 
segment and the inferior keels of the 4th. Moreover the crests 
on the legs and palpi are for the most part lightly infuscate. 
In this particular these Duroor examples differ markedly from 
three 2 specimens obtained at Thebes by Mr. Carter, which are a 
clear lemon-yellow throughout, the three ocular clusters being — 
alone of a dense black. All the other examples of this species 
in the British Museum, namely 2 from Perim Island, 2 from 
Zaila in Somaliland, and 8 from Aden, agree substantially with 
those mentioned above from Duroor. It is worth mentioning, 
however, perhaps that two young examples (about 20 mm.) from 
Aden have the trunk and appendages rather deeply infuscate, 
and the black ring on the anterior half of the 5th caudal segment 
very deep and sharply defined. 


[I here subjoin the descriptions of two species of Scorpions, 
closely allied to Buthus dimidiatus, which have been recently 
sent to the British Museum. 


Buruus Jayakart, sp.n. (Pl. IX. figs. 2, 2 a.) 

Colour. Anterior half of carapace greenish black, the rest of 
the trunk, with the exception of the keels and granules which 
are blackish, pale; the first two segments of the tail pale above 
and below, the keels only being blackish, the 3rd segment 
becoming infuscate, the 4th, 5th, and vesicle entirely blackish 


OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 301 


green; legs and lower surface of the trunk quite pale, the palpi 
with tle coxa, trochanter, and femur pale, the tibia, manus, and 
digits (except the tips) strongly infuscate. 

Carapace resembling that of dimidiatus, except that the 
interior median crests are represented by two distinct oblique 
rows of granules, the posterior of which is not continuous with 
the posterior median crest. 

The tergites resemble those of dimidiatus. The tail is like 
that of dimidiatus in the development of its keels, the median 
lateral crest being imperceptible on the 4th and almost absent 
on the 3rd segment; but the tail differs very noticeably in the 
thickness of its anterior segments, these being normal in Jayakari 
and not so thickened as in dimidiatus; consequently the tail appears 
to be more parallel-sided. The difference in the narrowness of 
the 1st segment may be estimated by the fact that in dimi- 
diatus its width is equal to the length of the 3rd segment, whereas 
in Jayakari it is very much less (cf. measurements). 

Sterna like those of dimidiatus, the external of the four keels 
on the 5th being either about half the length of the internal or 
about two-thirds. 

Chel@ like those of dimidiatus but more thickly hairy, and 
with the inferior median crest on the brachium obsolete; hand 
a little wider than brachium, its width less than length of hand- 
back, which is less than half the length of the movable digit ; 
digits scarcely sinuate, the movable furnished with 16-17 median 
rows of teeth, the teeth of the internal series not far removed 
from the apices of the median rows behind them and lying well 
behind the middle of the rows that pass in front of them. 

Legs hairy, crests on the femora granular, on the rest of the 
segments smooth ; feet armed below with two parallel series of 
short, close-set spines, there being 5 on each row on the anterior 
foot and 8 on the posterior; some similar but rather larger 
spines, which gradually pass proximally into slender sete, occur 
upon the distal tibial segment. 

The pectines are furnished with 33-34 teeth and extend 
beyond the apex of the coxa. 

In the ¢ the digits are basally lobate but still contiguous, 
and the hand is a trifle wider than inthe 9. The pectines, 
moreover, extend to the distal apex of the 4th trochanter and 
have 39-41 teeth. 

Measurements in mm. of 2 (¢ype).—Total length 90, of cara- 


302 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS 


pace 10, of tail 53; length of Ist segment 6°5, of 2nd 7°5, 
of 3rd 8, width of the same 6°8, 6°5, 6:2; width of brachium 3°3, 
of manus 4; length of hand-back 5°9, of movable digit 12°5. 

Loc. Muscat (A. G. Jayakar). 

It is interesting to note that these adult specimens more 
nearly resemble the young of dimidiatus—i. e., assuming that I 
have correctly identified the young of that species—than they do 
the adults. We may conclude from this that the young of the 
two species will prove to be indistinguishable, which is sometimes 
the case with closely allied forms. 


BUTHUS ALTICOLA, sp.n. (Pl. IX. fig. 3.) 

3. Colowr. Carapace and anterior six terga blackish green ; 
7th tergum, tail, legs, and palpi flavous or ochraceous ; digits of 
palpi brown with clear yellow tips (lower surface of tail perhaps 
partially olivaceous) ; mandibles. infuscate distally in the exposed 
part. 

Carapace coarsely granular and keeled as in judaicus, but the 
intercarinal area behind the eyes less granular than in that 
species; as long as the 1st caudal segment and one quarter of 
the 2nd, and as long as the 4th caudal segment. 

Terga coarsely granular and strongly keeled, the three keels on 
all the terga except the 1st strongly dentiform posteriorly ; the 
granules on the sides of the terga subserially arranged; on the 
7th tergum the two lateral crests on each side are united by a 
transverse row of granules, as in judaicus. 

Sterna smooth ; the external crests on the last weakly granular, 
anteriorly and posteriorly abbreviated, the median ones smooth, 
extending from the posterior border past the middle. 

Tail long, slender, and low, nearly 6 times as long as the 
carapace, gradually narrowed posteriorly, the sides of each 
segment nearly straight and parallel; the 1st segment longer 
than wide, the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th increasing in length, the 4th 
twice as long as wide; 10 keels on the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd, the 
median lateral on the 4th represented by a few low granules ; all 
the keels granular, the inferior median on the Ist and 2nd, 
however, almost smooth, the granules on the upper crests in- 
creasing in length posteriorly, the terminal granules on the 
upper keel of the 4th dentiform; the upper surface of segments 
1-4 smooth, except for a few serially arranged granules; the 
area between the superior and the superior-lateral crest also 
serially granular, the rest of the intercarial spaces tolerably 


OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 303 


smooth ; 5th segment with the sides of its upper surface granular, 
its lateral surface also finely granular, lower surface with the 
granules forming two intervening crests. Vesicle globular, wider 
than high, granular below ; aculeus longish. 

Paipi long, humerus as long as the carapace; brachium three 
times as long as wide, with the two superior crests well developed 
and granular, the upper crest of the posterior surface also 
present; manus long and wide, much wider than the brachium, 
smooth, punctured, its width about two-thirds the length of the 
hand-back, and the hand-back about two-thirds the length of the 
movable digit ; digits separated at the base, lobate and sinuate ; 
movable digit with 14 (15) median rows of teeth. 

Legs with smooth coxe and granularly crested femora ; tarsi 
with two parallel rows of black spinules beneath; the distal 
tibial segment also with a row of spinules on its posterior side. 

Pectines surpassing the 4th coxe ; with 29 teeth. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 81, of carapace 9, 
of tail 52°5; width of 1st segment 5:8, of 4th 4°5, of manus 4°8, 
of brachium 3; length of movable digit 12. 

Loe. Chitral, Hindu Kush, 5000 ft. (Capt. Younghusband).| 


Genus PriIonurRvS. 


In his recent revision of the Scorpions of the family Androcto- 
nide, Prof. K. Kraepelin has recognized two species as composing 
the genus Prionurus (called by him Azdroctonus). These are 
Sunestus of Hempr. & Ehrenb., which is identical with australis 
of Linneus, and crassicauda of Olivier; and on pp. 20-28 he has 
compiled a series of most elaborate tables of comparative measure- 
ments of the species he calls funestus. One cannot but admire the 
patience and labour displayed in this work; but to my mind 
the efforts that have been made to show the variability of this 
species are of but little value, inasmuch as they have been carried 
out without any regard to geographical distribution. Our author, 
in fact, begs the whole question, by assuming what in reality has to 
be proved, namely, that he is dealing with but one species. It is 
evident that similar tables could be prepared for every genus, 
and with the exercise of a little ingenuity the whole of the 
Buthide could be reduced to but one species, 

Turning, however, to the facts, we find that he establishes the 
characters of his so-called species funestus upon 150 examples. 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 23 


304 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS 


Whether these specimens all come from one locality or 150 
localities, we are not informed. Probably some were from 
Algeria, some from Egypt, and possibly some from Syria. But 
we cannot learn from the treatise whether any variation in 
structure was noticed between the Algerian and the Egyptian 
forms. All the information that we get is the table of measure- 
ments, which may have been taken from a dozen species, a brief 
diagnosis, which also may apply to a dozen species, and the 
loose statement that the species extends from Marocco to Arabia. 
Now I venture to say, although with all respect to Prof. Kraepelin 
as a most able and careful worker, that this is not the method of 
monographing a genus that yields results of any permanent 
value. Every systematist should remember that naming a species 
is only a means to an end—the end which should always be kept 
in view being the discovery as to what is the relationship between 
a species and its environment, and the primary work of the 
systematist is to pot out whether structural variation is corre- 
lated with differences of distribution or not. Ina large majority 
of cases we know that there is such a correlation in terrestrial 
animals ; and when in any case it has been definitely established, 
the systematist may, to assist the recollection of the fact, assign 
a name to the local form and call it a species, subspecies, or 
variety, as he pleases. Andif this has been done, it is clearly 
the duty of a monographer carefully to examine the evidence for 
and against the opinion of his predecessors, and not carelessly 
and without comment to discard as synonyms the names that 
they have proposed. 

Now this so-called species Prionurus funestus furnishes a good 
instance of what has been said. When Ehrenberg went to Egypt 
he found that on the coast near Alexandria a particular form 
was found: this he called libycus. But not being acquainted 
with the differences between the young and the adult, be further 
assigned a name to the young of libycus, calling it melanophysa. 
Proceeding up the Nile, he found in Upper Egypt and in 
Nubia another form which he at once recognized as different 
from libycus: to this he gave the name cztrinus. Still further 
to the south, in Dongola, he came across another form which he 
looked upon as different from cztrixus, and named funestus. 

Later on C. Koch obtained in Algeria a form which he saw 
from Ehrenberg’s figures was not known to occur in Egypt. To 
this he gave the name hector; but he also nad another example, 


OBTATNED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 305 
apparently cospecifie with hector, but ticketed Java *, to which 
he gave the name priamus, apparently on account of the difference 
of locality. 

In this case then we have to deal with (1) an Algerian form 
priamus (=hector); (2)a Lower Egyptian form libyeus (=melano- 
physa); (3) an Upper Egyptian and Nubian form citrinus ; and 
(4) a Nubian form funestus. Now clearly the question that 
Prof. Kraepelin ought to have asked himself with regard to these 
so-called species is:—‘‘ Do they breed true in their own territories, 
or do cttrinus parents produce indiscriminately some offspring 
like themselves and some presenting the characters of priamus 
and vice versa?” If the latter were so, then there would 
be justification for the view that the species are invalid. But 
he does not furnish us with a particle of evidence that such 
is the case. If even he had examined specimens from all over 
N. Africa and could show that, e. g., the citrinus-form and the 
priamus-form are linked by such a fine series of gradations that 
it is impossible to say where one begins and the other ends, 
then no one would have remonstrated with him for stating that 
they are the same species. But we look in vain through his 
‘Revision’ for any evidence to establish such a conclusion, and 
we actually cannot find out where the specimens he had under 
his hands came from. We are consequently compelled to accept 
or reject the authoritative statement that there is only one yellow 
species of Prionurus inhabiting North Africa, without being 
able to discover upon what evidence such a statement rests. 

But the splendid material of Prionurus brought by Dr. John 
Anderson from Algeria and Egypt affords me good grounds for 
thinking, firstly, that P. cétrinus is a distinct species from 
P. libycus, and secondly, that P. libycus, although very closely 
related to P. priamus, is not quite the same thing. I think it 
likely that the distinctions between the two will break down 
when we know more of the Prionuri which inhabit the countries 
lying between Algeria on the west and Egypt on the east. But 
provisionally they may be regarded as subspecies of australis of 
Linneus, although what australis of Linnezus may be, in the 
strictest sense of the word, is more than I can tell. Thorell, who 
has seen the type of australis, says that it is specifically identical 


* This is of course not the correct locality. If we are to trust C. Koch’s works, 
Java is a much favoured island so far as Scorpions are concerned, having, in addi- 
tion to its own population, aliens from most of the other quarters of the globe. 


306 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS 


with fwnestus, but I am not aware that he ever compared the 
type or even a topotype of funestus with australis, and since he is 
of opinion, with Kraepelin, that eztrinuws and lbycus are co- 
specific, his statement about the identity between australis and 
funestus must be taken cwm grano salis. 


Prionurus Ltinycus, Hempr. 5 Hhrenb. 

Prionurus libyecus, Hempr. § Ehrenb. Verh. nat. Fr. Berlin, i. p. 307 
(1829) ; vid. Symb. Phys., Zool., Scorpiones, no. 8, pl. i. fig. 1. 

Prionurus melanophysa, id. ibid. no. 11, pl. ii. fig. 8 (young). 

Ehrenberg gives as the locality for this form “on the Libyan 
shore between Alexandria and Siwa, and the mountains of Sinai.” 
Dr. Anderson sent home a long series of forms from Mersa 
Matroo, 150 miles west of Alexandria, also examples from the 
Pyramids and Abbasiyeh. Amongst those from Mersa Matroo 
are examples of all ages and both sexes, ranging in length from 
about 25 to 95mm. But in addition to those obtaimed by Dr. 
Anderson, the British Museum has others ticketed Egypt, making 
in all a total of 28 specimens. 

In the young the whole animal is flavous, with the exception 
of the poison-vesicle, the 5th segment of the tail, and the lower 
part of the 4th segment, which are a deep blackish green. 
With growth their blackness gradually fades away ; but it never 
appears to die cut altogether, and in some apparently adult 
examples it is still very manifest. The hands of the chele are 
at all ages perfectly clear yellow, a character which forms one 
of the best features for distinguishing this subspecies from the 
Algerian, to which Koch has given the two names priamus and 
hector, and in which the hands (and fingers in part) in the young, 
and even in many large examples, are deep blackish green. 

Of this Algerian form priamus the British Museum has 37 
examples from the following localities m Algeria and Tunisia, 
namely, Algiers, Duirat, Tuggurt, Biskra, and Tunis. Most of 
these are adult or half-grown specimens, but amongst the series 
of 12 from Biskra are examples ranging from 22 to 102 mm. 


PRIoNURUS CITRINUS, Hempr. § Ehrenb. 

Prionurus citrinus, Hempr. § Ehrenb. Verh. nat. Freunde Berlin, 1. 
p: 356 (1829); sd. Symb. Phys., Scorpiones, no. 6, pl. ii. fig. 2. 

Of this form Ehrenberg says “not uncommon in Upper Egypt 
and Dongola.” Dr. Anderson has brought back specimens from 
the following localities :— Cairo, Amarna, S.W. Bank of the Suez 
Canal, Fayum, Assouan (1st cataract), and Wadi-Halfa (2nd 


OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 307 


cataract). A single specimen was obtained at each of the five 
first-mentioned places, and 17 at the last. This long series from 
one spot is peculiarly interesting, inasmuch as it clearly shows the 
characters of the species at all stages. 

The largest example that [ have seen isa 9 from Assouan 
measuring 94mm. The smallest specimen, from the S.W. Bank 
of the Suez Canal, measures 27 mm., and the largest (3) about 
83. The species is entirely pale yellow at all ages, thus differing 
from the two forms mentioned above as libycus and priamus. 
The tail in young forms is quite like that of the genus Buthus, 
the upper surface of the 5th segment being flat and the angles 
squared, though granular. This is even the case in specimens 
of about 60 mm. in length. Moreover, even in examples of 
this size the tail is narrowed from base to apex, the 1st segment 
being slightly wider than the 3rd. 

In adult examples of both sexes the 8rd segment is slightly 
wider than the Ist, the lst and the 4th being about equal in 
width, and the 5th distinctly narrower than the Ist. The superior 
caudal crests are elevated, but the strong elevation so character- 
istic of libycus and hector is noticeably absent. Consequently 
the posterior segments of the tail are very narrow and low as 
compared with those of liébycus and hector. Lastly citrinus may 
be also recognized from the two last-named by its very much 
straighter aculeus. The young again differs from the young of 
libycus in having the digits of the chele shorter and much 
straighter. In this character as well as in the thinness of its 
tail these young examples offer a striking resemblance to adults 
of Buthus leptochelys. 


Prionurvus BicoLton, Hempr. § Ehrenb. 

Prionurus bicolor, Hempr. § Ehrenb. Verh. nat. Freunde Berlin, i. 
p- 358 (1829) ; zd. Symb. Phys., Scorpiones, no. 9, pl. ii, fig. 4. 

Specimens were brought from the following localities: Cairo, 
Ramleh, Manadra, Aboukir, and Mersa Matroo (150 miles W. of 
Alexandria); but the species is evidently not so common in 
Egypt as the “ yellow ” Scorpions. 

All systematists of late years who have worked at Scorpions 
(including more especially Simon, Thorell, and Kraepelin) have 
identified this Egyptian species as crassicauda of Olivier, with the 
name bicolor asasynonym. Butallthe evidence upon which I can 
lay my hands shows that crassicawda of Olivier is quite a different 
species, which does not occur in Egypt at all. It is true that Olivier 


308 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS 


stated he had seen it in Egypt; but such a statement is, I 
think, not of much value. The Scorpion that Olivier described 
as crassicauda he mentioned expressly in connection with Cachan 
(Kashan, between Ispahan and Teheran, below the 40th parallel), 
and the figure that he gives is presumably taken from a specimen 
from this locality. Moreover he affirms that in addition to Persia 
the species is met with in Baghdad and Mesopotamia (and Egypt). 
His description is brief but concise and to the point. It may be 
epitomised as follows :—length 3 incbes; colour brown, with legs 
and chelze sometimes yellower ; 26 pectinal teeth ; 2nd, 3rd, and 
4th caudal segments with only 8 crests *. The figure that he 
publishes is also fairly good, and amongst other things it shows 
that the manus is of the thickish type with the digits short. 

In the British Museum collection there are specimens ticketed 
Persia, Bushire, Persian Gulf, Baghdad, and Midian, which are 
indisputably identical with Olivier’s crassicauda. The largest 
example, a 9 from Midian, measures 83 mm., which is just over 
3 (French) inches, and the smallest, from the same locality, is 
about 45 mm. In the adults of both sexes, as in eztrinus, libycus, 
and priamus, the manus is thicker than the forearm; the colour 
is a chocolate-brown, sometimes blackish, the tips of the legs 
and of the digits being paler. As stated by Olivier, the median 
lateral crest on the tail is complete only on the 1st segment, 
being represented by 2 or 3 granules onthe 2nd. I have counted 
as many as 81 pectinal teeth on a ¢ from the Persian Gulf, and 
as few as 25 on a @ from Bushire. 

This species and bicolor may be recognized as follows :— 


PRIONURUS CRASSICAUDA (Oliv.). 


Median lateral crest on 2nd and 
3rd caudal segments represented 
merely by a posterior row of 3 or 
4 granules. 

The intercarinal space on the sides 
and lower surface of the tail not 
so closely and finely granular, at 
most sparsely so. 

Tail much narrower, e. g. 3rd seg- 
ment only a little wider than long ; 
aculeus shorter. 


PRIoNURUS BICOLOR, Hempr. & 
Ehrenb. 

Median lateral crest on 2nd and 
3rd caudal segments well-deve- 
loped and extending right past 
the middle of the segment. 

The intercariaal spaces on the sides 
and lower surface of the tail 
shagreened with fine granula- 
tion. 

Tail much stouter, the width of the 
3rd segment much greater than 
its length ; aculeus longer. 


* Voyage dans Empire Othoman, ete. y. p. 172 etc., (esp. in note), pl. 42. 


fig. 2 (1807), 8vo. 


OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 309 


In the adult ¢ and 2 the manusis | In the adult ¢ and @Q the manus 
wide, wider than the brachium. is narrow, not wider than the 

; brachium.* 

Pectinal teeth in ¢ up to 34, in | Pectinalteethin ¢ 25-27,in 2 19- 

© down to 25. 0) (25) 6 
Loc. Mesopotamia and Persia. Loe. Egypt. 

This brief diagnosis of P. crassicauda, Oliv., shows that the 
Species is very nearly allied to those that Kraepelin has diagnosed 
under the name funestus. Mons. Simon was I believe the first 
to attempt to define the differences between the dark coloured 
species of Prionurus. He recognized two forms, namely, erassi- 
cauda (Oliv.) from Persia and Syria, and eneas of C. Koch from 
Algeria; but he was wrong in supposing bicolor of Hemprich 
and Ehrenberg to be the same as crassicauda of Oliv. I suspect 
that the Algerian form to which C. Koch gave the name eneas 
may prove to be distinguishable from both the Egyptian and the 
Persian species; but I have not seen a large enough series of 
specimens from that country to be able to speak with any 
certainty on the point. 


Genus Parasutuus, Poc. 

What I have said above respecting Prof. Kraepelin’s revision 
of Prionurus applies perhaps with even greater truth to his dis- 
cussion of the genus Parabuthus (Heterobuthus). He admitted 
only two species of this genus—one named liosoma, Hempr. & 
Ehrenb., and the other brevimanus, Thorell. But he certainly 
mixed up several valid species under liosoma. The following, for 
instance, cannot possibly be confounded with it:—P. villosus, 
Peters, from Hereroland, Congo; P. fulvipes, Simon, from 
S.W. Africa; and P. planicauda, Poc., from Cape Colony. 
I suspect that the last-named species will be found to have the 
following synonymy: P. capensis, Hempr. & Ehrenb.,=P. irvos, 
C. Koch,=P. segnis, Thorell, =P. planicauda. But whatever its 
name and synonymy may be, there certainly is in Cape Colony a 
common species, of which the Museum has now about 50 speci- 
mens, which is perfectly distinct from P. losoma. 


PaRABUTHUS HUNTERI, sp. n. 

I venture to propose a new name for a form occurring on the 
west coast of the Red Sea,and nearly allied to the typical Arabian 
liosoma. 


* It is highly improbable that all the Egyptian examples which have been 
described and figured are immature. 


310 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS 


The colour of the legs, palpi with the exception of the palely 
infuscate digits, and first three segments of the tailis a very clear 
pale yellow ; the anterior six abdominal terga, with the exception 
of their lateral portions, and usually the ante-ocular area of the 
carapace are darker; while the 4th and 5th segments of the tail 
and the vesicle are a deep greenish black or brown. The dark 
colour on the vesicle appears at a very early age, specimens 
only 30 mm. long showing it very clearly ; whereas in the typical 
liosoma the vesicle remains for a long while perfectly pale. 
This is noticeable in specimens of about 70 mm. in length; and 
is well shown in Ehrenberg’s figure of his type, which came from 
Gumfuda in Arabia. P. Hunteri may be further recognized by 
its much more slender tail. This difference, which at once strikes 
the eye, may be easily shown by the following measurements, 
taken froma ¢ example of P. liosoma from Aden (S. &. Shopland), 
and a ¢ of P. Hunteri from Duroor, 60 miles north of Suakin. 
These examples have the carapace of the same length, z. e. 10 mm. 

3 liosoma.—Total length 95 mm., carapace 10, tail 60; length 
of Ist segment 7°5, width 7°8; length of 2nd 8°8, width 8:3; 
length of 3rd 9, width 8-6; length of 4th 10°5, width 8°8; length 
of 5th 11, width 7. Width of brachium 3°4, of manus 4°5 ; length 
of hand-back 6:2, of movable digit 9°3. 

3 Pentonii.—Total length 100 mm., carapace 10, tail 66; 
length of 1st segment 8°6, width 7:5; length and width of the 
rest as follows: of 2nd 9°8, 7°8; of 3rd 10,8; of 4th 11°3, 76; 
of 5th 12°5, 7. Width of brachium 3°4, of manus 5; length of 
hand-back 6°5, of movable digit 9:3. 

Corresponding differences obtain in female examples; and 
although subject to a certain amount of individual variation, 
they appear nevertheless to be constant on the whole. 

A further distinction that may be noticed in the male is the pre- 
sence in P. Hunteri of a tubercle lying at the base of each digit 
of the chela; that on the immovable one is of considerable size, 
that on the movable is much smaller and closer behind the other. 
These tubercles are not present upon any of the males of the 
typical liosoma that I have seen, even upon the largest, and 
presumably therefore the oldest. 

The largest male of Hunteri that I have seen is 113 mm. long. 

Loc. Duroor, 60 miles N. of Suakin (86 specimens) ; Suakin 
(2 specimens obtained by Surgeon-Captain Penton). 

I dedicate this species to Colonel Hunter, lately Governor of 
the Red Sea Littoral. 


OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. all 


[I subjoin descriptions of two new species of Parabuthus allied 


to liosoma. 


PARABUTHUS GRANIMANUS, sp.n. (PI. IX. figs. 44d.) 
? Buthus villosus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 130; not of 


Peters. 
@. Colour of trunk and palpi reddish or blackish brown ; tail 


with segments 1 to 3 clear yellowish brown, segments 4-5 and 
the vesicle piceous, the 5th segment of the tail rather paler 
beneath than the 4th ; mandibles, legs, and sternal surface of the 
trunk clear ochre-yellow, the femora of the legs sometimes a little 
darker than the rest of the segments. 

Trunk as in P. liosoma; carapace granular throughout, except 
for a smooth area on each side of the tubercle. 

Tail almost six times the length of the carapace, nearly 
parallel-sided ; segments 1 and 4 equal in width, 2 and 3 very 
slightly wider than the 4th, the segments all low, as in léosoma, 
the 4th a little lower than the first ; all long and narrow, with 
sides lightly convex, much longer as compared with their width 
than in /éosoma, all much longer than wide, the width of the 4th 
a little less than the length of the 1st and much less than the 
length of the 3rd (in Méosoma the width of the 4this much greater 
than the length of the 1st and equal to that of the 8rd); the 
vesicle large, its width equal to the width of the lower surface of 
the 5th segment between the keels (cf measurements). 

Palpi more coarsely granular than in Jiosoma; the manus, 
instead of being smooth as in /zosoma, is covered thickly with 
squamiform granules; moreover, it is wider than in liosoma, 
being slightly wider than the brachium, which is coarsely granular 
all over. 

The first abdominal sternum beneath the pectines perfectly 
smooth (finely granular anteriorly and laterally in iosoma). 

3. Differing from the ¢ of losoma in exactly the same fea- 
tures as the 2; the manus considerably wider, with the digits 
lobate as in P. Hunteri. 

Measurements in millimetres.— 3. Total length 96, length of 
carapace 9°8, of tail 62; length and width of the sezments—l1st 
8,7; 2nd 9, 73; 3rd9°5,7°3; 4th 11, 7; 5th 11°5,6°5; widthof 
vesicle 5; width of brachium 3:3, of hand 5:2; length of hand- 
back 7°3, of movable digit 8-7. 

2. Total length 110, of carapace 12°5, of tail 72; length and 
width of the segments—Ist 9:2, 82; 2nd 10°4, 88; 3rd 106, 8'8; 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 24 


312 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS 


4th 12°5, 8:5; 5th 18°5, 7:8; width of vesicle 7; width of bra- 
chium 4, of hand 4:2; length of hand-back 5°6, of movable digit 12. 

The measurements of the ¢ may be compared with those of 
the ¢ of liosoma and Hunteri given above. From this it is 
apparent that in having the tail long and slender granimanus 
and Huntert are much alike, but that the manus is larger even 
than in Hunteri and is, in addition, covered with granules. 

The measurements of the 2 may be compared with the fol- 
lowing taken from a @ of the typical diosoma from the crater at 
Aden. Total length 118, of carapace 12°5, of tail 70; length and 
breadth of its segments: lst 9,9'3; 2nd 10, 10; 3rd 105, 10:2; 
4th 11:8, 10°3; 5th 18, 8°8; width of vesicle 7, of brachium 4, 
of manus 3°8; length of hand-back 5:5, of movable digit 12°7. 

This shows clearly that the tail in /éosoma is much thicker and 
shorter. Of the latter the Museum has 59 specimens from 
S. Arabia. 

Loc. Zeyla in Somali-land. 5 specimens, including types of 
g and 9, obtained by Mr. E. W. Oates. Also two examples of 
apparently the same form, but paler, from the Somali coast 
presented to the British Museum by H. M. Phipson: the 
larger of these is a 2 measuring 120 mm., the carapace being 
just over 12 and the tail 75. And two others (¢ @) from the 
crater at Aden, the 2 measuring 128 mm., of which the tail is 
79 and the carapace 13:2. These two examples are of peculiar 
interest, because from the fact that they were taken in company 
with a large number of examples of the typical léosoma, it appears 
that the two remain perfectly distinct in the same spot, and exist 
side by side without blending. 

The Museum also has a 2 example of apparently this form 
from Massowah, and another nearly allied form from Kilima- 
njaro and Mianzine obtained by Mr. F. J. Jackson. But more 
material is required from these latter localities before we can be 
sure of the identity of the two specimens. 


PARABUTHUS PALLIDUS, Sp. 0. 

Colour. Legs, mandibles, palpi, tail, and lower side of trunk 
entirely pale yellow; carapace and terga darker, reddish or 
brownish yellow. 

Carapace as long as tail-segments Ist + 3 of the second, 
entirely covered, including the ocular tubercle and the area im- 
mediately below the median eyes, with fine granules. 

Terga also covered with granules, which are exceedingly fine 


OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 313 


in the front half of each, but rather coarse in the posterior half; 
the median crest small, extending from the 2nd to the 6th. 
Sterna smooth; the last at most finely shagreened, with the 
4 keels very weak. 

Tail about 53 times the length of the carapace, gradually 
expanding to the middle of the 4th segment ; the upper surface 
of the segments 1 and 2 hollowed and mesially grooved; upper 
surface of segments 3-5 smooth, polished; segments 1-3 with 
10 keels, all of which are coarsely granular, except the two inferior 
keels on the Ist, the same two keels on the 2nd and 38rd com- 
posed posteriorly of dentiform tubercles; the inferior lateral 
keels on segments 1-8 strongly converging behind; the superior 
keels on segments 1-4 evenly granular ; the lateral and inferior 
intercarinal spaces granular, except those on the lower surface 
of the 1st, the granulation becoming thicker on the posterior 
segments; on segment 4 the lower surface is completely and 
closely granular, the two inferior keels obsolete, visible only in 
the anterior third of the segment; the 5th segment completely 
granular at the sides and below, the superior keels without any 
enlarged granules or tubercles, and with scarcely a trace of 
any enlarged serially arranged granules on the lower surface 
between the median and the lateral keels; the granules on the 
lateral keels becoming tubercular behind, the 3rd from the end 
abruptly enlarged and quadrate; the lobe on each side of the 
anus large and squared, and not secondarily lobate. 1st segment 
wider than long *, 2nd as long as wide, 3rd a little longer than 
wide, 4th and 5th longer than wide; length of 3rd a shade less 
than width of the 4th, the height of the 4th equal to the length 
of the 1st, the height of the 3rd and 2nd only a little less, height 
of the 4th about $ the length of the 5th. 

Vesicle coarsely granular below, considerably wider than high. 

Palpi short; humerus granular and crested above; brachium 
smooth and punctured behind, coriaceous above, granular in 
- front; manus entirely smooth and punctured, narrower than the 
brachium; the length of the hand-back about half the length of 
the movable digit, and about 3 longer than the width of the 
hand; digits short, not lobate, only slightly curved, with 10 
median rows of teeth, and 11 teeth forming the inner series. 

Legs with femora and patelle of 3rd and 4th granular, for the 
rest smooth. 


* Length is taken laterally from the posterior border to the large tubercle 
which marks the point of origin of the two upper keels. 


ol4 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS 


Pectines projecting beyond the apex of the 4th coxe, furnished 
with 29-30 teeth ; the basal lobe large and long. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 66, of carapace 7°55 
of tail 41 ; width of 1st segment 5'5, of 4th 6°3, length of latter 7, 
height 5; length of 5th 7-6, height 4, width 5°5 ; length of manus 
and digits 10°5, of movable digit 6°6. 

Loc. Mombasa (2 specimens). 

This species differs markedly from liosoma and its allies in the 
uniform colouring of the tail, as well as in having the segments 
of this organ much more elevated. | 


NAaNOBUTHUS, gen. nov. 


Movable jaw of mandible armed below with one small tooth 
behind the terminal fang; immovable jaw unarmed below. 

Digits of the chele with their proximal third unarmed; the 
distal portion armed with only 5 median rows of minute denticles 
accompanied by short oblique rows, each composed of 3 (2) excep- 
tionally strong sharp conical teeth, the apex of the digits being 
occupied by 6 of these large teeth. 

Genital operculum very large and long, each half about twice 
as long as wide, with strongly convex posterior border and emar- 
ginate external border, more than twice as long as the triangular 
deeply impressed sternum. 


NaNoBUTHUS ANDERSONI, 0. sp. 

Colour. Truuk infuscate above, the posterior and lateral 
borders of the terga ferruginous; palpi, legs, and tail pale yellow, 
the latter organ very slightly infuscate at its base; its 5th seg- 
ment also lightly infuscate below ; the lower surface of the trunk 
pale olivaceous ; pectines yellow. 

Carapace about as long as the 1st caudal segment and half the 
2nd, granular throughout ; median eyes widely separated ; keels 
almost entirely obsolete, the anterior and posterior median alone 
represented by a few larger more polished granules. Terga 
granular throughout; the lateral keels very weak ; the two lateral 
keels on the 7th also very weak. Sterna smooth, the last 
weakly granular posteriorly ; the 4 keels, especially the external 
ones, very poorly developed. 

Tail narrowed behind, about 53 times the length of the cara- 
pace ; the superior keels weak on the Ist segment and practically 
absent on the rest, the upper edges being evenly rounded; the 
upper surface excavated on the Ist, 2nd, and 3rd, the 4th and 


OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 315 


5th less noticeably excavated; the lateral keels weak, the median 
lateral visible on the 2nd and on the hinder half of the 3rd; the 
4 inferior keels normally strong on 1st segment, much stronger 
on the 2nd and 8rd, the median invisible on the 4th, which is 
simply granular below; the inferior and lateral intercarinal spaces 
of the segments 1-4 granular; 5th segment coarsely granular 
below the lateral keels, posteriorly strongly lobate or bluntly 
dentate, the edge on each side of the anus produced and lobate, 
as in europeus. Vesicle moderately large, angled beneath the 
aculeus, which is as long as the vesicle and lightly curved. 

Palpi weak ; humerus and femur granular and carinate ; brachium 
and manus smooth and not carinate, but coarsely punctured ; 
manus small, narrower than brachium ; digits short, the movable 
less than twice the length of the hand-back, not lobate; manus 
and digits together only a little longer than the carapace. 

Legs granularly crested; feet with two series of sete below. 

Pectines with 16-17 teeth. . 

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 28, of carapace 3:5, 
of tail 17, width of 1st segment 2°3, of 5th 1°8. 

Loc. Duroor, 60 miles north of Suakin. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 
Fig. 1. Buthus anthracinus, sp. u., nat. size. 


Wo ee A Lateral view of tail. 
2. 4, Jayakari, sp.n.,nat.size. 9. 
Nhs = op fs Extremity of tail. 


3. , aiticola,sp.n. Extremity of tail. 

4,4a. Parabuthus granimanus, sp.n. Upper and lateral views of tail of 
© specimen from Zeyla, in which the carapace measures 12°5 mm. 
(nat. size). To compare with figs. 5 & 5a. 

46, Parabuthus granimanus. Hand and arm (nat. size). 9. 

4c,4d. 5 3 Arm and hand of ¢ specimen in which the 
carapace measures 9°38 mm. (x 2). to show the basal lobes and 
granulation (compare with fig. 5c). 

5, 5a. Parabuthus tiosoma (Hempr. & Ebrenb.). Upper and lateral views 
of tail of 2 specimen from Aden, in which the carapace measures 
115 mm. In fig. 5 the fourth and fifth segments are a shade too 
thick; but the figure shows very clearly the form of the tail 


which is typical of P. losoma (s. s.), and differs strongly from 
that of P. granimanus. 


5. Parabuthus liosoma. Hand and arm (nat. size) of same specimen to 
compare with fig. 40. 

5¢, 5d. Parabuthus iosoma. Arm and hand of ¢ specimen of which the 
carapace measures 10 mm. (x 2), to show smoothness and absence 
of lobes on fingers. 


LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 25 


316 ON SCORPIONS COLLECTED AT ADEN. 


Puate IX. (continued). 


Figs. 6 a, 6b. Parabuthus villosus (Peters). Upper and lateral views of tail of 
© example from Benguela (W. Africa), in which the carapace 
measures 12 mm.—These figures are inserted to convince those 
authors, who persist in citing villosus as a synonym of liosoma, 
that the two are perfectly distinct. Compare the large vesicle, 
stout and curiously curved aculeus, the elevated 5th segment, 
and the straighter, more parallel-sided, more thickly hairy tail. 


ADDENDUM, 


List of the Scorpions obtained by Colonel Yerbury at Aden 
in the Spring of 1895. 


1. Hemiscorpius lepturus, Pet. Aden (many: specimens). 

2. Nebo flavipes, Sim. Aden, Haithalhim, Shaikh Othman. 

3. Parabuthus liosoma (Hempr. & Ehrenb.). Aden, Haithalhim, Lahej, 
Shaikh Othman. 

4, Buthus dimidiatus, Sim. Aden, Lahej, Shaikh Othman. 

5. Buthus acute-carinatus, Sim. Aden, Lahej, Haithalbim. 

6. Butheolus thalassinus, Sim. -Aden, Lahej, Haithalhim, Shaikh Othman. 


This little collection came to hand whilst this paper was passing through the 
press. The most interesting species of the lot are the first and last of the list: 
Hemiscorpius lepturus seems to be represented by very few specimens in the 
collections of Europe. Up to the present time, so far as 1 am aware, the 
British Museum and the Museum at Berlin are the only institutions which 
possess it. The British Museum received it for the first time some two years 
ago, when Mr. Oates sent home one specimen from Aden. Yet, judging from 
Col. Yerbury’s collection, the species isnot uncommon in Aden ; and it evidently 
has a wide range, since it extends at least as far to the north as Baghdad. 
Butheolus thalassinus is new to the British Museum; and the acquisition of 
seven specimens has filled up an important gap in our series of Scorpions. 
Moreover, it has enabled me to compare the species both with Buthus Benti and 
with Nanobuthus Andersoni. The latter differs from Butheolus in haying the 
anteocular area of the carapace almost horizontal, the lower border of the im- 
movable mandibular digit unarmed, in the partial degeneration, both in number 
and size, of the median rows of teeth on the digits of the chelz and the corre- 
sponding increase in strength of the lateral teeth. According to Simon’s 
description of B. thalassinus, the tail is posteriorly dilated, and there is only 
one inferior tooth on the immovable mandibular digit. The 3rd and 4th 
segments of the tail, however, are scarcely wider than the Ist, and sometimes 
at least there are two teeth in the position mentioned above. In both these 
respects the species approaches B. Benti ; but the two are undoubtedly specifically 
distinct. 


OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. ald 


5th less noticeably excavated; the lateral keels weak, the median 
lateral visible on the 2nd and on the hinder half of the 3rd; the 
4 inferior keels normally strong on ist segment, much stronger 
on the 2nd and 38rd, the median invisible on the 4th, which is 
simply granular below; the inferior and lateral intercarinal spaces 
of the segments 1-4 granular; 5th segment coarsely granular 
below the lateral keels, posteriorly strongly lobate or bluntly 
dentate, the edge on each side of the anus produced and lobate, 
as in europeus. Vesicle moderately large, angled beneath the 
aculeus, which is as long as the vesicle and lightly curved. 

Palpi weak ; humerus and femur granular and carinate ; brachium 
and manus smooth and not carinate, but coarsely punctured ; 
manus small, narrower than brachium ; digits short, the movable 
less than twice the length of the hand-back, not lobate; manus 
and digits together only a little longer than the carapace. 

Legs granularly crested; feet with two series of setz below. 

Pectines with 16-17 teeth. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 28, of carapace 3:5, 
of tail 17, width of 1st segment 2°3, of 5th 1:8. 

Loe. Duroor, 60 miles north of Suakin. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 
Fig. 1. Buthus anthracinus, sp. n., nat. size. 


Nias ips 3 Lateral view of tail. 
DN de Jayakari, sp. n.,nat. size. 9. 
Wisp H, Extremity of tail. 


3. 5, dticola, sp.n. Extremity of tail. 

4, 4a. Parabuthus granimanus, sp. n. Upper and lateral views of tail of 
@ specimen from Zeyla, in which the carapace measures 12°5 mm. 
(nat. size). To compare with figs. 5 & 5a. 

46, Parabuthus granimanus. Hand and arm (nat. size). 9. 

4¢,4d. ae 55 Arm and hand of ¢ specimen in which the 
carapace measures 9°38 mm. (xX 2). to show the basal lobes and 
granulation (compare with fig. 5c). 

5, 5a. Parabuthus tiosoma (Hempr. & Ehrenb.). Upper and lateral views 
of tail of 2 specimen from Aden, in which the carapace measures 
115 mm. In fig. 5 the fourth and fifth segments are a shade too 
thick ; but the figure shows very clearly the form of the tail 
which is typical of P. Kosoma (s. s.), and differs strongly from 
that of P. granimanus. 

56. Parabuthus liosoma. Hand and arm (nat. size) of same specimen to 
compare with fig. 46. 

5, 5d. Parabuthus liosoma. Arm and hand of ¢ specimen of which the 
carapace measures 10 mm. ( Xx 2), to show smoothness and absence 
of lobes on fingers. 


LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXvV. 25 


316 ON SCORPIONS COLLECTED AT ADEN. 


Puate IX. (continued). 


Figs. 6 a, 6b. Purabuthus villosus (Peters). Upper and lateral views of tail of 
© example from Benguela (W. Africa), in which the carapace 
measures 12 mm.—These figures are inserted to convince those 
authors, who persist in citing vil/osus as a synonym of Liosoma, 
that the two are perfectly distinct. Compare the large vesicle, 
stout and curiously curved aculeus, the elevated 5th segment, 
and the straighter, more parallel-sided, more thickly hairy tail. 


ADDENDUM. 


List of the Scorpions obtained by Colonel Yerbury at Aden 
in the Spring of 1895. 


1. Hemiscorpius lepturus, Pet. Aden (many: specimens). 

2. Nebo flavipes, Sim. Aden, Haithalhim, Shaikh Othman. 

3. Parabuthus liosoma (Hempr. & Ehrenb.). Aden, Haithalhim, Lahej, 
Shaikh Othman. 

4. Buthus dimidiatus, Sim. Aden, Lahej, Shaikh Othman. 

5. Buthus acute-carinatus, Sim. Aden, Lahej, Haithalhim. 

6. Butheolus thalassinus, Sim. Aden, Lahej, Haithalhim, Shaikh Othman. 


This little collection came to hand whilst this paper was passing through the 
press. The most interesting species of the lot are the first and last of the list 
Hemiscorpius leptwrus seems to be represented by very few specimens in the 
collections of Europe. Up to the present time, so far as I am aware, the 
British Museum and the Museum at Berlin are the only institutions which 
possess it. The British Museum received it for the first time some two years 
ago, when Mr. Oates sent home one specimen from Aden. Yet, judging from 
Col. Yerbury’s collection, the species isnot uncommon in Aden ; and it evidently 
has a wide range, since it extends at least as far to the north as Baghdad. 
Butheolus thalassinus is new to the British Museum; and the acquisition of 
seven specimens has filled up an important gap in our series of Scorpions. 
Moreover, it has enabled me to compare the species both with Buthus Benti and 
with Nanobuthus Andersoni. The latter differs from Butheolus in haying the 
anteocular area of the carapace almost horizontal, the lower border of the im- 
movable mandibular digit unarmed, in the partial degeneration, both in number 
and size, of the median rows of teeth on the digits of the chelz and the corre- 
sponding increase in strength of the lateral teeth. According to Simon’s 
description of B. thalassinus, the tail is posteriorly dilated, and there is only 
one inferior tooth on the immovable mandibular digit. The 3rd and 4th 
segments of the tail, however, are scarcely wider than the 1st, and sometimes 
at least there are two teeth in the position mentioned above. In both these 
respects the species approaches B. Bentz ; but the two are undoubtedly specifically 
distinct. 


NOT hC E 


A GENERAL INDEX to the first twenty volumes 
of the JOURNAL (Zoology) and the Zoological portion 
of the PROCEEDINGS from Nov. 1838 to June 1890 
is now ready, and may be had on application to the 
Librarian, either in cloth as issued or in sheets for 
binding. Fellows are requested, when applying fora 


copy, to state in which form they desire to receive it. 


GS eae a Te ee 
ve = el a 


MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON MOBIUSISPONGIA PARASITICA. 3817 


On the True Nature of “ MW<ébiusispongia parasitica,’ Duncan. 
By A. Vaueuan Juwyines, F.L.8., F.G.S., Demonstrator 
of Botany and Geology in the Royal College of Science, 
Dublin. 

[Read 6th June, 1895.] 


In the Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society for June 
1880, the late Professor Martin Duncan described an organism 
which he regarded as ‘“‘a parasitic sponge of the order Calcarea,” 
and which he named Jobiusispongia parasitica. 

The reasons given for classing the specimen with the Spenges 
were decidedly inadequate, and writers of monographs on the 
group have been content to insert the name among doubtful 
and insufficiently characterized forms. It has become one of 
those names which reappear in lists compiled by specialists, 
always followed by a note of interrogation, until some later 
observation supersedes them. 

As I have been able to examine the original specimen, and 
believe the appearances necessitate a very different explanation, 
I thought it would be of interest to exhibit the preparation to 
the Society: not only to relieve the students of Sponges of a 
doubtful genus, but because the form has also a distinct interest 
for those who are working at the Protozoa. 

Dr. Duncan found the organism in some sections of Carpenteria 
rhaphidodendron, Mob., from Mauritius, which had been lent him 
by the late Dr. W. B. Carpenter. 

It consists of a series of delicate calcareous sacs or chambers 
connected by straight stolon-tubes, lying within one of the 
chambers of the Carpenteria. Some of the. stolon-tubes pass 
through the partition-wall of the Carpenteria and communicate 
with sacs lying in the adjacent chamber. The wall both of the 
sacs and tubes is a thin calcareous shell traversed by well-marked 
perforations and bearing short pointed spines on the exterior. 
The group of sacs in the chamber of the Carpenteria measures 
about a fiftieth of an inch in length by a hundredth in breadth, 
while some detached sacs may be found in other parts of the 
slide. 

In 1891 the late Dr. P. H, Carpenter lent me some slides of 
Carpenteria for examination, and in the course of my study of 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 26 


318 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE TRUE 


one of them I met with the organism under consideration. At 
that time I had not seen Dr. Dunean’s paper, or heard of Mobiusi- 
spongia; but I madea note and drawing of the object as a 
Foraminifer of the genus Ramulina. A year or so later, when 
working at sponges, and’ anxious to know about Jobiusi- 
spongia,” I referred to Dr. Duncan’s paper and found it was the 
specimen I had drawn as a Ramulina. 

I have no doubt that my determination is correct, and I 
believe that any student of the group would recognize its 
foraminiferal character from the original illustration. 

It only remains to examine the evidence on which the organism 
was referred to the Sponges, and to determine, if possible, the 
species of Foraminifera to which it belongs. 

Dr. Duncan based his conclusions, first, on the presence of “a 
cellular element,’ and secondly, on the occurrence of spicules. 

The faint lines seen in places round the projecting spines are, 
however, only such as are frequently observed in the shells of 
Foraminifera, forming a sort of areolation due either to incipient 
cracking or to the mode of deposit of the shell-material. There 
is no trace of true cellular structure. 

The spicules observed are two or three broken needles and 
one triradiate. All would be far too large in proportion if 
the body were a Sponge, and none have any actual connexion 
with the walls of the chambers and tubes, as was admitted in the 
original description. They are evidently entirely accidental. 

We may therefore, I consider, safely dismiss the claims of this 
curious organism to rank with the Sponges, and the only question 
is whether it can be included in any of the known species of 
Ramulina. 

The genus Ramulina was originally founded by Mr. Wright* 
for certain fossil fragments from the Chalk. Professor Rupert 
Jones f subsequently placed the genus on a more definite footing ; 
and Mr. Brady + adopted it for certain recent forms found in 
the North Atlantic and South Pacific during the ‘ Challenger’ 


* “ Cretaceous Microzoa of the North of Ireland,” Report and Proceedings 
of the Belfast Nat. Field Club, 1873-4. : 

+ In the same publication for 1875; and n the ‘ Micrographic Dictionary,’ 
1875. 

t H.B. Brady, ‘ Journal of the Microscopical Society,’ n. 8. xix. p. 272; and 
‘Challenger Report,’ yol. x. 


NATURE OF MOBIUSISPONGIA PARASITICA. 3819 


cruise. The fossil forms have been apparently confused in some 
cases with the Dentalina aculeata of D’Orbigny,and need careful 
revision. 

Recent forms have been so far included in R. globulifera, 
Brady, which measure about a fifteenth of an inch (1:7 millim.) 
or more in length. 

The specimen found in the chamber of Carpenteria differs 
therefore from the type in its smaller size as well as in the more 
sinuous and irregular shape of the chambers, but the difference 
seems scarcely sufficient to justify a separate specific name. 

Very probably the organism was “ Polymorphine” in its early 
stages like the Ramulina Grimaldi described by M. Schlum- 
berger * as growing among other organisms on dead shells. 
Future research will doubtless reveal the existence of several 
species of such adherent types, and the chambers and tubes to 
which the name Ramulina was first given may be only their 
detached fragments. 

In this case the animal in its young stage was probably sur- 
rounded by the rapidly growing Carpenteria, but managed to 
live for some time by means of the water circulating through the 
chamber of the larger Foraminifer. That its growth under such 
circumstances would be limited is very natural, and its charac- 
teristics may be regarded as due to abnormal conditions rather 
than to specific distinctness. 

It is not likely that the Ramulina grew in the chamber of the 
Carpenteria after the death of the latter, as the chambers are 
still lined with dry sarcode while those of the Ramulina are empty. 
Ji is also difficult to suppose that a Ramulina could perforate 
the dead walls of a Carpenteria and extend its stolon-tubes into 
adjacent cavities. 

On the other hand, if both organisms were living at the same 
time, either the Ramulina must have obtained food by taking it 
direct from the Carpenteria, or more probably the protoplasm of 
the latter in the living state only lines the chambers, leaving a 
clear space in the centre through which water can circulate. 


* Mém. Soe. Zool. France, iv. (1891), p. 509. My thanks are due to 
M. Schlumberger for a copy of the plate illustrating his description. 


26* 


320 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON A NEW GENUS OF 


On a New Genus of Foraminifera of the Family Astrorhizide. 
By A. Vaueuan Jennines, F.L.S., F.G.S., Demonstrator 


of Botany and Geology in the Royal College of Science, 
Dublin. 


[Read 6th June, 1895.] 
(PuatE X.) 


Amone the dredgings made by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition 
(third cruise), 1869, that obtained in the Faroe Channel at 
440 fathoms was interesting from the number of specimens it 
contained of the large arenaceous Foraminifer Botellina laby- 
rinthica, Brady. 

While examining some of this material given me by the late 
Dr. P. H. Carpenter, I found that many of the specimens of 
Botellina had other Foraminifera adherent to them. 

Most of these are Truncatulina refulgens, Montf. sp., and 
‘T. lobatula ; but in two cases the adherent form proved something 
quite different—a type which has not yet, I believe, been de- 
scribed or named. 

It consists of a tent-shaped structure, measuring about a 
twenty-fifth of an inch in height, with slightly less diameter at 
the base, composed entirely of sponge-spicules. The spicules 
are very regularly arranged and closely set together, all lying in 
the same direction, pointing from, the circumference of the base 
toward the apex. 

The spicular structure is in this case the more remarkable 
since there can be no question as to the abundance of other 
‘material at hand. The Botellina shells are constructed of coarse 
sand-grains, and by far the greater part of the dredging consists 
of similar material. In fact, the contrast between these delicate 
spicular cones and the coarse sandy structure of the organism on 
which they rest is one of the most striking instances I know of 
the selective power in Protozoa. 

At the base the shell is fixed to the rough surface of the 
Botellina by a small amount of a white, doubtless calcareous, 
‘cement; but in the walls there is very little interstitial matter. 

In the dry specimen the apex of the cone is closed; but I 
should think it probable that in the living condition the spicules 
were more or less mobile, so as to separate to some extent at the 
top, and allow a free passage of the protoplasm to the exterior. 


FORAMINIFERA OF THE FAMILY ASTRORHIZIDA. 321 


Unfortunately there is not sufficient material to submit the 
structure of the shell to more complete examination. 

The form therefore appears to be an extremely simple type of 
Foraminifer, living attached to foreign bodies and building a 
protective roof, but with that remarkable power of selecting 
sponge-spicules for its building material which is shown in 
Pilulina, Marsipella, and Technitella. 

In habit it is the equivalent of simple forms of Mubecularia 
in the Porcellanea, and of Placopsilina and Webbina in the 
Lituolide. 

It may be objected that this spicular structure should not be 
regarded as a character of generic value; and that such a type 
as Placopsilina bulla might, if circumstances compelled it to 
build with sponge-spicules only, produce a similar shell. There 
is, however, a great difference in the style of architecture of 
forms that constantly select spicules and those that, as it were, 
pick them up indiscriminately with sand and shell-fragments. 

In such a form as Haliphysema the shell may be entirely sandy 
or completely spicular; but as all intermediate stages occur, no. 
one would give separate names to the extreme forms. On the 
other hand, the characteristic shape of Pilulina and Technitella, 
combined with their constant spicular character, gives them an 
undisputed title to generic distinctness. 

The case now under consideration seems to me to be a parallel, 
one: and in proposing a new generic name I am only following 
the precedent of the late Dr. H. B. Brady. 

The tent-like shape and the spicular structure suggest the 
name of Rhaphidoscene. 

A possible alternative would be the revival of the name Squa- 
mulina, first used by Schultze *. His specimens, however, seem 
to have been only immature individuals of Vuhecularia; and as 
the best-known form referred to this genus, the so-called Squa- 
mulina scopula of Carter, turned out to be founded on the basal 
dome of specimens of Haliphysema, it i3 better that the name 
should be allowed to drop. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. 


Rhaphidoscene conica on Botellina labyrinthica. 


* Schultze, ‘ Ueber den Organismus der Polythalamien,’ 1854. 


822 MR. G. S. WEST ON A NEW SPECIES OF DISTOMUM. 


\\On a New Species of Distomum. By G. S. West, A.R.CS., 
Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge. (From the 
Biological Laboratory, Roy. Coll. Sci. London.) (Com- 
municated by Prof. G. B. Hows, Sec. Linn. Soc.) 


[Read 6th June, 1895. ] 
(PiatE XI.) 


Wuitst dissecting the head of Philodryas Schottii (one of the 
Opisthoglyphous Colubride), some dozen or more specimens of 
a small species of Distomum were observed in the buccal cavity 
and several more in the narial cavity ; the narial passages were 
also full of eggs. On careful examination and comparison with 
descriptions and figures of published forms, it proves to be an 
undescribed species which I designate as follows :— 


DistomMuM PHILODRYADUM, nN. sp. 

Body fusiform, broadest in the middle, tapering to each end, 
anterior oral extremity rounded, posterior caudal extremity more 
or less pointed ; epidermis closely beset with very minute spines, 
which are much fewer posteriorly ; oral sucker orbicular, almost 
ventral in position; ventral sucker sessile, situated at about one 
third the length of the body from the anterior end, orbicular, and 
of the same size as the oral sucker. Intestine simple, esophagus 
extremely short, branches long and narrow, reaching almost to 
the extremity of the tail. Genital pore posterior to the ventral 
sucker and a little to the left of the median line. Length 
3-5 mm. ; breadth 0-8-1'3 mm. Eggs numerous, very minute, 
length 0:03 mm., breadth 0-015 mm. 

The snake from the mouth of which this Trematode was 
obtained is a Brazilian one. Curiously enough, two other species 
described as infesting the buccal cavities of snakes are also 
S. American. These two species are D. Boscit, Cobb. (“On 
some new forms of Entozoa,” Trans. Linn. Sve. vol. xxii. 1859, 
p- 364, t. 63. f. 67), and D. incerta, Cobb. (“‘ Notes on Parasites 
collected by the late Charles Darwin,” Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xix. 
1885, pp. 177-178, and fig.). From both these species it differs 
in its external form, its larger ventral sucker, in the shortness of 
its cesophagus, and in the position of the genital pore; moreover, 
D. Boscit bas a much smaller oral sucker, and D. incerta is quite 
smooth. The dimensions of D. Philodryadum and also ot the 


MR. G. S. WEST ON A NEW SPECIES OF DISTOMUM. 3823 


eggs are intermediate between these two species. D. Barnaldit, 
Sonsino (“Dei Distomi dello Zamenis viridiflavus, Lacép., e di 
una fase del ciclo vitale di unodi eiso,” Proc. Verb. Soc. Tose. Se. 
Nat, Pisa, 1892, p. 92), is also from the buccal cavity of a snake. 
D. Philodryadum, however, differs very considerably from the 
latter species in general form, size, position of the genital 
pore, &c.* Of the species of Distomum described as infesting 
other parts of snakes, those most nearly approaching D. Philo- 
dryadum are D. variabile, Leidy (“A Synopsis of Entozoa and 
some of their ecto-congeners observed by the Author,’ Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1856, p. 44), and D. signatum, Dujardin 
(‘ Histoire naturelle des Helminthes ou vers iutestinaux,’ Paris, 
1845, p. 414). From the former it differs in size, form, and in 
the ventral sucker; but Leidy does not describe the internal 
anatomy of his species. D. signatum is smaller, has the suckers 
much closer together, proportionately larger eggs, and the genital 
pore is anterior to the ventral sucker. 

The cesophagus is very short and rather wide, and the two 
branches of the intestine appear to arise almost directly from the 
base of the pharynx; but the presence of an unbranched thin- 
walled tube posterior to the latter is clearly seen in transverse 
sections. The simple character of the intestine, the extreme 
shortness of the cesophagus, and the characters of the oral and 
ventral suckers place this species in Dujardin’s subgenus Brachy- 
laimus (Dujardin, J. c. p. 407 ; cfr. Bronn, ‘ Klass. u. Ord. Thier- 
Reichs,’ Band 4, Wiirm. p. 909). 

The testes may be on opposite sides of the body, one in a 
more anterior position than the other; or there may be one 
directly behind the other on the same side of the body. One 
vas deferens is considerably longer than the other, and the two 
unite just at the point where the duct enters the cirrus pouch. 

In those specimens in which the uterus was greatly distended 
with eggs, the most anterior part of it reached almost as far as 
the anterior edge of the ventral sucker. 

The genital orifice is situated posterior to the ventral sucker 
and a little to the left of the median line; its position is not 


* In a paper, “ Brief Notes on Flukes,” P. Z. S. 1893, p. 499, Sonsino 
remarks that D. Barnaldii may prove to be D. nigrovenosum, Bellingham (found 
in Tropidonotus natriz). This latter is well worked out by Monticelli (‘‘ Studii 
sui Trematodi endoparasiti,” Suppl. Zool. Jahrb. 1893). 


324 


quite 


some, 


penis 


MR. G. 8S. WEST ON A NEW SPECIES OF DISTOMUM. 


constant, being only just posterior to the ventral sucker in 
and in others a considerable distance posterior to it. The 
was protruded in most of the specimens as a very con- 


siderable papilla. 

The excretory vesicle extends up the centre of the body 
amongst the folds of the uterus for a considerable distance, and 
is seen in any transverse section of the posterior end of the body 
(fig. 5, e.v.). 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. 


. Distomum Philodryadum, nu. sp. Animal viewed from the ventral 


surface, showing most of the internal anatomy. 


. Part of another animal, showing a difference in position of the genital 


pore. 


. Transverse section through the region of the ventral sucker; the animal 


had the uterus greatly distended with eggs. 


. Transverse section a little posterior to the ventral sucker. 

. Transverse section through the posterior end of the body. 

. Section showing the ectoderm, mesenchyma, and some of the muscles. 
. Transverse section through a nerve-cell. 

. Longitudinal section through a nerve-cell. 


Figs. 9,10. Two ova. x 520. 


Cp. 


ee 


é.U 


IP- 


iS 


Mm. 
m.l. 
m.N. 
M.0. 
nN. 
@. 
Ov. 


= cirrus pouch. p. = penis. 

. = ectoderm. ph. = pharynx. 

. = excretory vesicle. 7.s. = receptaculum seminis. 
= genital pore (for Q). s.0. = oral sucker. 

. = intestine, s.v. = ventral sucker. 
= mesenchyma. sp. = spines. 
= longitudinal body-museles. ¢, and ¢, = testes. 
= nuclei of mesenchyma. uw. = uterus. 
= oblique body-muscles. v.d. = vas deferens. 
= nerve-cell, v.8. = seminal vesicle. 
= cesophagus. vt. = vitellaria. 


= oyary. 


MR. BE. R. WAITE ON THE EGG-CASES OF SHARKS. 325 


On the Egg-cases of some Port Jackson Sharks. By Epaar 
R. Waire, F.L.8., Zoologist, Australian Museum, Sydney. 


[Read 20th June, 1895.] 
(Puats XII.) 


Tue Cestracions are of special interest in consequence of the 
vast antiquity of the family. Not only are they allied to 
Plagiostomes the remains of which exist in Paleozoic formations, 
but in the person of a living genus they date backwards to the 
Chalk, where they were associated, as they now are in Port 
Jackson, with the ancient molluse Trigonia. 

Five living species are known: these are :—Cestracion Philippi, 
Schneider, C. zebra, Gray, C. japonicus, Maclay and Macleay, 
C. francisci, Girard, and C. galeatus, Giinther. In one species 
only—the first named—has any description or figure of the egg- 
case been published *. The original illustrations, being doubt- 
less drawn from dry and distorted examples, are not very good, 
and from these later figures have been copied with their conse- 
quent errors. 

Few particulars have been recorded as to the situations in 
which the living egg is usually laid, and but little definite in- 
formation supplied as to the object of its peculiar form. Possess- 
ing facilities not possible to many investigators, I have collected 
what information I could, and have also been able to describe 
the hitherto unrecorded egg-case of our second species, C. 
galeatus. 

The living eggs of Port Jackson Sharks are most abundant in 
spring (August and September), but are to be obtained through- 
out the summer. Empty cases are cast up on the beaches at 
all seasons, more especially after stormy weather. They are as 
common on the shores of New South Wales as are the sea-purses, 
or egg-cases of Dog-fishes, on English shores. 

Last September (1894), Mr. Cecil W. Darley brought to mea 
living egg. The case was unlike any I had previously seen; 
from each of the basal terminations proceeded a very long fila- 
ment, similar to those attached to the egg-cases of Dog-fishes 
(Scyllium). On making inquiries I discovered that such a con- 
dition was but little known, and it was suggested to me that this 


* Cf. Duméril, Hist. Nat. Poiss. pl. 8. 


326 MR. E. R. WAITE ON THE EGG-CASES 


was the normal state, the tendrils being afterwards broken off. 
A practical test dispelled this idea, for while the object was 
fresh or moist they could not be detached by using even con- 
siderable force. 

On comparing this case with others of the usual type, I per- 
ceived that the contour was different, and suspected that we had 
here the egg-case of C. galeatus. Prof. Haswell also possessed 
a similar example, which he kindly placed in my hands, telling 
me that he thought it might prove to be distinct from that of 
C. Philippi. 

Having since examined several living eggs of both species, it 
was found that all the simple cases contained embryos of 
C. Philippi, and all the stringed ones those of C. galeatus. It 
may be further mentioned that an example of the former 
Species, in a tank at the Bondi Aquarium, deposited an ege 
without tendrils, and having the broad spirals to be mentioned 
later. 

It appears that the eggs of C. Philipp: are found in moderately 
shallow water, wedged in among rocks; whether they are 
actually dropped into the crevices we do not at present know; it 
is more probable that they are deposited on the sand at the bases 
of the rocks, into the fissures of which they are afterwards swept 
by the tide. They are so jammed crown outwards, that they can 
only be removed either by turning them round and withdrawing 
small end first, or by actually unscrewing them; both forces 
being most unlikely to occur under natural conditions. When 
empty they are somewhat more pliable, which may account for 
them then becoming loosened and cast ashore. 

Although most rare upon the beaches, the eggs of C. galeatus 
prove to be not uncommon when sought for in their native 
habitat. Through the kindness of Messrs. Darley and Grim- 
shaw, of the Harbour Department, I recently had the pleasure of 
searching for them fifty teet below the surface. Although not. 
successful in obtaining specimens, I got an excellent idea of the 
general situation. in places immense masses of brown seaweed 
grow to the height of two or three feet so densely that scores of 
eggs may be securely concealed among them, protected by their 
likeness to seaweed in colour and texture. Mr. Cameron, the. 
diver who kindly took me in charge, told me that he always finds. 
the eggs in this weed, so attached by their long tendrils that it 
is scarcely possible to secure them whole, without cutting the 


OF SOME PORT JACKSON SHARKS. 327 


seaweed. In deep water they are freer from the violent dis- 
turbances, tending to detach them, to which the eggs of the 
more common species are subject. 

The egg-cases of both species have the following points in 
common :—All parts are composed of a flexible horn-like sub- 
stance of brown colour. The body consists of a chamber shaped 
like a pear; the coronal portion is compressed into a cervix 
through which the young Shark eventually escapes. From each 
side of this cervix, and integrally connected with it, arises a 
tibbon exactly resembling a strip of kelp. These ribbons are 
attached basally, their free edges turned towards the cervix 
and deflected considerably from the body. They pass round 
alternately and obliquely, and form the thread of a right-handed 
double screw, together making five or six turns to the base. 
These ribbons originate about half the width they quickly 
attain, and continue their course of even breadth, again narrow- 
ing on approaching the base. 

The interior, as shown by a section, is wide and capacious ; 
the fissure does not proceed to the base as is generally portrayed, 
but terminates some distance short of it; the inside is marked 
with oblique strize corresponding with the direction of the spirals, 
and resembling the lines inside a vessel turned upon a potter’s 
wheel. 

The principal differences between the egg-cases of the two 
species may be thus recounted :— 


C. Puruiprt, Pl. XII. figs. 1 & 2.—Of larger size; about six 
inches in length. The spirals are very broad and, in part, hide 
the body when viewed laterally ; at the base they narrow quickly 
and terminate bluntly, and are not produced into tendrils. 
Beach-worn examples generally have the terminations more or 
less frayed. 


C. aateatus, Pl. XII. fig. 3.—Of smaller size ; about four 
inches and a half in length. The spirals are not very broad, and 
in no part hide the body completely ; basally they become narrow 
and are produced into long flattened tendrils. In the most perfect 
specimen examined each tendril is ninety inches in length, and 
tapers to the slenderest thread, becoming tangled and knotted 
like a skein of silk. They are, however, very tough, and may be 
unravelled without fear of breaking. One of the tendrils ter- 
minates in a thickened tag (shown in the figure), which, although 


3828 MR. E. R. WAITE ON THE EGG-CASES OF SHARKS. 


doubtless an individual peculiarity, indicates that the tendrils. 
are entire. 


The appendages with which the eggs of Sharks are furnished 
serve to moor them in some suitable situation, otherwise they, 
would be liable to be knocked about to the detriment of the 
contained embryo, or even washed ashore, where their destruction 
would be inevitable. The spiral appendages of C. Philippi are, 
as has been shown, no exception to the rule; the elastic flanges 
permit the egg to be forced further into a fissure, whence ex- 
traction is resisted by the free edges of the ribbon catching 
against the rock. 

Although, in a lesser degree, the ege-case of C. galeatus 
possesses these spirals, they do not appear to have the same use ; 
here attachment is effected by the entanglement of the tendrils 
among seaweed. 

It may be of interest to inquire whether we are to regard the 
spirals or the tendrils as the primitive appendages. Seeing that 
C. galeatus possesses in its diminished spirals a useless appen- 
dage, it may be inferred that such spirals are a bequest from 
forms to whom they were serviceable. Also, since such a form 
as C. Philippi having larger and serviceable spirals lacks the 
tendrils, we infer that in C. galeatus the serviceable tendrils 
are a later development, and that the spirals, now rudimentary in 
function, are relics; so the feature in common between such an. 
egg-case and those of the Dog-fishes appears to be a secondary 
and independently acquired character. 

As before mentioned, very few theories have been advanced as 
to the advantage of the peculiar form of the Cestraciont’s egg. 
An attractive explanation is offered by Mr. Grant Allen in one 
of his charmingly popular books *. His ingenious suggestion is 
as follows :— 

“That well-known frequenter of Australian harbours, the 
Port Jackson Shark, lays a pear-shaped egg, with a sort of spiral 
staircase of leathery ridges winding round it outside, Chinese-. 
pagoda wise, so that even if you bite it (I speak in the person of 
a predaceous fish) it eludes your teeth, and goes dodging off 
screw-fashion into the water beyond. ‘There’s no getting at 
this evasive body anywhere; when you think you have it, it 


* “Science in Arcady,’ p. 169. 


THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. 335 


The underside of the abdomen I have not been able, in the 
single specimen in question, to examine in detail. It is, how- 
ever, possible, by turning back the last pair of oostegites, to see 
the end of the thoracic sternites, here soft, with a little chitinous 
matter and a marked conical central papilla (Pl. XIV. fig. 9). 

Behind this the thoraco-abdominal suture is evident, and the 
bases of the first pair of abdominal appendages are large and 
prominent. 

The basal joint is bilobed, and bears the large curved plate 
which we have already noticed as overlapping the dorsal sur- 
face of the abdomen above and covering its ventral aspect. Its 
central region is more strongly calcified than the flexible mem- 
branous borders. 

The inner angle of the basal segment bears also a true gill- 
plate lying over (ventral to) those of the succeeding four pairs of 
appendages, and resembling in form and structure the third 
lamella of appendages two to five. 

The typical abdominal appendage, such as is found on segments 
two to five, has a short basal joint, moderately calcified and 
imperfectly subdivided, bearing three perfectly distinct lamelle 
(Pl. XIV. fig. 10). 

On the outside (ventral surface) is a delicate square plate 
attached to an outer calcification of the basal segment; it is 
very thin in texture, and the anastomosing blood-vessels are 
plainly visible. 

The middle or largest lamella is triangular in outline, and 
attached to the main portion of the basal joint: a glance at the 
dorsal surface shows, however, that it is not attached along the 
whole of the base, but only at a middle point in a deep sinus, so 
that its basal margin is markedly cordate. 

The third or smallest lamella is less than half the size of the 
last, of an oval shape, pointed at the distal end, and attached in 
the proximal region between two unequal forwardly extending 
lobes ; so that it has the same cordate base as the middle lamella, ~ 
but more irregular. 

The third, fourth, and fifth abdominal appendages are all 
constructed on the type of the second, which I have chosen 
for description. 

The sixth pair, which are so prominent in the larva, still retain 
the same structure—a basal joint with two flattened lamelle. 
In the adult, however, the lamelle are almost equal in size, 
narrow in proportion to their length, and devoid of sete. The 


336 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE STRUCTURE OF 


whole appendage seems degenerate, and the tips only are visible 
between the tail-plate and the lamella of the first abdominal 
appendage, its function in swimming being apparently taken on 
by the thoracic limbs. 


IV. The Larval Stage. 


The larvee found in the brood-chamber seem to be all in about 
the same stage of development, and all measure about 3 mm. in 
length. 

They possess the subtriangular head of the adult, bearing two 
large eyes and two pairs of antenne; but there is no sign of 
that antero-lateral growth of the first thoracic segment which 
is so distinctive of the full-grown animal. 

The seven thoracie segments show little difference from one 
another; they bear six pairs of thoracic limbs, each of seven 
joints, and ending in a strong claw. 

Tn the abdominal region the segments are also at this stage 
free; but the large caudal plate is already well developed. The 
last segment bears a pair of limbs, each composed of a basal 
joint and two oval lamelle, the outer twice as long as the inner. 
These and the caudal plate bear strong marginal set, and the 
whole group, no doubt, forms a strong swimming mechanism. 


The above statement covers, I believe, all I can say as to the 
anatomy of Ourozeuktes; but as the genus is so little known, it 
may be useful, for those who will some day have more material to 
study, to summarize the previous records. 

At the commencement I have referred to the establishment of the 
genus by Milne-Edwards and of its recognition by Gerstaecker. 
Professor Haswell * mentions a specimen, which he calls provi- 
sionally O. pyriformis, in the Sydney Museum, and I take this to 
be the one collected by the ‘ Novara’ Expedition f. 

Messrs. Schiédte and Meinert{ add two species—the one 
O. Monacanthi, said to be from the “ body-cavity ” of a Mona- 
canthus (one of the Balistide) preserved in the Museum at 
Vienna; the other, O. caudatus, a badly preserved specimen 
taken by Schomburgk near Adelaide, and now in the Berlin 
Museum. 


* Haswell, ‘ Catalogue of Australian Crustacea.’ Sydney, 1888. 
+ Heller, Reise der ‘ Novara,’ Crustacea, p. 148. 
+ Nat. Tidskrift, vol. xiv. Copenhagen, 1884. 


THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. 337 


They also refer to one in the “‘ Museo Godeffroyana” at Ham- 
burg, said to be from Meridional America; but the locality is 
here doubtful. 

To this list I can only add that there are two dried specimens 
in the British Museum, which show no special characters, and 
should doubtless be included in the original species. I have 
been able to examine them through the kindness of Professor 
Jeffrey Bell. 

In this paper I have no intention of discussing the question of 
species, as I have no pretence to be a student of this particular 
group. I may say perhaps that Messrs. Schiddte and Meinert’s 
two species differ from the original in little beside their smaller 
size, which in a Crustacean is not very reliable ground for specific 
distinction. Also in these cases, as in that of the Sydney 
Museum, the narrowness of the abdominal region seems, at first 
sight, a point of importance ; but when one considers the greater 
delicacy of all the posterior portions compared with the strong 
thoracic rings, one can understand how easily such an appearance 
may be produced in drying. My own opinion is that the 
original example was very well preserved as a dried specimen, 
and that the others only differ in the shrunk condition of their 
tissues. 

The question of species, however, is of less importance than 
that of the habit of this animal; but unfortunately I have here 
no further evidence to give. 

Probably the nearest living relative of Ourozeuktes is the 
remarkable genus Ichthyoxenos described by Herklots*, and 
more recently (in a paper to which Prof. Howes has kindly 
called my attention) by Professor Max Weber}. This genus 
lives entirely in special cavities in the integument of a fish 
(Puntius maculatus, Bleeker) in the rivers of Java. It is less 
specialized than Owrozeuktes in having the abdominal segments 
free and the first abdominal appendage scarcely modified. 
Moreover, it has not the thoracic limbs flattened ; and this I 
take as an indication that it is entirely parasitic, whereas the 
genus now under consideration has the power of living freely, 
though doubtless parasitic at times. 

Taking the larval form into consideration, we may perhaps be 

* Herklots, Archives Néerlandaises, V., 1870. 
t+ Weber, ‘Separat-Abdruck aus zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in 

Niederlandisch Ost-Indien, Band ii. Leiden, 1892. 

LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 28 


338 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. 


justified in regarding Ourozeuktes as a descendant of some form 
similar to Anilocra, which has by semi-parasitism become modified, 
though one can hardly say distmetly degenerate. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puate XIII. 
Fig. 1. Ourozeuktes Qwenii, M.-EKdw. Dorsal aspect. 
2. 29 3 Ventral aspect. 
3. “ ia Lateral aspect. 
4. ” b6 From the front. 
5 


B19 ‘6 Tange Dorsal aspect. 
6. os Lateral aspect. 
7. Pr aa Ventral aspect. 


Puate XIV. 
Ourozeuktes Owenti, Milne-Edwards. 


{In regard to the details shown on this Plate, it is important to state that 
the observations were made on a single specimen without removing any of the 
parts—hence the difficulty of giving an absolutely true representation; but 
the drawings are the result of repeated examination, and there is no reason to 
doubt their substantial accuracy. | 


Fig. 1. The head and mouth-appendages, seen from below; the latter partly 
covered by the first pair of oostegites. 
Fig. 2. The same, with the first oostegites reflected, showing the maxillipedes. 


5) 

Fig. 3. The same, with the maxillipedes supposed removed and the second 
maxille reflected back. The styliform first maxilla are then seen 
directed forward to the labium, flanked by the mandibles and their 
palpi. 

Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8. The mandibles, first and second maxille, and maxillipedes of 
the left side. 

Fig. 9. The abdominal area, seen from the ventral side, with the fifth oostegites 
reflected and the right first abdominal appendage moved outward. 

Fig. 10. Second abdominal (respiratory) appendage, seen from the dorsal and 
ventral aspects. 

Fig. 11. Semidiagrammatic side view of the animal, to show the relations of the 

oostegites to each other and to the limb-sockets. 


Reference letters. 


M. Mouth. O, to O,. The five pairs of oostegites 
Lbr. Labrum. forming the brood-chamber. 
Lb. Bilobed labium. A,. First abdominal appendage. 
Md. Mandibles. A,. Last abdominal appendage. 

Mzx,. First maxille. A, to A;. Abdominal respiratory 

Mzx,. Second maxille. appendages. 

Mzp. Maxillipedes. T, to T,. Sockets of the thoracic 
appendages. 


r 
MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. 9329 


wriggles away sideways, and refuses to give any hold for jaws or 
palate. In fact, a more slippery or guileful egg was never yet 
devised by nature’s unconscious ingenuity.” 

Eggs of C. Philippi wedged in the sheltered crevices as de- 
scribed could not be reached by Mr. Allen in the person of the 
predaceous fish, and for eggs of C. galeatus, closely entangled 
among seaweed, much dodging would be impossible. Moreover, 
so well are they concealed, that antics such as those described 
would be unnecessary. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 


Figs. 1 & 2. Egg of Cestracion Philippi, Schneider, and section of same. 
3 nat. size. 
Fig. 3. Egg of Cestracion galeatus, Giinther. 4% nat. size. 


On the Structure of the Isopod Genus Ourozeuktes, Milne- 
Edwards. By A. Vaueuan Jenninas, F.LS., F.GS., 
Demonstrator of Botany and Geology in the Royal College 
of Science, Dublin. 


[Read 20th June, 1895.] 
(Puates XIII. & XIV.) 


As long ago as 1840 Professor Milne-Edwards* gave the name 
of Ourozeuktes to an Isopod Crustacean which he had received 
from the late Sir Richard Owen, without information as to its 
habit or the locality in which it was found. He recognized it 
as one of the family Cymothoide, and gave it this generic name 
in consideration of the fact that all the abdominal segments are 
fused together, leaving in the adult only faint lines mdicating 
the original sutures. His definition of the generic characters is 
clear and accurate, and the accompanying figure is a satisfactory 
representation of a dried specimen viewed from the dorsal 
surface. It gives, however, a quite inadequate idea of the 
appearance of the animal before desiccation, and I believe I am 
right in saying that no satisfactory illustration has since been 
published of this remarkable form. 


* ‘Histoire N. des Crustacés, p. 275, pl. 33. fig. 8 (1840). 


330 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE STRUCTURE OF 


Prof. Milne-Edwards’s figure reappears in Bronn’s ‘ Klassen 
und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs,’ * which gives also a figure 
of the larval stage; and more recently Messrs. Schiddte and 
Meinert + have described two specimens which they regard as 
distinct species. These also seem to be drawn from dried 
specimens, and add nothing to our knowledge of the mor- 
phology of the genus. 


A year or two ago, while I was engaged in arranging the 
new Museum at the Free Public Library in Whitechapel, the 
Rev. Dan. Greatorex (who generously gave his collection as 
the nucleus of that Museum) called my attention to a curious 
Crustacean of almost spherical shape which he had never been 
able to identify.. This proved on investigation to be a fine 
specimen of Owrozeuktes Owenii, which, having been preserved 
in spirit immediately after capture, shows admirably the natural 
form of the organism. It was given to Mr. Greatorex by the 
captain of a sailing-ship, who said it had been taken at sea near 
Kerguelen Island, and there seems no reason to doubt that the 
locality is correct. 

The specimen is nearly two inches in length and more than 
an inch in breadth across the widest tergum ; whilst the enor- 
mously developed brood-chamber below, three quarters of an 
inch in depth, makes the animal appear almost globular when 
viewed from the front. As all the previously recorded specimens 
seem to have been females, it is probable that, like other Cymo- 
thoide, the animal is hermaphrodite and proterandrous{. The 
brood-chamber contained a considerable number of larve about 
3 millim. long, all in the same stage of development. 

It is unfortunate that we have no further details as to the 
habit of the animal, but it is almost certainly parasitic, partly or 
entirely. This and other general questions will, however, be best 
left till some account has been given of its external anatomy, so 
far as may be learnt from the single specimen at disposal. 


* ¢ Arthropoda, Band v. Abth. 2, Taf. viii. fig. 20 (1851), and Taf. xxvi. 
fig. 1 (1883). 

t Nat. Tidskrift, vol. xiv., Copenhagen, 1884. 

t Bullar, “Generative Organs of Parasitic Isopoda,” in the ‘Journal of 
Anatomy and Physiology,’ 1876, p. 118; and Mayer, “ Ueber d. Hermaphro- 
ditismus einiger Isopoden,” in Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Naples, 1879. 


THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. Bel 


I. The Cephalic Region. 


The head is small and subtriangular in shape, sunk in a deep 
notch between the lateral portions of the first thoracic segment, 
which extend far forward on each side so that their anterior 
borders are on a level with the eyes and almost reach the antenne. 
The eyes are of moderate size, situated near the lateral margin 
of the head, and densely pigmented. They are, of course, com- 
pound, and the hexagonal lens-areas, as in other Cymothoide, 
are comparatively few in number and large in size. 

Below the anterior border projects very slightly a membranons 
upper lip or labrum. 


Appendages of the Cephalic Region. 


(1) The jirst antenne are about 5 mm. in length, subulate, 
pointed, and composed of seven joints. They arise below the 
margin of the head-shield and are directed outward transverse 
to the axis of the body. 

(2) The second antenne are in general similar but slightly 
longer and more slender, and composed of eight joints. Their 
origin is immediately behind that of the first pair, and the bases 
of both are crossed at right angles by the mandibular palp. 

(3) The mandibles are of somewhat unusual form. They have 
a strong conical base attached to the sternal region of the 
segment some distance back, and rather far from the middle line. 
From the distal end of this basal portion a much slenderer 
calcified rod runs obliquely forward and inward, ending in a 
transverse oval structure with a minute chitinous tooth meeting 
its fellow of the opposite side. From the anterior outer angle 
of the basal portion rises the soft, pointed, 3-jointed palp, which 
is directed straight forward and, as already stated, crosses at 
right angles the bases of the antenne (Pl. XIV. figs. 3 & 5). 

Immediately behind the terminal plates of the mandibles comes 
the soft bi-lobed Jabiwm, and the two together give a cruciate 
appearance when the head is looked at from the front with 
all the mouth-parts in place. The undersides of the labial 
lobes are grooved for the reception of the succeeding pair of 
appendages. 

(4) The first maxille are reduced to a pair of cylindrical, 
pointed, scarcely calcified styles which arise immediately to the 


332 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE STRUCTURE OF 


inner side of the mandibles and run forward parallel to these, to 
end in the grooves on the labium mentioned above. 

(5) The second maxille are small oblong plates rising from 
a short basal joint just internal to the first maxilla. Their inner 
margins are slightly curved, and they terminate in front in a 
straight transverse fringed border behind the labial lobes. 

(6) The masillipedes are considerably larger, and have a wide, 
well-calcified base articulating somewhat obliquely with the 
sternal area. The main lobe is quadrate in shape, and has a 
thickened auterior border lying just behind the fringed margin 
of the second maxille. There is a short palp-like two-jointed 
lobe lying along its inner margin. 

These four pairs of appendages are again covered ventrally, as 
far forward as the labium, by the first pair of oostegites. 

Taken as a whole the mouth-parts are not strongly developed ; 
they are comparatively feeble and soft, with little chitinous or 
calcareous material, indicating a suctorial rather than a masti- 
catory habit. The mouth-aperture itself is very small and far 
forward, and the various appendages converge toward it. The 
pointed tips of the mandibles would be just strong enough to 
attack soft tissues, and to keep open a passage through which 
fluid nutriment could be ingested by the sucking action of the 
labium and succeeding parts. 

In the case of such Isopods ag live on the gills of fish, food 
may be obtained by such a direct or true parasitism, but a set of 
jaws like those of Ouwrozeuktes would probably be capable of 
dealing also with small organisms if the animal were in a free 
stage or only holding on by its hooked limbs to the outside of 
a fish. 

With regard to the grooves in the labium in which the 
maxillary rods terminate, Professor Howes has kindly called my 
attention to the fact that in the common Crayfish the endopo- 
dite of the second maxilla runs across the labium and fits into a 
depression in the mandibles *. 


II. The Thoracic Region and its Appendages. 


The thoracic region consists of the typical seven segments 
with wide terga and well-developed epimera. The latter carry 
the corresponding limb-sockets, and are also prolonged down 


* Qf. Huxley and Martin's ‘ Hlementary Biology,’ ed. 1888, pp. 199, 200. 


THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. 338 


between these to form the calcified parts of the foliaceous 
oostegites. . 

While the first tergum is, as already stated, prolonged forward 
on each side of the head, the last has a similar tendency to the 
horseshoe form, its lateral areas spreading back round the base 
of the abdominal region. Of the remainder the second, third, 
and fourth are considerably longer antero-posteriorly than the 
fifth, sixth, and seventh. 

The seven pairs of limbs are all constructed on the same plan. 
A large flattened basipodite (to which is fused a small round 
coxopodite fittmg into the limb-socket) is followed by an ischio- 
podite, three approximately equal joints, and a curved claw. 

The flattening of the basipodite increases from before back- 
ward, and in the last four pairs the ischiopodite also becomes 
increasingly lamellar, so that these hinder limbs are very efficient 
swimming-organs. 

The remaining structures belonging to the thoracic region are 
the large foliaceous plates or oostegites, which together form the 
great brood-chamber below the body of the animal, in which the 
eggs and embryos pass through their successive developmental 
stages. It is of course well known that such a structure occurs 
in many genera of Isopods and, with little difference, of Amphi- 
poda also; but I have not as yet met with any description of 
one so large or fully developed as that now under consideration. 

There are four of these large oostegites or plates, as they may 
be called for the sake of brevity, on either side of the body 
passing round from the line of the limb-sockets toward the 
ventral middle line, where the series on the left side overlaps that 
of the right. 

It is to be noted, however, that these plates have no con- 
nexion with the limbs themselves. The calcification which 
supports their basal and central parts is prolonged down from 
the epimera, usually from the thickening in front of the limb- 
socket; so that the free movement of the limbs in no way 
interferes with the rigidity of the walls of the chamber (Pl. XIV. 
fig. 11). 

I mention this specially, as the usual descriptions in our text- 
books,—such as “‘ brood-lamelle attached to more or fewer of the 
thoracic limbs,”* or “thoracic legs...in the female some of 
them provided with delicate membranous plates (oostegites) which 

* «Forms of Animal Life,’ Rolleston-Jackson, 1888, p. 537. 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 2h 


334 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE STRUCTURE OF 


form a brood-pouch,’”’*—even if they apply to other Isopoda, are 
not applicable to this genus. 

The second pair of oostegites rise from a calcification prolonged 
down from the anterior region of the thickening over the second 
limb-socket. They overlap in front the bases of the first pair, 
and are, in turn, overlapped by the third oostegites. These rise 
in a similar manner from a descending calcification in front of 
the third thoracic limb-socket, and they overlap the fourth pair 
of plates behind as well as the second in front. 


The fourth oostegites are the largest pair, and seem to be con- 


nected with the sockets of both the fourth and fifth pairs of 
limbs: the calcareous supporting bar derived from both these 
sources takes a semicircular sweep backward toward the postero- 
dorsal angle. 

The fifth oostegites rise from in front of the sixth pair of 
limbs. They overlap the fourth pair in front, and are prolonged 
backward as a pair of oblong plates covering the abdominal 
appendages for more than half the length of that region of the 
body, and by pressing on the large first abdominal appendages 
completely close the brood-chamber behind. 

These four pairs of plates form by far the greater part of the 
wall of the brood-chamber ; but between the anterior margins 
of the second pair and the sternal region of the head the space 
is filled in by the small first pair, which fit closely against the 
secoud oostegites behind and are appressed to the maxillipedes 
above, thus entirely closing the chamber in front, just as the 
fifth oostegites close it behind. 


Ill. The Abdominal Region and its Appendages. 


The third region of the body consists of six abdominal segments 
and a broad triangular caudal plate, the segments being fused 
together, as already stated and as implied by the generic name. 

Viewed dorsally, this area still shows the lines of suture of the 
various segments, and the central part is distinctly marked off 
from the lateral, giving an appearance much like that of a 
trilobite pygidium. The caudal plate is thin and delicate in 
structure, marked by lheht and dark bands like those on the 
abdominal appendages—a similarity which suggests that it may 
serve (and the oostegites also) as an accessory respiratory organ. 


* «Text-book of Zoology,’ Claus-Sedgwick, 1884, p. 457. Other cases might 
be added ; and Milne Edwards, in the original description, refers to the limbs 


“carrying at their bases large foliaceous plates.’ 


ON MIMICRY IN THE GENUS HYPOLIMNAS, 339 


On Mimicry in Butterflies of the Genus Hypolimnas. 
By Colonel Cuartes Swinuoz, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 


[Read 7th November, 1895. | 
(Puates XV.—XVIT.) 


Arter studying and thinking over the general theory of Pro- 
tective Mimicry as described in the works of Bates *, Wallace f, 
Trimen ¢, Fritz Miiller $, Meldola||, Poulton 4], and others, it 
occurred to me that the subject would be advanced by the special 
study of a small group of wide-spread mimetic species throughout 
the different countries included in its range. 

The Bolina group of the nymphalid genus Hypolimnas or 
Diadema contains, according to systematists, a number of species. 
When, however, we look at the group from a biological point of 
view, we find that all these can be merged in two distinct species 
—Hypolimnas misippus (Linn.) and Hypolimnas bolina (Linu.). 
These I selected for my purpose. 

It is first of all necessary to gain a conception of the appear- 
ance presented by these species before the mimetic form was 
assumed. This we find to be still retained by the male of 
H. misippus, which is invariably non-mimetic, and that of 
Hf, bolina, which is non-mimetic in India and in certain other 
localities which will be mentioned further on. Occasionally 
the females also revert to the ancestral pattern and resemble 
the black males. The non-mimetic males are very similar in 
appearance, while their mimetic females differ widely. A com- 
parison shows that the male of H. misippus is smaller than 
H. bolina, and that the large whitish spot on the upperside 
of each wing is larger, rounder, and bears very little trace of 
the blue colour which is so conspicuous in H. bolina; while the 
underside has a reddish hue not present in the latter. On 
the wing, the male of H. misippus is a far more active insect ; it 
is a most pugnacious butterfly, perching on the tops of bushes 
and darting forward to attack any other butterfly that may fly 
past ; but I have found that when crippled and put at liberty 


* Trans. Linn. Soe. xxiii. p. 495. 
+ Ibid. xxv. p. 19. t Ibid. xxvi. p. 497. 
§ Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 20. 
|| Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1882. 
@ Proc. Zool. Soc., March 1887. 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 29 


340 COL. C. SWINHOE ON MIMIORY IN BUTTERFLIES 


it speedily falls a prey to the first bird that sees it. In conse- 
quence of these fighting propensities the wings often become 
battered and torn, although apparently without greatly diminish- 
ing the activity of the insect. I have removed half the total 
wing-surface on one side with a pair of scissors, but the powers 
of flight did not seem to be much impaired. On two occasions, 
on Cumballa Hill in Bombay, I entirely removed both wings 
from one side and placed the insect in an exposed situation. On 
the first occasion one was eaten by a crow, and on the second by 
- a Mina; and in neither case did the birds manifest any hesita- 
tion in attacking the butterfly. It is fair to conclude from these 
observations that the species is not distasteful. 

The female of H. misippus however, except as a very rare 
variety which resembles the male in appearance, always mimics the 
commonest of all the Danaina, i. e. Danais chrysippus (Linn.), 
Pl. XV. fig. 2, which is common all over India, Burma, Ceylon, 
the Malay Archipelago, Madagascar, Aden, and the West, South, 
and South-eastern coasts of Africa, but apparently not the 
interior: in all these localities Hypolimnas misippus also exists, 
the female being of the Danais colour and pattern (see fig. 1); 
and where Danais chrysippus does not exist, Hypolimnas misippus 
is not to be found *. 

In Africa D. chrysippus is of a dull bronzy red, and not nearly 
so brightly coloured as it is in Asia; and similarly the females of 
HI. misippus in Africa are dull bronzy red, whereas in Asia they 
are brightly coloured. 

In Africa and at Aden there are several forms of Danais 
chrysippus—some without the white-banded black apical patch to 
the fore wings (D. dorippus, Klug), fig. 4; some possessing 
this marking, but characterized by white hind wings (D. alcippus, 
Cram.), fig. 6; and also others with the D. dorippus pattern 
and white hind wings. All these forms are mimicked in their 
several localities by the females of H. misippus: compare fig. 4 
with 3, and 6 with 5. 

In India the form of female Hypolimnas which mimics Danais 
dorippus (without the black and white apical patch) is also 


* Distant, in Rhop. Malay. p. 168, states :—“ This species (H. misippus) in its 
female sex affords one of the best and strongest examples of ‘mimicry,’ it being 
a true and startling mimic of Danais chrysippus, a protected species which is 
found with it in its different habitats, excluding America, where, however, it is 
evidently an introduced species.” 


oe oe 


OF THE GENUS HYPOLIMNAS. 341 


found: itis not nearly so frequently met with as the mimic of 
the true D. chrysippus, but it is not uncommon, being occasionally 
found nearly all over India. So far as I am aware, the particular 
form of the chrysippus group (D. dorippus, Klug) which it 
mimics had never been recorded from India; and it struck me 
as extraordinary that we should find in India the mimic of a 
protected insect which is not an inhabitant of the same countries. 
The two forms of protected insects are exactly alike on the wing ; 
and as no one collects the common D. ehrysippus, I could not 
but believe that the explanation of the apparent anomaly lay in 
the fact that D. dorippus had been overlooked. In order to test 
this conclusion, I engaged two native collectors for three months 
to catch nothing but D. chrysippus. I thus obtained, as may be 
imagined, many thousands, and the experiment was most suc- 
cessful, because amongst them I obtained no fewer than twelve 
individuals of D. dorippus. This was in Bombay in 1883; in 
the following year, when in Karachi, in Sind, I obtained three 
examples, and Major Yerbury sent me two from the Punjab. 
From the circumstance that the dorippus form of Hypolimnas 
misippus is not uncommon, while the same form of the Danais is 
comparatively rare, I am inclined to believe that the latter is 
dying out in India, and is being replaced by D. chrysippus, and 
that the mimetic form has actually outlasted the form it has 
mimicked. It must be remembered, however, that the resem- 
blance of the dorippus form of the Hypolimnas to the typical 
Danais chrysippus is sufficiently striking to afford considerable 
protection ; and hence natural selection would only cause a very 
gradual return to the other form, on which we must believe that 
still greater immunity is conferred. 

In the species H. bolina (Linn.) as we find it in Asia, the 
female only is mimetic, the male in all localities being of 
the normal form; in India the female universally mimics 
the common protected butterfly Huplea core of Cramer. The 
typical #. core does not range very far south, one or two 
have been taken in Mergui, but there is no record of its more 
southern extension, its place being taken by other common black 
Eupleas of somewhat similar pattern. We find accordingly that 
H. bolina varies so as to resemble all the common Eupleas of 
the different islands of the Malay Archipelago. 

The Amboina form of H. bolina mimics LF. climena, Cram. 
In Sumatra it is known as Hypolimnas anomala, and mimics 

29* 


342 COL. C. SWINHOE ON MIMICRY IN BUTTERFLIES 


Isamia (Euplea) singapura, Moore. In Ké Island, under the 

name of Hypolimnas polymena (Pl. XVI. fig. 2), they mimic 
Eupicas with broad whitish borders to the uppersides of the 
wings (Pl. XVI. fig. 1), a form of pattern common among the 
Eupleas in this island. I have no fewer than three well-defined 
subgenera of Hupleas with such broad white borders from Ké 
Island—Calliplea Hopffert, Felder (fig. 1), Chirosa eurypon, 
Hewitson, and Hirdagra fraterna, Felder, all possessing well- 
marked sexual subgeneric distinctive characters. 

From the Solomon group I have examples from two islands: 
in Maleita Island both sexes are mimetic, the male (fig. 3) 
and female (fig. 5) of the Hypolimnas known as Hypolimnas 
scopas respectively mimicking the corresponding sexes of Huplea 
pyrgion (male fig. 4, female fig. 6). This is a very interesting 
example, because the differences between the two sexes are fairly 
distinctive and constant. In another island of this group both 
sexes (Pl. XVII. fig. 1) mimic Huplaa polymena (fig. 2). In 
this case no local name, so far as I know, has yet been bestowed 
upon the Hypolimnas. 

In the Fijis the male of the local unnamed form of H. bolina 
is normal in appearance, but the females occur in many varieties, 
and seem to exhibit a regular gradation from an appearance like 
that of the normal male to brown, and from brown to yellow 
and white, as if the mimetic resemblance was still in a state of 
transition. In Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s fine collection there 
are upwards of sixty varieties of the female, and on the table are 
upwards of seventy examples from my own collection showing 
many varieties; aud this is the ooly instance I have found of 
any local variation in the mimetic forms of this species. The 
only two Huplwas I have seen from the Fijis are H. Whitmec 
(Butler) and #. margoensis (Butler), the first from Lifu Island 
and the second from Margo. These are dark Kupleas and 
resemble the dark forms of the female bolina. But we know 
very little about the Fijian Lepidoptera, and there may very 
well be other Huplaas corresponding to other forms of the 
female Hypolimnas inhabiting the same locality. 

In many of the Southern Islands H. bolina in its typical form 
is found with females mimicking red forms of Danais; I have 
examples from Celebes, Ké Island, Alu, New Britain, and also 
from North Australia. The Celebes female called H. nerina, 
Felder, is a fair mimic of Danais chionippe, Hubn., also found in 
the same locality ; there are probably other similar forms of 


OF THE GENUS HYPOLIMNAS. 343 


red Danais in these islands. The mimic is here much larger 
than the mimicked. This is the only case I know of, in which 
this species of Hypolimnas mimics a red insect and thus gains 
itself a considerable patch of this colour. 

Next we turn to Africa, and we invariably find that both sexes 
of what we may fairly call the African forms of Hypolimnas 
bolina mimic various species of Danaine, the normal form 
of the male having entirely disappeared. Hence, from the 
systematist’s point of view, the specific characters having been 
lost in both sexes, they bear as many specific names as there are 
local forms mimicking the accompanying species of Danais. 

In quest of these mimetic forms, I searched through Mr. 
Crowley’s magnificent collection of African butterflies at Oroy- 
don, where I found very many examples, from which I selected 
three. In every locality where the forms occur, the mimicry 
seems to be remarkably perfect, but there are local peculiarities 
in the patterns of both mimic and mimicked in many places. 
The localities are as widely separated as Natal in the South-east, 
and the Cameroons in the West of Africa. 

From Natal, I have obtained Hypolimnas marginalis (Pl. XVII. 
fig. 3), which mimics Amawris dominicanus (fig. 4). From Gra- 
hamstown, H. mina mimicking A. echeria; from the Cameroons, 
H. dubia (fig. 5) mimicking A. egialea (fig. 6). 


CoNCLUSIONS. 


Having thus brought together all the facts I have come across 
and those which have been previously published, it remains to 
ascertain their bearing upon the theory of mimicry, for this 
theory has never been subjected to the evidence derived from 
the systematic study of a small group of wide-ranging, mimetic 
insects, carefully traced through all the localities included in their 
range. This has, however, been done for the Papilio merope 
group, so admirably worked out by Roland Trimen (Trans. Linn. 
Soe. xxvi. p. 497, and South-African Butterflies, vol. ii. 1889, 
pp- 243-55), but the total range of these butterflies is far more 
limited and the number of different forms much smaller than is 
the case with the Hypolimnas group. 


Bearing upon general Theory of Mimicry. 
In the first place, we find the strongest support to the general 
theory of mimicry as originally suggested by H. W. Bates. The 


B44 COL. C. SWINHOE ON MIMICRY IN BUTTERFLIES 


varied changes which occur are explained by this theory, and by 
no other yet propounded. When we trace Hypolimnas bolina 
from India into Amboina, Sumatra, Ké Island, two islands of 
the Solomon group, Fiji, Celebes, and various part of Africa, we 
meet with a different form in each locality, a form which from 
the biological standpoint may be called the Hypolimnas bolina 
of the locality. That local changes should occur may be intel- 
ligible in many theories, but that they should invariably be in 
the direction of a superficial resemblance to one butterfly (or in 
some cases two or more distantly related butterflies) out of 
the numerous and varied Rhopalocerous fauna of each locality, 
and that one a specially defended species, well known and 
avoided by insect-eating animals, is only to be explained by the 
theory of mimicry,—by the advantages conferred by relatively 
greater resemblance having acted as a selective test during all 
the stages of development. The theory of mimicry has received 
much support by the investigations which have been carried on 
since Bates propounded it in 1862, but I believe that no evidence 
is so complete and convincing as that supplied by the genus 
Hypolimnas. 


Bearing upon the special liability of female to mimetic 
resemblances. 


The facts also bear in an interesting manner upon the details 
as well as upon the general theory. Thus the observation that 
females are more liable to be defended by mimicry than males, 
and its explanation (suggested by A. R. Wallace), as due to their 
“ slower flight when laden with eggs, and their exposure to attack 
while in the act of depositing their eggs upon the leaves,” 
receives further support and confirmation. Among the nume- 
rous forms of both the mzszppus and bolina group, we meet with 
no case in which the male is mimetic while the female is non- 
mimetic: the male of misippus is peculiarly active on the wing, 
and being able to defend itself in this way, is never mimetic; 
the male of the less active bolina affords a beautiful transition 
from the condition met with in misippus to a mimicry as complete 
as that of the female. In this respect the group is far more 
interesting than that of P. merope, in which the males are never 
mimetic. 


OF THE GENUS HYPOLIMNAS. 345 


The ancestral non-mimetic form from which the mimetic varieties 
have been derived: various phases of development of mimicry. 


The ancestral form of both groups is preserved in the closely 
similar non-mimetic males, and the rare cases of reversion to the 
same type exhibited by the females. But the beautiful evidence 
supplied by the existence of the ancestral nou-mimetic form of 
both sexes in certain islands is wanting here, although so well 
seen in the merope group. 

The most ancestral form described in this paper is probably | 
the Fijian bolina, in which the females exhibit a transition from — 
non-mimetic to mimetic forms; then would follow the Indian 
bolina, in which the female is not a very perfect mimic of 
Euplea core, and still retains traces of the blue spots so charac- 
teristic of the non-mimetic males, culminating in the Celebes 
form, in which the mimicry of the female is fairly complete and 
has entailed a more marked divergence from the normal type 
than any other form in this group: at this stage misippus must 
be placed, with its non-mimetic male and females with extremely 
perfect and detailed mimicry. We finally reach the climax of 
change in those island forms of bolina in which the males also 
are mimetic, and in Africa, where no more ancestral phase is at 
present known. 


Bearing upon mimetic resemblance to different species in one 
locality. 


The well-known mimetic resemblance to two or more very 
diflerently coloured species of distasteful insects in the same 
locality is not well exemplified, although it appears probable that 
some varieties of the females from Fiji bear this interpretation, 
which may also in part explain the occurrence of all three 
varieties of the female méstppus at Aden, where the three corre- 
sponding forms of Danais are also found (viz. chrysippus, alcip- 
pus, and dorippus). But here, too, we meet with nothing that 
approaches the condition of some species of the merope group of 
the S.-African Papilio cenea for example, in which four forms of 
the female respectively mimic such differently coloured species 
as Danais chrysippus, Amauris dominicanus, and two varieties of 
Amauris echeria, thus widening the area of possible mistake so 
far that the mimetic species can become comparatively numerous 
without the risk of extermination. 


346 COL. C. SWINHOE ON MIMICRY IN BUTTERFLIES 


Different conditions under which mimicry may appear : 
attempted explanation. 

Finally our facts have an instructive bearing upon the very 
different conditions under which mimicry may appear in the 
most closely related species. It seems clear that we have to do 
with two species which are unable to exist without this deceptive 
resemblance to some specially protected form, either in both 
sexes or in the one which is chiefly exposed to attack. Wherever 
we find these butterflies, whatever changes they may undergo, 
the resemblance which enables them to live upon the reputation 
of some local distasteful species is maintained. Muimicry bemg 
equally necessary to ‘both misippus and bolina in order to ward 
off extermination, we nevertheless find that it pursued an utterly 
different course in these two species. Hypolimnas misippus has 
attached itself to a single well-known, conspicuous, wide-ranging 
species of distasteful butterfly, resembling it with great fidelity, 
and following it through the details of even minor changes. In 
order to achieve this result, it has been compelled to depart very 
widely from the ancestral form—even more so than is the case 
with any of the dolina group. But this extreme variation in one 
direction appears to have deprived it of the power of developing 
variations in other directions; so that its existence and range 
seem to depend upon the existence and range of a single butter- 
fly, Danais chrysippus and its varieties. In Hypolimnas bolina, 
on the other hand, we meet with much greater elasticity: its 
range is almost unlimited as regards the conditions imposed by 
mimicry, for it can vary in each locality into the semblance of 
some local species. 

How is this wide divergence to be explained? Many biolo- 
gists would be inclined to lay stress on the amount and kind of 
individual variation which has been at the disposal of the selective 
process during the development of the mimetic resemblance ; 
and it is certain that the results must have been largely influenced 
by this. It is noteworthy that bolina includes forms which are 
both older and younger than those of msippus, the latter repre- 
senting but a single one out of the many phases of departure 
from the ancestral type represented by the former. It may be 
that this comparatively narrow limitation of mdsippus is merely 
due to the exclusive predominance of a single specially advan- 
tageous resemblance, Danais chrysippus being so abundant and 
well-known in the localities where it occurs, and its distribution 
affording scope for a wide range. Or variation may have carried 


OF THE GENUS HYPOLIMNAS. 347 


misippus in this direction from the very first, and sufficient pro- 
tection being thus conferred there would be no tendency towards 
the production of other forms. In either case we must look 
upon the selective process as chiefly responsible for the result. 
It is impossible to deny abundant powers of variation to misippus, 
when we remember its faithful resemblance to the special changes 
undergone by D. chrysippus. But variation being under the 
guidance of selection in one direction only, has produced nothing 
in any other direction. It is easy to imagine conditions under 
which H. dolina might become equally restricted If Huplea 
core had the distribution of Danais chrysippus, it is probable 
that no other mimetic variety would have been produced. Or if 
Danais chionippe of Celebes had the range and abundance of 
D. chrysippus, it is probable that the superior advantages attend- 
ing the resemblance to it might cause the ultimate predominance 
of this one out of the many mimetic forms of H. bolina. 

If, then, we are right in believing that the results are deter- 
mined by the range and abundance of the mimicked form, 
because this, through selection, determines the number and kind 
of the mimicking varieties, it is clear that selection rather than 
unguided variation is the essential cause of the phenomena, 
always assuming the necessary amount of variation for selection 
to act upon. 

The fact that selection follows, where possible, the path of 
least resistance as regards variation, is well seen in H. bolina. 
Not one of its many mimetic forms departs so widely from the 
ancestral appearance as those of mdsippus, and for the production 
of most of them comparatively small changes are necessary. In 
India and Malaya, with a single exception, various dark-coloured 
Eupleas are mimicked. The interesting exception of the 
chianippe form proves that much greater divergence is possible, 
and that the path provided by the easiest and most probable 
variation is only followed when itis advantageous. When we 
pass into Africa, we find that the place of the genus Euplea is 
taken by the Danais genus Amauris, and dark-coloured butter- 
flies of this specially protected genus have afforded ready models 
for mimicry, so that here too the necessary conditions have been 
met by less divergence than has been necessary for H. misippus. 

My thanks are due to Messrs. Godman, Salvin, and Crowley 
for examples of various mimetic forms, and especially to Professor 
Poulton for much kindly assistance in deducing the above con- 
clusions. 


348 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Puats XY. 


Figs. 1, 3, 5. Hypolimnas misippus, 2 (3 forms). 
Wig. 2. Danais chrysippus. 
4 


. 5,  dorippus. 
6.  ,, alcyppus. 
Puate XVI. 
Fig. 1. Luplea Hopffert. Fig. 2. Hypolimnas polymena. 
47 Wi pyrgion, 3. 3. 0 scopas, 3. 
6. ed ” 2 Ad 5. eed ” io) 7 
Puatre XVII. 
Fig. 2. Huploea polymena. Fig. ss Hypolimnas, sp. 
4. Amauris dominicanus. - marginalis. 
6. ss egualea. B Be dubia. 


An Account of the Butterflies of the Genus Charaxes im the 
Collection of the British Museum. By Anruur G. Buruzr, 
Ph.D., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department. 


[Read 7th November, 1895.] 


One of the first genera which I ever studied, and the first which 
I monographed, was the genus Charawxes, a paper on which I 
published in 1865 in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ 
in which I recorded sixty-eight species (two of which, however, 
were noted as doubtful and were subsequently suppressed): the 
‘ present paper enumerates no fewer than one hundred and fifty- 
nine. 

I have followed Prof. Aurivillius in uniting Palla to Charases: 
if kept separate, it would have to be broken up into several 
genera, and Charazes itself would in like manner have to be sub- 
divided; this, indeed, has been done for the Indian species by 
Mr. Moore; but apart from outline of wing I have been unable 
to discover any constant structural characters on which to base 
these genera. That wing-outline in Charazes is not of generic im- 
portance seems clear, from the fact that (1.) in many of the species 
it differs to an extraordinary degree in the sexes; (ii.) the most 
nearly related species (as, for instance, C. Balfouri and C. varanes) 
differ in this respect as much as any of the proposed new genera; 
and, lastly, (ii1.) it is not uniform, even when apparently so to a 
casual observer, the shortening or absence of the hind-wing tails 
occurring abruptly in a single species in the middle of a group. 

When I last arranged Charazxes, about the year 1892, our 
series occupied a single cabinet of 20 drawers; last year, how- 
ever, Messrs. Salvin and Godman (with their usual liberality) 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 349 


presented the whole of their fine series of Charaxes to the 
Trustees, including the specimens formerly representing the 
collections of Messrs. Bates and Druce—thus enriching our 
already fine collection with numerous types and with specimens 
of many species new to us. 

With such rich material, it has been possible to form a much 
more just estimate of the value of characters formerly held to. 
have a specific value than could otherwise have been formed ; 
the result being that, in some instances, described types have 
had to be sunk to the rank of seasonal or varietal phases, whilst 
in a few cases the evident constancy of certain characteristics in 
long series has shown that what have hitherto been regarded as 
varieties have some claim to be considered distinct. 

The collection as it now stands fills three cabinets or sixty 
cabinet-drawers, and as nearly every African collection which has 
arrived lately has added to the species of this genus, it seems 
probable that another ten years will necessitate a further 
extension. The incorporation of the specimens in the collection 
of the late Mr. Hewitson will not greatly enrich the general 
series, So many of his specimens being without localities, that 
it will be necessary to treat these as duplicates; all of them are, 
however, recorded in the present paper. 

Of the 159 described forms which I have permitted to stand as 
species, 142 are represented in the Museum; but as several of 
those included in the larger number may prove upon examination 
to be merely individual variations of well-known forms, it would 
be premature to assume that seventeen described species remained 
to be acquired by us. 

C. odysseus may be the female of C. lactetinetus, and it is even 
possible that the differences which separate C. Hveretti and 
Staudingeri from C. Durnfordi may prove not to be constant to 
locality. How it is that Drury’s C. ewdoxus has never reached 
us from the time when it was figured is indeed a puzzle; it is 
hardly possible that it can have been a made-up insect, for no 
two known species could be so fitted together as to produce it. 

I now proceed to enumerate the whole of the species of 
Charaxes at present described, together with descriptions of 
several not previously recorded and a complete catalogue of the 
whole of the specimens in the Museum collection—those from 


the Salvin and Godman collection being referred to as “from 
See: coll.” 


300 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


1. C. sason GRovp. 
1. CHARAXES BRUTUS. 

Papilio brutus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eexli. figs. E, F (1782). 
Papilio cajus, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. iv. pl. lxiv. figs. 1, 2 (1799). 
a. Natal (Bates coll.), 6; from the Salvin & Godman 

collection. | 
6. S. Africa, 2. 
c. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
d. Slopes of Kilima-njaro (Hannington), 3. 
e. Zomba (Macclounie), 3. 
f. Taita, E. Africa (J. A. Wray), 3. 
g. Croboe Distr., Accra (Higlett), 3. 
h. Accra (EL. T. Carter), 2. 
2,7. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), $, 2; fromS. & G. 
coll. 
k. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
l. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft), 2. 
m. Gold Coast, ¢. 
nm. Winnebar, W. Africa (C. R. Williams), 3; from 8. & G. 
coll. 


Var. with unusually broad band across primaries. 
o. Accra (Higlett), 2. 


Var. with unusually narrow band across primaries. 

. West Africa, do. 

. Angola (Monteiro, Druce coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
ReWeAthricasn or 


srk 


Hewitson coll. 
s. Natal, 3. 
t. Without locality, 3. 
u. Old Calabar, 9°. 
v. Without locality, 2. 


The South-African specimens have the band on the primaries 
more sinuous, wider at the back and narrower in front than in 
the West Coast examples; on the under surface also the discal 
outer bordering of the white belt is dull brick-red, like the centre 
of the submarginal spots, whereas in the Western form it is 
ochreous; examples from Delagoa Bay and East Africa are 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. ool 


intermediate in character and completely link the two local 
races. 


2. CHARAXES ANDARA. 
Charaxes andara, Ward, Ent. Month Mag. ix. p. 209 (1873) ; Mabille, 
in Grand. Mad. p. 187, pl. xxii. figs. 4-6 (1887). 
a. Antananarivo (Rev. R. Toy), 3. 
b, c. Fort Dauphin (I. J. Cloisel), 2 9. 


Hewitson coll. 
d-f. Without locality, 5 do. 
g. Without locality ; confounded with C. cacuthis, Q. 


3. CHaRaxes Druceanus. 
Charaxes Druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 4, n. 1 (1869); Lep. Ezot. 
pl. 10. fig. 4 (1870); Westwood, Thes. Oxon. p. 182, pl. 34. fig. 6 (1874). 
Charaxes cimadon, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. vi. p. 177 (1870). 
a. Old Calabar (Bates coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
Type, 6. Old Calabar (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
e. Gaboon (Druce coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
d. Zomba (Macclounie), 2. 
e. Orange River (Druce coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
f. Kaffraria (Druce coll.), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
g. Nyika, Nyasa-land (R. Crawshay), 3. 


Hewitson coll. 
h. Without locality (probably type of C. cinadon), 3. 
7. Orange River, do. 


4, CHARAXES ANDRANODORUS. 
Charaxes andranodorus, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1884, p. 184; 
Grand. Mad. p. 182, pl. xxi. figs. 1 & 1 a, pl. xxv. a. figs. 1 & 1 @ (1887). 
Var. d. Charaxes zoippus, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1884, p. 185; 
Grand. Mad. p. 179, pl. xxv. figs 2 & 2a (1887). 
a, 6, Fianarantsoa (Deans Cowan), 3, 2. 
c. Ankafana, Betsileo (Deans Cowan), 2. 
d. Madagascar (Druce coll.), 2 ; from S. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. 
e. Without locality, labelled Druceanus, 3. 


The male described as C. zozppus. differs so slightly from that 
sex of typical C. andranodorus, that I can only regard it as a 
sport. 


352 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE 


5. CHARAXES PHRAORTES. 

Charaxes phraortes, Doubleday, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 60; Butler, 
Lep. Exot. pl. x. fig. 6 (1870); Grand. Mad. p. 177, pl. xxv. figs. 1 & la 
(1886). 

Type, a. Madagascar (Dr. Lyall), 2. 
This species must be very local, for the type still appears to be 


unique. 


6. CHARAXES PH@BUS. 
Charaxes pheebus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 625, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2. 
Types, a,b. Abyssinia (Sir W. C. Harris’ Expeditionto Shoa), 3,2. 


7. CHARAXES EUDOXUS. 
Papilio eudoxus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 65, n. 203 (1793) ; 
Drury, Ill. 11. pl. xxxiu. figs. 1, 2. 
“ Sierra Leone.”’ 


This species is evidently intermediate between C. phebus and 
C. pollux, the under surface more nearly resembling the former 
and the upper surface the latter species. 

Tf C. ewdoxus actually came from Sierra Leone, it is a most 
remarkable fact that none of the collections recently received 
from that locality have contained it, and that, up to the present 
time, Drury’s figures are all that remain to show us what this 
species is like. 


8. CHARAXES POLLUX. 
Papilio pollux, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxxvii. figs. D, E (1776). 
Papilio camulus, Drury, Ill. ii. pl. xxx. figs. 1, 2 (1782). 
a, b. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3 3. 
c. Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 2 . 
d, e. Sierra Leone (coll. Druce), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
f. Sierra Leone (coll. Bates), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
g, h. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
z. Sierra Leone (coll. Druce), 3. 
j- Angola (Monteiro), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
k. Monbuttu (min Pasha), 3. 
l. Zomba (Macclounie), 3. 


Hewitson coll. 
m—o. Sierra Leone, 3. 
p,q. Sierra Leone, 2. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. Bde 


9. CuaraxEs Hansatit. 
Charaxes Hansalii, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 446, n. 728, pl. 59. 
figs. 3, 4 (1867). 
a. Abyssinia (coll. Kaden), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. 
b. Bogos, 2. 


This very rare species has been confounded with the yellow- 
banded form of C. castor, to which I have given the name 
of C. flavifasciatus. Through the carelessness of Fabricius, 
C. castor and C. polluc have been transposed: in my monograph 
(P. Z. 8. 1865) I supposed the Fabrician names to have priority 
and therefore followed his lead; Kirby put the synonymy right, 
but left the species in the wrong places. 


10. CHARAXES CASTOR. 

Papilio castor, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxxvii. figs. E, F (1776). 
Papilio pollux, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 63, n. 197 (1793). 
Var. Charaxes flavifasciatus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 251. 


Var. flavifasciatus. 
a, b. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3,9; from 8. & G. coll. 
c. Zambesi (Bates coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
d. Upper Egypt, ¢. 
e, f- Central Africa (Hmin Pasha), 3 3. 
g- Gomba (Macclounie), 3. 
h. Accra (H. T. Carter). 


Hewitson coll. 
7,7. Delagoa Bay, 3, 2. 


C. castor typical. 


k. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
l. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 2. 
m. Old Calabar (Bates coll.), 6; from S. & G. coll. 
nm. Old Calabar (White), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
o. Cameroons, d; from 8. & G. coll. 
p. Angola (Monteiro), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
g. Ashanti, 3. 
r. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft), 9. 
s, t. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), 3 ¢. 
u. Mamboia, H. Africa (Dr. Kirk), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 


B04 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


Hewitson coll. 

v. Sierra Leone, ¢. 
w, «. Fernando Po, 9 2. 

The pale-banded form is the commoner type in the Hast, and 
the orange-banded form in the West. It is probable that they 
represent two races, the ranges of which overlap: in such cases 
it seems to me imperative that both forms should have names. 
As we have not received C. flavifasciatus (in any instance) with 
the typical form, it is possible that they do not actually occur 
together. 


11. CHARAXES SATURNUS. 

¢. Charaxes saturnus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 624, pl. xxxvi. 
fig. 1; Q, Lep. Exot. i. p. 5, pl. 1. fig. 2 (1869). 

Charaxes pelias (part), Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. i. p. 175 (1862). 
a. Congo, d*. 
b. West Africa, 2; from S. & G. coll. 
ce. Angola (Monteiro), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
d. Angola (Rogers), 2; from 8S. & G. coll. 
e. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), dT. 
f. Gomba (Macclounie), 3 
h 
4 
k 
l 


g, h. Taita, E. Africa (J. A. Wray), 3,2. 
5. Damara-land (Bates coll.); from 8. & G. coll. 
j, k. Matabele (Selous), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
Type, J. Zambesi (H. Walter), 3 
m. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3 


nm. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
o. Durban (G@. H. Shelley), 3; from S. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. (as C. pelias). 
p. Delagoa Bay, 3. 
g,r- Angola, d 3. 
s,t. Congo, do, 2. 


Var. laticinctus. 
Charaxes saturnus, var. laticinctus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 251. 
Type, v. Sulim bin Najimb, Konde (2. Crawshay), 3 
». Zomba (Macclounie), 9 
w. Shiré River (Bates coll.), ¢; from S. & G. coll. 


* Examples from the Congo and Angola are larger than elsewhere and have 
the blue spots on the hind wings better developed. 
+ Also a second imperfect male from Niomkolo. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 355 


This form approaches C. jason; indeed, excepting for the 
well-defined tawny band which crosses the upper surface of 
the wings, it more nearly approaches that species than it does 
C. pelias. 


12. CHARAXES PELIAS. 
Papilio pelias, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. iii. figs. C, D (1775). 
Charaxes pelias, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. pl. x. fig. 5 (1870). 
a,b. Locality not recorded (Druce coll.), 35, 2; from 
S. & G. coll. 


As is well known, this species, which is still extremely rare in 
collections, appears to be confined to South Africa. 


13. CHARAXES JASON. 
Papilio jason, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 749 (1767); Drury, Ill. 
Exot. Ent. i. pl. 1. fig. 1 (1773). 
Papilio jasius, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 449 (1775). 
Papilio rhea, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 111, 112 (1794). 
Eriboea unedonis, Hiibner, Verz. p. 47 (1816). 
a. Corsica (Col. Yerbury), 3. 
6. Spain (Bates coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
e-e. Central Europe (Druce coll.), ¢ 3; from S. & G. coll. 
f. 8. France (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
g-i. Europe (Zeller coll.), 3 3. 
j-l. Europe, 2, dd. 


Hewitson coll. 
m-p. Without locality, 5, 2 9. 


14. CHARAXES EPIJASIUS. 
Charaxes epijasius, Reiche in Ferr. Gal. Voy. Abyss., Ent. p. 469, pl. 32. 
figs. 1, 2 (1849). 
a. White Nile (Petherick), 3. 
b,c. Abyssinia, Atbara, dd. 
d,e. Senegal, 5 d. 
Ff. Senegal (coll. Kaden), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
g. Lower Niger (W. A. Forbes), 3; from S. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. 
h-j. Without locality, ¢ d, 9. 


LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xxv. 30 


806 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


2. OC. FABIUS GROUP. 


15. CHARAXES ACHEMENES. 
Charaxes achemenes, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 446, pl. 59. 
figs. 6, 7 (1867). 
Charaxes jocaste, Boisduval MS., Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 628; Trans. 
Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 274. 
a, b. Senegal, 3, Q. 
e-e. Abyssinia (Druce coll.), $ 3,92; from S. & G. coll. 
f-h. Abyssinia, Atbara, 2 9,d. 
2. Kandera (Hmin Pasha), 3. 
j. Lomba (A. Whyte), 3. 
k, l. Delagoa Bay, 3,92. 
m. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 2 ; from S. & G. coll. 
n, 0. Lambesi (Bates coll.), 2,35; from 8. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. 
p-t. Delagoa Bay, d 5,9 9. 


16. CHARAXES FABIUS. 
Papilio fabius, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 12 (1781). 
Papilio solon, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. |, p. 69 (1793). 
Papilio euphanes, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. pl. 59. fig. 1 (1785-90). 
Burmese race, with markings above brimstone-yellow. 
a. Thoungyeen Valley, Tenasserim (Capt. Chas. Bingham). 
6, c. Tiiin Yaw, Burma (2. Y. Watson). 


Typical race. 

d. Mhow (Col. Swinhoe), 3. 
e. Bombay (Hunter), 2. 
J: Bombay, ¢; from 8. & G. coll. 
g- Poona (Col. Swinhoe), 2. 
h. Neilgherries (Col. Swinhoe), 3. 
z. Madras (#. ¥. Watson), 3. 

j, k. Madras (Vigors coll.), 2,3. 

l,m. Ceylon (Col. Yerbury), 3 3. 
n. Ceylon (Whyte), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 


17. CHARAXES LAMPEDO. 

Q. Eriboea lampedo, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 52. figs. 3, 4. 

g. Charaxes zephyrus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 5 (1869); Lep. Exot. i. 
pl. x. fig. 1 (1870). 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 357 


Type, a. Without locality (coll. Druce), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
b. Palawan, Philippines (Dr. Platen), 5; from 8S. & G. 
coll. 
c. Without locality (coll. Kaden), 9; from S. & G. coll. 


18. CHARAXES ECHO. 
Charaxes echo, Butler, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol, xx, p. 401, 
pl. viii. figs. 5, 6 (1867). 
a. West coast of Borneo, o. 
6. Labuan, Borneo (Low), 3; from S. & G. coll, 


Hewitson coll. (as C. lampedo). 
c. Borneo, o. 


d. Sarawak (Wallace), 3. 


19. CHARAXES HANNIBAL. 
Charaxes hannibal, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. p. 14, pl. vi. fig. 5 (1869). 
Hewitson coll. (as C. lampedo). 
Type, a. Tondano, Celebes (Wallace), 2 . 
6. Macassar, ? . 


This species seems to be closely allied to C. echo, and it is just 
possible that it may prove to be the female of that species; but 
hitherto I have seen no females of C. echo from Borneo, and 
therefore am unable to say whether the differences which exist 
are merely sexual or local. 


3. C. orntILUs Group. 


20. CHARAXES ORILUS. 
Charaxes orilus, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. p. 13, pl. v. fig. 5 (1869), 
Hewitson coll. 


Type, a. Timor (Wallace), 3. 


The following is one of the most interesting groups in the 
genus, the greater number of the males being so similar that they 
are confounded in most collections under the names of C. ephyra 
or C. ethalion; many of the females, however, are widely 
different. 

Another point of interest is that in some of the species there 
are both blue-banded and white-banded females; these are 
probably seasonal forms. 

30* 


358 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


Owing to the slight differences which characterize some of the 
males, it is not surprising to find that they have not been referred 
to their proper females; but, on the other hand, it is singular 
that even careful Lepidopterists have agreed in regarding two 
distinct females as sexes in more than one instance. 


4. C. ETHEOCLES GROUP. 


21. CHARAXES GUDERIANA. 

6. Nymphalis Guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle, 
1879, p. 200, pl. i. fig. 18. 

©. Charaxes Guderiana, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 648 ; Trimen, 
-Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 42, pl. v. fig. 8. 


a-c. Lake Mweru (&. Crawshay),3 S. 
d. Fwambo (A. Carson), 2 . 
e. British H. Africa (Dr. Gregory), 3 . 
F-h. Lomba (A. Whyte),2,5 3. 
2. Zomba (A. Sharpe), 3 . 


Hewitson coll. (as C. alladinis 3 ). 
j. Nyasa, 3. 


22. CHARAXES Kirxrt. 
©. Charaxes Kirkii, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 105 (1881). 
36. Charaxes Kirku, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 60. 
a. Koda (Emin Pasha), 3. 
Type, 6. Mamboia (Dr. Kirk), 2. 
c. Kandera (Emin Pasha),é. 
d, e. Abyssinia (Druce coll.),3 3; from 8. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. (as CO. alladinis d ). 
f. White Nile, d. 

This is the nearest ally of C. Guderiana, which it approaches in 
both sexes. In the male the discoidal and two following subcostal 
spots on the primaries are lilacine and small, and, as a rule, only 
two of the submarginal series exist, even these are small with 
lilac edges; very rarely one or two extra white points occur; the 
marginal spots also are bluish grey or bronze-greenish, not 
white ; on the secondaries the blue band is either wholly wanting, 
or represented by two or three separate greenish lunules, and 
in the marginal lunules green takes the place of white and the 
red central streaks upon them become more or less pronounced. 
The female is in some respects nearer to that sex of C. viola, 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 359 


and the form of the tawny band across the primaries agrees with 
that of the white band of C. etheocles. 


23. CHARAXES VIOLA. 
@. Charaxes viola, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 627, pl. xxxvi. 
fig. 4. 
* (as ¢). Charaxes chiron, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 168, pl. lviii. 
(1866). 
a. Old Calabar (White), 5; from 8S. & G. coll. 
6. West Africa, 2. 
e. Angola (Rogers),d; from S. & G. coll. 
d, e. Ashanti,d 3. 
f. Croboe District, Accra (Higlett), 3. 


Hewitson coll. (as C. ephyrac ). 
g. Angola, dé. 

The male of C. viola nearly resembles that of O. Kirkit, but has 
a greener tint above and a redder tint below; the two subapical 
spots on the upper surface of the primaries are wanting, and the 
marginal spots are metallic green; the red streaks on the 
marginal lunules of the secondaries are almost or altogether 
obliterated. Staudinger’s so-called male from Senegal is un- 
questionably a female; how he failed to recognize its identity 
with this insect figured by me in 1865 I do not understand. 


24. CHARAXES ETHEOCLES. 
Q. Papilio etheocles, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cxix. figs. D, E (1779). 
3. Papilio ephyra, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 355, no. 18 (1823). 
a. Ondo country, Lagos (Sir G. Carter),3; from S. & G. 
coll. 
b. Cape Coast, W. Africa (#. WMiblett), 2 . 
ce. Barombi, Cameroons (Druce coll.),3; from 8. & G. 
coll, 
d. Stanley Pool, Congo River (H. H. Johnston), 3; from 
G. & S. coll. 


The male on the upper surface much resembles that sex of 
C. viola, but the marginal spots of the primaries are smaller and 
less diffused, the white submarginal spots of the secondaries are 
also smaller. On the under surface the differences are more 
pronounced, the whole basal area being more or less suffused 
with white, and the lunate spots towards outer margin much 
darker and well-defined. M. Godart’s description is sufficiently 
good to identify the species with certainty. 


3860 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


25. CHARAXES ROSA. 


©. Charaxes rose, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 255. 
Charaxes pheus 9, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 82 
(1877) ; ‘Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 344 (1887). 
Var. ? Charaxes alladinis 2, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle, 
vol. 50. no. 4, pl. xvii. fig. 9 (1887). 
Types, a, 6. Delagoa Bay, 3 2. 
c, d. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro),3,2; from 8. & G. coll. 
e. Zomba, d (Macclounie). 
f. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), 3. 


Hewitson coll. 
g, h. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 2 2. 


The male is a shorter and broader insect than that sex of any 
of the preceding species: the primaries are less faleate, with the 
outer margin much less inarched; these wings on the upper 
surface are immaculate, but the secondaries show precisely the 
same markings on the outer border as the female; the under 
surface is glossed precisely as in the female, and sometimes 
shows well-marked indications of the whitish characters of that 
sex. The only species with which it might be confounded, if 
carelessly examined, is C. ethalion ; but it is much more sericeous 
on the under surface, and its geographical distribution would 
assist in showing to which female of the white-banded species it 
belonged. 


26. CHARAXES MANICA. 


©. Charaxes manica, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 43, pl. vi. 
fig. 9. 


Var. ? Charaxes ephyra 9, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle, 
vol. 50. no. 4, pl. xvii. fig. 11 (1887). 


Pa. Atbara, Abyssinia, 3. 
I am very doubtful about our male, and think it much more 
probable that the insect figured by Dewitz (loc. cit. fig. 10) is 


the true male of this species, and our example that sex of 
C. Dewitzi. 


27. CHARAXES PHEUS. 


@. Charaxes pheus 3, Hewiison, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 82 
(1877); Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 344 (1887). 
g. Charaxes alladinis, Butler in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 648. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 361 


a. Ngama’s, Kakoma (2. Crawshay), 3. 

b. Zomba (A. Whyte), 3. 

e. Delagoa Bay, ?. 

d. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro),?; from S. & G. coll. 

Hewitson coll. 

Type, e. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), ? . 

The form of the male is exactly that of the female, and the 
two subapical spots on the primaries are very characteristic of 
the species; the secondaries are like those of Dewitz’s male 
C. ephyra, excepting that the red marginal markings are strongly 
defined ; below, male and female are almost absolutely alike. 


28. CHARAXES CEDREATIS. 
2 2 (as sexes). Charaxes cedreatis, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. x. 
p- 247 (1874); Exot. Butt. v. Char. pl. v. figs. 22-24 (1876). 
3 9. Charaxes Carteri, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 108 (1881). 
Types, a, 6. Accra (EL. T. Carier),3,9. 
c. Croboe District, Accra (Hickling), 3. 
d. Ashanti, d. 
e. West Africa, 2. 


Hewitson coll. 

Type, f: Without locality, ?; (type of Hewitson’s male). 
g, h. Fernando Po, @ 9. 

The male has much the character of C. violad on the upper 
surface, but the under-surface colouring is of a greyish-olive 
colour, precisely like that of the female: most of the pale borders 
to the lines also appear as in that sex, and especially the 
irregular whitish patch running to the abdominal margin above 
the anal angle. 


29. CHARAXES ALLADINIS. 
Q@. Charaxes alladinis, Butler, Cist. Ent. 1. p. 5 (1869); Lep. Exot. i. 
pl. 10. fig. 2 (1870). 
a. Ondo Country, Lagos (Sir G. Carter),3; from 8. & G. 
coll. 
Type, 6. Locality not known (Druwce coll.),? ; from 8. & G. coll. 
ce. West Africa, 3. 
d. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), 5; from S. & G. 
coll. 
e. Gaboon (Bates coll.),3; from 8. & G. coll. 


3862 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


Hewitson coll. 


Ff. Without locality, 9 . 


With the sexes of this species before one there is no possibility 
of doubting their identity, the rosy flush over the whole under 
surface being very characteristic. Above, the male has the basal 
two-fifths of the primaries bronze-green, the costal border is also 
of the same colour; at equal distances between the cell and 
apex are three pale green spots nearly equidistant, and along the 
outer margin a series upon bronze-green nebule; the second- 
aries show scarcely a trace of red on the greenish marginal spots, 
the submarginal white spots are sharply defined, and within 
is a superciliary lunulate bronze-green streak (somewhat as in 
C. pheus 3 , but nearer to outer margin). 


30. CHaraxes HoLpanpt. 
6, 2. Charaxes Hollandi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 6th ser. 
vol. xii. p. 266 (1893). 
Types, a—d. Sierra Leone (Barchard),3 3,@. 
e, f. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3,2; from S. & G. coll. 
g, h. Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 3 3. 


Hewitson coll. 

a. Without locality, ° . 

Seasonal form.—The male more nearly resembling fae, sex of 
C. etheocles on the upper surface; the female with the unbroken 
part of the transverse band white shaded with silvery blue. 

j, k. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss),3,2; from 8. & G. coll. 

Local form.—The male larger, with less defined markings 
towards costa of primaries and outer margin of secondaries ; the 
female like the preceding form, but with the spots on the primaries 
white instead of buff, and the band across the secondaries wider. 

l,m. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3 @. 


31. CHARAXES ETHAIION. 


©. Charaxes ethalion, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 593 (1847). 

Nymphalis erithalion, Westwood & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 48. 
fig. 1 (1850). 

Var. Charaxes Baumanni, Rogenhofer, Verhandl. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xli. 
p- 564 (1891). 

Local form, C. Dewitzi, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 255. 

©. Charaxes alladinis ¢, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle, 
vol. 50. no. 4, pl. xvii. fig. 8 (1887). 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 363 


Hewitson coll. 
a,b. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3,2. 
Excepting that the marginal green and red markings on the 
secondaries are rather better developed, the male corresponds 
with that of the typical form. 


Seasonal form of var. Dewitz?——The male has lost the red 
marginal streaks on the secondaries, and the female has the band 
white partly bordered with silvery blue, nearly as in that sex of 
the typical form. 

ce. Zomba (Macclounie), 3 


d. Delagoa Bay, 2. 


Typical C. ethalion. 
e, f. Kaffraria (Druce coll.), 3, 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
g- Durban (G. E. Shelley), 2; from S. & G. coll. 
h. Natal (Bates coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
i,j. Natal (Plant), 5,92. 
k. Natal (Gueinzius), 3 
l. Zulu country (Angas), 9 . 


Hewitson coll. (as C. ephyra). 
m—-o0. Natal, 3,2 9. 
p,q. Without locality, 5,°. 

Staudinger gives a poor figure of the male under the name of 
C. ephyra, a species from which there is not the least difficulty 
in distinguishing it. 

I can make nothing more of C. Baumanni than a dwarfed 
female answering to our specimen from Zulu (J, supra). 


32. CHARAXES HILDEBRANDTI. 

Charaxes Hildebrandti, Dewitz, Acta Ac. Nat. Cur. xli. 2, p. 200, pl. i. 
fig. 16 (1879). 

Charaxes talaguge, Holland, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 330, pl. vi. 
fig. 2 (1886). 

a. Ondo country, Lagos (Sir G. Carter), 3; from 8S. &G. 
coll. 
This is an extraordinarily distinct and very beautiful species. 


338. CHARAXES WHYTEI. 

6. Charaxes Whytei, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 649, pl. Ix. 
fig. 2; 9, 1895, p. 255. 

é@. Charaxes Selousi, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 45, pl. vi. 
fig. 10. 


364 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


a,b. Zomba (A. Whyte), 3 3. 
c,d. Zomba (Macelounie), 2 2. 
e, f- Zomba (Consul A. Sharpe), 3,2. 


Since writing this paper, I have discovered that C. Thysiz 
should be referred to this section of the genus. 


5. C. anrictEa GROUP. 

34. CHARAXES ANTICLEA. 
Papilio anticlea, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. iii. pl. xxvii. figs. 5, 6 (1782). 
Papilio horatius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 64 (1793). 

a. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft), 3. 

6. Sierra Leone (Rev. D. F. Morgan), ¢ . 

e. Sierra Leone (Stathard coill.), 3. 

d. Without locality (coll. Kaden); from 8. & G. coll. 
Hewitson coll. 

e. Without locality, 3. 

f. Angola, 3. 


Seasonal form. (Orange deeper, ocelli more numerous.) 
g. Sierra Leone (Druce coll.); from 8S. & G. coll. 
Hewitson coll. 
h,t. Angola, d d. 


30. CHARAXES PROTOCLEA. 
Charaxes protoclea, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, p. 260. 
a,b. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), ¢,2; from 8. & G. 
coll. 
e-g. Cameroons, 5 5, 2; fromS. & G. coll. 


h,i. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3S 3; from 8. & G. 
coll. 


j, k. Cameroons, 3,°. 

1. Old Calabar (White), 3; from 8. & G coll. 

m. Old Calabar (Druce coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 

nm. Ashanti, 3. 

o. Without locality (coll. Kaden), 2; from S. & G. coll. 
p,q. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 9,5; from 8S. & G. coll. 

Hewitxson coll. 

ry. Old Calabar, ¢. 

s. Cameroons, do. 

t. Without locality, ?. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. * 865 


36. CHARAXES AZOTA. 

. Philognoma azota, Hewitson, Entom. Month. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 32 
(1877). 

¢. Charaxes azota, Butler, Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. 
p- 249 (1895). 

Type, Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3. 


Local form: Charaxes calliclea, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 180 (1889). 
Mombasa. 
Not in the British Museum collection, but intermediate in 
character between typical C. azota and the following :— 


Local form: Charaxes nyasana, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. p. 249 (1895). 
Charaxes azota d, Hewitson, Entom. Month. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 181 
(1878). 
a. Zomba (Macclounie), 3. 


Hewitson coll. 
b. Nyasa-land (Thelwall), 3. 


Now that I have seen Mr. Grose Smith’s examples of his 
C. calliclea from Mombasa, I can no longer regard this form as 
more than a local race of C. azota, the differences in C. calliclea 
being such as partly to connect the two extremes. In all prob- 
ability a series collected over the whole of Eastern Africa would 
supply all the lmks from one type to the other, but I de not 
doubt that the form of Delagoa Bay is constantly dissimilar from 
that of Nyasa-land, and therefore that distinctive names, by 
which these local races may be indicated, are a positive gain to 
the student. 


6. C. LUcRETIUS GROUP. 


37. CHARAXES LACTETINCTUS. 
3d. Charaxes lactetinctus, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xviii. p. 113 (1892) ; 
Berl. ent. Zeit. xxxviii. p. 190, Taf. v. fig. 3 (1893). 
Adeli. 
Probably allied to C. lucretius, to judge from the under sur- 
face; above, it is more like C. candiope, but with the basal area 
bluish white, more after the fashion of C. varanes. 


366 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE 


38. CHARAXES ODYSSEUS. 
©. Charaxes odysseus, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep.v. p. 260 
(1892). 
Island of St. Thomas, West Africa. 
Said to be most like C. etesipe 2 on the upper surface, but 
C. lucretius on the under surface. It is not in the Museum 
collection. 


39. CHARAXES LUCRETIUS. 
Papilio lucretius, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. lxxxii. figs. E, F (1779). 
a, b. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3,2. 
c. West Africa, 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
d,e. Isubu, o,°2. 
f. Cameroons, ¢; from 8. & G. coll. 
g. Monbuttu (Hmin Pasha), 2. 
h-j. Old Calabar, 5 3; from S. & G. coll. 
k. Old Calabar (White), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
I-n. Fernando Po, 9 2, d; from S. & G. coll. 
o. Ashanti, 3. 
p. Croboe District, Accra (Higlett), 3 


Hewitson coll. 
q-s- Fernando Po, d,2 9. 
t. Old Calabar, ¢. 
u. Angola, d. 


40. CHARAXES CYNTHIA. 
6. Charaxes cynthia, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 626, pl. xxxvi. 
fie. 3. 
°o. Charaxes lysianassa, Westwood, Thes. Oxon. p. 181, pl. xxxiv. 
figs. 3, 4 (1874). 
. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3. 
Old Calabar (White), 2; from S. & G. coll. 
West Africa, 2. 
. Rio del Rey (4. H. Johnston), 3. 
Locality unrecorded (Coll. Kaden), 3; from 8. & G. 
coll. 
Types, f,g. Ashanti, d do. 
h. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. 
coll. 


xs Vere 


Hewitson coll. 
7. Angola, Q. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 867 


41, Cuaraxres Maccrountt. 
Charaxes Macclounii, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 252, 3, pl. xv. 
fig. 1. 
a—d. Gomba (Macclounie), 3,2 9. 


42. Cyaraxes Lastt. 


Charaxes Lasti, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. 
p. 131 (1889); 3d. Rhop. Krot. p. 8, pl. Char. iv. figs. 4, 5 (1890); 
2. Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 39, pl. v. fig. 6. 

Mombasa, Pungwe Valley and Pungwe River. 
a,b. Zomba, 5 5 (Consul A. Sharpe). 


43, CHARAXES Boveri. 
Charaxes Boueti, Meisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, p. 261. 
Gambia. 
From the description, this species would seem to be nearly 
_ allied to C. candiope, and I should have considered it merely a 
form of that species, only Mr. Feisthamel has omitted to mention 
the green veins on the under surface, which are especially charac- 
teristic of the C. candiope group. Ifa very distinct species, one 
would have supposed that it must have been received and recog- 
nized since 1850; nevertheless, from a drawing of the type 
shown to me by Mr. Aurivillius after I had completed this paper, 
I find that C. Boweti is nearly allied to OC. Lastz. 


7. C. CANDIOPE GROUP. 


44, CHARAXES CANDIOPE. 


Nymphalis candiope, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 353 (1819). 
Charaxes viridicostatus, Aurivillius, Gifu. Akad. Forh. xxxvi. (Gre 7) 
p. 41 (1879). 
a. Nguru Hills, E. Africa, ¢; from 8. & G. coll. 
6. Summit of Mt. Hohnel (Dr. Gregory), 2. 
c. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
d,e. Kaffraria (Druce coll.), $ 3; from S. & G. coll. 
. Durban (G. H. Shelley), 2; from S. & G. coll. 
g,h. Natal (Gueinzius), 2,3. 
z. Natal (Plant), 3. 
j. Congo (Richardson), 3 var. 
k. Angola (Monteiro), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
l-n. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3 3. 
o. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss); from S. & G. coll. 


368 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE 


Var.=probably typical viridicostatus. 
p. Taita, B. Africa (J. A. Wray), 3 
g- Zomba (Macclounie), 


Hewitson coll. 
r,s. Natal, dd. 
Var. ¢. Delagoa Bay, do. 
uw. Angola, 9. 


Local race ?: C. thomasius, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 169 
(1886). 
Island of St. Thomas. 
Staudinger describes the pattern as somewhat similar to that 
of O. Cowani (my description of which he has evidently over- 
looked, inasmuch as he describes it as a new species). 


45. CHARAXES ANTAMBOULOU. 

Charaxes antamboulou, Lucas, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. xv. p. 1 (1872). 

gd as 9. Charaxes antamboulou, Mabdille, in Grand. Mad. p. 191, 
pl. 23. figs. 3, 4, var. (1885). 
*Var. a,b. Madagascar, Fort Dauphin (1. J. Cloisel), 5 3. 
Typical, c. Ankafana, Betsileo (Rev. Deans Cowan), 2. 


Hewitson coll. (as C. candiope). 
d,e. Madagascar, 5d 3. 

The sexes of this species, as of the allied C. candiope, are 
alike on both surfaces, but the under surface varies considerably, 
as in the Continental species. Hewitson’s two males and one 
female correspond exactly on both surfaces. 


46. CHARAXES CowANI. 
do. Charaxes Cowani, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ti. 
p- 285 (1878); @, ibid. vol. v. p. 336 (1880). 
6. Charaxes antamboulou, Mabille (part.), in Grand. Mad. p. 191, 
pl. 23. figs. 1, 2 (1888). 
Type, a. Fianarantsoa (Rev. Deans Cowan), 3 
6. Fianarantsoa (Rev. Deans Cowan), 2 
c-e. Betsileo (Rev. Deans Cowan), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
Jf. Madagascar, 3. 
The female has a curious general resemblance to C. antam- 
boulow on the upper surface, but the external area is blacker and 


* Corresponding with Mabille’s figure of the supposed female, but primaries 
more falcate. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 369 


the apex of the primaries acuminate as in the male; on the under 
surface the pattern of the sexes closely corresponds and exhibits 
little variation. I donot know what to make of Mabille’s second 
figure, but suspect it to be taken from a male of C. antamboulow. 


47, CHARAXES ANALAVA. 
Charaxes analava, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. ix. p. 3 (1872); Mabille, 
in Grand. Mad. p. 194, pl. xxv. figs. 2, 2 a (1887). 
a. Antananarivo (Kingdon), 3. 
b-c. Madagascar (Druce coll.), 2, 5; from 8. & G. coll. 


Hewitson col). 
d—g. Madagascar, d do. 


8. C. zootiIna Group. 


48. CHARAXES BETANIMENA. 
Charaxes betanimena, Lucas, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. xv. art. 22, p. 3 (1872). 
Charaxes andriba, Ward, Entom. Month. Mag. ix. p. 210 (1873). 
©. Nymphalis Freyi, Brancsik, Jahresb. Ver. Trencsin, 1891, pl. 7. 
a. Fort Dauphin (JL. J. Cloisel), 3. 
Herr Brancsik’s figure is evidently made from an imperfect or 
distorted specimen. 


49. CHARAXES NEANTHES. 


Nymphalis neanthes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i. Nymph. pl. i. figs. 2, 3 
(1854). 

a,b. Kaffraria (Druce coll.), § 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
c. Natal (Bates coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 

d,e. Natal (Gueinzius), 2, 3. 
Ff. Natal (Plant), 3. 

g-t. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), § $, 9; from 8. & G. coll. 
j. Lake Mweru (#. Crawshay), 3. 

k, 1. Cameroons, 9,6. 


Hewitson coll. 
m. Natal, 3. 
n—q. Without locality, 3, 2 2. 
r. Delagoa Bay, 9. 


50. CHaraxes EumMcKEIr. 


Charaxes Ehmckei, Dewitz, Berl. ent. Zeit., Lep. xxvi. p. 382, pl. vii. 
fig. 4 (1882). 


370 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE © 


Hewitson coll. (as C. betanimena). 
a-c. Angola, gd. 

In colouring this species is intermediate between the O. neanthes 
and ©. zoolina series: it is, however, remarkable on account of 
the development, in the male, of the tail at the extremity of the 
third median branch. I do not doubt that this species is one of 
the links connecting Palla with Charaxes, the upper-surface 
coloration of C. Hhmekii being very like that of P. varanes. 


51. Coaraxes HoMEYERI. 
Charaxes Homeyeri, Dewitz, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxvi. p. 382, pl. vii. fig. 3 
(1882). 
Angola. 
Not in the Museum collection. 


52. CHaraxes KAHLDENI. 


Charaxes Kahldeni, Dewitz, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxvi. p., 381, pl. vil. 
figs. 1, 2 (1882). 
Angola. 


58. CHARAXES ZOOLINA. 


Nymphalis zoolina, Doubleday 3 Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 53. 
fig. 1 (1850). 


a, b. Cameroons, 3, 9. 
ce. Mamboia (Dr. Kirk), 2. 
d. Nguru Hills, E. Africa, d; from S. & G. coll. 
e. Slopes of Kilima-njaro (Hannington), 3. 
f. Victoria Nyanza (Hannington), 3. 

g, h. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3, 2; from S. & G. coll. 

i-k. Natal (Bates coll.), 3, 9 2; from S. & G. coll. 
l. Natal (Gweinzius), 2. 

m,n. Natal (Plant), 2 9°. 

Hewitson coll. 

o-r. Delagoa Bay, od 3d, 9 2. 
s. Natal, 2. 
t. Zambesi, 3. 


54. CHARAXES BETSIMISERAKA. 

Charaxes betsimiseraka, Lucas, Ann. Sct. Nat. vol. xv. art. 22, p. 2 
(1872) ; Mabille in Grand. Mad. p. 195, pl. xxi. figs. 2, 2a (1887). 

Not in the British Museum collection. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 871 


55. CHARAXES RELATUS. 

Charaxes relatus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 394 
(1880). 

a, b. Fort Dauphin (IZ. J. Cloisel), 3, 9. 

Hewitson coll. 

Type, c. Madagascar, 3. 

I believe, when perfect, the male of.this species has a single 
tail like the nearly allied C betsimiseraka ; both of the males in 
the Museum are probably mutilated. 


56. CHARAXES NOBILIS. 

Charaxes nobilis, Druce, Entom. Month. Mag. x. p. 13 (1873). 

Charaxes agabo, Distant, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 708, pl. liv. 
fig. 4. 

Charaxes homerus, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. p. 132, pl. ti. 
fig. 1 (1891). 

Type, a. Old Calabar (coll. Druce); from 8. & G. coll. 

This grand species evidently belongs to the C. zoolina group. 


9. C. TAHLUSA GROUP. 


57. CHARAXES JAHLUSA. 
Nymphalis jahlusa, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. i. p. 177 (1862), ii. 
p. 341, pl. iii. fig. 5 (1866). 
a, b. Cape of Good Hope (Layard), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
c. 8. Africa (Sir Andrew Smith), 2. 
d. Natal (Bates coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
e. Natal (Druce coll.), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
Hewitson coll. ; 
fg. Cape of Good Hope, 3 d. 
This is easily separable from C. argynnides by its paler ground- 
tint, less blackened apex and outer border, and the slightly less 
prominently sigmoidal outer margin to the primaries. 


58. CHARAXES ARGYNNIDES. 
Charaxes argynnides, Westwood, Proc. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 10 
(1864). 
a. Lake Nyasa (Cotterell), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
b. Shire River (Bates coll.), 2; from 8S. & G. coll. 
c,d. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), do. 
Hewitson coll. (as C. jahlusa). 
e, f. Zambesi, d, 9. 
g. Nyasa, od. 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 31 


872 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE 


Both this species and C. jahlusa have two types of marking on 
the under surface—the one type having the apical area of pri- 
maries and the whole of the secondaries with a whitish ground to 
the markings, the other with a brownish argillaceous ground: 
these differences are probably seasonal. 


. 10. C. NicHETES GROUP. 


59. CHARAXES LEONINUS. 
Charaxes leoninus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 253, pl. xv. 
Higeeoe 
a, b. Gomba (Macclounie), 3,2. 
c-e. Zomba (Consul A. Sharpe), 3,2 2. 


60. CHARAXES NICHETES. 

Charaxes nichetes, H. Grose Smith, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 58 (1883); 
Rhop. Exot. i. Char. pl. iv. figs. 1-3 (1890). 

Charaxes hamatus, Dewitz, Ent. Nachr. x. p. 285 (1884); Nova Acta 
Leop.-Carol. Akad. Naturf. vol. 50. no. 4, pl. xvii. fig. 12 (1887). 

Charaxes ogovensis, Holland, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xui. p. 330, pl. viii. 
fig. 2 (1886). 

Type, a. Cameroons, 3; from S. & G. coll. 


11. C. LaopicE Group. 


61. CHARAXES ZELICA. 

Charaxes zelica, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. vi. p. 28 (1869) ; Lep. Exot. 
i. p. 12, pl. v. fig. 3 (1869). 

Type, a. Ashanti?, d. 


62. CHARAXES PORTHOS. 
Charaxes porthos, H. Grose Smith, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 57 (1883) ; 
Rhop. Exot. i. Char. pl. i. figs. 4, 5 (1887). 
Charaxes midas, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. p. 135, pl. i. fig. 4 
(1891). 
a. Old Calabar, 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
b. West Africa, ¢; from S. & G. coll. 


63. CHARAXES MYCERINA. 
Nymphalis mycerina, Godart, Enc. Meéth. ix. p. 369 (1823); Lucas, 
Lep. Exot. pl. 65. fig. 2 (1835). 
a. Old Calabar (Swan), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
b. Old Calabar (White), 5; from 8. & G. coll. 
c. Without locality, 2; from S. & G. coll. 
d, é. Cameroons, ¢ d; from 8. & G. coll. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXKES. . 373 


Jig. Cameroons, 3 o. 
h. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), $; fromS. & G. coll. 
2. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), 5; from 8. & G. coll. 
j, &. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), ¢ 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
1. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3. 


Hewitson coll. 
m, m. Cameroons, 3d, 2. 
o. Fernando Po, ¢. 


64. CHARAXES NAUSICAA. 

Charaxes nausicaa, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. p. 137 
(1891). 

a. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3. 
6. “ R. Ogowai” (? Ogooawai, Soudan), d. 

This insect is so extremely close te C. mycerina, that it would 
not be at all surprising to find that it was an occasional sport of 
that species ; it is almost too rare for a seasonal form. The chief 
differences are in the outline of the wings, the primaries having 
the costal margin less arched, the secondaries having the outer 
margin regularly dentate-sinuate: the pattern and colouring on 
both surfaces are nearly the same as in C. mycerina; but on the 
under surface the darker bandings are less clearly defined. 


65. CHARAXES LAODICE. 
Q. Papilio laodice, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. iii. pl. 26. figs. 1, 2 
(1782). 
Papilio lyeurgus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iti. 1, p. 67 (1793). 
3. Nymphalis nesiope, Hewitson, Exot. Buit.i. Nymph. pl. i. figs. 5, 6 
(1854). 
a. Old Calabar (Bates coll.), 6; from 8. & G. coll. 
b. Old Calabar (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
ce. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3. 
d. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), 3 ; from 8. & G. coll. 
e, f. Isubu, 5 do. 
g. Fernando Po, 3; from S. & G. coll. 
h. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), d. 
2. Ambriz (Monteiro), 3. 
Hewitson coll. 


j. Cameroons, 3. 
k,l. Angola, 5 d. 


374 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


66. CHARAXES THYSII *. 

Charaxes thysii, Capronnier, Comptes Rend. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxiii. 
p. exxv (1889). 

Congo. 

I have been quite unable to identify this species with anything 
we possess: it expands 2 inches, has the upper surface black- 
brown with blue reflections; the primaries with a submarginal 
series of blue spots uniting at the submedian vein into a metallic 
blue band which runs parallel to the outer margin of secondaries : 
so far the description answers fairly to the male of C. laodice, 
but the secondaries are said to have two short tails. Under 
surface silvery white, with a continuous brown submarginal line 
sprinkled with black markings on the secondaries, the border of 
these wings being also brown, with little black lunules; there 
are also spots and little interrupted lines of black at the base of 
the primaries, and a large black-brown patch at external angle. 


11. C. TrRIDATES GRovp. 


67. CHARAXES IMPERIALIS. 

3. Charaxes imperialis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 531, pl. xi. 
fig. 3; 2. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 570. 

a. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 35; fromS. & G. coll. 
b. Rio del Rey (Johnston), 2. 

The male is labelled “Charaxes imperialis, Stgr. in litt.” Itis 
surprising how careless Dr. Staudinger is in looking up the 
authorship of a species ; however carefully it may have been 
figured and described, it is still in danger of being redescribed as 
new: this is repeatedly the case in his ‘ Exotische Schmetter- 
linge.’ 

C. imperialis is at present very rare in collections ; for thirteen 
years the type in Mr. Swanzy’s collection was the only specimen 
known to me. 


68. Cuaraxres AMELIA. 
od. Charaxes Amelie, Doumet, Rev. Zool. 1861, p. 171, pl. v. fig. 1; 
Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v. Char. pl. v. figs. 20, 21 (1876). 
6. Charaxes regius, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. x. p. 191 (1889). 
a-d. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 6 3, 2; from S. & G. coll. 
e-g. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 2 9. 


* Since this paper was written, a coloured drawing of the type has been shown 
to me by Mr. Aurivillius; the species is allied to C. Whytet. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 375 


h, z. Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 3, 2. 
j. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
k. Old Calabar (White), 3; trom 8. & G. coll. 
1. Old Calabar (Druce coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
m. Accra (H. T. Carter), 2. 
Hewitson coll. 
n. Old Calabar, o. 
o. Without locality, 2. 


69. CHARAXES PITHODORIS. 

Charaxes pithodoris, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 57 (1873); 
Exot. Butt. iv. Char. pl. i. figs. 18, 19 (1874). 

Charaxes pythodorus, Kirby, Cat. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 478 (1877). 

Charaxes nesza, H. Grose Smith, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. 
p- 132 (1889). 


a,b. Lake Mweru (R&R. Crawshay), 5 ¢. 
Hewitson coll. 
Type, c. Angola (Rogers), 3. 
This species, in the tailless character of the hind wings of the 


male, approaches the C. mycerina group; but the upper-surface 
pattern brings it nearer to C. citheron. 


70. CHARAXES CITHERON. 
Charaxes cithzron, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 398, pl. viii. 
figs. 2, 3 (1859). 
a-c. Durban (G. E. Shelley), 5, 23 from S. & G. coll. 
d-g. Natal (Gueinzius), d 5,22. 
h,i. Natal (Plant), 5 oS. 
j. Natal (Bates coll.), 6; from 8. & G. coll. 
k. Transvaal, 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
I-n. Zomba (A. Whyte & Macclounie), 2 2, ¢- 
o. Slopes of Kilima-njaro (Hannington), 3 - 
Hewitson coll. 
p-s. Natal, d bd, 2 &. 


71. CHARAXES SMARAGDALIS. 
$. Charaxes smaragdalis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 630, pl. 36. 
fic. 5; 2. Lep. Exot. i. p. 5, pl. ii. fig. 1 (1869). 
a. Sierra Leone (Druce coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
b-d. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 2, 6 5; from S. & G. coll. 
e-j. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 5 5,2 Q. 
k. Cameroons, ¢. 


376 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


l-m. Cameroons, ¢ ¢; from S. & G. coll. 
nm. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
Type, 0. Congo (Richardson), 3. 
Hewitson coll. 
p. Without locality, 3. 
g. Congo, 2 (example figured in ‘ Lep. Exot.’). 


72. CHARAXES PRINCEPS, sp. n. 

3. Differs from C. smaragdalis in the less produced, more 
truncated apex to the primaries, the outer margin almost 
straight; much shorter tails to secondaries; in colouring it is 
more violaceous; the blue band completely divided on the 
primaries to the first median branch and by two black spots on 
the interno-median interspace ; secondaries with the first division 
of the.blue band represented by a small isolated spot; border 
much less black, narrower, séparating into ocelloid spots from 
median vein; under surface more lilacine than in C. smaragdalis. 
Expanse 97 millim. 

a. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll. 


73. CHarAxes Monreirt. 

Charaxes Monteiri, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 168, pl. lix. (1886). 
Isle of St. Thomas, Guinea. 

Not in the Museum collection. 


74, CHARAXES VIOLETTA. 
Charaxes violetta, H. Grose Smith, Entom. Month. Mag. xxi. p. 247 
(1885) ; Rhop. Exot. i. Char. pl. i. figs. 1-3 (1887). 
a. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3. 
6. Zanzibar (Druce coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 


75. CHARAXES XIPHARES. 
Q. Papilio xiphares, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecelxxvii. figs. A, B 
(1782). 
3. Papilio thyestes, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. pl. xxxii. figs. 2, 2 6 (1790), 
Nymphalis thurius, Godart, Enc. Meéth. 1x. p. 354 (1823). 
Nymphalis thieste, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 307 (1850). 
a. South Africa (F. P. Mansel Weale), 3. 
6, ec. South Africa (Sir Andrew Smith), 2 Q. 
Hewitson coll. 
d, e. Without locality, 2 9. 
Jf. Cape of Good Hope, ¢. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 377 


76. CHARAXES NUMENES. 


Nymphalis numenes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Nymph. pl. ii. figs. 9-11 
(1859). ; 


a. West Africa, ¢; from 8. & G. coll. 
b. West Africa, 9. 
ec, d. Without locality (coll. Kaden), 3,2; from S. & G. coll. 
e. Old Calabar, ¢; from S. & G. coll. 
f. Cameroons (Druce coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
g, h. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
z. Sierra Leone (Barchard), ©. 
7. Necra, Ss. 
k. Accra (#. T. Carter), 3. 


l,m. Croboe District, Accra (Higlett), 3 3. 


Hewitson coll. 
Type, 2. Sierra Leone, 3. 
o,p. Angola, 3 co. 
g. Fernando Po, 2. 


77. CHARAXES TIRIDATES. 
3. Papilio tiridates, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. elxi. figs. A, B (1779). 
©. Papilio marica, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ui. 1, p. 113 (1793). 
Var., Charaxes mixtus, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 536, pl. xii. fig. 8 
(1894). 
Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 6; from S. & G. coll. 
Sierra Leone (Plant), 29,¢. 
Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 3. 
West Africa, ¢,2; from S. & G. coll. 


a. 

b, e. 
d. 

Gy fe 
g. Accra (&. Trimen), 3. 

h. Accra (H. TP. Carter), 2. 

7. Lake Mweru (#. Crawshay), S. 

j. Isubu, S. 

l. 


k,l. Ashanti, os. 


Var. miztus, Roths. 
m,n. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3,2; from 8. & G. 
coll. 
Larger than the type from the Congo. There can be no doubt, 
I think, that the prominence of the white centres to the blue 
spots, unless proved to be peculiar to one locality only, can 
hardly indicate even a distinct race. Mr. Rothschild insists that 
the true female of C. méxtus resembles the male ! 


878 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


Hewitson coll. (normal type). 
0, p. Without locality, 3,9. 
q, v. Sierra Leone, g ¢. 


78. CHARAXES BIPUNCTATUS. 
Charaxes bipunctatus, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 536 (1894). 
a. Croboe District, Accra (Higlett), 3. 

This appears to be distinct from OC. teridates, butis very nearly | 
allied: the absence of tails, the glossy greenish blue of the upper 
surface, and the deep orange marginal spots are its best 
characters; the absence of some of the blue spots is less 


important. 


79. CHARAXES BOHEMANI. 
6. Charaxes Bohemani, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 321, pl. vi. 
fig. 3 (1859); 2. Butler, Lep. Exot. i. pl. x. fig. 3 (1870). 
a-c. Angola (Monteiro), 3 5; from S. & G. coll. 
d. Angola (Bates coll.), 2; from S. & G. coll. 
e. Banks of the Congo (Monteiro), 2. 
f. Bembe (Yonteiro), 3. 
g. Ngama’s (#. Crawshay), 3. 
h. Lake Mweru (#. Crawshay), 3. 
1,7. Lomba (Macclounie), 3 3. 
k. Kandera (Himin Pasha), 3. 
1. Mamboia (Dr. Kirk), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
m. 8. Salvado (Grandy), 9; from S. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. 
n,o. Zambesi, 5,2. 
p,q. Without locality, gd. 


12. C. EUPALE GROUP. 


80. CHARAXES EUPALE. 
Papilio eupale, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. pl. vi. fig. 3 (1782). 
Papilio amasia, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 136 (1793). 
a—d. Ashanti, 5 35,2. 
e. Ashanti (Horniman coll.), 3. 
f,g. Croboe District, Accra (Higlett), 3 3. 
h. W. Africa (J. Macgillivray), 3. 
i. Angola, Bembe mines (Montero), 3. 
j. Angola (Rogers); from 8. & G. coll. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 379 


k, l. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3 3. 
m. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss) ; from S. & G. coll. 
nm, o. Cameroons; from 8. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. 
p,q. Without locality, g 3d. 
x. Cape Coast, 3. 
s. Angola, 3. 


13. C. pDELPHIS GRovUP. 


81. CHARAXES DELPHIS. 
Charaxes delphis, Doubleday, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1843, p. 217, 


ple 7. 
Charaxes concha, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. iv. p. 162, pl. x. figs. 1 


& 3 (1861). 
a. Labuan (Low), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
b, c. Borneo (Low), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
d. Borneo (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
e. Palawan (Dr. Platen), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
f. Malacca (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
g-t. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3 3. 
Hewitson coll. 
j-l. Without locality, d d. 
It seems strange that all the specimens of this species which 
come to hand are males. 


14. C. rEUDAMIPPUS GROUP. 


82. CHARAXES DOLON. 
Charaxes dolon, Westwood, Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. xxvii. figs. 2, 3 (1848). 
a-d. Darjiling (Lidderdale), ¢ 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
e,f. Sikhim (G. C. Dudgeon), 3 cd. 
g- Sikhim (Watson), 3. 
h. N. India (Capt. Boyes), 3. 
zt, j. Nepal (General Ramsay), 3 ¢. 


Hewitson coll. 
k-n. Without locality, 5 3. 
In this species also, females would appear to be extremely rare. 
All that I have seen are males. 


880 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE 


83. CHARAXES EUDAMIPPUS. 
Charaxes eudamippus, Doubleday, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1843, p. 217, 
pl. vii. 
Types, a, 6. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3,2. 
. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3. 
. Darjiling (4. J. Elwes), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
. Darjiling (Bates coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
> Mungphu (Atkinson), 3. 
. Bhutan (G. C. Dudgeon), 3. 
. Nepal (Wright), 3. 
. Khasia Hills (Col. Swinhoe), 3. 
- Meetan, Burmah (A. O. Hume), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
. Tilin Yaw (Watson), 3. 
. East Pegu (W. Doherty), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
Hewitson coll. 
m-q. Without locality, d 3,@. 


Nw PSs SQ HT AS 


It is a great pity that Hewitson did not preserve the locality 
on his female specimen, that sex being very rare in collections. 


84. CHARAXES NEPENTHES. 
Charaxes nepenthes, H. Grose Smith, Entom. Month. Mag. vol. xx. 
p- 58 (1883); Rhop. Fxot., Char. pl. ii. figs. 3, 4 (1887). 
a,b. Salween River, Shan States, Burmah (Miss Lose 
Jackson), 3 3. 


85. Cuaraxes RoruscHiipt. 

Charaxes ganymedes, Leech, Entomologist, vol. xxiv. Suppl. p. 30 
(1891), not Staudinger. 

Charaxes Rothschildi, Leech, Butt. China, i. p. 128, pl. xiv. fig. 3 
(1893). 

Omei-shan and Moupin. 

Not in the British Museum collection. It differs from C. 
eudamippus just as C. mandarinus does from CO. narceéus, therefore 
it would not be surprising if we were to receive intergrades from 
one to the other. Mr. Leech renamed his species on the ground 
that Westwood had already used the name for a species of 
Charaxes! but Westwood (Joc. cit.) gave the name ganymede 
(sic) to a Morpho, not a Charaxes. It was Staudinger who in 
1886 used the name for a Charazes. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 381 


86. CHARAXES NARCREUS. 

Nymphalis narezus, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i. Nymph. pl. 1. figs. 1, 4 
(1854). : 

Var., Charaxes mandarinus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 437 
(1867). 

Charaxes narczus, var. thibetanus, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. xv. pall, 
pl. ii. fig. 10 (July 1891). 

Charaxes satyrina, Butler, var. menedemus, Oberthiir, J. c. p. 13, pl. il. 
fig. 9. 

a, b. Shanghai (W. B. Pryer), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
e. North China, @. 
Type, d. Shanghai (Fortune), 5; “ Chekiang,” Hew. 
e-h. Kiukiang (Chas. Maries), 3 3. 
Hewitson coll. 
@ China, 2. 
Var. mandarinus = thibetanus. 
j, k. North China (fortune), 3 do. 
1. North China, 3. 
Hewitson coll. 
m. Without locality, ¢. 
nm. China, 2. 

M. Oberthiir’s C. menedemus is typical C. narceus and C. 
thibetanus typical C. mandarinus. I was not aware that I had 
given the name C. satyrina to any Oharaxes, but M. Oberthiir 
(instead of looking up the Zoological Records) seems to have 
been perfectly satisfied to accept a manuscript name attached to 
a specimen by a dealer (see Leech in Butt. China, p. 127). 


87. CHARAXES POSIDONIUS. 


Charaxes posidonius, Leech, Entomologist, vol. xxiv., Suppl. p. 30 
(May 1891); Butt. China, 1. p. 127, pl. xiv. fig. 4 (1893). 
Charaxes clitiphron, Oberthiir, Etudes d? Ent. xv. p- 12, pl. 1. fig. 11 
(July 1891). 
Wa-ssu-kow and Ni-tou. 
Not in the Museum collection. 


15. C. HADRIANUS GROUP. 
88. CHARAXES HADRIANUS. 
Charaxes hadrianus, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. viii. p. 120 (1871). 
Charaxes gabonica, Crowley, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 553, pl.ii. fig. 1 (1891). 
Gaboon. 
Not in the Museum collection. 


3882 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE 


16. C. arHamas Group. 
89. CHARAXES JALYSUS. Q 
Charaxes jalysus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iil. p. 438, pl. lix. fig. 5 
(1867). 
a-d. Borneo (Low), 5 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
e. Sarawak (Hverett), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
f. Perak (Townsend), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
g, h. Malacca (Capt. Pinwill), 3 3. 


This is a very distinct species which has been incorrectly 
associated with the C. hebe group; it really belongs to the 
opposite end of the series of species allied to C. athamas, the 
bordering of the wings on the under surface being narrowest in 
this species. 


90. CHARAXES BHARATA,. 
Charaxes bharata, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 438 (1867). 


a. Dharmsala (Hocking), 3. 
6. Hast India (Dohrn, Zeller coll.), 2. 
ec. Darjiling (ZLidderdale), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 


The evident rarity of this form is rather suspicious; but it 
differs in so many respects from C. athamas that, without positive 
evidence, it would be presumptuous to regard it as a variety of 
that species: in its much narrower dark borders it is considerably 
nearer to C. jalysus. 


91. CHARAXES HAMASTA. 


Kulepis hamasta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 238. 
Charaxes agrarius, Swinhoe, 1. c. 1886, p. 425, pl. xl. fig. 3. 


Types, a, 6. Dharmsala (Hocking), 3,2. 
ce. India (coll. Banks), 3 . 
d. Mhow (Col. Swinhoe), 3 . 
e,f- Tilin Yaw (Watson), 3 So. 
g. Chin Hills (Watson), 3. 


We next come to a form corresponding closely with C. 
athamas in pattern, and which I therefore regard as a variety of 
that species, but which, from the pale greenish-yellow colouring 
of the central area above, has been confounded with the narrow- 
bordered O. bharata. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 383 


92. CHARAXES ATHAMAS. 


Papilio athamas, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. i. pl. ii. fig. 4 (1773). 

Var. a. Charaxes samatha, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 831. 

Var. 6. Charaxes attalus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 438 (1867). 
Charaxes Fruhstorferi, Rober, Ent. Nachr. xxi. n. 4, p. 63 (1895). 
Charaxes phrixus, Rober, l. c. p. 64. 


Var. 1. Resembling typical form, but with central band above 
pale greenish yellow as in C. bharata. 
a. Assam (Watson), 3. 
b. Nepal (Dr. Wright), 9°. 
ce. Khasia Hills (Watson), 3. 
d. Sikhim (Watson), 3. 


Var. 2. Intermediate between var. 1 and typical form, the band 

above yellow but broad, inner apical spot large and quadrate. 
a. Kali valley, N.W. India (J. F. Duthie), 3. 
6. Landoor (General Hearsay), 3. 
e. Darjiling (H. J. Elwes), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
d. Kullar, Nilghiris (Davison), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
e. Kandy (Major Yerbury), 2. 
Ff. Ceylon (Major Yerbury), 3. 

Hewitson coll. 
g, h. Simla,d o. 


Var. 3. Typical. (Drury’s type was from China.) 
a. Nepal (Dr. Wright), 3. 
b. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
c. Mylang River (Dr. G. Watt), 3. 


Var. 4. OC. samatha, Moore. 
a. Upper Tenasserim (Wood-Mason), 3 . 
b-e. Tilin Yaw (Watson),2,3 3. 
f. Rangoon (J. G. Scott), 3. 
g. Rangoon (Cowen), 3 . 
h. Andamans (Commander A. Carpenter), . 
2. Ceylon (Jameson), 3 . 
j, k. Ceylon (Col. Yerbury), 3 3. 
l. Ceylon (Whyte), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
m-o. Philippines (Dr. Platen),3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
p, q- Philippines (Semper), 5 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
Philippine examples have the submarginal red spots on the 
secondaries better developed than in those from Burma and 
Ceylon. 


a84 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


Var. 5. C. attalus, Felder. 
a. Borneo,o . 
b. Sarawak (Hverett), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
c-e. Labuan (Low), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
f. Sumatra (Sachs), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
g- Perak (Townsend), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
h-o. Java (Horsfield),5 5,2 2. 

Bornean examples approach very closely to typical C. samatha ; 
those from Sumatra and Java have the central band usually 
yellower, and most examples have two subapical spots on the 
primaries. 


93. CHARAXES ALPHIUS. 
Charaxes alphius, Staudinger, Exot. Schmeft. p. 172 (1886). 
a, b. Timor (from Staudinger), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
ce. Timor (Wallace), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
d, e. Sambawa (Staudinger), 3 3 ; from S. & G. coll. 
Nearly allied to the Javan form of C. athamas, but the inner 
subapical spot geminate. 
94. CHARAXES ARJA. 
Charaxes arja, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 438 (1867). 
Papilio pyrrhus, Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. 29. fig. 3 (1800). 
a. Landour (Lidderdale), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
b-e. Silhet (Sowerby),3 5,2. 
f. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
g, h. Sikhim (G. C. Dudgeon),3 3. 
i,j. Sikhim (G. F. Hampson), 3 33; var. pyrrhus, Don. 
k. Moulmein (Clark), 2 . 
1, m. Rangoon (Watson), 3 . 
n, 0. Rangoon (Cowen), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
p. Thayetmyo (Watson), 3. 
g. Toungoo (Watson), 3. 
r,s. Tilin Yaw (Watson), 3 do. 
t. Karen Hills (Watson), 3. 


Var. with narrower black borders; less brown at base. 
uw. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
». Darjiling (Irs. Rk. V. Boyle), 3. 
Hewitson coll. 


w. Silhet, do. 
2. Cherra Poonjee,d; white band very narrow (nearly 
resembles g). 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 385 


95. CHARAXES FALLAX. 
Charaxes fallax, Réber, Entom. Nachr. xx. n. 19, p. 294 (1894). 
Charaxes javanus, Rober, J. c. xxi. p. 66 (1895). 


a. Java? (J. Reeves), 3. 


Var. OC. javanus. (See Swainson’s Zool. Ill. 2nd ser. xi. pl. 90.) 
The type is evidently a starved specimen. 
b. Java, 3. 
ce. Java (Wallace),3; from 8. & G. coll. 


Herr J. Rober admits that these two forms, which scarcely 
differ, certainly fly together; ‘“‘ whereby the independence of 
both forms is evidenced,” he says. I should have thought the 
fact clearly proved their specific identity. Herr Frihstorfer 
thinks that our examples are not true C. javanus, and that the 
latter is a synonym of C. Moorei; he, however, writes from 
memory, but the two species are certainly very nearly related. 


96. Coaraxes Mooret. 
Charaxes Moorei, Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 108, pl. xiii. fig. 3 (1883). 
Charaxes kaba, Kheil, Fauna Indo-Malay. Arch. p. 27, pl. iii. (1884). 
Charaxes heracles, Rober, Entom. Nachr. xx. n. 19, p. 294 (1894). 
a, 6. Borneo (Low), ¢ 3; from S. & G. coll. 
e. Sumatra (Sachs), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
d. Moulmein (Clark), 3. 
Hewitson coll. 
e. Borneo, 3. 
f. Burma, ?. 
Kheil’s figure certainly appears to me to be a good represen- 
tation of this species, and therefore I follow Mr. Distant in 
placing it as a synonym. 


97. CHARAXES HEBE. 
©. Charaxes hebe, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 634, pl. xxxvii. 
fig. 3. 
ee, Charaxes albanus, Rober, Entom. Nachr. xxi. n. 4, p. 66 (1895). 
Var. ¢.Charaxes ganymedes, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 173 (1886). 
a-c. Malacca (Pinwill), 3 3,2. 
d, e. Borneo (Low), 3 ¢. 
Type, f Sumatra, ?. 
Hewitson coll. 
g. Sumatra, d (agrees with description of C. albanus). 


386 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


I have seen a typical example of C. ganymedes from W. B. 
Pryer’s collection ; itis merely a slight melanism of the type 
form. 

17. C. Kaprnit Group. 

98. CHARAXES KADENII. 

Charaxes Kadenii, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 232, pl. wi. fig. 2 
(1860). 

Type, a. Without locality (Kaden coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
6. W. Java (Staudinger), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
Hewitson coll. 
c. Java, 3. 


This species seems to be a type intermediate between the 
C. athamas and C. Schreibert groups. 


18. C. ScHREIBERI GROUP. 


99. CHARAXES SCHREIBERI. 
Nymphalis Schreiberi, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. Suppl. p. 825 (1823). 
Paphia Schreibers, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. Comp. pl. vi. figs. 3, 3a 
(1829). 
a-e. Malacca (Pinwill), 5 S. 
d. Sumatra (Sachs), 2 ; from 8. & G. coll. 
e. Billiton I. (Walter), ; from 8. & G. coll. 
f. Java (Druce coll.), 2 ; from 8. & G. coll. 
g. Java (Horsfield), 9 . 
h. Labuan (Low), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
7. India, g; from S. & G. coll. 
j. Assam (Warwick), 3. 
Hewitson coll. 
k. Java, 3. 
l,m. Borneo,d ¢. 


100. CHARAXES NIASICUS. 
Charaxes niasicus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 50 (1883). 
a. Isl. of Nias (Dr. A. Schreiber), 3. 


101. CHARAXES COGNATUS. , 
Charaxes cognatus, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. iv. p. 159, pl. ix. figs. 1, 2 
(1861). 
Moluccas. 
Not in the Museum collection. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 387 


19. C. pryrruvus Group. 
102. CHARAXES PYRRHUS. 


Papilio pyrrhus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 205 (1764); Clerck, 
Icones, pl. 25. fig. 2 (1764). 
Nymphalis pyrrhus, Lucas, Lep. Exot. pl. 63. fig. 2 (1835). 
a. Amboina, do. 
b. Without locality (coll. Kaden), ; from 8S. & G. coll. 
ce. Amboina (Bates coll. from Wallace), 3 ; from S8.& G.coll. 


103. CHARAXES JUPITER. 


Charaxes jupiter, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. p. 14, pl. v. figs. 4, 7 (1869). 
Var., Charaxes attila, Grose Smith, Entom. Month. Mag. xxv. p. 301 
(1889) ; Rhop. Exot. 1. Char. pl. v. figs. 1, 23 (1891). 
a-d. Port Moresby, N. Guinea (Goldie), 3 3; fron 8.°& G. 
coll. 
e. Duke of York Island, c. 
f. Duke of York Island (G. Brown), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
g-t. Guadaleanar (Woodford), 2 2; from S. & G. coll. 


The differences pointed out by Mr. Grose Smith to distinguish 
C. attila from C. jupiter are only such as occur between specimens 
of C. sempronius. 


104. CHARAXES GALAXIA. 
Charaxes galaxia, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 63:33, pl. xxxvii. fig. 2; 
Grose Smith, Rhop. Exot. i. Char. pl. ix. figs. 3, 4 (1891). 
a—c. Timor (Wallace), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
d. Locality unrecorded, 3; from S. & G. coll. 
Types, e,f. Timor (Wallace), 3 3. 
Hewitson coll. 
g, h. Timor (Wallace), 3 3. 


105. CHARAXES GILOLENSIS. 


Charaxes gilolensis, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. p. 14, pl. v. fig. 6, pl. vi. fig. 3 
(1869). 
** Gilolo and Batchian.”’ 
a. Batchian (Dr. Platen), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
Hewitson coll. 
Type, 6. Batchian (Wallace), 3. 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. xxv. : 32 


3888 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE 


106. CHARAXES SEMPRONIUS. 
Papilio sempronius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 62 (1793). 
Jasia australis, Swainson, Zool. Ill., Ins. ii. pl. 114 (1833). 
Var., Charaxes tyrtzeus, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. ii. p. 399, pl. ix. fig. 3 
(1859). 
a. N.E. Australia (J. Brenchley), 3 . 
6. Rockingham Bay (Macgillivray),? . 
ec. Queensland (Macleay), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
d. Moreton Bay (Bates coll.),?; from 8S. & G. coll. 
e. Sydney (Macleay), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
fig. Without locality (coll. Kaden),3 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
Var. tyrteus, h. Sydney (Macleay), 2 ; from 8. & G. coll. 
z. South Creek, New Holland (J. Hunter), 3. 
j. South-east Australia (#. Damel), 3 . 
k, l. South-east Australia (Stutchbury), 3,2. 
Hewitson coll. 
m, n. Without locality, 3,9. 
o. Australia, ? . 


107. CHARAXES CLITARCHUS. 
Charaxes clitarchus, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v. pl. iv. figs. 16, 17 (1874). 
a. Lifu (Rev. 8. J. Whitmee), 3. 
b-d. New Caledonia (Layard), 3 3;from 8. & G. coll. 
Hewitson coll. 
Type, e. New Caledonia, 5 (no locality label on specimen). 


108. CHARAXES CAPHONTIS. 
© .Charaxes caphontis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. 11. Char. pl. m. figs. 14, 15 
(1862). 


Hewitson coll. 
Type, a. Port Denison, Australia, ? . 


109. CHARAXES EPIGENES. 


Charaxes epigenes, Godman & Salvin, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 
vol. i. p. 210 (1888). 


a—d. Aola, Guadalcanar (Woodford) ; from 8. & G. coll. 


20. C. nrveEBIs Group. 
110. CHARAXES NITEBIS. 


Nymphalis nitebis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Nymph. pl. ii. figs. 7, 8 
(1859). 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 389 


a, b. Celebes (coll. Druce), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
c, d. Minahassa, Celebes, 2,¢; from 8. & G. coll. 
e. Macassar, Celebes (Wallace), 3 . 
Hewitson coll. 
ft; 9. Celebes (Wallace), 3 3. 
h. Without locality, 3. 


This species forms a good transitional form from the C. pyrrhus 
to the C. psaphon group, which is rather interfered with by the 
necessity for putting C. Durnfordi next to it; there must always 
be these drawbacks to a linear arrangement of species. 


21. C. Dugnrorpt Group. 
111. CHaraxes DuRNFoRDI. 
Charaxes Durnfordi, Distant, Entom. xvii. p. 191 (1884); Rhop. Mal. 


p- 482, pl. xl. fig. 8 (1886). 
Local form. Charaxes Nicholii, Grose Smith, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 5, vol. xviil. p. 150(1886) ; Rhop. Exot.i. Char. pl. ii. figs. 1, 2 (1887). 


a. EH. Pegu (W. Doherty), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 


112. Cuaraxes EVERETTI. 

Charaxes Everetti, Rothschild, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. vi. p. 348 (1893). 
Baram, British North Borneo. 

The Bornean representative of the preceding species. 


113. Cuaraxes STAUDINGERI. 
Charaxes Staudingeri, Rothschild, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. vi. p. 349 
(1893). 
Java. 
Represents C. Durnfordi in Java. 


22. C. PSAPHON GROUP. 


114. CHARAXES ANTONIUS. 
Charaxes antonius, Semper, Verh. Ver. Hamburg, iii. p. 113 (1878); 
Reisen in Arch. Phil., Tagf. pl. xiv. figs. 6-8 (1887). 
a-c. §.E. Mindanao (Dr. Platen), 6 5, 2; from 8S. & G. 
coll. 
d. Mindanao, ¢. 


Hewitson coll. 
e. Philippines, d. 
f. Without locality, ¢. 
32* 


390 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


115. CHaraxes PLATENT. 
Charaxes Plateni, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. p. 82 (1889). 
a. Palawan, Philippines (Dr. Platen), 3 ; from 8. & G. 
coll. 
The upper surface of this species is much like C. psaphon, but 
the tawny basal area of the primaries is smaller: the under 
surface is exceptionally white for this group. 


116. CHARAXES PSAPHON. 
6. Charaxes psaphon, Westwood, Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. xxi. figs. 1, 2 
(1848). 
©. Charaxes serendiba, Moore, Lep. Ceyi. i. p. 30, pl. xv. fig. 3 
(1880). 
a, 6. Trincomali (Col. Yerbury), 3, @. 
c-h. Kandy (Col. Yerbury), 3 3, @. 
a,j. Ceylon (irs. Lindesay), 3, 2. 
k,l. Ceylon (Whyte), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
m, n. Ceylon (Jameson), 3 dS. 


Local race: Charaxes imna, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, 
p. 122, pl. iv. fig. 2. 
o, p. Nilgiris (Hampson), 3, 2. 
g. Bombay, ¢; from S. & G. coll. 
7. Bombay (Hunter), 9 
_ s. Bombay (Dr. Leith), 3. 


Hewitson coll. 
t. Calcutta, 3d. 


117. CHARAXES HIERAX. 
Charaxes hierax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 442 (1867). 
Charaxes Watti, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 148, pl. xv. fig. 2. 
a. China (coll. Kaden), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
6. N. India, 3; fromS. & G. coll. 
Type, c. Upper Assam (Dr. Watt), 3 
d. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3 


118. CHARAXES HARPAX., 


Charaxes harpax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 444 (1867). 
Charaxes agna, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 832. 
a-h. Borneo (Low), 3 35, 2 2; from S. & G. coll. 
7. Borneo (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 391 


j,k. Borneo, 3 do. 

l,m. Sarawak (Everett), 3 S; from 8. & G. coll. 
n. Sarawak (Brooke), 3. 
0. Sumatra (Sachs), 5; from S. & G. coll. 
p. Hast Pegu (W. Doherty), 3; from S. & G. coll. 

Type, g- Upper Tenasserim (Wood-Mason), 3. 
r. Assam (Dr. Watt), 3. 
s. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3. 
Hewitson coll. (as ©. affinis). 

t. Borneo, ¢. 


119. CHARAXES BAYA. 
Charaxes baya, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. i. p. 207 (1857) ; 3, Butler, 
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, pl. xxxvii. fig. 5. 
Types, a,b. Java (Horsfield coll.), ee 
e-e. Sarawak (Hverett), d; fromS. & G. coll. 
f. Sarawak (Bartlett), 3. 
g-i. Borneo (Low), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
The following is, perhaps, only a form of C. baya occurring in 
Burma, the Philippines, &c. 


120. CHARAXES CORAX. 
Charaxes corax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 444 (1867). 
a. Moulmein (Archdeacon Clark), 3. 
6. Mergui (Commander Alfred Carpenter), 3. 
c-e. Tenasserim (Capt. Chas. Bingham), 3 é. 
f. Philippines (Druce coll.), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
Var., g. Elephant Island (Rev. Deans Cowan), 3. 


Dwarfed form=C. bayula, Staud. in litt. 
h,t. Palawan (Dr. Platen), $ 5; from S. & G. coll. 


121. CHARAXES GEORGIUS. 
Charaxes georgius, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. v. p. 262 
(1892). 
a-c. Mindoro (Dr. Platen), $ 3, 9; from S. & G. coll. 


122. CHARAXES HEMANA. 
Charaxes hemana, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 122, pl. iv. fig. 1. 
a. North India, ¢. 
b-d. Mussuri (Lidderdale), 5 5, 2; from 8S. & G. coll. 
e. North of Landoor (Lidderdale), 2. 


392 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


128. CHARAXES REPETITUS, sp. 0. 


3. The Bornean representative of C. polyrena. Above tawny, 
deepening to mahogany-brown towards anal angle of secon- 
daries; external border of primaries black, narrowest at external 
angles (about 6 millims.), enclosing a transverse oblique elliptical 
spot of the ground-colour near its inner margin, on interno- 
median interspace, gradually widening above the latter to third 
median branch where it is 13 millimetres wide, thence running 
obliquely inwards to costa where it attains its greatest width 
of 1 inch; area immediately -within the angle, from costa to 
first median branch yellowish, bounded internally by a black 
irregular discocellular marking, and three irregularly placed 
lunules, a trace of a fourth interrupted lunule on the imterno- 
median area; secondaries with the apical area smoky black, 
forming a vague diffused patch, on which are two white points, 
the outer half of the veins, which pass through this patch, black ; 
the outer half of the area between the latter and the origin of 
the costal vein yellowish, bounded internally by an oblique 
blackish dash; outer border deepening to mahogany-brown and 
with a smoky blackish marginal stripe ; a submarginal series of 
five diffused black spots, bounded internally by white transverse 
dashes, the last of these accompanied by a few violet scales. 
Body normal: under surface glaucous violaceous ash-coloured, 
with the usual darker areas somewhat olivaceous ; other markings 
much as usual, but not strongly defined. Expanse of wings 
91 millimetres. 

a. Sarawak (Hverett), 3. 


There can be no question as to this being a distinct species, 
although not sufficiently different from its allies to be of startling 
interest. 


124. CHARAXES POLYXENA. 
©. Papilio polyxena, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. liv. A, B (1779). 


a. Withcut locality (coll. Kaden), ¢; from 8S. & G. coll. 
b. China (Brenchley), 2. 


125. CHARAXES BERNARDUS. 


©. Papilio Bernardus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ui. 1, p. 71 (1793); Dono- 
van, Ins. China, pl. 35 (1789). 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 393 


a. Without locality (coll. Druce), 3; fromS. & G. coll. 
b. China, 2. 
c. “ N. India” (#. I. Museum), 2. 

Probably a seasonal form of the preceding, which it nearly 
resembles; the male has a trace of white beyond the cell of 
primaries and less falcate wings, with scarcely any tawny marking 
on the black border. 

From Tilin Yaw we have a male example of a Charazes, 
collected by Mr. E. Y. Watson, which, on the upper surface 
so nearly approaches C. bernardus 3 in general aspect and 
colouring, that I cannot venture to separate it ; its under-surface 
colouring is, however, considerably darker. Possibly this will 
prove to be an aberrant form of some well-known and abundant 
species. 


126. CuARAXES HIPPONAX. 
Charaxes hipponax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 443 (1867). 
Var., Charaxes hindia, Butler, Lep. Exot. xii. pl. xxxvii. fig. 5 (1872). 
Var., Charaxes jalinder, Butler, J. c. pl. xxxvii. fig. 4 (1872). 
Var. C. hindia. 

a. Mungphu (Atkinson), 3. 

6. India, 9; from S. & G. coll. 


Transitional forms to C. jalinder. 
c. Bhotan (Lidderdale), 3. 
d. Bhotan (Knyvett), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
e, f. Darjiling (Druce coll.), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
g, h. Mungphu (Atkinson), 3. 
i. Sikhim (Lidderdale), 3. 
j-r. Chin Hills, Burmah (Watson), 3 3. 
s. Moulmein (Archdeacon Clark), 2. 


Var. C. jalinder, typical. 
t. Mungphu (Atkinson), 3. 
u. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 2 . 
v-x. Darjiling (Druce coll.) 6 3, Q. 
y. Bhotan (Lidderdale), 2. 


Hewitson coll. as (C. polyxena). 
z. Without locality, 9. 
aa. India, do. 


True C. hipponax (probably wet-season form). 
bb, cc. North India, d, 9. 


394 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


dd. Darjiling (I%iss H. Dendy), 3. 
ee. Darjiling (Indian Museum), 3. 
ff. Darjiling (J. Fotheringham), 3 . 
gg. Assam (Dr. Watt), 3. 
hh. North India, 3. 
11, 9). Nepal (Hardwicke), 3,2. 
kk, Khasia Hills (Watson), 3. 
Zl, Chin Hills, Burmah (Watson), 3. 


127, CHARAXES BUPALUS. 
Charaxes bupalus, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. 1889, p. 84. 
a,b. Palawan (Dr. Platen), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll. 


128. CHARAXES BORNEENSIS. 
Charaxes borneensis, Butler, Lep. Ezot. i. p. 16, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1869). 


a, b. Baram (Hverett), 5 3. 
c-e. Borneo (Low), 5 3; from S. & G. coll. 


129. CHARAXES PLEISTOANAX. 


Charaxes pleistoanax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 443 (1867). 
Var., Charaxes khasianus, Butler, Lep. Exot. xii. pl. xxxvil. fig. 6 
(1872). 
Var., Charaxes khimalara, Butler, l. c. fig. 1. 
Typical form. 
a. Sikhim (G. F. Hampson), 3. 
6. Darjiling (J. Fotheringham), 3. 
c. Bhutan (G. C. Dudgeon), 3. 
d. Assam (coll. Druce), 3; from S. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. (as C. polyxena). 
é. Without locality, d. 


Var. C. khasianus (probably the dry-season form). 
Jf: Darjiling (@. A. J. Rothney), 3. 
g- Darjiling (Lidderdale), 9. 
h. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
7. Darjiling (coll. Druce), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
j. Darjiling (H. J. Elwes), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
k. Darjiling (Indian Museum), 3. 
l. Sikhim (Dr. 7. C. Jerdon), 3. 
Dr. F. Moore is of opinion that C. khasianus is distinct from 
C. pleistoanax, but it chiefly differs in its clearer and brighter 


BUTYERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 395 


colouring; I cannot believe it to be more than a seasonal 
variety : the female differs rather more than the male. 


Var. C. khimalara (probably extreme wet-season form). 
m. Buxa (G. F. Hampson), 3. 
n Darjiling (J. Fotheringham), 3. 

This completes the so-called C. psaphon group, and commences 
the C. marmax group ; the latter might formerly have been again 
subdivided on account of the two types of males, only the species 
now can be arranged to show a gradual transition from the one 
type to the other ; the females show great uniformity of character 
throughout the entire series. 


23. C. MARMAX GROUP. 


130. CHARAXES CIMON. 
Charaxes cimon, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 439, pl. lviii. figs. 6, 7 
(1867). . 
a,b. Batchian (Wallace), 3, 2: from S. & G. coll. 
c. Batchian (Dr. Platen), 2; from S. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. as C. affinis. 
d. Batchian, 3. 


131. CHARAXES PAPUENSIS. 
Charaxes papuensis, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 15, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1869). 
Charaxes cimonides, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 356 (1894). 

a. N.W. New Guinea (Burke), 3. 

It is possible that there may be two species of nearly allied 
Charaxes in New Guinea; but it seems more probable that the 
differences between C. papuensis and C. cimonides indicated by 
Mr. Rothschild are of seasonal than specific value. However, 
with only one example before me, I do not feel competent to 
form any decided opinion on this point and am quite open to 
conviction. 


132. CHaraxes LAYARDI, sp. n. 

3. A representative of C. cimon, larger ; the inner edge of the 
black border of primaries deeply notched and not quite so wide; a 
black bar on the discocellulars in all the wings, but no markings 
between the latter and the black border; the black border of 
the secondaries narrower, the ocelloid submarginal spots more 


396 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE 


isolated, not pupilled, excepting towards anal angle; under 
surface altogether redder than in C. cimon, the ocelloid patches 
on the secondaries smaller, forming a narrower belt, less brightly 
coloured, and with their outer marginal black spots narrower 
and more lunate in character; outer border more uniform in 
eclouring, tawny, with greyer marginal band. Expanse of wings 
99 millims. 

Type,a. New Biitain (Mus. Godeffroy), 3. 

b, c. New Ireland (Layard), 5 3; from 8. & G. coll. 


133. CHARAXES MARS. 
Charaxes mars, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 171 (1886). 
Celebes. 


This very fine species appears to belong to the C. cimon 
group; it is not in the Museum series. 


134. CHARAXES FERVENS, Sp. nN. 


3. Size and general form of C. Layardi: pattern above very 
similar to that of C. baya, but with the broadest portion of the 
outer border of the primaries produced inwardly, the divided 
black spot on the discocellulars and the black marginal lunate 
streaks on the secondaries of C. parmenion (C. latona, 3); the 
apical patch and subimarginal spots of the hind wings however 
remain as in C. baya: on the under surface the pattern and 
colouring show distinct affinity to C. cimon and allies, the band 
before the middle is however better defined, standing out in 
rufous on a yellowish background, and on the primaries it is 
more oblique than in any of the allied species. 

a. Nias (Dr. Schreiber). 


135. CHARAXES AFFINIS. 
3. Charaxes affinis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 636, pl. xxxvu. 
fig. 4. 
“9 . Charaxes Wallacei, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 100, pl. xxxviii. fig. 2 (1872). 
& var., Charaxes demonax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 440 (1867). 
Type, a. Macassar (Wallace), 3. 
6. Menado (Dr. Meyer), °. 
c. Ternate (Wallace), 3, var. demonax; from§. & G. coll. 
Hewitson coll. 
d. Macassar, 3. 
Type, e. Macassar, 2, as C. polyxena. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXKES. 397 


136. CHARAXES LATONA. 
@. Charaxes latona, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 636, pl. xxxvii. 
neal, 
— brennus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iu. p. 439, pl. lix. figs. 1, 2 
(1867). ; 
3. Charaxes parmenion, Felder, 1. c. n. 717. 
Charaxes aruanus, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 100 (1872). 
a. Near Macassar (Wallace), d =C. parmenion. 
Type, 6. Timor (Wallace), 2. 
c. Amboyna, d; from 8S. & G. coll. 
d. Aru (Wallace), 9 =C. arwanus; from S. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. (as C. affinis). 
e. Without locality, 3. 


137. CHARAXES SCYLAX. 
Charaxes scylax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 442 (1867). 


a. Java (Argent), 3. 


138. CHARAXES AMYCUS. 
Charaxes amycus, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 303 (186)). 
Charaxes lunawara, Butler, Lep. Exot. pl. xxxvii. fig. 2 (1872). 
a, b. Davao, S.E. Mindanao (Dr. Platen), 3,2; from 
S. & G. coll. 
c. Philippines (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
@. ‘ype a d. Without locality (Druce coll.), 2 *; from 8. & G. 


CO. lunawara. coll. 


Hewitson coll. (as C. polyxena). 
e. Philippines, 9. 


139. CHARAXES ARISTOGITON. 
Charaxes aristogiton, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 445 (1867). 
Charaxes desa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 832. 
a-c. Darjiling (H..J. Elwes), $ 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
d. Sikhim, ¢. 


se oe } e. Upper Tenasserim (Wood-Mason), 3. 


Dr. Moore has considered C. desa distinct on the ground that 
the inner edge of the black border of the primaries is produced 
inwards, to some distance beyond the lunate markings, upon the 
costal area; this character, however, is certainly no more con- 
stant in this species than in the allied C. marmaz. 


* The male of C. dunawara is a slight variation of C. marmaz. 


398 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


140. CHARAXES MARMAX. 

Charaxes marmax, Westwood, Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. xxi. figs. 3-5 (1848). 
a-c. Darjiling (H. J. Hlwes), 3 3, 2; from 8. & G. coll. 

. Daryjiling (Lidderdale), @. 

» Darjiling (Mrs. R. V. Boyle), 3 3. 

. Khasia Hills (Watson), 3 3. 

. Assam (Watson), 3. 

. Silhet (#. Doubleday), 3. 

. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3. 

. Buxa (Knyvett), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 

m. Mungphu (Atkinson), 3. 

n. Hast Pegu (W. Doherty), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. (as C. polyxena). 
o. Without locality, 3. 


= 
NPSL DW BY QB 


141. CHARAXES KAHRUBA. 
Haridra kahruba, Moore, Lepid. Ind. vol. ii. p. 235, pl. 171. figs. L a-e 
(1895). 
a. Assam (coll. Druce), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
b. Darjiling (Zidderdale), 2. 
ec. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
d. Darjiling (Mfrs. R. V. Boyle), 3. 
e, f. Mungphu (Atkinson), 5 S. 
g- Bhutan (G. C. Dudgeon), 3. 
h. Silhet (Argent), 3. 


Hewitson coll. (as C. polyxena). 
i. Silhet, 3. 
yj. North India, 3. 


142. CHARAXES HARMODIUS. 
Charaxes harmodius, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 445 (1867). 
a, b. Palawan, Philippines (Dr. Platen), 3 3. 
The above specimens are labelled as “ C. harpagon, Staud.,” 
apparently a MS. name; they agree perfectly with the description 
of Felder’s species from Java. 


143. CHaraxes Distant. 
Charaxes Distanti, Honrath, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxix. p. 277 (1885). 
a, 6. Borneo (Low), 5 ¢; from S. & G. coll. 
ec. N.W. Borneo (Hverett), 3. 
d,e. Borneo, 5 d. 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 399 


This species has much the aspect of a ruddy-bordered C. marmazx, 
but the submarginal lunules on the under surface are far more 
silvery. 

24, C. EURYALUS GROUP. 


144, CHARAXES EURYALUS. 
Papilio euryalus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxiv. A, B (1779). 
Q. Papilio nisus, Cramer, 1. c. ii. pl. cl. A, B (1779). 
a. Without locality (coll. Kaden), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
6. Amboina (Wallace), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
e. Amboina (Wallace), 3. 
Hewitson coll. 
d. Amboina, ¢. 
e, f. Without locality, 5, 2. 


95. C. ETESIPE Group. 


145. CHARAXES CACUTHIS. 
Charaxes cacuthis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Char. pl. iii. figs, 12, 13 
(1863). 
a. Madagascar, 3. 


Hewitson coll. 
b, c. Madagascar, 5, 2. 
d. Without locality, 3. 


146. CHARAXES TAVETENSIS. 

Charaxes tavetensis, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 535 (1894). 
Taveta, E. Africa. 

Not in the Museum collection. 


147. CHARAXES ETESIPE. 
Nymphalis etesipe, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 355 (1823); Butler, 
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 273, pl. v. figs. 5, 6. 
Papilio etheocles, Drury (not Cramer), Ill. Exot. Ent. iii. pl. 10 (1782). 
Nymphalis etheta, Godart, Enc. Meéth. ix. p. 356 (1823). 
a. Barombi, Cameroons(Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
6b. Cameroons, 3; from S. & G. coll. 
c. Cameroons (Druce coll.), 6; from S. & G. coll. 
d. Cameroons, o. 
e, f- West Africa, 2 9; from S. & G. coll. 
gz. Isubu, 5 d, 2. 
j, k. Old Calabar (White), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
I. Croboe district, Accra (Hickling), 3. 


400 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


m—o. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 5 3, 2. 
p. Sierra Leone (Crowley), ¢. 
g. Sierra Leone (Barchara), °. 


Hewitson coll. 
yt. Sierra Leone, 5 do, 2. 
u,v. Without locality, ¢, 9. 


This completes the species usually considered to belong to the 
genus Charaxes. In 1881, however, we received a species from 
Socotra having all the characters of Charaxes excepting the 
pattern (which is that of Palla varanes and allies). The supposed 
genus Palla differs no more from Charaxes than the various 
sections of the latter genus do from one another; the single 
tail to the secondaries is characteristic of females in the C. mycerina 
group. 

26. C. varanes GRovpP. 


148. CHaraxes BALFourRt. 
Charaxes Balfouri, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 176, pl. xviii. fig. 6. 


Type, a. Socotra (Prof. I. B. Balfour). 


149. CHARAXES VARANES. 
Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. elx. D, E (1779). 
a. Caffraria (Druce coll.), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 
. S. Africa (Sir Andrew Smith), 2. 
. Natal (Druce coll.), 2; from S. & G. coll. 
. Natal (Shelley), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
. Natal (Argent), 3. 
. Natal (Gueinzius), 3d. 
Durban (C. &. NV. Burrows), 3. 
. Lake Mweru (Crawshay), 3. 
Central Africa (Hmin Pasha), 3. 
. British E. Africa (Dr. Gregory), 3. 
. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), °. 
. Taita, Hast Africa (J. A. Wray), 2. 
. Zomba (Macclounie), 3. 
o, p. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3. 
Hewitson coll. 
gq, r. Natal, 3, 2. 
9. Without locality, 2. 


=. 
we 


SS a Sie SS Sg SHS SY 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS OHARAXES. 401 


150. CHARAXES NIGRESCENS. 

Possibly a seasonal form of C. fulvescens ; in some respects 
nearer to C. varanes, from which it differs in the yellowish basal 
area and blackish external area of the upper surface ; the outer 
or submarginal row of spots reduced to points, the inner row 
small but sharply defined and ochreous ; spots on dise of secon- 
daries large and black: under surface pale greenish-yellow 
towards the base, all the markings strongly defined in biack, 
the postmedian stripe dark and well defined, the first ocellus 
very black, the external bordering of the postmedian stripe 
very silvery, very metallic, not merely glaucous ; external area 
more olivaceous than in C. varanes or C. fulvescens. Expanse of 
wings 90-98 millims. 

Type, a. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 5; from 8. & G. coll. 
6, c. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 2, 3d. 
d,e. Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 3, 2. 
F- Croboe district, Accra (Higlett), 3. 
g. Accra (H. T. Carter), 3. 
h. Ashanti, ¢. 


Hewitson coll. 
z. Gold Coast, 3. 


I should unhesitatingly have considered this to be distinet 
from C. fulvescens, but for the fact that Drury gives Sierra Leone 
as the locality from which his specimen (figured as P. varanes) 
was received. 


151. CHARAXES FULVESCENS. 

Charaxes fulvescens, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xii. p. 216 (1891). 

Papilio varanes, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. ii. p. 42, pl. 31. figs. 1, 2 (1782). 
a. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss}, ¢; from 8S. & G. coll. 
b. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.),3; from 8. & G. coll. 
c. Congo (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. 
d. Without locality. 


27. C. ticHas GROUP. 


152. CHARAXES LICHAS. 
Philognoma lichas, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 49. fig. 3 (1850). 
a—c. Ashanti, d 5, °. 
d. Ashanti (coll. Kaden), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 


402 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 


e. Accra (HL. T. Carter), 3 
f. Croboe district, Accra (Higlett), 3 
g- Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
h, 2. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3, 9. 
j,k. Angola (Rogers), 3 3; from S. & G. coll. 
1, m. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 9, 3; from S. & G. coll. 
mn. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3 


Hewitson coll. 
o-q. Angola, dd. 
7. Cameroons, 2. 


158. CHARAXES FALCATA. 
Philognoma falcata, Butler, Lepid. Exot. p. 101, pl. xxxvin. fig. | 
(1872). 
Types, a—-d. Ashanti, d dé. 
e. Old Calabar (White), 3; from 8S. & G. coll. 


This is a smaller, deeper coloured, more heavily black-bordered 
and shorter-tailed species than OC. paphianus ; it may be a seasonal 
form, for though we do not possess both from the same locality 
exactly, the range of C. paphianus would embrace that of O. falcata. 
I, however, am inclined to think that the latter is strictly a coast 
species of limited range. 


154. CHARAXES PAPHIANUS. 

Charaxes paphianus, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. vin. p. 120 (1871). 
a. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
b. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
c. Angola (Rogers), 5; from 8. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. 
d,e. Angola, 6 3. 


98. C. pEcIUS GROUP. 
155. CHARAXES VIOLINITENS. 
Philognoma violinitens, Crowley, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 554, pl. xviii. 
figs. 1, 2. 
3 Accra, 2 Cameroons. 


Hewitson coll. (as P. decius). 
a. Old Calabar, 2. 
T think it open to question whether the sexes figured by 
Mr. Crowley actually belong to the same species, the female 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 403 


being remarkably near to an Angolan insect of which we have 
both sexes; however, until females are received from Accra 
which as nearly resemble the male, the point cannot be decided. 


156. CHARAXES CONIGER, Sp. Nn. 

Allied to C. decius, but the males with the white band much 
more broadly bordered with silvery-blue and extending to just 
below the median vein of secondaries, the orange-tawny patch 
which joins it at this point much brighter in colour and forming 
a well-defined cone, the outer edge of which is mottled with 
blackish and bounded by the third median branch ; the tail, 
which is longer than in C. decius, is also tawny, but tipped with 
creamy-white ; the submarginal ocellus in the radial interspace 
is isolated ; the females resemble the insect figured as CO. violinitens 
2, excepting in having a submarginal band of six hastate tawny 
(and a seventh nearly white, costal) spots on the primaries. In 


other respects this species agrees almost in every detail with 
C. decius. 


Types, a, 6. Old Calabar, ¢ 3; from 8. & G. coll. 
ce. Congo (Bates coll.), 9; from S. & G. coll. 
d. Angola (Monteiro), 3; trom 8. & G. coli. 
Hewitson coll. (as C. decius). 
ey fseangola, dg, 2. 


It is just possible that this may be a seasonal form of C. decius, 


and C. publius a seasonal form of C. Ussheri ; but only breeding 
ean decide this. 


157. CHARAXES DECIUS. 
Papilio decius, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. exiv. A, B (1779). 
a. Accra (E. 7. Carter), 3. 
b. Croboe district, Accra (Higlett), 3. 
c. West Atrica, 2. 
d, e. Ashanti, d do. 


jf. Sierra Leone (Rev. D. F. Morgan), 2. 


Hewitson coll. 
g. Without locality, ¢. 


158. CHARAXES PUBLIUS. 
Palla publius, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. v. p. 267 (1892). 


Philognoma rectifascia, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. liii. p- 91 (1892). 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xxv. 33 


404 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS CHARAXES. 


a-c. Old Calabar (White), 5 5, 2; from S. & G. coll. 
d. West Africa, 2; from S. & G. coll. 


Hewitson coll. 
e. Angola, 9. 
f- Without locality, 2. 


159. Caaraxes UssueErt. 
Philognoma Ussheri, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 124; Lep. Eaot. 
Ns Jolla sorte Unley G(s Ye 
Nymphalis decius, Lucas, Lep. Exot. pl. lxiv. fig. 2 (1835). 
a-c. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), ¢ S$, 2; from 8. & G. coll. 
d, e. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3 
f. Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 3 
g. Sierra Leone (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll. 
h, zi. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), d, 2; from 8. & G. 
coll. 
j. Cameroons, do. 
k,l. Old Calabar (White), 3 5; from 8. & G. coll. 
m. Old Calabar, 3. 
n. Congo (Bates coll.), 5; from S. & G. coll. 
o. Dahomey (Bates coll.), 2; from 8S. & G. coll. 
pg. Ashanti, 9. 


Nore.—Since this paper was read, Dr. F. Moore has described 
and figured the following species, namely :—Haridra Adamsonz, 
Lepidopt. Indica, vol. 11. p. 236, pl. 173, and Hulepis Wardii, 
tom. cit. p. 262, pl. 188.—A. G. B., July 16, 1896. 


id 


REMARKABLE USE OF ANTS IN ASIA MINOR. 405 


On a remarkable use of Ants in Asia Minor. By Rozerr 
Morton Mivpteroy, Jr., F.1S., F.Z.8. 


[Read 6th February, 1896.] 


I wAvE lately had the opportunity of making the acquaintance 
of Mr. Miltiades D. Issigonis, a Greek gentleman from Smyrna, 
now residing in London. Mr. Issigonis fell from his horse in 
Smyrna about six years ago, and received a severe but clean cut of 
an inch or rather more in length on the forehead above the right 
eye. In accordance with the custom of the country, he went 
to a Greek barber* to have the wound dressed, and the barber 
employed at least ten living ants to bite the two sides together. 
Pressing together the margins of the cut with the fingers of the 
left hand, he applied the insect by means of a pair of forceps 
held in the right hand. The mandibles of the ant were widely 
open for self-defence, and as the insect was carefully brought 
near to the wound, it seized upon the raised surface, penetrated 
the skin on both sides, and remained tenaciously fixed while the 
operator severed the head from the thorax, so leaving the 
mandibles grasping the wound. The same operation was re- 
peated until about ten ants’ heads were fixed on the wound, 
and left in position for three days or thereabouts, when the 
cut was healed and the heads removed. The ant employed is 
described by Mr. Issigonis as being about three-eighths of an 
inch long, very dark brown in colour, and of a particularly fierce 
disposition. Mr. Issigonis has kindly endeavoured to obtain 
the ants from Smyrna, and I hope that some may arrive ere 
long. We have together examined the specimens in the Natural 
History Museum, by the courtesy of Mr. W. F. Kirby, F.LS., 
and Mr. Issigonis identified a rather large-headed Camponotus 
from India, not yet specifically named, as being nearer to the 
species in question than anything else in the National collection. 

The only other observation of a similar nature hitherto recorded 
appears to have been that of Mons. Emile Mocquerys, of Rouen, 
who was in South America fifty or sixty years ago, and was elected 
a member of the Entomological Society of France in 1844. Sir 
John Lubbock, in his most valuable work on ‘ Ants, Bees, and 
Wasps,’ says in chapter 5, with reference to ants generaliy :— 
“The tenacity with which they retain their hold on an enemy 

* The barber-surgeons of the Levant still perform the old operations of 
blood-letting and cupping on English sailors for all sorts of ailments. 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. 34 


406 REMARKABLE USE OF ANTS IN ASIA MINOR. 


they have once seized is well known. M. Mocquerys even 
assures us that the Indians of Brazil made use of this quality in 
the case of wounds ; causing an ant to bite the two lips of the cut 
aud thus bring them together, after which they snip off the ant’s 
head, which thus holds the lips together. He asserts that he 
has often seen natives with wounds in course of healing with the 
assistance of seven or eight ants’ heads.” * 

The species which Mocquerys saw thus employed in Brazil 
was the well-known Satibay or Umbrella-ant (now called Atta 
cephalotes, Linn. ; the genus Atta being the creation of Fabricius). 
It is admirably described by Bates {, who truly speaks of the 
heads of the “‘ worker-majors,” one of the three forms of workers, 
as “enormously large, hard, and indestructible”’§; he says, 
however, that these ants are “not very pugnacious’’ ||. The 
Umbrella-ants are peculiar to Tropical America, Atta cepha- 
lotes, L., extending into Mexico. 

It is remarkable that neither Wallace nor Bates should, appa- 
rently, have heard of the use of the Umbrella-ant as a substitute 
for the stitching-up of a wound; but it is still more extraordinary 
that Mocquerys’ statement should be confirmed, after the lapse 
of so many years, by the discovery of the identical method among 
the Greek inhabitants of Asia Minor. Mr. Issigonis, who has 
unfortunately just telegrapbed that he is unable to come to this 
meeting on account of indisposition, tells me that the operation 
is a frequent one in the vicinity of Smyrna, and is, to the best of 
his belief, practised by the Turks themselves as well as by the 
other nationalities found in Asiatic Turkey. Unfortunately, he 
can give no information as to whether this treatment of cuts is 
followed in Greece, European Turkey, or elsewhere. 

* Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 2 sér., tom. il. p. xvii. The actual record is as 
follows, viz. :—‘‘ Bulletin Entomologique. Séance du 23 Octobre, 1844. Com- 
munications. M. Reiche donne, d’aprés M. EK. Mocquerys, quelques détails sur 
une fourmi du genre Gicodome (codoma cephalotes, Latr., Formica cephalotes, 
Jinn.) x * * * x Les sauyages emploient la méme espéce pour retenir 
rapprochés les bords d'une plaie ; ils font mordre par cet insecte les deux bords 
de la plaie, puis leur arrachent l’abdomen et le thorax et ne laissent par con- 
séquent que la téte, qui maintient ainsi les bords de la plaie rapprochés. I] 
n’est pas rare de voir des Brésiliens indigénes qui ont ainsi une plaie en voie de 
cicatrisation au moyen de sept ov huit tétes de cette fourmi.” 

+ “Saitiba” is the Indian name of this ant, and means, as Prof. Trail, F.R.S., 
kindly informs me, ‘the destroyer of the leaf.” 

t ‘The Naturalist on the River Amazons,’ pp. 23-33. 

§ Page 31. | Page 32. 


THORACIC GLANDS IN LARVH OF TRICHOPTERA. 407 


On Segmentally disposed Thoracic Glands in the Larve of the 
Trichoptera. By Gustave Gison, Professor of Zoology at 
the University of Louvain. (Communicated by Prof. G. B. 
Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) 


[Read 5th March, 1896.] 


In the course of some researches on the silk-glands of the Tricho- 
ptera, my attention was attracted by a pointed prominence on 
the ventral face of the first thoracic segment of the larva. 

This chitinous prominence looks very much like tie spinneret 
of certain larval Lepidoptera, though it is usually a little longer 
than that. In fact it was taken for the spinneret by Réaumur*, 
who had not detected the very short spinning-tube on the 
labium. Recently Prof. Miall, in his excellent book on Aquatic 
Insects +, has recognized that the thoracic plug-like organ is 
not the spinning-tube (the labial spinneret being known to him). 
He does not attempt, however, to determine its use and true 
significance, but declares it to be an organ the function of 
which is as yet unknown. 

A careful dissection of the ventral organs in the fore part of 
the body led me to the discovery of some very interesting glands, 
one of which is in connection with the afore-mentioned pro- 
thoracic prominence. 

In Phryganea grandis each of the three thoracic segments 
bears one of these glands. All three are composed of two 
bundles of slightly moniliform tubules, lying, on each side, 
between the outer tunic and the body-wall (fig. 1). 

The tubules of each bundle unite to form one main tube which 
passes obliquely towards the median line, where it joins its 
fellow of the opposite side to form a common duct. This, in 
the prothorax, is rather long; it enters the base of the cuticular 
prominence, at the tip of which it opens through a very tiny 
aperture. There is a small reservoir at the point of junction of 
the tubes. 

The glands in the meso- and metathorax are almost identical 
in structure with that of the prothorax, being only a little 
smaller in size and having a smaller number of tubules. Their 
common duct is, however, extremely short and opens freely on the 


-* Réaumur, ‘Mémoires pour servir a l’Histoire des Insectes.’ Paris, 1734. 
t+ Miall, ‘The Natural History of Aquatic Insects,’ p. 251. London, 1895. 
34* 


408 PROF. G. GILSON ON SEGMENTALLY DISPOSED 

ventral face, through a very small opening, no spinneret-like 
organ existing on these two segments. The aperture is ex- 
tremely difficult to detect from the exterior, even with the help 
of good lenses, on account of its lying either inside or on the 
very edge of a deep cuticular fold. 


Fig. 1.—Phryganea grandis. Dissection (dorsal aspect). 
9, 9’, g?. Thoracic glands. 
sg. Silk-gland. 
m. Muscles. 


@. Cisophagus. 
md, Mandibles. 


In other species, for instance in Limnophilus flavicornis, the 
prothoracic gland is alone represented, and (¢. fig. 2) this single 
gland differs considerably from that of Phryganea grandis. It 


THORACIC GLANDS IN THE LARVH OF TRICHOPTERA.- 409 


consists of a single glandular tube, the inner part of which is 
composed of large gland-cells, the terminal part being a thin 
chitinous tube opening at the tip of a very long prominence 


similar to that of Phryganea grandis, between the two pro- 
thoracic legs. 


Fig. 2.—Limnophilus flavicornis. 
Prothoracic gland (g') with a part of cuticle bearing the plug-like organ (p). 


The meso- and metathorax contain no gland, and no trace of 
a prominence is to be seen on their ventral face. 

The structure of the tubules is the same in all segments. The 
glandular epithelium consists of a small number of large cells, 
the central lumen being lined by a strong chitinous membrane. 
This cuticle, or so-called cxtima, is quite smooth and entirely 
devoid of pores or any kind of apertures through which the secre- 
tory product could be supposed to flow out of the cells. The 
presence of such a non-porous lining to a glandular tube is a 
remarkable feature of these organs, though not an unknown 
one amongst the Tracheata. 


410 PROF. G. GILSON ON SEGMENTALLY DISPOSED 


The secretion is not miscible with water, and presents the ap- 
pearance of an oily fluid, though it is undoubtedly very different 
from a fatty substance in the chemical sense of the term. 

These remarkable organs seem to deserve closer investigation 
and minute description. Being engaged in other work, I have 
asked one of my pupils, Dr. Henseval, to take up the subject. 
He will shortly publish a paper dealing with these glands and 
several others, as well as with the results of his researches on the 
chemical nature of the “ oil” produced by the maxillary glands of 
Cossus ligniperda*, a substance which seems to be identical with 
that excreted by the thoracic glands of Trichoptera. 

A peculiar interest attaches to these thoracic glands of the 
larval Trichoptera, in its possible bearing on the question of 
persistence of Annelidan features in the Tracheata. 

That they are newly acquired or adaptive organs, arising in 
relation with the tubicolous habit, seems very unlikely, for if 
the mere utility of their oily product is sufficient to account for 
their appearance and development into important organs, there 
seems to me no reason why they should be segmentally repeated. 
One single gland, no matter where it lay, could furnish a suit- 
able quantity of “oil”? quite as well as the three moderately 
large glands lying in close proximity to one another but on 
separate segments. 

There is an organ undoubtedly homologous with the thoracic 
glands of Trichoptera which has obviously nothing to do with 
tubicolous life, z. e. the ventral gland, “‘ Bauchdriise,’ described 
by Professors Poulton and Schiffer in certain non-tubiculous 
caterpillars. 

It appears to me, therefore, much more probable that the 
thoracic glands are inherited organs; and that the aquatic and 
tubicolous habits of the larva may account for their preservation. 

The question then presents itself, with which of the segmentally 
disposed organs of Annelids and Per¢patus are the thoracic glands 
of T'richoptera to be considered homologous ? 

Only two kinds of organs may possibly be considered ancestral 
to these glands—the nephridia and the coxal glands. If the 
thoracic glands could be wholly or in part recognized as meso- 
blastic in origin, little doubt would remain as to their nepbridial 

* This paper was published during the passage of these pages through the 


printers’ hands, under the title “ Etude comparée des Glandes de Gilson,” ‘ La 
Cellule,’ tome ix. pp. 329-354.—Eb. 


THORACIC GLANDS IN THE LARVA OF TRICHOPTERA. 411 


‘relationship. But this is not the case: nothing is known of the 
development of these till lately undiscovered organs. And if they 
were known to be epiblastic, as they probably are, it would not 
settle the question, as they could then be the remains of the outer 
part of the nephridia which so often originates as aa epiblastic in- 
growth, the mesoblastic or proper nephridial part having vanished 
in the course of evolution. No conclusion could be drawn against 
their nephridial relationships, whatever might be their origin. 
They appear to me, however, to be more likely nephridial than 
coxal, for the following reasons :— 

1. They have no connection with the appendages. This fact, 
though not finally disposing of belief in their coxal nature, seems 
worth consideration, as no organ undoubtedly coxal is known 
to have moved far from the limb and met its fellow in the median 
line. 

2. On the other hand, certain organs, the nephridial sig- 
nificance of which it is scarcely possible to doubt, unite in the 
median line and open there through one common aperture. Such 
are the so-called “ salivary glands” of Peripatus. These are long 
tubes entirely disconnected in the embryo, and provided each 
with a funnel or nephrostome. Later on they lose their inner 
opening, and meet at the median line, just as the thoracic glands 
doin Trichoptera. The same is true of the disposition of the silk- 
glands of larval insects and, in many an adult form, of the true 
salivary glands, both being considered as modified nephridia. 

3. There is a striking analogy between the arrangement of 
the tubules of the thoracic glands of Trichoptera and that of 
the Malpighian vessels generally. Both are derivatives of two 
chief tubes (at least this is the primitive disposition of the Mal- 
pighian vessels). These chief canals open in both cases through 
a single epiblastic ingrowth, and the common duct of the thoracic 
glands would thus appear to be equivalent in its relationships to 
the proctodeum. We have now much reason for regarding the 
Malpighian vessels as modified nephridia ; and Gegenbaur’s hypo- 
thesis that these vessels primitively opened on the surface of the 
body has received a strong confirmation from the fact, discovered 
by Wheeler *, that in Doryphora they early appear in the form 
of ingrowths from the walls of the proctodeum, while this 


* Wheeler, “The Embryology of Blatta germanica and Doryphora decem- 
lineata.’ ‘Journal of Morphology,’ vol. iii. 1889. 


412 THORACIC GLANDS IN LARVE OF TRICHOPTERA. 


epiblastic invagination is still very shallow. Their nephridial 
significance, suggested already by their excretory function, is thus 
supported by serious morphological considerations. 

The similarity of structure between the Malpighian nephridia 
and the glands here noticed seems thus to plead in favour of the 
nephridial character of the latter. 

No trace of segmentally repeated organs, be they coxal or 
nephridial, has been hitherto detected, so far as I am aware, on 
the thoracic segments of the Hexapoda. Even in the lowest 
forms of insects (Thysanura), where remains of segmental organs, 
probably coxal, may be detected on all the abdominal segments *, 
no trace whatever of such organs is known on the thoracic, with 
the exception of the single “ Bauchdriise” in the prothorax of 
certain Lepidoptera, and some scent-glands in certain Hemiptera. 
Jt is thus worthy of remark that in Trichoptera each of the 
thoracic segments of the larva may possess a gland, and in its 
segmental repetition they reveal an ancestral character that 
could not be affixed with security to the single “‘ Bauchdriise” or 
to the scent-glands. There is thus possibly no segment of the 
Hexapod body left that can be said to be completely wanting in 
traces of segmental organs in some member of the group. 


Conclusion. 


1. In the larval Trichoptera each of the thoracic segments may 
be provided with more or less complex glandular organs more 
nearly representing nephridia than the coxal glands of Annelids 
and Peripatus. By the discovery of these it may now be said 
that : 

2. In the Hexapoda remains of segmentally disposed glandular 
organs, be they coxal or nephridial, are known for the whole 
length of the body, from the mandibular to the posterior abdo- 
minal segments. 


* Oudemans, ‘Beitrige zur Kenntniss des Thysanure und Collembolx,’ 
Berlin, 1888. 


THE LARVAL GILLS OF THE ODONATA. 413 


The Larval Gills of the Odonata. By G. Gixson, Professor, and 
J. Saponzs, Assistant, at the Zoological Institute of the 
University of Louvain. (Communicated by Prof. G. B. 
Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) 


[Read 5th March, 1896. ] 


Tue rectal gills of Zibellula and 4’schna are well known to every 
student of comparative anatomy, and have attracted much atten- 
tion since they were first discovered by Swammerdam. Chun’s 
paper on the so-called “rectal glands” of Insects* is usually 
quoted as the most complete account of their structure. The 
works of our predecessors, however, have left room for new 
researches, and certain important physiological considerations 
remain unnoticed. 

‘Wherever the respiratory organs of terrestrial Arthropods con- 
sist of numerous lamelle enclosed in a recess or cavity, there is 
some structure present to prevent their adhering to one another, 
some provision for keeping open the spaces between these 
lamelle, and allowing the air, or water, to freely bathe their 
surfaces. In the so-called lungs of spiders and scorpions, for 
instance, the lamelle bear on one face at least numerous chitinous 
rods or ramified arborescent prominencest. We were, therefore, 
surprised not to find in the works of our predecessors any mention 
of the existerce of such an apparently necessary mechanism in 
the Odonata. We soon discovered, however, that the gills of 
these insects are no exception to the rule. In Libellula depressa 
each lamella bears three conical pillars, two on one face and one 
on the other (fig. 1). The use of these pillars is obviously the 
same as that of the prominences of the Arachnidan lung; but, 
while the latter are only cuticular and merely more or less 
complex thickenings of that layer, the pillars of Odonata are 
outgrowths of the cuticle, followed by the subcuticular layer 
and containing several nuclei. 

The gill of Zzbellula and 4éschna is a leaf-like folding of the 
proctodal epithelium and cuticle. The space between the two 
lamin contains the main tracheal trunks. These divide very 


* Chun, “ Ueber den Bau die Entwickelung und physiologischen Bedeutung 
der Rectaldriisen bei den Insekten.” Abhandl. der Senckenb. naturf. Gesel., 
10 Bd., 1876. 

‘+ See L. Berteaux, ‘“‘Le Poumon des Arachnides.” ‘ La Cellule,’ tom. y. fase. 2. 


414 PROF. G. GILSON AND J. SADONES ON THE 


soon into a bundle of very fine tubes that neither divide again 
nor end freely, as is the case in other organs, but bend into a 
series of very long, curved, intra-lamellar loops. These loops, 
running parallel to the surface of the gill, reunite to form other 
main trunks which shortly leave the lamella and open into some 
branch of the same main tracheal tube that gives off the original 
trunks from which they are derived (fig. 2). As this is so, the 


Libellula depressa. 


Fig. 1.—Schematic sections through five larval gills. p, p’, p”, pillars. 


Tae. 2.—Surface view of one gill. p, p', p", pillars. ¢/., tracheal loops. ne, 
main tracheal tubes. ¢r., external tracheal trunk. ep.d., epithelial disc. 


air would not appear to circulate regularly through the system 
of tracheal loops, as might be supposed to be the case if the 
main lamellar trunks were branches of larger tubes coming from 
different parts of the body. The contents of the loops must 
be renewed, if at all, by some special mechanism, but we do not 
here propose to further investigate this point. 

The tracheal loops, which evidently constitute the functional 
part of the system, do not hang freely in the space between the 
two lamine: they enter the subcuticular layer and run their 
whole length through it, usually not in contact with the outer 
cuticle (fig. 3). 

The subcuticular layer is a syncytium in which no cell- 
boundaries can be detected. It contains two kinds of nuclei, and 


Sa ane 


LARVAL GILLS OF THE ODONATA. 415 


seems to be the result of the association and complete fusion of 
two distinct elements—the subcuticular epithelium and the 
tracheal cells. 

As before remarked, the gills contain an intralamellar cavity 
in which the tracheal tubes are lying. The existence of this 
cavity was not easily observable, as the two plates of the 


7. mtr, b.sp. im 


tl. 


Fig. 3.—Part of section through a rectal gill. 
¢]., tracheal loops within the subcuticular layer, m.tr., main tracheal tube. 
b.sp., blood-space. ., nucleus. 


lamella, in sections of hardened objects, are usually found stick- 
ing tightly to each other. We endeavoured to determine its 
limitations by cautiously injecting Indian ink into the ‘“ body- 
cavity.” The black particles were found between the two plates 
up to the free edge. The existence of the cavity may, however, 
be sometimes detected without any injection, and, even when the 
plates are in contact, blood-cells are sometimes noticeable between 
them. There is, therefore, not the slightest question about 
the existence of an intralamellar cavity communicating with 
the ccelom, and the presence of blood in the gill cannot be 
doubted. The necessity for definitely establishing these points 
is sufficient when it is remembered that the process of respira- 
tion would appear to be very different in a “bloodless” gill 
from what it is in an organ supplied with an elaborate blood- 
system. 

The tracheal loops of the gill were known to Leydig, and were 
first described by Oustalet *. But no one, so far as we know, 
has ever noticed that they are enclosed within the proto- 
plasmic layer. Such gaseous interchange as takes place between 
the contents of the tracheal loops and the exterior must first 
involve this protoplasmic layer; and this fact appears to us im- 
portant in its bearings on the conclusion now gaining ground, that 


* Oustalet, “Mémoire sur la respiration des larves des Libellules.” Ann. 
Sci. Nat. sér. 5, Zoologie, tom. 11 (1869). 


416 PROF. G. GILSON AND J. SADONES ON THE 


the absorption of oxygen is not a mere physical process but a 
more complex one, in which the living protoplasm plays an active 
part. Jt has been experimentally shown that the death of the 
epithelial cells causes a striking change in the action of an organ 
functioning, during life, as an osmotic divider between two dif- 
ferent liquids or gases. As Professor Miall very rightly remarks, 
the first setting up of the process in young larve, when small 
bubbles of gas appear in the liquid that fills the tracheal tubes, 
cannot possibly be explained as a mere physical phenomenon. 
Whatever may be the mechanism of respiration, it is a process 
much more intricate than the play of an ordinary osmotic appa- 
ratus; a process that deserves the term “ vital,’? which we are 
wont to apply to complex activities, the actual workings of which 
escape our observation. The living protoplasm is the agent of 
absorption and setting free of the oxygen as well as of the 
emission of carbonic acid. 

No wonder, therefore, that in the gills of Odonata the func- 
tional air-tubes are completely imbedded in the protoplasm of 
the subcuticular layer. And, as regards the absorption of 
oxygen, there is no wonder that no special mechanism is provided 
to renew or to remove the contents of the tracheal loops. If the 
oxygen extracted from the surrounding water is actively dis- 
charged into the tracheal cavity by the protoplasm, and a stream 
of gas is continually blown out of the loops into the general 
tracheal system, no external mechanism is wanted to clear out 
the gaseous contents of the gill and transmit the oxygen to the 
other parts of the body. 

As regards the emission of carbonic acid a difficulty arises ; for 
if the function of the gill be to excrete the carbonic acid as well 
as to absorb the oxygen, it seems likely that the former must be 
carried to the organ by some mechanism. If the tracheal tubes 
furnished the only apparatus through which the carbonic acid 
could be carried, it seems that a “ propelling’ mechanism, though 
unnecessary as regards oxygen, would be required. But this is 
not the case. Carbonic acid is carried away from the organs by 
the blood and the blood-system enters the gills, as we have said 
before. There it may be directly absorbed and ejected by the 
subcuticular layer without ever entering the functional part of 
the tracheal system. The only objection to this view is that the 
blood is not very abundant in the gill, and that no special 
mechanism is known to make it circulate through the organ. 


LARVAL GILLS OF THE ODONATA. 417 


We hope to show in a subsequent paper, however, that the 
existence of such a mechanism is quite possible though it can- 
not be very efficient. Being thus led to enquire whether there 
are no other organs to help in the excretory activity of the gill, 
we have discovered, and intend soon to describe more fully, 
two very remarkable and quite enigmatical organs in a part of 
the digestive tract, which we propose to term the prerectal 
vesicle. 

The organs in question consist of two dises of very peculiar 
epithelial cells which depend from the wall of this vesicle. They 
appear to be non-glandular, and their function is quite unknown. 
We have on several occasions found the prerectal vesicle filled up 
and considerably swollen by a gaseous contents, and we incline 
to the belief that the function of the “ discs,” as well as of other 
productions in the basal part of the giil which are covered with 
the same epithelium, may be the excretion of carbonic acid, but 
we put this forward merely as a hypothesis, pending experi- 
mental research on the subject. 

Tn all non-tracheal gills, as well as in Arachnidan lungs, the 
blood plays a very important part indeed in the process of respi- 
ration—that of collecting and carrying away the oxygen to all 
parts of the body. The osmotic process, on current theory, is 
supposed to take place between the outer atmosphere or water 
and the blood itself, through the cellular and cuticular wall. 
Now, if there is a blood-space in the gill of Lzbellula, it may be 
thought likely that the same process must take place there, just 
as in the gills of Limulus and Isopods, or in the lungs of spiders, 
because the same causes must produce similar effects under similar 
circumstances, and a certain foundation cannot be refused this 
hypothesis. We may remark, however, that the circumstances 
are not exactly the same in tracheal and non-tracheal organs. 
The presence of numerous tracheal loops in the protoplasmic 
coating of the gill may alter considerably the conditions of the 
process, and it could alter them even if it were a mere physical 
one. But, knowing that this respiratory process is neither 
so clear nor so simple as it is often said to be, we cannot retrain 
from thinking that the functional protoplasm casts the greatest 
part of the absorbed oxygen, if not the whole of it, into the 
tracheal tubes that must carry it to every organ in the body, 
and that the blood would seem to play a very unimportant part, 
if any, in the absorption of that gas. On the other hand, it must 


418 THE LARVAL GILLS OF THE ODONATA. 


play a very important part in the excretion of carbonic acid, for 
it has been shown before, and it should not be forgotten, that 
its function in the gill is largely that of nourishing the tissues. 


To recapitulate :— 

1. The rectal tracheal gills of larval Odonata are prevented 
from adhering to one another by the presence of three 
conical pillars. 

2. The main tracheal tubes alone are lodged between the two 
plates that form the gill; the terminal loops, 7. e. the 
functional parts of the system, run within the protoplasm 
of the subcuticular layer. 


3. A blood-space communicating with the “ body-cavity” exists 
in the rectal gilis. 
4, The oxygen seems to be absorbed through the tracheal loops 


by the action of the subcuticular protoplasm only, and 
to be discharged from these into the general tracheal 
system. 

5. Carbonic acid, on the contrary, appears not to be carried to 
the gills by the tracheal tubes but by the blood alone, 
certain enigmatical organs borne upon a “ prerectal 
vesicle” being perhaps directly concerned in its excretion. 

6. In any case the blood would appear to play an important 
part in the excretion of carbonic acid, and a very un- 
important one in the absorption of oxygen. 


MR. G. 8. WEST ON OPISTHOGLYPHOUS SNAKES. 419 


On two little-known Opisthoglyphous Snakes. By G.S. West, 


A.R.C.S., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge. (Com- 
municated by Prof. G. B. Howns, Sec. Linn. Soc.) 


[Read 19th March, 1896.] 


(Puate XVIII.) 


Havine been recently engaged at the Royal College of Science, 
London, in an investigation of the buccal apparatus of the 
opisthoglyphous ophidians *, there were forwarded to me a few 
months ago by Prof. Howes a couple of snakes, and with them a 
note asking me to examine their buccal characters. At the same 
time I also received a letter from Mr. G. A. Boulenger asking 
me to clear up as much as I was able with regard to their glands 
and teeth. One of the snakes was an Hrythrolamprus, and the 
other an animal about which there was a doubt as to whether it 
was an aglyphous variety of Hrythrolamprus or some other 
snake. The latter was one of three specimens from Nicaragua, 
all of which were aglyphous, which had been regarded as an 
aglyphous variety of Erythrolamprus by Dr. Ginthert. In 
external features and coloration the snakes were absolutely 
identical, but if their dentition and buccal characters differed, it 
was possible, as suggested by Mr. Boulenger, that the aglyphous 
one might belong to a genus closely allied to Liophis. 


The following is a description of the glands and teeth of the 
first snake, viz. :— 


ERYTHROLAMPRUS AiscuLAPII, Giinth. 


The poison-gland (fig. 1 g.p.) isa large pear-shaped mags having 
a slight sigmoid curve; its anterior pointed end is situated 
under the eye, and its posterior end reaches almost to the arti- 
culation of the mandible. It exhibits a marked lobulation, the 
lobules being arranged in series converging towards the central 
duct, which leaves the gland at about the middle of its ventro- 
internal face and passes in a slightly forward direction to the 
base of the first grooved tooth. 

As in other opisthoglyphous snakes, the poison-gland is not 


* Cf. P.Z.S. 1895, pp. 812-826. 
t Biol. Centrali-Americ., Part exxi. p. 166. 


420 MR. G. 8S. WEST ON 


enveloped in any capsule of strong fibrous tissue, but is only held 
in position by an attachment of fibrous connective tissue along 
its inner surface. The alveoli of the poison-glands of all the 
snakes of this group have only small cavities and can hold but 
little of the secretion. There are no muscles related in any way 
to the gland*, and therefore the secretion which finds its way to 
the grooved teeth—and this can be but small in quantity—must 
do so by the pressure of the bite alone. The gland more or less 
overhangs the grooved teeth in most genera, and as the latter do 
not come into use unless the snake has obtained a very firm bite, 
it is evident that under these circumstances the pressure on the 
gland will be considerable and will suffice to propel the ‘poison 
through the comparatively short duct to the teeth. 

The superior labial gland consists of two distinct and isolated 
portions. The anterior part (q./.’) is composed of a series of 
somewhat irregular lobules, slightly embracing the anterior end 
of the poison-gland behind and reaching as far forwards as the 
nostril; the posterior portion (g./.") is very small and consists of 
a few lobules situated in the ventral hollow of the poison-gland 
near its hinder end. 

The znferior labial gland extends along the greater part of 
the outer side of the mandible. 

The Harderian gland (q.h.) is visible, on removing the skin, as a 
glandular mass of considerable size posterior to the eye, partially 
covered by the poison-gland. 

The mawilla (fig. 2) possesses in all 12 teeth. The 10 anterior 
teeth, which are in a uniform series, are short, thick, and much 
curved, and they slightly increase in size towards the hinder end 
of the maxilla. The two posterior teeth are larger, almost 
straight, and directed backwards at a much greater angle than 
the others. On their anterior face they possess a shallow, 


* In the Hydrophiine (marine snakes) there are no muscles connected with 
the poison-gland in Distira cyanocincta, Enhydris Hardwickii, or Platurus 
fasciatus, but in Hydrus platurus the gland is in relation with the masseter 
muscle. 

C. J. Martin, “Snakes, Snake-poison, and Snake-bites,” Journ. Sydney Univ. 
Medical Soc. vol. i. no. 2 (Hermes Med. Suppl.), remarks, p. xix, that “ the 
fang, except in sea-snakes, is a functional tube.” I find the fangs of sea-snakes 
to possess a closed groove quite as functional as that of the fang of an Hlapine 
or Viperine snake. — 


ie iia 


LITTLE-KNOWN OPISTHOGLYPHOUS SNAKES. 421 


widely open groove (vide fig. 4), and on their posterior face 
there is developed a cutting-edge. 

The mandibular teeth are 16 in number, very small and 
upright, and set in a compact series with a slight increase in size 
anteriorly. 


Now with regard to the second snake, viz. :— 


? Aglyphous variety of Hrythrolamprus, Giinther. 
[? Ltophis, Boulenger. | 

The buccal glands of this snake (cf. fig. 5) are precisely 
identical with those of Hrythrolamprus, excepting that the 
inferior labial gland (fig. 5, g.l.z.) is not quite so extensive. 

The mandibular teeth (cf. fig. 7) are precisely like those of 
Erythrolamprus, very small, closely set, and 17 in number. 

There are the same number of maxillary teeth, viz.,12. The 
10 anterior teeth are identical in form and disposition with the 
corresponding ones in Hrythrolamprus, and the 2 posterior 
enlarged teeth only differ from the corresponding teeth in the 
latter genus i the entire absence of a groove (vide fig. 8). In 
fact, this is the only character which in any way distinguishes 
the buccal apparatus of these two snakes. 

Hence this animal is nothing more nor less than an aglyphous 
variety of Erythrolamprus, i.e. of an “ opisthoglyphous” snake. 

This snake is famous for having bitten Mr. Quelch, the Curator 
of the Georgetown Museum, and for having led bim* to a belief 
in “the venomous action of the secretion of harmless snakes.” 
The facts coucerning it herein dealt with have a special! interest 
in their bearings on recent classification +, and in consideration 
of the experimental work of Phisalix and Bertrand ¢ and others, 
of the recent discovery of a Burmese snake § having the loreal 
shield of a supposed harmless Colubrine and the poison appa- 
ratus of a viper, and, last but not least, of the existence of 
an individual of Distira cyanocincta with grooved mandibular 
teeth ||. 


* J. J. Quelch, ‘Venom in Harmless Snakes,’ Zool. (3) xvii. 1893, p. 30. 
t Cf. Boulenger, ‘ Fauna of British India—Rept. and Batrachia,’ p. 277. 
¢ Cf. especially Phisalix and Bertrand, Compt. Rend. tom, 118, p. 76. 
§ Azemiops Fee, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 266. 
| Cf. P. Z.8. 1890, p. 618. 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XxXyV. 35 


429 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 


Fig. 1. Erythrolamprus Asculapii, Giinth. Head from right side. The 
inferior labial gland is re- 


moved. 
2. ” 0 Right maxilla from below, x8. 
3. ” ” Right mandible. 
4. ” ” Transverse section of posterior 


maxillary tooth. 
5. Aglyphous variety of Erythrolamprus Aisculapii. Head from right 


side. 
6. 9 a m Left maxilla from 
below, x 8. 
7. ” “6 66 Right mandible. 
8. ” a is Transverse section 


of posterior maxillary tooth. 


Reference letters. 
g.4. Harderian gland. 
on \ Supra-labial gland. 


g.li. Infra-labial gland. 
g-p. Parotid (Poison) gland. 


On some Exotic Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the 
British Museum, with Descriptions of New Species and 
of a New Genus of the Pompilide. By Lt.-Col. C. T. 
Binenam, F.Z.S., F.E.S. (Communicated by W. F. Kirzsy, 
¥.L.S.) 


[Read 2nd April, 1896. ] 
(Puate XIX.) 


Wuite engaged in incorporating accessions and rearranging the 
collection of the Pompilide and other Fossorial Hymenoptera in 
the Museum of Natural History at South Kensington, I have 
found a number of species which, so far as I can make out, have 
not previously been described. In the classification of the 
Pompilide I have in this paper followed Kohl. His “ Die 
Gattungen der Pompiliden,’ published in the Verhandlungen 
der k.-k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 1884, 
contains by far the best arrangement of the genera of that very 
dificult and puzzling family. 


HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 423 


Genus Myztne, Latr. 


MYzINE DIMIDIATICORNIS, Sp. Nov. 

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen punctured, the punctures 
dense and coarse on the front of the face above the antenne, on 
the sides of the thorax, mesonotum, and median segment above, 
more distant and finer on the vertex, the back of the head, the 
pronotum, and abdomen; clypeus constricted vertically, trans- 
verse; the mandibles smooth; the antenne porrect and thickened; 
the pronotum long, constricted anteriorly; mesonotum and median 
segment coarsely cribrate, the latter truncated at apex, the 
truncation punctured, an irregular central longitudinal carina 
from its base to the margin of the truncation ; legs smooth, with 
a few distant punctures, and slightly pubescent; abdomen long, 
the base of the segments constricted, the apex below with a 
strong recurved spine. Intensely black; the clypeus, scape of 
the antenne, and the basal four joints of the flagellum above 
and below dark ferruginous red ; abdomen with prismatic tints of 
blueand purple. Wings—the fore wing clear hyaline at base up to 
the basal nervure, fuscous beyond, witha superb purple effulgence; 
hind wing fuscescent at apex, becoming gradually hyaline at base. 

6. Length 13 millim.; exp. 22 millim. 

Hab. Kumaon, N. India. 

It somewhat resembles IZ. dimidiata, Smith, in the colour of 
the wings, but that species has the median segment rounded 
posteriorly, and the basal segment of the abdomen petiolate and 
markedly constricted at apex, besides being totally black in colour. 


Genus Scot, Fuér. 


Discohia, Sauss.— With 2 cubital cells and one 
recurrent nervure. 


ScOLIA SIKKIMENSIS, sp. Nov. 

9. Head smooth, thorax and abdomen punctured and pubes- 
cent; clypeus with its anterior margin slightly arched and a 
row of coarse submarginal punctures; antennal ridge short, 
with a shallow abbreviated groove above it; mesonotum in the 
middle and the apex of the scutellum smooth and shining; 
median segment short posteriorly, roundly truncate, the trunca- 
tion slightly convex; abdomen longer than the head and thorax, 
the basal segment tuberculated in the middle above, the 2nd 
segment constricted at base. Black, the pubescence fulvous 
red ; the mandibles, the scape, and the Ist joint of the flagellum 

30* 


424, LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL 


of the antenne, the vertex and cheeks behind the eyes, the 
posterior lateral angles of the median segment, a spot on 
each side of the basal segment of the abdomen, and a broad 
band at the base of the 2nd and 3rd segments above, yellow; 
the band on the 2nd segment is deeply emarginate at the sides, 
that on the 8rd segment is notched in the middle at base, 
Wings flavo-hyaline, ferruginous along the costal margin, with a 
long fuscous spot beyond the apex of the 2nd cubital cell. 

3. Similar, but has in addition the clypeus, the pronotum, the 
mesopleure, the tegule, a lateral longitudinal line on the meso- 
notum above the tegule, the scutellum and postscutellum, a 
band at the apex of the 4th abdominal segment, a lateral spot 
on the 2nd and 4th, and a band on the 3rd ventral segment, 
yellow; the coxe, femora, and tibie of the legs are also 
variegated with yellow; the antenne, the vertex of the head, 
and the intermediate and posterior tibie and tarsi are black. 

2. Length 22-25 millim. ; exp. 44-48 millim. 

3d. Length 18-22 millim.; exp. 40-45 millim. 

Hab. Sikkim. 

Closely allied to S. histrionica, Fabr., but differs considerably 
in markings, and above all in the puncturing of the thorax and the 
shape of the basal abdominal segment. 


ScoLIA DESIDIOSA, Sp. NOV. 

@. Closely resembles 8. decorata, Burm., but is smaller, and 
the sculpture and markings are very different. Clypeus trans- 
verse, a little convex in the middle, the margins closely punctured, 
the vertex and front somewhat coarsely punctured, the thorax 
finely and distantly, the mesonotum more closely punctured ; 
the abdomen is smooth, with only a few scattered punctures, 
the pubescence thin and sparse. Black; two spots above the 
base of the antennae, the sides of the pronotum, a spot under 
the base of the wings, the scutellum, two lateral spots on the 
postscutellum, the posterior angles of the median segment, and 
large oblong macule on the sides of the basal four segments of 
the abdomen, yellow; the macule on the 2nd segment have a 
large black spot at their base below. Wings fusco-hyaline, with 
a dark subapical cloud at the apex of the fore wing. 

@. Length 22-25 millim.; exp. 38-40 millim. 

3. Length 14-16 millim.; exp. 40-44 millim. 

Hab. Sikkim; Tenasserim. 


HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 425 


ScOLIA FLORIDULA, sp. nov. 


2. Closely resembles S. sikkimensis, but differs in sculpture 
and markings. The clypeus is raised in the centre, almost tuber- 
culate, the thorax and abdomen more coarsely and closely 
punctured, and the basal segment of the latter is not tuberculate 
at base. Black; a crescentic mark on the clypeus, the front of 
the face above the antenne and as high as the anterior ocellus, 
a line on the occiput prolonged behind the eyes, the pronotum, 
a spot under the base of the wings, the scutellum, a line on the 
postscutellum, two small lateral spots on the basal segment of the 
abdomen, two larger lateral spots on the 2nd segment, and a broad 
band at the base of the 3rd segment, yellow; the wings flavo- 
hyaline, dark ferruginous along the costal margin, becoming 
fusco-ferruginous at the apex; legs ferruginous, the anterior 
pair variegated with yellow, the tarsi nigro-fuscous. 

@. Length 18 millim.; exp. 34 millim. 

Hab. Tenasserim. 


Genus Crropatss, Latr. 


CEROPALES PERNIX, sp. nov. 


36. Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth, slightly shining; 
clypeus large, its anterior margin widely emarginate; labrum 
exserted, the apex emarginate; pronotum short, its posterior 
margin arched; mesonotum subconvex, with two longitudinally 
parallel, abbreviated, shallow furrows at the apex; scutellum and 
postscutellum large, not laterally compressed; median segment 
with a rounded slope posteriorly ; legs long, smooth, the claws 
of the tarsi stout, but apparently without a tooth below at base. 
Wings—the cubital and discoidal nervures of the fore wing both 
reach the margin of the wing, the basal nervure interstitial, the 
2nd and 3rd discoidal cells subequal. Ferruginous yellow, the 
mandibles except at apex, the labrum, palpi, clypeus, sides and 
front of face, a line behind the eyes, and the posterior margin of 
the pronotum, light straw-yellow ; the abdomen, which is short, 
has the posterior margins of the 1st to 5th segments above dull 
yellow. 

3S. Length 9 millim.; exp. 14 millim. 

. Hab. Tenasserim. 
A distinct little species. 


426 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL 


Genus Psevupagenta, Kohl. 


PSEUDAGENIA RAVA, Sp. NOV. 

@. Pruinose; the clypeus short, its anterior margin rounded 
and bearing an obscure transverse carina, front sub-convex ; the 
ocelli placed in shallow pits, an impressed vertical line from the 
anterior ocellus to between the bases of the antenne; head 
transverse posteriorly; pronotum rather long, rounded anteriorly, 
its posterior margin very slightly arched; median segment with 
a rounded, rather steep slope posteriorly, feebly transversely 
striated; legs long, the tibize and tarsi smooth or with a few 
minute spines, claws unidentate ; abdomen fusiform, curved, the 
petiole short, the ventral furrow well-marked. Black, with 
dense grey pile which appears silvery in certain lights, and on 
the posterior margins of the segments of the abdomen forms 
silvery bands, that on the third segment being broadest and 
produced angularly forward in the middle; wings flavo-hyaline, 
the apical margins broadly fuscous. 

@. Length 10 millim. ; exp. 18 millim. 

Hab. Bangalore, 8. India. 

Distantly resembles Pseudagenia novare, Sauss., from Australia, 
but that species is larger, bas the antennz yellow, and the wings 
Tuscous. 


PsEuDAGENIA Erigone, sp. nov. (Pl. XIX. fig. 1, 9.) 

@. Head and thorax rugose; abdomen smooth and shining. 
Head and pronctum very finely and closely punctured; mesonotum, 
scutellum and postscutellum longitudinally, the median segment 
transversely, and tke pleure obliquely striated, the strie very 
fine on the mesonotum and pleure aud coarse on the scutellum, 
postscutellum, and median segment; legs smooth, with extremely 
minute spines on the tibiz and on the tarsi beneath, claws bifid 
abdomen petiolate, the 2nd ventral segment with a deep trans- 
verse furrow. Black, the head and thorax except the scutellum 
opaque, the latter and the abdomen shining ebony-black ; wings 
hyaline, with two fuscous transverse fasciz, the first at the basal 
nervure very broad, and reaching from the costal to the anal 
margin of the fore wing, the second narrow, occupying the basal 
angle of the radial and the apices of the 2nd cubital and 2nd 
discoidal cells. 

¢ unknown. 

Q@. Length 13 millim.; exp. 27 millim. 


ae Oe! Aa 


ee ee eS ae eee eee 


HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 427 


Hab. Tenasserim. 

A very distinct species, unlike any other in the sculpture of 
the thorax and in having the fascia on the wing, close to the 
base, broader than the subapical fascia. 


PSEUDAGENIA ARTEMIS, sp. nov. (Pl. XIX. fig. 2, 9.) 

@. Head, pro- and mesonotum, scutellum and postscutellum, 
and abdomen smooth and shining ; median segment transversely, 
and the pleurz obliquely striate; clypeus convex, its anterior 
margin obtusely angular; median segment with a rounded steep 
slope to its apex ; legs long, the intermediate and posterior tibia 
and tarsi with very minute spines, almost smooth, claws with an 
obtuse strong tooth at base below; abdomen with the basal 
segment less petiolate than in most other species of the genus. 
Dark cobalt-blue ; the antennex, the femora, tibie, and tarsi of 
the legs opaque black ; the fore wing dark fuscous with a purple 
effulgence, the hind wing hyaline at base, lightly fuscous towards 
the apex; nervures and tegulz piceous black; the face in front, 
the sides of the thorax, and the median segment covered with a 
thin soft silvery-white pubescence. 

3 unknown. 

@. Length 19 millim.; exp. 41 millim. 

Hab. 'Tenasserim (Salween Valley). 

Resembles somewhat the description, so far as it goes, of 
Lepeletier’s Pallosoma cyanea, but that species is described as 
having bluish-black pubescence and the wings “sans trans- 
parence.” 


PSEUDAGENIA CLYPEATA, Sp. nov. 

Q. Pruinose; the pronotum very short, its anterior margin 
nearly transverse, the posterior angularly arched; median 
segment with a rounded, somewhat steep slope to its apex, and 
a broad shallow longitudinal sulcation down the middle; legs 
with the tibiz and tarsi with very minute spines, nearly smooth, 
claws minutely unidentate; abdomen petiolated, the 2nd ventral 
segment with a deeply impressed transverse furrow. Black, with 
a dense soft white pruinosity giving it a greyish look; clypeus 
yellowish white, with a minute black spot in the middle at base; 
the anterior tibie and tarsi and the flagellum of the antenne 
below, with three or four of the apical joints above, testaceous 
red; the extreme apex of the intermediate femora, with the under- 
side of the tibie and tarsi, and the posterior femora blood-red ; 


428 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL 


wings hyaline, somewhat iridescent, the nervures and tegule 
testaceous brown. 

So similar, but has the femora, tibie, and tarsi of the anterior 
legs and the posterior four femora testaceous red. 

@. Length 9-11 millim.; exp. 20-24 millim. 

3. Length 6-8 millim.; exp. 138-17 millim. 

Hab. Generally distributed throughout Burma and Tenasserim. 

Resembles Pseudagenia tincta and mutabilis of Smith, and 
P. ariel, Cameron, but differs in the abbreviated prothorax and 
the colouring of the clypeus, antenne, and legs, which is very 
constant in this species. 


PSEUDAGENTIA STULTA, Sp. Nov. 

@. Head and thorax pruinose ; abdomen smooth, polished and 
shining; clypeus narrow, almost transverse, its anterior margin 
smooth and shining, arched, and produced a little in the middle; 
the front above the antennz, the vertex, pro- and mesonotum 
finely punctured, the punctures distant on the head and prono- 
tum, somewhat closer together on the mesonotum; the front 
subconvex; the pronotum transverse anteriorly, with the shoulders 
prominent, almost tuberculate, posteriorly arched; mesonotum 
with a central longitudinal carina at apex; scutellum broad, post- 
scutellum rounded, not laterally compressed ; median segment 
long, with a regular slope to its apex, transversely striated, a 
central longitudinal broad furrow at base and apex, interrupted 
in the middle; legs long, the tibiz and tarsi smooth, without 
spines, claws unidentate ; abdomen as long as the head and thorax 
together, the 2nd ventral segment with a transverse furrow ; the 
fore wing with the basal nervure not interstitial, the hind wing 
with the cubital nervure rising well after the apex of the anal 
cell. Head and thorax opaque dull black, covered with a silky 
silvery pile, most dense on the face in front and at the apex of 
the median segment; the apical three or four joints of the 
antenne and the coxe and trochanters of the legs testaceous 
brown, the tibie and tarsi black; the abdomen shining black ; 
wings hyaline, beautifully iridescent. 

@. Length 11 millim.; exp. 20 millim. 

Hab. Tenasserim. 

This pretty little species resembles Pseudagenia tincta and 
mutabilis, Smith,* but differs in being longer and slighter, in 
the pronotum not being rounded but transverse in front with 
prominent angles at the sides, in the metanotum being transversely 


HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 429 


striated, and in the colour of the coxe and trochanters of the 
legs, which in the others are black. From Pseudagenia ariel, 
Cameron, it differs in not having the mandibles rugose, in the 
shape of the prothorax, and in the colour of the legs and wings. 


PARAGENTA, gen. nov. 


Allied to Agenia, Schiddte, and Pseudagenia, Kohl; differs in 
the body being more slender and the legs longer in proportion, 
in the coxe and femora of the legs being thickened as in the 
genus Wacromeris, particularly so in the male, which has, further, 
the coxe of the intermediate legs produced in front into large, 
remarkably prominent cone-shaped tubercles. In both sexes 
the joints of the anterior tarsi are extremely attenuated at base. 
The neuration of the wings is similar to that of Psewdagenia, the 
species of which genus the type and only known species of 
Paragenia resembles in its breeding-habits, making cone-shaped 
nests of clay and filling them with spiders. 


PARAGENIA ARGENTIFRONS. (Pl. XIX. figs. 3, 3a.) 

Macromeris argentifrons, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soe. i. (1858), 
p- 97. 2,2 3; id. xi. (1867) p. 356. 2; Cam. Mem. Manch. Lit. & 
Phil. Soc. 1891, p. 436. 3. 

Hab. Borneo; Malacca; Java. Common in Burma and 
Tenasserim, and in Sikkim. 

I have a long series of this species, which I have compared care- 
fully with the types in the British Museum. Smith placed it under 
Lepeletier’s genus Macromeris, probably because of the swollen 
coxe and femora in the male; but it cannot be classed under 
that genus, as the fore wing hag the radial cell acuminate, not 
rounded, at apex, the tibie and tarsi are spinose, and there is no 
lateral tubercle on the thorax in front of the intermediate coxe. 


Genus Pompitus, Fabr. 


Pompitus D#DALvs, sp. nov. 

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth and shining; clypeus 
convex, subtriangular, its anterior margin very slightly arched, 
nearly transverse; the inner margin of the eyes with an outward 
curve; the front sulcated from the anterior ocellus to between 
the base of the antenne; the back of the head transverse; the 
mesonotum with the sides raised and a short longitudinal 
furrow on either side; the scutellum prominent; the median 


430 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL 


segment short and truncated at the apex, the truncation 
obscurely transversely striated; legs stout, spinose, claws bifid; 
abdomen sessile, obscurely pruinose. Head, thorax, and abdomen 
black, the antenne and the tibie and tarsi of all the legs dull 
piceous red ; wings fuscous, with little or no effulgence, the apex 
of the radial cell acutely angled, the 2nd and 3rd cubital cells 
subequal ; abdomen with the posterior margins of the segments 
narrowly testaceous. 

@. Length 15-19 millim. ; exp. 28-36 millim. 

Hab. Sikkim; Tenasserim. 

The only two species this could be confounded with are P. cani- 
Srons, Smith, and P. perplexus, Smith, but the former has the 
‘¢ metathorax smooth, rounded behind,” and the latter is a smaller, 
slighter insect, with much darker wings. From both species 
P. Dedalus differs in the colour of the antenna, tibiz, and tarsi. 


POMPILUS INFESTUS, sp. Dov. 

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth ; the clypeus convex, 
transversely rectangular, its sides rounded ; the front of the face 
flat, with an abbreviated impressed line from the anterior ocellus 
to between the bases of the antenne; median segment short, 
rounded posteriorly with a steep slope to its apex ; legs stout, the 
tibiz and tarsi with a few scattered spines, claws unidentate. 
Ferruginous red ; the wings flavo-hyaline, broadly fuscescent at 
the apex, nervures brown, tegule ferruginous ; the clypeus, the 
inner margin of the eyes, a line on the posterior border of the 
pronotum,a spot on the posterior tibiz at base, the basal two joints 
of the intermediate and posterior tarsi, and the 3rd and 4th 
segments of the abdomen, rich chrome-yellow. 

@. Length 15 millim.; exp. 25 millim. 

Hab. India. 

The type and only specimen is in the collection of the British 
Museum. ‘This is a very distinct species—a true Pompilus with 
the colouring of a Ceropales. 


PoMPILUS UNIFAscIATUS. (Pl. XIX. figs. 4, 4a.) 

Pompilus unifasciatus, Smith, Cat. Hym. i. p. 145. 188, 2 J; 
id. Journ. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), p. 352. 8. 

Pompilus exortivus, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 188.7,2. 

From a comparison of the descriptions and of a specimen in 
the Museum collection from Shanghai labelled Pompilus exortivus 


{ 
3 
| 
1 
} 
| 


HYMENOPTERA 1N THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 431 


in the late Mr. Smith’s own handwriting, I have no doubt in my 
mind that P. wnifasciatus and P. exortivus are one and the same 
species. The type specimen of the latter is somewhat larger and 
has the median segment more yellow and the legs with more black, 
but otherwise they are identical in sculpture and markings. 


POMPILUS BIOCULATUS, sp. nov. 

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth, pruinose; clypeus 
subconvex, its anterior margin arched, its posterior nearly trans- 
verse; scutellum large, laterally compressed; the median segment 
short, with a rounded truncation posteriorly ; legs with the tibize 
and tarsi spinose, the spines short and stout, not disposed in rows, 
claws unidentate ; abdomen sessile. Black; the head, except an 
irregular black mark on the front reaching the base of the an- 
tenne, abroad stripe on the posterior margin of the pronotum, a 
square spot at the apex of the mesonotum, the scutellum in the 
middle, the legs except the coxe, trochanters, base of the femora 
and the apical joints of the tarsi, and two lateral linear spots at 
the base of the 2nd segment of the abdomen, ferruginous yellow ; 
wings ferruginous, with their apical margins broadly fuscous. 
The spots on the abdomen are sometimes obsolete, but can nearly 
always be detected by holding the insect up to a good light. 

3. Very similar, has more black mixed with the ferruginous 
yellow on the head and thorax, and is smaller and slighter. 

2. Length 12-17 millim.; exp. 30-35 millim. 

6. Length 10-11 millim.; exp. 25-32 millim. 

Hab. Sikkim; Burma; Tenasserim; extending to China and 
Japan. 

In Mr. Rothney’s collection,worked out by Mr. Cameron, there 
is one specimen of this species labelled Pompilus unifasciatus, 
Smith, in the late Mr. Smith’s own handwriting, and is entered 
under that name by Mr. Cameron in his paper (Hym. Orient., 
Mem. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. 1891, p.470), but with a note to 
the effect that it differs from the type of P. wnifasciatus. I have 
a series of over a hundred of both species, and the difference 
between them is constant and well-marked. 


Pompitus ALICIm, sp.nov. (Pl. XIX. figs. 5, 5a.) 

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth, very slightly pruinose; 
celypeus broader than high, convex, shghtly projecting anteriorly, 
somewhat emarginate in the middle; prothorax squarish in front; 
posterior margin of the pronotum arched; median segment rounded, 


432 LT.-COL. C. 1. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL 


with a very steep slope to the apex; legs stout, the tibie and tarsi 
spinose, the spines long and irregular ; abdomen subsessile, as long 
as the head and thorax together, its apical segment studded with 
stiffhairs. Black ; the basal two-thirds of the clypeus, the front 
and vertex, the scape of the antenne, a broad band on the pos- 


terior margin of the pronotum, a square spot at the apex of the © 


mesonotum, the centre of the scutellum and postscutellum, and 
the tibiz and tarsi of the legs, ferruginous yellow; wings ferru- 
ginous, broadly infuscated at apex, the nervures and tegule 
ferruginous; abdomen black, an abbreviated yellow line at the 
base of the 2nd and 8rd segments above, the apical segment with 
pale yellow silky pile and long ferruginous hairs. The ferrugi- 
nous yellow markings on the head, thorax, and legs are sharply 
defined off from the black. 

@. Length 20 millim.; exp. 36 millim. 

Hab. Mergui, South Tenasserim. 

Resembles the preceding species, but differs in the shape of the 
clypeus and the median segment and markedly in coloration. 


Genus Saurus, Pabr. 
Hemepepsis group. 


Satius Auvrotycts, sp. nov. (Pl. XIX. fig. 6, 2.) 

@. Head and thorax opaque, pruinose; abdomen smooth and 
shining; clypeus transverse, its anterior margin widely emarginate 
in the middle, the sides oblique; the front subconcave, an im- 
pressed line from the anterior ocellus to between the bases of the 
antenne; the flagellum of the antenne thick, convolute; the vertex 
strongly arched; the pronotuin short, rounded in front, its posterior 
margin arched, the mesonotum subconvex; the scutellum and 
postscutellum raised and laterally compressed ; median segment 
long, rounded, transversely striated, its apex abruptly truncate, 
the truncation smooth and shining; legs long, robust, the tibize 
and tarsi strongly spinose; the intermediate and posterior tibiz 
flattened and grooved above but not serrated, claws bidentate ; 
abdomen sessile, the transverse furrow on the 2nd ventral segment 
shallow. Black; the mandibles except at the apex, the clypeus, 
and the antennz castaneous brown ; the head, pro - and mesonotum 
covered with a short thick velvety pile; the coxe in front, the 
femora, tibie, and tarsi ferruginous, shading to fuscous black on 
the tarsi below; wings very dark brown, with a superb effulgence 


HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 433 


of blue and purple; abdomen black, the apical three segments 
with large obscure lateral spots of orange-red above, and similar 
smaller spots on the ventral side. 

@. Length 60 millim.; exp. 106 millim. 

Hab. Kilimanjaro. 

A large handsome species allied to Salus (Hemipepsis) pro- 
digiosa, Gerst., but much larger, and differig in the shape and 
sculpture of the thorax and in the colour of the abdomen. 


SALIUS SATELLES, sp. nov. (Pl. XIX. fig. 7, ¢.) 

6. Pruinose; the clypeus smali, convex, its anterior margin 
almost transverse in the middle and slightly bent downwards ; 
the mesonotum broad, subconvex, slightly aciculate; scutellum 
and postscutellum raised in the middle, very prominent, the latter 
forming a tubercle; median segment long, somewhat truncate at 
apex, transversely striated, raised in the middle, on either side of 
which it is broadly longitudinally suleate, the sides again being 
slightly raised and ending at the apex in well-marked but blunt pro- 
jections; legs long and slender, the tibie and tarsi feebly spinose, 
claws bidentate; abdomen short, vertically compressed, the ventral 
furrow on the 2nd segment feebly indicated. Intensely black, 
the clypeus only being alutaceous, and the underside of the 
antenne slightly fulvous; wings fuscous, with a broad hyaline 
yellow transverse band across the dise extending from the apical 
half of the basal cell in the fore wing to a little beyond the base 
of the 2ndicubital and 2nd discoidal cells; the nervures fuscous 
black, yellow on the hyaline portion of the wing; tegule black. 

3. Length 22 millim.; exp. 52 millim. 

Hab. Ataran Valley, Tenasserim. 

Allied to Salius bellicosus, Smith, Saliws anthracinus, Smith, 
and Salius hercules, Cameron, compared with the same sex of 
which it differs in being slighter and smaller, with proportionately 
larger and broader wings, and in the shape and sculpturing of 
the median segment. 


SALIUS AUREOSERICEUS. 

Pompilus aureosericeus, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. pt. 2, p. 256. 

? Priocnemis gigas, Taschenb. Zeits. ges. Naturwiss. xxxiv. 
(1869) p. 40. 

Salius Elizabethe, Bingh. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii. 
p: 372, pl. 1. f. 9 (1894). 

A very widely distributed and, so far as size and the colour of 


434 LT.-COL..C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL 


the apical two segments of the abdomen go, very variable species. 
There is I think no doubt that the Burmese form (my 8. Hliza- 
bethe) is only a race of this species, and I have also united 
to it, though with some doubt, Taschenberg’s Priocnemis gigas. 
Taschenberg’s description clearly shows his species has the 
Hemipepsis or Mygnimia neuration, and, so far as I can make out, 
the sculpturing and colour agree very well with those of P. awreo- 
sericeus. This species is a good example of the uselessness of 
wing-neuration only as a generic character. I have examples of it, 
all with bidentate claws, that have the typical M/ygnimia, and 
others that have the Priocnemis neuration. 

@. Length 32-41 millim.; exp. 66-84 millim. 

3. Length 27-31 millim.; exp. 60-70 millim. 


SaLIUS FENESTRATUS. 

Mygnimia audax, Smith, Cat. Hym. ili. p. 182. 4, 2; nee 
Pompilus (recte Salius) audax, Cat. ii. p. 186. 85. 

Mygnimia fenestrata, Smith, Cat. iii. p. 184.:10, 3. 

Salius audav, Cam. Mem. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. 1891, 


p. 442. 
Salius funestus, Cam. Mem. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. 1891, 


p- 444. 18. 

Hab. Silhet; Kumaon ; Sikkim; Tenasserim. 

This handsome species is common in Sikkim and on the higher 
hills in Tenasserim. There seem to be two races—one (audaz, 
Smith), with the wings deep ferruginous yellow; and a second 
(fenestratus, Smith, funestus, Cam.), which has the wings dark 
fuscous with a purple effulgence, though it is absolutely identical 
in the form and sculpture and markings of the body. In fact 
one specimen of the latter in the Museum collection is labelled 
“ Mygnimia audax, var.” in the late Mr. Smith’s own handwriting. 


Priocnemis group. 


SaLIUS VALENTULUS, Sp. nov. 

@. Head, pronotum, sides of the mesonotum, scutellum and 
postscutellum smooth, very slightly pruinose; the mesonotum 
aciculate in the middle; median segment finely and closely trans- 
versely striate, posteriorly rounded with a gradual slope, the apex 
truncate, the truncation slightly concave ; legs stout, the tibise and 
tarsi strongly spinose, the posterior tibie serrated, claws bidentate; 
abdomen short, with the basal segment petiolate, the 2nd ventral 
segment with a well-marked transverse furrow. Black; the wings 


HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 435 


hyaline, broadly fuscescent at apex; the basal two segments of the 
abdomen and the basal half of the 8rd segment above ferrugi- 
nous red; the remaining segments black, the apical segment with 
stiff fulvous hairs; beneath, only the Ist and basal half of the 
2nd segment are red, the rest of the abdomen being black studded 
with scanty fulvous hairs. 

@. Length 16 millim; exp. 26 millim. 

Hab. North-West Provinces, India. 

Resembles Salius Juno, Cameron, with the type of which in 
Mr. Rothney’s collection I have compared it; but, apart from 
the great difference in size and in the colour of the abdomen, the 
clypeus in this species has the anterior margin transverse, almost 
truncate in the middle; in S. Juno it is rounded: the median 
seoment in S, Juno is long and gradually rounded to the apex, in 
S. valentulus it is short with the apex truncate. 


SaLIUS TERRENUS, sp. nov. (PI. XIX. fig. 8, 2.) 

@. Head and thorax pruinose, median segment finely trans- 
versely striated, abdomen finely aciculate ; clypeus larze, its 
anterior margin boldly arched and fringed with long hairs, the 
posterior transverse ; scutellum and postscutellum laterally com- 
pressed and very prominent, the former longitudinally and the 
latter obliquely striated on the sides ; median segment with a very 
steep slope to the apex, scarcely rounded above, somewhat com- 
pressed at the sides ; legs long, the tibie and tarsi strongly 
spinose, the posterior tibie serrated; abdomen petiolate, the 2nd 
ventral segment with a well-marked transverse furrow. Dull red; 
the clypeus, the face in front, and the pro- and mesonotum with 
dense golden pile, very brilliant and glittering in certain lights ; 
median segment shaded with fuscous black ; abdomen with the 
base of the Ist and apex of the Ist, 2nd, and 38rd segments 
broadly black, the black not continued as bands on the underside ; 
the wings a pale oily brown, hyaline, and in certain lights 
iridescent ; a faint fuscous cloud occupies the 2nd and 8rd cubital 
and upper part of the 2nd discoidal cells. 

3S similar, but the wings have a larger faint fuscous cloud at 
apex beyond the 2nd cubital cell. 

@. Length 20 millim.; exp. 44 millim. 

S$. Length 18 millim.; exp. 38 millim. 

Hab. Sikkim; Burma; Tenasserim. 

Resembles Saliws Nicevilliiz, mihi, from which it differs in 
being much smaller, duller in colour, and in the median segment 


436 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL 


being produced but slightly posteriorly, only sloping steeply 
from base to apex. 


SALIUS GRASSATOR, Sp. NOV. 

3. Pruinose; the clypeus small, convex, its anterior margin 
sharply transverse, the sides oblique, above it is subangular, the 
base being truncate; eyes very convergent above, ocelli remark- 
ably large and prominent; the antenne straight and filiform; 
prothorax short, rounded in front, the posterior margin sub- 
arcuate; scutellum and postscutellum prominent; median segment 
long, with a very gradual slope to its apex, finely transversely 
striated and bearing a medial longitudinal furrow from base to 
apex; legs long, the tibie and tarsi spinose, the posterior tibiz 
with the serrations just indicated; claws strongly unidentate 
below; abdomen petiolate, slightly aciculate, the 2nd ventral 
segment with a well-marked transverse furrow. Head, thorax in 
front, and the femora, tibie, and tarsi of the legs ferruginous 
red; the sides of the thorax, pectus, median segment, coxze and 
trochanters dull blackish; the whole thorax covered with a fine 
sericeous golden pile, dense on the face in front, pro- and meso- 
notum, and thin and scanty on the sides of the thorax and 
median segment; abdomen dark castaneous red, lighter in the 
middle of the basal segment, and covered with a short fine ferru- 
ginous pile seen only in certain lights; wings pale flavo-hyaline, 
the anex of the fore wing from beyond the middle of the 2nd 
cubital cell to the apex of the 3rd dark fuscous, beyond that to 
the apex of the wing lightly fuscescent. 

3. Length 17 millim.; exp. 36 millim. 

Hab. Sikkim, at low elevations. <A very distinct species. 


SALIUS GEMINUS, Sp. Nov. 

@. Closely resembles the European Salius serripes, Deahipeas 
and is in fact the Himalayan representative of that species. 
Head, thorax in front, and abdomen smooth; median segment 
lightly transversely striate ; clypeus transversely oval, its anterior 
margin thickly fringed with long hairs; front slightly convex, an 
impressed vertical line from the anterior ocellus to between the 
base of the antenne ; median segment long, as long as the rest 
of the thorax, rounded with a gradual slope to its apex; antenne 
and legs long, the tibiz and tarsi of the latter strongly spinose, 
the posterior tibie markedly serrate; abdomen fusiform, petiolate, 
as long as the head and thorax together, the 2nd ventral segment 


a st ee ee 


HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 437 


with a deep transverse furrow. Dull opaque black, the basal two 
segments above and below and basal half of the 3rd segment of the 
abdomen above red ; there are also indications of the red colour 
on the apical margins above of the 3rd and 4th segments; the 
thin scattered pubescence on the head and thorax is black, and on 
the apical segments of the abdomen ferruginous; wings byaline, 
the apex of the fore wing broadly fuscescent. 

9. Length 18 millim.; exp. 22 millim. 

Hab. Mussoorie, N.W. Himalayas. 


SALIUS VENATORIUS, sp. nov. (Pl. XIX. fig. 9, 2.) 

36. Head, thorax in front, and abdomen smooth, very slightly 
pruinose, median segment lightly transversely rugose; clypeus 
large, its anterior margin arcuate and slightly reversed, posterior 
bisinuate; front of the face slightly concave, an impressed 
vertical line from the anterior ocellus to between the antenne; 
vertex of the head compressed, narrow ; antenne thick, setaceous ; 
pronotum very short, anteriorly and posteriorly arched ; post- 
scutellum compressed, tuberculate; median segment long, witha 
very gradual slope to the apex, a deep short fovea at its base ; 
legs long, the tibiz and tarsi slightly spinose, claws unidentate ; 
abdomen vertically compressed, the furrow on the 2nd ventral 
segment barely indicated. The head, pronotum, apex of the 
femora, tibie and tarsi light ferruginous, a dusky stain on the 
front from the vertex to the base of the antenne, the antenne 
at apex fuscous; the thorax except the front of thé prothorax, 
cox, trochanters, basal half of the femora, and abdomen aluta- 
ceous brown, the last with a rich purple bloom in certain lights; 
wings fuscous brown, flavo-hyaline on the dise from the apical 
half of the Ist cubital and 1st discoidal cells to the 3rd cubital 
and 8rd discoidal cells; a dark spot with a hyaline border 
posteriorly at the base of the 1st discoidal cell. 

3. Length 13-18 millim.; exp. 24-28 millim. 

Hab. Hills of Burma and Tenasserim. 

Re:embles 8. satelles, but is structurally and in coloration 
abundantly different. 


SALIUS PLACIDUS, Sp. NOv. 

6. Head and thorax densely pruinose; abdomen smooth 
and shining; clypeus short, vertical; nearly flat, its anterior 
margin transverse in the middle, oblique at the sides; antennze 

LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 36 


438 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL 


very long and thick, the scape laterally compressed, somewhat 
flattened, front concave, frontal furrow well-marked ; ocelli large 
and prominent ; pronotum very short, rather square anteriorly, 
arched behind; scutellum and postscutellum laterally compressed ; 
median segment long, rounded posteriorly, with a very gradual 
slope to its apex, smooth, with only a few transverse striz; legs 
long, the tibie and tarsi only slightly spinose; claws unidentate ; 
abdomen vertically compressed, the transverse furrow on the 
2nd ventral segment barely indicated. Head and thorax black ; 
the femora, tibix, and tarsi of the legs light ferruginous ; abdomen 
ferruginous red; the mandibles except at their apex, the clypeus 
except a spot in the middle, the face below the antenne, and the 
inner margin of the eyes, not reaching the vertex, pale yellow; the 
antenne beneath and the anterior coxe in front fulvous, the 
base of the abdomen fuscous. The head and thorax are covered 
with a glistening silvery silky pile, and in certain lights the 
apical margins of segments 1-4 of the abdomen above are seen 
to be broadly darker in colour. Wings subhyaline purplish brown, 
with clear hyaline spaces in the 1st discoidal and 2nd submedial 
cells of the fore wing, and in the anal and discoidal cells of the 
hind wing. 

3. Length 15 millim.; exp. 34 millim. 

Hab. Tenasserim. 

A very distinct little species. 


Genus Macromeris, Lepel. 


MAcROMERIS CASTANEA, Sp. nov. 

@. Head and thorax in front pruinose, median segment 
coarsely rugose; legs and the abdomen smooth and shining; 
clypeus large, subeconvex, covered with long pubescence, its 
anterior margin arched with a waved outline, the middle produced 
into an acute tooth with a blunt rounded projection on each side ; 
mesonotum convex ; scutellum and postscutellum raised, promi- 
nent, the latter tuberculate in the middle; median segment 
rounded, steeply sloped posteriorly, coarsely cribrate; the 
mesonotum at apex, the sides of the scutellum and postscutellum, 
and the thorax beneath the wings obliquely striated, the latter 
below, in front of the intermediate cox, produced into prominent 
lateral tubercles; the wings have the radial cell in the fore wing 
large and rounded at apex, the Ist recurrent nervure is received 
in the apical third of the 2nd cubital cell, and the 2nd recurrent 


a 


oe a 


ST Se ee eT dens te ae, ee Ee eS eee 


HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 439 


nervure in the middle of the 3rd cubital cell; legs long, smooth, 
and entirely without spines, claws bidentate ; abdomen petiolate, 
the 2nd ventral segment with a well-marked transverse furrow. 
Colour dark chestnut-red; the vertex, sides of the thorax, and 
abbreviated apical bands on segments 1-4 of the abdomen 
fuscous black, these bands produced forward angularly in the 
middle; wings hyaline with a yellowish tint, nervures and tegule 
testaceous brown. The short, fine, scanty pubescence on the 
head and thorax anteriorly chestnut-brown. 

@. Length 24 millim.; exp. 50 millim. 

Hab. Java. 

A very distinct and well-marked form, differing from the only 
two other described species of the genus in the shape of the 
thorax and notably in the colour of the body and wings. The 
type and only specimen is evidently an insect collected many 
years ago, though still in fair preservation. 


Genus Doticnurus, Latr. 


DoLicHuRUS BIPUNCTATUS, Sp. Nov. 

¢. Head in frontand the median segment rugose ; the vertex, 
back of the head, pro- and mesonotum, and abdomen smooth ; 
head and thorax with a thin short pubescence, dense only on the 
clypeus ; pronotum transverse, the tubercles at the anterior angles 
well-marked and prominent; mesonotum with two medial, longi- 
tudinal, somewhat deep furrows ; median segment flat above, the 
sides steeply sloped, the apex truncate, a transverse carina at the 
base, two medial longitudinal carine from the base to the margin 
of the truncation, with a transverse carina there joining them, 
two other outer carine parallel to them, with a second transverse 
carina below the margin of the truncation joining them, the 
surface between the carine is roughly transversely striate ; legs 
stout, without spines, the femora flattened; abdomen short, the 
posterior margins of the basal two segments strongly constricted, 
the Ist above and below, the 2nd only above. Black, the 
pubescence fulvous white ; the concave projecting plate above the 
antenne, on the outer margin, and the tubercles at the outer 
angles of the pronotum yellow; wings hyaline and iridescent, 
nervures and tegule testaceous. 

6. Length 9 millim.; exp. 16 millim. 

Hab. Pegu Hills, Burma. 

Nearly allied to D. taprobane, Smith, but that species has the 

&6* 


— 440 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXCTIC FOSSORIAL 


front of the head smooth, not punctured, the thorax for the most 
part and the abdomen polished and shining, and the super- 
antennal plate on the outer margin with the tubercles on the 
pronotum black not yellow. 


Genus Puitantuus, Pabr. 


Div. 1. Abdomen sessile. 


PHILANTHUS AVIDUS, Sp. NOV. 

2. Head very closely and finely, thorax and posterior margin 
of the basal segment of the abdomen more distantly and coarsely 
punctured, the base of the 1st, the 2nd and following segments 
of the abdomen smooth; head broad, as broad as the thorax ; 
mesonotum strongly convex; median segment short, subcylin- 
drical above, level and with the apex steeply sloped, almost 
truncate, a central longitudinal broad but shallow furrow runs 
from base to apex, the sides and apex with a thin scanty 
pubescence; legs with the tibie and tarsi spinose ; abdomen with 
the basal segment slightly constricted along the extreme apex of 
the posterior margin above, the apical segments of the abdomen 
slightly pubescent. Black; the mandibles except at apex, the 
clypeus, a moon-shaped spot above it, a spot on each side of the 
face above the base of the antennez, the scape in front, the 
inner margin of the eyes, a line behind them, a line on the front 
of the pronotum, the tegule, the postscutellum, the tibie and 
tarsi of the legs above, two lateral subapical spots on the basal 
segment, and narrow subapical bands, contmued on the ventral 
side, on segments 2-5 of the abdomen pale yellowish white; 
the basal segment, except for a narrow subapical border above, 
deep red; wings hyaline, faintly fuscous and in certain lights 
iridescent. 

@. Length 10 millim.; exp. 16 millim. 

Hab. Tenasserim. 

Closest to P. pulcherrimus, Smith: differs in the thorax being 
more closely punctured, and in the abdomen being smooth with- 
out punctures: in colour it differs considerably ; the scutellum is 
black not yellow, the coxe and femora are black not rufo-piceous, . 
and the apical segment is black not yellowish white. It is also 
a considerably larger and stouter insect than P. pulcherrimus. 
From P. basalis, Smith, it differs in being much slighter, and in 
the colour of the legs and the markings on the head and face. 


HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. . 44.1 


PHILANTHUS ORDINARIUS, Sp. Nov. 

. Head and thorax closely and finely punctured; abdomen 
smooth, opaque ; head slightly broader than the thorax, flattened 
in front ; mesonotum convex, smooth and shiniug in the middle ; 
scutellum large, prominent, without punctures in the middle; 
median segment rounded posteriorly, with a narrow central 
longitudinal furrow from base to apex, the apex and sides 
pubescent; legs with the tibie and tarsi, especially of the posterior 
pair, strongly spinose ; abdomen broad and about as long as the 
head and thorax together. Black; the mandibles except at apex, 
the clypeus, a semicircular spot above it, the inner orbits as high 
as the emargination of the eyes, a line along the outer orbits not 
reaching the vertex, a line on the pronotum, the tegule, a line 
on the posterior margin of the postscutellum, two small lateral 
spots on the median segment, the femora, tibie and tarsi of the 
anterior legs, the apex of the femora, the tibie, and tarsi of the 
four posterior legs above, and an irregular waved subapical line 
above and below on segments 2-4 of the abdomen, pale yellowish 
white; the base of the 1st segment broadly and of the 2nd 
narrowly red; wings hyaline, nervures sordid yellow. 

@. Length 12 millim.; exp. 22 millim. 

Hab. Tenasserim. 

Resembles the preceding species, but differs in the shape 
of the median segment and scutellum, and considerably in the 
markings. It is smaller than the type of P. basalis, Smith, 
in the Museum, and differs also from it in the markings and in 
the sculpture of the thorax. 


PHILANTHUS NIGRICEPS, sp. Nov. 

3. Head finely and closely punctured, thorax smooth and 
shining, the mesonotum, scutellum, and postscutellum with a few 
distant punctures ; the median segment smooth and impunctate 
at base and down a central line to the apex, the apex on either side 
closely punctured and pubescent ; the legs punctured and covered 
with a thin fine pubescence; abdomen shining, with the bases 
of segments 2-5 broadly depressed, the depressions forming 
marked bands very finely transversely striate ; the basal segment, 
the apical margins of the 2nd to 5th, and the apical two segments 
finely and distantly punctured, the last slightly pubescent at the 
sides and below. A remarkable feature is the clypeus, which is 
porrect and broadly emarginate in the middle anteriorly. The 


443, LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL 


head and thorax black, abdomen dark chestnut-red; the mandibles 
except at their apex, the clypeus, two spots above it, the inner 
margin of the eyes broadly but diminishing in width upwards, 
two large spots behind the eyes, a line on the pronotum, a spot 
before the tegule,a line on the postscutellum anteriorly, and 
large triangular lateral subapical spots on segments 1-4 of 
the abdomen, with an irregular line interrupted in the middle on 
the 5th segment above, yellow; legs rufo-piceous, the anterior 
femora, tibie, and tarsi, and the apex of the femora, the tibie and 
tarsi of the intermediate legs with a deep fulvous tinge; wings 
fusco-hyaline and iridescent, the nervures and tegule testaceous. 
Pubescence fulvous. 

3. Length 13 millim.; exp. 24 millim. 

Hab. India. 

A large and very distinct species, unlike any other known 
to me. 


Div. 2. Abdomen petiolate. 


PHILANTHUS CONCINNUS, Sp. NOV. 

@. Head and thorax finely and closely punctured, abdomen 
smooth but not shining; head broad, broader than the thorax, 
obscurely subpubescent ; mesonotum broad convex; scutellum 
prominent, divided longitudinally by a broad shallow furrow ; 
median segment rounded and steeply sloped posteriorly; legsstout, 
the tibie and tarsi of the intermediate and posterior legs thickly 
spinose, the anterior tarsi ciliated on the outside ; abdomen long, 
as long as the head and thorax together, the petiole constricted 
at apex. Black; the base of the mandibles, the clypeus, a cres- 
centic mark above it, the inner margin of the eyes as high as 
the insertion of the antennz, a spot on the scape in front, a 
narrow line sloping obliquely back behind the eyes, an abbrevi- 
ated line on the pronotum broadly interrupted in the middle, a 
spot on the tegule in front, two minute, obliquely placed spots 
in the centre of the postscutellum, and an irregular waved sub- 
apical line, continued on the ventral side, on the posterior margins 
of segments 2-4 of the abdomen, with a transverse spot on 
the apical margin of the 5th, yellow. The line on the 2nd seg- 
ment is narrowly interrupted in the middle, and there is a large 
lateral red spot coalescing in the middle at the base of the same 
segment. Legs variegated with yellow; wings lightly fusco- 
hyaline and iridescent, nervures and tegule testaceous. The 


HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 44.3 


fine sparse pubescence on the head and sides of the median 
segment is white. A variety has the yellow markings on the 
postscutellum, the legs, and abdomen obsolete, or nearly obsolete, 
reduced on the last, in some specimens, to an oval spot on either 
side of the 2nd segment, and only indications of a yellow line on 
the 4th and 5th segments. 

@. Length 12 millim.; exp. 22 millim. 

Hab. Tenasserim. 


Genus Psen, Latr. 


PsEN PULCHERRIMUS, Sp. Nov. 

@. Head above, thorax, and abdomen smooth and shining, the 
clypeus densely pilose; clypeus small, convex, the front between 
the eyes broad; the flagellum of the antenne testaceous, the 2nd 
joint as long as or longer than the 3rd and 4th together; ocelli 
ina triangle wide apart from each other, each ocellus in a pit ; 
the apex of the mesonotum and the sides and apex of the post- 
scutellum with coarse outwardly oblique striz; median segment 
long, rounded posteriorly, with a well-marked longitudinal fur- 
row in the middle from base to apex; legs stout, the posterior 
tibia with very minute spines; abdomen with the apices of 
segments 2-4 slightly constricted. Head and thorax black, 
abdomen ferruginous red; the scape and the basal five joints of 
the flagellum of the antenne below, a line on the pronotum, a 
spot before the tegulz, the tegule, a large square spot at the 
apex of the mesonotum, the scutellum and postscutellum, two 
large oblong spots at the apex of the median segment, the apex 
of the coxex, the trochanters, femora, tibiz, and tarsi of the legs, 
aud the petiole of the abdomen, yellow; the femora, tibiz, and 
tarsi of the posterior legs have a fuscous stain, and the apex 
of the petiole below is black; wings hyaline and beautifully 
iridescent, the nervures testaceous. 

@. Length 7 millim. ; exp. 12 millim. 

Hab. Amherst (Tenasserim). 


Genus CraBro, Habr. 


Div. 1. Abdomen sessile. 


CraBRO ALACER, Sp. Ov. 
@. Head, thorax, and abdomen punctured, the punctures on 
the head and especially on the abdomen very fine and close, on 


A444, . ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA. 


the thorax they are fine anteriorly, gradually becoming coarser 
towards the back, till on the apex of the mesonotum, scutellum, 
and postscutellum they run into longitudinal strie, and on the 
median segment form a coarsely rugose cribrate surface ; clypeus 
and base of the mandibles densely pubescent with silvery pile ; 
a short vertical furrow between the bases of the antennzx, and a 
central longitudinal carina from the middle of the mesonotum to 
the anterior margin ; the tibie of the legs broad, coarsely rugose 
on the outside ; abdomen with the bases of the segments slightly 
constricted. Intense black, the scape of the antenne in front 
yellow; the posterior margin of the pronotum, an oblong large 
spot in the middle of the scutellum, the posterior margins 
narrowly of segments 1-4 of the abdomen, a broad band in the 
middle of the 2nd segment, and a spot on either side in the 
middle of the 3rd segment, brick-red; the apical two segments 
fringed posteriorly with thin golden pubescence; wings fusco- 
hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures and tegule testaceous. 

@. Length 12 millim.; exp. 22 miliim. 

Hab. Sumatra. 

Allied to C. tridentatus, Smith, from Australia, but smaller, 
and differing considerably in the puncturing and sculpture of the 
head and thorax. In ¢tridentatus the head and thorax anteriorly 
are smooth but not shining, and the median segment is only 
longitudinally striate at base, not roughly cribrate. 


Div. 2. Abdomen petiolate. 


CraBro (RHopatumM) Brooxtt, sp. nov. 

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen opaque, very closely and 
finely punctured ; the clypeus, front above the antenne, the cheeks 
bebind the eyes, and the sides of the thorax with thick silvery 
pubescence ; the extreme apical margin of the mesonotum with 
short longitudinal, and the postscutellum and base of the median 
segment with oblique divergent strix, the last subtruncate, with 
an enclosed triangular space at the base, a central longitudinal 
furrow, and an oblique outwardly diverging furrow on the 
posterior angles ; legs with the intermediate and posterior tibie 
broad and somewhat spinose; abdomen, the petiole constricted 
at apex ; the apex of the abdomen acute. Black; the scape of the 
antenne, a line on the pronotum, a large and a small spot at the 
outer angles of the scutellum, with the tibia and basal joints of 
the tarsi of all the legs on the outer side yellow, apical joints 


ind 


ON THE TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANID&. 445 


of the tarsi ferruginous; abdomen with the apical segment above 
obscurely, and an irregular oblique streak on each side of the 3rd 
segment at base a beautiful pale green, the apical two segments 
are also fringed with a thin white pubescence; wings hyaline 
and iridescent, nervures aud tegule testaceous. 

@. Length 12 millim.; exp. 20 millim. 

Hab. Kumaon, N. India. 

A very beautiful and distinct species, which I have ventured to 
name after its collector. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. 
Fig. 1. Pseudagenia Brigone, sp. nov., 2. 


2. 5 artemis, sp. nov., 2. 

3. Paragenia argentifrons, Smith, 9. 

3a. a H is 6. Outline of intermediate coxa. 
4. Pompilus unifasciatus, Smith, 2. 

4a. 5 % 5 ©. Head from the front. 
5. »  Alicie, sp. nov., 9. 

5a. ‘ 5 9 ©. Head from the front. 

6. Salius Autolycus, sp. nov., 2. 

7.  ,,  satelles, sp. nov., 3. 

8. ,,  terrenus, sp. nov., 2. 

9. 4, venatorius, sp. nov., d. 


On the Tooth-genesis in the Canide. By H. W. Marerr 
Tims, M.D., F.Z.8., Lecturer on Biology and Comparative 
Anatomy, Westminster Hospital Medical School. (From 
the Huxley Research Laboratory, Royal College of Science, 
London.) (Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn. 


Soc.) 
[Read 7th May, 1896.] 


THE main object with which this research was undertaken was 
to trace the order of cusp-development and the inter-relationships 
of the various cusps in the teeth of the Canide, and to examine 
into the evidence thereby obtained bearing upon important and 
interesting problems of Phylogeny. 

While this has been the main object, other secondary questions 
have not been overlooked. These questions may be briefly 
euumerated as follows :— 


446 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


Ci.) Whether of the upper cheek-teeth, pm.* or m.’ more 
nearly approximates to the type tooth, and is therefore 
safest for the comparison of known forms ? 


(ii.) Is there a diverse modification of the teeth for opposite 
ends of the jaw ? 


Gu.) Is the Mik or the Permanent dentition the more 
primitive ? 

(iv.) Is Otocyon primitive in the number and characters of 
its teeth ? 

To these questions I have endeavoured to give an answer. 


The general character of the teeth of the Common Dog are 
known to all, and a brief description of these characters is to be 
found in most text-books of Comparative Anatomy ; but, so far 
as I am aware, no detailed description of the individual teeth in 
this and other members of the same family has as yet been given. 

In 1880 the late Professor Huxley published (7) his well-known 
monograph “On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the 
Canide.” In this paper a classification of the Dogs was pro- 
posed, based largely upon certain dental characters, especially 
size in relation to the basi-cranial axis. He did not touch upon 
the characters of the imdividual teeth which bear upon the 
homologies and inter-relationships of the cusps. 

I propose therefore, in the first instance, to give a detailed 
description of the Milk and Permanent teeth of the Dog. In 
doing so, I shall employ Osborn’s terms, but I shall do so merely 
as a matter of convenience and not as implying that I thereby 
accept the Tritubercular theory which he upholds. 

Method.—The jaws of animals varying in age from about the 
seventh week of intra-uterine life up to three months were 
examined. After being thoroughly dehydrated and clarified in 
oil of cloves, one side of the jaw was dissected off and the teeth 
examined in situ. The younger specimens were also examined 
microscopically. The jaws were decalcified in a 1-per-cent. solu- 
tion of chromic and hydrochloric acids. After staining in 
borax-carmine, serial sections were cut and models made in wax 
of some of the developing teeth. 

Description of the Milk-teeth—The dental formula of the 


. > - 3-3 1—] 3—3 
deciduous teeth is i, gee Ch ee) 3328. The order and 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDS. 447 


dates of eruption are as follows :—The first tooth to cut the gum 
is the lower carnassial (dpm.‘), and this is quickly succeeded by the 
upper (dpm.*), The former just makes its appearance about the 
end of the second week. By the end of the third week these 
teeth are well through and dpm. and ¢. are commencing to 
appear, the former slightly preceding the latter. These are soon 
followed by ¢- and i’, which cut the gum at nearly the same time. 
dpm.’ appears next, and about the same time dpm.*, These are 
followed by the remaining upper incisors, and then by the lower 
incisors. The last deciduous tooth to be erupted is dpm2, which 
does not appear until nearly the third month. 


Fig. 1. 


Deciduous dentition of Canis familiaris, seen from the left side. 
Lettering explained in the text. 


Upper Teeth—The three upper incisors increase somewhat in 
size from within outwards, but they are all of the same pattern. 
When viewed anteriorly their crowns may be likened to a “ fleur- 
de-lis,” consisting of a main central cone with a small, but well- 
marked cusp on each of its sides (fig. 1, ca and cp). On the 
internal face there is a well-marked cingulum, which is seen to 
be continuous with these smaller cusps. On comparing the 
outer with the central incisors, it will be seen that the ante- 
rior (inner) cusp has a decided tendency to reduction or non- 


448 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


development in the former, while the outer (posterior) cusp 
becomes decidedly more pronounced. 

The canines are long, pointed, and recurved; the cingulum is 
scarcely, if at all, perceptible ; the posterior cusp is usually to be 
recognized, and occasionally, but more rarely, the anterior one 
also. The cusps may be seen in fig. 1; the anterior cusps are 
marked ca and the posterior ep. 

The first functional deciduous premolar (dpm.*) is a conical . 
tooth with two fangs. The cingulum is to be made out and in 
connection with it anterior and posterior cusps ; the latter is the 
more pronounced and lies in the same antero-posterior line as 
the main cone, while the anterior cusp is placed slightly to the 
inner side of that line and is quite small. 

The second functional deciduous tooth or milk carnassial 
(dpm.*) is a much larger tooth and considerably more extended in 
the antero-posterior direction, as will be seen on reference to 
fig. 1. It bears two external cusps: the anterior, or Paracone 
(pa), considerably the larger, is conical, and its anterior slope is 
much greater than its posterior. The posterior, or Metacone 
(me), has a horizontal cutting-edge. The cingulum is well- 
marked along the inner side of the postero-external cusp and at 
the antero-internal side of the main cone, and in this latter 
situation is a well-marked cusp, the Protocone (pr). This tooth 
has three fangs—two in the antero-posterior line, as in the tooth 
in front, and a third sloping inwards and forwards like a buttress. 
The latter is united to the tooth on the inner face of the main 
cone, and it is here that the cingulum is deficient. 

The third functional deciduous premolar (dpm*) bears two 
external subequal cusps, the Paracone and Metacone (pa and 
me). The cingulum appears to surround these on the anterior, 
external, and posterior faces, while internally it is well-marked 
but carried inwards some distance, having a well-marked depression 
between it and the Paracone and Metacone. This is seen in fig. 3. 
At its most internal part the cingulum is raised up into a pro- 
nounced ridge-like cusp, the Protocone (cz). 

Lower Milk-teeth.—The description already given of the upper 
incisors and canine will apply equally well to the corresponding 
teeth of the lower jaw. 

The first functioual deciduous premolar (dpm.) has a prominent 
conical cusp, the anterior border of which is almost perpendicular. 
The posterior border has a more decided slope, in the middle of 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDZ. 44.9 


which is an indication of a cusp. On the inner side is a distinct 
cingulum, giving rise to well-marked anterior and posterior cusps 
(ea and cp), the former lying slightly to the inner side of the 
main cone, as is the case in the corresponding tooth of the upper 
jaw. 

The second functional deciduous premolar (dpm.*) has exactly 
the same characters, but more pronounced, especially in the case 
of the cusp (g) on the posterior slope of the main cone, which is 
here of considerable size. 

The third functional deciduous premolar, or lower carnassial 
(dpm.*), is a large and massive tooth and of considerable antero- 
posterior extent. It has a prominent cone about the middle of 
the external face, the Protoconid (fig. 1, pr’), in front of which 
is the Paraconid (ca), the free end of which forms a cutting-edge. 
Posteriorly is a cusp (g) entering into the formation of the 
so-called heel, and separated from the Protoconid by a large 
depression. The cingulum is marked on the posterior half of 
the internal face of this tooth; it gives rise to a minute cusp at 
the postero-external border of the tooth. On the ridge of the 
cingulum are two well-marked cusps—an anterior Metaconid, 
the larger, lying at the postero-internal angle of the Protoconid ; 
and posteriorly a smaller cusp. 

It will be noticed that I have refrained from applying names 
to any but the three primary cusps. I have done so, as lam 
unable to reconcile the cusps of some of the teeth, notably the 
lower carnassial, with the descriptions usually given. Even the 
Paraconid (the cusp usually described as the autero-internal), if 
examined in the lower carnassial, is antero-external, rather than 
antero-internal. 

But, omitting these minor difficulties, is it possible to homo- 
logize the all-important Protocone ? 

I have been unable to find that any attempt has been made 
by the upholders of the Tritubercular theory to homologize the 
cusps of the premolar teeth with those of the molars. Scott (23) 
believes that in the upper premolars the protocone forms the 
antero-external cusp, a conclusion with which, as will be seen 
below, I entirely agree, and which appears to have been tacitly 
accepted by Osborn (16 & 17). But these writers do not 
appear to adopt the view that the main cone of the premolars is 
homologous with the paracone of the true molars. On p. 442 of 
his paper cited, Scott states that, “ assuming the correctness of 


450 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


Osborn’s results as to the homologies of the molar cusps, those 
of the premolars are differently arranged.” 

In consideration of these facts, I would submit the following 
attempt at identification :— 

To start from the upper carnassial tooth, in which there are 
two external cusps and a very minute antero-internal cingulum- 
cusp. Following Cope (2), the Paracone and Metacone are 
defined as the antero- and postero-external cusps, and I think 
it is justifiable to name the two main cones (fig. 1, pa and me) 
of this tooth the Paracone and Metacone. ‘The other very 
minute cusp must then be the Protecone or antero-internal cusp. 
It is remarkable that the cone representing the primitive reptilian 
cone should be so diminutive, even allowing with Prof. Osborn 
(13) that the Paracone and Metacone have undergone “ accele- 
rated development.” 

Turning now to my own identifications in the dpm.*. There is 
a main cone with its internal cingulum, the latter structure 
giving rise to a small antero-internal cusp and a somewhat more 
pronounced posterior cusp lying in the same antero-posterior line 
as the main cone. I presume that the main or antero-external 
cone would be regarded by Professors Cope and Osborn as the 
Paracone, the postero-external cusp, which, as we have seen, is 
formed by the cingulum, as the Metacone, and the antero-internal 
cingulum-cusp as the Protocone. If this be so, and I see no 
other alternative, the Protocone is still more reduced, indeed 
scarcely perceptible. 

In dealing with the canines and incisors there are two alter- 
natives :— 


(i.) That there is no internal cusp, and that therefore there 
can be no Protocone present; or 
(ii.) That the cusp homologous with the so-called Protocone 
of the deciduous premolars is the small anterior 
cingulum-cusp (fig. 1, ea). 


The latter alternative I believe to be the more probable. If 
this be so, I think it is trespassing too much upon credulity to 
regard this minute cingulum-cusp, and not the main central cone, 
as the primitive cone from which all the others have been 
derived. Moreover, this cusp is formed by the cingulum, which 
is itself regarded as a mammalian structure superadded to the 
reptilian type of tooth; and consequently it is a “reductio ad 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 451 


absurdum ” to derive the remainder of the tooth from this, a 
structure of admittedly later appearance than the tooth itself. 

From this it will be seen that I regard the Protocone of the 
upper carnassial and the anterior cingulum-cusps of the anterior 
premolar, the canine, and the incisors as homologous. 


Fig. 2. 


Permanent dentition of Canis familiaris. Lettering explained in text. 


Description of the Permanent Teeth of the Dog. (Fig. 2.) 


The cusp hy is homolcgous with the cusp inadvertently lettered g in fig. 1. 

Upper Jaw.—The central incisor has a well-marked central cone and decided 
lateral cusps, continuous with and formed by the cingulum. 

The outer cusp is more distinct than the inner. 

i.” possesses the same characters, but is somewhat larger. 

i? is more caniniform. The anterior (inner) cusp (ca) is scarcely noticeable, 


while the posterior is marked and situated nearer to the base of the tooth (cp). 

All these teeth have well-marked internal cingula continuous with these small 
cusps. 

The canine is a long, somewhat compressed, recurved tooth ; the lateral cusps 
are not so distinct as in the deciduous canine, though the posterior cusp (cp) 
is still to be made out. 

The first premolar (pm.') is small and conical, its posterior slope being 
greater than the anterior. There is a posterior prominence (cp), hardly to be 
ealled a cusp, into which the well-marked internal cingulum runs. The cingulum 


452 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


gives rise also to a slight indication of an antero-internal cusp. This tooth has 
but one fang. 

The second premolar (pm.*) has two fangs. Itis larger than pm.! but with 
the same characters more pronounced. In addition there is a minute cusp 
(me) between the main cone and the posterior cingulum-cusp (cp). 

The third premolar (pm.*) has all these characters, but is larger and more 
pronounced. It is 2-fanged. 

The carnassial (pm.*) again has the same characters, but the Protocone is 
proportionately more marked and supported on a separate fang, although very 
diminutive compared with the other cones. 

The first molar (m.) has well-marked Para- and Metacones (pa and me), the 
former being slightly the larger. The cingulum is traceable on the external 
face and becomes prominent at the antero-external angle of the Paracone, in 
front of which it is continued. At the antero-internal angle at the base of this 
cone the cingulum divides, both portions being continued backwards sepa- 
rately to the postero-internal angle at the base of the Metacone. On the outer 
of these two cingulum-ridges rises the well-marked Protocone, between the base 
of which and the Paracone is a smaller cusp (tig. 3,d). At the posterior part 
of the outer cingulum, immediately behind the Protocone, is another cusp 
(fig. 3, 2) ; the inner cingulum has two cusps placed upon it, as shown in fig. 3, A. 

The second molar (m.*) has the same characters, but all is much smaller. 

Lower Jaw.—The description given above of the upper incisors will apply 
equally to the corresponding teeth of the lower jaw, with the slight difference 
that the anterior (inner) cusp is less pronounced in the latter. 

Canine. Same as in upper jaw. 

Premolars. With the exception of the fact that the ‘cusp (Ay) situated 
between the main cone and the posterior cingulum-cusp is better marked, the 
characters of these teeth are the same as of the corresponding teeih in the upper 
series. 

The first molar, or lower carnassial (m!.), bears a high main central cone, 
the Protoconid (fig. 2, pr’), with an exceedingly well-marked Paraconid (pa’) 
anteriorly aud slightly internal to the Protoconid. Posteriorly to the main 
cone is the so-called Hypoconid (Ay), and at the posterior end of this the 
cingulum forms a small cusp (cp). On the inner side of the Hypoconid the 
cingulum is prominent and terminates anteriorly in the Metaconid (me) at 
the postero-internal angle of the Protoconid. At the postero-internal angle 
of the cingulum is another marked cusp, the Entoconid, between the base of 
which and the Metaconid is another small cusp. 

The second molar (n.”) presents the same characters, with the exception of 
the absence of the Paraconid and that the Protoconid is scarcely higher than 


the other cusps. 


From a consideration of these teeth, the same difficulty in 
homologizing the Protocone is to be met with as has been 
pointed out in the deciduous teeth. 

On external comparison of the two dentitions certain points 
are to be noted. In the first place, there is the well-known fact 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDE. 453 


that the upper permanent carnassial is preceded by a deciduous 
tooth molariform in character, and that the penultimate de- 
ciduous premolar has the general characters of the permanent 
carnassial. The same holds in the lower jaw in relation to pm# 
and m.‘, 

Again, if the upper milk and permanent carnassials be com- 
pared, it will be seen that in the latter three external cusps are 
present, the posterior being the cingulum-cusp, whereas in the 
former the division of the Metacone into two cusps is not 
so clearly distinguishable. In the second functional deciduous 
premolar (dpm.*) there is but the very faintest indication of a 
second cusp externally, which is very much more marked in its 
permanent successor. The same thing is to be noted in the 
lower jaw, but in a lesser degree. From these considerations it 
will be seen that the teeth of the permanent dentition show an 
increase both in the number and size of the cusps over the corre- 
sponding milk-teeth ; in other words, the teeth of the deciduous 
are simpler than those of the permanent dentition. This fact is 
still more strikingly shown if the biting-surface of the crowns of 
the teeth be examined. In fig. 3 is shown the biting-surface 


Fig. 3. 


A, the biting-surface of First Permanent Molar, and B, of the Fourth 
Deciduous Premolar of the Dog. 


of dpm.* and m' 


m" of Canis familiaris; in the former there are 
indications of fowr cusps, whereas in the latter seven are to be 
seen. 

But this comparison brings out another very important fact. 
I think it will be generally admitted that the cusp (pr) in ™-* is 
the Protocone; and on comparison with 4pm.* it will be seen that 
in the latter this cusp, the Protocone, is entirely absent. 

This conclusion I think is very damaging to the Tritubercular 
theory as I understand it. 

The difficulty in homologiz'ng the Protocone in the various 
teeth of Canis familiaris has already been poiuted ont, but it is 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOULOGY, VOL. XXV. 37 


A454 DR. H. W. MABETT TIMS ON THE 


still further increased by a comparison of the teeth in this Dog 
with the corresponding teeth in other members of the Canide. 
If pm.* and m.* of the Jackal (C. awreus) be examined and 
compared, it will be seen that, if any reliance is to be placed 
upon the homologies of cusps, there is present a very marked 
difference. 
Firstly, there is a large well-marked cusp (fig. 4 B, pr) forming 


Fig, 4. 


A. The kiting-surface of the Fourth Premolar and First Molar Teeth of Cyon 
rutilans. B. Similar view of the corresponding teeth of Canis aureus. 


with the two external cusps (ya and me) a complete triangle 
present on the biting-surface of the crown of m-' This cusp is 
the one, I presume, the Trituberculist would regard as the 
Protocone. Situated antero-externally to this is a second cusp 
(d), and between this and the Paracone (pa) is another small 
cusp (e) placed on a somewhat prominent ridge passing between 
cusp @d and the Paracone. On comparing the crown of this 
tooth with that of the upper carnassial, it would appear that the 
two cusps (d' and e') present on the inner part of the tooth are 
homologous with the cusps d and e of the molar tooth, and 
that the cusp pr of the labter tooth, the all important Frotocone, 
is absent entirely from pm.* 

If, again, the upper sarnpisstal tooth of C. aureus be compared 
with the corresponding tooth of such a form as Cyon rutilans, or 
even with many examples of the common Dog, it will be seen that 
the eusp d’ present in C. awreus appears to be absent in Cyon 
rutilans (fig. 4A), and that the only trace of a cusp on the imper 
side of pm.* in the latter animal seems to be homologous with 
the cusp e’ of the Jackal. 

I would here draw attention to the great similarity between 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDZ. 455 


m.1 of Cyon rutilans and dpm. of Canis familiaris, a point which 
will be referred to subsequently. Compare fig. 3 B and fig. 4A. 

It may be urged that the first molar and the fourth premolar 
belong to an entirely different series, and are not in any way 
comparable. Such an objection has, I believe, never been raised 
by any of the supporters of the Tritubercular theory ; they have 
always regarded these teeth as tritubercular derivatives (2), and 
therefore, I think, one is quite justified in attempting to 
homologize these various cusps. 

If this be allowed, then, I think it must be said that the 
Protocone of the molars is not represented in the premolars of a 
form like the Jackal, and that this is still more accentuated in 
Cyon. Consequently, if we are to interpret the anterior premolars 
in the light of the fourth of the series of the upper si# cheek- 
teeth, the four premolars would appear to have the all important 
Protccone wanting. 

From these considerations I cannot but think that the greatest 
doubt is thrown upon the Tritubercular theory by a careful study 
of the cusps themselves in the various teeth. 


Microscopical Examination. 

By the discoveries of Flower, Kiikenthal, and others the term 
Monophyodont, in its strictest sense, has become useless, though 
still employed to designate those animals which have only one 
functional set of teeth. 

The Marsupials, the Edentates, and the Cetacea have all 
histological representatives of at least two deutitious. 

In the Dog, indications of three dentitions are to be found, 
namely, the Milk, Permanent, and Post-permanent; the last beiny 
especially well-marked in the region of the third upper incisor 
of an animal about three weeks old (27). In all the specimens 
that I have examived, including a foetus as early as the seventh 
week, I have been unable to find any trace of a Pre-milk 
dentition. 

Evidences of the Post-permanent dentition have also been 
adduced by Leche (10) and Kikenthal (8) in the Seai, Rése (21) 
in Man, and M. F. Woodward (29) in Hrinaceus. Three den- 
titions are thus represented in all these animals. The same 
number is found represented in the Marsupials, but these Leche 
has referred to a Pre-milk, Milk, and Permanent. He was led 
thus to regard them !rom the fact of the functional dentition of 

37* 


456 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


the Marsupials being supposed to be the milk series; and this 
conclusion was based on the fact that Kiikenthal had discovered 
strong swellings of the dental lamina on the lingual side of these 
teeth in Didelphys (9). 

In the absence of any evidence of four dentitions being repre- 
sented in any one part of the jaw of any animal, it seems to me 
to be only reasonable to infer that the three dentitions of the 
Marsupials are the same as those represented in the Seal, Man, 
Hedgehog, and Dog; and, consequently, I would regard Leche’s 
Pre-milk dentition as the vestigial remains of the milk series and 
the functional set as belonging to the true permanent series, 
thus reverting to the view long ago held by Flower and Oldfield 
Thomas. The formerly vexed question as to which is the super- 
added dentition, the Milk or Permanent, is no longer a serious 
one, as the three dentitions are an inheritance from polyphyodont 
ancestors. 

The next question arises, to which dentition do pm.* and the 
true molars belong ? since they are functional in one series only. 
Tf sections of an animal three days old be examined, in the region 
of the first premolar tooth, three downgrowths of the dental 
lamina are to be seen, and it is from the central one of these 
that the tooth develops (27). Regarding these three down- 
growths as representing the same three dentitions found in the 
outer incisor region, I would consider this first premolar tooth 
as belonging to the Permanent or Successional series. This con- 
clusion is, I think, in harmony with that of the majority of 
observers; but there are some who prefer to regard it as a delayed 
milk-tooth. This tooth is replaced in one or two animals only, 
namely, the Indian Taper (19), the Hyrax (8), occasionally the 
Pig (12) and Rhinoceros, and the extinct Paleotherium (4). In 
these cases the two teeth may be of the milk and permanent, or 
of the permanent and post-permanent series. I am not as yet 
in a position to say anything definite upon this point, though, 
from the appearances of the dental lamina in the Dog and in the 
Pig, I incline to the latter view. 

With regard to the true molar teeth opposing views have also 
been held, namely, that they are permanent teeth, or that they 
are delayed milk-teeth. Hoffmann (6) has recently concluded 
that the Ungulate molars belong to the milk series ; and Leche 
(10), though admitting that this is by no means settled, is 
inclined to the same opinion. jah as 


\ 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDE. 457 

If, however, my aforementioned conclusions with regard tu 
pm.* be accepted, it must I think be concluded that the molars 
belong also to the permanent series. If the molar region of a 
foetal pup be examined at about the seventh week, the tooth will 
be seen developing, and there is a slight trace of the dental 
lamina on its labial side. At a later period, after birth, this 
labial downgrowth has disappeared, the tooth itself is well de- 
veloped, and, in addition, there is a strong downgrowth of the 
dental lamina on the lingual side. Here then, again, are evidences 
of three dentitivus, from the central one of which the molars 
develop; and, consequently, I regard them as belonging to the 
permanent series. 

Again, it is a very curious but well-known fact that in the 
upper jaw of the Dog the characters of the last deciduous pre- 
molar are similar to those of the first true molar, and those of 
the penultimate deciduous premolar to those of the permanent 
varnassial ; that is to say, that the specialized carnassial tooth is 
preceded in position by a tooth molariform in character. 

It the last deciduous premolar of a Dog, about three days old, 
be examined in serial sections, we find a condition identical with 
that already described in the foetal condition of the true molar 
region: namely, a labial downgrowth of the dental lamina, a 
central one from which this deciduous tooth is developed, and a 
lingual downgrowth (27). This last dowugrowth ultimately dis- 
appears, the permanent carnassial developing anteriorly and 
altogether independently of it. 

The conditions in the case of this last deciduous premolar 
being the same as in the case of the true molars, the conclusion 
must be the same; that is to say, that this deciduous tooth 
belongs to the same series as the true molars, which it resembles 
in characters, and that its successor in position, the permanent 
carnassial tooth, is not its true morphological successor, that 
successor not developing *. 

There here arises the question, to what dentition is the per- 
manent carnassial to be referred? Does it belong to tne per- 
manent series; or is it, owing to its great development, a 
delayed milk-tooth, as my friend Mr. M. F. Woodward has 
suggested ? 

In a seven weeks’ fcetal pup we find the developing tooth (fig. 5, 


* This is in agreement with the conclusion by M. F. Woodward for the 
Insectivora, in Brit. Assoc. Reports, Ipswich, 1895, p. 736. 


458 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


pm. 4’) with a Jabial downgrowth of the dental lamina (pm. 4"). 
I would here digress to remark on the peculiarity of this down- 
growth. Itassumes at its free extremity a well-marked spherical 
shape, the epithelial cells becoming concentrically arranged, the 
central ones having a translucent appearance. Jt is distinctly 
connected with the dental lamina. Mr. Woodward tells me he 
has fonnd a similar structure, in precisely the same situation, in 


Fig. 5.--Transverse section through the developing Upper Carnassial of the 
7 weeks’ foetal Pup. 


Gymnura. Iam not able to give an explanation of the condi- 
tion, but from the facts of its connection with the dental lamina 
and its presence in precisely the same situation in these forms, 
I do not think it is a chance structure, and it is possible that it 
may represent the remains of the predecessor to this tooth which 
has taken on this peculiar character. The point is, however, I 
think, worth further investigation.. 

At a later period in the development of this tooth a well- 
marked lingual downgrowth of tlie dental lamina is to be seen, 
and thus the conditions of its development are identical with 
those found in the development of the molars. 


a Sn 


pm. 4’ 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDH. 459 


From these considerations I am of opinion that the upper 
permanent carnassial does really belong to the so-called Per- 
manent dentition; and that by the great development and ex- 
tension backwards and upwards of the Metacone the anterior 
molar has been pushed downwards so as to cut the gum with 
the milk-teeth. 

These facts are of additional interest in that they may afford 
an explanation of the somewhat similar condition found in 
some of the Marsupials, in which the posterior premolar alone 
replaces in position a tooth molariform in character. This 
deciduous tooth has been regarded as the only one “comparable 
to the milk-teeth of the Eutheria”’ (4); and the study of its 
relationships led Flower and Thomas to regard the functional 
set of the Marsupials as belonging to the permanent series. 

Since Kiikenthal’s discoveries in the Didelphyide (9), this suc- 
cession has been explained otherwise. The dentition of the 
Marsupials is now regarded as a persistent milk series, this tooth 
alone having a permanent successor. I have given reasons above 
for reverting to the former view ; and the fact that this tooth 
alone is replaced is explained by the entire absence of any func- 
tional milk-teeth. LIregard this single deciduous tooth as in 
reality the anterior molar pushed downwards by the overlapping 
as it were of the premolars and molars at this point, due possibly 
in the first instance to the gradual shortening of the jaw, and 
assisted, as in the Carnivora, by the greater development of the 
Metacone, which by its extension upwards and backwards would 
tend to force the first molar through the gum. This may be 
represented diagrammatically in this way : 


premotars ( _/ aia) Cn 


In cases where the first of the two factors (namely the 
shortening of the jaw) is alone in operation, the result would be 
simply to delay the appearance of the successional tooth, as is 
seen in such forms as Potorous; but when the additional factor 
(namely the extension backwards of the Metacone) comes into 
play also, the result would be that the deciduous tooth would be 
shed at an earlier age—that is, it would be accelerated, as is the 
case in Thylacinus and the Carnivora. 

The next point of interest in the microscopic examination of 


460 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE © 


these specimens is whether there is any evidence of the previous 
existence of additional ieeth, and in this connection there are 
two points which may be mentioned. 

(i.) In the incisor region of the upper jaw the dental lamina 
between i.? and ¢ maintains a position extending well down into 
the substance of the jaw, and does not shorten up as it does 
between any two of the other teeth. Midway between these 


Fig. 6.—Section through the region posterior to the Third Upper Incisor 
of a 12 hours’ Pup, showing apparent vestigial Fourth Incisor. 


teeth there is a slight enlargement, somewhat forked (fig. 6,i.°), 
which only extends through a few sections. The position of the 
dental lamina might be explained by the great development of the 
canine retaining it deeply in the jaw ; but if it were due to this, 
one would expect to find the same condition behind the canine 
as well, which is not the case. It is possible that there is here 
present the vestigial remains of a fourth upper incisor, though 
the facts are not conclusive. 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDZ. 461 


Gi.) Behind the last upper molar the dental lamina is con- 
tinued backwards for some distance; it gets considerably dis- 
torted and broken up; but one part of it is more enlarged 
than the rest. The facts do not allow one to speak with any 
certainty, but I think it is possible to recognize in it the vestigial 
remains of a third upper molar, since I can find no trace of such 
remains in the corresponding position in the lower jaw. 


Numerical Variation of the Teeth of the Carnivora. 


The number of teeth present in the permanent dentition in 
living Mammalia varies greatly, and though this variation is 
somewhat narrower among the Carnivora still it is far from being 
uniform. This is shown in the accompanying Table (p. 462), which 
I have compiled from Flower and Lydekker’s ‘ Mammalia,’ and 
certain points, which are worthy of note, may be readily seen. 

(.) 4luroidea. The maximum number of teeth present among 
the members of this group is 40, the Felidse and Proteleide 
falling as low as 30. 

(ii.) Cynoidea. The teeth vary from 40 in Cyon to 46 or 48 in 
Otocyon ; the Canide possessing 42. 

(1ii.) Arctoidea. The Mustelide have the smallest number (38), 
while the Urside have 42. 

From this it will be seen that the maximum numerical varia- 
tion is attained among the luroidea, the minimum by the 
Arctoidea, while the Cynoidea occupy an intermediate position ; 
und, moreover, by far the greater number of its members have 
the same number of teeth, 42. This, i think, justifies the well- 
established deduction that the ancestral form had 42 or more 
teeth. It was also probably Pentadactyloid and Plantigrade. 
These three characteristics are present among the living Urside. 

To effect the numerical variations one of two things must 
have happened—(i.) either teeth must have, in some instances, 
been superadded, causing an increase in the number; or (ii.) 
some teeth must have become suppressed. I think the balance 
of evidence is decidedly in favour of the latter, for the following 
reasons :— 

Gi.) Sapernumerary teeth, of which examples are given by 
Bateson (1) in his book ‘Materials for the Study of Variation,’ 
are very rare; and the number is never in excess of that found 
among fossil forms, and may be regarded as “reversions to a 


DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


462 


Cea nO™ ea, | 
icenQe == yogsnpr (A) 
Ge-9e= aie puyol ( | 
‘OF= G ia T € -mpuohoorg. (qd) \ “-Baploqoly 
GPI& | 
. Sar Sp 
= aps) (2 
Gy=— cPIE pst? (P) | 
F Se IES -uchoorg (*) \ | 
"BY 19 9F a0 g) F18 | | 
pa CEL wos; tet 
Waren io (o) + vaproud) | 
POPE | | 
. =| ee “DPUUn, D 
WO coosie 7 De) | 
: : 10 : ‘T GALT SUILOF [ISSO} OULOS ‘7S = pe wpuHehy (9) ) | 
& } : ‘Og ee ‘u-d‘t ‘9&1 -amapaqon (A) | 
‘g[dunts puv Tjems £19A suvpoul pur savpouodd gs 5 7 ee 119 )9}ONT | 
z | 
=n “um 6) GEILE . wat . ; ) 
OF=(Hopouomgd ww z ae (11) OW GIOBIE goruanry (G) r = Boploiniay 
Con@ wane 9 ) | 
‘go— lve nao0udogdhyy (1) : 
171s | 
‘og=t Ton TE -opyag (») ) 
“DLOUULDD ay) fo DINUWLoT 10/UaT quoidh) aLow ay4 fp haaing qo.auay v burary 
‘Ty atavy 


‘VaaA 
VuUOAINUVO 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 463 


regularity” (Darwin); while examples of numerical reduction 
are comparatively common. 

(ii.) Embryology has brought to light the presence of vestigial 
remains of additional teeth. Such examples have been furnished 
by Oldfield Thomas (26) and M. F. Woodward (30) among Mar- 
supials, and I have already given reasons for believing that the 
same are probably present in the Dog. 

One has only to look at such a table as that accompanying 
Oldfield Thomas’s (26) paper to see how very general is such a 
suppression. 

ii.) Paleontological evidence shows that a large number of 
Mesozoic Mammals had a greater number of teeth than the 
majority of those living. That the tendency to the suppression 
of teeth has been in operation in past ages is amply testified 
by Osborn (14) in his paper “ On the Structure and Classi- 
fication of the Mesozoic Mammalia.” In this paper he gives the 
dental formula of the primitive heterodont Mammalia as i. 4, ¢. 1, 
pm. 4, m. 8 (p. 249); and he goes on to say, “ Reduction of this 
formula was effected by the loss of the lateral incisors, resulting 
possibly from the hypertrophy of the adjoining canine ; the pre- 
molars were reduced by regular antero-posterior suppression, or 
by the loss of the first or secoud member of the series; the 
molars were reduced either by antero-posterior or by postero- 
anterior reduction or by simultaneous reduction of both ends of 
the series.” ° 

And (iv.) if the Mammalia are descended from Reptilian an- 
cestors, as is generally believed, then certainly a reduction in the 
number of teeth, as well asin the number of dentitions, must 
have taken place. 

From these reasons it is posible to conclude, other things being 
equal, that the member of a mammalian group which has the 
greatest number of teeth retains, in that particular, the more 
primitive condition. If this be so, then I think we must regard 
the Urside among the Arctoidea, the Viverring (with the ex- 
ception of Prionodon) among the Aluroidea, and Otocyon not 
only among the Cynvoidea, but among the whole Carnivora, as 
retaining the most primitive condition as to the number of their 
teeth, which in the last-named genus is 46 and in one specimen 
48. That Oftocyon is in this respect the most primitive, among 
the Cynoidea, was a view long ago held by Huxley (7). 


464 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


Cope, in his paper “ On the Mechanical Origin of the 
Sectorial Teeth of the Carnivora” (2), remarks ‘it is well known 
that in the evolution of the sectorial dentition of the Carni- 
vora the number of molars and premolars has considerably 
diminished.” 

It has been said (4), in connection with the primitive dentition 
of Otocyon, that “there is at present no paleontological proof 
of this, as none of the numerous fossil forms of Canide yet 
discovered have more than the normal number of molars.” I 


would point, in answer to this, to such a form as the Oligocene 


43 


Daphenus with a dental formula es = 44, which, according to 


W. B. Scott (24), is in the direct line of ancestry of the Dog. 
This genus differs from the specimens of Ofocyon, with the single 
exception above referred to, in the loss of one lower molar only. 
If we look at all the members of the Carnivora in which the 
number of molars is not equal in both jaws, it will be seen that 
the number is always greater in the lower jaw, from which one 
might imfer that the upper molars were the first to undergo 
numerical reduction; and from this it follows that, given an 
equal number of true molars in both jaws, if any teeth have 
undergone suppression, the last tooth to have been suppressed 
would be in the lower jaw. If this inference be allowable, then 
we may presume that one of the more immediate ancestors of 
Daphenus had an additional lower molar, the loss of which 
alone distinguished it from Otocyon. 

That the Canide very early acquired a reduced dentition is a 
fact, and it is, I think, in accordance with their great number 
and wide distribution both at the present time and in past ages ; 
and, conversely, the retention by Otocyon of a primitive dentition 
agrees with its restricted area of distribution, one species 
(O. megalotis) only being known. 

From these considerations I am the more inclined to the 
opinion that in Olocyon we have to do with a form in which 
a very primitive numerical condition of the teeth has been 
retained. 


Description of the Permanent Teeth of Otocyon megalotis. 


Upper Jaw.—The first and second incisors are very similar to those of the 
Dogs generally. Between the i.” and i.* is a slight diastema. 


The third incisor is somewhat larger than the others. It has a cingulum on © 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANID&. 465 


its internal face which runs upwards, at the margins of the tooth, to the apex 
of the crown. Between this tooth and the canine is a wide diastema. 

The canine is long, pointed, and recurved, and shows a similar condition of 
the cingulum on its internal face. Between this tooth and pm.! is a very wide 
diastema. 

The first premolar is much reduced and with but a mere trace of an internal 
cingulum. The posterior margin of the tooth shows a slight angulation which 


in tke more posterior premolars appears as a minute cusp. Between this 
tooth and pm.? is a distinct diastema. 


The second premolar is rather larger than the first and has two fangs. A 
minute cusp is to be seen at the posterior border formed by the internal cin- 
gulum which runs into it. The cingulum is also more noticeable on the inner 
face of the anterior root ; that is, in the position of the Protocone. 

Slight diastema between pm.” and pm.° 

The third premolar has characters similar to those of the second but more 
marked, as it is a somewhat larger tooth. 

The fourth premolar has a main cone with a well-marked cusp anteriorly 
and another posteriorly to it. There is a very well-marked ridged cingulum 
on the internal face of tlie main cone, which leads up to and forms the anterior 
and posterior cusps. The Protocore is large, almost as high as the main cone, 
and placed in the same transverse line. I¢ is distinctly a cingulum-cusp. 

On the ridge of the cingulum, leading from the Protocone to the posterior 
cusp, is another small cuspule placed somewhat nearer to the Protocone. On 
the posterior slope of the main cone of the tooth is seen a minute cusp, distinct 
from the posterior cingulum-cusp, which is, however, more marked in pm.4, 
A slight trace of the cingulum can be seen on the outer face of pm.*. 

The first molar has two external cusps of about equal size. The cingulum 
is seen anteriorly and posteriorly to these and also slightly on the external 
face, especially of the anterior cusp (Paracone), where it becomes continuous 
with the Protocone. The cusp situated between the Protocone and the posterior 
part of the cingulum (seen in miniature in pm.*) is well-marked. 

Internally to this again is a secondary cingulum, upon which is placed a 
pronounced postero-lingual cusp, in front of which the secondary cingulum 
shelves downwards and forwards; it then bifurcates, one part running into 
the Protocone, the other passing round in front of it to fuse with the primary 
cingulum, externally to the Protocone. 

The second molar has similar characters to mi", but the Paracone is higher 
and more pointed than the Metacone. 

The third molar is of the same pattern but is a smaller tooth, and therefore 
the individual cusps are not so clearly differentiate1. 

Lower Jaw.—Incisors small and more procumbent than in the Dogs generally. 
Ail are about equal in size. 

No diastema between i.? and i3. 

The third incisor has a well-marked internal cingulum rising into two small 


cusps at its extremities, but from the position of the tooth they lie more 
on the internal face than laterally. 


466 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


Practically no diastema between i.° and c. 

The canine is smaller than c. Internal cingulum present. 

The first, second, and third premolars possess similar characters to the cor- 
responding teeth in the upper jaw, with the addition that in pm.° the anterior 
cingulum-cusp is more pronounced. 

The fourth premolar. The main cusp has a well-marked secondary cusp on 
its posterior slope. The cingulum is not very distinct in the middle of the 
inner face of the main cone; but anteriorly it gives rise to a cusp, and 
posteriorly, where it becomes broader and more prominent, it forms two small 
cusps which are situated transversely side by side. 

First molar. Outer surface. Two cusps are to be seen, an antero-external 
(Protoconid), which is higher and stronger than the postero-external (Hypo- 
conid). 

Inner surface. Two cusps also, an antero-internal (Metaconid) and a posterior 
(Entoconid) cusp, the former being the higher. 

Anterior surface. The Paraconid, which has more of the character of a 
transversely elongated ridge than a cone. 

Posterior surface. The cingulum is to be traced around the bases, posteriorly, 
of the Entoconid and Hypoconid, and opposite the interval between these two 
cusps is the Hypoconulid, placed on the cingulum. 

At the antero-external angle of the tooth is a small secondary cingulum, 
which becomes lost upon the anterior surface of the Paraconid. ’ 

The second molar has the same pattern as the first, the differences being that 
the Metaconid is more developed than the Protoconid ; the Paraconid is more 
pronounced than in mu, 

The secondary cingulum at the antero-external angle of the tooth is more 
marked and bears a cusp, in consequence of which the Protoconid appears to 
lie more towards the middle (antero-posterior) line of the tooth. 

The presence of this cusp on the external cingulum is a fact upon which I 
wish to lay stress, and to which I shall again refer. 

The third molar has the same characters, but smaller. Paraconid still more 
reduced. 

The fourth molar is much smaller. Paraconid scarcely visible. 


I have given reasons above for believing that Otocyon is pri- 
mitive in respect to the number of its teeth, and I thiuk it will 
readily be admitted, from a consideration of the teeth themselves, 
that they possess decidedly multituberculate characters. The 
question once more arises, Is this multituberculate conditicn 
primitive or not? The consideration of the answer to this 
question has an important bearing upon the theory of the multi- 
tnuberculate origin of the Mammalian teeth, as put forward by 
Forsyth Major (11), and supported by Goodrich (5) and others. 

In dealing with this question it is necessary to here examine 
the teeth of various species of Dogs. This I have had an oppor- 


—_" 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDZ. 467 


tunity of doing through the kindness of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, 
to whom my best thanks are due for having allowed me to have 
free access to the specimens in the British Museum. In earry- 
ing on this part of my investigation I have taken Huxley’s 
monograph, “On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the 
Canide” (7), as my guide. 

In this paper Huxley divided the Canide primarily into two 
series, the Thooid and Alopecoid, and arranged several of the 
members in each series in a fairly definite order of specialization, 
distinguishing the Macrodont trom the Micro dont forms. 

It will not be necessary to take each member of the series 
individually. Commencing with the Thooid series, it will be 
sufficient to examine C. Azare (817 4), C. cancrivorus (46. 1. 28. 
57), C. magellanicus (1846), C. anthus (816 a)*. 


The biting-surface of the First Right Upper Molar Tooth of—A. Canis Azare ; 
B. C. canerivorus; C. C. magellanicus; D. C. anthus. (Thooid Series.) 


Fig. 7 delineates the crown of the jirst right upper molar in 
each of these forms. C. Azare (A) and C. cancrivorus (B) belong 
to the Microdont series, and have the fewest cusps, the former 
having siz and the latter eight; whereas C. anthus (D) (which 
with C. awreus belongs to the Macrodont series) has ten cusps. 
The measurements of C. magellanicus (C) appear to vary, but 
working out the measurements given by Huxley (op. cit. p. 247), it 

* These numbers refer to the particular British Museum specimens from 
which the drawings were taken. 


468 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


also would certainly belong to the Macrodont series and it has like- 
wise ten cusps. The same increase in the number of cusps may 
be seen in the lower carnassial teeth in members from opposite 
ends of the series. I would also draw attention to the increase in 
size of the external cingulum in passing up the series; indeed, 
in C. anthus it forms a projection at the antero-external angle of 
the tooth, nearly half the height of the Paracone itself. This I 
regard as an important point, as I have already shown that cusps 
are formed on it in Otocyon. The same condition is also to be 
seen in some of the Insectivora—a condition which, I believe, 
should necessitate reconsideration of the interpretation of the 
cusps in some of those forms which are regarded as having 
typically tritubercular teeth. 

The same increase in the number of cusps may be noted 
in the Alopecoid series. In fiz. 8 are shown the biting- 


The biting-surface of the First Right Upper Molar tooth of—A. Canis 
littoralis ; B. C. niloticus; C. . lagopus. (Alopecoid Series.) 


surfaces of the first right upper molar of C. littoralis (C. virgi- 
nianus, Mivart) (88. 11. 25. 2), C. nilo/tcus (56. 3. 12. 14), and 
of O. lagopus (88. 2. 20.12). C.littoralis is one of the lower 
Microdont Alopecoid dogs, while the two latter belong to the © 
Macrodont series, and in these more cusps are present than in 
C. littoralis. 

This conclusion has been arrived at after a very careful study 
of the large number of skulls of the Canide preserved in the 
British Museum. In some cases the teeth were too worn to 
afford very reliable information; I was therefore led to select 


YOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDH. 469 


individual skulls,in which the tooth-cusps were more complete (7. e. 
least worn), for special illustration, but the general conclusion 
was in entire accordance with the view just stated. 

The outcome of these considerations, with regard to Otocyon, 
is—that it is primitive in respect to the number, but specialized 
in respect to the multituberculate condition of its teeth. 

. These conclusions are apparently in direct contradiction to those 
arising out of the study of the genus Cyon. The members of 
this genus are distinguished from the true Dogs chiefly by the 
loss of the last lower molar. I have already drawn attention to 
the fact of the great simplicity of m.* of Cyon rutilans, a tooth 
more primitive even, according to my views, than dpm.* of the 
Dog. 

I am not in a position to do more than suggest, as a possible 
explanation, that the genus Cyon became separated off from the 
true Dogs at an early period, and that its teeth, while retaining 
the simplicity of their crowns, have undergone numerical reduction. 
These animals also differ from the ordinary Wolves, Jackals, and 
great majority of domestic Dogs, according to Huxley (7), in the 
breadth of the jaws and the convexity of the facial line. I would 
emphasize the great resemblance which exists, both in the number 
and pattern of the teeth, between the members of this genus and 
Viverrine, as tending tothe suggestion that they have all descended 
from a common stock, early separated from the true Canide. 


Embryological Evidence as to the order of Cusp-development. 


The value of evidence of this nature is based unon the assump- 
tion that Ontogeny recapitulates Phylogeny. Of course this 
assumption may be doubted, but it is interesting to note that 
Osborn, a great upholder of the tritubercular view, believes in 
it strongly, as may be gathered from the following. In an address 
“On the History of the Cusps of the Human Molar Teeth,” 
delivered before the New York Institute of Stomatology in 
April 1895 (15), occur the following words :—‘‘ We should expect, 
‘in the embryonic jaw, that the calcification of the tooth-germ 
would be very significant, because we know that the embryonic 
structures in their development follow the order of addition or 
evolution.” Having made this definite statement, in the next 
sentence he makes a partial retraction by saying, “The order of 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. 38 


470 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


evolution is, fo a certain extent” (the italics are mine), “repeated 
in embryonic development.” However, we can gather from this 
that Osborn admits the validity of the assumption. 

Upon this basis, let us see how the facts may be reconciled with 
the tritubercular theory. According to this, the Protocone should 
be developed first, and the Paracone and Metacone almost simul- 
taneously but at a later period, and the talon, or heel, still later. 
This is the order in which the various cusps have arisen, according 
to Prof. Cope (2); consequently this is the order in which they 
should appear ontogenetically. 

The cusp-development has been worked out by Rése (22) in the 
Primates and Marsupials, and by Taeker (25) in the Ungulates. 
Their results are seen in the accompanying Table (1I.), copied 


Tasre II. 
Urrrrn Mo wars. ° 
Primates. Marsupials. Ungulates. 

1. Paracone. Paracone. Paracone. 1. 
2. Protocone. Protocone. Metacone. 2. . 
3. Metacone. Metacone. Protocone. 3. 
4, Hypocone. Hypocone. Hypocone. 4. 

Lower Mo.ars. 
1. Protoconid. Protoconid. Protoconid. 1. 
2. Metaconid. Paraconid. Metaconid. 2. 
3. Hypoconid. Hypoconid. Hypoconid. 3. 
4, Entoconid. Entoconid. Entoconid. 4. 
5. Hypoconulid. Metaconid. 


from a paper by Osborn (13), and with them my own results, 
as seen in’ the Dog, are in agreement. From a study of this 
table the most striking fact is revealed that while in not one of 
the four orders does the Protocone develop first, the Protoconid 
does so in every instance. This is a very important point. 

In the above-mentioned address by Osborn (15), the fact 
of the agreement in the lower jaw and disagreement in the 
upper jaw is thus referred to ; he says :—‘“‘ In the lower molar 
teeth the order of calcification is precisely the order of evolution;” 
and after dealing with this order of development, he goes on 
to say: “So we find that the order of embryonic development 
exactly repeats the order of historical development, and in every 
way presents the strongest kind of confirmation of the theory of 
cusp-formation which we have been discussing.” He omits to 
mention that the Paraconid does not develop at all. 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDS. 471 


Of course Osborn is dealing here with the human teeth 
only : otherwise, if he were dealing with the Marsupials as well 
he could hardly be so satisfied, for in these the Metaconid, 
instead of developing almost simultaneously with the Paraconid, 
does not appear until after the Hypo- and Entoconid. 

In the same address, in dealing with the upper jaw, Osborn 
says so little, that I may quote it all:—“ But this, you see, 
is not exactly the case in the upper molars. Nevertheless, 
out of eight cusps in the upper and lower molars considered 
together, s¢# cusps calcify in the order in which they were 
successively added to the single reptilian cone.” Surely this 
representative of the reptilian cone is ¢he important one, and the 
fact that it does not develop first in any one of these four orders 
is a point not easily to be explained away. 

Again, it appears to me that Osborn gives undue weight 
to the lower jaw, almost ignoring the upper, which does not 
fit in with his views. I would point out that in the Canide 
the secondary cusps are better developed in the teeth of the 
lower jaw than in the corresponding teeth of the upper, both in 
the milk and permanent dentitions; and I have already pointed 
out that the more primitive the teeth the fewer the cusps: con- 
sequently, it follows that the teeth of the upper jaw retain more 
of the primitive character than do those of the lower. Hence, if 
reliance is to be placed on the cusp-development of the teeth in 
one jaw over those of another, it is the upper jaw which, to my 
mind, should be selected, and not the lower. 

From a consideration of the results obtained by investigation 
into the embryological history of the cusps, I think it must be 
admitted that Osborn’s conclusions are not borne out, but 
are, on the contrary, disproved, and this by the very kind of 
evidence upon which he places reliance. 

There are still other objections which may be urged against 
the Tritubercular theory. The upholders of this view assume 
that there has been a rotation of the Paraconid and Metaconid 
inwards in the lower jaw and outwards in the upper, giving rise 
to the Tritubercular as opposed to the Triconodon type of tooth. 
A great objection to this has been put forward by E. S. Good- 
rich (5), who points out that there is no evidence whatever of 
any traces of the beginning of the movement of cusps from the 
Triconodont to the Tritubercular form, 


4.72 DR. H. W. MARET! TIMS ON THE 


It may be as well to summarize the arguments which may 
be now urged against the Tritubercular theory :— 

(i.) That in not one of the four orders, Marsupials, Ungulates, 
Carnivora, or Primates, does the Protocone develop first. 

(ii.) That in ¢wo out of the four orders it does not even develop 
second, being preceded by the Metacone. 

(iii.) The frequent absence of the Paraconid. 

(iv.) That in the Marsupials the Metaconid, which, together 
with the Paraconid, is second in importance only to the Proto- 
conid, is developmentally preceded by the Hypoconid and 
Entoconid. 

(v.) That if the homology of the cusps which I have already 
attempted to give be correct, it follows that the Protocone is 
absent from all the teeth of the Canidz, and, I think it may be 
added, from all the teeth of the Carnivora, with the exception of 
the true molars. 

(vi.) That the Protocone is absent from the molariform dpm.* 
of the Dog, a tooth of exceedingly primitive characters. 

(vii.) The absence of the Protocone from the ™.1 of such a 
form as Cyon rutilans, this tooth, as I have already pointed out, 
having characters very similar to dpm.* of the Dog. 

(viii.) The absence of any evidence of the commencement of 
the movement of rotation of the cusps, such as is presumed to 
have taken place; and 

(ix.) The existence of the Multituberculata at such an early 
geological period. 

In addition to these, several very weighty objections have been 
forcibly urged by Dr. Forsyth Major in his paper on the Miocene 
Squirrels (11). 


Another theory to account for the tooth-genesis of the Mam- 
malia is that which was advanced by Forsyth Major (11), and 
supported by Goodrich(5) and others, and is known as the 
Multitubercular theory. 

These authors would derive all teeth from the Multituberculate 
type; but J think there are strong objections to this view also, 
for the following reasons :— 

(i.) This view does not attach any special importance to any 
one cusp over another; and yet we find that the antero-external 
cusp always develops first both in the upper and lower jaws, 
the other cusps being added subsequently in a more or less 


ee a Te pee 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 473 


definite order, and not that several cusps appear at first and 
subsequently some become suppressed. 

(ii.) All the fossil Multituberculata have a specialized dental 
formula with numerically reduced incisors and no canines: con- 
sequently I am unable to believe that the Carnivora and Insecti- 
vora, with their full dental formule, have been derived from 
these. 

(iii.) That there is a progressive increase in the number of 
cusps in both the Thooid and Alopecoid series of Dogs, in passing 
upwards from the more primitive forms. 

(iv.) That the teeth of the deciduous dentition are more primi- 
tive than those of the permanent and have fewer cusps. 

(v.) Goodrich remarks that “‘ Multituberculate forms increase 
in number the lower we search:” this increase, of which I am 
unable to convince myself, must be very small, and the total 
number found at present is greatly below that of non-multi- 
tuberculate forms, and of equal, but not greater antiquity. 

Such forms as Otocyon, which I consider to be primitive in 
the number of its teeth, have, I believe, secondarily acquired the 
multituberculate condition. The Monotremes may be directly 
descended from the Multituberculata, as may also such orders 
as the Rodentia with their specialized dental formule, though, 
as I have not specially worked at this point, I am not in a 
position to express a more definite opinion. 

Having thus seen that neither the Tritubercular nor the 
Multitubercular theory satisfactorily explains the origin of the 
teeth of the Carnivora, the question naturally arises, Is there 
any alternative theory that may explain it? I venture to think 
there is. 

In the first place, the history of the development of the cusps 
shows that the antero-external cone is the first to develop, 
both in the upper and lower jaws, in all four of the orders to 
which I have referred. This uniformity cannot be without signi- 
ficance, and I think one must regard this cone as the representa- 
tive of the primitive reptilian cone*: in other words, I would 
regard the Paracone and Protoconoid as homologous cusps, and 
to avoid confusion I would term this the primary cone. The 


* This conclusion appears to be in accordance with the views of Winge (28 . 
From his illustrations he appears to regard the Paracone as homologous with 
the Protoconid, and the Metacone with the Hypoconid. 


474, DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


next structure to which I attach great importance is the internal 
cingulum. We have already noted its constant presence. That 
it is a structure of great antiquity is proved both embryologically 
and paleontologically. If the teeth of a foetal pup be examined 
the cingulum is, proportionately to the primary cone, much 
larger than in the fully-developed tooth. It is also present in 
some of the fossil Mammalia of the Stonesfield Slate (5); as, for 
example, Amphitherium. The ends of this internal cingulum, 
which is generally regarded as a mammalian characteristic, give 
rise to the small anterior and posterior cusps, such as we have 
seen exist in the incisor teeth of the Dog. Such a form of tooth 
at once suggests that of the fossil Microconodon. In the more 
specialized cheek-teeth the cingulum, though always more marked 
internally, is continued round the external face of the tooth, and, 
as we have seen, may give rise to cusps externally, as in Ofocyon 
and possibly some of the Insectivora. 

This description of a tooth with a main cone and small anterior 
and posterior cusps agrees with the description of the premolars 
of Amphitherium Prevostit given by Owen(18). These teeth, 
he says, “consist of a single compressed conical cusp with a 
minute tubercle at the hind part of its base and a more minute 
one in front.” We have already seen that in the teeth of the 
Dog the posterior cingulum-cusp is usually more marked than 
the anterior. Goodrich (5), in describing the British Museum 
specimen of A. Prevostii, which he has fully exposed, says (p. 414) 
that the premolars have “a laterally compressed crown bearing 
one large cusp, a very small anterior cingulum-cusp, and a 
posterior heel.” 

The anterior cingulum-cusp does not usually undergo further 
development. In certain cases, however, in which it does do so, 
it may form an anterior cone, thus giving rise to a Triconodont 
tooth. The only teeth in the Dog in which it undergoes deve- 
lopment are the deciduous and permanent lower carnassials, 
giving rise to the cusp usually termed the Paraccnid. In these 
teeth the cingulum runs right up into that cusp, and does not 
extend forwards as is the case at the posterior end of the tooth. 
This anterior cingulum-cusp is placed somewhat to the inner 
side of the primary cone, giving rise to the Protocone of the 
upper premolars of the Dog and the Paraconid of the lower 
carnassial. 

The posterior cingulum-cusp is usually well-marked, and in 


eS a. 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 475 


the upper carnassial of the Dog forms the posterior part of the 
Metacone, and in the lower the posterior (smaller) part of the 
Hypoconid. Consequently, it will be seen that the talon of 
the lower carnassial appears very early. This is in accordance 
with the early appearance, geologically, of the trituberculo- 
sectorial type of tooth. Moreover, Forsyth Major (11) asserts 
that the talon, though reduced, as compared with the rest of the 
tooth, in the Carnivora, is well developed in all other orders— 
therefore, a priori, it is not a late development; and he also 
points to the fact that several Archaic Eutheria, including some 
Creodonta from the Cernaysian fauna of Rheims, have a more 
distinctly marked talon than in many later forms, both in longi- 
tudinal extension and in height of cusps. Again, Goodrich affirms 
(5) that we must conclude that the common ancestors of both 
Placentals and Marsupials possessed this (trituberculo-sectorial) 
type of tooth. 

Following upon this, the next structure to be added is what 
I propose to term the Secondary Cone. It arises upon the 
posterior slope of the Primary cone, and is of mechanical origin 
due to contact with the Primary cone of the opposite jaw. This 
cone is seen in its most rudimentary form in the anterior pre- 
molars of the Dog. The more it becomes developed the more 
the opposing cusp would tend to wedge it backwards and 
separate it from the Primary cone from which it has been de- 
veloped. This cone forms the anterior part of the Metacone of 
the upper carnassial, and the Metacone of the upper true molars. 
In the lower carnassial it forms the anterior, larger portion of 
the talon, and postero-external cusp of m.”. This cusp only 
develops, to any extent, in the premolars of those forms whose 
dentition approximates to the Carnivorous type. 

Upon the internal cingulum there develops a Centro-internal 
cusp, situated slightly posteriorly to the middle of the antero- 
posterior line of the tooth. This cusp is not developed in the 
premolars of the Canidx. It forms in the molars the cusp ci 
(fig. 3, B) and gives rise to the Metaconid of the lower carnassial. 

As the upper jaw comes to overlap the lower, the opposing 
cusps would so interlock that the internal cingula of the molars 
would tend to be wedged inwards away from the main mass of 
the tooth; the depression thus formed, other cusps would tend 
to be formed, giving rise to those marked pr and 7 in the same 
figures. 


476 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


With regard to these smaller cusps it is difficult to express 
any opinion as to the precise order of evolution, as the results, 
both paleontological and embryological, are at present somewhat 
conflicting. 

It will be noticed that I have reserved the term Cone for that 
which I regard as the representative of the Reptilian tooth and 
to its secondary derivative; while the term Cusp I have applied 
to the remainder, all of which I regard as having been developed 
upon the cingulum. 

Table ILI. gives the order of evolution of the cones and cusps 
according to this view, and also the cusps with which they cer- 
respond, according to the system of nomenclature now in vogue. 
Tt will be readily understood that it is impossible fully to deal 
with this question in a small space, as, from what I have attempted 
to show above, cusps bearing the same name in different teeth, 
and even the same teeth in different species, are in reality not 
homologous. I have therefore confined myself almost entirely 
to a consideration of the teeth in the Canide. 


TasreE III. 


Showing the order of development of the Cusps according to 
the Theory of Cingulum-cusp Development and the Cusps which 
they represent in the Upper and Lower Jaws of the Dog. 


1. Primary Cone ...... Paracone. Protoconid. 
(2. Anterior Cingulum- Usually remains minute; Remains minute in all ex- 
cusp. forms the Protocone of cept the lower carnassial, 
the upper premolars. in which it forms the Para- 

conid. 

lo, Posterior Cingulum- Forms posterior part of Minute. Enters into the 
\ cusp. the Metacone. formation of the Hypo- 
conid at its posterior part. 
3. Centro - Internal Absent in the premolars. Absentin premolars. Forms 

Cingulum-cusp. Forms the Protocone of Metacoid. 


dpm.4 and the heed of ™.1, 


4. Secondary Cone ... Anterior part of Metacone Anterior part of the Hypo- 
in the premolars and  conid and postero-external 


almost the entire Meta- cusp of molars. 
cone in the molars. 


Having thus given a brief outline of what may be termed a 

Theory of Cingulum-cusp development, it is necessary to ex- 

- amine how far such a theory is borne out by Paleontology and 
Embryology. . 

(i.) Paleontological evidence—Starting from the Haplodont 


ee ee ee ee a ee 


ee ee eae ee 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 477 


cone, the next form would be that of a tooth with a main central 
cone and minute lateral cusps. Such teeth are to be found 
in Micoconodon. The prominence of the Internal Cingulum 
with the formation of a central cusp upon itis clearly to be 
seen in such teeth as those of Amphitherium Prevostic and 
Peraspalax ; whilst the presence of the Secondary cone is to be 
noted in the molar teeth of almost all forms. From the con- 
sideration of such forms as these, I think it is evident that 
Paleontology furnishes quite as streng evidence in favour of 
such a theory as I have attempted to describe,.as it does for 
either the Tritubercular or Multitubercular theory. 

(u.) Himbryological evidence.—The strongest confirmation of 
this view is to be found in the fact that in all the orders in 
which the cusp evolution has at present been worked out, the 
Primary cone (Paracone and Protuconid) develops first in every 
instance, in both upper and lower jaws. 

That the Cingulum is a structure of great antiquity and im- 
portance is borne out by the fact that it appears developmentally 
very shortly after the Primary cone can be distinguished. In 
the teeth of the foetal Dog it is comparatively very largely 
developed, especially in the incisors. The internal cingulum is 
more marked in the lower members of both the Thooid and Alo- 
pecoid series than it is in the higher ; and its presence, together 
with the small anterior and posterior cingulum-cusps to which it 
gives rise, is to be noted in all the teeth of the Dog, both milk 
and permanent. So far this theory is im accordance with all 
known embryological facts; the difficulty arises in connection 
with the secondary cusps. To explain my meaning more fully : 
if the development of the cusps of dpm.* be traced, the so-called 
Protocone of that tooth commences to appear before the Meta- 
cone, though the latter soon surpasses it in size; this result 
agrees with those of Rose for the Primates and Marsupials 
(the teeth in the latter I have given reasons for regarding as 
milk-teeth) ; whereas in the development of m.* of the Dog the 
Metacone develops before the Protocone of that tooth, in 
accordance with Taeker’s results in the Ungulates. 

A further difficulty is to be found in connection with the 
Metacone of the upper carnassial teeth of the Carnivora and 
with the Hypoconid of the lower. We have seen that two 
factors enter into the formation of both these cusps, namely, the 
Posterior Cingulum-cusp and the Secondary Coue, but they do 

LINN. JOURN. —ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXy¥. 39 


478 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE 


not always participate to the same extent. If, for instance, the 
carnassial teeth of the Tiger, Dog, and Bear be compared, this 
faet at once becomes apparent. And since I regard the Posterior 
Cingulum-cusp as a structure of greater antiquity than the 
Secondary cone, I conclude that the greater the share which the 
Posterior Cingulum-cusp takes in the formation of the Metacone, 
the earlier will that Metacone be developed, and vice versa. 

Such is, I believe, the explanation to be given of the somewhat 
varying results obtained by the aforementioned observers. 

I have, I hope, said sufficient to indicate the main points of my 
Theory of Cingulum-cusp development. I do not say that there 
may not be many objections to it, but I think that it is, at any 
rate, free from serious ones. 

The points in its favour may be thus summarized :— 

(i.) It harmonizes more fully with what is known of the 
development of the teeth than either the Tritubercular 
or Multitubercular theory, the Primary cone repre- 
senting the Reptilian cone and being always present. 

(u.) It is quite possible and easy thus to homologize the 
cusps of all teeth, except perhaps those derivative of 
the Multituberculate type. 

(i.) It is in accordance with Paleontological history. 

(iv.) No supposed rotation of cusps is required to have taken 
place. 

It is probable that in time, with greater knowledge and ex- 
perience, many of the points of detail will have to be modified ; 
indeed, I wish now only to give an outline of this hypothesis in 
order that it may be more generally tested. Great difficulty has 
been found in endeavouring to write a lucid explanation of this 
view, owing to the impossibility of homologizing the cusps under 
the old terminolegy. 

Tn conclusion, I most gratefully express my thanks to Prof. G. 
B. Howes, not only for having suggested this subject for investi- 
gation, but also for having enabled me to carry it out in the 
Laboratory under his charge and for much kind advice and 
criticism. J would also express my thanks to Mr. G. L. Parsons, 
of the Westminster Medical School, for having made the 
drawings necessary for illustration of this paper. 


10. 


ine 


12. 


13. 


14. 


15. 


TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 479 


Bibliography. 


. Barrson, W.— Materials for the Study of Variation. 


London, 1894. 


. Corr, E. D.—“ On the Mechanical Origin of the Sectorial 


Teeth of the Carnivora.” Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 
vol. xxxvl. p. 254. 


. Cuvier, G.—Ossemens Fossiles. Paris, 1837. 
. Frowerr, W. H., and Lyprxxer, R.—Mammals, living and 


extinct. London, 1891. 


. Goonpricu, E. S.—“ On the Fossil Mammalia of the Stone- 


field Slate.” Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. vol. xxxv. p. 407. 


. Horrmann.— Ueber die Entwicklung des Kronencementes 


an den Backenziihnen der Wiederkiuer mit Beriicksichtigung 
der Zahnentwicklung in Allgemeinen.” Zeitschr. fir wiss. 
Zool., Bd. lviii. 1894, pp. 566-617. 


. Huxtey, T. H.—‘‘ On the Cranial and Dental Characters of 


the Canide.” Proc. Zook. Soc. Lond. 1880, p. 238. 


. KixentHart, W.—‘ Entwickelungsgesehichtliche Untersuch- 


ungen am Pinnipediergebisse.” Jen. Zeitschr. f. Naturw., 
Bd. xxviii. 1893-94, p. 76. 


. Kixenruat, W.—‘ Das Gebiss von Didelphys.” Anat. Anz., 


Bd. vi. pp. 658-666. 

Lrcnr, W.—“‘Studien tiber die Entwicklung des Zahnsystems 
bei den Saugethieren.” Morphol. Jahrb., Bd. xix. p. 502; 
and Bd. xx. p. 113. 
Majsor, Forsyta.—‘‘On some Miocene Squirrels, with re- 
marks on the Dentition and Classification of the Sciurine.” 
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 179. 

Nawroru.—Zur Ontogenese der Schweinemolaren. In- 
augural-Dissertation. Berlin, 1893. 


Oszory, H. F.—“ Recent Researches upon the Succession of 
the Teeth in Mammals.” American Naturalist, vol. xxvii. 
1893, p. 493. 


Osporn, H. F.—“ On the Structure and Classification of the 
Mesozoic Mammalia.” Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. ix. 
p- 186. 

Oszorn, H. F.—* The History of the Cusps of the Human 
Molar Teeth.” Address before the New York Inst. of 
Stomatology, April 1895. Reprinted in Journ. of Brit. 
Dental Assoc. vol. xvi. pp. 625-635. 


480 
16. 


Wf 


18. 


19. 


20. 


21. 


22. 


23. 


24. 


25. 


26. 


te 


28. 


29. 


30. 


ON THE TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 


Ogsporn and Wortman.— Fossil Mammalia of the Wah- 
satch and Wind River Beds.” Bulletin of Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist. vol. iv. 1892. 

Osgorn and Worrman. —“ Perissodactyls of the Lower 


Miocene White River Beds.” Bulletin of Amer. Mus. Nat. 
Hist. vol. vil. pp. 343-875. 

Owen, R.—‘‘ Monograph of the Fossil Mammalia of the 
Mesozoic formations.” Monogr. Paleontogr. Soe. vol. xxiv. 
Parker, W. N.—“ On some points in the Anatomy of the 
Indian Tapir.” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1882, p. 768. 
Roésr.—“ Ueber die Entwicklung der Zaihne des Menschen.” 
Archiv. mikr. Anat., Bd. xxxvii. 1891, p. 447. 

Rosu.— “Ueber die Entstehung und Formabinderungen der 
menuschlichen Molaren.” Anat. Anz., Bd. vu. 1892, p. 392. 
Rész.—“ Ueber die Zahnentwickelung der Beutelthiere.” 
Anat. Anz., Bd. vii. 1892, p. 693. 

Scorr, W. B.—“ The Evolution of the Premolar Teeth in the 
Mammalia.” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1892, p. 405. 
Scorr, W. B.—* Mammals of the Deep River Beds.” Trans. 
Amer. Philos. Soe. vol. xviii. p. 

Tanker, J.—Zur Kenntniss der Odontogenese bei Ungulaten. 
Inaugural-Dissertation. Dorpat, 1892. 

Tomas, OLtprreirp.—‘ On the Homologies and Succession 
of the Teeth in the Dasyuride.” Phil. Trans. vol. elxxvii. | 
1887, p. 443. 

Trims, H. W. M.—‘“ Notes on the Dentition of the Dog.” 
Anat. Anz., Bd. xi. 1896, pp. 537-546. 

Winer, O.—“ Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte, iser med Hensyn 
til Tandernes Former.” Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. 
Foren. i Kjobenhavn, 1882, pp. 1-52. 

Woopwagn, M. F.—“ On the Development of the Teeth of 
certain Insectivora.” Report of the Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 
1895, p. 736. i 
Woopwagp, M. F.—“ On the Development of the Teeth of 
the Macropodide.” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 450. 


DR. A. R. WALLACE ON THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 481 


Tae Propiem or Urrirry: Are Specific Characters always or 
generally Useful? By Atrrep R. Watuacz, LL.D., F.RB.S., 
BAS: 

[Read 18th June, 1896.] 

THE above stated question is discussed at great length in the 

second part of the late Mr. Romanes’ work on ‘ Darwin and After 

Darwin,’ fully half of the volume being devoted to it; and in the 

preface the author states his belief that his arguments are so con- 

clusive that he has “broken to fragments” the doctrine of utility, 
and that he has “‘ made a full end thereof.” A careful perusal of 
the volume, and a full consideration of all the facts and argu- 
ments adduced therein, seem to me to leave the problem just 
where it was before ; but the variety of the subjects discussed, 
the great mass of details referred to, and the ingenuity of some 
of the arguments in support of the author’s view, lead me to 
think that I have not hitherto set forth the facts and argu- 
ments in favour of the utility-theory with sufficient completeness, 
while I am indebted to the lamented author for pointing out one 

or two weak points in my discussion of the question, and for a 

number of useful references to Darwin’s statements on the 

points at issue, some of which I had overlooked. Although 

Mr. Romanes’ discussion of the question is so lengthy, the 

problem itself is in its essence a comparatively simple one, and 

is I believe capable of being solved by a reference to well-known 
facts and admitted principles. The reason why Mr. Romanes is 
uble to support his views by so many quotations from Darwin’s 
works, is due to the fact that Darwin was firmly convinced 
of the heredity of acquired characters, and especially of the 
influence of food and climate and the effects of use and disuse; 
and this belief must be borne in mind whenever he speaks of 
specific characters being due to other causes than natural 
selection. It must also be remembered that Darwin was not 
acquainted with the evidence we now possess as to the extreme 
frequency of variation everywhere in nature, its large amount, 
and its universality in every organ and every character that can 
be measured or otherwise estimated. Had he known what we 
now know on this subject, he would not so frequently have made 
the proviso—“if they vary, for without variation natural selection 
can do nothing,” or have alluded to the possibility of variations 
of the same kind occurring ‘“‘ perhaps after.a long interval of 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 40 


482 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON 


time.” We now know that variations of almost every conceivable 
kind occur, in all the more abundant species, in every genera- 
tion, and that the material for natural selection to work upon 
is never wanting. Accepting, then, these facts of variation, and 
always keeping in mind the severity of the struggle for existence, 
nine tenths at least of the progeny of the higher animals perishing 
annually before reaching maturity, thus leading to a systematic 
and continual weeding out of the less fit—let us endeavour to 
realize the process of the formation of new species and the 
nature of the characters which distinguish allied species from 
each other. 3 

In my article on “ Mimicry and other Protective Resemblances 
among Animals,” first published in 1867, I laid down the 
principle of utility, perhaps a little too absolutely, in the following 
passage :— ‘“‘ Perhaps no principle has ever been announced so 
fertile in results as that which Mr. Darwin so earnestly impresses 
upon us, and which is indeed a necessary deduction from the 
theory of Natural Selection, namely—that none of the definite’ 
facts of organic nature, no special organ, no characteristic 
form or marking, no peculiarities of instinct or of habit, no 
relations between species or between groups of species, can 
exist but which must now be or once have been wseful to the 
individuals or races which possess them.” Professor Huxley, 
in his obituary notice of Darwin, expressed the same idea as 
follows :—‘‘ Every variety which is selected into a species is 
favoured and preserved in consequence of being, in some one 
or more respects, better adapted to its surroundings than its 
rivals... «|. For, as has been pointed out, it is a necessary 
consequence of the theory of Selection that every species must 
have some one or more structural or functional peculiarities, in 
virtue of the advantage conferred by which it has fought through 
the crowd of its competitors and achieved a certain duration. In 
this sense it is true that every species has been ‘originated by 
selection.’ Now these characters, in virtue of which the 
variety has become a species, are in fact its “specific characters,” 
and they alone wil absolutely differentiate it from all other 
species. We need not trouble ourselves about the cases of 
doubtful species, in which the distinctive characters are either so 
minute or so unstable that we cannot invariably determine 
them. On the theory of evolution by natural selection there 
must be such cases. They are species in the making and not 


THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 483 


quite completed. But in the great majority of species definite 
characters do exist by which any single individual can be 
recognized and the species to which it belongs be determined ; 
and the question is, whether or no the characters, or combination 
of characters, which thus differentiate it are now useful or were 
useful at the time of its origination*. In order to answer this 
question, we must briefly summarize both the facts and the 
admitted principles or theories which bear upon it. 

Every extensive area contains a number of large and dominant 
species which appear to be, and probably are for considerable 
periods, stable, both in average population and in the extent of 
the area they occupy. Taking any one of these species—say 
of bird or mammal—so long as the whole conditions of its 
environment remain unchanged or very little changed it will, 
theoretically, continue to maintain itself, as we know many 
species have maintained themselves during the whole period 
since the glacial epoch, and some very much longer. The 
species, however, is not absolutely homogeneous. It varies in 
every generation, not minutely or infinitesimally as was formerly 
supposed, but very considerably, the variations being easily seen 
and measured by any one who looks for them; and they extend, 
so far as we know, to every part of the organism, external and 
internal, since no part has yet been found to be invariable when 
a large number of individuals have been compared. The species 
is therefore composed of a fluctuating mass of variable units 
which yet maintain the same general average of characters, and 
this it can only do by a constant or intermittent weeding out of 
the extremes in every direction. Such a weeding out on a large 
scale takes place annually, because, although the annual increase 
by birth is very large, the population of adults remains approxi- 
mately fixed. The species is maintained in harmony with its 
environment by the survival of the fittest. 

But now let some important change occur, either in climate, 
in abundance of food, or by the irruption of some new and 
hitherto unknown enemies, a change which at first injuriously 


* To this should be added—“ or were correlated with some useful characters.” 
I have referred to such correlations in my ‘ Natural Selection and Tropical 
Nature,’ pp. 172 and 175; and as to apparently useless characters being in 
some cases correlated with those which are useful, in my ‘ Darwinism,’ p. 140 ; 
but it is cumbersome to restate this part of the theory whenever it is stated 
that all specific characters are useful. 


40* 


484, DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON 


affects the species. It must, therefore, undergo some amount of 
modification, either structural or functional, in order to succeed 
under the new conditions; and the constant variations of every 
part around its mean furnish the materials for adapting the 
organism to these new conditions. If a new enemy is the 
danger to be guarded against, this adaptation may be effected in 
several ways. Swiftness in running or flying, habits of conceal- 
ment, or seeking new kinds of food in places inacessible to the 
enemy, may each lead to the survival of those individuals which 
were sufficiently intelligent to adopt them or sufficiently favoured 
by rapid variation in the desired direction. Survival of the fittest in 
these respects, going on year by year, might lead to the formation 
of two or more diverging races each able to maintain itself in the 
presence of the new enemy, while the former average type of 
the species rapidly became extinct. We should thus have two 
or three incipient new species; but they would not become well 
differentiated species till they had acquired certain definite and 
inportant characteristics. These are (1) some amount of infer- 
tility when crossed with the parent form or with each other; and 
(2) some distinct and conspicuous external characters by means 
of which the new varieties could readily distinguish their own kind 
even when at considerable distances or when partially concealed ; 
or, in the case of flowering plants, be distinguished by the insects 
which fertilize them. 

The greatest danger to a species under new and adverse 
conditions is, that it should not be able to adapt itself to them 
with sufficient rapidity. It is for this reason that, as Darwin 
concludes, new species arise, mainly, from those which have a 
large population, which occupy a wide area, and which present 
much variation—a combination rarely found except in continental 
areas. But this danger is evidently much ‘increased if crossing 
with the parent form is not at first checked and soon afterwards 
completely prevented, except as a quite exceptional occurrence. 
The means of preventing this intercrossing are, for animals, 
either infertility, external distinctions leading to the preferential 
mating of similar forms, or physical isolation., The latter I 
believe, with Darwin, to be of comparatively little importance 
and to have very rarely been the chief agent in modification. In 
the great majority of cases a new species must arise amidst the 
population of an existing species; and while its adaptation is 
progressing any intercrossing with the parent form will be 


THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 485 


injurious. I have endeavoured to show, and can still find no flaw 
in my reasoning, that mutual infertility would be usually 
brought about by natural selection wherever the two forms were 
in contact, and also that the early occurrence of well-marked 
external differences would assist greatly in the rapidity of 
adaptation *. This view will explain the curious fact of the well- 
marked differences of colour or form which almost invariably 
characterize allied species. These “ recognition marks,” as I have 
termed them, are of great use even to existing well-defined species, 
but they must have been of still greater use during the earlier 
stages of differentiation, when the very existence of the new 
form must have largely depended on them. 

I may here remark that it is because these external differences 
of colour or marking are quite as constantly present in peculiar 
insular species as in those inhabiting a continent, that I do not 
believe in local isolation as of any importance in species-formation. 
Insular species may have been produced in two ways. Hither 
a portion of a declining species may have reached the island, 
where it survived through the more favourable conditions while 
it became extinct on the continent; or, a few individuals of a 
dominant species reached the island, where, owing to the absence 
of competition, they rapidly increayed till the island became fully 
stocked with the unchanged species. Then (and then only) sur- 
vival of the fittest wouid begin to act, and the differences of 
food and climate, with the different kinds of enemies, would render 
some modifications of structure, form, or colour advantageous, and 
thus a new species would be formed by adaptation from the old 
one in almost exactly the same way as on the continent. In 
both these cases recognition-characters, to aid in the prevention 
of intercrossing, would be produced by natural selection. But 
if insular species have usually been formed by a few individuals 
somewhat different from the type having first reached the 
island and thereafter preserved their peculiarities, there is no 
reason why any distinctive and stable form of coloration or 
marking should have been developed, since there would be no 
similar species from which it would need to be differentiated. 
Neither is the small amount of divergence that usually prevails 
between the mean of a few individuals taken at random, such as 
might have accidentally reached an island, and the average type 


* « Darwinism,’ pp. 174-180. 


A86 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON 


of the species, at all comparable with the well-marked characters 
that usually distinguish insular forms, and there is nothing in 
mere isolation without selection which can increase the difference. 
As examples we may refer to the many peculiar species of 
butterflies and birds found in the various islands of the West 
Indian and Malayan Archipelagoes, which are quite as distinct 
from each other as are allied continental species, and which 
exhibit all the characteristics of forms which have been fully 
differentiated by natural selection. 

The sketch now given of the usual mode of formation of new 
species under natural selection leads to the conclusion that every 
species (of the higher animals at all events) will usually possess 
at least three peculiarities: in the first place, it must exhibit 
some difference of structure or function adapting it to new con- 
ditions ; secondly, some distinction of colour, form, or peculiar 
ornament serving as distinctive recognition marks ; and, thirdly, 
the physiological peculiarity of some amount of infertility when 
crossed with allied species. The first two constitute its “ specific 
characters.” But if we consider that every species in the long 
line of its ancestry must have had similar specific characters, 
adapting it to the peculiar conditions of its environment and 
distinguishing it from its nearest allies; that some of these 
characters, when generally useful, have persisted, and now con- 
stitute generic or family characters; that others have been again 
and again modified so as to adapt them to new and sometimes 
quite different conditions ; and that others again, becoming use- 
less, persist when quite harmless or remain in a more or less 
rudimentary condition; and when we further consider that many 
genera and families extend far back into geological time and must 
have originated in the midst of a physical and biological environ- 
ment very different from that which now prevails, we shall dimly 
understand how complex are the forces and processes which have 
led to the assemblage of characters now presented by each 
organism, and how difficult it must be to determine positively 
that any one of these characters is not, nor ever has been, useful 
to its possessor. Yet this is what is done by those writers who 
maintain, as did the late Mr. Romanes, that the majority of 
specific characters are not and never have been useful, but 
have arisen through definite variation under the influence of 
definite causes, and, when neither useful nor hurtful, persist and 
constitute the main external differences which we observe between 


 — 


oe re ee eee 


tad 


ee enn 


= 


THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 487 


species and species. This theory, which, although to some extent 
held by Darwin himself, I consider to be wholly erroneous, we 
will now proceed to discuss. 

Jt may be well first to dispose of a point, made much of by 
Mr. Romanes, that I do not urge utility as a characteristic either 
of varieties or of genera and higher groups, and that it is there- 
fore illogical to claim it for species. But this isa misapprehension, 
since I do claim that when varieties are constant, are hereditary, 
and occupy a definite area, and are therefore what Darwin termed 
“incipient species,” the characteristics which distinguish them 
from the parent species are, to some extent, adaptive and useful, 
and will become fully so when the variety becomes a fully differ- 
entiated species. And as to genera and families, it is obvious 
that every one of their distinguishing characters was once a 
specific character, since genera are merely groups of species, all 
of which were derived from one parent species, and which have 
become more or less isolated by the extinction of intermediate 
forms. Families are, in the same way, derived from a single 
genus and ultimately from a single species, and the same reasoning 
applies to them. The reason why my argument on this question 
has been limited to species is, because the whole problem is in- 
cluded in that of species: it 1s in them that the process and 
laws of development can be best studied free from many of those 
complexities of modification and survival of disused and partially 
aborted parts and organs which often constitute generic or family 
characters. If every one of the new characters or new com- 
binations of characters which arise when a new species becomes 
differentiated from its parent-form,—if every one of these is 
adaptive and utilitarian, then no higher groups can possess 
characters other than those which were once adaptive, since 
genera and families can never acquire new characters except 
through every one of their component species acquiring those 
characters. The problem as exhibited in species includes there- 
fore the problem in all higher groups. 

I have already set forth in some detail the argument for utility 
founded on the fact of the continuous progress of the discovery 
of utilities with the continuous growth of our knowledge of the 
life-histories and inter-relations of plants and animals*. I will 
therefore now devote more special attention to the fundamental 
argument, that whereas every modification of a species which 

* ‘Darwinism,’ pp. 131-142. 


488 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON 


arises under the influence of natural selection must, from the 
very nature of its origin, be useful to the new form, no other 
agency has been shown to exist capable of producing non-utili- 
tarian characters in every individual constituting a species, neither 
more nor less. Now the general cause which is adduced as being 
able to do this is stated by Darwin in the following passages, which 
are quoted by Mr. Romanes as expressing his own views :— 

“ There must be some efficient cause for each slight dividual 
difference, as well as for more strongly marked variations which 
occasionally arise ; and if the unknown cause were to act per- 
sistently, it is almost certain that al] the individuals of the species 
would be similarly modified” (‘ Origin of Species,’ p. 171). 

Again, after referring to cleistogamic flowers and degraded 
parasitic animals, he says :— 

“We are ignorant of the exciting cause of the above specified 
modifications ; but if the unknown cause were to act almost 
uniformly for a length of time, we may infer that the result 
would be almost uniform ; and in this case all the individuals of the 
species would be modified in the same manner” (‘ Origin,’ p. 175)*. 

Now these passages, merely as stating a possibility or a prob- 
ability, appear to me to be wanting both as regards logic and 
in the absence of any appeal to the actual facts of variation. 
For the argument is, briefly, that the same causes will always 
produce the same or closely similar results. But this is only true 
when the same causes act upon identical materials and under 
identical conditions. But the very foundation of the Darwinian 
theory is, that the materials—the individuals of a species—are 
not identical, but that they vary indefinitely and in many directions 
even under closely similar conditions. How then can any external 
er internal causes produce an identical result—a definite new 
variation—in al] the individuals of a species, born as they are of 
varying parents, of different ages, and subject to ever fluctuating 
conditions? It seems to me, therefore, that the @ priori prob- 
abilities are all against Darwin’s supposition. 

Now let us see how far the facts of variation give any support 
to the theory of useless specific characters. If there is one 
thing better established than another it is that the individual 
variations which are constantly occurring in all common species 


* In my ‘Darwinism,’ p. 141, I have stated my opinion that Darwin did not 
believe in the production of useless characters in a/l the individuals of a species. 
I had overlooked the passages quoted by Mr. Romanes and given above, which 
certainly show that he did believe it. 


THE PROBLiM OF UTILITY. 489 


are indefinite in their character and very unequal in their amount. 
Some species are much more variable than others, and Darwin 
has shown reasons for believing that any change of conditions 
induces variability, but not that it causes definite variations. 
The two things are radically distinct. So far as I am aware, no 
evidence has been adduced of any special conditions which have 
produced a definite variation in the whole offspring of all the 
individuals subjected to it. But it must do more than this. For 
it must produce a variation so exceptionally stable that it con- 
stantly recurs in all the offspring of successive generations, even 
though those offspring are subjected to considerable change of 
conditions, as are the individuals of all species except the rarest 
or the most local. Only with such constancy and stability of 
inheritance could a useless character become fixed in every indi- 
vidual of a species, which it must be to be a “ specific’’ character. 
It must, therefore, from the very first have been invariable. 
But this feature of invariability without selection has not been 
found to characterize any variation, whether occurring among 
wild or domesticated organisms. Such an occurrence would 
necessarily have forced itself upon the attention of breeders and 
horticulturists. For if the theory is true that the majority of 
specific characters are of this useless kind, their occurrence as 
permanent and unchangeable variations must be a common phe- 
nomenon, and we ought to find that foreign plants when first 
cultivated very often present new characters, not sporadically 
but appearing in every individual, and which cannot be got rid 
of, since they do not vary and selection would therefore be 
powerless to eliminate them. Has any indication of a phenomenon 
of this kind ever been noted? 

Let us come now to the actual causes said to produce useless 
specific characters. According to Mr. Romanes they are five 
in number: Climate, Food, Sexual Selection, Isolation, and Laws 
of Growth. Let us consider how these are known to act or are 
alleged to act. Climate and Food undoubtedly produce modifica- 
tion in the individual, but it has not yet been proved that these 
modifications are hereditary. If this could be proved the whole 
discussion on the heredity of acquired characters would be settled 
in the affirmative. The supposed proof that these causes produce 
definite changes which are hereditary is derived from the fact 
that there is often a simultaneous change in the colours of many 
animals, or in the form or texture of the foliage of many plants, 
in different parts of the area they occupy which are characterized 


490 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON 


by differences of climate. But in every case these changes can 
be interpreted as adaptations for protection in the case of the 
animals, and as either adaptations or individual non-hereditary 
modifications in the case of the plants. The firm belief that such 
individual characters were usually, if not always, inherited led to 
some looseness in Darwin’s reasoning on this point, and still 
more so in that of most modern upholders of the theory. 

The next alleged cause, Sexual Selection, whether we limit it, 
as I do, to the struggies of the males, leading to the development 
of weapons and defensive armour, or with Darwin extend it to the 
choice by the females of the more ornamental males, thus leading 
to the development of decorative plumes &c., is really a form of 
natural selection, and sexual characters are therefore useful cha- 
racters. It is true that, from my point of view, male distinctive 
colour and ornament have not this particular use; and Mr. Romanes 
makes a good point against me when he says that in imputing 
their origin and development to the surplus vitality and energy 
of the male I give away my case, since I admit that useless 
specific characters may be developed independently of natural 
selection. This is owing to my having omitted to lay special 
stress on the specific part of each ornament being really a 
“recognition mark,’ and therefore essential both to the first 
production and. subsequent well-being of every species. In the 
summary of my argument (‘ Darwinism,’ p. 298) I have adduced 
the need of recognition as the cause of specific specialization of 
colour, but in the body of my discussion as to sexual ornaments 
I have not referred to it, and this omission greatly weakens my 


argument. I should have said that the accessory plumes and. 


other ornaments originate at points of great nervous and 
muscular excitation, and are developed through surplus energy ; 
and that, from their first appearance, they were wtilized for 
purposes of recognition, which explains both their comparative 
stability in each species and their distinctness in allied forms *. 


* Since writing this paper I have carefully studied Professor Weismann’s 
new theory of ‘Germinal Selection,” which seems to me to have a high degree 
of probability, and which, if true, enables us to explain two phenomena which 
have not hitherto been fully explicable. These are (1) the complete or almost 
complete disappearance of many characters which have become useless; and 
(2) the development of secondary sexual characters far beyond the point of 
utility as recognition marks, and, apparently, up to the extreme point of 
incipient hurtfulness. It thus furnishes the one link necessary in the chain of 
argument proving that these secondary sexual characters are explicable with- 
out calling in the very problematical agency of female choice. 


= ee ey 


Se ee 


THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 491 


The next alleged cause, Isolation, I do not admit to be a vera 
causa at all, for reasons already given. It is, at most, an aid to 
the differentiation of new species by natural selection. 

The last alleged cause, the Laws of Growth, can never, of 
itself, account for specific characters, but only for those struc- 
tural and histological peculiarities of organisms which characterize 
the higher groups such as classes and sometimes perhaps orders 
and families; and even these must always, when they first 
originated, have had a utilitarian character, since it is almost 
impossible to conceive that the details of structure of the various 
tissues or organs produced under the action of these laws were 
absolutely indifferent to the well-being of the organism. 

If, then, we admit, as I do admit, that certain growths, 
appendages, or markings, which are of no use to the organism, 
do occasionally appear, no agency has been adduced which could, 
first, cause these useless cheracters to appear in every individual 
of a species, and then totally cease to appear whenever any 
portion of this species is selected and slightly modified so as to 
occupy a new place in nature or to save itself from extinction by 
some new enemy. Whenever useless characters are said to be 
** specific,” it seems to be forgotten that one species has always 
passed continuously into another by a process of normal indi- 
vidual variation and survival of the fittest. There is no chasm 
in such a process, no sudden transition from one creature to 
another of a different nature. The transition is by a purely 
normal and almost imperceptible process of adaptation to new 
conditions, and in itself furnishes no reason whatever why any 
useless character, if it had constantly reappeared in the 
countless millions of individuals during all the millions of 
generations of the duration of the species, should at once 
disappear, or be replaced by some new character equally uni- 
versal, equally invariable, and equally useless. 

I strongly urge, therefore, that the general causes suggested 
by Darwin as possibly leading to the production of useless 
specific characters, as well as the more special causes enumerated 
by Mr. Romanes, do not apply to the actual facts of variation 
and heredity so far as they are yet known to us; and further, 
that no attempt has been made to show, even hypothetically, 
how, through the action of known causes, such characters, when 
they do arise, can become first extended to every individual of a 
species, and then be totally obliterated as regards any portion of 
the species which may become modified so as to constitute a new 


492 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON 


species. Useful characters thus strictly limited are the necessary 
and logical results of modification through survival of the fittest. 
No agency has been shown to exist capable of producing useless 
characters similarly limited. And as it is beyond the powers of 
human reason to know absolutely that any characters so limited 
as to be really specific are and always have been useless, it is 
both unscientific and illogical to postulate such characters as 
being present in all or many species, and therefore as consti- 
tuting an essential characteristic feature of specific forms. 

The preceding discussion may, I hope, be considered sufficient 
to show that useless specific characters, if they exist, can only 
be the result of some comparatively rare and exceptional con- 
ditions, and that they certainly are not, as has been alleged, a 
general characteristic of species ; but it may be as well to notice 
a few of the special cases which have been adduced by Mr. 
Romanes and others as examples of their existence or as illus- 
trating their formation. 

The Niata cattle of South America, which have strangely 
upturned jaws, are said to breed very true and to form a definite 
well-marked race which, if the character were not injurious but 
simply indifferent, might lead to the formation of a species 
defined by this useless specific character. The short-legged 
Ancon sheep, and the six-toed cats, are other examples of such 
remarkable abnormalities or sports which have the curious 
property of being strongly hereditary, and yet, apparently, of 
never leading to the formation of new species. Almost all 
students of evolution now admit that “sports” or large and 
sudden divergencies from the specific type are not the materials 
from which new species have been formed, the reason being that 
they are extremely rare occurrences; and when any such 
“ sport” appeared in a species, the individual presenting it would 
either be avoided by its fellows and leave no offspring, or by 
repeated crossings with the normal type the sport would disappear. 
‘We may, no doubt, imagine conditions under which a sport of 
this kind, once appearing in both sexes, might lead to the 
formation of a breed and ultimately of a species; but the 
combination of conditions requisite to bring this about is so 
improbable that we can only look upon it as a bare possibility. 
But the question we are discussing is not whether, under certain 
very rare and exceptional conditions, a few species may possibly 
be formed which are distinguished only by altogether useless 
characters, but whether such characters are common in the 


ee ee 


| Sn IS: ee re a, 


“oly pee 


aie SO 


ore os of ey 1 ee 


THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 493 


majority of species and, to use Mr. Romanes’ words, exist in 
“enormous numbers.” The case of abnormal sports or mon- 
strosities such as those here referred to can certainly not be 
adduced as giving any support to this view. 

The next case, that of the Porto Santo rabbits, is held by 
Mr. Romanes to prove that the constant characters which dis- 
tinguished them from common rabbits were only results of the 
action of peculiar conditions on individuals, and were not produced 
by natural selection. He arrives at this conclusion from the fact 
that one of the two which died at the Zoological Gardens after 
four years’ captivity was sent to Darwin, who found that the 
special colouring that distinguished the breed—the absence of 
black on the tail and ear-tips and the reddish colour on the 
back—had almost disappeared, and that the whole colouring was 
very little different from that of the common wild rabbit. Hence 
Mr. Romanes concludes that other wild species may be really 
only climatal forms, and their peculiar characters be non- 
adaptive. But no mention is made of the remarkably small size 
of these rabbits, which were only about half the weight of the 
eommon wild species and which looked no larger than average 
rats. If this also were a result of the action on the individuals 
of scanty food or a peculiar climate, it would have rapidly 
disappeared with ample food at the Zoological Gardens; and 
neither in this point nor in the peculiar form of the posterior 
end of the skull and interparietal bone, which was go distinet 
that Darwin figured it (see ‘ Animals and Plants under Domesti- 
cation,’ i. p. 118), did he note any difference in the dead animal. 
It seems probable, therefore, that the colour-peculiarities of the 
Porto Santo rabbits were due to a change of tint of the longer 
hairs which may have been lost during the illness which led to 
the animal’s death. And as we have no information as to the 
supposed change having been progressive during the four years 
of confinement, or that it affected the second specimen, no such 
conclusion as that drawn by Mr. Romanes can be held to be 
established. 

The only other case of much importance is that of changes of 
colour said to be directly caused by changes of climate, and 
especially by darkness in cave-animals. In this latter case it is 
declared by Mr. Romanes that the loss of colour cannot be of 
any use and cannot have been caused by natural selection. It 
is, therefore, an example of a useless character occurring in all 
the individuals of many unconnected species. In the case of the 


494 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON 


Proteus, however, it is stated that when subjected to the action 
of light in confinement, the skin becomes dark, showing that the 
character is in some degree an individual one, due probably to 
deficiency of nutrition or, partially, to the need of light for the 
secretion of the pigment. The whiteness is here not a specific 
character. And if, in other cases, it is permanent and specific, 
it may have had a very obvious use in the early stages of the 
modification of a cave-fauna. For if any animals were isolated 
in caverns which were not totally dark, the light tints would be 
important as recognition marks, enabling the sexes to find each 
other ; and when, at a later period, the species spread into the 
parts which were totally dark, there would be no cause leading 
to a return of the positive colour, especially as all cave-animals 
subjected to total darkness must at first have been in great 
danger of extinction from deficiency of food, and there would 
thus be no surplus nourishment available for the production 
of pigments. 

Several biological friends with whom I have discussed this 
question, while agreeing that the majority of specific characters 
are useful, have suggested that useless characters may have been 
produced in some such manner as the following. If some useless 
character appears aS a variation in some individuals of excep- 
tional vigour, it may increase by interbreeding, and its repeated 
production being perhaps favoured by some local conditions, it 
may come to form a marked local variety. Now, if the conditions 
become unfavourable to the species in the area occupied by the 
type, this may in course of time become extinct, and the variety 
distinguished by the altogether useless character will remain as 
the only representative of the species. It may be admitted that 
such a mode of origin of a non-utilitarian specific character is 
conceivable, but whether it ever actually occurs in nature may 
be doubted; while if it does occur, it must be owing to so rare a 
combination of circumstances that it can produce no such general 
prevalence of useless specific characters as is claimed by the 
advocates of that theory *. 

In order to ascertain whether the immediate antecedent to 
such a mode of species-formation as is suggested is at all common, 
and thinking that British flowering plants offer the best materials 
for its detection, I put the case to two experienced British 


* If, however, the variation is preserved because it occurs in exceptionally 
vigorous individuals, it is correlated with a character which is useful. 


THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 495 


botanists as follows :—Are there any examples within your know- 
ledge of well-marked varieties (not mere individual states due to 
local conditions) which occupy a considerable area to the ex- 
clusion of the parent species, and which do not occupy auy area, 
or only a very small one, withthe type? Each of them suggested 
several species which seemed to answer to the conditions, but 
on further consideration it appeared that they did not do so, and 
we were finally reduced toa single case, that of one of the species 
of Rubus, a genus which most botanists will regard as a very 
unsafe one to draw any conclusionsfrom. Rubus radula, Weihe, 
is said to be abundant in the Midland parts of England, but in 
the Southern and South-western counties to be replaced by the 
variety anglicanus of W. M. Rogers, the type never having been 
found in the area occupied by this variety. If this is the case, 
and the two forms, said to be easily recognizable, really occupy 
distinct areas and nowhere overlap, or very slightly so, then we 
have the condition precedent to the formation of a species by the 
extinction of the type, thus leaving the variety to represent the 
species. Of course in this case we do not know that the characters 
which distinguish the variety are useless; but if they are so, 
and if the variety should possess some superior vigour of con- 
stitution or other useful peculiarity which enables it to survive 
when the type dies out, we should have an illustration of one mode 
in which useless specific characters may possibly have arisen. 

The enquiry is interesting, however, because it brings to light 
the rather unexpected fact, that fixed varieties of plants oceupy- 
ing considerable areas to the exclusion of the type are not 
common, and, perhaps, in our island do not exist. And should 
they be found to occur more frequently in other countries—as 
varieties of birds, mammals, and reptiles do occur in separate 
areas in North America—they may be usually explained as 
adaptations to very different climatic conditions, in which case 
the distinguishing characters will be utilitarian, and the local 
varieties will be really incipient species. 


The preceding enquiry leads us to certain very definite con- 
clusions. In the first place, we see that species, which have been 
differentiated as such by the laws of variation and survival of 
the fittest, must be characterized by certain peculiarities whereby 
they have obtained an advantage in the struggle with their 
fellows. These peculiarities constitute their “ specific characters,” 


496 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 


and these must be useful. As this applies also to every species 
in the direct line of descent, the characters which are sectional or 
generic must also, at the time of their origin, have been useful. 

In the second place, although non-utilitarian characters do 
undoubtedly appear in the normal course of variation, no agency 
has yet been detected adequate to the extension of these useless 
peculiarities to all the individuals which constitute a species, 
and, further, to prevent their extension to any of the varieties 
which are destined to become new species. Unless the power in 
question can have this twofold effect it cannot lead, except by 
accident, to the production of useless specific characters. . 

Under conceivable conditions, however, it is possible that certain 
useless characteristics may become limited to the individuals of a 
single species. But what we know of the modes of variation 
and the distribution of varieties indicates that, if at any time so 
produced, they must be altogether exceptional and of the nature 
of chance products; and that they cannot possibly constitute 
such a general characteristic of species as has been suggested. 

Our final conclusion is that, whether we can discover their 
use or no, there is an overwhelming probability in favour of the 
statement that every truly specific character is or has been 
useful, or, if not itself useful, is strictly correlated with such a 
character. 


On the Fistulose Polymorphine, and on the Genus Ramulina. 
By T. Rurrerr Jones, F.R.S., and F. Coapman, A.LS., 


F.R.M.S. 
[Read 16th January, 1896.] 


Parr I. 
The Fistulose Polymorphine. 


Iv having been suggested that the several specimens referred to 
the genus Ramulina, Rupert Jones, may possibly belong to 
fistulose Polymorphme,* this memoir has been undertaken to 
show what evidence there is for or against the suggestion. 

With this object in view, it is necessary for us to define the 
special Polymorphine which bear extraneous growths of fistulose 
form. Therefore, in the first place, we propose to take a survey 
of the known fistulose, tubulose, and racemose Polymorphine. 


* FW. B. Barxwitt and F. W. Mituzrt.—“ The Foraminifera of Galway. 
Journ. Microsc. Nat. Sci., vol. iii. 1884, p. 33. 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHINE, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 497 


These admit of being grouped as follow :— 


I. Apical.—Those which have the exogenous shell-growth 
confined to the apical or oral extremity of the shell 
(apical): and of this kind there are five recognizable 
varieties, namely,— 

1. Single crest. A simple comb or crest with marginal 


tubes. 

2. Circular and flat. A flat circular top with marginal 
tubes. 

3. Fadiate cushion. Tubes radiating from a cushion-like 
mass. 

4. Radiate cluster. Radiate or subradiate cluster of tubes. 


5. facemose. An irregular fistulose mass. 


II. Subapical.—Those in which the fistulose outgrowths are 
confined to the region just below the apertural apex. 

III. On the general surface.—Those which have either tubes 
or irregular fistulose patches scattered on the general 
surface. 

* IV. Marginal.—Those in which the extra shell-matter ig 
arranged as a thin outstanding flange or wing on the 
margin.—Most of these last were perhaps parasitic, 
attached to some object. 

V. Mixed.—There are many specimens which combine more 
or less of the foregoing kinds of outgrowths,—thus 
apical, subapical, on the general surface, and on the sides 
or the margin; and therefore they cannot stand as 
specially separate varieties. 


I, 1-5.—The first four groups of the apical growths seem to 
keep tolerably separate from the others in being confined to the 
apical region, and do not occur in the mixed forms; but the 
racemose style of outgrowth is variously modified in the general- 


surface, marginal, and mixed groups. 


Il. Subapical growths.—The examples of the subapical or 
cervical arrangement of tubules or fistula are not common as a 
distinct group. They consist in one case (39*) of coarse tubes 


* These numbers refer to the detailed catalogue at pp. 508-516. 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 41 


498 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 


* (broken) far apart and irregular. In another (40) two circles 
of small holes and one broken tube remain in evidence. 

Amongst examples in which the style of outgrowth is mixed, 
one (62) has a single circle of subapical holes (equivalent to lost 
tubules), but these are associated with scattered and exogenous 
patches, and sinuous rows of holes disposed over the general 
surface. The bases of some strong cervical tubes exist in 
another (60), together with an apical growth. These specimens 
indicate the existence of the subapical kind of growth; but show 
also that it becomes mixed with other conditions. 


III. Fistulose growths on the general surface; variable in 
extent.—The outgrowth in some examples (42) is very redundant 
and somewhat obscures the form of the initial Polymorphine 
series. ‘The specimen 43 is a good example of iubular fistulose 
outgrowths disposed over the general surface and with some 
apical tubes more limited in extent. In another form (46) the 
outgrowths have a tendency to become lateral and are more 
or less flattened. Short thick tubules, not at all confluent at 
their bases, scattered over all the surface, in 47, characterize 
apparently a distinct variety. 


IV. Marginal outgrowths.—The simplest example of marginal 
growth is 48, showing a double series of perforations along one 
edge and the base of the shell, whence doubtlessly outgrowth 
had, as it were, taken root, the sarcode having been extruded 
through the shell to form calcified processes. The exact con- 
dition of this fistulose growth is indeterminable. 

A good marginal growth, chiefly at the oral end, on one side, 
-and at the base, in 49, has a somewhat racemose edge; and 58 
has a more continuous and more racemose marginal expansion. 
Still more freely branching is the marginal investment of 58. 

A simple marginal wing, nearly flat or merely undulose, 
belongs to the attached form, Polymorphina concava, Williamson, 
54. <A similar form is 56, but the flange shows indications of 
the septation of the shell being continued in it; and the edge 
in this instance is more or less dentate. 

In the coarsely tubulated marginal outgrowth of 57 (unfortu- 
nately broken), we have a somewhat different condition of this 
kind of growth, less confluent than in others. 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN#, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 499 


In 5 the marginal growth, being only at the oral end of the 
shell, presents, though it is strongly dentate, an analogy to the 
cerest-like apical growth (“‘ damecornis’’) of 4, and is here 
grouped with it. 


V. Mixed growths.—A flatly racemose marginal outgrowth is 
associated with the apical in 67; also with the apical (broken) 
in 68; and with both apical and subapical growths in 69: 
therefore it cannot be regarded as a peculiar or special con- 
dition. 

So also the mixed conditions of apical with subapical, or with 
scattered patches and tubules, cannot be set apart; for the 
racemose-apical falls in with some of the other modifications, as 
61, 62, 68, 66—see the list of forms. 

The frequent occurrence of apical extrusions, and the proba- 
bility of the marginal and other superficial exogenous growths 
having started from the aperture of the apex and stretched 
downwards (backwards), shows at least that only adult 
individuals produced them ; and probably the perforations left 
after excrescences have been removed were due to absorption of 
the intervening shell-wall (as suggested by T. Alcock), so as to 
allow of direct communication of the inner and outer sarcode *. 

We cannot entertain the notion formerly advanced by 
M. O. Terquem, that any of these outer growths may be due to 
parasitical Polyzoa allied to Cellepora +; for we regard them as 
a permanent calcareous tubing of the chief pseudopodia. 


In none of the foregoing Fistulose Polymorphine do we find 
tubes and tubules exactly corresponding with the tubular struc- 
tures that have been referred to Ramulina. 

A Polymorphine form figured by Beissel, and much like our 
“ diffusa,’ shows a peculiar structure, such as we find in Ramu- 
linat. Hence we think it best to take this internal structure, 


* T. Atcock.—“On Polymorphina tubulosa.” Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc. Man- 
chester, vol. vi. 1867, pp. 85-90. 

t O. Terquem.—‘ Les Foraminiféres du Pliocéne supérieur de l’Isle de 
Rhodes.” Mém. Soc. Géol. France, sér. 3, vol. i. 1878, no. 3, pp. 1-183. 

{ T. Burssen and EH. Houzarren.— Die Foraminiferen der Aachener 
Kreide.” Abhandl. Konig]. Preuss. geol. Landesanstalt, neue Folge, Heft 3, 
1891, p. 59, pl. xii. figs. 9-16. 

41* 


500 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 


instead of the outer aspect, as a guide in determining the 
systematic relationship of this form. 

The aulostomate or exogenous growth in the Foraminifera is 
not confined to the genus Polymorphina, as will be seen on 
referring to the figures of the interesting examples of Cristellaria 
crepidula and C. calcar [var.], given by Dr. Goés in his work 
on the Foraminifera of the Caribbean Sea*. Here we see the 
terminal growth and stag-horn condition of the aperture well 
marked; the last chamber having given off tubular sheaths for 
a few large pseudopodia. 


The following is, so far as we are aware, a complete list of 
the known forms of fistulose Polymorphine. They are grouped 
according to their mutual relationships, with reference to their 
zoological type-forms, and accompanied with concise notes on 
the characters of the outgrowths. Thus adding to our know- 
ledge of the genus, this (first) part of our paper may be regarded 
as supplemental to the Monograph of Polymorphina by Messrs. 
Brady, Parker, and Jones, in the Transactions of the Linnean 
Society, vol. xxvii. 1870 +. 


* A. Gots—‘“On the Reticularian Rhizopoda of the Caribbean Sea.” 
Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, vol. xix. 1882, no. 4, pp. 43 and 
49, pl. iii. figs. 40, 52. 

+ The history and affinities of this genus are fully treated of in the Mono- 
graph referred to; but the critical examination of the Foraminifera depicted 
in Ehrenberg’s ‘ Mikrogeologie’ not having been completed when that Mono- 
graph was published in 1870, several inaccuracies were introduced; and 
certain errors should be corrected according to Parker and Jones's critical 
determinations given in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ ser. 4, 
vol. ix. 1872, pp. 211-230, 280-303 ; vol. x. 1872, pp. 184-200, 253-271, 453- 
457. 

Thus at page 213 delete Strophoconus ovum, spicula, and [ Grammostomum| 
laxus; at p. 219, Strophcconus stiliger and acanthopus; at p. 220, Grammo- 
stomum turio; at p. 223, Strophoconus Hemprichii; at p. 224, Spheroidina 
Parisiensis; at p. 227, the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 8th to the 16th, and the 
19th of Hhrenberg’s species; and add Loxostomum vorax, pl. xxviii. fig. 24; 
at p. 232 delete Polymorphina asparagus and turio, Sagrina longirostris, and 
Vaginulina obscura; at p. 233, Vaginulina paradora; at p. 234, Polymor- 
phina nucleus; at p. 288, Grammostomum costulatum; at p. 242 add, under 
Globulina tuberculata, Proroporus verrucosus, pl. xxix. fig. 19. 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN®, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 501 


CLASSIFICATION OF THE FistuLOSE PoLYMORPHIN®. 


SERIES I.—APICAL OUTGROWTHS. 
Figs. 1-23. 


Group No. 1.—Apicau Orzsts. 


[N.B.—Surface of outgrowth is smooth unless otherwise stated. | 


Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detailed 
names *. ist, pp. 508-516, 
of test. 


( a. Simple crest over apical (oral) pia 1, 2, and 3. 


[Those marked thus 2 are figured here. | 


1. Var. damecornis, | b. Crest or comb on the apex, with 
Reuss. Figs. 1-3. marginal tubules (unequal); and | 4 and 5. 
with inferior flange-like series 
| iN one instance. 


¢e. An irregular crest, terminating in 
{somewhat lengthened tubules. } 


Var. DAMECORNIS, Reuss. 


Fig. 1. Polymorphina gibba (V’Orb.). [Globulina transversa, Terquem, 1882.] 
» 2. P. trigonula (Reuss). [Polymorphina (Guttulina) damecornis, Reuss, 
1845.] 
» 3. P. regina, Brady, Parker, and Jones. [Polymorphina regina, fistulose 
form, Wright, 1886. ] 


Group No. 2.—Apicat Crowns. 


2. Var. coronula, is Flat circular top, with marginal 


7 and 8. 
nov. Figs. 4, 5. tubules, horizontal and equal. } “a 


Var. CORONULA, nov. 


Fig. 4. P. gibba, VOrb. [Polymorphina damecornis, Wright, 1875.] 
5. P. gibba, dOrb. Chapman Coll. 


* For the application of these varietal names, see further on, p, 516. 


502 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 


Group No. 3. 
APICAL CUSHIONED OUTGROWTHS. 
Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detatled 
names. 


list, pp. 508-516. 

(a. Amore or legs distinctly cushioned 9,10, 11, 12, and 
and sessile mass, giving off radial + 0 
tubules. ; 

. Var. acuplacenta, } 


noe Big 69 p {2 Similar, with thetestand a up, 


prickly. 


ce. Similar, with the surface of only 15 
| the outgrowth prickly. } ; 


Var. ACUPLACENTA, NOV. 


Figs. 6a, b,c. P. gibba, d’Orb. a and 3, lateral aspects; ¢, oral aspect. 
[ Globulina gibba, Terquem, 1878. ] 
» Ta, 6. P. gibba,dVOrb. a, lateral EERE 5 6, oral aspect. [Guttulina 
gravida, Terquem, 1878.] 
» 8a, b. Ps gutta, d’Orb. 4, lateral aspect ; 6, oral aspect. 
Roemeri, Reuss (P. diluta, Bornemann), 1870.] 
» 9. P. communis, d’Orb. [Polymorphina lactea (fistulose form), Brady, 


[ Polymorphina 


1884. ] 
Group No. 4. 
Apican CiustEeR or TuBES. 
16, 17, 18, 79, 
a. Low radiate cluster of tubules. 20, 21, 22, and 
4. Var. horrida, 2. 


Reuss. Figs, 10-{ 0. Irregular subradiate cluster of | 24. 
16. tubules. 


| ¢. Similar, with surfaces of test and 


25 and 26, 
\ outgrowth prickly. } i, 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN®”, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 503 


Var. HORRIDA, Reuss. 


Fig. 10. P. gutta, WOrbigny. [Globulina horrida, Reuss, 1845.] 

11, 12. P. fusiformis, Roemer. Fig. 12=fistulose extremity more highly 
magnified. [Polymorphina lanceolata, Reuss, 1870. | 

13. P. fusiformis, Roemer. [Polymorphina prisca, Berthelin, 1880.] 

14. P. fusiformis, Roemer. [Polymorphina horrida, Wright, 1875.] 

15. P. fusiformis, Roemer. (A hirsute subvariety.) [Polymorphina 
fusiformis, fistulose var., Chapman, 1896.] 

16. P. hirsuta, d’Orbigny. [Globulina horrida, Reuss, 1850.] 


Lay 


Group No. 5.—Aprican RAcEmus. 


Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detailed 
ist, pp. 508-516. 


a. Group of separate tubules goes | ov. 
branching (broken) around apex 


name. 


6. Branching (racemose) group, eee 28. 29. 30. $1 
not cushioned. NEAL) 


tubules,—low racemose. 


d. Low racemose tubules, smooth, but \ 33 
with prickly initial series. : 
Regularly racemose outgrowth, ea 3h 
initial test finely striate. ; 


Bog van,  ace- a Rough mass with short irregular } 32 
\ Fistulee scattered over apical region ... 398. 


504: MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 


Var. RACEMOSA, Noy. 


Fig. 17. P. gibba, d’Orbigny. [Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and 
Brady, 1866.] 

18. P. gibba, @Orbigny. [Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and 
Brady, 1866. ] 

19 a,6. Near P. lactea (Walker and Jacob). a, lateral aspect; 0, oral 
aspect. [Globulina oviformis, Searles Wood, MS., about 1846. ] 

20. P. lactea (Walker and Jacob). [Polymorphina prelonga, Terquem, 
1878. ] 

21 a,b. P. hirsuta, Reuss. a, lateral aspect; 6, oral aspect. [Poly- 
morphina hirsuta, Reuss, 1870.} 

22. P. virgata (Searles Wood, MS.) [Globulina virgata, Searles Wood, 
MS., about 1846.] 

23. P. fusiformis, Roemer. 


” 


9 


tb) 


39 


Fragments or AprcAL OuTGROWTHS. 


Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detailed 

list, pp. 508-516. 
a*, Fragment of smooth bifid tubule, } 36 
branching at the ends. ; 


bie Fragment of smooth bifid tubule ...... 37. 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN#A, AND GENUS BAMULINA. 505 


SERIES II. 


Group No. 6.—Susarican OuTGROwTHS. 
Figs. 24, 25. 
Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths, 


Nos. in detailed 
Names. 


list, pp. 508-516. 


Warrciculanis. (a. ‘Cubules'apart) <...-+sccrssceecasesseneeecces 38 and 39, 
noy. Figs, 24, 
25. 6. Tubules in two circles 40. 


Var. CIRCULARIS, nov. 


Fig. 24,6. Near P. gibba, d’Orbigny. With wrinked surface.  [‘‘ Testa 
incertz sedis,” Terquem, 1878.] a, lateral aspect ; 0, oral aspect. 
», 25. P. problema, d’Orbigny. [Guttulina racemosa, Terquem, 1878.] 


SERIES III. 
Group No. 7.—OvrtcGrowtTHs on THE GENERAL SURFACE. 
Figs. 26-29. 
(a. Irregular tubules, lumpy and short. 41 and 42. 


hoe Gates, i Short irregular tubules, of various \ 43. 


: sizes, some broken. 
nov. Figs. 


26-29. @,, Meester | oehte Ge aegeeeBec ar puupseeeeneseee 44, 45, and 46. 


d. Short fistule, regularly scattered ...... + 47. 


Var. DIFFUSA, nov. 


Fig. 26. P. gibba, d’Orbigny. 
Brady, 1866.] 
», 27. P. rotundata (Bornemann). [Globulina oviformis, Terquem, 1878.] 


», 28. P. lactea (Walker and Jacob). [Polymorphina solidula, Terquem, 
1878.] 


» 29. P. gutta, dOrbigny. 
1896. ] 


[Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and 


[Polymorphina gutta, fistulose var., Chapman, 


506 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 5 


SERIES Iv. ; 
Group No. 8.—Mareinat Ourcrowrus. ; 
Figs. 30-37. 7 
Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detailed 
name. list, pp. 508-516. 
(a Marginal (broken); no apical out- | 48. 
| growth. 


6. Marginal, modified, racemose, chiefly \ 49 
at the oral end. ; 


c. Marginal, chiefly at the aboralend ... 50. 


d. Marginal, lateral, and at the aboral | Fal 


end. 
Var. marginalis, 


nov. Figs. 
30-37, 


e. Marginal, more or less complete ...... 52 and 53. 


m-sep- 
Ania. bos and 55. 


| f. Marginal, attached, plate no 
| g. Marginal, attached, plate septate ...... 56. 
| h 

1 


. Marginal, striate surface to initial test 
and outgrowth smooth (? attached). } 


i. Marginal, racemose edges, aculeate 58 
{  (? attached). | : 


Var. MARGINALIS, nov. 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN#, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 507 


Fi 


_ 


g. 30a, b,c. P. Humboldtii, Bornemann. a, lateral aspect; 6, oral aspect ; 
ce, latero-peripheral aspect. [Polymorphina communis (part), 
Parker and Jones, 1857; P. lactea, var. tubulosa, Parker and Jones, 
1865.] 

, ol. P. gibba, POrbigny. [Polymorphina gibba (fistulose form), Brady, 
1884. ] 

», 32. P. gibba, d’Orbigny. [Polymorphina gibba, Goés, 1894.] 

», 33. P. gibba, dOrbigny. [Polymorphina gibba (fistulose form), Wright, 
1885. | 

» o4. P. lactea (Walker and Jacob). [Polymorphina concava, Williamson, 
1858. ] 

35 a, b. P. lactea (Walker and Jacob). a, lateral aspect of free surface ; 
b, surface formerly attached. [Polymorphina concava, var. denti- 
marginata, Chapman, 1894. | 

» 936. P. regina, Brady, Parker, and Jones. [Polymorphina Orbignii 
(striate-fistulose specimen), Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870. ] 

37. P. compressa, d’Orbigny. [Polymorphina compressa (fistulose form), 
Brady, 1884. ] 


” 


SERIES V. 


Grove No. 9.—Mixxp OutcrowTus. 
Figs. 38-42. 


Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detailed 
name. list, pp. 508-516. 

(a. Examples, figured by Soldani, of | 59 

| apical and marginal outgrowths. : 


6. Apical and sub-apical (broken, pro- | 60 
bably racemose). 


ce. Apical (broken), and limited patch of | ¢1 
sub-apical. } 


| d. Apical, sub-apical, and general surface | 62 
Var. complicata, | (near racemose). 
nov. Figs. 4 


38-42. Zs ieee and sub-apical (broken) ...... 63. 


Apical and sub-apical .................. 64 and 65. 
| f. Apical cluster, and lateral (obscure)... 66, 


| g. Apical and marginal, attached; sur- | 
67. 
face aculeate. 


h, Apical (broken) and marginal (? at- } 68 
tached). : 


z, Apical, sub-apical, and marginal, | 
69. 
tached. 


908 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 


Var. COMPLICATA, nov. 


Fig. 38. P. angusta, Egger. [Polymorphina Orbignii, Brady, Parker, and 


Jones, 1870.] 
39. P. rotundata (Bornemann). [ Globulina oviformis, Terquem, 1878.] 


40. P. gibba, d’Orbigny. [Globulina gibba, Terquem, 1882.] 
4l. P. hirsuta, Reuss. [Polymorphina Orbignii, Brady, Parker, and 


Jones, 1870.] 
42, P. rotundata (Bornemann). [Polymorphina Orbignii, Brady, Parker, 


and Jones, 1870.] 


” 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHINZ. 


Series 1.—ApicaL OuteROWTHS (page 501). 


Group No. 1.—<Apical Crests. Figs. 1-8. 

1. ‘Polymorpha corcula spinosa,’ Soldani, 1791, Testaceograph. 
ac Zoophytograph. vol. i. part 2, p. 114, pl. 110. fig. P. 
Zoological type : Polymorphina communis, d’Orb. Recent ; 
Mediterranean. 

2. Globulina transversa, Terquem, 1882, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 
sér. 8, vol. ii. Mém. 8, p. 129, pl. xiii. fig. 17. Zool. type: 
Polymorphina gibba, @Orb. Eocene; Paris Basin.—Fig. 1. 

3. Guttulina problema, Terquem, 1882, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 
sér. 8, vol. ii. Mém. 3, p. 184, pl. xii. fig. 44. Zool. type: 
P. problema, d’Orb. Eocene; Paris Basin. 

4. Polymorphina (Guttulina) damecornis, Reuss, 1845, Verstein. 

bohm. Kreidef. pt.i. p. 40, pl. xii. fig. 85. Zool. type: 
P. trigonula (Reuss). Planer-Mergel; Bohemia.—Fig. 2. 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHINA, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 509 


5. Polymorphina regina, var. fistulose form, Wright, 1886, 
Proceed. Belfast Nat. F. Club, Appendix IX, p. 331, pl. xxvii. 
fig. 13. Zool. type: P. regina, Brady, Parker, and Jones. 
Chalk; Keady Hill, North Ireland.—Fig. 3. 

6. Polymorphina compressa, Goés, 1894, Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Hand- 
lingar, vol. xxv. no. 9, p. 58, pl. x. fig. 549. Zool. type: 
P. compressa, d’Orb. Recent; Coast of Norway. 


Group No. 2.—Apical Crowns. Figs. 4 and 5. 


7. Polymorphina damecornis, Wright, 1875, Rep. and Proce. Belf. 
Nat. F. Club, vol. for 1873-74, Appendix III, p. 88, pl. iii. 
figs. 16 a,b. Zool. type: P. gibba, d’Orb. Chalk; North- 
Hast Ireland.—Fig. 4. 

8. Chapman Collection. Zool. type: Polymorphine gibba, d’Orb. 
Gault; Folkestone. Outgrowth consisting of numerous 
tube-like extensions, breaking out peripherically from a 
flattened apical crown.—Fig. 5. 


Group No. 3.—Apical cushioned Outgrowths. Figs. 6-9. 


9. ‘ Polymorpha subovalia,’ Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia, vol. i. 
pt. 2, p. 114, pl. 114. figs. p, z. Zool. type; P. communis, 
dOrb. Recent; Mediterranean. 

10. Globulina tubulosa, d’Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, 
p. 228, pl. xii. fig. 16. Zool. type: P. gibba, d’Orb. Miocene 
Tertiary ; Vienna. 

11. Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, 
Monogr. Crag Foram. (Pal. Soe.), pl. i. fig. 71. [Also a 
reproduction by Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870, in Trans. 
Linn. Soc. vol. xxvu. pl. xlil. fig. 889.] Zool. type: P. 
gibba, @Orb. Pliocene ; Suffolk. 

12. Globulina gibba, Terquem, 1878, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 
sér. 3, vol. i. no. 3, p. 43, pl. iv. (ix.) figs. 2 and 3a, b. 
Also Guttulina gravida, Terquem, 1878, ibid. p. 47, pl. iv. 
(ix.) figs. 30a, 6. Zool. type: P. gibba, VOrb. Pliocene; 
Island of Rhodes.—Figs. 64, 6,¢ (“gibba”); figs. 7 a, 
b (“ gravida”’). 

13. Polymorphina Roemeri, Reuss (P. diluta, Born.), 1870, 
Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixii. p.485 ; Schlicht, 1870, 
Foram. Pietzpuhl, pl. xxxiv.. figs. 4-12. Zool. type: P. 
gutta, Orb. Oligocene; Pietzpuhl, North Germany.—Fig.8. 


510 
14. 


15. 


16. 


17. 


18. 


19. 


20. 


21. 


2 


23. 


24. 


MESSRS. T. R. JONHS AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 


Polymorphina lactea (fistulose form), Brady, 1884, Chall. 
Rep. vol. ix. p. 560, pl. Ixxii. fig. 14. Zool. type: P. com- 
munis, @Orb. Recent.—Fig. 9. 

Polymorphina sororia (fistulose form), Brady, 1884, ibid. 
p- 562, pl. Ixxiii. fig. 15. Zool. type: P. sororia, Reuss. 
Recent. 


Group No. 4.—Apical Cluster of Tubules. Figs. 10-16. 


‘Polymorpha subovalia,’ Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia, vol. i. 
pt. 2, p. 114, pl. 115. fig. 0. Zool. type: P. communis, 
@’Orb. Recent; Mediterranean. 

Globulina horrida, Reuss, 1845, Verstein. bohm. Kreideform. 
pt. ii. p. 110, pl. xliti. fig. 14. Zool. type: P. gutta, d’Orb. 
Pliner-Mergel; Bohemia.—Fig. 10. 

Polymorphina horrida, Burrows, Sherborn, and Bailey, 1890, 
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soe. p. 561, pl. xi. fig. 14. Zool. type: 
P. fusiformis, Romer. Red Chalk; Speeton, Yorkshire. 
Polymorphina lanceolata, Reuss, 1870, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss. 
Wien, vol. lxii. p. 487, no. 12; Schlicht, 1870, Foram. 
Septarienthones von Pietzpuhl, pl. xxxi. figs. 25-28. Also 
Polymorphina gracilis, Reuss, 1870, 1. ¢. p. 486, no. 7; 
Schlicht, 1870, J. ¢. pl. xxxi. figs. 36, 87. Zool. type: P. 
fusiformis, Romer. Oligocene ; Pietzpuhl, North Germany. 
—Figs. 11 & 12. 

Polymorphina Roemert, Reuss, 1870, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss. 
Wien, vol. lxii. p. 485; Schlicht, 1870, Foram. Pietzpuhl, 
pl. xxxiv. fig. 14. Zool. type: P. gutta, d’Orb. Oligocene ; 
Pietzpubl. 

Polymorphina prisca, Berthelin, 1880, Mém. Soc. Geéol. 
France, sér. 8, vol. i. Mém. no. 5, p. 57, pl. iv. (xxvii.) 
fig. 21. Zool. type: P. fusiformis, Romer. Gault ; 
Monteley (Doubs), France.—Fig. 13. 

Globulina tubulosa, d Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, 
p- 228, pl. xi. fig, 15. Zool. type: P. gibba, d’Orb. 
Miocene ; Vienna. 

Aulostomella pediculus, Alth, 1850, Haidinger Naturw. 
Abhandl. iii. p. 204, pl. xi. fig. 17. Zool. type: P. sororia, 
Reuss. Cretaceous; Lemberg, East Galicia, Austria. 
Polymorphina horrida, Wright, 1875, Rep. and Proc. Belfast 
Nat. F. Club, vol. for 1873-74, Appendix ITI, p. 85, pl. m1. 


25. 


26. 


27. 


28. 


29. 


30. 


dl. 


32. 


38. 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN#, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 511 


fie. 14. Zool. type; P. fusiformis, Rimer. Chalk; North- 
East Ireland.—Fig. 14. 

Chapman Collection. Zool. type: P. fusiformis, Romer. 
Gault; Folkestone.—The Polymorphine series of chambers 
agrees in form with P. prisca (Reuss), but the surface is 
rather thickly covered with fine prickles. Outgrowth apical, 
consisting of six or more limited tubes, which turn slightly 
outwards and downwards in a radial manner. The surface 
of the fistulose portion is also aculeate.—Fig. 15. 

Globulina horrida, Reuss, 1850, Haid. Abhandl. iv. p. 438, 
pl. iv. fig. 8. Zool. type: P. hirsuta, Reuss. Chalk-marl ; 
Lemberg.—Fig. 16. 


Group No. 5.—Apical and Racemose. Figs. 17-23. 


‘Polymorpha corcula spinosa,’ Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia, 
vol. i. pt. 2, p. 114, pl. 110. fig. 7. Zool. type: P. gibba, 
d’Orb. (?). Recent; Mediterranean. 

Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, 
Monogr. Crag Foram. (Pal. Soc.), pl. i. figs. 74, 75. [Re- 
production of fig. 74 as P. Orbignii, by Brady, Parker, and 
Jones, 1870, in Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. pl. xlii. fig. 38 ¢.] 
Zool. type: P. gibba, @ Orb. Pliocene ; Suffolk.—Fig. 17. 
Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, 
Monogr. Crag Foram. (Pal. Soc.), pl. 1. fig. 72. Zool. type: 
P. gibba, VOrb. Pliocene; Suffolk.—Fig. 18. 
Polymorphina damecornis, Wright, 1875, Rep. and Proe. 
Belfast Nat. F. Club, vol. for 1873-74, Appendix ITI, p. 85, 
pl. iu. fig. 17. Zool.type: P. gibba,d’Orb. Chalk; North- 
Kast Ireland. 

Globulina oviformis, Searles Wood, MS., about 1846. Zool. 
type: Near P. lactea (W. & J.). Pliocene; Suffolk. 
Apical outgrowth racemose, sessile, and regularly branched. 
—Figs. 19a, b. 

Polymorphina prelonga, Terquem, 1878, Mém. Soc. Géol. 
France, sér. 3, vol. i. no. 3, p. 39, pl. iii. (viii.) fig. 21. P. 
amygdaloides, idem, ibid. p. 39, pl. iii. (viil.) fig. 28. Zool. 
type: P. lactea(W.&J.). Island of Rhodes.—Fig. 20. 
Polymorphina hirsuta, Reuss, 1870, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss. 
Wien, vol. Ixu. p. 486; Schlicht, 1870, Foram. Septarien- 
thones von Pietzpuhl, p. 88, pl. xxxiv. figs. 1-3. Zool. type: 


y 


512 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 


P. hirsuta, Reuss [non B., P., & J.J. Oligocene ; Pietzpuhl, 
N. Germany.—Figs. 21a, 6. 

34. Globulina virgata, Searles Wood, MS. (about 1846). Zool. 
type: P. virgata (Searles Wood, MS.). Plocene; Suffolk. — 
The initial test differs from the costate form, P. regina, 
B., P., & J., in having a finely striate surface. The apical 
outgrowth is very regularly racemose, 7. e. the branches are of 
nearly equal extent.—Fig. 22. 

35. Chapman Collection, I. Zool. type: P. fusiformis, Romer. 
(An acerate subvariety.) Gault; Folkestone—A Poly- 
morphine series of chambers twisted in its growth, and 
bearing round the apical (oral) end numerous limited and 
irregular thorn-like outgrowths. The whole surface of the 
test is covered with fine prickles.—Fig. 23. 


Fragments of Apical Outgrowths. 

36. Polymorphina communis (part), Parker and Jones, 1857, 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xix. p. 283, pl. xi. fig. 34; 
and P. lactea var. tubulosa, Parker and Jones, 1865, Phil. 
Trans. vol. 155, p. 362, pl. xii. fig. 52d. Zool. type: P. 
lactea (W. & J.). Recent; Norwegian coast. 

37. *Tubuli leves, lucido-candidi, ramulosi,’ etc., Soldani, 1780, 
Sageio Orittografico, p. 112, pl. ix. fig. 56¢. Zool. type: ? 
Recent ; Mediterranean. 


Serres I].—Susaricat Ourerowrus (page 505). 


Group No. 6.—Tubules apart or in circles. Figs. 24 & 25. 


38. ‘Polymorpha oviformia, pyriformia, oliviformia,’ ete., Soldani, 
1791, Testaceographia, vol. i. pt. 2, p. 116, pl. 121. figs. 2, 
kk, mm, nn, 00, and pp. Zool. type: P. gibba, dOrb. 
Recent; Mediterranean. 

39, ‘Teste incerte sedis,’ Terquem, 1878, Mem. Soc. Géol. France, 
gér. 3, vol. i. no. 8, p. 47, pl. iv. (ix.) figs. 41a, 6. Zool. 
type: Near P. gibba, d’Orb., but having the surface wrinkled. 
Pliocene ; Island of Rhodes.—Figs. 24a, b. 

40. Guttulina racemosa, Terquem, 1878, ibid. p. 46, pl. iv. ix.) 
fig. 24. Zool. type: P. problema, dOrb. Pliocene; Island 
of Rhodes.—Fig. 25. 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHINA, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 513 


Series III. OurgrowtuHs ON THE GENERAL SURFACE (page 505) 


Group No. 7.—Regular or irregular. Figs. 26-29. 


41. ‘ Polymorpha subovalia,’ etc., Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia, 
vol. i. pt. 2, p. 114, pl. 115. fig. p; pl. 127. figs. ur, m; p.118, 
pl. 128. fig. n; pl. 129. figs. ee, gg, hh. Zool. type: P. com- 
munis, @ Orb. Recent; Mediterranean. 

42. Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, 
Monoer. Crag Foram. (Pal. Soc.), pl. i. fig. 73. Zool. type: 
P. gibba,d’Orb. Pliocene; Suaffolk.—Fig. 26. 

43. Globulina oviformis, Terquem, 1878, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 
sér. 3, vol. 1. no. 3, p. 44, pl. iv. (ix.) fig. 11. Zool. type: 
P. rotundata(Born.). Pliocene ; Island of Rhodes.—F ig. 27. 

44, ‘ Polymorpha corcula spinosa,’ Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia, 
vol. i. pt. 2, p. 114, pl. 109. figs. H, 1. Zool. typ.: P. lactea 
(W.&J.). Recent; Mediterranean. 

45. Raphanulina Humboldtii, Zhorzewski, 1834, Nouv. Mém. 
Soe. Imp. Nat. Moscou, vol. i. p. 311, pl. xxviii. fig. la. 
Zool. type: P. communis, VOrb. Tertiary; S.W. Russia 

46. Polymorphina solidula, Terquem, 1878, Mém. Soc. Geéol. 
Franee, sér. 3, vol. i. no. 3, p. 40, pl. ui. (vill.) fig. 33. 
Zool. type: P. lactea (W. & J.). Pliocene; Island of 
Rhodes.— Fig. 28. 

47. Chapman Collection, K. Zool. type: P. gutta, d’Orb. 
Gault; Folkestone. Several short, rounded tubercles 
disposed over the general surface.—Fig. 29. 


Series TV. Mareinat on PERIPHERAL OuTGROWTHS (page 508). 


Group No. 8.—Regular or irregular ; shell free or attached. 
Figs. 30-37. 

48. Polymorphina communis, in part, Parker and Jones, 1857, 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xix. p. 283, pl. x. figs. 25— 
27; andas P. lactea, var. tubulosa, Parker and Jones, 1865, 
Phil. Trans. vol. 155, p. 362, pl. xii. figs. 52 a-c. Zool. 
type: P. Humboldtii, Bornemann. Recent; coast of Fin- 
mark.— Figs. 30a, 8, e. 

49. Polymorphina gibba (fistulose form), Brady, 1884, Chall. 
Reports, vol. ix. p. 562, pl. Ixin. fig. 16. Zool. type: 
P. gibba, Orb. Recent.—Fig. 381. 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. 42 


514 
50. 


52. 


53. 


54. 


55. 


56. 


57. 


58. 


MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 


Polymorphina gibba, Goés, 1894, Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 
vol. xxv. no. 9, p. 55, pl. ix. fig. 522. Zool. type: P. gibba, 
d’Orb. Recent; Coast of Norway.—Fig. 32. 


- Misilus aquatifer, Montfort, 1808, Conch. Syst. vol. i. p. 294, 


74° genre. See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. vi. 1860, 
p- 845. Zool. type: P. lactea(W. & J.). Recent; Medi- 
terranean. 

‘ Polymorpha corcula spinosa,’ etc., Soldani, 1791, Testaceo- 
graphia, vol. i. part 2, p. 114, pl. 109. figs. a, m, 3; pl. 110. 
figs. n,8; pl. 111. figs. x, aa, ce,dd. Zool. type: P.gibba, 
d’Orb. Recent; Mediterranean. 

Polymorphina gibba (fistulose form), Wright, 1886, Proceed. 
Belfast. Nat. F. Club, 1884-85, Appendix, 1886, p. 324, 
pl. xxvi. fig. 11. Zool. type: P. gibba, d@Orb. Recent; 
Belfast Lough.—Fig. 33. 

Polymorphina concava, Williamson, 1858, Recent. Foram. 
Gt. Britain, p.72, pl. vi. figs. 151, 152; refigured by Brady, 
Parker, & Jones, 1870, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p. 236, 
pl. xl. figs. 32, a,b. Zool. type: P. lactea(W.& J.). Recent; 
British coast.—Fig. 34. 

Polymorphina concava, R. Jones, Monogr. Crag Foram. 
Part II. 1895, pl. v. fig. 22 (Millett’s Collection). Zool. 
type: PB. lactea(W.& J.). Pliocene; Suffolk. 
Polymorphina concava, var. dentimarginata, Chapman, 1894, 
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. 1. p. 717, pl. xxxiv. figs. 14 a, b. 
Zool. type: BP. lactea (W. & J.). Lower Greensand ; 
Surrey.—Outgrowth a shelly capsule surrounding the initial 
test, lengthened and acuminate at the oral and aboral extre- 
mities, the edge finely acerate. The whole of the capsule is 
septate, divided into about five chambers. The surface of 
attachment, together with the initial test, is perfectly flat 
and smooth.—Figs. 35 a, 6. 

Polymorphina Orbigniit (striate-fistulose specimen), Brady, 
Parker, and Jones, 1870, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p. 244, 
pl. xlu. fig. 88m. Zool. type: P. regina, B., P., & J. Plio- 
cene; Suffolk.—Fig. 36. 

Polymorphina compressa (fistulose form), Brady, 1884, Chall. 
Reports, vol. ix. p. 566, pl. Ixxii. fig. 17. Zool. type: 
P. compressa, VOrb. Recent.—Fig. 37. 


59. 


60. 


61. 


62. 


63. 


64. 


65. 


66. 


67. 


68. 


FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN#, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 515 


Serres V.—Mixep Ovuterowrus (page 507). 


Group No. 9.—Apical, Subapical, Marginal, Sc. 
Figs. 38-42. 


‘Polymorpha corcula, spinosa,’ etc., Soldani, 1791, Testaceo- 
graphia, vol. 1. part 2, p. 114, pl. 109. fig. x; p.114, pl. 110. 
ES ONO; Ey Vis pe LI4) pl. Til. fiess ve zubaee eta. 
pl. 121. figs. hh, 71. Zool. type: P. gibba, dOrb., etc. 
Recent ; Mediterranean. 
Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, 
Monogr. Crag Foram. (Pal. Soc.), pl. i. fig. 70. [See also 
reproduction=P. Orbignii, Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1870, 
Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p. 244, pl. xii. fig. 887] Zool. 
type: P. gibba, VOrb. Pliocene; Suffolk. 
Polymorphina Orbignii, Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870, 
Trans. Linn. Soc.. vol. xxvii. p. 244, pl. xlii. fig 38 e. Zool. 
type: P. angusta, Egger. Recent.—Fig. 38. 
Globulina oviformis, Terquem, 1878, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 
sér. 3, vol. i. no. 3, p. 44, pl. iv. (ix.) fig. 12. Zool. type: 
P. rotundata (Born.). Pliocene; Island of Rhodes.— 
Fig. 39. 
Aulostomelia dorsigera, Costa, 1856, Atti Acad. Pontaniana, 
vol. vii. fase. 2, p. 281, pl. xviii. figs. 20a, 4,B. Zool. type 
P.sororia, Reuss. Tertiary ; Cannitella, Calabria. 
Apiopterina Orbignii, Zbherzewski, 1834, Nouv. Mém. Soe. 
Imp. Nat. Moscou, vol. iit. p. 311, pl. 28. fig. 26. Zool. 
type: P. lactea(W.& J.). Tertiary ; South-West Russia. 
Globulina gibba, Terquem, 1882, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 
sér. 3, vol. iii. Mém. 3, p. 130, pl. xiii. fig. 22. Zool. type: 
P. gibba, Orb. Eocene; Septeuil, near Paris.—Fig. 40, 
Polymorphina horrida, Wright, 1875, Rep. & Proc. Belf. 
Nat. F. Club, vol. for 1873-74, Appendix ITI, 1875, p. 85, 
pl. i. fig. 15. Zool. type: P. lactea (W. & J.). Upper 
Cretaceous; North Ireland. 
Polymorphina Orbigniit, Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870, 
Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p. 244, pl. xlii. fig. 387. Zool. 
type: P. hirsuta, Reuss. Recent; English Channel.— 
Fig. 41. 
Polymorphina lactea, var. fistulosa, Williamson, 1858, Rec. 
Foram. Gt. Brit. p. 72, pl. vis fig. 150. Also figured as 
P. Orbignit by Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870, Trans. Linn. 
42* 


516 ON THE FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN®#. 


Soe. vol. xxvil. p. 244, pl. xlii. fig.38d. Zool. type: P. com- 
pressa, @Orb. Recent; Coast of Britain. 

69. Polymorphina Orbignit, Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870, Trans. 
Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p. 244, pl. xlii. fig. 387. Zool. type: 
P. rotundata (Born.). Pliocene; Suffolk.—Fig. 42. 


TasuLaR Synopsis of the Fistulose Polymorphine, showing 
the relative proportion of the several Species to the Groups 
or Varieties described above; and arranged on the basis of the 
foregoing catalogue. 


Varieties......... i. 2, 3. 4, 5, 6. 7. 8. 9. 
Polymorphina 
communis ...) * | v1.0. *% lcs Seceul| erect * 
GUEWE sooadnooo * * xx * HK * * HXX | 3 
POTOUIET OM Np reli Mexia alten a) taceue nal eenereece (eee see * 
trigonula ...) x 
SOROPIG gaacce|| acavge. hr onsbes x tome | Sencnb: |! Gann0s, || codoa9 |] ce2006 * 
UGE otras lel tases I ade sell aerareies 2) || adod0e |] daodon * 
UF SUTAGD io essl\ bars athsciel Weasees eh Bete AC * Saab lsticdeG Ol) Sadéco)"||))ooodce * 
JORGOPHBS x05] oc0n00 |) ccocce || conoo- a6 * 
WORE oss NAa cane tacseice |e eee nen een * 
UKCRED. alc etsal Ma ecoehnl BERENS NL be See Wicicoee SESE | eserves, Ul eevee HH 
(ROGIRIGHTEGS, avell anodes | Gntode. odadsee ir docoess |leannosee Le accanc % || seca * 
NLU TOOOUUCAG HM eee neil weeseeiegll waseeey | ca desees Ide asec: ee cote alee * 
AGH Ole basta ental hortoetielel arco stan lnerecceeu leaseacan iikemcssem k aeacak lonners * 
GOUGRREEE soc\) cacv0e |} ooocan || on0050 || asccaa |} sao0cs || coca0s |} oacdos * * 
CUIXGURS 0s conoog| | aconest |peeednen| | edaeeeen’| | ecacoon || cance only oeeceen||oobdes ||| ocodec * 


Note.—The asterisks indicate occurrence and relative abundance. 


Varieties:—1. damecornis, Reuss; 2. coronula, nov.; 3. acu- 
placenta, nov.; 4. horrida, Reuss; 5. racemosa, nov. (1-5; 
Series I, apical growths): 6. circularis, nov. (Series II, sub- 
apical): 7. diffusa, nov. (Series III, diffuse) : 8. marginalis, nov. 
(Series IV, marginal): 9. complicata, nov. (Series V, mixed). 

It will of course be obvious that, in many cases, these varietal 
names will have to be applied to more than one species of the 
genus, since the latter, as a whole, shows a strong tendency to 
take on one or more of these redundant fistulose outgrowths. 

From this Table it is evident that Polymorphina gibba supplies 
by far the greatest number and the greatest variety of exogenous 
growths in this genus ; in fact, showing examples of each kind. 


ON THE EPIPHRAGM OF HELIX ASPERSA. O17 


Note on the Formation of the Epiphragm of Helix aspersa. 
By Prof. G. J. Auuman, M.D., F.R.S. 


[Read 18th June, 1896.] 


THe mode of formation of the epiphragm or temporary lid by 
which our common garden snail (Helix aspersa) closes the 
aperture of its shell on the approach of winter, and during the 
continuance of hot and dry weather, does not appear to have 
been as yet satisfactorily described. 

The epiphragm of various species of Helix forms the subject 
of a memoir by Fischer*, who erroneously assigns its formation 
to a secretion from the foot. Binney + has made some interesting 
observations on its formation in Helia hortensis, and attributes 
it to the collar or adherent mantle-margin—a conclusion which, 
so far as it goes, is correct, but he takes no notice of any special 
modification by which this part of the animal may become fitted 
for the duties assigned to it. Vogt and Yungf refer to its 
formation in Helix pomatia; and while they also regard it as a 
secretion from the collar, they enter into no further anatomical 
or physiological details. 

In Helix aspersa the epiphragm is formed by a secretion 
from the surface of a specially modified area of the mantle- 
margin. It will be borne in mind that in Helix, as in other 
terrestrial representatives of the testaceous pulmonary Gas- 
tropods, the proper mantle possesses no free mantle skirt, but 
is represented by the general integument of the body (pl.), 
terminating ventrally in an even rounded and slightly thickened 
and everted margin, which, like the rest of the mantle, except 
where it lies over the respiratory chamber, is adnate to the 
surface of the body. This rounded mantle-margin is the so- 
called collar. From its whole extent there is developed a thin 
glandular fold (c.z.) which is inflected over the ventral side of 
the snail, where it forms a centrally perforated muscular dise. 
On retraction of the animal within its shell, this can be 
extended centripetally, so that its inner edge may reach the 
centre, and thus completely close the aperture. It is from the 

* Paul Fischer, “ De l’Epiphragme et de sa formation,” Journ. de Conchylio- 
logie, 1853, vol. iv. p. 397. 

+ W. G. Binney, “The Terrestrial Air-breathing Molluscs of the United 
States,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll., vol. iv. 1878. 

{ Carl Vogt et Emile Yung, ‘Traité d’Anatomie Compuiée pratique, 1888, 
vol. i. p. 772. 


518 PROF: G. J. ALLMAN ON THE 


outer surface of this inflected inner collar-lobe or phragmato- 
genie disc that the epiphragm is mainly formed, as a mucous 
secretion which soon hardens into a thin membrane of horny 
consistency, and which may increase in thickness by successive 
deposits from the dise. 

By the contraction of the inflected dise an open space of 
greater or less extent will be left in its centre, and through this 


\ 


Formation of the Epiphragm in Heléx aspersa. 


I. Longitudinal dorso-ventral section through ventral region, 
II. Transverse dorso-ventral section through ventral region. 
III. Front view of aperture of shell, showing the inflected disc for the secretion 
of the epiphragm. 


ct. Mantle-rim. Inner collar-lobe or phragmatogenic disc. (In I. and II. with 
the central opening expanded for the protrusion of the ventral region 
of the snail. In IIT. with the central vpening nearly closed.) 
¢.0. Mantle-rim (“collar”) on the collar-lobe. 
er. Respiratory chamber. 
0. Osphradium ? 
0.7. Respiratory orifice. (In III. showing the fissure which connects the 
orifice with the central opening.) 
pd. Foot. 
pl. Mantle coincident with the general integument. 
s. Margin of shell. 


The figures are diagrammatic. 


the foot and head of the snail may be protruded and again 
entirely withdrawn. 


= 


EPIPHRAGM OF HELIX ASPERSA. 519 


Close to the rim of the mantle, on the right side of the 
animal, the dise is perforated by the respiratory orifice (0.r.) 
leading directely into the respiratory chamber (c.r.). This orifice 
is connected with the central aperture of the disc by a fissure 
(fig. ITI.), which, like the central aperture, can be closed by the 
approximation of its edges. 

When the epiphragm is about to be formed, the foot and head 
of the snail are much contracted and entirely withdrawn deep 
into the shell through the central opening in the disc, which 
is then completely closed, leaving an even continuous surface for 
the secretion of the epiphragm. 

Immediately over the site of the respiratory orifice the 
epiphragm is perforated by a small aperture which affords access 
from without to the atmospheric air, which even during the 
period of repose may still be needed for respiration—a function 
which during the dormancy of the animal is probably not quite 
arrested *. 

Access to the atmospheric air is also probably connected with 
the presence of an osphradium or olfactory organ, which may 
perhaps be recognized in a small patch of modified ectoderm (0, 
fig. II.) visible close to the edge of the respiratory orifice. 

It may also be noted that the perforation of the epiphragm 
has an uneven edge, and gives the impression of having been 
caused by the action of some solvent on the substance of the 
epiphragm. When we bear in mind that it is in close proximity 
with the respiratory orifice, that exit is given to the renal 
secretion as well as to the contents of the alimentary canal 
after this has received the secretion of the digestive gland (so- 
called liver), we shall perhaps deem it not improbable that some 
of these secretions have acted as a solvent on the epiphragm, 
the orifice of which is situated exactly in the position best fitted 
to bring it within reach ot their action. 

When the conditions which call for the formation of an epi- 
phragm are present, the snail seeks for some surface to which it 
may apply the aperture of its shell in such a way as to exclude 
the free access of the external air. This may be the shell of 


* Thave never met with Helix aspersain a state of hybernation in which the 
perforation of the epiphragm was not present ; and yet I can find no published 
account of it. In conversation, however, with Col. Godwin-Austen, whose 
researches among the terrestrial Gastropods have contributed so largly to our 
knowledge of these animals, I found that its existence was well known to him. 


520 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON 


another snail; and we frequently find during the winter months 
large colonies of hybernating snails attached firmly to one 
another. After selecting a suitable locality the first act is to 
throw out from the mantle-margin, in which the secreting 
function would seem to be especially active, sufficient material 
to glue the edge of the shell firmly to the subjacent surface. 
When this has been accomplished, the epiphragm is completed 
by a secretion from the general surface of the phragmatogenic 
disc. 

On the approach of spring, and when the conditions rendering 
necessary the presence of an epiphragm no longer exist, the 
snail once more awakens from its sleep, and the central opening 
in the phragmatogenic disc again makes its appearance, and gives 
exit to the foot and head of the snail, which then, pressing on the 
membranous epiphragm, rupture it, and thus allows the animal to 
enter freely into all its relations with the surrounding medium. 


— ——————— 


Descriptions of new Species of Forficulide in the Collection 
of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) 8. Kensington. By 
W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S. 


[Read 18th June, 1896. ] 


(Puats XX.) 

Since the publication of my “ Revision of the Forficulide ” (Linn. 
Soc. Journ., Zool. vol. xxiii. pp. 502-531), little of importance 
has been published on the family, except an article by De Bor- 
mans in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ and the descriptions 
of a few new species by De Bormans, Brunner von Wattenwyl, 
and others. orficulide are insects which are seldom collected, 
and they generally arrive as single specimens, which are fre- 
quently damaged, or, if perfect, are not sufficiently well marked 
to render it advisable to characterize them from a single speci- 
men, necessarily representing only one sex. Consequently, I 
have only about a dozen new species to describe in the present 
paper; but some of them are extremely handsome and remark- 
able forms acquired from the collection of the late Mr. Pascoe 
and from other sources. 

There is an error in my Table of Genera (pp. 504-505 of the 
above-quoted paper), which it may be as well to take the present 
opportunity of conspicuously rectifying. On p. 504, 2nd & 


NEW SPECIES OF FORFICULIDS. 521 


8rd cols., line 9, for “ Brachylabis. S. America, Java,” read 
“ Anisolabis. General Distribution”; and on p. 505, 2nd & 
3rd cols., line 8, for “ Anisolabis. General Distribution,” read 
‘* Brachylabis. S. America.” 


Gmnus Apacuys, Serv. 


ApacHys Pascozt, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 1.) 

Long. corp. (absque forcip.) 35 millim.; lat. 7 millim.; long. 
tegm. 10 millim.; al. 5; term. segm. cum pygid. 10; long. 
forcip. 8. 

Male. Head black, shining; a deep semicircular depression 
between the eyes on the vertex; face below the antenne tes- 
taceous, blackish at the lower end of the clypeus. Antenne broken 
(15 joints remaining), blackish brown, the second joint reddish ; 
scape broad, about twice as long as broad, testaceous at the 
extremity ; the 2nd transverse, the 3rd twice as long as broad, the 
4th, 5th, and 6th transverse, the remainder gradually lengthening, 
but the last remaiuing hardly twice as long as broad. Thorax 
black, shining, longer than broad, narrowed in front; scutellum 
triangular, very large; a central groove running from the occiput 
to the scutellum; elytra shading into chocolate-brown or reddish, 
the basal two-thirds slightly lobate at the sides, where they are 
edged with whitish. Visible portion of the wings yellow in the 
middle, and more ochreous outwardly. Abdomen reddish, blackish 
towards the sides, the front segments longitudinally striated, the 
terminal segment strongly granulated; the pygidium very large, 
subrotund, obtusely angulated at the extremity, with the lateral 
angles indicated by slight projections. Forceps nearly semicir- 
cular, but incurved before the middle, beyond which they are 
slightly flattened ; a strong ridge on the inner side at the base. 
Legs smooth, shining, blackish, shading into chocolate-brown or 
testaceous ; femora thickened; second joint of tarsi very small, 
third joint nearly twice as long as second. 

Hab. Sylhet. 

The genera Apachys and Tagalina are generally characterized 
as having the first joint of the tarsi no longer than the second ; 
but this is by no means an invariable character. Apachys, how- 
ever, may be recognized at once by the semicircular forceps, 
placed before the base of the very large pygidium. The present 
species is from the collection of the late Mr. F. P. Pascoe, and 


§22 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON 


is one of the finest earwigs known, being nearly twice as large 
as any previously described species of Apachys, and equalling a 
Pygidicrana im size. 

The specimen is carded, which interferes with a complete 
examination. This is the first species recorded from the main- 
land of Asia, though the genus occurs in Africa, Borneo, Sumatra, 
and New Guinea. It appears to be most nearly allied to A. 
Beccarit, Dubrony, from New Guinea, but the latter is a much 
smaller species, with the exposed part of the wings broadly 
bordered with brown. 


Genus Pyarprcrana, Serv. 


PYG@IDICRANA FORCIPATA, Sp. 0. 

Long. corp. (absque forcip.) 23°5 millim.; long. forcip. 10 
millim. 

Male. Head black, clypeus testaceous below, lower mouth- 
parts reddish. Vertex testaceous in the middle, this colour pro- 
jecting in two points both in front and behind, and also on each 
side, behind the eye. Antennz with at least 30 joints, brown ; 
the scape testaceous, pyriform, and much expanded ; the flagellum 
with the joints towards the base transverse, but the succeeding 
ones gradually becoming longer and thinner. Pronotum half as 
long again as broad, convexly narrowed in front, and also slightly 
narrowed, but truncated, behind ; testaceous, with two black 
bands, diverging beyond the middle but nearly meeting behind. 
Scutellum yellowish, forming a slightly acute triangle; a narrow 
groove runs from the occiput to the scutellum. Tegmina black- 
ish ; prejecting portions of wings testaceous. Abdomen blackish, 
dull; terminal segment and forceps more shining, somewhat 
castaneous, and expanded. Forceps with a projection on the 
inside at the base, ending in three blunt teeth, then curving round, 
and projecting a tooth inwards at two-thirds of their length, 
beyond which they are nearly straight, very distinctly denticulated 
on the inner edge, and terminating in a sharp hook turned inwards. 
Legs testaceous, femora more or less varied with black, broad, 
flattened, and strongly carinated in the middle. 

Hab. Para. 

From the collection of the late Mr. F. P. Pascoe. 

Allied to P. v-nigra, Serv., but the black tegmina and the dif- 
ferent form of the forceps are amply sufficient characters for its 
identification. 


NEW SPECIES OF FORFICULIDA. 523 


PYGIDICRANA EGREGIA, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 3.) 

Long. corp. (absque forcip.) 30 millim.; long. forcip. 8 millim. 

Female. Head black, the greater part of the head behind the 
eyes covered by a testaceous patch not extending to the margins, 
narrowed in front, and ending in a sharp projection on each side 
before the eye; palpi reddish, testaceous towards the base. 
Antenne 35-jointed ; scape testaceous, black at the tip, twice as 
broad as long, and stouter than the flagellum. Flagellum reddish 
brown, darkest at the extremity; the first two joints a little 
broader than long, the next three annular, the remainder longer 
than broad and generally lengthening, the last five slenderer 
than the rest. Pronotum almost globular, truncated behind, 
testaceous, narrowly edged with black in front, and with a thick 
U-shaped mark, with a heavy base, resting on the hinder margin. 
Seutellum yellow. Tegmina black, with two wide testaceous 
bands running from the base—one spindle-shaped, ceasing at 
about two-thirds of the length of the tegmina; the other lateral, 
submarginal, and extending for the whole length of the tegmina, 
except for the outer black edging. Projecting portion of wings 
testaceous, with the outer half brown. Abdomen stout, pubes- 
cent, with the sides nearly parallel; the terminal segment thickly 
eranulated. Forceps very thick, converging to a point at the 
extremity, a strong ridge above at the base, the lower inner 
edge denticulate, especially towards the base; a rather stronger 
tooth just beyond the middle. Legs testaceous, slightly lined 
with black, and with the joints marked with black. 

Hab. Santa Catharina. 

From the collection of the late Mr. F. P. Pascoe. 

A very fine species, allied to P. v-nigra, Serv., but larger, 
darker, and with longer forceps. 


Genus CYLINDROGASTER, S¢dl. 
I cannot agree with De Bormans in regarding the genus 
Cylindrogaster, Stal, as the same as Diplatys, Serv., though I have 
not yet seen a specimen of the latter genus. 


CYLINDROGASTER NIGRICEPS. 

Cylindrogaster nigriceps, Kirb. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiii. 
p. 507 (1890). 

This species was described from Hong Kong. Other speci- 
mens have since been received from Bombay and Ceylon. 


524 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON 


CYLINDROGASTER RUFESCENS, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 2.) 

Long. corp. cum forcip. 11 millim.; segm. term. cum forcip. 
2°3 millim. 

Female. Head, pronotum, tegmina, and exposed part of wings 
reddish chestnut; mouth-parts yellow, with a transverse reddish 
band, and reddish beneath ; antenne light reddish brown, with 
yellow incisions ; legs yellow, femora and tibiw mostly reddish in 
the middle. Wings extending beyond the tegmina for fully half 
the length of the latter; pronotum rather large, the sides and 
hinder border lighter, slightly raised, bordered within by a rather 
distinctive blackish U-shaped mark. Abdomen rufo-testaceous, 
the forceps, and the greater part of the terminal segment reddish. 
Forceps as long as the latter, stout, contiguous, incurved and 
pointed at the tips. 

Hab. North India (Capt. Reid). 

This is a stouter insect than the female of C. nigriceps, and 
differs from it also in its colour, larger pronotum, and longer 
wings. ; 


Genus Lapipura, Leach. 


Lapipura (?) WALKERI, sp.n. (PI. XX. fig. 6.) 


Long. corp. cum forcip. 22 millim.; long. forcip. 8°5 millim. 

Male. Rufo-castaneous, pubescent ; head and pronotum black, 
shining, clypeus bordered below with testaceous, palpi yellowish ; 
antenns testaceous, shading into brown; legs testaceous. Pro- 
notum rather longer than broad, with a central groove, crossed 
by a transverse one beyond the middle, and with two shght 
depressions in front. Exposed part of the wings rounded off at 
the sides; the suture testaceous. Abdomen with segments 3-5 
with a moderate-sized lateral spine on each; segment 2 with a 
small tubercle ; segments 2-7 with a double row of short striz 
in front, on each side of the back; terminal segment slightly 
grooved in the middle, and finely punctured towards the sides. 
Forceps nearly straight, slightly curved inwards in the middle, 
and then again outwards, the points turned rather sharply 
inwards at the extremity. No projecting teeth, but a row of 
small denticulations towards the base on the lower edge. 

Hab. Hong Kong (J. J. Walker). 

Differs from all the described species of the group of L. sea- 


ee ee 


NEW SPECIES OF FORFICULIDS. 525 


spinosa, Dohrn, by the absence of large teeth on the inner edge 
of the forceps. 

The spiny Zabidure should form a new genus, but I have not 
sufficient materials before me at present to characterize it. 


Genus Psatts, Serv. 

PSALIS BORNEENSIS, Sp. 0. 

Long. corp. cum forcip. 21 millim.; lat. 5 millim.; long. segm. 
term. cum forcip. 7 millim. 

Female. Black, shining, with long scattered setw# on the legs 
and sides of the body. Antenne with 10 joints preserved; scape 
linear, about thrice as long as broad ; joints 3 and 4 moniliform, 
the rest longer than broad, those of the flagellum bearing short 
whorls of hair. Pronotum about as broad as long, with a central 
groove, not extending to the hinder part, which is somewhat 
raised ; the sides are also raised. Exposed part of wings obtuse, 
with a reddish spot at the base of the suture and a larger one 
beyond it. Abdomen not tuberculate, thickly but rather finely 
punctured, and milled at the extremities of the segments; ter- 
minal segment longitudinally punctate-striate, and grooved in the 
middle. Forceps rather longer than the terminal segment, very 
stout, contiguous, hooked at the extremity, with about 3 short 
obtuse teeth on the inside towards the base. Femora smooth, ex- 
panded, and hollowed beneath; tarsi clothed beneath with golden 
hair, the second joint with a tuft projecting beneath the third. 

Hab. Baram, N.W. Borneo. 

Closely allied to Psalis indica, Burm., of which it may even 
be amelanoticform. LP. zndica was placed by Dohrn in Labidura, 
but is certainly much nearer allied to the American species of 
Psalis. 

Genus ANISOLABIS, Fieber. 

ANISOLABIS OCCIDENTALIS, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 5.) 

Long. corp. 20 millim.; segm. term. cum forcip. 5 millim. 

Female. Head reddish, shining; antenne and legs testaceous 
yellow. Antenne 20-jointed ; scape linear, stouter than the 
flagellum; 3rd joint twice as long as broad; 2nd, 4th, and 5th 
about as long as broad, the rest becoming gradually longer; 
thoracic segments rufo-testaceous, obsoletely bordered behind 
with blackish. First segment of abdomen blackish brown, with 
a dark red shine; abdomen finely punctured, most distinctly 


526 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON 


towards the extremity. Forceps longer than the last segment, 
very stout, contiguous at the base and curving inwards at the 
tips; towards the base is a strong tooth on the inner edge, 
which is finely denticulated beyond. 

Hab. Cape Leeuwin, W. Australia. 

Described from two specimens. Resembles A. littorea, 
White, from New Zealand, but is more slender, lighter in 
colour, and the forceps is differently formed. 


Genus Sparatra, Serv. 


SPARATTA APICALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XX. fig.7; 7a, pygidium and 
forceps.) 

Long. corp. cum forcip. 10 millim. ; segm. term. cum forcip. 
3 millim. 

Shining black, mouth-parts testaceous; antenne dirty 
yellowish brown, the joimts white at the base; head with a 
conspicuous white line crossing the vertex before the occiput, 
and running round the front of the clypeus; legs dirty yellow, 
the femora brown; terminal segment luteous, often more or less 
blackish in the middle. Forceps luteous, gradually curved, 
denticulated to the middle on the upper and inner carinz, and 
with a small tooth about the middle of the latter ; in the male, 
the tips are black, and more strongly incurved than in the 
female. Pygidium in the male short, broad, with a tubercle at 
the sides, and barely convex in the middle; in the female almost 
square, with a tubercle at the angles, and the centre but slightly 
projecting in a very obtuse angle. 

Hab. Theresopolis (Fruhstorfer); Rio (Fry). 

A very distinct species, probably allied to S. peluimetra, Serville; 
but in that species the abdomen is described as reddish fulvous, 
with the extremity darker. 


SparaTTa CuaRKkil, sp. n.- (Pl. XX. figs.8; 8a, pygidium 
and forceps.) 

Long. corp. cum forcip. 14 millim.; segm. term. cum forcip. 
7 millim.; long. forcip. 3°5 millim. 

Head, pronotum, tegmina, and exposed part of wings black 
and shining, lower edge of clypeus grey, palpi luteous. Antenne 
with the scape and the short 2nd joint black, the latter more 
or less reddish; the following joints reddish to about the 8th or 


NEW SPECIES OF FORFICULIDA. 527 


9th, when they again become black. Abdomen, forceps, and 
legs luteous, the terminal joint of the abdomen often blackish, 
and the tibie always black. Forceps flattened, triquetral, with 
a row of tubercles on the upper ridge, and also on the inner 
ridge, to beyond the middle, where there is a strong triangular 
tooth ; the tips strongly and suddenly incurved; in the female 
these characters are less strongly marked. In the male the 
pygidium is short and rounded; in the female it is long and 
narrow, twice as long as broad, with a strong tubercle at each 
angle, and the centre triangularly pointed. 

Hab. Tejuca, Petropolis, and Constancia (Rev. Hamlet Clark); 
Theresopolis (Fruhstorfer). 


SPARATTA PYGIDIATA, sp. n. (Pl. XX. fig. 10; 10a, pygidium 
aud forceps.) 

Differs very slightly from the last species in colour, except 
that the terminal segment is less frequently marked with 
blackish, and the tibie are more brown than black, and the 
elytra, &c. have a slight purplish shine. In the male, the 
pygidium is shorter, broader, and less convex than in 9. Olarkiz, 
and the tubercles on the lower carina of the basal half of the 
forceps before the tooth are more regularly arranged. In the 
female, the pygidium is very short and broad (much broader 
than long), with a much shorter projection in the middle. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro (Fry). 

These species are so closely allied that they can only be 
separated by the different shape of the pygidium, which is most 
conspicuous in the female. They are allied to S. rujina, Stl, 
and S. Schott, Dohrn, and are perhaps confounded with them 
in collections. S. pygidiata answers so well to Stal’s description 
of S. rufina, that I should have regarded it as that species, but 
that Stal does not mention the strong central tooth on the 
inner edge of the forceps beyond the denticulations. Dohrn’s 
description is shorter than Stal’s, but he compares the species 
with 8. pelvimetra, Serville, which has the forceps very sharply 
angulated. He also mentions that the scape of the antennz was 
black in his specimens; the rest being red. Stal says: “ An- 
tennis articulis subelongatis, flavotestaceis, extus fuscescentibus.” 
The British Museum at present possesses no specimen which I 
can refer to the true S.rujfina. The male specimen from Guate- 
mala, described and figured by De Bormans in the ‘ Biologia 


528 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON 


Centrali-Americana’ as “‘ Sparatta pelvimetra var. rufina,” agrees 
with the descriptions of typical S. pelvimetra, Serville, even to 
the thorax being reddish; and as such I shall regard it, unless 
further material, when obtained, proves it to be a distinct 
species. 

Sparatta Clarkii and S. pygidiata differ from 8. Schotti, Dohrn, 
in the antenne. Those of S. Schotti are described as brown, 
with joints 9-12 pale. There is a female specimen labelled 
S. Schotti from Mexico in the Godman and Salvin collection, 
which has brown antenne, with the two basal joints blackish 
(8 only preserved). The pygidium is moderately long and 
broad, with the lateral angles well marked, and the central part 
projecting rectangularly and longer than the basal part. It is 
evidently distinct, for the head and pronotum, which ought to be 
red in typical S. Schotti, are shining black. It may be called 
S. Bormanst. 


SPARATTA SEMIRUFA,Sp.n. (Pl. XX. figs. 4, 4a.) 

Long. corp. cum forcip. 10-12 millim.; long. forcip. 2-3-5 
millim. 

Rufo-testaceous ; tegmina and exposed part of wings violet- 
black, shining; antenne 14-joited, and, as well as the palpi, 
luteous or brownish yellow ; head with a large square brownish 
patch in front, mouth-parts clothed with yellowish hair; pro- 
notum usually with a short dark dash on each side; elytra with 
the margins, and sometimes the base, shading more or less into 
testaceous. Forceps long, with the basal half nearly straight, 
and with several serrations on the inner edge as far as a strong 
tooth just beyond the middle, then gradually incurved. In the 
female they are stouter, and the tooth, which is placed before the 
middle, is much smaller and more obtuse, and the denticula- 
tions preceding it are much smaller than in the male. The 
pygidium in both sexes is short and broad, with the lateral 
angles projecting strongly outwards, and the central part 
moderately convex. 

Hab. Igaurassu (near Pernambuco), Brazil. 

This species agrees with the very brief description of S. Schottz, 
Dohrn, except that in S. Schotti the antenne should be brown, 
with joints 9-12 pale. 


NEW SPECIES OF FORFICULIDA. 529 


Genus SPHINGOLABIS, De Bormans. 


I have taken the present opportunity of figuring three 
interesting species of this genus, which, though previously 
described, had not been figured before. 


SPHINGOLABIS VARIEGATA. (Pl. XX. fig. 9.) 

Sphingolabis variegata, Kirb. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxii 
p- 526 (1891). 

Hab. Sierra Leone. 


SPHINGOLABIS (?)SUBAPTERA. (Pl. XX. figs. 12, 12a.) 
Sphingolabis (?) subaptera, Kirb. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiii. 


p- 527 (1891). 
Hab. Queensland. 


SpHincoLasis Ertcusonr. (PI. XX. figs. 11, 11a.) 

Apterygida Erichsoni, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 231, 
note (1862). 

Forficula rwficeps, Erichson (nec Burm.), Arch. f. Nat. viii. (1) 
p. 246 (1842). 

Hab. Tasmania. 

A conspicuous species, easily recognizable by Erichson’s 
diagnosis alone, even without his more detailed description: 
“Nigra, nitida, capite forcipeque rufis, pedibus testaceo-variis.” 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. 


Fig. 1. Apachys Pascoei. 

2. Cylindrogaster rufescens. 

3. Pygidicrana egregia. 

4, 4a. Sparatta semirufa. 

5. Anisolabis occidentalis. 

6. Labidura Walkert. 

7, 7a. Sparatta apicalis. 

8, 8a. Sparatta Clarkiz. 

9. Sphingolabis variegata. 
10, 10a. Sparatta pygidiata. 
11, lla. Sphingolabis Erichsoni. 
12, 12a. Sphingolabis (?) subaptera. 


- Figures 1, 3, 5,6, 9, 11, and 12 are represented of the natural size; figures 2, 
4,7, 8, 10 are enlarged twice. The separate figures of the forceps &c. are 
enlarged four times, except fig. Lla@, which is enlarged only three times. 


LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXY. 43 


530 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


The Mesial Fins of Ganoids ,and Teleosts. By Professor 
T. W. Brives, D.Se. (Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes, 
Sec. Linn. Soc.) 


[Read 18th June, 1896.] 
(Puares XXI.-XXIII.) 


Page Page 
T. INTRODUCTORY ............0..085 530 ACANTHOPTERYGII ......... 560 
II. Duscrirvive .........0.0eeeeeeees 533 IEA MOGED Aagosonaponcesec-0 560 
HILASMOBRANCHIL .............+ 533 Percidas, .i2iteeeneee 564 
HIOLOCEPHADA ...........c000005 534 Sparide ik... see 566 
GeANOID IDS. PG eee cae te tee ke 584 Scomipridce\ ee: aeeeeeeeeee 567 
Acipenseride ............... 534 Carangidse (Ca: ceseeaneee 569 
Polyodontide .............4. 536 Sphyreenidze ......2.-.:- 569 
Amides (AMAR... 537 Cottide:. ..:..) eee are! 
Lepidosteide ............... 540 IMineilideaeeet eee 572 
Poliypuericeerey secre rece ere: 541 Blenntida ee eee 573 
IDE OSTET Ieee ence ares 544 IDANOEICED | oondeconoss connec 574. 
TPRAYSORMIOIE ogc saosocedeonae 544 Fistulariidg .......0.... 576 
Osteoglosside ............ 544 Cyclopteride ............ 577 
Mursenide ............... 545 Trachypteride............ 577 
T BSGovervales ete meee ee ae 545 LOPHOBRANCHII ............ 578 
(Chios) osasoqopasaoon 547 Syngnathide ............ 578 
Salmonide ............... 550 | ~ PLECTOGNATHI .............+. 578 
Silanilese se csetsey eects 550 Selerodenmij sess tee 578 
Characinide ............ 556 Gymnodontes ............ 581 
fi lupeicrema see ene 5b a\) QUES UMN, het ee eee 584 
Gymmotidee yc. 5b | LV. REKERENCEs 2 5..0c- pee 600 
ANACANTHINI ..............- 558 V. ExpLanation or Puarss; 
ClVERGED —Secomoccoosesaeite, 558 REFERENCE LETTERS ......... 601 
Pleuronectide ......... 559 


I. INTRODUCTORY. 


THERE seems to be a certain amount of obscurity in the ordinary 
text-book and other references to the structure and disposition of 
the supporting skeletal elements of the mesial fins of Ganoid and 
Teleostean Fishes. These structures are usually referred to as. 
‘“‘interspinous bones or cartilages,” and as a rule are described as 
elongated, dagger-shaped bones which at their inner extremities 
are intercalated between the vertebral neural or hemal spines, 
and support distally the series of dermal fin-rays. It seems also 
to have been tacitly assumed, if not actually so stated, that in 
most imstances each “ interspinous ” element is a simple unseg- 
mented structure. Thus, Parker [1] in his paper on the skeleton 
of Regalecus argenteus, after referring to the presence of a series 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 531 
of ovoidal nodules of cartilage in connexion with the distal 
extremities of the interspinous bones of the mesial fins of this 
fish, remarks (p. 24):—“I have not met with cartilages of this 
kind in any fish which has come under my notice, and I can find 
no account of any such in works at my disposal. I regard them 
as representing a second or distal series of radials or pterygo- 
phores, the interspinous bones forming the proximal series.” 
That Parker was correct in his view of the nature of these 
cartilages there can be no doubt; and so far as I have been able 
to discover he appears to have been the first to recognize the 
existence of bisegmental “interspinous ” elements in any Teleost. 
More recently it has been shown by Ryder [2] and Harrison [8], 
that in the development of the fins in those Teleosts which they 
examined each “interspinous” element consists of a proximal 
division to which is appended a distal nodule of cartilage for the 
immediate support of a dermal fin-ray, and hence, as in Rega- 
lecus, such elements are bisegmental. It is, however, by no 
means difficult to show that these cartilages, or their equivalents 
in the form of osseous nodules, are very generally present in 
Teleosts; and further, that in not a few families the intercala- 
tion of a hitherto unrecorded * series of mesial ossicles between 
the proximal and distal segments renders such “interspinous 
elements’ trisegmental. 

The main object of the present communication is to describe 
(a) the degree of segmentation and the more characteristic 
modifications of the “interspinous elements” of the dorsal 
and anal fins of Teleosts ; (6) the extent to which such modifi- 
cations are characteristic of particular groups or families ; 
and (c) thd various methods by which in different families the 
segments of the “interspinous” elements contribute to the 
support of the fin-rays. With these ideas in view a large 
number of Teleosts were examined, and as far as possible the 
species selected for examination are typical representatives of 
the leading subdivisions of the group. Although this paper was 
originally intended to deal exclusively with Teleosts, it has been 
thought desirable to include the Ganoids, and also to refer 
briefly to the Holocephala and Elasmobrauchs, in order that an 
accurate comparison of the fin-supports in these four great 
groups of Fishes might be made. 

The early stages in the development of the mesial fins of 


* See reference to Giinther’s figure of Bery« decadactylus, p. 563. 
43* 


532 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


certain Teleosts have been described by Ryder (J. c.), and recently 
in an admirable paper by Harrison (J. c.). The observations to 
be recorded here refer only to adult specimens, and hence may 
perhaps be regarded in the light of a sequel to the embryological 
work of these writers. 

I have purposely omitted all reference to the supporting 
skeletal elements of the caudal fins, for the reason that these 
structures have already received considerable attention at the 
hands of Kolliker, Huxley, Emery, Lotz, Ryder, and others, to 
whose researches I have nothing to add. 

With regard to the nomenclature to be applied to the so-called 
“‘interspinous ”’ bones, and to the seoments of which they are 
composed in different fishes, I must admit that I have experienced 
some difficulty in the selection of suitable terms. By different 
writers these structures have been described as “ interspimous 
bones or cartilages,” “interspinalia,” “ fin-bearers,” “ pterygo- 
phores.”’ Ryder (J. ¢.) refers to the distal nodules of cartilage 
supporting the fin-rays as “actinophores,” which, from their 
relation in the anal or dorsal fins to the hemal or neural spines 
of contiguous vertebra, become interhemal (hypaxial), or inter- 
neural (epaxial) actinophores, the proximal divisions being spoken 
of as ‘“‘interspinous elements.” Dean [4] designates the two 
divisions of a bisegmental “ interspinous bone ”’ as “ radials” and 
“basals””—the former term applying to the ordinary dagger-shaped 
interspinous elements, and the latter to the distal cartilaginous 
nodules or “ actinophores’’ of Ryder*; while Parker (/. ¢.) has 
suggested the term ‘“‘ pterygophore ” as applicable to “any radial 
or fin-supporting cartilage in either the median or paired fins.” 
It is clearly desirable, in selecting appropriate terms for these 
structures, that they should be equally applicable to the support- 
ing elements not only of the unpaired dorsal, anal, and caudal 
fins, but also to the homodynamous structures in the paired 
pectoral and pelvic fins; and from this point of view such terms 
as “interspinous bones,” or “ interspinalia,” are obviously unsuit- 
able. ‘‘ Pterygophore’’ is a somewhat cumbersome term, especi- 
ally when it is necessary, as is often the case, to indicate the 
segments of which a “ pterygophore”’ is composed. “ Radials ” 
and “ basals”’ are convenient terms when a fin-support is biseg- 
mental, but scarcely so in the case of trisegmental structures. 


a 
* The terms “baseost” and ‘“‘¢xonost” have also been suggested (Cope, 
Am. Nat. 1890, p. 415). 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 533 


I would suggest, therefore, the use of the term “radial element” 
as the unit of the series of skeletal fin-supporting bones, or 
cartilages, in both the mesial and paired fins; and in those 
instances in which such elements undergo segmentation, the terms 
proximal, mesial, or distal segments may be adopted. 

The various species referred to in the descriptive section of 
this paper are those enumerated by Dr. Giinther in the British 
Museum Catalogue of Fishes (1st ed.), and for this reason the 
authorities for the specific names have been omitted in the text. 

In most instances in the description of the radial elements of 
different species the number of these elements has been given, 
but as these structures are liable to some slight individual varia- 
tion in the same species, the number mentioned must be taken as 
applying only to the particular specimen examined. 


II. DESCRIPTIVE. 
ELASMOBRANCHII. 


The dorsal and anal fins, but more particularly the dorsal fins, 
have been so fully and carefully described by Thacker [5] and 
Mivart [6], that it is unnecessary to do more than direct atten- 
tion to a few of their results for the sake of comparison with 
other types. In the majority of the species described and figured 
by Mivart (J. ¢.) the radial elements are cartilaginous, rod-like 
structures, generally of fairly uniform thickness throughout 
their length, and usually divided into proximal, mesial, and distal 
segments. The individual segments vary in length, and, in 
different species, each may in turn become the longest. The 
various radiai elements in each fin may afford mutual support to 
one another, and gain in strength, through their arrangement in 
close parallel relations throughout their entire length, but occa- 
sionally they may separate slightly from one another, either 
proximally or distally, or even at both extremities. In no 
instance is there any definite articulation between particular 
segments of contiguous radialelements. The central, or approxi- 
mately, central, radial elements in either fin are usually the 
longest, but almost invariably the most anterior and posterior of 
the series undergo a reduction in length and also lose one or 
more of their constituent segments. 

From this general type of fin-structure the more important 
deviations in particular genera are brought about by (a) the 
more or less extensive longitudinal concrescence of the proximal 


534 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


segments of the radial elements, or of both proximal and mesial ; 
(5) the suppression by fusion or atrophy of particular segments, 
so that more or fewer of the elements become bisegmental instead 
of trisegmental ; and (c) the apparently secondary subdivision of 
the distal segments. 

The horny fibres which support the peripheral portions of the 
fins are several times more numerous than the supporting radial 
cartilages. 


HOLOCEPHALA. 


According to Mivart (7. c.), the second dorsal fin of Callo- 
rhynchus antarcticus is supported by a series of forty-one, not 
guite contiguous, simple and undivided radial elements, of which 
the anterior are the longest, the remainder gradually decreasing 
in length from before backwards. 

In a skeleton of Chimera monstrosa in the Mason College 
Zoological Museum there are about one hundred and two 
similarly simple elements in the relatively much longer posterior 
dorsal fin of this species. None of the cartilages are in appo- 
sition, all being separated to a greater or less extent, while at the 
same time they are connected and supported by the longitudinal 
fibrous septum separating the dorso-lateral muscles of opposite 
sides of the body. As is well-known, the radial elements of the 
anterior dorsal fin in both genera are greatly modified by con- 
crescence and in other ways, for the support of the powerful 
spine. 

GANOIDEI. 
ACIPENSERIDA. 
Acipenser sturio. 

As might be expected, the fin-supports of this and the next 
species are essentially similar to those of the Elasmobranchs, 
except for their partial ossification. 

Dorsal fin.—In Acipenser the dorsal fin is supported by a 
series of sixteen distally distinct radial elements, each of whieh, 
with the exception of the first two, consists of three segments, 
the proximal being the longest, while the distal is reduced to 
little more tnan a mere nodule. The first and second have appa- 
rently lost their distal segments. The longest radial element is 
the third, the first and second being somewhat shorter, while those 
behind the third gradually diminish in iength to the two or three 
most posterior ones, which are by far the shortest of the series. 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 535 


As a rule each element is of the same thickness throughout its 
length, or nearly so, and the proximal segments are never dagger- 
shaped. Concrescence is still evident in the fusion of the 
proximal segments of the first and second, the eleventh, twelfth, 
and thirteenth, and those of the fourteenth, fifteenth, and 
sixteenth, into a single basal segment in each case. The radial 
elements are but feebly ossified. The first, including the basal 
segment which it shares with the second, the last two, and the 
distal segments of all, are wholly cartilaginous, but, with these 
exceptions, the proximal and mesial segments are partially 
ossified. Jn all cases, however, ossification extends only to the 
formation of a thin crust of superficial bone round an axial core 
of unaltered cartilage, and leaves the extremities of the segments 
entirely free from ossific deposit. There is no definite method of 
articulation between the segments of contiguous elements, 
although, as in the Elasmobranchs, the latter afford one another 
mutual support by their parallel disposition, fairly close appo- 
sition, and fibrous connexion throughout the greater part of 
their length. 

The characteristic horny fibres of the Elasmobranchs and 
Holocephala are here replaced by partially ossified, multiarticu- 
late dermal rays, which, as in the higher Ganoids and in Teleosts, 
are bifurcate proximally and branched distally. The dermal 
rays still, however, retain traces of the characteristic arrangement 
of the horny fibres of the preceding groups, in the fact that their 
cleft proximal extremities embrace not only the distal but to 
some extent also the mesial segments of their supporting radial 
elements ; and also in their greater number. Altogether there 
are about forty dermal rays, or approximately about two and a 
half as many as the radial elements which support them. 

Anal fin.—This fin is very similar to the dorsal. There are, 
however, only ten radial elements, all of which are trisegmental. 
The second is slightly the longest of the series, those behind 
eradually decreasing in length from before backwards. The 
proximal segments of the first and second, and those of the third 
and fourth, coalesce to form a single basal segment in each case. 
As far as the particular segments which undergo partial ossification 
are concerned, the anal differs but little from the dorsal fin, but 
ossification is somewhat more complete, and to a greater extent 
replaces the primitive cartilage in the former than in the latter. 

About twenty-five dermal rays are supported by the radial 
elements. 


536 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


It may be remarked that the precise number of radial ele- 
ments in the mesial fins and the extent of their concrescence 
are subject to variation in different individuals. In a much 
larger specimen (about 8 feet in length) the number of radial 
elements in the dorsal fin was the same as in the smaller one; 
but the proximal segments which had fused into single basal 
pieces were those of the first and second, the third and fourth, 
and the fifteenth and sixteenth. In the anal fin only the 
proximal segments of the third and fourth had fused. The 
figure of the dorsal fin of an Acipenser given by Thacker [5], 
and reproduced by Mivart [6], exhibits only fifteen radial ele- 
ments, and those represented with fused proximal segments are 
the first and second, and the eighth and ninth, while the tenth 
and thirteenth inclusive, in addition to the first, are figured as 
wanting their distal segments. It is also evident, from a com- 
parison of the two specimens referred to above, that the older 
the fish the more complete is the extent to which the proximal 
and mesial segments become ossified, and the less intimately are 
the various radial elements related to one another. 


PoLYODONTID. 
Polyodon folium. 

The mesial fins of Polyodon are, in the main, very similar to 
those of Acipenser, but indications of increasing specialization, 
and of a gradual approximation to the higher Ganoids, in certain 
minor points are not wanting. 

Dorsal fin.—The dorsal fin is supported by a series of twenty 
radial elements (Pl. X XI. fig. 1), of which the approximately central 
ones are the longest, and the most anterior and posterior the 
shortest. All of them are divided into proximal (p.s.), mesial (m.s.), 
and distal (d.s.) segments, except the first and the last, which are 
without distal segments. .The proximal segment in each element 
is about the same length as the mesial, or only slightly exceeds 
it, and is now somewhat dagger-shaped, with a pointed inner 
extremity and a much thicker distal portion. The distal seg- 
ments are mere cartilaginous nodules, forming by their close 
apposition a well-defined and continuous margin to the periphery 
of the fin-supports, and also exhibiting a tendency to alternate 
with the cartilaginous distal ends of the mesial segments. The 
connexion between the various radial elements is, perhaps, less 
intimate than in Acipenser; only along the centre of the series, 


~~ 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 537 


that is at or near the junctions of the proximal and mesial seg- 
ments, and distally are the elements in actual contact or fairly 
close relations with one another. Concrescence is less marked 
and is evident only in the case of the proximal segments of the 
first and second, and those of the nineteenth and twentieth. 
With the exception of those belonging to the last radial element, 
and the mesial segment of the first, all the proximal and mesial 
segments are fairly well ossified. The inner portions of the 
proximal segments are entirely osseous, but towards the middle 
of the length of each segment a slender axial core of cartilage 
makes its appearance round which the bone forms a thick layer. 
From the centre outwards the bone gradually thins away, while 
the core of cartilage thickens and eventually forms the wholly 
cartilaginous distal extremity of the segment. The mesial seg- 
ments are, for the most part, solid bone in the centre, but from 
this point in either direction an axial core of cartilage appears, 
and the superficial bones gradually thinning away leaves the 
two extremities of the segment entirely cartilaginous. 

From 51 to 53 dermal rays are supported by the twenty radial 
elements, and, as in Acipenser, their deeply cleft proximal 
extremities embrace the distal, and partially also the mesial 
segments of the different elements. 

Anal fin.—In this fin there are eighteen radial elements, all of 
which are irisegmental. The only indication of concrescence 
is the fusion of the proximal segments of the first and second 
elements. In other respects the anal fin is very similar to the 
dorsal. The number of dorsal rays is approximately forty-nine. 


AMIID &. 


Amia calva. 

Dorsal fin.—The long dorsal fin of this Ganoid is supported by 
a series of forty-nine radial elements, all of which are triseg- 
mental with the exception of the first two, the fifth, and the last. 
The first element is represented only by its proximal segment, 
which at its distal extremity is tipped with cartilage and 
supports the first dermal ray. The proximal segment of the 
second supports a smail nodule of cartilage which apparently 
represents a distal segment. The fifth has no proper proximal 
segment, and consists only of small cartilaginous mesial and distal 
segments supported by the proximal segment of the sixth. The 
forty-ninth, or last of the series of ray-bearing radial elements, 


538 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


resembles the second*. In all the remaining trisegmental 
elements (Pl. XXI. fig. 2) the proximal segment (p.s.) is a some- 
what dagger-shaped bone, slightly broader at its distal extremity 
where itis tipped with cartilage, but pointed and completely bony 
at its inner end; and, moreover, presents no trace of the cha- 
racteristic lateral longitudinal ridges which in most Teleosts 
separate the elevator and depressor muscles of the fin-rays. 
The mesial segments (m.s.), on the other hand, are short, some- 
what hour-glass-shaped bones with cartilaginous extremities, 
while the distal segments (d.s.) are invariably small cartilaginous 
nodules. The three segments of each complete radial element 
are in ligamentous connexion with one another, and also with 
the corresponding segments of contiguous elements. 

In one important feature the radial elements of Amia differ 
greatly from those of Polyodon, Acipenser, and the Elasmobranchs, 
and resemble the corresponding structures in Lepidosteus, and 
in those Teleosts in which the trisegmental type of radial 
element exists. The proximal segments are widely separated 
from one another, and the only connexion between them is the 
median vertical sheet of fibrous tissue in which they are 
imbedded; but the mutual relations of the mesial and distal seg- 
ments are nevertheless such that the various radial elements 
afford one another mutual support, and two of them contribute 
to the support of each dermal fin-ray. Thus, each mesial seg- 
ment is inclined backwards at an angle with the proximal 


segment and its distal or hinder extremity articulates with, or at. 


all events rests upon, the anterior margin of the distal extremity 
of the proximal segment of the next succeeding radial element, 
while each distal segment is in part supported by its own mesial 
segment and in part by the anterior or upper margin of the mesial 
segment of the next radial element. Hence, as each distal 
segment carries a soft fin-ray, it follows that the latter is sup- 
ported partly by the distal segment of the radial element to 
which it normally belongs, aud partly also, but indirectly, by the 
mesial segment of the next succeeding element. All the fin-rays 
are of the soft multiarticulate kind, and each is cleft basally for 
the reception of the distal segment of a radial element. 

The numerical disproportion between the radial elements and 


* Immediately behind the forty-ninth, and in close relation with it, there is 
a vestigial element, consisting of a proximal segment only and without a dermal 
ray. 


ee ee ee eee 


FINS OF GANOTDS AND TELEOSTS. 539 


the dermal fin-rays, which is so characteristic a feature in the © 
lower types, is altogether wanting in Amia. In the latter fish 
the two are numerically identical, each of the forty-nine radial 
elements having only a single fin-ray, and this appears to be the 
typical relation of the two series of structures in all the higher 
Fishes. 

Anal fin—In the anal fin eleven radial elements support a 
corresponding number of soft fin-rays. The radial elements are 
very similar to those of the dorsal fin, both in structure and 
mutual relations. All are trisegmental except the first two, the 
first consisting only of a proximal segment, and the second, in 
addition, of a nodular cartilaginous distal segment. The mesial 
segments of the third and fourth, and those of the tenth and 
eleventh, and the distal segments of all the radial elements are 
cartilaginous. 

It would seem that both the anal and dorsal fins are liable to 
individual variation as regards the precise number of their radial 
elements. In the specimen described and figured by Franque 
[7] there were apparently fifty-three elements, including the 
vestigial rayless one which, as in my specimens, lies immediately 
behind the last ray-supporting element, and fifty-three dermal fin- 
rays. The proximal segments of the first and second are figured 
as if fused together, which was certainly not the case in the 
specimens I have examined. Shufeldt [8] also mentions fifty- 
three as the number of radial elements in the specimens he 
examined. The anal fin is figured by Franque (J. ¢.) as having 
twelve radial elements, and this seems also to have been the case 
in Shufeldt’s specimens. 

It may be remarked that both Franque and Shufeldt over- 
looked the presence of the distal series of segments in both the 
anal and dorsal fins. The latter writer, for example, in referring 
to the fin-rays of the dorsal fin says, ‘‘ These rays are supported 
by an equal number of interspinous bones, through the inter- 
vention of little ossicles that pass obliquely from one to the 
other” (J.c. p. 85). The “little ossicles’? are the mesial 
segments, the so-called “ interspinous bones” being the struc- 
tures which I have termed proximal segments, but no reference 
is made to the series of distal segments. Franque (J. c.) also makes 
a similar omission, although he has quite correctly figured the 
shape and mutual relations of the proximal and mesial segments. 

Shufeldt (7. ¢.) figures and describes five “delicate little 


540 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


bones” which lie behind the radial elements of the dorsal fin 
and continue the series as far as the caudal fin, and had pre- 
viously been overlooked by Franque. In one of two specimens I 
examined four such structures were present and in the other 
three, in the form of elongated but extremely slender ossicles. 
As to the nature of these structures, there can be no doubt that 
they are the persistent proximal segments of a series of vestigial 
radial elements, and indicate the primitive continuity of the 
dorsal and caudal fins. The discrepancy in numbers in the 
different specimens examined is probably due to the well-known 
variability of such vestigial structures, of which yet another 
instance may be mentioned. In Shufeldt’s figure of these vestiges 
(J. ¢., pl. ix. fig. 25) they are represented as without dermal rays, 
but, curiously enough, in one of my specimens the last two of 
the series were related distally to two small broadly V-shaped 
vestigial fin-rays, which were wholly imbedded in the subcu- 
taneous connective tissue; in the second specimen no trace of 
these structures could be found. 


LEPIDOSTEID &. 


Lepidosteus osseus. 

Dorsal fin.—In this Ganoid the dorsal fin is situated imme- 
diately anterior to the anal fin, and consists of eight radial 
elements (Pl. XXI. fig. 3), supporting eleven soft dermal fin-ray s. 
The 2nd to the 8th inclusive are trisegmental, and in shape and 
in their relations to one another and to those of contiguous 
elements the different segments closely resemble those of Amaia. 
The mesial segments, like the proximal, are all well ossified, with 
the exception of that belonging to the second radial element, 
which, as is. also the case with all the distal segments, 1s carti- 
Jaginous. The first radial element (7.e.") has a much larger 
proximal segment than any of the others, and the simple elon- 
vated nodule of cartilage which is attached to its distal extremity 
apparently represents a distal segment. Of the eleven fin-rays, 
the first three are supported by the distal segments of the first 
radial element, and the tenth and eleventh by the corresponding 
segment of the last element. The remaining fin-rays are each 
supported by a distal segment, precisely as in Ama. 

The fact that the proximal segment of the first radial ele- 
ment is larger than any of the other proximal segments, and 
is related to three dermal rays, suggests the possibility of the 
fusion of certain of the anterior supporting elements of the fin. 


Be a 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 541 


The segment itself, however, exhibits no indication that its 
size is due to the union of originally distinct elements; and 
Tam inclined to think that the fact that it happens to support 
two rays in addition to the one, viz. the third, which properly 
belongs to it, is simply due to the concentration of certain of 
the anterior fin-rays, which have apparently lost their radial 
elements during the partial atrophy of a primitively more 
extensive fin. Similar instances of this concentration of fin-rays, 
and the support of two or more of them by a single radial 
element, are to be noted in the last radial element of the dorsal 
fin of Lepidosteus and in the first and last of a large number of 
Teleosts. 

Anal fin.—The anal fin lies immediately beneath the dorsal 
fin, and consists of nine radial elements and thirteen fin-rays. 
All the radial elements, including the first, are precisely similar 
to the corresponding structures in the dorsal fin, but the last, 
as well as the first, supports three fin-rays. 


POLYPTERIDA. 
Polypterus bichir. 


Dorsal fin.—The anterior section of the dorsal fin is composed 
of fourteen * more or less distinct finlets, each of which consists 
of a stout spine and a posterior membranous portion supported 
by four soft multiarticulate rays which are attached by their 
proximal extremities to the upper half of the posterior margin of 
the spine. The more posterior finlets exhibit a tendency to fuse 
with one another through the gradual extension backwards of 
the membranous portion and its attachment to the basal portion 
of the spine of the succeeding finlet. The last spine, that is the 
fourteenth, is united by the membranous part of its finlet to the 
first of a series of eight stout, similarly united, slightly branched 
and rultiarticulate fin-rays, which form the posterior section of 
the dorsal fin. The latter fringe the dorsal margin of the 
terminal portion of the tail, and are continuous behind with the 
similarly constituted infra-caudal rays. The fourteen finlet-spines 


* The number of finlets, and consequently also the number of radial elements, 
is liable to individual variation (¢/. Ginther, Brit. Mus. Cat. of Fishes, vol. viii. 
pp. 327 & 517): hence the figures given above must be taken to apply only 
to the particular specimen examined, which was 15 inches in length. It is 
interesting to note that a somewhat similar individual variation has recently 
been recorded for the Notacanthid Teleosteans (Goode & Bean, Proc. U.S. Nat. 
Mus. vol. xvii. pp. 456-470). 


542, PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


(Pl. XXI. fig. 4, sp.r.)are supported by an equal number of simple, 
laterally-compressed, unsegmented, and widely separated radial 
elements (r.e.). The latter are somewhat slender, and the slightly 
thickened upper or distal extremity of each is tipped with carti- 
lage and forms a globose condyle, which fits into a suitable socket 
in the expanded base of its finlet-spine. The radial elements 
supporting the multiarticulate posterior series of fin-rays (fig. 5) 
are similar to those supporting the finlets, except for their greater 
length and more cylindrical shape. They are also more concen- 
trated, and, instead of articulating with their rays by a ball-and- 
socket joint, the cleft base of each ray simply embraces the 
cartilage-tipped distal end of its supporting radial element. 
Most of the anterior radial elements are very obliquely dis- 
posed, their inner extremities being directed forwards and only 
to a slight extent downwards, so that practically the arrange- 
ment of these elements is nearly horizontal. More posteriorly, 
where the finlets become replaced by a continuous dorsal fin, the 
radial elements gradually become less horizontal, and, while still 
remaining obliquely disposed, approximate more to the vertical 
and interdigitate with the neural spines of the subjacent ver- 
tebre. All the radial elements are embedded in the median 
vertical fibrous septum separating the dorso-lateral musculature 
of opposite sides of the body, and by it are connected with one 
another. 

Thin, somewhat triangular, cartilaginous lamine (fig. 5, 2) are 
attached to the posterior margins of more or fewer of the radial 
elements, near their outer or distal extremities. These lamine 
first make their appearance on the ninth, and gradually increase 
in size to the fifteenth. From the fifteenth to the twenty-first 
they diminish in size and finally disappear, the last one or two 
elements exhibiting no trace of them. In the twelfth to the 
fourteenth elements, inclusive, the laminw become more or less 
completely ossified. Whether osseous or cartilaginous, the 
Jamin project backwards from the various radial elements with 
which they are in ligamentous connexion into the fibrous septum 
separating the dorso-lateral musculatures. These structures 
can scarcely belong to the category of radial elements, and are 
probably mere chondrifications of the intermuscular septum, 
developed for the purpose of strengthening the points of origin 
of the powerful erector muscles of the spines and fin-rays. At 
any rate the erectores of each spine or fin-ray take origin not 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 543 


only from the anterior surface of its supporting radial element, 
but also from opposite sides of the intermuscular septum in 
which the lamina of the next anterior element is developed, and 
thence run obliquely backwards to their insertion into the base 
of the spine or fin-ray as the case may be *. 

It may be mentioned that Mivart [6] seems to have entirely 
misunderstood the nature of the fin-supports of Polypterus. In 
his description of the dorsal fin he says :—* This fin is supported 
by radials which give off on one side small secondary rays pro- 
ceeding dorsad and postaxiad” (J. c. p. 458 ; also pl. lxxix. fig. 6). 
It is clear from the use of the term “ radials,” as well as from 
the accompanying figure, that Mivart is here describing the 
spines and soft rays of the series of finlets, and has entirely 
overlooked the true ‘‘ radials,” which are situated beneath and 
support the finlets. It is probable that this usually accurate 
morphologist only had access to an imperfectly prepared skeleton. 

Anal jfin.—The anal fin of Polypterus consists of six radial 
elements (fig. 6), of which the first (7.e.') is a simple bony rod, 
slightly thickened and tipped with cartilage at its ventral end. 
The remainder are bisegmental, each consisting of a ventral 
segment (v.s¢.) similar to the simple segment of the first, and a 
slender styliform dorsal segment (d.st.). The segments of all 
the elements are well ossified, with the exception of the dorsal 
seement of the last one, which is cartilaginous. The distal 
extremities of the ventral segments are in close contact with 
one another so as to form a continuous, even if somewhat ir- 
regular, peripheral margin. The first five radial elements are 
situated in front of the first complete hemal arch (h.s.), to the 
spine of which the sixth is attached by ligament. 

Thirteen soft multiarticulate and slightly branched fin-rays 
are supported by the six radial elements, the ventral segments 
of the latter being embraced for a third of their length by the 
cleft rays. Each element, however, obviously contributes to the 
support of at least two fin-rays. 

In older and larger specimens than that described above, 
the ventral divisions of the different radial elements are not 
merely larger and relatively more expanded towards their distal 
extremities, but the three anterior ones, which are longer than 

* Ryder (2. Pl. v, fig. 2) gives a figure, “from Agassiz’s ‘ Poissons Fossiles,’ 
modified after Kolliker,” in which these’ structures are described as ‘“‘ non-ray- 
bearing interspinous epural elements.” 


544, PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


the others, are partially confluent proximally and distally, although 
separated centrally by large oval or elongated vacuities. The 
fin-supports of a specimen of this character are represented in a 
figure by Mivart (J. c. pl. xxix. fig. 8), which is perfectly accurate 
‘so far as the ventral segments are concerned, although, curiously 
enough, the dorsal segments of the radial elements are neither 
represented in the figure nor referred to in the text. 


TELEOSTEI. 
PHYSOSTOMI. 
OsTEOGLOSSID 2. 


Osteoglossum formosum. 

Dorsal fin.—In a skeleton of this species in the Mason College 
Zoological Museum there are eighteen soft fin-rays and nineteen * 
radial elements in the dorsal fin. The penultimate radial element 
consists of a proximal and a distal segment, the latter supporting a 
fin-ray ; the last has only a proximal segment, and is also without 
afin-ray. All the remaining elements (Pl. XXI. fig. 7), including 
the first, are trisegmental, and each consists of a long and some- 
what dagger-shaped slender proximal segment (p.s.); a much 
shorter, slender, and slightly hour-glass-shaped mesial segment 
(m.s.); and a rounded, nodular distal segment (d.s.). All the 
segments are completely ossified. The proximal segments exhibit 
no trace of the strong lateral longitudinal ridges which in most 
Teleosts separate the erector and depressor muscles of the fin- 
rays while providing surfaces for their origin. The articular 
interconnexions of the various radial elements for mutual support 
are very similar to those of Amza and Lepidosteus. The slightly 
enlarged distal extremity of each proximal segment is divided 
into an anterior and a posterior facet. The posterior facet 
articulates with the mesial segment, which is directed obliquely 
backwards and upwards, and in turn articulates with the distal 
segment, but the latter is also supported by the anterior facet of 
the proximal segment of the next succeeding radial element. 

With the exception of the last, all the radial elements support 
fin-rays. The cleft proximal end of each ray (f-r.) embraces the 
distal segment of its proper supporting radial element, but 
from what has been said as to the articular relations of each 

* Exclusive of a slender splint-like bone which is situated immediately 


anterior to the first of the fin-bearing series, and is apparently a vestigial radial 
element. 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 545 


distal segment it is clear that two elements contribute to the 
support of each ray. 

Anal fin.—The anal fin (fig. 8) is a facsimile of the dorsal fin 
except for an increase in the number of radial olements and fin- 
rays, there being twenty-six of the former and twenty-five of the 
latter. 


MuRr2zNID#. 


Conger conger. 

Dorsal fin.—The extensive dorsal fin of this species resembles 
that of Osteoglossum, and is equally primitive. All the radial 
elements (Pl. X XI. fig. 9) are similar in character, and all are tri- 
segmental. The mesial segments (m.s.) are well developed, and 
although firmly united at one extremity to the proximal seg- 
ments (p.s.), are nevertheless separated from the latter by well- 
marked sutures. The relations and articulations of the various 
segments of a radial element to one another and to those of 
contiguous elements for mutual support are much the same as 
in Osteoglossum. 

As in Amia and Lepidosteus, and as in most other Teleosts 
with trisegmental radial elements, an interossicular ligament 
(fig. 9, int. lig.) extends between and connects together the distal 
and mesial segments of successive radial elements. 

The fin-rays, as usual, are bifid at the base for the purpose of 
clipping the distal radial segments by which they are supported. 
Each of the basal arms of a fin-ray (fig. 10 fir.) is provided with a 
peg-like projection or tubercle on its inner surface, and the two 
tubercles of each ray fit into shallow pits or sockets on the 
lateral surfaces of the distal segment (fig. 10, d.s.; also fig. 9). 
This method of connexion between fin-rays and the distal seg- 
ments of their supporting radial elements will in future be referred 
to as a “ peg-and-socket ” articulation. 

Anal fin.—The radial elements are precisely similar to those 
of the dorsal fin. 

Anguilla anguilla. 

In so far as the fin-supports are concerned, this species closely 

resembles the preceding. 


Hsocip#. 
Esox lucius. 
Dorsal fin.—This fin consists of about twenty-one soft fin-rays, 


supported by twenty radial elements (Pl. XXI. fig. 11). The 
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 44 


546 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


first radial element (7.e.’) consists only of a bony proximal segment 
which has the usual dagger-like shape, and, in addition to being 
slightly expanded, is tipped with a pad of cartilage at its distal 
extremity. In the second (7-.e.*) the cartilaginous distal portion of 
the segment becomes slightly elongated upwards and backwards, 
and a distal segment is added. In the third and succeeding 
elements as far as the seventeenth, the distal cartilaginous 
epiphyses of the proximal segments (p.s.) gradually assume 
the proportions and relations of true mesial segments. In the 
sixth element (7.e.°) an ossific centre makes its appearance 
in the epipbyses, and, gradually enlarging in the succeeding 
elements, becomes in the eighth to the twelfth inclusive (7.e."— 
7.e.”) a fairly well-developed hour-glass-shaped mesial segment 
(m.s.). From the twelfth to the fifteenth the ossified mesial 
segment becomes gradually smaller and finally disappears. Pos- 
terior to the seventeenth element the cartilaginous epiphyses of 
the remaining proximal segments fuse into a continuous strip of 
cartilage supporting dorsally the corresponding distal segments. 
All the radial elements, except the first, possess distal segments 
(d.s.), which from the fourth to the fifteenth are more or less 
completely ossified, but remain simple cartilaginous nodules in 
front cf the fourth and posterior to the fifteenth. The relations 
of the distal segments to the mesial segments, and to the proximal 
segments of contiguous elements, are precisely the same as in 
Osteoglossum. 

It is obvious, therefore, that the central radial elements of the 
dorsal fin of Hsoz—that is from the sixth to the fifteenth inclustve— 
are typically trisegmental, and that anterior and posterior to 
these the elements become bisegmental or unisegmental accord- 
ing as a distal segment is, or is not, present. 

All the proximal segments, except those pertaining to the first 
two and the last five radial elements, have each of their lateral 
surfaces traversed by a more or less well-marked longitudinal 
ridge, which separates the elevator and depressor muscles of each 
fin-ray and serves for the partial origin of both. 

Of the twenty-one fin-rays the third, like those succeeding it, 
is supported by the distal segment of its proper radial element 
(viz., the third), which is, as it were, clipped by the cleft base 
of the ray. The two anterior rays simply rest basally on the 
thickened cartilaginous extremities of the proximal segments of 
the first and second radial elements. 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 547 

In a second specimen examined, twenty-two fin-rays were 
present, the first three in this case being supported by the 
proximal segments of the first two radial elements. 

Anal jfin.—This fin very closely resembles the dorsal fin. 
There are fewer radial elements and fin-rays, viz., eighteen and 
twenty respectively, but all the central fin-supports are tri- 
segmental. 


CYPRINIDA. 


Barbus vulgaris. 


Dorsal fin.—In this Cyprinoid the dorsal fin consists of twelve 
fin-rays, supported by ten radial elements (Pl. XXI. fig.12). Of 
the latter the fifth to the ninth (7.e.’-7.e.°) inclusive are the most 
complete, each consisting of proximal (p.s.), mesial (m.s.), aud 
distal (d.s.)segments. Each proximal segment isa relatively large 
and somewhat dagger-shaped bone, which for a variable portion 
of its length articulates by its straight and almost parallel 
anterior and posterior margins with the corresponding edges of 
the proximal segments in front and behind, and is traversed on 
each of its lateral surfaces by a prominent longitudinal ridge. 
The distal end of the segment is greatly thickened, and provided 
anteriorly with three facets, one median and two lateral, and 
posteriorly with a fourth articular surface. The mesial segments 
are short thick ossicles, suturally united at one extremity to the 
posterior facet on the distal end of the corresponding proximal 
segment, and with the usual oblique inclination backwards to its 
articulation with the somewhat quadrate aud much smaller distal 
segment. The distal segment, as well as the contiguous margin 
of the mesial segment, rest inferiorly on the median facet of the 
next succeeding proximal segment. The first to the fourth 
radial elements (7.¢.'.e.") inclusive lack separable mesial seg- 
ments, but possess instead, at first a facet, and ultimately an 
upwardly and backwardly directed postero-superior process with 
a terminal articular surface for the distal segment. The tenth 
or last (v.e.) is a vestigial element, being represented by a 
proximal segment only. 

Of the twelve fin-rays, the first four are spines of variable 
lengta, decreasing in size from behind forwards; the remainder 
are soft multiarticulate rays. The first three spines are carried 
by the laterally expanded distal end of the proximal segment 
of the first radial element. The fourth, or large defensive spine 

44* 


548 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


(d.s.), is the proper fin-ray of the first radial element, but 
although its bifid base clips the distal segment of that element, 
it is mainly supported by the two laterally-placed facets on the 
hinder margin of the distal extremity of the second proximal 
segment. The twelfth fin-ray mainly is supported by the distal 
segment of the ninth radial element (7.e.°). All the remaining 
fin-rays are supported by a corresponding number of radial 
elements, viz., by the second to the eighth inclusive. In most 
instances not only does the cleft base of the fin-ray clip the 
distal segment of its radial element but, in addition, articulates 
by two basal condyles with the two facets on the anterior margin 
of the distal end of the proximal segment of the next succeeding 
element. 

As in some other Cyprinoids, there are two or three vestigial 
radial elements which are represented only by proximal segmentsin 
the form of small, thin, and somewhat irregularly shaped lamin 
of bone, and are situated immediately anterior to the first ray- 
bearing element. The vestigial elements undoubtedly indicate 
the existence of a primitively longer dorsal fin than is present in 
the adult, and it is quite possible that they may represent the 
original fin-supports of those additional fin-rays which are sup- 
ported by the first of the normal series of radial elements. 

Anal fin.—This fin eonsists of seven radial elements and nine 
fin-rays, and, on the whole, is very similar to the dorsal fin 
(Pl. X XI. fig. 13). In the series of radial elements, the presence 
of a distinct mesial segment in addition to proximal and distal 
seements is restricted to the fourth, fifth, and sixth. In front 
of the fourth the elements are bisegmental, while the seventh has 
only a proximal segment. ‘The first element supports two fin- 
rays in addition to partially supporting the third, which is its 
proper ray. The fin-ray of the last radial element is firmly 
attached to its predecessor, and is really supported by the distal 
seoment of the penultimate element. All the remaining fin-rays 
are supported precisely as in the dorsal fin. 


Cyprinus carpio. 

Dorsal fin —Except for its greater length and the consequent 
increase in the number of radial elements and fin-rays, which are 
twenty-two and twenty-five respectively, the dorsal fin of the 
Carp closely resembles that of the Barbel. The trisegmental 
radial elements are the third to the twenty-first inclusive, the 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 549 


first and second having only proximal and distal segments, and 
the last a proximal segment. It is, perhaps, worth remarking 
that the distal segments of more or fewer of the anterior elements 
apparently ossify from two distinct lateral centres, which entirely 
replace the primitive cartilage but nevertheless leave a persistent 
longitudinal suture. 

The fourth fin-ray, the defensive spine, is the ray which rightly 
belongs to the first radial element, although, as in Barbus, it is 
mainly supported by the two laterally situated facets on the 
adjacent extremity of the proximal segment of the second. The 
three short anterior fin-spines, also as in Barbus, are supported 
by the distal end of the proximal segment of the first radial 
element. 

The articular relations of the segments of the same radial 
element to one another and to those of contiguous elements, as 
well as the relations of the fin-rays to both, are much the same 
ay in the preceding species. 

Anal jin.—In all essentials this fin resembles the dorsal fin. 
There are seven radial elements and nine fin-rays. Of the former 
three, viz., the fourth, fifth, and sixth, are trisegmental, those 
anterior to them being bisegmental, while the seventh has only a 
proximal segment. The serrated defensive spine is the third of 
the series of fin-rays, and, as in the dorsal fin, is the one pertaining 
to the first radial element. 


Abramis brama, 
Tinea tinca. 


Both the Bream and the Tench are very similar to the preceding 
Cyprinoids in the character of their radial skeletal elements. In 
both the dorsal and anal fins all, except the most anterior and 
posterior, are trisegmental, the remainder being bisegmental or 
unisegmental. 

The Bream is remarkable for possessing a series of about eight 
well-developed lamellar ossicles which are situated immediately 
anterior to the normal ray-bearing radial elements of the 
dorsal fin, and le between the neural spines of the subjacent 
vertebre. These ossicles are the proximal segments of the fiu- 
supports of the atrophied anterior section of the dorsal fin. 


an 
Ou 
jo) 


PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


SaLMONIDE. 
Coregonus pollan. 


Dorsal fin—In the rayed dorsal fin there are twelve radial 
elements, supporting thirteen fin-rays. Of the radial elements, 
six, viz. the sixth to the eleventh inclusive, are trisegmental. The 
suture between the mesial and proximal segments is occasionally 
somewhat difficult to detect, but sections taken through the lime 
of junction readily prove its existence. The first two elements 
and the last consist of proximal segments only, and the third, 
‘fourth, and fifth of a distal segment in addition. 

The first radial element supports two fin-rays, of which the 
second rightly belongs to that element. All the remaining 
elements are each related to a single ray, although, as in the 
preceding Teleosts, two elements contribute, directly or indirectly, 
to the support of each. 

A series of fifteen slender bones is situated in front of the first 
of the ray-bearing radial elements, imbedded in the median 
fibrous sheet separating the dorso-lateral muscles of opposite 
sides of the body, and agreeing in number with the subjacent 
vertebre. Anteriorly to these, and continuing the series to the 
posterior face of the skull, there are two thin Jamelliform bony 
plates, of which the anterior is much the larger. The seventeen 
slender or lamelliform ossicles are the proximal elements of a 
series of vestigial radial elements, and may be taken as an indi- 
cation of a primitive extension of the dorsal fin as far forwards 
as the head. 

Anal fin.—Hleven radial elements and thirteen fin-rays are 
present. The third to the eleventh of the radial series inclusive 
are trisegmental, the first and last unisegmental, and the second 
bisegmental. 

The third fin-ray is the one belonging to the first radial 
element, which therefore supports two rays in addition to its 
own proper ray. 

SILURIDE. 
Platystoma tigrinum. 

Dorsal fin.—W ith the exception of certain minor differences, the 
dorsal fin of this Siluroid resembles that of Améurus catus which 
has been described by McMurrich [9]. There are eight distinet 
radial elements anda corresponding number of fin-rays (Pl. XXI. 
fig. 14). The five posterior radial elements are fairly similar, 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 551 


and each consists of a proximal (p.s.) and a distal (d.s.) segment. 
Each proximal segment is broad above, but becomes slender and 
tapering towards its inner extremity. For the upper half of its 
extent the segment suturally articulates with its fellows in front 
and behind by straight or slightly curved anterior and posterior 
margins, while the distal extremity is somewhat expanded laterally 
and, at the same time, produced obliquely upwards and backwards 
into an abruptly truncated “ postero-superior ” process (ps-.p.) 
which articulates with the distal segment, and almost precisely 
resembles a confluent mesial segment both in its relations to the 
distal segment and in its mode of articulation with the antero- 
superior margin of the next succeeding proximal segment. The 
postero-superior process and the adjacent anterior portion of 
the distal end of the segment furnish a smooth concave surface 
for articulation with the base of a fin-ray. The distal extremity 
of the proximal segment of the last radial element is produced 
backwards into a thick lamina of bone, which may possibly 
represent one or more fused segments. 

The distal segments are simple osseous nodules. Interossicular 
ligaments extend from the upper surface of the postero-superior 
process of each proximal segment to the distal segment, and from 
the latter to the postero-superior process of the next succeeding 
proximal segment. 

The first three radial elements (7.¢.'-r.¢.*) differ somewhat from 
the others. They are more or less firmly united together by 
suture throughout their entire length, and are otherwise modified 
for the support of the large defensive spine and the smaller 
spine in front of it—the “ guard-spine ’»—which provides for the 
support and fixation of the defensive spine in the erect position. 
The first (7.e.') includes only a proximal segment (p.s.), and is 
represented by a somewhat triangular bony plate with the apex 
directed forwards and its base firmly attached by suture to the 
proximal segment of the second. Distally, the piate is produced 
outwards into two prominent lateral ridges. The second also 
consists only of a proximal segment (7-e.', p.s.) similar in shape 
to those which succeed it, but terminating distally in a projecting 
process (p.), provided with a smooth anterior surface, for the 
support of the “guard-spine”’ (g.sp.). Distally also, but at a 
point anterior to the projecting process already mentioned, the 
lateral margins of the segment are produced outwards and back- 
wards in such a way as to form a horizontally disposed V-shaped 


502 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESTAL 


lamina of bone (Pl. XXI. fig. 15, 7.e.?, p.s.), in the angle of which is 
situated the “‘ guard-spine,” while the apex is suturally articulated 
with the produced lateral margins of the first proximal segment 
(r.e.', p s.). The third radial element (fig. 14, 7.e.°) is more normal, 
and consists of a proximal segment (p.s.) with a postero-superior 
process and an ossified cubical distal segment (d.s.) embraced by 
the cleft base of the third fin-ray. The proximal segment, like 
those of the preceding radial elements, has the lateral margins of 
its distal extremity produced outwards in the form of wing-like 
lamin (fig. 15, r.e.°, p.s.), which, superiorly, form a transversely 
elongated surface for the support of the defensive spine (fig. 14, 
d.sp.), and at either extremity suturally articulate with the hinder 
ends of the V-shaped lamina of the second proximal segment 
(fig. 15). The arrangement of the foramina for the transmission 
of the erector muscles of the guard and defensive spines is very 
similar to that described by McMurrich in the case of Amiwrus 
catus. In a dorsal view (fig. 15) it will be seen that the V-shaped 
lamina, in conjunction with the lateral wings of the third proximal 
segment, encloses a somewhat triangular space in which are situ- 
ated the bases of the two spines and their supports. The large 
foramen on each side of these structures (f) transmits the 
erector muscles of the defensive spine, the corresponding muscles 
of the “ guard-spine ” passing from their origin to their insertion 
through two much smaller lateral foramina (f1) which perforate 
the distal end of the second proximal segment immediately 
beneath the V-shaped lamina. 

There are eight fin-rays, which in order from before backwards 
include (1.) the “ guard-spine,” (ii.) the large defensive spine, and 
(iii.) a series of six soft multiarticulate rays. The third to the 
eighth inclusive, that is the six soft rays, are perfectly normal in 
their mode of support and in their relations to the last six of the 
radial series. Hach ray (fig. 14) is supported partly by the distal 
segment of its proper radial element and partly also—and this is 
more particularly the case with the third, fourth, and sixth rays— 
by the articulation of its bifid condylar base with the distal ex- 
tremity of the next succeeding proximal segment. The guard 
and defensive spines, however, are somewhat peculiar. The 
defensive spine, instead of being bifid, has a transversely elon- 
gated base, divided into a median and two lateral condyles, and 
apparently formed by the secondary fusion of the basal extremities 
of an ordinary cleft ray. The lateral condyles articulate with 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 553 


the lateral wings at the distal end of the third proximal segment, 
immediately anterior to the origin of its postero-superior process, 
while the median condyle fits into a mesial pit. Above the three 
condyles, the base of the spine is perforated by an oval forainen 
through which is prolonged a curious hook-shaped process (/) 
developed from the anterior or dorsal surface of the postero- 
superior process, and from the extremity of the hook a stout 
ligament extends to an insertion into the distal end of the second 
proximal segment. This hook probably owes its formation to the 
partial ossification of the strong interossicular ligament which, 
in the absence of distal segments, passes between the distal ex- 
tremities of the proximal segments of the first two radial elements, 
and in other Siluroids, where the ligament is completely ossified, 
gives rise to the characteristic “chain-link” articulation of the 
defensive spine with its supporting radial element. As the third 
radial element is already provided with a fin-ray, viz. the first 
soft ray, the defensive spine must be regarded as the ray normally 
pertaining to the second element. The “ guard-spine”’ isa simple, 
short, V-shaped ossicle and, alihough supported by the second 
radial element, is really the fin-ray of the first. 

This view of the relations of the anterior fin-rays to their 
supporting radial elements differs from that given by McMurrich 
in the case of Amiurus in one or two particulars. According to 
this writer the radial element of the defensive spine is the third, 
that of the “ guard-spine”’ being the second, while the fin-ray of the 
first element is represented by the V-shaped lamina. The reason 
assigned for the last suggestion is—that what corresponds to the 
V-shaped lamina in Amiurus is an ossification in membrane, and 
ought therefore to be regarded as belonging to the category of 
fin-rays, inasmuch as the radial elements are always preformed 
in cartilage. In my opinion this reason is scarcely a conclusive 
one. The lateral wings of the third proximal segment in Pla- 
tystoma are almost certainly formed of membrane-bone, and 
the same is in all probability true of the produced lateral 
margins of the first; but these facts alone are quite insufficient to 
justify one in regarding such outgrowths as degenerate fin-rays. 
Moreover, it is admitted by McMurrich that portions of the first 
and third “interspinalia’’ in Améwrus are formed of membrane- 
bone, and yet it is not suggested that such portions represent fin- 
rays. It seems more reasonable to infer that the partial ossifi- 
cation of certain proximal segments from membrane is the result 


554 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


-of the expansion of their distal extremities for the support of 
the modified defensive and guard spines. It may further be 
pointed out that, if the relations of the various radial elements to 
the series of fin-rays be traced from behind forwards, no special 
difficulty with regard to the mutual relations of the more anterior 
of them need be experienced. It is only necessary to bear in 
mind (i.) that in the normal portion of the fin each fin-ray is 
supported by two contiguous radial elements, although it is to 
the anterior of the two that the ray rightly belongs; and (ii.) 
that in the anterior portion of the fin the loss of the distal 
segments of their proper radial elements has led to the backward 
displacement of certain of the fin-rays (that is, the guard and 
defensive spines), and also to their exclusive support by the 
proximal segménts of the radial elements immediately posterior 
to those to which they really belong. In the light of these 
considerations, it is an easy matter in the case of Platystoma to 
correlate the eight radial elements with the eight fin-rays in the 
order of their sequence from before backwards. 

Anal fin.—In the anal fin there are thirteen radial elements 
and sixteen fin-rays. The fourth to the thirteenth radial elements 
(fig. 16) inclusive are composed of both proximal (p.s.) and distal 
(d.s.) segments, but without any trace of separable mesial seg- 
ments. Each proximal segment is produced downward and back- 
ward into a postero-inferior process (pi.p), precisely analogous 
to the postero-superior processes of the dorsal fin, and, like 
the latter, having the appearance and relations of a confluent 
mesial segment. Hach of the first three radial elements consists 
of a proximal segment only, which has no trace of the postero- 
inferior process of the succeeding segments. Concentration of 
the fin-rays is apparent at each extremity of theseries. The last 
radial element supports two rays, while the first three support 
between them the first five fin-rays, of which the third is the 
normal ray of the first radial element. All the fin-rays have 
cleft bases and, with the exception of the first five, their mode of 
support is similar to that of the central and posterior rays of the 
dorsal fin. In the absence of distal segments, the first five rays 
are supported by the three anterior proximal segments. 


Amiurus catus. 


Dorsal fin.—This fin is very similar to the corresponding fin 
in the preceding species, and for an account of its structure and 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 555 


development reference may be made to MceMurrich’s description 
of the osteology of Amiurus (I. ¢.). 

Anal fin.—The anal fin is also very similar to that of Platy- 
stoma except for the greater number of radial elements and fin- 
rays, which in the specimen examined were twenty-one and 
twenty-two respectively. 


Cnidoglanis megastoma. 

In this Siluroid there are two dorsal fins, an anterior situated 
immediately behind the head, and a long posterior which is co- 
extensive with the caudal section of the trunk and continuous 
posteriorly with the caudal fin. 

Anterior dorsal fin —This fin is very similar to the dorsal fin 
of Amiurus and Platystoma, except that there are but six radial 
elements and seven fin-rays. The first three radial elements are 
precisely similar to those of Platystoma, both in structure and in 
their relations to the guard and defensive spines, the reduction 
in the number of radial elements being at the expense of the 
hinder of the series. The distal segment of the last radial element 
supports two dermal rays. 

Posterior dorsal fin—tThe posterior section of the dorsal fin is 
supported by a series of slender fin-rays, all of which are deeply 
cleft proximally and slightly branched distally. The proximal 
ends of the rays are pointed, and penetrate between the neural 
spines of the subjacent vertebre into the median fibrous septum 
which separates the dorsal muscles of the trunk. Proximally 
alse the rays are in ligamentous connexion with one another and 
with the extremities of the neural spines. There is no trace of 
radial elements in any part of the fin. With the possible excep- 
tion of a few other Siluroids, the presence of fin-rays without 
supporting radial elements is a condition which is unique among 
Teleostean Fishes ; and I am inclined to regard the total suppres- 
sion of such elements as a transitional stage in the degeneration 
of the posterior dorsal fin to a vestigial adipose fin. 

Anal jin.—In external appearance the anal fin is extremely 
similar to the posterior dorsal fin, but structurally the two are 
very different. A complete series of radial elements is present, 
in number about sixty-three or sixty-four, and, with the exception 
of the first, all are bisegmental, consisting of slender, distally 
expanded proximal segments and small nodular distal segments. 
The fin-rays and their mode of support are also perfectly normal. 


556 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


There are indications of the concentration of fin-rays at the 
anterior end of the fin in the presence of two rays in excess of 
the number of radial elements. 


CHARACINID A. 
Citharinus Geoffroyi. 


Dorsal fin.—There are sixteen radial elements supporting 
nineteen dermal fin-rays. The radial elements (Pl. X XI. fig. 17) 
are all bisegmental, consisting of proximal (p.s) and distal (d.s.) 
Segments, with no trace of mesial segments or of the postero- 
superior processes which so often take their place. The distal 
segments are somewhat interesting inasmuch as they illustrate a 
further stage in the gradual conversion of the segment into the 
hook-shaped distal segment of many Acanthopterygian Teleosts. 
The distal segment of the first radial element (r.e.', d.s.) 1s larger 
than any of the others, and in the form of an elongated and 
somewhat quadrate ossicle articulates with the distal end of its 
proximal segment (p.s.), and also partially overlaps the corre- 
sponding extremity of the next proximal segment and suturally 
articulates with its distal segment. The remaining distal seg- 
ments are somewhat smaller, and many of them exhibit traces of 
a median longitudinal suture, but all of them have similar 
relations to their own and succeeding proximal segments as well 
as to contiguous distal segments. Excluding the first, each 
distal segment has on its lateral surfaces, near the anterior end 
of the segment, a concavity so deep that the two nearly meet in 
the centre of the segment (fig. 17). These concavities or sockets 
are for the reception of the condylar projections from the inner 
surfaces of the cleft basal end of a fin-ray (see dorsal view, 
fig. 18), and hence the mode of articulation of the two structures 
assumes a further extension of the “ peg-and-socket ” joint already 
indicated in the case of Conger. A slight extension of this 
modification in the direction of extending the inward growth of 
the two condylar projections of the fin-ray so that they meet and 
fuse, while at the same time. the posterior end of each distal seg- 
ment becomes contracted and curved into a hook, and the charac- 
teristic “chain-link” articulation of so many Acanthopterygii 
is easily reached. The distal sezment of the first radial element 
differs from the rest in having three pairs of lateral sockets, the 
last pair, however, being in part formed by the hinder portion of 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 557 


the corresponding segment of the second radial element. The 
first radial element is related to four fin-rays, of which the first 
three are but feebly developed. The first ray simply rests on 
the anterior margin of the distal end of the proximal segment; 
but the second, third, and fourth, the last mentioned being the 
ray strictly belonging to the first radial element, articulate with 
the three pairs of sockets on the distal segment. 

Anterior to the first ray-supporting radial element there are 
seven flattened lamellar bones extending forwards nearly to the 
supraoccipital spine, and apparently representing a series of 
vestigial proximal radial segments which have lost their fin-rays. 

Anal fin.—This fin in all essentials very closely resembles the 
dorsal fin, except for the larger number of radial elements (viz., 
twenty-five) and fin-rays (viz., twenty-eight). This distal segment 
of the first radial element is, however, apparently double. 


CLUPEID &. 
Clupea harengus. 


Dorsal fin.—In this species the eighteen fin-rays of the dorsal 
fiu are supported by a corresponding number of radial elements. 
All the radial elements are very similar, and each consists of a 
proximal and a distal segment, the former having a well-marked 
postero-superior process. No distinct mesial segments could be 
detected. The nodular distal segments are simply clipped by 
the cleft bases of the various dermal rays. In front of the first 
ray-bearing radial element there is a series of about eighteen 
slender vestigial proximal segments extending forwards at regular 
intervals to the skull. 

Anal jin.—There are fifteen radial elements, all of which are 
very similar to those of the dorsal fin, and seventeen fin-rays. 
The first radial element supports two fin-rays, of which the 
second clips the distal segment. The last radial element is also 
related to two fin-rays supported by its distal segment. 


GYMNOTIDA. 
Gymnotus electricus. 


The dorsal fin is entirely absent. 
Anal jfin.—The long anal fin of this species is supported by an 
equally extensive series of radial elements. The latter (Pl. XXII. 


558 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


fig. 19) consist of long, slender, rod-like proximal segments (p.s.), 
each of which is slightly expanded and tipped with cartilage at its 
distal end. There is no trace of mesial segments, or of postero- 
superior processes to the proximal segments, and a series of 
fibrous pads, interposed between the proximal segments and the 
fin-rays, are all that represent the osseous or cartilaginous distal 
segments of other Fishes. The radial elements have no articular 
connexion with one another, and, except for a continuous liga- 
mentous connexion between the distal extremities of their 
proximal segments, are quite distinct. 

The fin-rays (f-7) correspond in number with their supporting 
radial elements, and each is supported solely by a single element. 
Their cleft basal extremities, which have irregular dentate edges 
instead of smooth articular surfaces asin most other Teleosts, 
embrace between them the fibrous representatives of the distal 
radial segments. 


ANACANTHINI. 
GaADIDZ. 
Gadus eglefinus. 


In this Gadoid there are three dorsal fins—an anterior, a 
mesial, and a posterior, separated from one another by short 
but distinct intervals. The anal fin is also divided into similarly 
separated anterior and posterior divisions. 

Anterior dorsal jin.—Sixteen radial elements form the support- 
ing skeleton of this section of the dorsal fin. All but the last 
consist of a large well-ossified proximal segment with a well- 
developed postero-superior process, and a small, cartilaginous, 
nodular distal segment, which is embraced by the cleft base of its 
dermal fin-ray. The last of the series consists of a small proximal 
segment only, without a distal segment or a fin-ray. 

Mesial dorsal fin.—This fin is very similar to the anterior dorsal 
but includes nineteen radial elements, each, including the last, 
consisting of proximal and distal segments and supporting a 
fin-ray. 

Posterior dorsal fin.—The posterior division of the dorsal fin 
very closely resembles the mesial section. There are, however, 
twenty radial elements and a corresponding number of fin- 


rays. 
It may be noted that in each section of the dorsal fin the fin- 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 559 


supports gradually diminish in size from before backwards, and 
the same may be said of the three sections collectively. 

Three vestigial radial elements, without distal segments or 
fin-rays, are interposed between the mesial and porterivr dorsal 
fins. It may in fact be said that, so far as their radial elements 
are concerned, these fins form a continuous structure, the interval 
between them which is apparent externally being simply due to 
the suppression of the three fin-rays corresponding to the three 
vestigial radial elements. 

No vestigial elements between the anterior and mesial dorsal 
fins could be detected. 

Anterior anal fin—This section of the anai fin consists of 
twenty-five radial elements and twenty-six fin-rays. Of the 
former, all but the last are bisegmental, and in other respects 
are very similar to the corresponding structures of the dorsal 
fin. The last of the series is much smaller than the rest, almost 
horizontal in position, and, in the absence of a distal segment, 
its cartilaginous extremity supports a feebly developed ray. In 
addition to its own proper ray, the second of the series, the first 
radial element supports a feeble ray in front of the former. 

Posterior anal fin.—In this fin there are twenty radial elements 
and an equal number of fin-rays. All but the last, which lacks a 
distal segment, are bisegmental. 

As in the case of the mesial and posterior dorsal fins, the 
interval between the anterior and posterior anal fins is occupied 
by three vestigial radial elements which complete the continuity 
of the two series. 


Gadus morrhua and Merluccius vulgaris. 


In both these Gadoids the radial elements are essentially 
similar to those of the preceding species. 


PLEURONECTID&. 


Pleuronectes platessa. 


Dorsal fin.—The continuous dorsal fin not only extends nearly 
the whole length of the body but also on to the posterior three- 
fourths of the head. The supporting radial elements (Pl. XXII. 
fig. 20), including those on the head, are all bisegmental. The 
proximal segments (p.s.) are long, relatively narrow, vertically 
disposed structures. Distally, each segment terminates in a 


560 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESTAL 


cartilage-tipped extremity, provided with two flat oblique surfaces 
meeting at an angle. The distal segments (d.s.) are all carti- 
laginous, somewhat plano-convex in shape, and intercalated 
between the distal ends of the proximal segments in such a way 
that the convex inferior surface of each articulates with two 
oblique surfaces furnished by the distal extremities of two con- 
tiguous proximal segments. Towards the anterior and posterior 
extremities of the fin, the distal segments to some extent lose 
their usual intercalated arrangement and become more directly 
related to the distal ends of the proximal segments to which they 
belong. 

All the fin-rays are cleft basally and clip the distal segments 
of their supporting radial elements. 

Anal fin.—In the structure and disposition of its radial elements 
the long anal fin closely resembles the dorsal. 


ACANTHOPTERYGII. 
BERYCID2. 
Holocentrum spiniferosum. 


Dorsal jfin.—The dorsal fin consists of an anterior spinose 
portion and a posterior section consisting of soft multiarticulate 
fin-rays. There is, however, no interruption in the sequence of 
either the fin-rays or the supporting radial elements, Twenty-five 
radial elements (Pl. XXII. fig. 21, 7.e.’-r.e.”) are present, of which 
the first ten support eleven stout spines, the remaining fifteen 
supporting sixteen soft rays. The ten spine-bearing elements 
(r.e.'-r.e."°) are bisegmental, each consisting of a dagger-shaped 
proximal segment (p.s.) with well-marked lateral longitudinal 
ridges, and, in addition, a distal segment (d.s.). Each proximal 
segment has at its distal end (i.) an anterior facet for arti- 
culation with the distal segment of the radial element immediately 
anterior to it; and (ii.) behind the facet a transversely disposed 
articular surface for the condylar base of a fin-ray. Posteriorly 
to this the distal end of the segment contracts somewhat, and then 
widens out into two transversely disposed lateral wings (fig. 22, 
p-s.) which are directed upwards as well as outwards, and, in 
conjunction with similar wings developed from the distal seg- 
ment (d.s.), form a section of a well-marked medio-dorsal bony 
groove extending the whole length of the spinose portion of the 
fin, and serving for the reception of the spines when the latter 
are deflected. The lateral notches (”) which are to be seen 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 561 


between successive sections of the osseous groove serve for the 
transmission of the elevator and depressor muscles of the spines. 
Each distal segment (Pl. XXII. figs. 21, 22, d.s.) suturally artieu- 
lates with the hinder margin of the distal end of the corresponding 
proximal segment, and consists of (a) a central nodular portion, 
(0) the lateral wings already mentioned, and (c) a hook-shaped pro- 
longation (h) from the centre of its hinder margin, which, after 
curving backwards and a little downwards, becomes tirmly con- 
nected by ligament with an osseous tubercle (¢) on the adjacent 
distal end of the proximal segment of the next succeeding radial 
element in such a way that the hook and tubercle together form 
a bony link or loop. Posteriorly, the distal segment articu- 
lates with the anterior of the two facets with which the distal 
end of the next succeeding proximal segment is furnished. 

The spinose fin-rays have much the same structure throughout 
the series. In each case the base of the spine forms a trans- 
versely elongated condyle for articulation with a similar facet on 
the distal end of the proximal radial segment, immediately behind 
that to which it rightly belongs; while above the condyle the 
base of the spine is perforated by a foramen, through which 
passes the bony hook formed by the distal segment of its proper 
radial element, that is, the next anterior element. 

The evolution of this method of articulation between a distal 
radial segment and a fin-ray is, I believe, an extreme modi- 
fication of the ““peg-and-socket ” articulation, the first appearance 
of which was noted in the Conger and a later stage in Ottharinus. 
The ingrowths from the inner surfaces of the originally cleft 
base of a fin-ray have now met and fused, forming a transverse 
basal condyle for articulation with a proximal radial segment, 
but above the condyle there is left a foramen through which passes 
the now contracted and hook-like posterior portion of the distal 
segment. This mode of articulation is extremely characteristic 
of many Acanthopterygian Teleosts, and in future will be referred 
to as a “chain-link,” although I may so far anticipate the sequel 
as to say that “chain-link” articulations may be formed by 
various methods in different Teleosts. 

The first radial element (Pl. XXII. fig. 21, 7.e.') supports two 
spines, of which the first has a chain-link articulation with the distal 
extremity of the proximal segment, while the second spine, the 
proper ray to this element, has thenormal “ chain-link ” connexion 
with the distal segment. It is somewhat difficult to account for 

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXY. 45 


562 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


the mode of articulation of the first spine; but I am inclined 
to think that the chain-link in this case is due to a modification 
similar to that by which the same kind of articulation is brought 
about in the case of the distal segments and spines of the rest 
of the fin, viz., by the ingrowth of the basal extremities of an 
ordinary cleft ray through the distal end of a proximal segmeut. 

There is a striking contrast between the radial elements already 
described and the fifteen (r.e."-r.e.”) supporting the sixteen 
soft rays of the hinder section of the dorsal fin. The elements 
are all trisegmental, consisting of proximal (p.s.), mesial (m.s.), 
and distal (d.s.) segments, which have almost precisely similar 
relations to one another, and to those of contiguous elements, as 
in the Cyprinide and other Teleosts with trisegmental radial 
elements. Behind the fifteenth there is a vestigial proximal 
segment (v.e.) suturally united to the one in front. 

Each fin-ray is cleft basally and clips the distal segment of 
its proper radial element, although, as usual, the ray is partly 
supported by the next succeeding proximal segment. The 
distal segment of the last element contributes to the support of 
two rays. 

Immediately anterior to the first radial element of the dorsal 
fin there are two vestigial elements without rays. 

Anal jin.—There are twelve radial elements (fig. 23) and 
fifteen fin-rays, and, of the latter, four are spinose and the 
remainder soft and multiarticulate. 

The third to the twelfth radial elements inclusive (7.¢.*—7.e."”) 
are trisegmental and in every respect similar to those in the 
hinder section of the dorsal fin, but the first and second (7.e."— 
re.) have only proximal and distal segments (p.s.,d.s.). The 
proximal segments of the first two elements are exceptionally 
long ana stout, and are firmly, but suturally, united together ; 
the remainder are slender and gradually decrease in size as they 
extend backwards. The distal segment of the third radial 
element is a simple cubical ossicle similar to those of the 
succeeding elements ; but those of the first and second consist 
of a cubical body produced distally into anterior and posterior 
hook-like processes, of which the anterior is simply due to the 
ossification of the interossicular ligament in continuity with the 
segment itself. The proximal and distal segments of the first 
two radial elements furnish either peg-and-socket or chain-link 
articulations for the first four spinose fin-rays. A tubercle on 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 563 


the anterior margin of the distal end of the first proximal seg- 
ment has two lateral pits for the first spine, which therefore has a 
“ peg-and-socket ”’ articulation with that segment. Behind these 
lateral pits there is a bony loop formed anteriorly by a process 
of the same segment, and behind by the anterior limb of the 
distal segment and furnishing a chain-link articulation for 
the second spine. Posteriorly to this a second ring is formed, 
partly by the hook-lke posterior limb of the same distal segment 
and*completed by the ossified interossicular ligament which 
extends from the extremity of the hook backwards to the distal 
extremity of the second proximal segment this bony loop has a 
chain-link connexion with the third and largest of the spinose rays. 
Finally, the hooked distal segment of the second element in 
conjunction with the mesial segment of the third forms a third 
bony ring for a similar articulation with the fourth and last 
spinose ray. A comparison of these spines and their relations 
to their fin-supports renders it clear that the third spine is that 
rightly belonging to the first radial element, and that the 
first and second have lost their normal fin-supports and acquired 
a secondary connexion with the first persistent, ray-bearmg 
element. 

All the soft rays are basally cleft and simply clip the distal 
segments of their supporting radial elements. The last element, 
however, supports two feebly developed rays. 


Beryx decadactylus, Cuv. & Val. 


In a figure of the skeleton of this species by Ginther (9¢, 
pl. vi.) more or fewer of the radial elements in the soft-rayed 
portions of the dorsal and anal fins are represented as triseg- 
mental. The sutures between the proximal and mesial segments 
are somewhat indistinct in the dorsal fin, but are quite obvious 
in the anal fin. ‘This is the only instance of which I am aware 
in which the trisegmental character of the radial elements of a 
Teleost has been previously recognized. It must be pointed 
out, however, that Giinther gives no description of the radial 
elements, nor does he in any way refer in the text to their 
segmentation. 

Three vestigial elements, consisting of proximal segments only, 
are figured in front of the first ray-bearing element of the 
dorsal fin. 

45* 


564 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


PERCID2. 


Perea fluviatilis. 


Except for the absence of mesial segments, the fins and fin- 
supports of this species have a fairly close resemblance to those 
of Holocentrum. 

Anterior Dorsal fin.—This fin consists of fifteen spinose rays 
supported by a like number of radial elements. All the radial 
elements are bisegmental except the last three, which have 
proximal segments only. Most of the proximal segments have 
well marked postero-superior processes which appear to take the 
place of the missing mesial segments. As in Holocentrum, all 
the distal segments are provided with hook-like processes. The 
distal segment of the first element seems, however, to have fused 
with the proximal segment, a groove at its base alone indicating 
its original distinctness. 

A median dorsal bony groove for the reception of the deflected 
spines is present in Perca, but the successive sections are formed 
by lateral wings developed from the postero-superior processes 
of the proximal segments, in conjunction with those contributed 
by the distal segments. 

The first spine has a “chain-link” articulation with the 
distal end of the first proximal segment. The second, a similar 
articulation with the corresponding distal segment, and, in 
addition, a basal articulation with a transversely elongated 
articular surface on the distal extremity of the second proximal 
segment. The remaining spines have precisely similar arti- 
culations, two successive elements contributing to the support 
of each spine. The last three radial elements being without 
distal segments, it follows that the last and penultimate spines, 
which are very feebly developed, and rightly belong to the 
thirteenth and fourteenth elements, are supported solely by the 
fourteenth and fifteenth proximal segments respectively. The 
first two of these spines have simple cleft basal ends, without 
articular surfaces, and merely clip the dorsal extremities of their 
fin-supports ; the third is a simple undivided ray, and is supported 
by fitting into a cleft in the distal extremity of the last proximal 
segment. 

Anterior to the first ray-bearing. radial element there is a 
vestigial proximal segment which is probably the normal fin- 
support to the first spine. 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 563 


Posterior Dorsal jin.—In this fin there are fifteen radial 
elements all of which consist of a proximal segment, with a well- 
marked postero-superior process, and a simple cubical distal 
segment, with no trace of a hooked process. The fifteen fin-rays 
are all soft and multiarticulate, and their cleft basal extremities 
simply embrace the distal segments. 

Anal fin.—In this fin there are nine radial elements and eleven 
fin-rays, of which two are spinose and the remainder soft. With 
the possible exception of the first, all the radial elements are 
bisegmental, and similar, both in structure and in their mode of 
articulation with the fin-rays, to those of the posterior dorsal 
fin. All the proximal segments, except the first, have well- 
developed postero-inferior processes. ‘The first element has no 
distinct distal segment, but it is nevertheless possible that the 
bony loop which grows backwards from the hinder margin of the 
distal end of its proximal segment, aud fuses with the contiguous 
extremity of the second proximal segment, may, as in the anterior 
dorsal fin, represent a fused distal segment. The first spine has 
a “chain-link” articulation with the proximal segment of the 
first radial element; the second a similar articulation with the 
bony loop between the proximal segments of the first and 
second elements; while the remaining soft rays clip the distal 
segments of their respective radial elements, the last two rays, 
however, being supported by the same distal segment. 


Mesoprion gembra. 

Dorsal fin.—Although a continuous structure, the dorsal fin 
consists of an anterior spinose portion and a posterior section 
composed of soft multiarticulate rays. The spinose portion con- 
sists of ten spines supported basally by a series of eight biseg- 
mental (P]. XXII. fig. 24, v.e.’-7.e.') radial elements, all of which, 
including the first, have distinct hooked distal segments. Both 
in structure and in their articular relations to the spinose fin- 
rays, the radial elements are similar to the corresponding elements 
in Perca, except that neither the postero-superior processes of 
the proximal segments nor the distal segments develop lateral 
wing-like outgrowths, and hence there is no obvious bony groove 
for the deflected spines. 

In addition to its normal spine, the third, the first radial 
element supports two additional spines, viz., the first and second, 
which are connected with the anterior portion of the distal end 


566 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


of the proximal segment by “ chain-link ” articulations (r.e.", p.s.). 
Three vestigial proximal segments without fin-rays lie anterior 
to the first ray-bearing radial element. 

In the soft posterior section of the fin there are fourteen 
radial elements, exclusive of a small vestigial proximal segment 
behind the Jast ray-bearing element. All are bisegmental 
(fig. 25) except the last four, which, curiously enough, possess 
a separable mesial segment, and are therefore trisegmental, and 
each supports a soft fin-ray. The connexion of the rays with 
the distal segment is by means of a “ peg-and-socket ” articulation 
in the ease of the more anterior ones; posteriorly, however, the 
cleft rays merely embrace the distal segments. 

Anal jfin.—In this fin there are nine radial elements, of which 
the first to the sixth inclusive are bisegmental (Pl. XXII. fig. 26, 
y.es—r.e-) and the last three trisegmental. The first supports 
three spines, two by means of “ chain-link” articulations and 
the third by its hooked distal segment, precisely as in the first 
radial element of the dorsal fin. The remaining eight soft rays 
are also supported in much the same way as those of the hinder 
section of the dorsal fin. 

There is a small vestigial proximal segment immediately 
behind the last ray-bearing element. 


SPARID&. 


Pagellus centrodontus. 


Dorsal jfin.—In Pagellus the dorsal fin consists of twenty 
radial elements, of which the anterior ten support twelve spinose 
rays and the remainder a series of soft rays. Anterior to the 
first spine-bearing element three vestigial elementsare represented 
by their massive T-shaped proximal segments without fin-rays. 
The spine-bearing elements are almost precisely similar to those of 
Perca. The postero-superior processes of the proximal segments 
and the distal segments possess unusually well-developed lateral 
wings, so that the groove for the deflected spines 1s exceptionally 
well marked. 

Tn addition to its proper ray, the third, the first radial element 
supports two additional spines, of which the first has an incom- 
plete “ chain-link” articulation with the distal end of the proximal 
segment and the second a complete one. 

The ten radial elements which support the soft rays are all 
bisegmental, resembling in this respect, as well as in the method by 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 567 


which their rays are supported, the majority of the corresponding 
rays in Perca. The distal segment of the last radial element 
supports two rays, and in sutural connexion with the proximal 
segment of the same element there is a vestigial proximal segment 
which has no fin-ray. 

All the distal segments in this portion of the fin appear to 
consist of two conjoined lateral halves separated by a distinct 
median longitudinal suture. 

Anai fin.—There are ten bisegmental radial elements, and 
behind the last of the series a vestigial proximal segment similar 
to that in the dorsal fin. The first radial element supports 
three spines—two by “ chain-link” articulations with the distal 
end of the proximal segment, and the third, the proper ray of 
this element, by the hooked distal segment. The remaining 
ten rays are soft and most of them have a “ peg-and-socket ”’ 
articulation with the distal segments of their respective radial 
elements. The distal segment of the last element, however, 
supports two rays. 


ScoMBRID&. 
Scomber scomber. 


Although essentially similar in structure to those of the 
preceding Acanthopterygian Teleosts, there are nevertheless 
certain interesting variations in the structure of the dorsal and 
anal fins in this species. The dorsal fin consists of (4) an 
anterior spinose portion; (6) a median non-spinose section ; 
and (c) a series of six detached finlets extending backwards to 
the root of the caudal fin. It is, however, worthy of note that 
so far as the supporting radial elements are concerned there is 
no interruption in the continuity of these externally distinct 
divisions of the fin. The anal fin also consists of an anterior 
section succeeded by six detached finlets. 

Anterior Dorsal jfin.—Fourteen radial elements are present, 
all of which are bisegmental. Each of the first nine consists of a 
proximal segment, with a postero-superior process, and a hooked 
distal segment. Both the postero-superior processes and the 
distal segment have well-developed lateral wings, and the medio- 
dorsal bony groove of which they form the sections is, in conse- 
quence, unusually deep and broadly V-shaped. Towards the hinder 
end of the fin the proximal segments gradually diminish in size, 
and in the tenth radial element the distal segment loses its 


568 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE 


hooked process. In the eleventh and succeeding elements the 
distal segments retain only a loose ligamentous connexion with 
the postero-superior processes of their proximal segments, and 
become entirely supported by the proximal segments of the next 
succeeding radial elements, instead of by two contiguous segments 
as is the case with the more anterior ones. 

There are fourteen spinose fin-rays which gradually decrease 
in length from before backwards, the hinder ones being purely 
vestigial. The transversely elongated basal condyle of the first 
spine fits into a similarly disposed groove on the distal end of the 
proximal segment of the first radial element; the second spine 
has the usual “chain-link” articulation with the distal segment; 
and the remaining spines, as far as that normally belonging to 
the ninth element, have similar articulations. The succeeding 
spines have, however, simple cleft basal extremities, which clip 
the distal ends of the proximal radial segments immediately 
posterior to those to which they strictly belong. The last radial 
element has no proper spine, although it supports the spine 
belonging to the element immediately anterior. 

Median Dorsal fin.—There are eleven radial elements, support- 
ing a similar number of fin-rays, of which the first only is 
spinose. All the elements are bisegmental. The first has a 
hooked distal segment for articulation with the single spine; all 
the others have simple cubical distal segments, the more anterior 
of which have a “ peg-and-socket” articulation with their fin- 
rays, the posterior being simply embraced by the cleft bases of 
the rays. Between the anterior and median divisions of the 
dorsal fin there is a continuous series of fifteen vestigial proximal 
segments in the form of slender splint-like ossicles, embedded in 
the median fibrous septum between the dorsal muscles, and 
indicating the primitive continuity of the two fins. 

The Finlets—Six radial elements support the six detached 
finlets, and form a continuous series with one another and with 
those of the median dorsal fin. Their adaptation for mutual 
support is brought about by the excessive elongation of their 
postero-superior processes, which enables each process slightly 
to overlap the base of the corresponding process of the next 
succeeding proximal segment. Each of the elements is biseg- 
mental, and its distal segment is clipped in the usual fashion by 
the cleft base of the single multiarticulate and branched fin-ray 
of which each finiet is composed. 


MESIAL FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 569 


Anal fin.—The anterior division of the anal fin consists of 
twelve bisegmental radial elements, supporting thirteen fin-rays. 
The first element supports two spinose rays, the first by a 
“chain-link” articulation with the distal end of its proximal 
segment, and the second by an articulation with the hooked 
distal segment, in conjunction with a facet on the proximal 
segment of the second radial element. The remainder support — 
soft rays in the ordinary way. ‘The relations of the six radial 
elements supporting the six isolated finlets to one another and 
to those of the anterior part of the anal fin are precisely as in 
the dorsal fin. 


CaRANGID. 
Caranx georgianus. 


Apart from variations in the number of radial elements and 
fin-rays and other minor differences, the dorsal and anal fins of 
Caranz are essentially similar to those of the more typical 
Acanthopterygi, such as Perca and Pagellus. 


SPAYRENIDS. 
Sphyrena Commersonit. 


This Teleost is interesting as affording a transition from the 
more typical Acantboptery gil previously described to such tamilies 
as the Cottide and Mugilide, in which more or fewer of the 
radial elements of the dorsal fin become unisegmental by the loss 
of their distal segments. 

Anterior Dorsal fin.—The short anterior dorsal fin of this 
species consists of five radial elements (Pl. XXII. fig. 27) and an 
equal number of spinose rays. All the radial elements, except 
the last, are bisegmental, and the postero-superior processes of 
their proximal segments in conjunction with the distal segments 
form sections of a shallow medio-dorsal bony groove, as in many 
of the preceding types. None of the distal segments are 
hooked, and the method by which the fin-rays are supported is 
very uulike anything hitherto described. All the spines are 
furnished with imperforate bases terminating in a transversely 
elongated condyle. The first spine (sp.7.) articulates with a groove 
on the distal end of the proximal segment of the first radial 
element, but with all the remaining spines (figs. 27 and 28) the 
groove (9) for the reception of the condyle is formed by the distal 


570 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


and proximal segments of two contiguous radial elements, the 
groove being bounded anteriorly by the posterior margin of a 
distal segment (d.s.), and behind and below by the anterior 
portion of the distal extremity of the next proximal segment (p.s-). 
As the second spine is the normal fin-ray of the first radial 
element, it is evident that the last element has no proper spine 
of its own, although it contributes to the formation of the groove 
for the fifth spine. 

Three large T-shaped vestigial radial elements are situated 
immediately anterior to the first spine-bearing one. 

Posterior Dorsal fin.—There are ten radial elements and eleven 
fin-rays. Of the radial elements the first five are bisegmental ; 
the remainder, owing to the presence of mesial segments, are 
trisegmental. Behind the last there is a vestigial proximal 
segment partially fused with the corresponding segment of the 
antecedent radial element. 

The first fin-ray is a spine, and its mode of articulation with 
the distal segment of the first radial element affords a further 
illustration of the method by which an ordinary cubical distal 
segment may become converted into a “ hooked segment,” with 
its characteristic articulation with the perforate base of a fin-ray. 
The distal segment in question is cubical anteriorly but behind 
contracts into a short, slightly curved hook-like process. The 
cleft base of the spine has two ingrowing processes, which, how- 
ever, do not meet so as to bound a complete basal foramen ; 
nevertheless, the hooked end of the distal segment fits into this 
incomplete foramen. The formation of the hook-lke process 
seems, without doubt, to be due to the ingrowth of the two 
processes of the spine, and the consequent constriction of the 
posterior half of the segment to the condition of a relatively 
slender hook, which, however, still retains its normal position in 
the cleft of the spine. The distal segment of the second radial 
element is somewhat similar to that of the first, but more closely 
resembles the ordinary cubical distal segments of the rest of the 
fin, which are simply clipped by the cleft bases of the fin-rays. 
The last distal seement supports two feeble fin-rays. 

Anal fin.— Nine radial elements and eleven fin-rays are present 
in this fin. The fin-supports are similar to those of the posterior 
dorsal fin, and, as in the latter, certain of them are trisegmental, 
viz. the sixth to the ninth inclusive, while the remainder are 
bisegmental. Behind the last of the series there is a vestigial 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 571 


proximal segment suturally joined to the penultimate one. The 
first radial element supports two rays, and the last also two. 
The distal segments of the first two radial elements have incipient 
“chain-link ” artivulations with the second and third rays, as in 
the second dorsal fin. 


CorTtipa”. 
Trigla gurnardus. 


Dorsal fin.—This fin consists of a continuous series of twenty- 
nine radial elements supporting anteriorly eleven spinose rays and 
posteriorly nineteen soft, flexible, but unbranched rays. The first 
ten radial elements (Pl. XXIII. fig. 29) are unisegmental, consist- 
ing of proximal segments (p.s.) only. Hach proximal segment is 
produced into a postero-superior process which is provided with 
well-developed lateral wings for the enclosure of a section of the 
medio-dorsal groove (fig. 29). The wings are somewhat con- 
tracted at their origin, but expand distally so as to overlap in an 
imbricated fashion the similar wings of contiguous segments, 
and, in consequence, the usual clefts between them for the 
transmission of the depressor and elevator muscles of the spines 
become converted into complete foramina (f). At the distal 
end of each proximal segment, near its anterior margin, there are 
two articular facets, one (fe.') for articulation with the hinder 
margin of the postero-superior process of the proximal radial 
segment in front, and a second ( fc.”), situated immediately in front 
of the first, for articulation with the condylar base of a spine. 

The eleven spinose rays have imperforate bases terminating in 
a transversely elongated condyle, and in the absence of distal 
radial segments each spine is supported solely by the facet on 
the proximal segment immediately behind that to which it 
properly belongs. The second spine is that which strictly belongs 
to the first radial element, the first really belonging to an 
anterior suppressed element. The eleventh element supports the 
eleventh spine, in addition to the first of the series of flexible 
rays. The last three spines are more or less vestigial, and hence, 
externally, there is an apparent interruption in the continuity of 
the spinose and soft sections of the fin. 

The remaining nineteen radial elements are precisely similar 
to those of the anterior portion of the fin except that they all 
possess nodular bony distal segments, which have the usual 
articulation with their own proximal segments and also with 


572 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


those immediately posterior. The segments are clipped by the 
cleft bases of the soft rays. 

Anal fin.—In this fin there are seventeen radial elements and 
nineteen fin-rays. The radial elements are all bisegmental and 
resemble those of the posterior section of the dorsal fin, except 
that the postero-inferior processes of the proximal segments have 
no lateral wing-like outgrowths. The fin-rays are also similar, 
but the first and last of the supporting radial elements carry 
each two rays. 


Mueinipa. 
Mugil capito. 

This species has an anterior and a posterior dorsal, and an 
anal fin. 

Anterior Dorsal fin—There are four radial elements (Pl. XXIII. 
fig. 80) consisting of proximal segments only, and a like number of 
spinose fin-rays. The distal end of each proximal radial segment 
forms a transversely elongated groove into which fits a similarly 
elongated condyle formed by the base of a spinose ray. The 
first three spines have perforated bases, the foramen being 
situated just above the basal condyle; the fourth, however, is 
imperfcrate. In addition to its basal support the first spine has 
a “chain-link”’ articulation with the first radial element; the 
second a “hook-link”’ articulation, the hook* bemg developed 
from the hinder margin of the distal end of the second radial 
element, and curving forwards so as to hook into the foramen in 
the base of its spine; the third, like the fourth, has a simple 
condylar articulation with its supporting radial element, although 
its base is perforate. 

Posterior Dorsal fin.—In this fin there are nine radial elements 
and eight soft fin-rays. With the exception of the ninth, which 
has neither a distal segment nor a fin-ray, all the radial elements 
are bisegmental, and each supports a fin-ray. The fin-rays are 
cleft basally, and clip the distal segments of their respective 
radial elements. 

Three vestigial unsegmented radial elements are present in 
the somewhat considerable interval which separates the two 
dorsal fins. 

Anal fin—There are ten bisegmental radial elements and 
thirteen fin-rays. The proximal segment of the first element 


* Vide Anarrhichas lupus, p. 573. 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 573 


has a “chain-link” articulation with the first ray, and, besides 
furnishing a hook-like process which curves backwards and 
books into the perforated base of the second ray, contributes by 
its distal segment to the support of its proper ray—the third. 
The remaining fin-rays clip their distal radial segments in the 
usual fashion, but the last two are both supported by the 
same distal seyment, viz., that belonging to the last radial 
element. 


BLENNIID A. 
Anarrhichas lupus. 


Dorsal fin.—In the long dorsal fin of this species there are 
seventy-five radial elements and seventy-six long flexible spinose 
fin-rays. All the radial elements are unisegmental (Pl. XXIII. 
fig. 31), consisting only of proximal segments (p.s.) without any 
trace of mesial or distal segments ; and, with the exception of the 
last, all support in a precisely similar fashion their respective fin- 
rays. Near its distal extremity each proximal segment abruptly 
contracts into a nearly vertical postero-superior process, and from 
the anterior surface of this process a slightly curved bony hook 
extends forwards. The anterior extremity of the hook is con- 
nected by ligament with the distal end of the postero-superior 
process of the proximal segment immediately anterior, and I have 
no doubt that in this species, as with the second radial element 
of the anterior dorsal fin of Mugil, the hook owes its existence to 
the partial ossification of the ligament (interossicular ligament) 
which extends between the postero-superior processes of con- 
tiguous proximal segments. On the anterior side of the base of 
the postero-superior process there are two laterally situated 
facets ( fc.) for the fin-ray. 

Each fin-ray (f-r.) is cleft proximally into two basal arms, 
which converge somewhat without actually meeting, and finally 
terminate in two condylar extremities. Each ray is supported 
solely by a single radial element, partly by its two basal condyles 
which articulate with the two facets at the base of a postero- 
Superior process, and partly by the extension of the hooked 
process of the latter through the nearly complete foramen 
enclosed by the cleft base of the ray. The rays are further 
retained in position by a stout longitudinally disposed ligament 
passing between their basal extremities, and also between the 
postero-superior processes of successive proximal segments. Of 


574 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


the last two fin-rays, the first has the normal relations to the last 
radial element, but the second merely embraces the hinder margin 
of the postero-superior process. 

It is worthy of note that, owing to the suppression of the distal 
segments of the various radial elements, each fin-ray is solely 
supported by its secondary connexion with the element immedi- 
ately posterior to that to which it rightly belongs. 

Anal fin.—The anal fin is altogether more normal in the 
structure and relations of its radial elements, of which there are 
forty-five, supporting an equal number of fin-rays. All the 
elements (Pl. XXIII. fig. 32, re.) have well-developed distal (d.s.) 
in addition to proximal (p.s.) segments, and the position and re- 
lations of the former are such that each is supported partly by the 
corresponding proximal segment, and partly also by that pertain- 
ing to the next succeeding element. The distal segments are 
apparently ossified from two lateral centres, and in the specimen 
examined, which was about two anda half feet in length, were still 
separated by an intervening tract of cartilage. 

All the fin-rays are cleft proximally and embrace the distal 
segments of their supporting radial elements. 


LaBripe. 
Pseudoscarus superbus. 


Dorsal fin.—There are eighteen radial elements and nineteen 
fin-rays. The first eight of the series of radial elements (Pl. XXIII. 
fig. 33, r.e.°-r.e.°) are al) unisegmental, consisting only of proximal 
segments (p.s.). Hach proximal segment is more or less dagger- 
shaped, with a short and nearly vertical postero-superior process, 
as in Anarrhichas. At its distal extremity a slender bar of bone 
passes from the base of the postero-superior process, and, 
curving downwards and forwards, fuses with the anterior margin 
of the segment in such a way as to form the outer half of a 
bony chain-link. The ninth proximal segment (r.c.", p.s.) differs 
from the preceding in the greater length and oblique backward 
prolongation of its postero-superior process, and also in the fact 
that it possesses an osseous distal segment (d.s.) for the support 
of the first soft ray in addition to the more anteriorly placed 
“ chain-link” for the last of the spinose rays. The remaining 
elements are essentially similar to the ninth, although they have 
no “ chain-link’? and gradually decrease in size. Behind the 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 575 


eighteenth, to the proximal segment of which it is suturally 
attached, there is a small osseous nodule which apparently repre- 
sents an additional vestigial element. 

The nine spinose rays have perforate bases for articulation by 
“chain-links”’ with the first nine of the series of radial elements. 
The ten soft rays, on the contrary, have the usual cleft bases for 
the reception of the distal segments of the radial elements from 
the ninth to the eighteenth, inclusive. Both the ninth and 
tenth soft rays, however, are supported by a single distal 
segment, viz., by that belonging to the last radial element. 

The nature of the “ chain-link” of the first nine radial 
elements appears somewhat puzzling. At first sight it seemed 
possible that it might owe its formation to the fusion of a 
hooked distal segment of one radial element with the anterior 
distal margin of the next succeeding proximal segment ; but it is 
certain that no trace of any such fusion can be detected even if 
sections be taken through the possible line of junction and 
microscopically examined. On the other hand, it seems 
extremely probable that the chain-link results from a further 
extension of a modification already pointed out in the case of 
Anarrhichas, and also in the second radial element of the anterior 
dorsal fin of Mugil. If the hook-like process of a proximal 
segment in these Fishes were to curve forwards and downwards 
to a still greater extent, as the result of a further ossification 
of the interossicular ligament, and eventually fuse in front 
with the anterior margin of the segment, we should at once 
have a chain-link precisely similar to that of Pseudoscarus. 
This conclusion derives additional support from the essential 
similarity of the anterior radial elements of Pseuwdoscarus to 
those supporting the entire fin in Anarrhichas. In both genera 
the postero-superior processes are nearly vertical, and the fin- 
rays are supported solely by the radial elements immediately 
posterior to those to which they rightly belong. 

Anal fin.—In the anal fin there are ten radial elements and 
twelve fin-rays. All the radial elements are bisegmental. Behind 
the last there is a vestigial proximal segment, without a fin-ray, 
as in the dorsal fin. 

Of the three anterior spinose rays the first two articulate with 
the distal end of the proximal segment of the first radial 
element. The first spine is cleft proximally and simply clips the 
distal margin of the segment, while the second has a transversely 


576 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


extended basal condyle fitting into a corresponding groove. 
The base of the third spine is perforated by a foramen, into 
which projects the contracted hinder end of the distal segment 
of the same element. The soft rays immediately behind the 
last spine have “peg-and-socket ” articulations with the distal 
segments, but the more posterior rays simply embrace those 
segments in the usual manner. The distal segment of the last 
radial element supports the last two rays, the second of which 
probably belongs to the vestigial element. 


Labrichthys tetrica. 


This species very closely resembles the preceding in the 
character of its radial elements, and also in the mode of articu- 
lation of the fin-rays to their supporting elements. Anterior to 
the first of the ray-bearing series there is a vestigial element, in 
addition to one behind the last of the series. 


FIsTULARIID &. 


Aulostoma chinense. 


Anterior Dorsal fin—The continuous anterior spinose section 
of the dorsal fin of other Acanthopterygii is represented in 
Aulostoma by a series of eleven slender isolated spines, supported 
by a corresponding number of similarly isolated radial elements. 
Each radial element consists only of a proximal segment, which 
is transversely grooved at its distal end for articulation with a 
similarly modified condyle furnished by the uncleft base of a 
spinose ray. The various segments are almost horizontally 
disposed, the proximal extremity of each being directed forwards. 

Posterior Dorsal jfin.—In this there are twenty-five radial 
elements and twenty-seven soft fin-rays. All the radial elements, 
except the last two, are bisegmental, consisting of both proximal 
and distal segments, the former having well marked pcstero- 
superior processes, and both having the usual relations for 
mutual support. The last two of the series have a single large 
distal segment between them, and this supports four fin-rays. 
All the remainder support each a single fin-ray. 

Anal fin.—This fin very closely resembles the posterior dorsal 
in all essential features. 


Or 
NI 


‘ 
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 


CYCLOPTERIDZ. 


Cyclopterus lwmpus. 


Dorsal jfin.—The hinder dorsal fin of this species, corre- 
sponding to the non-spinose portion of the dorsal fin of other 
Acanthopterygii, consists of ten soft rays, supported by an equal 
number of radial elements, all of which are bisegmental. The 
proximal segments of the radial elements are nearly straight, or 
at any rate are so slightly angulated at their distal extremities 
as to present only slight traces of postero-superior processes. 
The distal segments are small nodular ossicles. The connexion 
of the distal and proximal segments of the same radial element, 
and with those of contiguous elements, is loose and ligamentous, 
and there are no articular relations between the different elements 
for mutual support. 

The basal ends of the cleft fin-rays are rugose and without 
basal articular surfaces : their cleft proximal extremities embrace 
the distal radial segments. 

Anal fin.—This fin is precisely similar to the dorsal. 


TRACHYPTERIDZ. 
Regalecus argenteus. 


From Parker’s description and figures [1] of the dorsal fin of 
this species, it would seem that the supporting radial elements 
are bisegmental. Except for a short distance anteriorly each 
proximal radial segment is V-shaped, consisting of an anterior 
and a posterior arm,andastem. The posterior arm is apparently 
the equivalent of the postero-superior process of other Teleosts, 
but the anterior arm is, so far as I am aware, peculiar. The 
segments are so arranged in longitudinal series that the distal 
extremity of the anterior arm of one abuts against the extremity 
of the posterior arm of the segment immediately anterior, while 
between the two, and supported to an equal extent by both, is 
the distal radial segment, clipped by the cleft base of its fin-ray. 
In the more anterior elements the two arms become merged in a 
single triangular plate. The first five proximal segments are 
partially fused and otherwise modified to support the fin-rays of 
the characteristic head-crest of this species. 

There is no anal fin. 


LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 46 


578 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


LoPHOBRANCHII. 
SYNGNATHIDA. 
Siphonostoma typhle. 


Here is a well-developed dorsal fin and a small, almost 
vestigial anal fin. 

Dorsal fin.—This fin consists of thirty-four bisegmental radial 
elements, supporting a like number of soft finrays. The 
proximal radial segments are very slender splint-like bones 
without any trace of lateral longitudinal ridges, and exhibiting a 
slight tendency to become arranged in groups of four each. In 
each group the segments converge slightly towards their 
proximal ends, where they are firmly attached to the summit of 
the neural arch of a subjacent vertebra. Distally, the segments 
diverge slightly and their dorsal extremities expanding some- 
what come into apposition, and form with one another and with 
those of other groups a continuous peripheral margin. The 
distal segments consist of a series of rounded cartilagmous 
nodules connected with one another longitudinally by ligament, 
and but loosely connected by the same means with the distal 
extremities of the proximal segments. 

The fin-rays are slightly bifurcate at their basal extremities 
and partially embrace the distal radial segments, to which they 
are intimately united by fibrous tissue. 


Hippocampus guttulatus. 


Except for reduction in number, the fin-rays and their radial 
elements in this species are essentially similar to those of the 
preceding. 


PLECTOGNATHI. 
SCLERODERMI. 


Balistes capriscus. 


Anterior Dorsal fin.—The three spinose rays, with their osseous 
supports and muscles, in Balistes vetula have been described 
and figured by Sorensen [10]. The corresponding structures in 
B. capriscus are precisely similar, except for the diminutive 
size of the third spine. The radial elements supporting the 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 579 


modified and highly specialized spines have apparently fused 
together to form a curious boat-like structure furnished with 
two large lateral foramina, through which are transmitted the 
depressor muscles of the first spine and the erectores of the 
second. Anteriorly this singular fin-support rests on the 
posterior face of the skull, and behind it is attached by ligament 
to the distal end of a fairly stout, shaft-like bone, the “ tige 
apophysaire” of Holland*, the proximal extremity of which is 
in ligamentous connexion with the distal end of one of the 
anterior neural spines. The identification of the component 
elements of the fiu-support is extremely difficult in adult speci- 
mens, and hence any comparison with the more normal elements 
of the posterior dorsal fin is likely to prove misleading. I am 
inclined to think that three radial elements enter into its 
formation, but to what extent the usual segments of these 
elements are represented I can offer no opinion. 

Posterior Dorsal fin.—In this fin there are twenty-seven radial 
elements, supporting a corresponding number of soft, branched 
and multiarticulate fin-rays. All the radial elements (Pl. XXIIL. 
fig. 34, r.e.) are bisegmental, each consisting of a proximal (p.s.) 
and a distal (d.s.) segment. The proximal segments exhibit a 
general resemblance to the ordinary dagger-shaped bones of other 
Teleosts, and for the greater part of the length of their parallel 
and serrated anterior and posterior margins are in close sutural 
connexion with one another, the union in those more posterior 
extending even to partial anchylosis; they also interdigitate 
with the subjacent neural spines, to which they are firmly and 
rigidly attached. Superiorly, the proximal segments terminate 
in cartilaginous extremities, which are in close apposition and 
form an even dorsal margin traversed by a slight longitudinal 
groove for articulation with the series of distal segments. On 
the outer surface of each proximal segment there is a prominent 
longitudinal bony ridge, which, however, ceases a little short of 
the extreme distal end of the segment. 

The distal segments, on the contrary, are small, somewhat 
cubical, cartilaginous nodules with flat distal and convex 
proximal surfaces, and so arranged that while in close ligamen- 
tous connexion with one another in a longitudinal series they 
tend to alternate with the proximal segments. The connexion 


* Quoted by Sorensen, J. ¢, 


4.6* 


580 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


between the distal and proximal segments is less intimate than 
in most other Teleosts. To some extent the series of distal 
segments articulate with the longitudinal groove on the distal 
margin of the series of proximal segments, and a short, relatively 
stout ligament passes from each distal segment to the subjacent 
proximal segments ; but the articulation between the two series 
of segments is, nevertheless, unusually mobile—in fact, the 
connexion of the distal segments with one another is much more 
intimate than is their relation to the series of rigidly intercon- 
nected proximal segments. 

Each fin-ray (f-r.) is cleft basally and the two arms, which 
terminate inferiorly in thin, plate-like expansions, and not in 
articular surfaces, closely and firmly clip a distal radial segment. 

Anal fin.—In the anal fin there are twenty-four radial 
elements and a corresponding number of soft fin-rays, both of 
which in structure and in mutual relations precisely resemble 
those of the posterior dorsal fin, 


Monacanthus granulosus. 


As in Balistes, this species is provided with a short spinose 
anterior dorsal fin and a soft posterior one, in addition to an 
anal fin. 

Anterior Dorsal jfin.—Sorensen [10] has also figured and 
described the two spines with their supports and muscles in 
M. pardalis, to which species MW. granulosus exhibits a fairly 
close resemblance in so far as the structures in question are 
concerned. The bony support for the spines is somewhat 
similar to that of Balistes capriscus, but is shallower, with the 
two lateral foramina replaced by notches, and, as it is wholly 
supported by the hinder part of the cranial roof, the “tige apo- 
physaire”’ is wanting. As in Balistes, the fin-support bears no 
resemblance to the ordinary radial elements of the posterior 
dorsal fin, and no suggestion can therefore be offered as to the 
number or nature of such elements, or their segments, which 
enter into its formation. 

Posterior Dorsal jin.—This fin is very similar to the corre- 
sponding fin in Balistes, and consists of twenty-eight or twenty- 
nine radial elements and a corresponding number of soft rays. 
The proximal radial segments are firmly connected with one 
another by squamous sutures, and also with the subjacent neural 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 581 


Spines between which they are interposed. In addition to the 
lateral longitudinal bony ridge, each segment is furnished with 
two lateral bony processes projecting outwards at right angles 
to its long axis from a point a little below its distal end. The 
distal segments are also similar to those of Balistes in their 
relations and connexions inter se, the mobility of their articula- 
tion with the proximal segments, and in their mode of insertion 
into the cleft bases of their fin-rays. 

Anal fin.—In almost every respect the anal fin is similar to 
the posterior dorsal fin. 


GYMNODONTES. 
Tetrodon immaculatus. 


Dorsal fin.—In this species the single short dorsal fin, which 
is apparently the equivalent of the posterior dorsal fin of the 
preceding species, consists of ten soft rays supported by a series 
of seven radial elements (Pl. XXIII. fig. 35, 7.e."-7.e."). All the 
elements are bisegmental. Their proximal segments (p.s.) are 
elongated and somewhat irregular in shape, without any trace of 
the usual lateral longitudinal ridges, and all are more or less 
firmly connected together for a portion of their length by 
squamous sutures. The cartilaginous distal extremities of the 
segments fuse together into a continuous peripheral margin 
(c.m.), which is separated from, but at the same time loosely 
connected with, the distal segments by an intervening tract of 
fibrous tissue (J.g.). 

The distal segments are represented by a series of simple, 
cubical, cartilaginous nodules (d.s.), widely separated from tie 
proximal segments, although corresponding with them in 
number. As in the two preceding species, the distal segments 
are intimately connected together in a longitudinal series by 
fibrous tissue. 

The ten fin-rays have cleft bases, into which are inserted the 
supporting distal radial segments. Towards the hinder part of 
the fin more than one ray may be wholly or in part supported 
by the same distal segment. 

Anal fin—In this fin there are only four radial elements 
(fig. 36, 7.e.'-7.e."), but at least ten soft fin-rays. The proximal 
radial segments (p.s.) are firmly connected together although, 
perhaps, less intimately than in the dorsal fin, and the first of 


582 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


the series is exceptionally long and stout. The four cartilagi- 
nous nodules representing the distal segments (d.s.) do not 
correspond in position with the dorsal extremities of their 
proximal segments, but are concentrated towards the anterior 
border of the fin, and support in the usual manner the first four 
fin-rays. The remaining rays have their bases imbedded in a 
posterior extension of the fibrous tissue (/.g.), which in the 
anterior part of the fin connects the fused cartilaginous 
extremities of the proximal segments with the distal segments. 
In all other respects the anal fin closely resembles the dorsal. 


Diodon hystrix. 


Dorsal jin—There are eleven proximal radial segments 
(Pl. XXIII. fig. 37, p.s.), all of which, except the first and last, 
are cylindrical for the middle portion of their length, but fused 
distally into a continuous, dorsally grooved, cartilaginous margin 
(c.m.), while their expanded and cartilage-tipped proximal extre- 
mities are suturally united and at the same time firmly wedged in 
between the neural spines of the subjacent vertebre. The first 
and last of the series are much more massive and differ some- 
what in shape from the others. The distal segments (d.s.) are 
more numerous than the proximal, being sixteen in number. 
The first is thick and cubical in shape; the remainder are more 
or less elongated cartilaginous rods, except the last two or three, 
which are much shorter and approximate to the condition of 
simple nodules. The fin-rays are also sixteen in number, and 
their bifid basal ends (fig. 38, fir.) ensheath the distal radial 
segments (d.s.). 

Anal fin.—This fin consists of nine proximal radial segments, 
fifteen distal segments, and fifteen soft fin-rays, but in all other 
respects it is almost precisely similar to the dorsal fin. 


Orthagoriscus mola. 


The fins and fin-supports of this species, with the remaining 
portions of the skeleton, have been described and figured by 
Wellenbergh [13] and Cleland [14]. As far as the fins are 
concerned, Cleland’s account and figures are on the whole the 
more detailed and accurate, but in some respects his description 
is either incomplete or not sufficiently clear to admit of the 
comparison of these structures with those of other Teleosts. 
For this reason I have thought it desirable to revise Cleland’s 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 583 


account in the light of an examination of a specimen of the 
same species which I have recently had the opportunity of 
dissecting. 

Dorsal fin.—In all essential features this fin closely resembles 
that of Diodon hystrix. In the series of radial elements there 
are fifteen proximal segments and seventeen distal. Of the 
proximal segments, the first differs in shape from the others, and, 
as it takes no share in the support of the fin-rays, simply acts as 
a buttress to the second, to the anterior margin of which it is 
closely applied. The remaining proximal segments are expanded 
and flattened out at their proximal extremities, where they are 
in close contact with one another and, at the same time, wedged 
in between the vertebral neural spines. Towards their distal 
ends the segments contract and become nearly cylindrical, and, 
finally, their cartilaginous distal extremities fuse indistinguish- 
ably into an exceptionally thick, longitudinally disposed mass 
of cartilage, which is marked by a longitudinal groove along its 
dorsal border and traversed by a succession of deep vertical 
grooves on each of its lateral surfaces for the passage of the 
tendons of the fin-muscles. 

The distal segments vary considerably im size and shape. 
The first is short, thick, and somewhat flattened laterally ; the 
succeeding four or five rapidly elongate and become thick, 
four-sided, tapering cartilaginous rods; those following, while 
retaining much the same shape, gradually diminish in length and 
become more slender; while the last two or three of the series 
are irregularly shaped cartilaginous masses. All the distal 
segments are firmly connected with one another by ligament, 
and their rounded proximal ends fit into the longitudinal groove 
on the dorsal margin of the proximal segments; they are also 
in ligamentous connexion with the proximal segments, but the 
union is, nevertheless, of such a character that the distal seg- 
ments and their fin-rays are capable of a considerable range of 
ateral movement on their basal supports. 

The fin-rays agree in number with the distal radial segments. 
Of the anterior six the first is short, but the others, rapidly 
increasing in length, remain undivided and support the relatively 
unyielding anterior margin of the fin. The remaining eleven 
rays fray out, as it were, at the distal ends and, gradually 
diminishing in length, support the flexible cutaneous fold which 
fringes the posterior margin of the fin from its apex downwards. 


584 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


- Each fin-ray is cleft longitudinally for the proximal three-fourths 
of its length, and its lateral halves expand towards the base of 
the ray into thin splint-like plates, and firmly embrace between 
them for nearly its whole length one of the distal radial 
segments. In striking contrast to their massive supporting 
cartilages, the posterior two or three rays are very feebly 
developed. 

Anal fin-—In the anal fin there are eleven proximal radial 
segments, and fifteen distal segments supporting a like number 
of fin-rays. Except for the partial fusion of the first two 
proximal radial segments, the fin and its fin-supports differ but 
little from the description of the dorsal fin given above. 


III. SUMMARY. 


In this section it is proposed to institute a comparison of the 
principal modifications of the radial elements of the mesial fins 
with regard to their degree of segmentation, the extent to which 
they are affected by degeneration and concrescence, and the 
variable modes of support they offer to the fin-rays, in different 
groups of Fishes. 

The most primitive type of radial element is to be found in the 
Marsipobranchs, where they exist in the form of unsegmented 
cartilaginous rods, either simple or dichotomously branched 
towards their distal ends, and, in the absence of horny fibres or 
fin-rays, they extend to the peripheral margins of the fins and 
constitute their sole skeletal support. 

In retaining the condition of simple unsegmented cartilaginous 
rods, the radial elements of the Holocephala resemble those of the 
Marsipobranchs; but how far the simplicity of these structures 
is primitive, or has been acquired by the suppression of segments, 
cannot at present be determined. Actinotrichia in the form of 
horny fibres support the periphery of the fins. 

In the most primitive of extinct Elasmobranchs (e. g. Clado- 
selache, Plewracanthus) the radial elements of the dorsal fins 
become complicated by segmentation, each being divided into a 
basal and a distal segment, of which the distal is the longer. As 
pointed out by Dean [11], the various elements extend to the 
periphery of the fin and in conjunction with horny fibres, which 
in Oladoselache are of secondary importance and lie between the 
former, contribute to the support of the fin. 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 585 


In the Arthrodira (e. g. Coccosteus) [Smith Woodward, 12] the 
radial elements are very similar bisegmental structures. 

In existing Elasmobranchs the typically rod-like cartilaginous 
radial elements are generally trisegmental, exhibiting a division 
into proximal, mesial, and distal segments, flexibly connected with 
one another by ligament, and in fairly close apposition throughout 
their length for mutual support. The central or approximately 
central elements are usually the longest, and almost invariably 
the most anterior and posterior undergo reduction in length and 
lose one or more of their constituent seements—facts which find 
their legitimate explanation in the partial atrophy of an origi- 
nally more extensive fin and the concentration of the persistent 
residue of the fin-supports. The horny fibres, as was probably 
also the case in the fossil Elasmobranchs above-mentioned, are 
much more numerous than the supporting cartilages, and to 
a greater extent than in extinct types they supplant the latter in 
supporting the flexible peripheral margins of the fins. As has 
already been pointed out, the radial elements are liable to con- 
siderable modifications in different genera through (a) the longi- 
tudinal concrescence of the proximal segments, or of both proximal 
and mesial; (6) the suppression of particular segments in certain 
of the elements ; and (¢) the apparently secondary subdivision of 
the distal segments. 

The polymorphic character of existing Ganoids is well illus- 
trated by the existence of striking variations in the structure of 
the radial elements, of which three well-marked types are repre- 
sented within the limits of the group. 

(1) In Acipenser and Polyodon the trisegmental radial ele- 
ments are essentially similar to those of Elasmobranchs in shape 
and mutual relations, in the large relative size of the mesial 
segments, the tendency to occasional concrescence on the part of 
the proximal segments, the excess in the number of dermal fin- 
rays which they support, and also in the fact that the cleft bases 
of the fin-rays embrace between them not only the distal but to 
some extent the mesial segments also. On the other hand, there , 
are not wanting indications of increasing specialization in the 
partial ossification of the proximal and mesial segments, and the 
reduction of the distal segments to the condition of simple carti- 
laginous nodules. The fin-rays also exhibit modifications in 
the same direction. Not only are they partially ossified, but, 
although more numerous than the supporting radial elements, 


586 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


there is not that marked disparity which is so characteristic of 
Elasmobranchs. Their reduction in number, as well as their 
increase in size, is presumably due to the fusion of primitive 
“actinotrichia ;”” and, in consequence of the more deeply seated 
position of the radial elements, they now become the chief support 
of the external portions of the fins. 

(2) In Amia and Lepidosteus the radial elements exhibit a 
decided approximation to the condition of these structures in the 
more generalized Teleosts. ‘They are trisegmental, each element 
consisting of an ossified dagger-shaped proximal segment, an hour- 
glass-shaped mesial segment also ossified, and a nodular eartila- 
ginous distal segment. The various segments afford mutual 
Support to one another, not by their parallelism and apposition, 
but by the articulation of the mesial and distal segments of one 
element with the proximal and mesial segments of that next 
succeeding. A marked reduction in the number of fin-rays has 
taken place, and each radial element has now but a single ray, 
which is cleft basally and clips the distal segment of its proper 
radial element ; but from what has been said as to the articular 
relations of the segments of contiguous elements, it is obvious 
that two elements contribute directly or indirectly to the support 
of each ray. The dermal fin-rays are now the exclusive support 
of the externally visible portions of the fins, the radial elements 
having become deeply seated between the dorso-lateral muscles 
of opposite sides of the body—a position which they retain in the 
remaining Ganoids and in all Teleosts. Indications of suppres- 
sion of segments of particular elements are not wanting, and, as 
in Elasmobranchs, they are characteristic of the more anterior or 
posterior of the supporting elements of the fins, which, in con- 
sequence, may become bisegmental or even unisegmental. The 
fact that in Lepidosteus the first and last of the radial elements 
of both the dorsal and anal fins support one or two rays, in addition 
to the single ray which normally belongs to each, is probably 
due to the concentration of certain rays which have lost their 
radial elements during the atrophy of a primitively more extensive 
fin, on the first and last of the persistent residue of the fin- 
supports. The presence of vestigial radial elements (Amia) 
between the dorsal and anal fins indicates the primitive continuity 
of these structures. 

(8) The third type, represented by Polypterus, is of a singularly 
aberrant character. The simple bisegmental elements of the 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 587 


more primitive anal fin cannot readily be compared with those 
of other Ganoids. The dorsal and ventral segments of each 
element may correspond to the proximal and mesial segments of 
other Ganoids, the distal segment having been suppressed, but it is 
by no means clear that this is the correct interpretation. I am 
inclined to think that the counterpart of this type of fin-support 
must be looked for in older and more primitive forms. Com- 
parison with the simple bisegmental radial elements of the dorsal 
fins of such ancient Elasmobranchs as Cladoselache and Pleura- 
canthus, or of such Arthrodira as Coccosteus, reveals a very close 
agreement with Polypterus, and suggests that the latter has 
retained in its anal fin a more primitive type of fin-support than 
any living fish except, perhaps, the Marsipobranchs. Further 
indications of the primitive character of the anal fin of Polypterus 
are to be found in the absence of the characteristic articulation 
between contiguous radial elements which is so marked a feature 
in. Amia and Lepidosteus, and in the fact that the dermal fin-rays 
are twice as numerous as their supporting elements. 

The radial elements of the dorsal fin present a striking contrast 
to those ofthe anal fin. That their simple unsegmented condition 
is not due to the retention of a primitive character, but, on the 
‘contrary, is the result of specialization, is suggested by the size 
of the structures they support. The spines of the anterior part 
of the fin, and even the multiarticulate branched rays of the 
hinder part, are exceptionally massive, and the segmentation of 
the supporting elements would obviously detract somewhat from 
their value as skeletal supports for the former. Hence, whatever 
may have been the primitive condition of the fin-supports, and 
the probability is that they resembled those of the anal fin, it 
seems legitimate to infer that the reduction of each element to a 
single segment is correlated with their function as supports for 
exceptionally large dermal fin-rays. A precisely similar modifi- 
cation and reduction is frequently associated with the develop- 
ment of unusually large spines in many Teleosts *. But if this 
explanation be correct, it might reasonably be anticipated that 
fossil Crossopterygidz with soft fin-rays would throw some light 
on the primitive character of the fin-supports in this group; but 
unfortunately the evidence available from this source, although 
not opposed to the suggestion, is by no means conclusive. In 


* See also Aulostoma chinense, where a modification very similar to that 
referred to in Polypterus has taken place in the anterior dorsal fin. 


588 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


Eusthenopteron Foordi, Whiteaves, the radial elements in both 
the dorsal and anal fins are apparently bisegmental, but the 
basal segments in each fin are confluent, although three distal 
segments are distinct and support the numerous fin-rays. In 
Undina gulo, Egerton, two radial elements are present in each fin, 
which are fused distally but distinct and divergent proximally ; 
and in Diplurus longicaudatus, Newberry, the fin-supports of the 
two dorsal fins have fused into a single piece in each case, which 
dorsally supports the dermal fin-rays. The fin-supports of 
Eusthenopteron Foordi are obviously derived from a primitive 
bisegmental type; but it is equally clear in this species, as well 
as in Diplurus and Undina, that the structures in question have 
undergone considerable specialization in which concrescence has 
played an important part. 

In several families of Physostomous Teleosts, viz., the Osteo- 
glossidx, Murznidx, Hsocide, Cyprinide, Salmonide, and possibly 
in others, more or fewer of the radial elements of both the dorsal 
and anal fins are trisegmental; and in this respect, as well as in 
the relations of the segments of contiguous elements for mutual 
support, these families more or less closely resemble the Ganoid 
genera Amia and Lepidosteus. Of the five families, the Osteo- 
glosside and the Murenide are undoubtedly the most primitive 
in so far as the character of the fin-supports is concerned, and 
approach most closely to the two Ganoid genera. In the 
Murenide (Conger and Anguilla) all the radial elements are 
trisegmental; and there is no concentration of fin-rays on the 
first or last of the series, each element possessing only a single 
ray. In the Osteoglosside suppression has slightly modified 
certain elements to the extent that the last two in the dorsal 
and anal fins have lost their distal segments. 

In the three remaining families there is a tendency to a 
variable reduction in the number of radial elements which retain 
the primitive trisegmental character, the reduction affecting the 
more anterior and posterior of the series, which in consequence 
become bisegmental or even unisegmental. The reduction in the 
case of the anterior elements is undoubtedly associated with the 
requirements of a firm support for the large and often spinose 
anterior dermal fin-rays; in the case of the posterior elements 
the reduction is clearly due to degeneration, and is invariably 
associated with the presence of feebly developed rays or their 
absence (e. g. Barbus). The extent to which reduction modifies 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 589 


the character of the radial elements of different portions of the 


dorsal fin in these families may be represented in the following 
Table. 


Number of 
Name of Species. radial | Trisegmental.} Bisegmental. |Unisegmental. 
elements. 
Esocidee. 
Hsox luctus .......-- 20 6-15 2-5, 16-20 1 
Oyprinide. 
Barbus vulgaris ... 10 5-9 14 10 
Cyprinus carpio ... 22 3-21 1-2 22 
Salmonide. 
Coregonus pollan... 12 6-11 3-5 1-2, 12 


The existence of trisegmental radial elements in Teleosts has 
not previously been recorded, at all events so far as I have been 
able to discover. The development of the radial elements has 
been studied by Harrison [3]; and from the results of his 
investigations in Salmo salar and Carassius auratus it would 
appear that each element first makes its appearance in the form 
of a somewhat curved cartilaginous rod or “ Flossenstrahltrager,” 
the convexity of which is directed forwards. “ Schliesslich bildet 
sich aus dem undifferenzirten Gewebe am Ende jedes Flossen- 
strahltragers ein kleiner kugelformiger Knorpel, mit dem sich 
der Flossenstrahl eng verbindet. Jedes Flossenstrahlpaar um- 
greift die knorpelige Kugel mit ihrem centrale Ende, welches 
zu einem kurzen und beinahe horizontalen Fortsatz umgebogen 
ist, und zwei Gebilde vereinigen sich vollstandig vermittelst 
eines starken Bindegewebes” (J. c. p.521). Nomention is made 
of mesial segments, although such segments are undoubtedly 
present in both the Salmonide and Cyprinide in the adult state, 
but it is probable that the omission is due to the fact that 
Harrison’s investigations were principally directed to the origin 
and metameric relations of the fin-muscles, and ceased at a much 
earlier stage than that at which the radial elements attain their 
adult characters. As regards the origin of the mesial segments, 
two alternative methods may be suggested. It is of course 
possible that, like the distal segments, they owe their forma- 
tion to the chondrification of indifferent connective tissue 
between the “ Flossenstrahltrager ’’ and the cartilaginous nodule 
representing the distal segment ata later stage; or it may be 


590 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


that they result from secondary segmentation of the distal part 
of the “ Flossenstrahltrager.” The latter of the two suggestions 
seems the more reasonable; for the curvature of the “ Flossen- 
strahltriger ” is strongly suggestive of the similarly bent shape 
of an ordinary proximal and mesial segment taken together. It 
is nevertheless probable that the cutting-off of the mesial segment 
may in some cases precede ossification, while in others it may be 
the result of the appearance of a separate centre of ossification 
at the distal end of the “ Flossenstrabltrager.” _Lepidosteus and 
Amia are, perhaps, examples of the former method, inasmuch 
as in these genera the cartilage-tipped mesial segments are 
separated by a very evident suture from the similarly tipped 
distal extremities of the proximal segments. On the other hand, 
in Esox (Pl. XXI. fig. 11), and possibly in other Teleosts with 
trisegmental elements, the second method has been the one 
adopted, the mesial segments in the more anterior radial elements 
of the dorsal fin being represented by small ossific centres in 
the unsegmented cartilaginous extremity of a backwardly curved 
“ Flossenstrahltriger.”’ 

The existence of separable mesial segments in Teleosts, not 
only in the families above mentioned but also in certain 
Acanthopterygii, renders it possible to regard the radial elements 
of Teleosts as typically trisegmental, and therefore directly com- 
parable with the corresponding structures in Ganoids (excluding 
Polypterus) and existing Elasmobranchs. 

As regards the relative constancy of the three typical segments 
of a radial element, it seems reasonable to infer, from the order 
of their suppression, that not only in the families above men- 
tioned, but in Teleosts generally, the proximal segment is the 
most constant, that the distal segment is next constant, while the 
mesial is apparently the least constant and that most likely to 
disappear first. 

In the Physostome families the itiiriate! Characinida, and the 
Clupeide the radial elements are either bisegmental or uniseg- 
mental, never, owing to the absence of a distinct mesial segment, 
trisegmental: very rarely is it the case, as in some Siluride (e. g. 
Cnidoglanis), that a functional dorsal fin has no radial elements but 
is supported solely by its fin-rays. In the Characinide (Citharinus) 
and the Clupeide (Clupea) all the radial elements in both fins 
are bisegmental, consisting of proximal and distal segments. In 
the Silurids (Platystoma, Amiuwrus), while the great majority of 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 591 


the elements remain bisegmental, more or fewer of the anterior 
ones become specialized for the support of powerful defensive 
spines, and in consequence lose their distal segments and become 
unisegmental, as, for example, the first two elements of the dorsal 
fin. On the other hand, in the Gymnotide the distal segments 
are either entirely wanting or are represented by simple fibrous 
pads interposed between the fin-rays and the distal extremities 
of the proximal segments. 

It is nevertheless interesting to note that in the Clupeide and 
Siluride, as in so many other Teleosts, the distal extremities of 
the proximal radial segments of the dorsal fin, with the occasional 
exception of the more anterior of the series, are produced 
obliquely upwards and backwards into well-marked postero- 
superior processes, which in their relations to the distal segments, 
as well as in their articulation with the proximal segments of the 
next succeeding elements, exhibit a striking resemblance to the 
mesial segments of Amiaand Lepidosteus and of those Physostomi 
with trisegmental elements. There is, however, no evidence that 
these processes are mesial segments which have fused with the 
proximal segments, or that they can be looked upon in any other 
light than as modifications of the distal extremities of ordinary 
proximal segments that have taken the place of the missing 
mesial segments ; and this conclusion is supported by the fact that 
in some Teleosts (e. g. Regalecus) similar processes, but antero- 
superior in position, may be developed from the distal ends of 
the proximal segments and exist in conjunction with ordinary 
postero-superior processes *. In the Characinide (Citharinus) 
these processes are entirely wanting, and the proximal segments 
derive mutual support from the simple apposition of their distal 
extremities. In the Gymnotide (Gymnotus) not only are 
postero-superior processes undeveloped, but the proximal seg- 
ments have no articular relations, and except for their ligamentous 
connexion are quite distinct from one another T. 

As regards the ossification of the radial elements, the proximal, 
and the mesial segments when present are invariably ossified : 


* Tt is not altogether improbable, however, that a proximal segment and its 
postero-superior process may correspond to Harrison’s “ Flossenstrahltrager,” 
and therefore represent an undivided proximo-mesial segment ossified continu- 
ously from a single centre. 

t The .proximal radial segments of the anal fin very generally possess 
oblique postero-inferior, processes which are smilar in their mutual relations to 
the postero-superior processes of the dorsal fin. 


592 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


the distal segments are variable in this respect, and may either 
be simple cartilaginous nodules (Hsox), or become ossified 
(Cyprinus, Barbus, Osteoglossum, Citharinus), in some (e. g. Cy- 
prinus) from two lateral centres. 

Lateral longitudinal ridges on the outer surfaces of the 
proximal radial segments are now generally present, as in most 
other Teleosts, and serve to increase the surface available for the 
origin of the erector and depressor muscles of the fin-rays. 

In the Anacanthini, represented by the Gadidx (Gadus, Mer- 
luccius) and the Pleuronectide (Pleuronectes), the radial elements ; 
with the occasional exception of the last of the series, are biseg- 
mental, mesial segments being invariably wanting. The persist- 
ence of simple nodular distal segments, usually cartilaginous, 
throughout the series, even in the anterior elements, is evidently 
associated with the absence of spinose fin-rays. In the Gadide 
the proximal segments possess well-developed postero-superior 
processes in the dorsal and postero-inferior processes in the anal 
fin, with the usual articular relations with the distal segments and 
with contiguous proximal segments. In the Pleuronectide these 
processes are wanting, the proximal segments being in simple 
parallel apposition. 

In the Acanthopterygian Teleosts, as might be expected, there 
is a wide range of variation in the condition of the radial elements. 
The only families in which the trisegmental type occurs are the 
Berycide (Holocentrum), Percide (Mesoprion), and the Sphyre- 
nide (Sphyrena). In Holocentrum, all the ray-bearing elements 
of the posterior non-spinose section of the dorsal fin, and, with 
the exception of the first three, all those of the anal fin are tri- 
segmental. In Sphyrena only the last five of the soft portion 
of the dorsal fin and the last four of the anal fin are triseg- 
mental; andin Mesoprion the last four of the posterior dorsal fin 
and the last three of the anal fin. The remaining elements of the 
posterior dorsal and the anal fins of the last two genera and the 
first three of the anal fin in Holocentrum are bisegmental, as also 
are those which support the anterior spinose section of the dorsal 
fin in all three genera*. In the remaining Acanthopterygii, 


* Tt may be remarked that Holocentrum is a modern representative of one 
of the oldest families of existing Teleosts; and from this point of view the 
fact that the radial elements of the hinder section of the dorsal fin and the 
anal fin retain their primitive trisegmental character to a greater extent than 
in any other living Acanthopterygii is of considerable interest. 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 593 


excluding the Blenniide, the supporting elements of the hinder 
soft-rayed portion of the dorsal fin and also those of the anal fin 
(if present) are bisegmental; and the same may be said of the 
fin-supports of the spinose portion of the dorsal fin in the 
Percide, Sparide, Scombride, and Carangide, and of the whole 
dorsal fin of the Trachypteride. On the other hand, in the 
Cottide, Mugilide, Labride, and Fistulariide the anterior 
Spinose dorsal fin is supported by radial elements which consist 
only of proximal segments, and are therefore unisegmental. In 
the Blenniide the whole of the extensive dorsal fin is supported 
by unisegmental elements. As arule, the posterior soft-rayed 
part of the dorsal fin and the anal fin more or less closely agree 
in the character of their radial elements ; the Blenniide, in which 
the elements of the dorsal fin are unisegmental while those of the 
anal are bisegmental, being the only family in which there is any 
marked difference between the two series. 

Indications of the suppression of segments are not wanting in 
fins in which the majority of the radial elements are either 
trisegmental or bisegmental: this is apparent, for example, in 
Perca, where the last three elements of the spinose part of the 
dorsal fin have lost their distal segments, and in Awlostoma, 
where the last two of the posterior dorsal fin are similarly 
modified. 

In nearly all the Acanthopterygii the proximal radial segments 
of the dorsal and anal fins are furnished with postero-superior or 
postero-inferior processes with the usual articular relations: they 
are, however, usually wanting in the more anterior elements of 
each fin. 

In the more typical Acanthopterygii, such as the Berycide, 
Percide (excluding Mesoprion), Sparidz, and the Scombride, the 
postero-superior processes in the spinose part of the dorsal fin, 
and the distal radial segments which articulate with them, are 
laterally expanded and bent upwards so as to form sections of a 
continuous, medio-dorsal, bony groove for the reception of the 
spines when deflected. In the Cottide, where distal segments 
are wanting, the postero-superior processes are alone concerned 
in the formation of the groove. In others, as in the Blenniide, 
the groove is absent. Occasionally, through their considerable 
increase in length, the postero-superior and postero-inferior pro- 
cesses serve to connect together the otherwise widely separated 
radial elements which support externally distinct fins or finlets, 

LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 47 


594 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


as is the case with the isolated dorsal and ventral finlets of 
Scomber. Inthe Trachypterid (Regalecus) only are the proximal 
radial segments provided with antero-superior processes either 
singly or in conjunction with postero-superior ones. 

In the Lophobranchii, as represented by the Syngnathide 
(Siphonostoma), the radial elements of the dorsal fin are all 
bisegmental, consisting of proximal and distal segments only. 
The proximal segments are simple elongated ossicles, without 
lateral longitudinal ridges or postero-superior processes, and are 
in simple apposition by their cartilage-tipped distal extremities. 
The distal segments agree in number with the proximal, and are 
simple cartilaginous nodules connected with one another by 
ligament in a longitudinal series. 

In the Plectognathi the radial elements are essentially similar 
in the single dorsal and the anal fin of the Gymnodontes (Diodon, 
Tetrodon, and Orthagoriscus), and in the posterior dorsal and 
anal fins of the Sclerodermi (Balistes, Monacanthus), but are 
modified by fusion, and in other respects, in the anterior dorsal 
fin of the two latter genera. Inthe Sclerodermi the cartilaginous 
distal extremities of the proximal radial segments, although in 
close apposition so as to form an even dorsal margin for articu- 
lation with the distal segments, are nevertheless distinct ; in the 
Gymnodontes, on the contrary, the extremities fuse into a con- 
tinuous margin of cartilage traversed by a longitudinal groove for 
articulation with the series of distal segments. In the Sclero- 
dermi, and in Zetrodon among the Gymnodontes, the distal 
segments agree in number with the proximal; but in Diodon 
and Orthagoriscus the former are the more numerous, and agree 
numerically with the fin-rays they support. In the two last- 
mentioned genera the distal segments, instead of being small in 
size and cubical in shape, assume the form of elongated cartila- 
ginous rods, a condition which exists in no other Teleosts. The 
Gymnodontes are also peculiar among Teleosts in that the vertebral 
extremities of the proximal radial segments are provided with 
cartilaginous epiphyses. 

Vestigial radial elements in the form of slender rod-like 
ossicles, or flattened lamellar bony plates, are of frequent occur- 
rence in Teleosts, and apparently represent persistent proximal 
segments which have lost their dermal fin-rays. Very often there 
is a single vestigial element immediately posterior to the last ray- 
bearing element of the dorsal fin (e. g. Holocentrum, Mesoprion, 
Sphyrena), and not infrequently a more or less extensive series 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 595 


is to be found in front of the first. Thus in the latter position 
there may be only one vestigial element (e. g. Perca), or three 
(Mesoprion, Pagellus, Caranz), or seven (Citharinus) or eight 
(Abramis) ; and in a few instances the number may be so con- 
siderable as to extend the series to the posterior face of the skull, 
as, for example, where the numbers are seventeen (Coregonus), 
or eighteen (Clupea). In some instances such vestigial elements 
are interposed between the ray-bearing elements of fins which 
externally are discontinuous: thus, between the mesial and 
posterior dorsal fins of Gadus eglefinus there are three vestigial 
elements; between the anterior and posterior dorsal fins of 
Scomber scomber fifteen; and in a similar position in Mugil 
capito three. The presence of these ossicles must be regarded 
as indicating the existence of a primitively more extensive dorsal 
fin ; and in the case of Scomber, Gadus, and Mugil proves also the 
original continuity of fins which in the adult are distinct. No 
vestigial elements are ever present anterior to the first ray-bearing 
element of the anal fin, although somewhat rarely there may be 
one behind the last. 

Radial elements are in ligamentous connexion with one 
another ; and in the absence of definite articulations, inter se, this 
may be the only bond of union between them (e. g. Cyclopterus). 
Where the elements are trisegmental, a ligament (interossicular _ 
ligament) extends backwards from each distal segment to the 
mesial and distal segments of the next succeeding element. In 
the absence of a mesial segment, the postero-superior or postero- 
inferior process takes its place as a point of attachment for the 
ligament ; and when both mesial and distal segments are wanting, 
the ligament extends between the distal extremities of successive 
proximal segments. In some genera the ossification of the 
ligaments, or of portions of them, may give rise to bony hook- 
like processes for articulation with the dermal fin-rays (Holocen- 
trum, Mugil, Anarrhichas). 


Relations of the various Segments of the Radial Elements to the 
Dermal Fin-rays in different Teleosts. 


Asin Lepidosteus and Amia, so in the majority of Teleosts, each 
element normally possesses only a single fin-ray ; but owing to the 
fact that the distal segments which directly support the fin-rays 
articulate not only with the mesial or, in their absence, the 
proximal segment of the same radial element, but also with the 
proximal segment of the next succeeding element, it is very 

47* 


596 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


generally the case that two elements contribute directly or 
indirectly to the support of each ray. In certain families, how- 
ever, as the result of the suppression of both mesial and distal 
segments, either in the entire dorsal fin or in the anterior 
section of it, the fin-rays become disassociated from their own 
proper elements, and are supported solely by the proximal 
radial segments immediately posterior to those to which they 
really belong (e.g. Blenniide, Labride). In only one or 
two families (e. g. Cyclopteride), and probably as the result of 
degeneration, are the fin-rays exclusively supported by their own 
proper radial elements. Evidence of the concentration of fin- 
rays is apparent in the dorsal and anal fins of most Teleostean 
Fishes. Thus, the first radial element of the dorsal fin in Hsox 
and Coregonus supports two rays, of which the second is, without 
doubt, its proper ray ; in Barbus and Cyprinus it supports three 
rays in addition to the fourth—the proper ray of this element. 
The corresponding radial element of the anal fin may also suport 
additional rays, as may the last element of both the dorsal 
and anal fins. In all these instances the explanation previously 
given in the case of Amia and Lepidosteus holds good. It is 
possible in those genera (e. g. Citharinus) where the first radial 
element of the dorsal fin possesses supernumerary rays or spines, 
and there are also vestigial elements anterior to it, that the 
additional rays pertain to certain of the hinder vestigial elements. 

The mode of articulation of the dermal fin-rays with their 
supporting radial elements is subject to a wide range of variation 
in different Teleosts, and even in different portions of the same 
fin. The more characteristic articulations are, for the most part, 
well known to ichthyologists ; but it is nevertheless worth while 
to summarize the part played by the different segments of the 
radial elements in their formation. Briefly, it may be said that 
the method of articulation is dependent upon (1) the size of the 
dermal fin-rays; (2) the extent and kind of movement which 
takes place between the rays and the radial elements; and (8) 
variations in the metbed by which similar results are produced 
in different groups of Fishes. 

The simplest, and probably the more primitive method, occurs 
in such instances where, as in Amia and Lepidosteus, Osteoglossum 
and Murena, the cleft base of each fin-ray merely embraces or 
clips the distal segment of its radial element. This method 
is characteristic of the soft multiarticulate variety of fin-ray, 
and is sometimes to be found throughout the whole extent 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 597 


of a fin, not only in the genera above mentioned, but in the 
Pleuronectide, Gymnotide, Lophobranchii, and Plectognathi, 
and very generally also in the feebler rays which constitute the 
hinder part of the fin in such Teleosts as possess a distal series 
of radial segments. With an increase in the size of the soft 
fin-rays towards the central and anterior portions of a fin, the 
proximal extremities of the cleft base of a ray may become 
enlarged and terminate in two lateral basal condyles which 
acquire a definite articulation with facets on the anterior portion 
of the distal end of the next succeeding proximal segment, in 
addition to its normal relations with its own distal radial seg- 
ment; while it may not infrequeutly be the case that a firmer 
connexion between the distal segment and its fin-ray is brought 
about, by the development of two in-growing tubercular or peg- 
like processes from the inner surfaces of the cleft base of a ray, 
which fit into corresponding sockets on the lateral surfaces of the 
distal segment (peg-and-socket joint), as, for example, in Citha- 
rinus and Conger. In the case of the spinose and often massive 
rays of the anterior portion of a fin, the methods of articulation 
are many and various. Excluding the Acanthopterygii and 
dealing first with the Physostomi, the base of a spine, by the 
secondary closure of the basal cleft, may become converted into 
a transversely extended condyle articulating, in the absence of 
a distal segment, with a suitably modified surface or groove on 
the distal extremity of the proximal radial segment, and, in 
addition, possessing also a “ hook-link”’ or even a “chain-link ” 
connexion with the same segment, as is the case, for example, with 
the defensive spines of many Siluride ; or the spines, retaining 
their cleft bases, may simply clip the dorsal margin of the segment 
(e. g. the guard-spines of the Siluride) ; or, finally, their method 
of articulation may be precisely similar to that of the larger soft 
rays, as in the serrated defensive spines of Cyprinus and Barbus. 

The most characteristic methods of connexion between the 
spinose rays and their radial elements are, however, the “ chain- 
link ” and “ hook-link” articulations of the anterior dorsal fin of 
the Acanthopterygil. 

“ Chain-link ” articulations may be formed in several ways :— 

(a) By the formation of a hook-like bony process from the 
hinder margin of a distal radial segment, which extends back- 
wards to a sutural or a firm ligamentous connexion with a bony 
tubercle on the distal end of the next succeeding proximal 
segment, the bony loop thus formed traversing a foramen in the 


598 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 

base of the spinose ray. As previously mentioned in the case of 
Conger, Citharinus, and Holocentrum, the hook-like process pro- 
bably owes its formation to a further modification of the “ peg- 
and-socket ” method of articulation. Examples of this form of 
“ chain-link” articulation are to be found in the Scombride, 
Percide, Berycide, and Sparide. 

(6) The suppression of the series of mesial and distal seg- 
ments and the extension of the bony tubercle already mentioned 
above in the form of a loop forwards and downwards to its 
fusion with the distal end of the same proximal segment ata 
point more anterior to its origin—the loop, as before, traversing 
a foramen in the base of the spine. In this case there can be 
little doubt that the loop owes its formation to the growth of the 
bony tubercle by the ossification of the interossicular ligament. 
The Mugilide and the Labride furnish examples of this variety 
of “ chain-link.” 

(c) The ingrowth of tubercles from the inner surfaces of the 
basal halves of a cleft spine through the distal margin of a 
proximal segment and their subsequent mesial union. This 
method is probably due to a modification of the “ peg-and- 
socket ” joint, except that the ingrewing tubercles perforate the 
superior margin of a proximal radial segment instead of a 
distal segment. Examples of this method of articulation may 
be found in the anterior and usually supernumerary spinose rays 
of the dorsal or anal fins of the Percide (Mesoprion), Sparide 
(Pagellus), Scombride (Scomber), Carangide (Caranx), and 
Mugilide (Mugil). It is possible, however, in some cases, as 
in the particular instance of the second and third anal spines of 
Holocentrum, that the ossification of the interossicular ligament, 
by which the Jistal radial segments are connected with their own 
and with immediately adjacent proximal segments, may contribute 
to the formation of the bony loops. 

The “‘ hook-link ” is, so to speak, an incipient stage in develop- 
ment of a form of chain-link (0), and is associated with the 
suppression of both the mesial and radial segments and the 
growth of the bony tubercle above mentioned in the form of a 
hook through a foramen in the base of a fin-ray, but without 
again uniting with the proximal segment to which it belongs. 
Tn this form of joint, as previously pointed out, each ray or spine 
is solely supported by the proximal radial segment immediately 
posterior to that to which it rightly pertains, as, for example, 
in the dorsal fin of the Blennide. 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 599 


In the Sphyrenide and the Cottide may be found examples of 
peculiar methods of articulation which are different from any of 
those hitherto considered. In the former of the two families the 
distal radial segments have no hook-like processes, and the base 
of each spine forms a transversely elongated condyle which fits 
into a corresponding groove between the distal segment of one 
radial element and the adjacent distal end of the next succeeding 
proximal segment. The latter family exhibit a somewhat similar 
method of articulation, except that in the absence of distal 
segments the hinder margin of a postero-superior process forms 
the anterior boundary of the articular groove for reception of the 
condylar base of the spinose fin-ray. 

From what has been said as to the articular relations of the 
fin-rays and their supporting radial elements, it is obvious that 
the development of spinose rays in Teleosts is one of the factors 
concerned in the reduction of typically trisegmental elements to 
the bisegmental or unisegmental condition. ‘The existence of 
trisegmental elements is always associated with the support of 
soft multiarticulate rays, and there is not a single Teleost in 
which such elements support spines. And even where the 
majority of the elements are bisegmental, as in the anterior 
dorsal fin of the Siluroids, the development of special defensive or 
“ ouard-spines ” is associated with the reduction of their supports 
to the unisegmental type. An increase even in the size of the 
soft rays is occasionally attended by a reduction from the tri- 
segmental to the bisegmental condition, as may be seen in the 
anterior elements of the first dorsal fin in several of the Cypri- 
noids. It is, moreover, in the anterior spinose dorsal fin of the 
Acanthopterygian Teleosts that the reduction reaches its maxi- 
mum, extending, as it does in whole families, to the existence of 
simple unisegmental elements. It is nevertheless certain that 
increase in the growth of spinose rays is not the only factor in 
this process of reduction. The Gymnotidz have sott rays com- 
bined with unisegmental elements. The large anterior dorsal 
spines of the Percidx, Berycide, and Sparidz are supported by 
bisegmental elements, but the relatively much less massive spines 
of the Cottide and Mugilide by unisegmental elements. The 
development of spines may have been one of the factors in 
reduction, but there is also little doubt that the increasing 
specialization of existing Teleosts and the gradual loss of many 
of their more primitive characters are contributory eauses. 


600 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL 


IV. REFERENCES. 


1. Parxer, T. J.— “Studies in New Zealand Ichthyology. 
i. On the Skeleton of Regalecus argenteus.” Trans. Zool. 
Soe. vol. xu. pt. 1, 1886. 

29. Ryper, J. A—On the Origin of Heterocerey and the 
Evolution of the Fins and Fin-rays of Fishes.” United 
States Commission of Fish and Fisheries: Commissioner’s 
Report for 1884, Part 12. 

3. Harrison, R. G.—“ Die Entwicklung der unpaaren und 
paarigen Flossen der Teleostier.” Archiv fir mikr. 
Anatomie, Bd. xlvi. 1895 ; also Johns Hopkins University 
Circulars, vol. xiil., no. 11., 1894. 

4. Dean, Basurorp.—Fishes, Living and Fossil. Columbia 
University Biological Series, i11., 1895. 

5. Toacker, J. K.—“ Median and Paired Fins. A Contri- 
bution to the History of the Vertebrate Limbs.” Trans. 
Connecticut Academy, vol. ii., 1877. 

6. Mivarr, St. G.—“ Notes on the Fins of Elasmobranchs, 
with considerations on the Nature and Homologues of 
Vertebrate Limbs.” Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x., 1878. 

7, Franque, Henricus.—Amiz Calyee anatomium descripsit 
tabulaque illustravit. Berlin, 1847. 

8. SuurrzpT, R. W.—“ The Osteology of Amia calva.” Ex- 
tracted from the Annual Report of the Commissioner of 
Fish and Fisheries for 1883. Washington, 1885. 

9. McMurricu, J. P.—‘ Contributions to the Anatomy of 
Amiurus.’ Toronto, 1884. Reprinted from Proce. 
Canadian Institute, (n. s.) vol. 11., 1884. 

9a. GinruEeR, A.—Deep-Sea Fishes. ‘Challenger’ Reports, 
vol. XXil. 

10. SérENsEN, W.—Om Lydorganer hos Fiske. Copenhagen, 
1884. 

41. Dean, Basurorp. Journ. Morph. vol. ix. p. 87; ¢f also 
Natural Science, vol. viii. p. 245. 

12. Woopwarp, A. S.—British Museum Catalogue of Fossil 
Fishes, vol. i., 1891. 

13. WentensercH, P. H. J.—Observationes Anatomice de 
Orthagoriscus mola. 1840. 

14, Crenanp, J—“On the Anatomy of the Short Sun-fish (Ortha- 
goriscus mola). Nat. Hist. Review, vol. i. 1862, p. 170. 


FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 601 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
[Unless otherwise stated the figures are natural size. | 


Puatr XXI. 
Fig.1. Polyodon folium. Radial elements of the dorsal fin. 
2. Amia calva. Radial elements of the central portion of the dorsal fin. 
3. Lepidosteus osseus. Radial elements of dorsal fin. 
4. Polypterus bichir. Two radial elements, with their finlets and spines, 
from anterior part of dorsal fin. 


(3), = Two similar radial elements from posterior part of 
dorsal fin (supra-caudal fin). 
6. % S Radial elements of anal fin. 


7. Osteoglossum formosum. Five radial elements from eentral portion of 
dorsal fin, with four fin-rays. Twice natural 
size. 

8. = 5 Four radial elements of anal fin and four fin- 
rays. ‘Twice nat. size. 

9. Conger conger. Four radia] elements of dorsal fin. 

OS 5 9 Distal radial segment and its ‘‘ peg-and-socket ” articu- 
lation with a fin-ray. 

11. ELsox lucius. Radial elements of dorsal fin and their fin-rays. 

12. Barbus vulgaris. Radial elements of dorsal fin and fin-rays. 


1. ha = Radial elements of anal fin and fin-rays. 

14. Platystoma tigrinum. Radial elements of dorsal fin and their fin-rays. 

IB, is ws Dorsal view of anterior radial elements. 

16. be " Four radial elements of anal fin. 

17. Citharinus Geoffroyi. First four radial elements of dorsal fin. 

18. a as Dorsal view of first three radial elements, showing 
mode of articulation of fin-rays with distal radial segment. Twice 
nat. size. 

Puate XXII. 


Fig.19. Gymnotus electricus. Four radial elements of anal fin. 

20. Pleuronectes platessa. Five radial. elements of dorsal fin. 

21. Holocentrum spiniferosum. The first four and the last eighteeen radial 
elements of the dorsal fin. 

22. Fe 3 Dorsal view of four radial elements from 
anterior section of dorsal fin, to show 
mode of formation of the “ chain-link” 
articulation and the dorsal groove. 


23. 5 %5 Radial elements of anal fin. 
24, Mesoprion gembra, The first four radial elements of the dorsal fin. 
2d; HA 3 Three radial elements from the non-spinose 


posterior section of the dorsal fin. 


602 


. Mesoprion gembra. 
. Sphyrena Commersonit. 
. Lrigla gurnardus. 


. Mugil capito. 
. Anarrhichas lupus. 


. Pseudoscarus superbus. 


. Letrodon tmmnaculatus. 


. Diodon hystrix. 


int.lig. 


MESIAL FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 


Puate XXIII. 


First four radial elements of anal fin. 

Six radial elements of anterior dorsal fin. 

Dorsal view of three elements from the same 
fin, and one spinose ray. 

Dorsal view of four radial elements from anterior 

Spinose portion of dorsal fin. 

Four radial elements of anterior dorsal fin. 

Four elements from dorsal fin and one fin-ray. 
Four radial elements from anal fin. Half nat. size. 
The sixth to the eleventh (inclusive) radial 
elements of the dorsal fin. 


99 th) 


99 39 


. Balistes capriscus. Radial elements from the central portion of the 


posterior dorsal fin. Enlarged. 
Radial elements of dorsal fin. 
eo Radial elements of anal fin. 
Radial elements of dorsal fin. 
5 c Vertical section of a radial element and its fin-ray, to 
show the relations of a fin-ray to its distal radial segment, and the 


mode of articulation between the distal and proximal segments. 


Reference Letters. 


Distal segment of a radial element. 
d.sp. Defensive spine. 
d.st. Dorsal radial segment (anal fin of Polypterus). 
f. Foramen for the passage of the muscles of fin-rays. 
je. Articular facet. 
fr. Fin-ray. 
g.sp. Guard-spine. 
h. Wook-like process. 
h.s. Heemal spine. 
Interossicular ligament. 
n. Notch for passage of muscles of fin-rays. 
m.s. Mesial segment of a radial element. 
p.s. Proximal segment of a radial element. 
pi.p. Postero-inferior process. 
ps.p. Postero-superior process. 
r.é. Radial element. 


d.s. 


r.e.', 7.€.2, and so on. First, second, and other radial elements. 


sp.r. Spinose ray. 
v.e. Vestigial radial element. 
v.st. Ventral radial segment (anal fin of Polypterus). 


[The reference letters are uniform throughout. | 


INDEX. 


[Synonyms and native names are printed in italics. 


A star is added 


to names which appear to be used here for the first time. ] 


Abramis, 595. 
brama, 549. 
Acanthopterygii, 530, 560, 569, 598, 
597 


Acanthoscelio, Ashm., 218. 

Acarina, 39. 

Acerota, Forster, 233. 
confusa, Ashm. * , 233. 

Acipenser, 556-538, 585. 
sturio, 534. 

Acipenseridz, 530, 534. 

Acoloides, Howard, 214. 
fascipennis, Ashm. * , 214. 
ochraceus, Ashm. * , 214, 215. 
subfuscus, Ashm. * , 214, 215. 

Acrocormus, Forster, 155. 
megastigmus, Ashm. * , 155. 

Acroperus, 2. 

Acrydium, Geoffr., 281. 
peregrinum, Oliv., 281. 
tataricum, 281. 

Ademon, Hal., 133. 

Adesmia acervata, Klug, 290. 
assimilis, Gahan * , 290. 
austera, Baudi, 290. 
cancellata, K/ug, var., 289. 
interrupta, Klug, 289. 
lacunosa, Klug, 289. 
tuberculifera, Gahan * , 289. 

ffluroidea, dentition of, 461, 

463. 

Ainasius, Walk., 60, 88. 
hyettus, Walk., 60, 89. 

Aischna, 413; rectal gills of, 413. 

Agathidine, 58, 128. 

Agathis, Latr., 128. 
pectoralis, Ashm. * , 129. 
rubricinetus, Ashm. * , 128. 

Agenia, Schiddte, 429. 

Aglaotoma, Forster, 63, 66. 
basalis, Ashm. * , 63, 64, 65. 
longicornis, Ashm.* , 63, 65. 
pallida, Ash. *, 63, 64. 
yariabilis, Ashm.*, 68, 64, 

6d. 


462, 


Allman, Prof. G. J., Note on the Form- 
ation of the Epiphragm of Helix 
aspersa, 517-520. 

Alysia, Latr., 58. 

analis, Cr., 58- 

Alysidium Lafontii, ftnote 267. 

Alysiine, 58, 137. 

Amauris, 347. 
dominicanus, 343, 345, 348. 
echeria, 343, 545. 
egialea, 343, 548. 

Amblyaspis, Forster, 253, 234. 
nigricornis, Ashm. * , 234. 
triangularis, Askm. * , 233. 
verticillatus, Ashm. * , 234, 230. 
xanthopus, dshm.* , 234, 236. 

Amia, 52, 53, 538, 544, 545, 587, 588, 

590, 591, 595, 596. 
calya, 537. 

Amiide, 530, 537. 

Amiurus, 553, 554, 555, 590. 
catus, 550, 554. 

Amphipnous, 53, 54. 
chuchia, 54. 

Amphitherium, 474. 

Prevostii, 474, 477. 

Anacanthini, 530, 558, 592. 

Anarrhichas, 575, 595. 
lupus, ftnote 572, 573, 602. 

Anderson, Dr. John, Scorpions cbtained 
in Egypt and the Soudan by (R. I. 
Pocock), 299. 

Androctonide, 303, 

Androctonus, 303. 

macrocentrus, Hempr. & Ehrenb., 
300. 
thebanus, Hempr. & Ehrenb., 300. 
(Leiurus) Jdeptochelys, Hempr. & 
Ehrenb., 299. 
) quinquestriatus, Hempr. & 
Ehrenb., 299. 

Anectclis, sp., read Anectoclis rufipes, 
How., 77, 254. 

Anectoclis, Forster, '77. 

rufipes, How. * , 77, 254. 


604 


Anepisceptus horridus, Burm., 280, 
282. 

Anguilla, 588. 

anguilla, 545. 

Anilocra, 388. 

Anisolabis, Fieber, 521, 525. 
littorea, White, 526. 
occidentalis, Kirby * , 525, 529. 

Anopedias, Forster, 239. 
conica, Ashm. * , 239. 
error, Fitch, 240. 

Anozus, Forster, 179. 

Ant, Umbrella, 406. 

Anteris, Forster, 217, 227. 

rufipes, Ashm. * , 227. 

Anthia duodecimguttata, Bon., 286. 

Antrocephalus, Kirby, 59, 81. 
punctigerus, Fabr., 59, 81. 

Ants, On a remarkable use of, in Asia 
Minor, by R. Morton Middleton, Jr., 
405. 

Aortic-Arch System of Saccobranchus 
fossilis, by R. H. Burne, 48-55. 

Apachys, Serv., 521, 522. 

Becearii, Dubrony, 522. 
Pascoei, Kirby * , 521, 529. 

Apegus, Forster, 217. 

Apheenogaster barbara, Linn., 280, 283. 

Aphelinine, &c., of the Island of St. 
Vincent, Report on the (l. O. 
Howard), 56, 79, 97. 

Aphidiine, 137. 

Apiopterina Orbignii, Zborzewski, 515. 

Apterygida Erichsoni, Dohrn, 529. 

Arachnida and Myriopoda of Bent’s 
Expedition to the Hadramaut, South 
Arabia, by R. I. Pocock, 292-297. 

Aranez (Spiders), 296. 

Araneide, 38. 

Arctoidea, dentition of, 461, 462, 463. 

Arthrodira, 585. 

Aseirba, Cam., 86, 87. 

Asellus, 32. 

Ashmead, W. H., Report on the Para- 
sitic Cynipide, part ot the Braconide, 
the Ichneumonide, the Proctotry- 
pide, and part of the Chalcidide, of 
the Island of St. Vincent, Part I. 61; 
Part IT. 108; Part ILI. 188. 

, Report upon the Parasitic Hy- 
menoptera of the Island of St. 
Vincent, see Riley, C. V., 56-254. 

Ashmeadia, How., 61, 145, 146. 

abnormicornis, Ashm. * , 148, 145. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 143, 144. 
megastigma, Ashi. * , 144, 145. 
pallidipes, Ashm. * , 144. 

pulchra, Ashm. * , 144, 145. 

Aspicera difoveolata, Cr., 58, 78. 
rufipes, Cr., 78. 


INDEX. 


Aspongopus viduatus, Fabr., 280, 283. 
Astrorhizide, On a new Genus of 
Foraminifera of the Family, by 
A. Vaughan Jennings, 320-321. 
Atta, Habr., 406. 
cephalotes, Lznn., 406. ~ 
Atypus, 44. 
Aulostoma, 576, 593. 
chinense, 576, ftnote 587. 
Aulostomella dorsigera, Costa, 515. 
pediculus, Alzh, 510. 
Azemiops Fez, Bou/., 121. 


Bacillus egyptiacus, Westw., 281. 
Bacteria egyptiaca, Gray, 281. 
Beoneura, Forster, 217. 
Balistes, 580, 594. 
capriscus, 578, 579, 602. 
vetula, 578. 
Barbus, 588, 592, 596, 597. 
vulgaris, 547, 589, 601. 
Baryconus, Forster, 216. 
Baryscapus, Forster, 182. 
Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut, 
South Arabia, Reports on, 279-299. 
Bephrata, Cam., 146. 
cultriformis, Ashm. * , 146. 
Bernard, H. M., On the Spinning- 
Glands in Phrynus ; with an Account 
of the so-called ‘‘ Penis” and of the 
Morphology of the Operculum, 272- 
278 


Berycide, 530, 560, 592, 593, 598, 599. 

Beryx decadactylus, Cuv. § Val., finote 
531, 563. 

Bethylinz, 188, 192. 

Bingham, Lt.-Col. C. T., On some 
Exotic Fossorial Hymenoptera in the 
Collection of the British Museum, 
with Descriptions of New Species and 
of a New Genus of the Pompilide, 
422-445, 

Blacine, 131. 

Blacus, Nees, 131. 

rubriceps, Ashm. * , 131. 

Blastophagine, 59. 

Blatta germanica, ftnote 411. 

Blattidx, 279, 281. 

Blenniidx, 530, 573, 593, 596, 598. 

Bolina, 339. 

Bosmina, 2, 4. 

Botellina, 320. 

labyrinthica, Brady, 320, 321. 

Brachycerus sp., 290. 

Brachylabis, 521. 

Brachylaimus, 323. 

Bracon, Fabr., 108. 

femoratus, Ashm. * , 109, 112. 
flavomaculatus, Ashm.*, 109, 111. _ 
maculiceps, Ashm.*, 109, 111. 


INDEX. 


Bracon niger, Ashm. * , 109. 
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 109, 112. 
seminiger, Ashi. * , 109, 110. 
vulgaris, Ashm. * , 109, 112. 
xanthospilus, Ashm. * , 109, 110. 

Braconidz, Report on, of the Island 

of St. Vincent (W. H. Ashmead), 
108-1388. 

Braconine, 108. 

Bridge, Prof. T. W., The Mesial Fins 
of Ganoids and Teleosts, 530-602. 
Bryozoa, On Mediterranean and New- 
Zealand Reteporz and a Fenestrate, 

by A. W. Waters, 255-271. 

Bugula reticulata, 267. 

Buprestidz, 287. 

Burne, R. H., On the Aortic-Arch 

System of Saccobranchus fossilis, 48- 


55. 
Butheolus, 316. 
thalassinus, Sim., 295, 316. 
Buthide, 303. 
Buthus, 307. 
acute-carinatus, Simon, 292, 300, 
316. 
alticola, Pocock * , 302, 315. 
anthracinus, Pocock *, 294, 295, 
315, 
arenicola, Sim., 300. 
Benti, 316. 
dimidiatus, Simon, 292, 293, 294, 
500-302, 316. 
europus, Linn., 299. 
Jayakari, Pocock * , 300, 315. 
qudaicus, 302. 
leptochelys, Hempr. 
299, 300, 807. 
quinquestriatus, Hempr. § Ehrenb., 
292, 299. 
scaber, Hempr. & Ehrenb., 298. 
villosus, Simon, 311. 

Butler, A. G., An Account of the 
Butterflies of the Genus Charaxes in 
the Collection of the British Museum, 
348-404. 


& Ehrenb., 


Caberia, 263. 

Cacus, Riley, 217, 226. 
insularis, Ashm.* , 226, 227. 
laticinctus, Ashm. * , 226, 227. 

Callichthys, 55. 

Calliploea Hopfferi, Felder, 342. 

Calliscelio, Ashm., 216, 228. 
laticinctus, Ashm. * , 228, 

Caloteleia, Westw., 216, 218. 
senea, Ashi. * , 218, 219. 
elongata, Ashm. * , 218, 219. 
maculipennis, Ashm. * , 218, 221. 
ocularis, Ashm. * , 218, 220. 


605 


Caloteleia punctata, Ashm. * , 218, 221. 
puncticeps, Ashm. * , 218, 219. 
Calyostichus, Mayr., 152. 
auratus, Ashm. * , 152. 
Calyptine, 131. 
Calyptus, Haliday, 131. 
thoracicus, Ashm. *, 131. 
Camponotus, 405. 
Campoplex, Grav., 139. 
meridionalis, Ashm. * , 139. 
Canidz, On the Tooth-genesis in the, 
by Dr. H. W. Marett Tims, 445-480. 
Canis anthus, 467, 468; dentition of, 
467, 468. 
aureus, 454; dentition of, 467. 
Azarx, 467 ; dentition of, 467. 
cancrivorus, 467; dentition of, 
467. 
familiaris, 447, 453; dentition of, 
447-455. 
lagopus, 468 ; dentition of, 468. 
littoralis, 468 ; dentition of, 468. 
magellanicus, 467; dentition of, 467. 
niloticus, 468 ; dentition of, 468. 
virginianus, Mivart, 468 ; dentition 
of, 468. 
Canthocamptus, 18. 
minutus, O. #. M., 18. 
Carabidz, 286. 
Carangidee, 530, 569, 595, 598. 
Caranx, 569, 595, 598. 
georgianus, 569. 
Carassius auratus, 589. 
Carnivora, dentition of, 459; variation 
of teeth of, 461. 
Carpenteria, 317-319. 
rhaphidodendron, M60., 317. 
Catharsius inermis, Casteln., 287. 
Catolaccus, Thomson, 60, 163. 
helice, Walk., 60, 163. 
pallipes, Ashm. * , 163. 
vulgaris, Ashm. * , 163, 164. 
Cellepora, 499. 
Cellulariidx, ftnote 267. 
Cephalomyia maculata, Wiedem., 280, 
285. 
Cerambycide, 291. 
Ceranisus, Walk., 182. 
Ceraphron, Jurine, 198. 
fummipennis [read fumipennis], 
Ashi. * , 198, 199, 200. 
meridionalis, Ashm. * , 199, 200. 
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 198, 199, 
solitarius, Ashm. * , 199, 200. 
Ceraphronine, 198. 
Ceratacis, Thoms., 236. 
Ceratodus, 51. 
Ceratoneura, Ashi. * , 178. 
pallida, Ashm. *, 179. 
petiolata, Ashm. * , 179. 


606 


Cerchysius, Westw., 86, 87. 
pulchricornis, How. * , 87. 
terebratus, How. *, 87, 88. 
urocerus, Dalm., 86. 
Ceriodaphnia, 2. 
Ceropales, Latr., 425, 430. 
pernix, Bingh. * , 425. 
Cestracion francisci, Girard, 325. 
galeatus, Giinther, 325, 326, 327, 
328, 329. 

japonicus, Macleay, 325. 

Philippi, Schneider, 326, 327, 328, 
329. 

zebra, Gray, 325. 

Cetonia (Pachnoda) histrio, Fabr., 287. 

Chalcididz, Report on, of the Island of 
St. Vincent (W. H. Ashmead), 143-188. 

, of the Subfamilies Chalcidine, &c. 
of the Island of St. Vincent, Report 
on the (L. O. Howard), 79-108. 

Chalcidinz, &c., of the Island of St. 
Vincent, Report on (L. O. Howard), 
79-108. 

Chalcis, Fahr., 59. 

annulatus, fabr., 59, 80. 
Jasciata, Oliv., 79. 
punctigera, Kabr., 81, 82. 

Chalcura, Kirby, 85. 
americana, How. * , 85. 

Chanos salmonzeus, 53. 

Chapman, F., and T. Rupert Jones, On 
the Fistulose Polymorphine and on 
the Genus Ramulina, 496-516. 

Characinidz, 530, 556, 590. 

Charaxes, An Account of the Butterflies 
of the Genus, in the Collection of the 
British Museum, by A. G. Butler, 
348-404. 

Charaxes achemenes, Melder, 356. 

affinis, Butler, 391, 396, 397. 

, var. demonax, Felder, 396. 

agabo, Distant, 371. 

agna, Moore, 390. 

agrarius, Swinh., 382. 

albanus, Rober, 385. 

alladinis, Butler, 358, 360, 361. 

alladinis, Dewilz, 362. 

alphius, Staud., 384. 

Ameliz, Doumet, 374. 

amycus, Helder, 397. 

analava, Ward, 369. 

andara, Ward, 351. 

andranodorus, Mabzlle, 351. 

, var. zoippus, Madille, 351. 

andriba, Ward, 369. 

antamboulou, Lucas, 368. 

anticlea, Drury, 364. 

Antonius, Semper, 389. 

argynnides, Westw., 371. 

aristogiton, Felder, 397. 


INDEX. 


Charaxes arja, Felder, 384. 

aruanus, Butler, 397. 

athamas, Drury, 382, 383, 384, 386. 
, var. attalus, Helder, 383, 384. 
, var. samatha, Moore, 383, 

384. 

attalus, Felder, 383. 
attila, H. Grose Smith, 387. 
azota, Hewits., 365. 
Balfouri, Butler, 348, 400. 
Baumanni, Rogenh., 362, 363. 
baya, Moore, 391, 396. 
bayula, Staud. in litt., 391. 
Bernardus, Hudr., 392, 393. 
betanimena, Lucas, 369, 370. 
betsimiseraka, Lucas, 370, 371. 
bharata, Felder, 382. 
bipunctatus, Rothsch., 378. 
Bohemani, Felder, 378. 
borneensis, Butler, 394. 
Boueti, Heisth., 367. 
brennus, Felder, 397. 
brutus, Cramer, 350. 
bupalus, Staud., 394. 
cacuthis, Hewits., 399. 
calliclea, H. Grose Smith, 365. 
candiope, Godart, 365, 367, 368. 
caphontis, Hewits., 388. 
Carteri, Butler, 361. 
castor, Cramer, 353. 
, var. flavifasciatus, Butler, 353. 
cedreatis, Hewits., 361. 
chiron, Staud., 359. 
cimon, Felder, 395, 396. 
cimonides, Rothsch., 395. 
cinadon, Hewits., 351. 
citheron, Helder, 375. 
clitarchus, Hewitts., 388. 
clitiphron, Oberth., 381. 
cognatus, Vollenh., 386. 
concha, Vollenh., 379. 
coniger, Butler * , 403. 
corax, Felder, 391. 
Cowani, Butler, 368. 
cynthia, Butler, 366. 
decius, Cramer, 403. 
delphis, Dowb/., 379. 
desa, Moore, 397. 
Dewitzi, Butler, 360, 362, 363. 
Distanti, Honr., 398. 
dolon, Westw., 379. 
Druceanus, Butler, 351. 
Durnfordi, Distant, 349, 389, 
echo, Butler, 357. 
Ehmckei, Dewitz, 369, 370. 
ephyra, Godart, 357, 359, 361, 363. 
epigenes, Godm. § Salv., 388. 
epijasius, Reiche, 355. 
etesipe, Godart, 366, 399. 
ethalion, Boisd., 357, 360, 362, 363. 


Charaxes ethalion, var. 


INDEX. 


Baumanni, 
Rogenh., 362. 

etheocles, Cramer, 358, 362. 

eudamippus, Dowbl., 380. 

, var, mandarinus, Felder, 381. 

—,, var. thibetanus, Oberth., 381. 

eudoxus, Fahr., 349, 352. 

eupale, Drury, 378. 

euryalus, Cramer, 399. 

Hveretti, Rothsch., 349, 389. 

fabius, Habr., 356. 

faleata, Butler, 402. 

fallax, Rober, 385. 

, var. javanus, dber, 385. 

fervens, Butler * , 396. 

flavitasciatus, Butler, 3538, 354. 

Fruhstorferi, Rober, 388. 

fulvescens, Awriv., 401. 

gabonica, Crowley, 381. 

galaxia, Butler, 387. 

ganymedes, Staud., 385, 386. 

ganymedes, Leech, 380. 

georgius, Staud., 391. 

gilolensis, Butler, 387. 

Guderiana, Dewitz, 358. 

hadrianus, Ward, 381. 

hamasta, Moore, 382. 

hamatus, Dewitz, 372. 

hannibal, Butler, 357. 

Hansalii, Felder, 353. 

harmodius, Felder, 398. 

harpagon, Staud., 398. 

harpax, Felder, 390. 

hebe, Butler, 382, 385. 

, var. ganymedes, Staud., 385. 

hemana, Butler, 391. 

heracles, Rober, 385. 

hierax, Felder, 390. 

Hildebrandti, Dewitz, 363. 

hindia, Butler, 393. 

hipponax, Felder, 393. 

, var. hindia, Butler, 393. 

, var. jalinder, Butler, 393. 

Hollandi, Butler, 362. 

homerus, Staud., 371. 

Homeyeri, Dewitz, 370. 

imna, Butler, 390. 

imperialis, Butler, 374. 

jahlusa, Trimen, 371, 372. 

jalinder, Butler, 393. 

jalysus, Felder, 382. 

jason, Linn., 355. 

javanus, Rober, 385. 

jocaste, Boisd. MS., 356. 

jupiter, Butler, 387. 

, var. attila, H. Grose Smith, 
387. 

kaba, Kheil, 385- 

Kadenii, Felder, 386. 

Kahldeni, Dewitz, 370. 


607 


Charaxes kahruba, Moore, 398. 


khasianus, Butler, 394. 

khimalara, Butler, 394, 395. 

Kirki, Butler, 358. 

lactetinetus. Karsch, 349, 365. 

lampedo, Hiibner, 356, 357. 

laodice, Drury, 372, 373. 

Lasti, H. Grose Smith, 367. 

latona, Butler, 396, 397. 

Layardi, Butler * , 395, 396. 

leoninus, Butler, 372. 

lichas, Doudled., 401. 

lucretius, Cramer, 365, 366. 

lunawara, Butler, 397. 

lysianassa, Westw., 366. 

Macclounii, Butler, 367. 

mandarinus, Felder, 380, 381. 

manica, Trimen, 360. 

epbyra, Dewitz, 360. 

marmax, Westw., 395, 397, 398. 

mars, Staud., 396. 

menedemus, Overth., 381. 

midas, Staud., 372. 

mixtus, Rothsch., 377. 

Monteiri, Staud., 376. 

Moorei, Distant, 385. 

mycerina, Godart, 372, 373, 375. 

narceus, Hewits., 880, 381. 

nausica, Staud., 373. 

neanthes, Hewzts., 369, 370. 

nepenthes, H. Grose Smith, 380. 

nesea, H. Grose Smith, 375. 

niasicus, Butler, 386. 

nichetes, H. Grose Smith, 372. 

Nicholii, HZ. Grose Smith, 389. 

nigrescens, Butler * , 401. 

nitebis, Hewits., 388. 

nobilis, Druce, 371. 

numenes, Hewits., 377. 

nyasana, Butler, 365. 

odysseus, Staud., 349, 366. 

ogovensis, Holland, 372. 

orilus, Butler, 357. 

paphianus, Ward, 402. 

papuensis, Butler, 395. 

parmenion, Felder, 396, 397. 

pelias, Cramer, 354, 355. 

pheeus, Hewits., 360, 361. 

pheebus, Butler, 352. 

phraortes, Doubled., 352. 

phrixus, Rober, 383. 

pithodoris, Hewits., 375. 

Plateni; Staud., 390. 

pleistoanax, elder, 394. 

, var. khasianus, Butler, 394. 

——, var. khimalara, Butler, 394. 
395. 

pollux, Cramer, 352, 353. 

polyxena, Cramer, 392, 393, 394, 
396-398, 


= 


608 


Charaxes porthos, H. Grose Smith, 
372. 
posidonius, Leech, 381. 
princeps, Butler * , 376. 
protoclea, Fezsth., 364, 
psaphon, Westw., 389, 890, 395. 
publius, Staud., 403. 
pyrrhus, Linn., 387. 
pythodoris, Hewits., 375. 
pythodorus, Kirby , 375. 
regius, Awriv., 374. 
relatus, Butler, 371. 
repetitus, Butler * , 392. 
rose, Butler, 360. 
, var. alladinis, Dewitz, 360. 
Rothschildi, Leech, 380. 
samatha, Moore, 383, 384. 
saturnus, Butler, 354. 
, var. laticinetus, Butler, 354. 
satyrina, Butler, var. menedemus, 
Oberth., 381. 
Schreiberi, Godart, 386. 
scylax, Felder, 397. 
Selousi, Trimen, 363. 
sempronius, Fabr., 387, 388. 
——, var. tyrteus, Felder, 388. 
serendiba, Moore, 390. 
smaragdalis, Butler, 375, 376. 
Staudingeri, Rothsch., 349, 389. 
talaguge, Holland, 363. 
tavetensis, Rothsch., 399. 
thibetanus, Oberth., 381. 
thomasius, Staud., 368. 
Thysii, Capron., 364, 374. 
tiridates, Cramer, 374, 377, 378. 
, var. mixtus, Lothsch., 377. 
tyrteus, Felder, 388. 
Ussheri, Butler, 403, 404. 
yaranes, Cramer, 348, 365, 370, 400. 
viola, Butler, 359, 361. 
violetta, H. Grose Smith, 376. 
violinitens, Crowley, 402. 
viridicostatus, Auriv., 367, 368. 
Wallacei, Butler, 396. 
Watti, Butler, 390. 
Whytei, Butler, 363, 374. 
xiphares, Cramer, 376. 
zelica, Butler, 372. 
zephyrus, Butler, 356. 
zoippus, Mabille, 351. 
zoolina, Doubled. & Hewits., 369, 
370. 
Cheironitis orsidis, Reiche, 287. 
Cheloninez, 124. 
Chelonus, Jurine, 126. 
meridionalis, Ashm. * , 126. 
Chernetidze, 272-278. 
Childonia Cordierii, 268. 
Chilopoda, 297. 
Chirocerus furcatus, Brullé, 84. 


INDEX. 


Chiropachides, 155. 

Chirosa eurypon, Hewits., 342, 

Chlzenius canariensis, De7., 286. 

seminitidus, Chaud., 286. 

Chrestosema, Forster, 68. 

pallidipes, Ashm. * , 68. 
robusta, Ashm. * , 68. 
Chromoteleia, Ashm., 216, 224. 
semicyanea, Ashm. * , 224. 
Chrysidea, Spinola, 150. 
aurata, Ashm.* , 150. 
Chrysididz, 280, 282. 
Chrysis amethystina, Fabr., 282. 
cyanura, Forster, 282. 
Chrysocharis, Forster, 174, 175, 177. 
lividiceps, Ashm. * , 175, 176. 
lividus, Ashm. * , 175. 
stigmatus, Ashm. * , 174, 179. 
thoracicus, Ashm. * , 175, 176. 
Chrysocharodes, Ashm.* , 177. 
petiolata, Ashm. * , 177. 
Chrysoglyphe, Ashm. * , 160. 
albipes, Ashm. * , 161, 162. 
apicalis, Ashm. *, 161. 
Cimex militaris, Fabr., 284. 
viduatus, Fabr., 283. 
Cirrospilus, Westw., 182. 
Citharinus, 590, 592, 595-598. 
Geoffroyi, 556, 601. 

Cladocera, 2-19. 

Cladoselache, 584, 587. 

Cleonus dealbatus, Gevm., 290. 

hieroglyphicus, Oliv., 290. 

Clinocentrus, Haliday, 123. 

flaviventris, Ashm. * , 128. 
Closterocerus, Westw., 176. 
albipes, Ashm. * , 176, 177. 
auriceps, Ashm. * , 176, 177. 
leucopus, Ashm. * , 176, 177. 
Clupea, 590, 595. 
harengus, 557. 
Clupeide, 530, 557, 590, 591. 
Cnidoglanis, 590. 
megastoma, 555. 
Coccophagus, Westw., 60, 97. 
Lecanii, Mitch, 60, 97. 
Coccosteus, 585, 587. 
Ceelopelta, Ashm. * , 238. 
mirabilis, Ashm. * , 238. 

Colastes, Haliday, 128. 

Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s 
collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expe- 
dition to the Hadramaut, South 
Arabia, by C. J. Gahan, 285-291. 

Collaria morsitans, 298. 

Colubridz, Opisthoglyphous, 322. 

Compsomeris vestita, K/ug, 280, 283. 

Comys, Forster, 60, 92. 

bicolor, How., 60, 92. 

Conger, 556, 561, 588, 597, 598. 


INDEX. 


Conger conger, 545, 601. 
Conorhinus, Zap., 284. 
Copidosoma, Ratzeb., 92. 
diversicornis, How., 92. 
Coptops fusea, Oliv., 291. 
Coregonus, 595, 596. 
pollan, 550, 589. 
Cossus ligniperda, 410. 
Cottidz, 530, 569, 571, 593, 599. 
Crabro, Fabr., 443. 
alacer, Bingh. * , 443. 
femoratus, Fabr., 79. 
tridentatus, Smith, 444. 
(Rhopalum) Brookii, Bingh. * , 444. 
Crasodactylus punctatus, Guér., 286. 
Cremastobzeus, Ashi. * , 217, 228. 
bicolor, Ashm. * , 228. 
niger, Ashm. * , 228. 
Cremastus, Grav., 140. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 148. 
Cristellaria calear, 500. 
crepidula, 500. 
Crossopterygide, 587. 
Crypting, 138. 
Cuchia eel, 53. 
Curculionide, 290. 
Cybister tripunctatus, Oliv., 286. 
vulneratus, Klug, 286. 
Cyclops, 16, 17. 
affinis, G. O. Sars, 18. 
magnoctavus, Cragin, 17. 
phaleratus, Koch, 18. 
prasinus, Jurine (=C. magnocta- 
vus, Cragin), 17. 
signatus, Koch, 17. 
tenuicornis, Claus, 17. 
Cyclopteridx, 530, 577, 596. 
Cyclopterus, 595. 
lumpus, 577. 
Cylindrogaster, S¢@/, 525. 
nigriceps, Kirby, 523, 524. 
rufescens, Kirby * , 524, 529. 
Cynipide, Report on the Parasitic, 
of the Island of St. Vincent (W. H. 
Ashmead), 61-78. 
Cynipine, 78. 
Cynips, Linn., 78. 
armatus, C7., 78. 
Cynoidea, dentition of, 461-463. 
Cyon, 469. 
rutilans, 454, 469; dentition of, 
454, 455, 469, 472. 
Cypria, 2. 
Cyprinide, 530, 547. 588, 589. 
Cyprinus, 592, 596, 597. 
carpio, 548, 589. 
Cypris, 2, 3. 
monacha, Baird, 5. 
Cyrtogaster, Walk., 60, 155. 
vulgaris, Walk., 60, 155. 


609 


Damon medius, 38. 

Danainez, 340. 

Danais, 340-347. 
alcippus, Cram., 340, 345, 348. 
chionippe, Hiibn., 342, 347. 
chrysippus, Linn., 340, 341, 345, 

346, 347, 348. 
dorippus, Klug, 340, 341, 3465, 
346, 348. 

Daphenus, dentition of, 464. 

Daphnia, 2, 3. 
mucronata, Baird, 5. 
Scheefferi, Baird, 2; 

London Docks, 2. 

Decatoma, Spinola, 59. 
oretilia, Walk., 59. 

Decatomidea, Ashm. * , 147. 
pallidicornis, Ashm. * , 147. 

Decticus vittatus, Klug, 282. 

Dectisus read Decticus vitiatus, Klug, 
282. 

Dentalina aculeata, D’Orb., 319. 

Derostenus, Westw., 173, 175, 177. 
acutus, Ashm. * , 173, 174. 
quadrimaculatus, Ashm. * , 173. 
rotundus, Ashm.* , 173, 174. 

Diachasma, Forster, 137. 
pilosipes, Ashm. * , 137. 

Diadema, 339. 

Diapria, Latr., 251. 
mellea, Ashm. * , 251. 

Diapriinz, 243, 248. 

Diaptomus, 16. 

Didelphys, dentition of, 456. 

Diglyphosema, Forster, 61. 
flavipes, Ashm. * , 61. 

Diglyphus, Thomson, 167, 168. 
albipes, Ashm. * , 167. 
maculipennis, Ashm. * , 167. 

Dimeris, Ruthe, 123. 
maculipennis, Ashm. * , 123. 

Dineutes zreus, Klug, 287. 

Dinotus, 155. 

Diodon, 594. 
hystrix, 582, 583, 602. 

Diparides, 156. 

Diplatys, Serv., 528. 

Diplopoda, 298. 

Diplurus, 588. 
longicaudatus, Newberry, 588. 

Dipneumones, 42. 

Diptera: Bent’s Expedition to the 
Hadramant, South Arabia (W. F. 
Kirby), 280-285. 

Discolia, Sauss., 423. 

Dissomphalus, Ashi * , 192. 

bisuleus, Ashm.* , 193, 194. 
confusus, Ashm. * , 193, 194. 
politus, Ashm. * . 193, 195. 
tuberculatus, Ashm. * , 192, 193. 


occurring in 


LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. 48 


610° 


Distira cyanocincta, ftnote 420, 421. 
Distomum, On a new Species of, by G. 
S. West, 822-324. 
Distomum Barnaldii, Sonsino, 323. 
Boscii, Cobb., 322. 
incerta, Cobb., 322. 


nigrovenosum, Bellingh., ftnote 
323. 

Philodryadum, G. S. West * , 322, 
323, 324. 


signatum, Duj., 323. 
variable, Leidy, 323. 
Dog-fishes (Scyllium), ege-cases of, 
325. 


Dolichurus, Latr., 439. 
bipunctatus, Bingh. * , 439. 
taprobana, Smith, 439. 

Doras, 55. 

Doryphora, 411. 
decemlineata, ftnote 411. 

Dryininz, 197. 

Dytiscide, 286. 


Ketrichodia Andersoni, Kirby *, 280, 
284. 


gigas, Herr.-Schiff., 284. 

Egg-cases of some Port Jackson Sharks, 
by H. R. Waite, 325-329. 

Hiphosoma, Cresson, 58. 

annulator, Cr., 58. 

Elachistinz, &c. of the Island of St. 
Vincent (L. O. Howard), 79-108. 

Elachistus, Spin., 107. 

albiventris, Spin., 105. 
aureus, How. *, 108. 
caudatus, How. * , 107. 
scutellatus, How. *, 107, 108. 

Hlasmine, &e. of the Island of St. Vin- 
cent, Report on the (L. O. Howard), 
56, 79-108. 

Elasmobranchii, 580, 583, 584, 585. 

Elasmus, Westw., 101. 

flaviventris, How. * , 101, 104. 

flavus, How. * , 101, 104, 105. 

helvus, How. * , 101, 103, 104. 

levifrons, How.*, 101, 102, 103, 
105. 

maculatus, How. *, 101, 103, 104, 
105. 

punctatulus, How. *, 101, 102. 

punctatus, How. * , 101, 105. 

rugosus, How.*, 101, 102, 108, 
104. 

Smithii, How. *, 101, 104. 

Enearsia, Forster, 97. 

flaviclava, How. * , 97. 

Encyrtinz, &c. of the Island of St. Vin- 
cent, Report on the (L. O. Howard), 
56, 60, 79-108. 

Encyrtus, Dalm., 60, 86, 93. 


INDEX. 


Eneyrtus argentipes, How. * , 93, 95. 
brevicornis, Dalm., 95. 
clavellatus, Dalm., 93. 
conifere, Walk., 97. 
erassus, How. * , 93. 
cupratus, Forster, 97. 
flaviclayus, How. * , 93, 96. 
fuscipennis, Dalm., 94. 
hirtus, How. * , 93, 95. 
hyettus, Walk., 88, 89. 
inquisitor, How. * , 93. 
nitidus, How. * , 93, 94. 
quadricolor, How. * , 93, 
tiliaris, Dalm., 60, 86, 93, 97. 
uroceras, Dalm., 86. 

Enhydris Hardwickii, ftnote 420. 

Entedonine, 168. 

Entomostraca and the Surface-film of 
Water, by D. J. Scourfield, 1-19. 

Epiphragm, Note on the Formation of 
the, of Helix aspersa, by Prof. G. J. 
Allman, 517-520. 

Epyris, Westw., 188. 

incertus, Ashm. *, 189. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 188, 189. 

Eretes helvolus, K/ug, 286. 
sticticus, Linn., 286. 
succinctus, Klug, 286. 

Hribcea lampedo, Hiibn., 356. 
unedonis, Hiibn., 355. 

Hrinaceus, dentition of, 455. 

Hrotolepsia, How.*, 99. 
compacta, How. *, 100. 

Erythrinus, 55. 

Erythrolamprus, Giinth., 419, 421. 
/Esculapii, Giinth., 419, 421, 422 

poison-gland of, 419. 
Esocide, 5389, 545, 588, 589. 
Hsox, 546, 590, 592, 596. 

- lucius, 545, 589, 601. 

Hucharine, &c. of the Island of St. 
Vincent, Report on the (lL. O. How 
ard), 56, 59, 79-108. 

Hucharis flabellata, Fabr., 84. 

Surcata, Fabr., 84. 

Eucoila, Westw., 57, 75. 
basalis, Cr., 57, '75. 
carinata, Or., 77. 
claripennis, Ashm. * , 75, 76. 
ovalis, Ashm. *, 75, 76. 

Hucoilidea, Ashm. * , 57, 62. 
canadensis, Ashm. * , 57, 62. 

Hucoiline, 57, 61. 

Hulepis hamasta, Moore, 382. 

Wardii, Moore, 404. 

EHulophine, 60, 165. 

Eulophus, Geoff, 166. 
auripunctatus, Ashkm. *, 166. 

Hupelmine, 56, 87, 91. 

Huplectrus, Westw., 60, 105. 


INDEX. 


Euplectrus bicolor, Swed., 105. 
furnius, Waik., 60, 165. 
maculiventris, Westw., 105. 

Euplea, 341, 342-347. 
climena, Cram., 341. 
core, Cram., 341, 345. 

Hopfferi, 548. 

margoensis, Butler, 342, 

polymena, 342, 348. 

pyrgion, 342, 348. 

singapura, Moore, 342. 

Whitmei, Butler, 342. 
Huprepocnemis littoralis, Ramb., 280, 

282. 

Eurycercus, 2, 3. 

Eurypteride, 39. 

Eurytoma, Mliger, 147, 150. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 147, 148, 149. 
maculiventris, Ashm. * , 148, 149. 
perafiinis, Ashm. * , 147, 148, 149. 

Eurytomine, 59, 61, 143. 

Eurytomocharis, Ashm. *, 151. 
minima, Ashm. * , 151. 

Kusthenopteron Foordi, Whiteaves, 588. 

Evania, Fabr., 58. 
appendigaster, Linn., 58. 

Hyaniide, 58. 

Exochus, Grav., 141. 
tegularis, Ashi. * , 141. 
validus, Cr., 141. 


Felide, dentition of, 461. 

Fenestella, 267, 268. 

Fenestellidz, 267. 

Figitine, 58, 78. 

Filistata testacea, Latr., 296. 

Fins, the Mesial, of Ganoids and Tele- 
osts, by Prof. 'T. W. Bridge, 530-602. 

Fistulariidx, 530, 576, 593. 

Fistulose Polymorphine, on the, and on 
the Genus Ramulina, by T. Rupert 
Jones and F. Chapman, 496-516. 

Flustra cribriformis, 267. 

Foraminifera, On a new Genus of, of 
the Family Astrorhizide, by A. 
Vaughan Jennings, 320-321. 

Forficula ruficeps, Hrichs., 529. 

Forficulidz, Description of new Species 
of, in the Collection of the British 
Museum, by W. F. Kirby, 520-529. 

Formica barbara, Linn., 283. 

cephalotes, Linn., ftnote 406. 

Formicide, 280, 283. 

Fossorial Hymenoptera, On some Exotic, 
in the Collection of the British 
Museum, with Descriptions of New 
Species and of a new Genus of the 
Pompilide, by Lt.-Col. C. T. Bing- 
ham, 422-445. 

Frondipora verrucosa, 259, ftnote 262. 


611 


Gadidex, 530, 558, 592. 

Gadus, 592, 595. 
weletinus, 558, 595. 
morrhua, 559. 

Gahan. C. J., On the Coleoptera obtained 
by Dr. Anderson’s Collector during 
Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Ha- 
dramaut, South Arabia, 285-291. 

Galeodes, 32, 35, 37-39, 275, 277. 

Galesus, Curtis, 248. 

bipunctatus, Ashm. * , 248. 

Ganaspis, Horster, 66. 

apicalis, Ashi. * , 66, 67. 
atriceps, Ashm. * , 66, 67. 

Ganoids and Teleosts, The Mesial Fins 
of, by Prof. T. W. Bridge, 5380-602. 

Ganychorus, Haliday, 131. 

collaris, Ashm. * , 131. 

Gasteruption, La7r., 58. 

Guildingii, Westw., 58. 
rufipectus, Westw., 58. 

Gilson, Prof. G., On Seymentally dis- 
posed Thoracic Glands in the Lary 
of the Trichoptera, 407-412. 

, and Sadones, J., The Larval Gills 
of the Odonata, 413-418. 

Globulina gibba, Terguem, 502, 508, 

509, 515. 

horrida, Reuss, 503, 510, 511. 

oviformis, Searles Wood, MS., 504, 
Salt. 

oviformis, Terquem, 505, 508, 513, 
il: 

transversa, Terquem, 501, 508. 

tuberculata, ftnote 500. 

tubulosa, @’ Orb., 509, 510. 

virgata, Searles Wood, MS., 504, 
512 


Glyphe, Walk., 162. 

punctata, Ashm. * , 162. 
Gnamptodon, Haliday * , 133. 

atricaudus, Ashm. * , 138. 
Goniozus, Forster, 195. 

incompletus, Ashm. * , 195, 196. 

nigrifemur, Ashm. * , 195, 196. 

Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 195, 196. 
Grammostomum costulatum, ftnote 

500. 

laxus, ftnote 500. 

turio, ftnote, 500. 
Graptoleberis testudinaria, Fischer, 15. 
Gryllus bipunctatus, 281. 

littoralis, Ramb., 282. 

subulatus, Linn., 281. 

(Locusta) egyptius, Linn., 281. 
Guttulina damzcornis, Reuss, 501, 508. 

gravida, Terguem, 502, 509. 

problema, Terquem, 508 

racemosa, Terguem, 505, 512. 
Gymnodontes, 530, 581, 594. 

48* 


612 


Gymnotide, 530, 557, 591, 597, 599. 
Gymnotus, 591. 
electricus, 557, 601. 
Gyrinide, 287. 
Gyrinus, 14. 
Gyrolasia, Forster, 179. 
bicolor, Ashm. * , 179, 180. 
ciliata, Ashm. * , 180. 
femorata, Ashm. * , 180. 
metallica, Ashm. *, 180, 181. 


Habrolepis, 95. 

Dalmanni, Westw., 91. 

Habrolepoidea, How. * , 89. 
glauca, How. * , 90. 

Hadronotus, Forster, 217, 229. 
bicolor, Ashm. * , 229, 231. 

, carinatifrons, Ashi. * , 229, 230. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 229, 230. 
politus, Ashm. * , 229, 230. 

Haliphysema, 321. 

Halticella diversicornis, Walk., 81. 
fascicornis, Walk., 81. 

Halticide, 291. 

Haridra Adamsoni, Moore, 404. 
kahruba, Moore, 398. 

Hecaboling, 58, 115. 

Heliocopris gigas, Linn., 287. 

Helix aspersa, Note on the Formation of 
the Epiphragm of, by Prof. G. J. 
Allman, 517-520. 

Helix hortensis, 517. 

pomatia, 517. 

Hemepepsis 7ead Hemipepsis, 432. 

Hemilexis, Forster, 244. 
latipennis, Ashm. * , 244. 

Hemilexodes, Ashm., 244. 
filiformis, Ashm.* , 244. 

Hemipepsis, 432. 
prodigiosa, Gerst., 433. 

Hemiptera Heteroptera: Bent’s Expe- 
dition to the Hadramaut, South 
Arabia, 280, 288. 

Hemiscorpius lepturus, Pez., 316. 

Hemitrichus, Thomson, 157. 
varipes, Ashm. * , 157. 

Henicetrus, Thomson, 98. 

Heptameris, Forster, 71. 
flavipes, Ashm.* , 71. 
rufipes, Ashm. * , 71. 

Herbertia, How. * , 98, 99. 
lucens, How. * , 98. 

Herpetocypris, 2. 

Heterobuthus, 309. 

Heterogamia conspersa, Brunner, 281. 

Heteroptera, 283. 

Heterospilus, Haliday, 58, 115. 
carbonarius, Ashm.* , 115, 117. 
fasciatus, Ashm. * , 115, 118. 
ferruginus, Ashm. *, 115, 117. 


INDEX. 


Heterospilus humeralis, dshm.* 117, 
121 


longicaudus, Ashm. * , 116, 119. 
nigrescens, Ashm. * , 116, 120. 
pallidipes, Ashm.*, 116, 119. 
questor, Ashm. *, 58, 116. 
variegatus, Ashm.* , 117, 120. 

Heterotis Ebrenbergii, 53. 

Hetrodes horridus, Burm., 282. 

Hexacola, Forster, 66, 72, 77. 

modesta, Ashm. * , 72, ‘73. 
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * ,72, 73, 74. 
solitaria, Ashm. * , 72, '73. 

Hexaplasta, Morster, 77. 

incerta, Ash. * , 77. 

Himatismus villosus, Haag, 290. 

Hippocampus guttulatus, 578. 

Hirdagra fraterna, Felder, 342. 

Histeromimus, Gahan * , 288. 

arabicus, Gahan * , 288. 

Histeromorphus, Kraatz, 288. 

plicatus, Kraatz, 288. ; 

Holocentrum, 564, 592, 594, 595, 598. 

spiniferosum, 560, 601. 
Holocephala, 530, 534, 584. 
Homalopoda, How. * , 90. 

cristata, How. * , 91. 
Hoplocrepis, Ashm. * , 60, 165. 

albiclavus, Ashm. * , 60, 165. 

Hoploteleia, Ashm., 217. 

Howard, L. O., Report on the Chalci- 
didz of the subfamilies Chalcidine, 
Eucharinex, Perilampine, Encyrtine, 
Aphelinine, Pirenine, Elasmine, and 
Elachistine, of the Island of St. 
Vincent, 79-108. 

, Report upon the Parasitic Hymen- 
optera of the Island of Vincent, see 
Riley, C. V., 56-254. 

Hydaticus decorus, Klug, 286. 

histrio, Clark, 286. 
rectangulus, Sharp, 286. 

Hydrophiine, ftnote 420. 

Hydrophilide, 287. 

Hydrous senegalensis, Perch., 287. 

Hydrus platurus, ftnote 420. 

Hymenoptera: Bent’s Expedition to 
the Hadramaut, South Arabia, by 
W. F. Kirby, 280-282. 

Hymenoptera, Parasitic, of the Island 
of St. Vincent: Report upon, by C. V. 
Riley, W. H. Ashmead, and L. O. 
Howard, 56-254. 

Hymenoptera, Onsome Exotic Fossorial, 
in the Collection of the British Mu- 
seum, with Descriptions of New 
Species and of a New Genus of the 
Pompilide, by Lt.-Col. C. T. Bing- 
ham, 422-445, 

Hypolethria, Forster, 71. 


INDEX. 


Hypolethria longicornis, Ashm. * , 71. 
Hypolimnas, Mimicry in the Butterflies 
of the Genus, by Col. Chas. Swinhoe, 
339-348. 
Hypolimnas anomale, 341. 
bolina, Linn., 339-848. 
dubia, 343, 348. 
marginalis, 343, 348. 
mina read mima, Trim., 343. 
misippus, Linn., 339-348. 
polymena, 342, 348. 
scopas, 342, 348. 
Hypostomos, 55. 


Ichneumonide, Report on the, of the 
Island of St. Vincent (W. H. Ash- 
mead), 56, 138-143. 

Ichthyoxenos, Herklots, 337. 

Idarnes, Walk., 59. 

carme, Walk., 59. 

Idiotypa, Forster, 243. 

pallida, Ashm. * , 248. 
Idmonea, 267. 
flabellata, Kirchenp., 267. 
interjuncta, 267. 
Milneana, 267. 
Idris, Forster, 217, 231. 
zenea, Ashm.* , 231. 
Inostemma, Ha/., 232, 233. 
bicornutus, Ashin. * , 232. 
Lintnerii, Ashm., 233. 
simillimus, Ashm. * , 232. 

Insects other than Coleoptera obtained 
by Dr. Anderson’s Collector during 
Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Ha- 
dramaut, South Arabia, 279-285. 

Isamia (Huplea) singapura, Moore, 342. 

Isobrachium, Férster, 190, 192. 

albipes, Ashm. * , 190, 191. 

collinum, Ashm.* , 190. 
Isocratus, Forster, 59, 170. 

vulgaris, Walk., 59. 

Tsopod, On the Structure of the, Genus 
Ourozeuktes, Milne-Kdwards, by A. 
Vaughan Jennings, 329-538. 

Isopods, gills of, 417. 

Isosoma, Walk., 149, 151. 

heteromera, Ashm. * , 151. 

Tsosomodes, Ashm., 59 

gigantea, Ashm., 59. 


Jasia australis, Swains., 388. 

Jennings, A. Vaughan, On the True 
Nature of*‘Mobiusispongia parasitica,” 
Duncan, 317-319. 

, On a new Genus of Foraminifera 
of the Family Astrorhizidx, 320-321. 

—, On the Structure of the Isopod 
Genus Owrozeuktes, Milne-Edwards, 
329-338. 


613 


Jones, T. Rupert, and Chapman, F., On 
the Fistulose Polymorphine, and on 
the Genus Ramulina, 496-516. 


Kapala, Cameron, 59, 84. 
furcata, Fabr., 59, 84. 

Kirby, W. F., Descriptions of new 
Species of Forficulide in the Collec- 
tion of the British Museum, 520-529. 

, Insects other than Coleoptera 
obtained by Dr. Anderson’s Collector 
during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the 
Hadramaut, South Arabia, 279-285. 

Kleidotoma, Westw., 69. 

insularis, Ashm. * , 69. 


Labeo, Hal., 197. 
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 197. 
simulans, Ashm. * , 197, 198. 
Labidura, Leach, 524, 525. 
sexspinosa, Dohrn, 524. 
Walkeri, Kirby * , 524, 529. 
Labrichthys tetrica, 576. 
Labridx, 530, 574, 593, 596, 598. 
Labyrinthici, epibranchial organ in, 
mentioned, 53. 
Laccotrephes ruber, Linn., 280, 284. 
Lampronota, Curtis, 142. 
albomaculata, Ashi. * , 142. 
Lapitha, Ashm., 217, 226. 
spinosa, Ashm. * , 226. 
Larval Gills of the Odonata, Prof. G. 
Gilson and J. Sadones on, 413-418. 
Lathrodectus 13-guttatus, Hoss?, 296. 
Laurie, M., On the Morphology of the 
Pedipalpi, 20-48. 
Lecanium hesperidum, Linn., 92, 97. 
quercitronis, Fitch, 97. 
Leiurus leptochelys, Hempr. § Ehrenb., 
299. 


(a aes ass Hempr. § Ehrenb., 
. 


Lelaps, Hal., 60, 156. 
flavescens, Ashm. * , 156. 
pulchricornis, Hal.,60, 156. 
Lepidosiren, 52, 54. 
paradoxa, ftnote 52. 
Lepidosteidx, 530, 540. 
Lepidosteus, 538, 541, 544, 545,586-596. 
osseus, 540, 601. 
Lepralia, 257. 
Leptacis, Forster, 236. 
erythropus, Ashm. * , 236, 257. 
obscuripes, Ashin. * , 236. 
Leptomastix, Horster, 60, 92. 
dactylopii, How., 60, 92. 
Leptopilina, Horster, 70. 
minuta, Ashm. * , 70. 
Libellula, 413, 417. 
depressa, 413, 414. 


614 


Limnophilus flavicornis, 408, 409. 
Limulus, 33, 37-46, 275, 277, 417. 
Liophis, 419. 
Liophron, Nees, 132. 
minutus, Ashm. * , 182. 
Liophronine, 132. 
Liphistius, 42, 46. 
Lituolidz, 321. 
Lochites, Forster, 153. 
auriceps, Ashm. * , 153. 
Locusta egyptius, Linn., 281. 
Locustide, 280; 281, 282. 
Lophobranchii, 530, 578, 594, 597. 
Lophocomus, Hal., 165. 
Loxostomum vorax, ftnote 500. 
Loxotropa, Morster, 249. 
columbiana, Ashm. * , 249. 
thoracica, Ashm. * , 249. 
Lutodeira chanos, Hyrti, 53. 
Lygeide, 280, 284. 
Lygeeus militaris, Mabr., 280, 284. 
Lysiphlebus, Forster, 137. 
meridionalis, Ashm. *, 137. 
Lysitermus, Forster, 121. 
fascipennis, Ashm. * , 121, 122. 
terminalis, dshm.*, 121. 


Macromeris, Lepel., 429, 438. 
argentifrons, Smith, 429. 
castanea, Bingh. * , 438. 

Macroteleia, Westw., 216, 217, 222. 
carinata, Ashm. * , 222. 
erythrogaster, Ashm. * , 222, 223. 
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 222, 223. 

Marsipella, 321. 

Marsipobranchs, 584, 587. 

Marsupials, dentition of, 456. 

Melittobia, Westw., 182. 

Meraporus, WValk., 159. 
nigrocyaneus, Ashm. * , 159. 

Merluccius, 592. 
vulgaris, 559. 

Mesial Fins of Ganoids and Teleosts, by 

Prof. T. W. Bridge, 580-602. 

Mesochorus, Grav., 140. 
americanus, C7., 141. 
annulitarsis, Ashm. * , 140. 

Mesoprion, 592-595, 598. 
gembra, 565, 601, 602. 

Mesostena puncticollis, So/., 289. 

Mesostenus, Grav., 138. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 138. 

Micoconodon read Microconodon, 477. 

Microbracon, Ashm., 114. 
pilosithorax, Ashm. *, 114. 

Microconodon, 474, 477. 

Microdus, Nees, 58, 129. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 130. 

Smithii, Ashm. * , 129. 
stigmaterus, Cr., 58. 


INDEX. 


Microdus unicinctus, Ashm. * , 129. 
varipes, Cr., 58. 
Microgasterine, 56. 

Middleton, R. Morton, Jn., on a remark- 
able use of Ants in Asia Minor, 405. 
Mimicry in Butterflies of the Genus 

Hypolimnas, by Col. Chas. Swinhoe, 
339-348. 
Miotropis, Thomson, 106. 
nigricans, How. *, 106. 
platynote, How., 106. 
versicolor, How. * , 106. 
Misilus aquatifer, Montfort, 514. 
Mobiusispongia parasitica, Duncan, on 
the True Nature of, by A. Vaughan 
Jennings, 317-319. 
Monaeanthus, 336, 594. 
granulosus, 580. 
pardalis, 580. 
Morpho, 380. 
Mueil, 575, 575, 598. 
capito, 572, 595, 602. 
Mugilidee, 580, 569, 572, 593, 595, 598, 
599. 
Murena, 596. 
Mureenide, 530, 545, 588. 
Mustelide, dentition of, 461. 
Mygnimia, 454. 
audax, Smith, 434. 
Fenestrata, Smith, 434. 
Myosoma, brudié, 113. 
pilosipes, Ashm. *, 113. 
Myriopoda and Arachnida: Bent’s 
Expedition to the Hadramaut, South 
Arabia, by R. I. Pocock, 297-299. 
Myrmicine, 283. 
Myzine, Latr., 423. 
dimidiata, Smzth, 4238. 
dimidiaticornis, Bingh.* , 423. 


Nanobuthus, Pocock * , 314. 
Andersoni, Pocock * , 314. 

Nebo flavipes, Simon, 295, 316. 

Nepa grossa, abr. 284, 285. 
rubra, Linn., 284, 285. 

Nepidee, 280, 284. 

Neuroptera: Bent’s Expedition to the 
Hadramaut, South Arabia (W. F. 
Kirby), 280-282. 

Newnhamia, King, 5. 

Notaspis, Walk., 59, 83. 

formiciformis, Walk., 59, 83. 

Notodromas, 5, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17. 

monacha, O. Ff. M., 5, 10, 12, 18, 19. 
Nototrachys, Marshall, 139. 
minimus, Ashm. * , 159. 
niger, Ashm. * , 139. 
Nubecularia, 321. 
Nymphalis candiope, Godart, 367. 
decius, Lucas, 404. 


INDEX. 


Nymphalis erithalion, Westw. § Hewits., 
362 


etesipe, Godart, 399. 
etheocles, Drury, 399. 
Freyi, Brancsik, 369. 
Guderiana, Dewitz, 358. 
jahlusa, Trimen, 371. 
mycerina, Godart, 372. 
nesiope, Hewits., 379. 
nitebis, Hewits., 388. 
numenes, Hewits., 376. 
pyrrhus, Lucas, 387. 
Schreiberi, Godart, 386. 
thieste, Westw., 376. 
thurius, Godart, 376, 
zoolina, Doubl. § Hewits., 370. 


Ocnera hispida, Forsh., 290. 
persea, Baudi, 290. 

Odonata, The Larval Gills of the, by 
Prof. G. Gilson and J. Sadones, 
413-418. 

Cicodoma cephalotes, Latr., ftnote 406. 

idipodanebulosa, Hisch.de Waldh., 281. 

Cistridee, 280, 285. 

strus maculatus, Wiedem., 285. 

Olinx, Forster, 166. 

Omphale, Hal., 168. 

varicolor, Ashi. * , 168. 

Onitis alexis, K/ug, 287. 

Ophiocephalide, 53. 

Ophion, Fabr., 58. 

concolor, Cr , 58. 
cubensis, Nort., 58. 
flavum, Fabr., 58. 

Ophionine, 58, 139. 

Opiine, 133. 

Opisthacantha, Ashm., 216, 224. 

pallida, Ashi. * , 225. 
polita, Ashm. * , 224, 225. 

Opisthoglyphous Snakes, On two little- 
known, by G. 8. West, 419-422. 

Opius, Wesm., 135. 

annulicornis, Ashm. * , 134, 136. 
atriceps, Ashm. *, 134, 136. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 133, 135. 
interstitialis, Ashm.* , 184, 135. 
melanocephalus, Ashm. * , 153, 134. 
rejectus, Ashm. * , 134, 136. 
Salvini, Ashm. * , 133, 134. 
unifasciatus, Ashm. * , 134, 135. 
Orasema, Cameron, 59, 84. 
minutissima, How. * , 84. 
stramineipes, Cameron, 59, 85. 
Orgilus, Haliday, 130. 
pallidus, Ashm. * , 130. 
Orthagoriscus, 594. 
mola, 582. 
Orthocentrus, Grav., 141. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 142. 


615 


Orthocentrus variabilis, Ashm. * , 141. 
Orthochirus melanurus, Kessler, 294. 
Schneideri, L. Koch, 295. 

Orthoptera : Bent’s Expedition to the 
Hadramaut, South Arabia (W. F. 
Kirby), 279-281. 

Oryctes boas, Fahbr., 287. 

rhinoceros, Linn., 287. 
Osteoglossidze, 53, 530, 544, 588. 
Osteoglossum, 545, 546, 592, 596. 

formosum, 544, 601. 

Ostracoda, 2-19. 

Otocyon, dentition of, 461-474. 

megalotis, 464; dentition of, 464- 

467. 

Ourozeuktes, Milne-Edwards, On the 
Structure of the Isopod Genus, by 
A. Vaughan Jennings, 329-338. 

Ourozeuktes caudatus, Schiddte & 

Meinert, 336. 

monacanthi, Schiddte § Meinert,336. 

Owenii, Milne-Edw., 330, 338. 

pyriformis, Hasw., 336. 

Oxycara sp., 289. 


Pachnoda histrio, Fabr., 287. 
Pagellus, 566, 569, 595, 598. 
centrodontus, 566. 

Palla, 348, 370. 
publius, Staud., 403. 
Pallosoma cyanea, Lep., 427. 
Palmicellaria, 267. 
parallelata, 255, 267, 268, 271. 
Pamboline, 122. 
Pambolus, Haliday, 122. 
annulicornis, Ashm, * , 122. 
Paphagus, Walk., 59. 
sidero, Walh., 59. 
Paphia Schreibers, Horsf., 386, 
Papilio amasia, Habr., 378. 
anticlea, Drury, 364. 
athamas, Drury, 383. 
Bernardus, Fabr., 392. 
brutus, Cramer, 350. 
cajus, Herbst, 350. 
camulus, Drury, 352. 
castor, Cramer, 353. 
cenea, Stoll, 345. 
decius, Cramer, 403. 
ephyra, Godart, 359. 
etheocles, Cramer, 359. 
etheocles, Drury, 399. 
eudoxus, Fadr., 352. 
eupale, Drury, 378. 
euphanes, H’sper, 356. 
euryalus, Cramer, 399. 
Fabius, Fabr., 356. 
Horatius, Fabr., 364. 
jasius, Fabr., 355. 
jason, Linn., 355. 


616 


Papilio laodice, Drury, 373. 
lucretius, Cramer, 366. 
lycurgus, Fabr., 373. 
marica, Habr., 377. 
merope, 343, 344. 
nisus, Cramer, 399. 
pelias, Cramer, 355. 
pollux, Cramer, 352, 353. 
polyxena, Cramer, 392. 
pyrrhus, Linn., 387. 
pyrrhus, Donov., 384. 
rhea, Hiibner, 355. 
sempronius, /abr., 388. 
solon, Fabr., 356. 
tiridates, Cramer, 377. 
thyestes, Stol/, 376. 
varanes, Cramer, 400, 401. 
xiphares, Cramer, 376. 
Parabuthus, Pocock, 309, 311. 
brevimanus, Thorell, 309. 
capensis, Hempr. § Ehrenb., 309. 
fulvipes, Simon, 309. 
granimanus, Pocock * ,311, 312,315. 
Hunteri, Pocock *, 309, 310, 311, 
312. 
iros, C. Koch, 309. 
liosoma, Hempr. & Hhrenb., 295, 
309, 310, 311, 312, 315, 316. 
pallidus, Pocock * , 312. 
planicauda, Pocock, 309. 
segnis, Zhorell, 309. 
villosus, Peters, 3809, 316. 
Paragenia, Bingh. * , 429. 
argentifrons, Smith, 429, 445. 
Parallelata vitrea, 267. 
Paramesius, Westw., 245, 
thoracicus, Ashm. * , 245. 
Paraolinx, Ashm. * , 166. 
lineatifrons, Ashm. * , 166. 
Pedipalpi, On the Morphology of, by 
M. Laurie, 20-48. 
Pedipalpi, 296. 
Pentacrita, Forster, 70. 
obseuripes, Ashm.* , 70. 
Pentastichus, Ashm. * , 187. 
xanthopus, Ashm. * , 188. 
Pentatoma nigroviolacea, Beawy., 283. 
Pentatomide, 280, 283. 
Peraspalax, 477. 
Perea, 564, 567, 569, 593, 595. 
fluviatilis, 564. 
Percide, 530, 564, 592, 598, 598, 599. 
Perilampine &c. of the Island of 
St. Vincent, Report on the (L. O. 
Howard), 56, 79-108. 
Perilampus, Latr., 85. 
politifrons, How. * , 85. 
Peripatus, 410; salivary glands of, 411, 
412. 
Petralia, 255, 260. 


INDEX. 


Petralia undata, 267. 

Peucetia arabica, Simon, 296. 

Pheenocarpa, Forster, 137. 

pleuralis, Ashm. * , 137. 

Phenopria, Ashm., 253. 

simillima, Ashm. * , 253. 

subclayata, Ashm. * , 253, 254. 
Phzenotoma, Wesm., 124. 

fuscovaria, Ashm. * , 124, 126. 

humeralis, Ashm. * , 124, 125, 126. 

insularis, Ashm. * , 124. 

meridionalis, Ashm. * , 124, 125. 

Phalangide, 21, 38, 39. 

Phalangium, 34, 44. 

Phanurus, Thomson, 200. 

affinis, Ashm. *, 200. 

ovivorus, Ashm., 201. 
Phasma, Oliv., 281. 

xgyptiacum, Gray, 279, 281. 

rossia, Haér., 

Phasmide, 279, 281. 

Pheropsophus africanus, De., var., 286. 

Philanthus, Fabr., 440. 

avidus, Bingh. * , 440. 
basalis, Smith, 441. 
concinnus, Bingh. * , 441. 
nigriceps, Bingh. * , 441. 
ordinarius, Bingh. *, 441. 
pulcherrimus, Syith, 440. 

Philodryas Schottii, 322. 

Philognoma azota, Hewits., 365. 

faleata, Butler, 402. 
lichas, Doubled., 401. 
rectifascia, Weymer, 403. 
Ussheri, Butler, 404. 
violinitens, Crowley, 402. 
Phryganea grandis, 407, 408, 409. 
Phrynichus ceylonicus, 38. 
Deflersi, Simon, 296. 
Jayakari, Poc., 296. 
Phipsoni, 296. 
pusillus, 296. 

Phrynus: On the Spinning-Glands in, 
with an Account of the so-called 
“Penis,” and of the Morphology of 
the Operculum, by H. M. Bernard, 
272-278. 

Phrynus, 20, 21, 25, 38, 40-48 ; embryos 

of, 30. 
annulatipes, 48. 
reniformis, 31, 48. 

Phyllopods, 2. 

Physostomi, 530, 544, 597. 

Picroscytus, Thomson, 157. 

nigro-cyaneus, Ashm, * , 158. 

Pilulina, 321. 

Pimelia arabica, Klug, 290. 

sp., 290. 
Pimpline, 142. 
Pirates, Burm., 284. 


INDEX. 


Pirenine, &e., of the Island of St. 
Vincent, Report on the (L. O. 
Howard), 56, 79-108. 

Placopsilina, 321, 

bulla, 321. 

Platurus fasciatus, ftnote 420. 

Platygaster Lecanti, Fitch, 97. 

Platygasterinz, 232, 

Platynota rostrana, Walk., 107. 

Platystoma, 553, 554, 555, 590. 

tigrinum, 550, 601. 

Plectognathi, 530, 578, 594, 597. 

Pleuracanthus, 584, 587. 

Pleuronectes, 592. 

platessa, 559, 601. 
Pleuronectide, 530, 559, 592, 597. 
Ploczderus denticornis, Fabr., 291. 

melancholicus, Gahan, var., 291. 

Pocock, R. I., On the Arachnida and 
Myriopoda obtained by Dr. Ander- 
son’s collector during Mr. T. Bent’s 
Expedition to the Hadramaut, South 
Arabia ; with a Supplement upon the 
Scorpions obtained by Dr. Anderson 
in Egypt and the Hastern Soudan; 
292-316. 

—, List of the Scorpions obtained by 
Colonel Yerbury at Aden in the 
Spring of 1895, 316. 

, Supplementary Note upon the 
Scorpions obtained in Egypt and the 
Soudan by Dr. John Anderson, 299. 

Podagrion, Spin., 83. 

brasiliensis, How, * , 83. 
Peecilocera, 282. 

vittata, Klug, 280, 282. 

Polyclada Benti, Gahan * , 291. 

pectinicornis, Oliv., 291. 
Polygnotus, Forster, 240. 

gracilicornis, Ashm.* , 241, 242. 

insularis, dshm. * , 240, 241, 242. 

laticlayus, Ashm. * , 241, 242. 

meridionalis, Ashm. * , 240, 241. 

pallidicoxalis, Ashm.* , 241, 248. 
Polymecus, Forster, 237. 

insularis, Ashm. * , 237. 
Polymorpha corcula spinosa, Soldani, 

508, 511, 513, 514. 

oliviformia, Soldani, 512. 

oviformia, So/dant, 512. 

pyriformis, Soldani, 512. 

subovalia, Soldani, 509, 510, 513. 
Polymorphina amygdaloides, Zerquem, 

511 


angusta, Hgger, 508, 515, 516. 

, var. complicata, Jones & 
Chapm. * , 507, 508, 516. 

asparagus, ftnote 500. 

communis, d@’Orb., 502, 508-510, 
513, 516. 


617 


Polymorphina communis, var. acupla- 
centa, Jones & Chapm. * ,502, 516. 

, var. horrida, Reuss, 502, 503, 
516. 

communis, Parker & Jones, 507, 
512, 513. 

compressa, @’ Orb., 507, 514, 516. 

, var. marginalis, Jones & 
Chapm. * , 507, 516. 

compressa, Brady, 514. 

compressa, Goés, 509. 

concava, Williamson, 498, 507, 514. 

, var. dentimarginata, Chapm., 
507, 514. 

concava, R. Jones, 514. 

damexcornis, Wright, 501, 509, 511. 

damecornis, Reuss, 501. 

diffusa, 499. 

diluta, Bornem., 502. 

fusiformis, Roemer,505,510-512,516. 

, var. horrida, Reuss, 503, 516. 

—, var. racemosa, Jones & 
Chapm. * , 503, 504, 516. 

gibba, d’ Orb, 501, 502, 508-516. 

» var. ‘acuplacenta, Jones § 
Chapm. * , 502, 516. 

—, var. circularis, 
ee: * 905, 516. 

var. ” complicata, Jones &§ 

Oe. * , 507, 508, 516. 

, var. coronula, Jones & 

Chapm. * , 501, 516. 

, var. dameecornis, Reuss, 501, 


Jones &§ 


516. 
, var. diffusa,Jones § Chapm. * , 
505, 516. 
——, var. marginalis, Jones ¢ 
Chap. * , 506, 516. 
—, var. racemosa, Jones & 


Chapm. * , 003, 504, 516. 

gibba, Brady, 513. 

gibba, Goés, 514. 

gibba, Wright, 514. 

gracilis, Fewss, 510. 

gutta, d@’Orb., 502, 505, 509, 510, 
513, 516. 

——, var. acuplacenta, Jones & 

Chapnr. * , 502, 516. 

, var. diffusa,Jones § Chapm. * , 
505, 516. 

hirsuta, d’ Ord., 503, 516. 

, var. complicata, Jones & 

Chapm.* , 507, 508, 516. 

, var. horrida, Reuss, 502, 503, 
516. 

hirsuta, Reuss, 511, 512, 515. 

horrida, Wright, 503, 510, 515. 

horrida, Burrows, Sherborn, & 
Bailey. 510. 

Humboldtii, Bornem., 507,513, 516. 


618 INDEX. 


Polymorphina Humboldtii, var. margi- 
nalis, Jones ¢ Chapm. * , 506, 516. 
lactea, Walk. & Jacob, 502, 511-516. 
, var. diffusa,Jones § Chapm. * , 
505, 516. 
, var. fistulosa, Welliams, 515. 
——, var. marginalis, Jones & 
Chapm. * , 507, 516. 
——, var. racemosa, Jones & 
Chapm. * , 503, 504, 516. 
—, var. tubulosa, Parker & 
Jones, 507, 512, 513. 
lactea, Brady, 502, 510. 
lanceolata, Reuss, 503, 510. 
nucleus, ftnote 500. 
Orbienii, Brady, Parker, § Jones, 
507, 508, 511, 515-516. 
prelonga, Terquem, 504, 511. 
prisea, Berthelin, 503, 510. 
prisca, Reuss, 511. 


Pompilide, 422. 

Pompilus, Fabr., 429. 
Alicie, Bingh. * , 431, 445. 
aureosericeus, Guér., 433, 434. 
bioculatus, Bingh. *, 431. 
canifrons, Smith, 430. 
Deedalus, Bingh. * , 429. 
exortivus, Smith, 430, 431. 
infestus, Bingh. * , 430. 
perplexus, Smith, 430. 


unifasciatus, Smith, 430, 451, 434. 


Porcellanea, 321. 
Potorous, dentition of, 459. 
Prioenemis, 454, 
gigas, Taschenb., 433, 434. 
Prionodon, 463. 
Prionotheca carinata, Oliv., 290. 
Prionurus, 303, 305, 309. 
seneas, C. Koch, 309. 
australis, Linn., 805, 306. 


problema, d’ Orb., 505, 508, 512, 516. 

, var. cireularis, Jones & 
Chapm.* , 505, 516. 

regina, Brady, Parker, § Jones, 
501, 509, 512, 514, 516. 

——,, fistulose form, Wright, 509. 

, var. damecornis, euss, 501, 

516. 


, var. marginalis, Jones & 
Chapm.* , 507, 516. 

Roemeri, Reuss, 502, 509, 510. 

rotundata, Bornem., 505, 513, 515, 
516. 

——, var. complicata, Bornem., 


507, 508, 516. 


bicolor, Hempr. & Hhrenb., 294, 307, 
308, 309. 
citrinus, Hempr. §& EHhrenb., 304, 
305, 306, 307, 308. 
erassicauda, Oliv., 292, 303, 307, 
308, 309. 
funestus, Hempr. § Ehrenb., 303, 
3804, 305, 309. 
hector, Koch, 304, 305, 306, 307. 
libyeus, Hempr. 4 Ehrenb., 304, 
305, 306, 307, 308. 
melanophysa, Hhrenb., 304, 305, 306. 
priamus, Koch, 305, 306, 307, 308. 
Proctotrypide, Report on the, of the 
Island of St. Vincent (W. H. Ash- 


, var. diffusa,Jones § Chapm. * , 
505, 516. 

solidula, Terguem, 505, 513. 

sororia, Reuss, 510, 515, 516. 

trigonula, Hewss, 501, 508, 516. 

, var. damzecornis, Meuss, 501, 
516. 

tubulosa, Jones, Parker, § Brady, 
499, 504, 505, 509, 511, 5138, 515, 
516. 

turio, ftnote 500. 

virgata, Searles Wood, 504, 512, 516. 

, var. racemosa, Jones & 

Chapm. * , 503, 504, 516. 
(Guttulina) damecornis, Reuss, 
501, 508. 

Polymorphinz, On the Fistulose, and 
on the Genus Ramulina, by Tl. Rupert 
Jones and FH. Chapman, 496-516. 

Polyodon, 536, 538, 585. 

folium, 536, 601. 

Polyodontide, 530, 536. 

Polyphaga syriaca, Sauss., 279, 281. 

Polypteride, 530, 541. 

Polypterus, 543, 586, 587, 590, 602. 

bichir, 541, 601. 


mead), 56, 188-254. 
Prodaticus pictus, Sharp, 286. 
Proroporus verrucosus, ftnote 500. 
Prosacantha, Nees, 213. 

brevispina, Ashm. * , 213. 
sublineata, Ashm. * , 213, 214. 
tibialis, Ashm. * , 213, 214. 
Proteleidz, dentition of, 461. 
Protopterus, 52, 53. 
annectens, ftnote 52. 
Psalis, Serv., 525. 
borneensis, Kirby * , 525. 
indica, Burm., 525. 
Psen, Latr., 443. 
pulcherrimus, Bingh. * , 443. 
Pseudagenia, Kohl, 426, 429. 
artemis, Bingh. * , 427, 445. 
clypeata, Bingh. * , 4217. 
Hrigonx, Bingh.* , 426, 445. 
mutabilis, Smith, 428. 
novare, Sauss., 426. 
rava, Bingh.* , 426. 
stulta, Bingh.* , 428. 
tincta, Smith, 428, 
Pseudosearus, 575. 
superbus, 574, 602. 


INDEX. 


Pseudoscorpions, 37, 39. 
Pteromalinz, 60, 155, 157. 
Pteromalus, Swed., 165. 
rugosopunctatus, Ashm. * , 165. 
Pterygotus, 37. 
Pulvinaria innumerabilis, Rathvon, 97. 
Puntius maculatus, Bleeker, 337. 
Pygidicrana, Serv., 522. 
egregia, Kirby * , 523, 529. 
forcipata, Kirby * , 522 
y-nigra, Serv., 522, 523. 


Ramulina, On the Genus, and on the 
Fistulose Polymorphine, by T. 
Rupert Jones and F, Chapman, 496- 
516. 

Ramulina, Wright, 318, 319. 

globulifera, Brady, 319. 
Grimaldi, Schlumb., 319. 

Raphanulina Humboldtii, Zborzewski, 
513. 

Reduviide, 280, 284. 

Regalecus, 591, 594. 

argeuteus, 530, 577. 

Retehornera, 267. 

Retepore, and a Fenestrate Bryozoa, On 
Mediterranean and New-Zealand, by 
A. W. Waters, 255-271. 

Retepora, 255, 257, 260. 

aporosa, Waters, 260, 261. 

arborea, Jullien, 264, 265. 

atlantica, Busk, 259, 261, 264. 

aurantiaca, 269. 

avicularis, MacG., 256, 262. 

Beaniana, King, 259, 260, 261, 264, 
271. 

cellulosa, Linn., 256, 259, 260, 261, 
268, 266-271. 

—., forma Beaniana, var. medi- 
terranea, Smitt, 263. 

cellulosa, Smitt, 259. 

cellulosa, Van Beneden, 264. 

cellulosa, Waters, 263. 

Colensoi, Bust MS., 270. 

columnifera, Busk, 256, 261. 

complanata, Waters, 260, 261, 2638, 
271. 

contortuplicata, Busk, 256, 261. 

Couchii, Hincks, 256, 261-263. 

, var. aporosa, Waters, 262, 271. 
, var. biaviculata, Waters, 262, 


denticulata, 256. 

deserta, Waters, 268. 

elegans, Reuss, ftnote 255. 

elongata, Smitt, 256, 257, 262, 265, 
278. 

——,, Smit¢ (=R. tenella, Ortm.), 
261. 

escharoides, 257. 

fissa, MacG., 256, 259, 260, 261, 
269, 271. 


619 


Retepora formosa, MacG., 258, 261. 
gigantea, Busk, 256, 269. 
granulata, 257, 269. 

Imperati, Busk, 256, 257, 258, 262, 
265, 266, 270, 271. 

Jacksoniensis, Busk, 256, 261. 

lata, Busk, 262. 

lucida, 260. 

magellensis, Busk, 262. 

maorica, Busk MS., 269. 

marsupiata, Sm., 260. 

mediterranea, Smit, 256, 259, 260, 
261, 263, 271. 

monilifera, 256, 258, 261, 269. 


, forma munita, Hincks, 
269. 

, var. minuta, MacG., 260, 
271. 


munita, MacG., 261, 269. 

nove zealandizx, Waters, 262, 270, 
271. 

parallelata, Waters, 266. 

plana, Hincks, ftnote 257. 

porcellana, MaeG., 261, 269. 

preetenuis (=R. marsupiata, Sim.), 
260. 

producta, Busk, 257, 261. 

reticulata, Lamk., 259, 262. 

sinuosa, Kirkp., 257, 262. 

Solanderia, Risso, 256, 257, 258, 
262, 264, 265, 266, 271. 

tenella, Ortm., 265. 

tessellata, Hineks, 257, 258, 259, 
262, 271. 

, var. ceespitosa, Busk, ftnote 

256, 265, 271. 

tubulata, Busk, 256, 261. 

tumescens, Ortm., 265. 

umbonata, MacG., 260, 261. 

victoriensis, Busk, 261. 
Reteporella, Busk, 258, 265. 

Solanderia, 258. 

Worsleyi, MacG., 258. 
Reticulipora dorsalis, Waters, 265. 
Rhaphidoscene, Jennings * , 321. 

conica, Jennings * , 321. 
Rhogadinz, 123. 

Rhogas, Nees, 123. 
pectoralis, Ashm.*, 123. 

Rbhopalum Brookti, Bingh. * , 444. 

Rhoptromeris, Forster, 74. 
insularis, Férster, 74. 

Rhyssalinz, 127. 

Rhyssalus, Haliday, 127, 128. 
brunneiventris, Ashm. * , 128. 
cznophanoides, Ashm. * , 127. 
melleus, Ashm. * , 127, 

Riley, C. V., W. H. Ashmead, and L. O. 
Howard, Report upon the Parasitic 
Hymenoptera of the Island of St. 
Vincent, 56-254. 

Rileya, Ashm., 61, 143. 


620 


Roptrocerus, Ratzeb., 158. 
auratus, Ashm. % , 158. 


Saccobranchus fossilis, On the Aortic- 
Arch System of, by R. H. Burne, 48- 
55. 

Saccobranchus singio, 54. 

Sactogaster, Forster, 237. 

affinis, Ashm. * , 238. 
anomaliventris, Ashm., 238. 
rufipes, Ashm. * , 238. 

Sadones, J., and Prof. G. Gilson, The 
Larval Gills of the Odonata, 413- 
418. 

Sagrina longirostris, ftnote 500. 

Salius, Faér., 432. 

anthracin us, Smith, 433. 
audax, Cam., 434. 
aureosericeus, Gwér., 433. 
Autolycus, Bingh.* , 432, 445. 
bellicosus, Smith, 438. 
Elizabeth, Bingh., 433, 434. 
fenestratus, Smith, 434. 
funestus, Cam., 434. 
geminus, Bingh. * , 436. 
grassator, Bingh. * , 436. 
hercules, Cam., 433. 
Juno, Cam., 439. 
Nicevillii, Bengh., 435. 
placidus, Bingh. * , 437. 
prodigiosa, Gerst., ‘433. 
satelles, Bingh. * | 433, 487, 445. 
serripes, Dahibom, 436. 
terrenus, Bingh. * , 435, 445. 
valentulus, Bingh. * , 434. 
venatorius, Bingh,* , 437, 445. 
(Hemipepsis) prodigiosa, Gerst., 
433. 


Salmo salar, 589. 

Salmonide, 530, 550, 588. 

Scapholeberi is; LO Iba 2 Loy TOS Lg. 
mucronata, O. F. M., 5, 13, 19. 

Scarabzeidee, 287. 

Scarabzeus isidis, Oasteln., 287. 

Scelio, Latr., 218. 

Sceliomorpha, Ashm., 218. 

Scelioninge, 200. 

Schistocerca, 281. 
exeyptia, Linn., 280, 281. 
peregrina, Oliv., 280, 281. 

Schizonotus, 41. 

Schizoretepora, 257. 

Selerodermi, 530, 578, 594. 

Scolia, Fabr., 423. 
decorata, Burm., 424. 
desidiosa, Bingh.* , 424. 
floridula, Bingh.* , 425. 
histrionica, Fabr., 424. 
sikkimensis, Bingh. * , 423, 425. 


INDEX. 


Scolia vestita, Klug, 283. 
Scoliidz, 280, 283. 
Scolopendra TBalfouri, Pocock, 297, 
298. 
deserticola, Pocock, 297. 
persica, Pocock, 297. 
truncaticeps, Pocock, 297. 
valida, Luc., 297. 
Scolopendride, 297. 
Scomber, 594, 595, 598. 
scomber, 567, 595. 
Scombridz, 530, 567, 593, 598. 
Scorpions, Abdominal Appendages and 
Respiratory Organs in, 40. 
, Post-oral Thoracic Appendagesin, 
37-38. 

——, Supplementary Note upon the, 
obtained in Heypt and the 
Soudan by Dr. John Anderson, 
299. 

— obtained by Colonel Yerbury at 
Aden in the Spring of 1895 (R. I. 
Pocock), 316. 

Scourfield, D. J., Entomostraca and the 

Surface-film of Water, 1-19. 

Scrupocellaria, 267. 

Scyllium, egg-cases of, 325. 

Selenops xgyptiacus, Sav., 296. 

Sharks, On the a ee cases of some Port 

Jackson, by E. R. Waite, 325-529. 

Siluride, 530, 50, 590, 591, 597. 

Simocephalus, 2. 

Siphonostoma, 594. 

typhle, 578. 

Slimonia, 36, 276. . 

Smicra dorsivittata, Cam., 79. 
femorata, Fabr., 79. 
Sulvescens, Walk., 79. 
nigropicta, Oress., 7 % 
subpunctata, Walk., 

Snakes, Opisthoglyphous, On two little- 

known, by G. 8. West, 419-422. 

Solenaspis, Ashm., 58, 78. 
bifoveolata, Or., 58, 78. 
rufipes, Cr., 78. 

Solifugee, 47. 

Spalangia, Lafr., 59. 
drosophilz, " Ashin., 59. 
nigra, Latr., 59. 

Spalangiine, 59. 

Sparasion, Jurine, 218. 

Sparassus Walckenaerii, Sav., 296. 

Sparatta, Serv., 526. 

apicalis, Kirby y * , 526, 529. 
Bormansi, Kirby * 528. 
Clarkii, Kirby *, 526, 527, 528, 
529. 
pelvimetra, Serv., 526, 527. 
, var. rufina, 528. 
pygidiata, Kirby C , 527, 528, 529. 


IN DEX. 


Sparatta rufina, S¢@/, 527. 

Schotti, Dohrn, 527, 528. 

semirufa, Kirby * , 528, 529. 
Sparide, 530, 566, 593, 598, 599. 
Spathiine, 58, 114. 

Specific Characters, A R. Wallace on, 
481-496. 

Spheroidina Parisiensis, ftnote 500. 

Sphegigastrides, 155. 

Sphex punctata, Fabr., 79. 

Sphingolabis, De Bormans, 529. 

Hrichsoni, Dohrn, 529. 

subaptera, Kirby, 529. 

variegata, Kirby, 529. 
Sphingonotus nebulosus, Fisch., 280, 

281. 
Sphyrzena, 592, 594. 

Commersonii, 569, 602. 
Sphyrznide, 530, 569, 592, 599. 
Spilochalcis, Thomson, 59, 79. 

femoratus, Fabr., 59, 79. 

fulvescens, Walk., 59, 79. 

misturatus, How. *, 80. 

nigritus, How. * , 79. 

torvina, Cresson, 80. 

Spilomicrus, Westw., 248, 246. 

aneurus, Ashi. * , 246. 

vulgaris, Ash. * , 246, 247. 
Spinning-Glands in Phrynus (H. M. 

Bernard), 272-278. 
Spintherus, Thomson, 159. 

dubius, Ashm. * , 159. 

Spirostreptus arabs, Pocock*, 298, 


Spyrathus, 288. 

Squamulina, Schultze, 321. 
scopula, Carter, 321. 

Stenomalus, Zhomson, 60. 
musecarum, Walk., 60. 

Stenomesius, Westw., 60, 106. 
platynote, How., 60, 106. 

Stenophasinus, Smith, 58, 114. 
pusillus, Cr., 58. 
terminalis, Ashm. * , 114. 

Sternolophus solieri, Casteln., 287. 

Stilbum cyanurum, Forst., 280, 282. 

, var. amethystinum, fadr., 

280. 
Strophoconus acanthopus, ftnote 500. 
Hemprichii, ftnote 500. 
laxus, ftnote 500. 
ovum, ftnote 500. 
spicula, ftnote 500. 
stiliger, ftnote 500. 

Stylomerus, 36. 

Sudis, 55. 

Swinhoe, Col. Chas., On Mimicry in 
Butterflies of the Genus Hypolimnas, 
3839-348. 

Sympiesis, /ors¢er, 166. 


621 


Syngnathide, 530, 578, 594. 
Synopeas, Forster, 239. 
dubius, Ashi, * , 239. 
Syntomaspis, Forster, 154. 
punctifrons, Ashm. * , 154. 
Syntomosphyrum, F%rster, 179, 181. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 181. 
Systole, Walk., 146. 
abnormis, Walk., 146. 


Tagalina, 521. 
Tarantula pumilis, C. LZ. Koch, 38. 
tessellata, Pocock, 272, 278. 
Technitella, 321. 
Teleasini, 213. 
Telenomus, Hal., 201. 
confusus, Ashm. * , 201, 204. 
cubiceps, Ashm. * , 202, 203, 206. 
difformis, Ashm. * , 202, 203, 205. 
flavicornis, Ashm. * , 202, 203, 210. 
flavopetiolatus, Ashm. * , 202, 203, 
207. 
fuscipennis, Ashm. * , 203, 210. 
impressus, Asam. * , 202, 203, 204. 
magniclayus, Ashm.*, 202, 203, 
205. 


medius, Ashm. * , 202, 207. 
megacephalus, Ashm. * , 203, 212. 
meridionalis, Ashm. * , 202, 208. 
monilicornis, Ashm. * , 203. 
nigrocoxalis, Ashm. * , 202, 211. 
pectoralis. Ashm. * , 203, 206. 
pygmeeus, Ashm. * , 202, 208. 
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 202, 203, 
DAM 
scaber, Ashi. * , 202, 208. 
Smithii, Ashin. * , 202, 203, 209. 
Teleosts and Ganoids, The Mesial Fins 
of, by Prof. T. W. Bridge, 530-602. 
Temnopterus spinipennis, Gory, 287. 
Tenebrionid, 288. 
Tentyria orbiculata, Fabr., var. glabra, 
Sol.?, 289. 
sp., 289. 
Termitidx, 280, 282. 
Testg incertz sedis, Terguem, 512. 
Tetranychus, 275. 
Tetrarhapta, Forster, 69. 
rufipes, Ashm. * , 69. 
Tetrastichine, 178. 
Tetrastichodes, Ashm., 181. 
cupreus, Ashm. * , 182. 
femoratus, Ashm. * , 182, 183. 
Tetrastichus, Hal., 178, 183, 187. 
acutipennis, Ashm. * , 184, 186. 
basilaris, Ashm. * , 184, 186. 
cupreus, Ashm. * , 183, 184. 
fasciatus, Ashm. * , 184, 187. 
longicornis, Ashm. * , 184, 185. 
punctifrons, Ashm.* , 184, 187. 


622 


Tetrastichus vulgaris, Ashm. * , 183, 185. 
Tetrodon, 594. 
immaculatus, 581, 602. 
Thelyphonus, Anatomy of (M. Laurie), 
20-37, 41-44, 274-278. 
Thoracantha furcata, Hadl., 84, 
Thriptera crinita, Klug, 290. 
Thylacinus, dentition of, 459. 
Tims, Dr. H. W. Marett, On the Tooth- 
genesis in the Canidz, 445-480. 
Tinea tinea, 549. 
Tiphia collaris, Coqueb., 283. 
Tooth-genesis in the Canide, by Dr. H. 
W. Marett Tims, 445-480. 
Torymine, 152. 
Torymus, Dalm., 153. 
pallidipes, Ashm. * , 153. 
rugosipunctatus, Ashm.* , 153. 
Toxoneura, Say, 132. 
atricornis, Ashm. * , 132. 
Toxoneurinx, 132. 
Trachypteride, 530, 577, 593, 594. 
Triarthrus, ftnote 277. 
Trichacis, Horster, 240. 
rubicola, Ashin., 240. 
Trichopria, Ashm., 251. 
atriceps, Ashm.* , 251, 252, 253. 
insularis, Ashm. * , 251, 252. 
pleuralis, Ashm. * , 251, 252. 
Trichoptera, On Segmentally disposed 
Thoracie Glands in the Larve of the, 
by Prof. G. Gilson, 407-412. 
Tridymine, 154. 
Tridymus, Ratzeb., 154. 
solitarius, Ashm. *, 154. 
Trigla gurnardus, 571, 602. 
Trigonia, 325. 
Trissoleus, Ashm., 212. 
laticeps, Ashm. * , 212. 
Tropidonotus natrix, ftnote 323. 
Tropidopria, Ashm., 249. 
nigriceps, Ashm. * , 249, 250. 
pallida, Ashm. * , 249, 250. 
triangularis, Ashm. * , 249. 


INDEX. 


Tropidopsis, Ashm., 245. 
clavata, Ashm. * , 245. 
Truneatulina lobatula, 320. 
refulgens, Montf., 320. 
Tryphonine, 141. 
Tubuli leeves, lucido-candidi, ramulosi, 
ete., Soldani, 512. 


Umbrella-ant, 406. 
Undina, 588. 
culo, Hgerton, 588. 
Urside, dentition of, 461, 463. 
Utility, The Problem of: Are Specific 
Characters always or generally Use- 
ful? by A. R. Wallace, 481-496. 


Vaginulina obscura, ftnote 500. 
paradoxa, ftnote 500. 

Vibraculina, ftnote 267. 

Conti, Neviani, {tnote 267. 

Vieta, sp., 290. 

Viverrinz, 463, 469. 

Waite, H. R., On the Egg-cases of some 
Port Jackson Sharks, 325-329. 

Wallace, A. R., The Problem of Utility : 
Are Specific Characters always or 
generally Useful ?, 481-496. 

Waters, A. W., On Mediterranean and 
New Zealand Retepore, and a Ken- 
estrate Bryozoa, 255-271. 

Webbina, 321. 

West, G. S., On a new Species of Disto- 
mum, 822-324. 

, On two little-known Opistho- 
elyphous Snakes, 419-422. 

Whirligig-beetles (Gyrinus), 14. 


Yerbury, Colonel, List of Scorpions ob- 
tained at Aden in the Spring of 1895 
by (R. I. Pocock), 316. 


Zamenis viridiflayus, Lacép., 323. 
Zophosis sp., 288. 


END OF THE TWENTY-FIFTH VOLUME. 


PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 


i 


Pi 


XV 


JOouRN®Z0O0L. VoL XX 


ral 


Linn. Sor 


Scourfield . 


DJS. del. A.R Hammond ith. 


1-5. SCAPHOLEBERIS MUCRONATA.9¢ 


6-86 NOTODROMAS 


MONACHA 9 


Dp. 9 
a) 


tL 


Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoot Vor XXV 


Scourfield_ 


Ca TE OF 
Pa J oo FS 


| 
"a a oo wo (<9 2 

Pd 

O oF 

i < 

(oy jay 

oy AO 

Ne SG 

— pa 
© 
= 

A 


_ 


Zip O GE 


NU I ss aS 
RSS Sr 


S 
Z 
%C% A SS 
Naa AA See 
MUS 


1-3. SCAPHOLEBERIS 
4. NOTODROMAS 


BOS del. AR Hammond lith 


ae 


PO OLaNy 
Lies 


Soc. Journ. Zoo. Von. XXV. PL 


iN. 


Nh 


Loy 


WestNewran Lith & imp. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPT. 


Limw. Soc. Journ. Zoo. Vou. XXV. Pl. 4. 


. toe 
3 
I Aa ee = 


S_ 
& Pos 


a 


nei 
~. 
Sa 


SS 


SR GS ne TNE IS 


was 
&> 


Saar 


SOS 


“3 


ne ee cea 


West, Newman hth & imp 


MORPHOLOGY OP THE PEDIPALPT. 


Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoom. Vou. XXV P15. 


West, Newman th & imp. 


MORPHOLOGY OF THE PHEDIPALPT. 


but 


ers 


Linn.Soc.Journ, Zoor,.Vor..AXV. P16. 
West, Newman mrp 


MEHDITH RRANEAN RETEPORA. 


AT. Hollick lith . 


AWWeters del. 


Lunn ‘Soc. Journ. Zoor.Vor, XXV. PL. 


Waters. 


West Newman imp 


AW Waters del. 
AT Hollick lith. 


MEDITERRANEAN & NEW ZEALAND RETEPORA. 


H.M Bernarddel. 
MP. Parker lith. 


Lryw. Soc. Journ. Zoot. Vou. XXV P18. 


West,Newman imp. 


SPINNING GLANDS IN PHRYNUS. 


Borjeaue& Highley del et lith . 


SCORPIONS 


Linn. Soc.Journ.Zoot Vou.XXV. Pu.9. 


Hanhart 


OF HEYPT tc ARABIA. 


hts 


Jennings. Lisw. Soc. Journ. Zoot, Vor. XXV P1.10 


AN. J delt West,Newman ith. 


RHAPHIDOSCENE CONICA on BOTELLINA LABYRINTHICA. 


oF 


Linn. Soc.J SueM. LOO, Neu worm dee 


J 
— OSWest del. 
_ AR.Harmmond lith. WOR: Hanhart imp. 
BY ANATOMY OF DISTOMUM PHILODRYADUM. n.sp. 


Nass =A 
Lr, h 


\ 
1 
i 
J 


Waite Linn.Soc.Journ.Zoou.You.XXY.Pr 12. 


E Waite del . 
A R.Hammond lith . 


Hanhart imp. 
EGG CASES OF CESTRACION 
1.2.0 PHILIPPI Schneider. 38.C. CALEATUS, Ganther . 


a 
p 
ip 
“ 
| 
; 


a OF ee ee ee ee 


a8] ennings. 


Linw. Soc. Journ. Zoor.. Vor. XXV.PI1. 13. 


MP Parker hth 


West, Newman imp. 


OUROZEUKTES OWHINIL. Miine Hawards. 
Eixternal form of adult &larva. 


s 


Jennings. Linn, Soc. Journ. Zoor.Vou XAV .PL.14. 


AV J.del. 
MP Parker hth. West,Newman ump. 


OUROZEUKTES OWENIL. Mine Hadwards. 
Appendages &c 


‘ S 5 aa a TV 5B) 
Swinhoae. Linn. SoagJourn. Zoom. Vor. XXV. PI.15 


EC Knight delet lth. West, Newman chromo. 


1.3.5. HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS, 2 (3 FORMS) 2.DANAIS CHRYSIPPUS. 
4. DANAIS DORIPPUS. 6.DANAIS .ALCIPPUS. 


Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoor. Vor, XXV.P1.16. 


EC Knight del.etlith. 


West, Newman imp. 


l HUPL@A HOPFFERI. 2. HYPOLIMNAS POLYMENA. 
3.5 HYPOLIMNAS SCOPAS b.9. 4.6.BUPLC2A PYRGION, 3.9. 


Lin. Soc. Journ. Zoon. Vol. XXV. PL17. 


_ BC Knight del.et hth. West, Newman imp. 


1. HYPOLIMNAS SP. 3.H MARGINALIS. 5.H.DUBIA. 
2. HUPL@A POLYMENA. 4. AMAURIS. DOMINICANUS. 6.A-EGIALE A. | 


ay 


rk . i * ¥ . 
West. _ Lam. Sec, Journ. Zoor, Vou. XXV. P18. 


GS West del. West, Newman imap 
MPVFarker lith. 
HRYTHROLAMPRUS A SCULAPII 


& 


Linn. Soc. Jourw. Zoot .Vou. XXV_ FL.19. 


Bingham. 


é West Newman imp 
EXOTIC FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA. 


MH Fisher del.et lth. 


West Newman imp. 


Lann Soc. Journ. Zoot. Vou. AXV, PL.20. 


NEW & LITTLE KNOWN FORFICULIDA. 


FUH Michael ad nat. hth 


FW.Crispe del.ad nat. FH Michael hth. 


Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoonu.Vor.XXV.Pu.el. 


1 * 
xy | > 
SD) Rae LA 


Mn 


GHG YG (Lh) [7 


rief e° DS. M.S. 


NIND) WE ILE OS TS. Mintern Bros.imp. 


Bridge 5 


FW Crispe del ad nat. FH Michael lth. 
Mintern Bros.imp. 


Bridge. Linn.Soc.Journ. Zoor.Vou.XXV.Pu.c2e. 


FW.Crispe del.adnat. 
EH Michael lith. 
MESIAL FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 


Mintern Bros.imp. 


Linn. Soc.Jounn.Zoon.Vou.XXV.Pu.283. 


EW Crispedel.adnat. ~ 


FHMicheel lth. Mintern Bros .imp. 


MESIAL FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 


“A ‘ 
i Liew TAT a " 
7 ei 7 A Cae 
‘ 
i 
7 
preheat 
: 
‘ 
“ 
ao 
EAS 


OcroseEr 31. Price 5s. 


THE JOURNAL 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 


Vor. XXV. ZOOLOGY. No. 158. 
CONTENTS. 
Page 


1. Entomostraca and the Surface-film of Water. By 
: D.J.Scourrrerp. (Communicated by L. C. Mratt, 
E.RS., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Yorkshire Col- 


Pegeeiceds;) (Plates I) & 11.) 2::...0..0.. 2 een 1 
II. On the Morphology of the Pedipalpi. By Matcoum 
fave: BSc, F.L.8.° (Plates III—V.) .........5...4 + 20 


TII. On the Aortic-Arch System of Saccobranchus fossilis. 
_ By R. H. Burns, B.A. Oxon., Assistant in Museum, 
Royal College of Surgeons, London. (Communicated 

by, Prot. G. B: Howes, F.L.S.) ......-. 0:00.02. eee AS 


See Notice on last page of Wrapper. 


LONDON: 


SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, 
PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY 
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.; 
AND 
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 
1894. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. 
Elected 24th May, 1894. 


PRESIDENT. 
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 
William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.8. | Prof. Charles Stewart, M.R.C.S. 


TREASURER. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 


SECRETARIES. 


B. Daydon Jackson, Hsq. | W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. 
COUNCIL. 

Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. 
John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. Arthur Lister, Esq. 
William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. 
C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S8. George R. M. Murray, F.R.S.H. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S8. 
Herbert Druce, F.Z.S. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. 


Prof. J. Reynolds Green, M.A., B.Sc. | Prof. Charles Stewart, M.R.C.S. 
Dr. A. Ginther, F.R.S. 


LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S8. 


LIBRARY COMMITTEE. 


This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four 
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually 
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The 
Committee meet at 4 p.M., at intervals during the Session. The Members for 


1894-95, in addition to the officers, are :— 


James Britten, Hsq. George R. M. Murray, F.R.S.5. 
William Carruthers, F.R.S. R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D. 
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, M.A., F.R.S. 


Prof. J. Reynolds Green, M.A., B.Se.| A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S. 
Prof. G. B. Howes, ¥.Z.8. 


Norrt.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to 


the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application. 


| 
| 
E 
2 
| 


#. oe 
DECEMBER 29. Price 6s. 


THE JOURNAL 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 


Vou. XXV. 


ZOOLOGY. _ Nos. 159-160. 


CONTENTS. 


Report upon the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island Sie 
of St. Vincent. By C. V. Ritey, W. H. Asumeap, 
and L.O. Howarp. (Communicated by Davin Suazp, 

iteteere Wokyies ELIS.) o 2. vse nnvioncsclsltee cos pon rue acttan Savage 56 


See Notice on last page of Wrapper. 


LONDON: 


SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, 
PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY 
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., 
AND 
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 
1894. 


tom 


oo 


*& 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. 
Hlected 24th May, 1894. 


PRESIDENT. 
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.8.8., F.G.S. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. 
William Carruthers, F.R.8., F.G.S. 


| Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 
| Prof. Charles Stewart, M.R.C.S. 


TREASURER, 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 


SECRETARIES. 


B. Daydon Jackson, Hsq. 


| W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. 


COUNCIL. 


Dr. John Anderson, F.R.8. 

John Gilbert Baker, F'.R.S. 

William Carruthers, F.R.S8., F.G.S. 
O. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 

Herbert Druce, F.Z.S. 

Prof. J. Reynolds Green, M.A., B.Se. 
Dr. A. Ginther, F.R.S8. 


B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. 

Arthur Lister, Hsq. 

Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. 
George R. M. Murray, F.R.S.H. 
Howard Saunders, F.Z.S. 

W. Percy Sladen, F'.G.S. 

Prof. Charles Stewart, M.R.C.S. 


LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 
James Hdmund Harting, F.Z.8. 


LIBRARY COMMITTEE. 


This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four 
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually 
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The 


Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session. 


The Members for 


1894-95, in addition to the officers, are :— 


James Britten, Esq. 
William Carruthers, E.R.S. 
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. 


George R. M. Murray, F.R.S.H. 
R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D. 
Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, M.A., F.R.8. 


Prof. J. Reynolds Green, M.A., B.Se.} A. Smith Woodward, F.G.8., F.Z.8. 


Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S. 


Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to 
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application. 


EER 


Juxny 31. Price 3s. 
THE JOURNAL 
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 
Von. x XV. ; ZOOLOGY. i. N : 161. 
CONTENTS. 
Page 


I. On Mediterranean and New Zealand Retepore aud a 
Fenestrate Bryozoa. By Arrour Wm. Watens, 
TD SOS RNG) 2 284 ir 6 OB) en ence eee ei?) 
II. On the Spinning-Glands in Phrynus ; with an Account 
of the so-called “Penis” and of the Morphology 
of the Operculum. By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. 
Contab., Was Pa. “(Plate VILL) ....., ese. 272 
II]. On the Insects other than Coleoptera obtained by 
Dr. Anderson’s Collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Ex- 
pedition to the Hadramaut, South Arabia. By W. I. 
1 SSP RTE Agegs Dial Dt Sag] 6) DES a nea err eee ors eee 279 
IV. On the Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s Collector 
during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut, 
South Arabia. By C.J. Ganay, M.A., of the British 
Museum (Natural History). (Communicated by W. 
Percy Suapen, Sec. Linn. Soc.) .........ceeeeenee ene ees 285 
V. On the Arachnida and Myriopoda obtained by Dr. An- 
derson’s Collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition 
to the Hadramaut, South Arabia; with a Supple- 
ment upon some Scorpions obtained in Egypt and the 
Soudan. By R. I. Pococg, of the British Museum 
(Natural History). (Communicated by W. Percy 
Siapen, Sec. Linn, Soc.) (Plate IX.) ................. 292 


See Notice on last page of Wrapper. 


LONDON: 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, 
PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY 
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., 
AND 


WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 
1898. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. 
Elected 24th May, 1895. 


PRESIDENT. 
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 


Arthur Lister, Hsq. 
W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. 


TREASURER. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 


SECRETARIES. 


B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. 


Prof, G. B. Howes, F.Z.8. 


COUNCIL. 


Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S. 

John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S8. 

O. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 

Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. 

Anthony Gepp, M.A. 

Prof. J. Reynolds Green, M.A., B.Se. 
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8. 


B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. 

Arthur Lister, Hsq. 

Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. 
Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S. 
Howard Saunders, F.Z.8. 

W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. 

A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S. 


LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. 


LIBRARY COMMITTEE. 


‘This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four 
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually 
by the Oouncil in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The 
Committee meet at 4 P.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for 
1895-96, in addition to the officers, are :— 


A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. 
James Britten, Esq. 
William Carruthers, F.R.S. 
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. 
Prof. G. B. Howes, ¥.Z.8. 


D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S. 

Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, M.A., F.R.S. 
A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.8. 


Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to 
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application. 


’ 
q 
: 
| 


FEesrRuary 28. Price 3s. 


THE JOURNAL 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 


Vou. XXV. ZOOLOGY. No. 162. 


CONTENTS. 


I. On the True Nature of “ Wobiusispongia parasitica,” 
Duncan. By A. Vavenan Jennives, F.LS., F.G.S. 317 


II. On a New Genus of Foraminifera of the Family Astro- 
rhizide. By A. Vavenan Jennines, F.LS., F.G.S. 
LE 2G) as AE EE ce 320 


III. Ona New Species of Distomum. By G. S. West, 
A.R.C.S. (From the Biological Laboratory, Roy. 
Coll. Sci. Londen.) (Communicated by Prof. G. B. 
Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plate XI.) .................. 322 


IVY. On the Bgg-cases of some Port Jackson Sharks. By 
Epear R. Warre, F.L.S., Zoologist, Australian Mu- 
seu: Sydney: 2i(Plate XI) Ami ae BO 


V. On the Structure of the Isopod Genus Ourozeuktes, 
Milne-Edwards. By A. Vavenan Jeynines, F.LS., 
GS, -CPlgtes SPIES XUV IS. sci cs eect ey aaeeee 


See Notice on last page of Wrapper. 


LONDON: 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, 
PICCADILLY, W., 
AND BY 
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., 
AND 
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 

1896. 


—— 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. 
Elected 24th May, 1895. 


PRESIDENT. 
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. Arthur Lister, Hsq. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. 
FREASURER. 


Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 


SECRETARIES. 


Bb, Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S. 
COUNCIL. 
John Anderson, M.D., F.R.S8. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. 
John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. | Arthur Lister, Esq. 
O. B. Clarke, M.A , F.R.S., F.G.S. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S_ 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S. 
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S. 
Anthony Gepp, M.A. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. 


Prof. J. Reynolds Green, D.Sc., F.R.S.| A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S. 
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S. 


LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. 


LIBRARY COMMITTEE, 


This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four 
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually 
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The 
Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for 
1895-96, in addition to the officers, are :— 


A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.RB.S. 

James Britten, Esq. David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S. 

William Carruthers, F.R.S. Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, M.A., F.R.S. 
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S. 


Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S. 


Notr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to 
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application. 


= 


AL 


SFC YS 


JuLy 30. Price 4s. 


THE JOURNAL 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 


Wit. XV: ZOOLOGY. No. 163. 


CONTENTS. 
Page 


I. On Mimicry in Butterflies of the Genus Hypolimnas. 
By Colonel Cartes Swinuor, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Plates 
BME ROWE St Sat cle sacccarne teen see pvorasienammpie (as - 339 


II. An Account of the Butterflies of the Genus Charazes in 
the Collection of the British Museum. By Arrnuur 
G. Burner, Ph.D. &c., Senior Assistant- Keeper, 
Zoological Department ...............+6 ses adoon et tuted eee 348 


See Notice on last page of Wrapper. 


LONDON: 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, 
PICCADILLY, W., 
AND BY 
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., 
AND 
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 


1896. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. 
Elected 4th June, 1896. 


PRESIDENT. 
Albert C. L. G. Ginther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


Charles Baron Clarke, F.R.8. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S. 
TREASURER. 


Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 


SECRETARIES. 


B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8. 
COUNCIL. 

W. Carruthers, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. 
O. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. Sir Hugh Low, G.C.M.G. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. 
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S. 
Anthony Gepp, M.A. Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S. 
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, D.Sc., F.R.S.| D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F-R.S. 
A.O.L. G. Ginther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S. 


Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8. 


LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 
James Kdmund Harting, F.Z.S. 


LIBRARY COMMITTEE. 


This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four 
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually 
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The 
Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for 
1896-97, in addition to the officers, are :— 


A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S. 
William Carruthers, F.R.S. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. 

Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Rey. T. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S. | 
George Murray, F.R.S.E. B. B. Woodward, F.G.8., F.R.M.S. 


D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S. 


Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to 
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application. 


a a eae 
’ 


LP Oe st Ff 


Novemser 5. Price As. 
THE JOURNAL 
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 
Vor. XXV. ZOOLOGY. No. 164. 
CONTENTS. ~ 


I. On a remarkable use of Ants in Asia Minor. By 
Rozsert Morton Mippteron, Jr., F.L.S., F.Z.8. ... 400 
II. On Segmentally disposed Thoracic Glands in the Larvee 
of the Trichoptera. By Gustave Ginson, Protessor 
of Zoology at the University of Louvain. (Communi- 
cated by Prof. G. B. Howss, Sec. Linn. Soc.) ........, 4.07 
III. The Larval Gills of the Odonata. By G. Gtrson, 
Professor, and J. Sapones, Assistant, at the Zoolo- 
gical Institute of the University of Louvain. (Com- 
municated by Prof. G. B. Howss, Sec. Linn. Soe.) ... 418 
IV. On two little-known Opisthoglyphous Snakes. By 
G. S. West, A.R.C.S., Scholar of St. John’s College, 
Cambridge. (Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes, 
Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plate XVIIL.) ............-..- esses 419 
V. On some Exotic Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Col- 
lection of the British Museum, with Descriptions of 
New Species and of a New Genus of the Pompilide. 
By Lt.-Col. C. T. Brnenam, F.Z8., F.E.S. (Com- 
municated by W. F. Krasy, F.L.S.) (Plate XIX.) . 42 
VI. On the Tooth-genesis in the Canide. By H. W. 
Marerr Tims, M.D., F.Z.S., Lecturer on Biology 
and Comparative Anatomy, Westminster Hospital 
Medical School. (From the Huxley Research Lato- 
ratory, Royal College of Science, London.) (Com- 
municated by Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn, Soc.)... 445 


bo 


See Notice on last page of Wrapper. 


LONDON: 


SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, 
PICCADILLY, W., 


AND BY 
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., 
AND 


WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 
1896. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. 
Elected 4th June, 1896. 


PRESIDENT. 
Albert C. L. G. Gimther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


Charles Baron Clarke, F.R.S. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S. 
TREASURER. 


Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 


SECRETARIES. 


B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8. 
COUNCIL. 
W. Carruthers, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. 
(0, B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. Sir Hugh Low, G.C.M.G. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Albert D. Michael, ¥.Z.S., F.R.M.S. 
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S. 
Antony Gepp, M.A. Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S. 


Prof. J. Reynolds Green, D.Sc., F.R.S.| D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S. 
A.C. 1. G. Ginther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.8. 
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8. i 


LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. 


LIBRARY OOMMITTEE. 


This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four 
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually 
by the Oouncil in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The 
Committee meet at 4 p.u., at intervals during the Session. The Members for 
1896-97, in addition to the officers, are :— 


A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S. 
William Carruthers, F.R.S. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. - 

Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Rev. T. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S. 
George Murray, F.R.S.E. B. B. Woodward, F.G.S8., F.R.M.S. 


D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S. 


Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to 
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application. 


S30 @ ¥ / 
DECEMBER 381. Price 8s. 


THE JOURNAL 


OF 


THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. 


oe. XOX V. 


ZOOLOGY. No. 165. 


CONTENTS. 
Page 


I. Tue Prosiem or Uriuiry: Are Specific Characters 
always or generally Useful P By Atrrep R. 
erniens GD, WER.S., PoLSa scion. a ed etn 481 

Ji. On the Fistulose Polymorphine, and on the Genus 
Ramulina. By T. Rurerr Jonus, F.R.S., and 
Hep reeMeA NR ASS, FORM Se cecal Aa ed 496 
III. Note on the Formation of the Epiphragm of Helix 
aspersa. By Prof. G. J. Atuman, M.D., F.R.S., 
LILES GON ae nee Se eG P/U 517 
JV. Descriptions of New Species of Forficulide in the 
Collection of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), 
S. Kensington. By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., F.ES. 
Ee PNG Near aes oa Let Jaci secu cndSice ane cewrepites aaaneee ga 520 
Y. The Mesial Fins of Ganoids and Teleosts. By Prof. 
T. W. Bripaz, D.Sc. (Communicated by Prof. G. 
B. Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plates XXI.-XXIIT.) 530 


Index, Titlepage, and Contents. 


See Notice on last page of Wrapper. 


LONDON: | 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSH, | 
PICCADILLY, W., 

AND BY ‘ 

LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., | 

AND 

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 
1896. 


{ 
| 


LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. ; 


LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. 
Elected 4th June, 1896. 


PRESIDENT. 
Albert OC. L. G. Gimther, M.A., M.D., F.RB.S. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


Charles Baron Clarke, F.R.S. Albert D. Michael, ¥.Z.8S., F.R.M.S. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S. 
TREASURER. 


Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. 


SECRETARIES. 


8B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S. 
COUNCIL. 
W. Carruthers, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. 
O. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. Sir Hugh Low, G.C.M.G. 
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. 
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S. 
Antony Gepp, M.A. Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S. 
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, D.Sc., F.R.S.| D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S. 
A.C.L. G. Ginther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.8. 


Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8. 


LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. 


LIBRARY OOMMITTEE. 


This consists of nine Fellows(three of whom retire annually) and of the four 
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually 
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The 
Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for 
1896-97, in addition to the officers, are :— 


A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. David Sharp, M.B., F.R.8. 
William Carruthers, E.R.S. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. 

Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Rey. T. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S. 
George Murray, F.R.S.E. B. B. Woodward, F.G.8., F.R.M.S. 


D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S. 


Notr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to 
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application. 


"9681 ‘TUPI API 


‘NHCGVIS AOUHd “M SHAOWD SHINVE | 
‘swonpny ) ‘NOSMOVEL NOGAVA ‘a& ‘AUNEGNVH ‘£ Ty ‘yoomtoo punof pus 
‘duvVMCGOOM HLINS V ‘AMUWIO “£ 'O SASTONOA OT} U}IM PSULUUBKe Taeq oAvy S}UMO000B Surose10f otf], 
6 8 8ossr ‘waunsvarT, “ASTHO MNVAA 
feck ie Hh eee Seria srareaits ovalnzas ete en lerelers AOOSA DOMED EGER DOO CE eccraistetslstaietete arele aletoielarol vieibvelate)te wiato's ole sieeinreinivlareraitcs) souterececes Suv cecee sie cissiece * (qsanbeg, poom4se AA ) S[Osuo(D 
IO GO sre ot or a ae aC aes aang “( pany Aaeagyy B SB jeonbag, g,uINGIUOg, “AP “ZIA) YOoyg “yueo sod F er eas Avery osputg, Yqtouy 
POS peojuviwny “ques ted g Avmiey vpnsurueg UeIpuy yor 
Sopees sete pei OSSD aod ¢ FE SILOAA JO PLBOg, ueppodo.yeyy 
Pikescertane ee Shee oce hon he te wate, Mente eo sneer cee eee AA a Se cao ase On UC RGU IT oRUU ETON 10675 s[Osttog 
ps F 
“OBST “YI0E [may wo spuaunsaauy 
0 GI GISed 0 BL BoNeF 
Oe GEG. fcr 9681 ‘Tady 08 Oe eee eda eee eek | 
Ame ie a eoep RP Le Sivan ic aeaiona sn osangawse ses BJuoMIySaA ty ! 
ole Se (oSujsog pur veg, Sutpnpout) sosuedxg Ayjeq | 
Bee OG hae Ee ee £1QU0I}ZLIG pUS SUTJULIG snoouLT[ostf[ | 
CamolvGlOt ae ae 
A 0G oP apne baat nonnoc Lee + uornqiysiqy 
ute es + -guoleaSNULT 
SE Temata eee CED eeeGee -“Suryurtg » gl 406 ———— 
—; suolyvor[qug jo sesuedxy 9 OLO “1 gsanSo[eyeQ puB SHUIpoeDo1g 
Or Tt 108 awe te ah eo Fees greULMO f 
6 OL Gh eeoreeee ose ee renee ee oreere sooeee tree SUIpUulg, - 61 a Sa eA) ASAE AY 
Siok ou SbpeconBcoutenee teeaeeeecresersaree By OORT —: suoqvoyqng Jo sepeg 
—; Areiquy EY (de ae -- suoiqisodui0g 
8 st eeeseens Baar oR maUek IC OMU Gua tye (eee OL L Sat seeeseeetecencecenssecrerereresoorescreess STIOTINGEIUO) [BNUUY 
FE agin eee OR Heereeeeees ge DUB 8/BOQ OO BRL ececccreeeesterttsessetesssecesests S997 WOISS]UPY 
ete Ba PRA Fat ASR eOO US OROCOOG “antag pue saredoxy Me edde ee +108 g]WAUJSOAUT UO 4892090] 
9 GL GI vevenereeceesaetsnepeceesecseeceesrereerse  QOUIBINSUT PUB SOXE I, fee Noelia ee CEST ‘ABIL JST UO sloyuEg ye oouepeg 
p's F “squauhng Fe ae “say 


“OBST “Y708 14 02 ‘GERI ‘AST hoy woul ‘hjzat0gy unauuyT ays fo syuawhog pun szdroooy 
(3 9681 ae oun f clea ale 


IMPORTANT NOTICE. 


Journal of Zoology. 


The present Volume, Vol. XXXV., commenced with the 
issue of Part No. 158; Part Nos. 159-160 constitutes a double 
number, aud is entirely occupied with a Report upon the 
Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of St. Vincent. Nos. 161 
to 164 have since appeared. The present Part, numbered 165, 
with Titlepage, Contents, and Index, concludes the Volume and 
arrears of publications for the Zoolosical Journal, | 


The Council have recently decided that in future the 
Journal (both Zoological and Botanica!) shail be issued 
in THREE PARTS PER ANNUM as follows :— 

Parr I., containing papers read from November to the middle 
of January, on April Ist. 


Parr II., containing papers read from the middle of January 
to the end of April, on July ist. 

Parr III., containing papers read in May and June, on 
November ist. 


Fellows are requested to compare these statements with their 
own copies before applying to the Lrprariaw for apparenily 
missing Parts. 

A General Index to the first twenty Volumes of the Journal 
(ZooLoGy) is now ready, and may be had on application, either 


in cloth or in sheets for binding. 


A new CaraLoGur or THE Liprary is also ready and may 
be had on application. Price to Fellows, 5s.; to Public, 10s. 


aA Whe, 


it Ves 


TT